OF THE

COUNCIL AND OFFICERS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

WS)

Patron.

His Masesry Tue Kina.

COUNCIL.

His Grace Tae Duxe or Beprorp, K.G., F.R.S., President.

Tue Hon. Crcit Barine, M.A.

ALFRED H. Cocks, Esq., M.A.

Toe Rr. Hon. THe Harp

oF Cromer, P.C., G.C.B.,

G-C.M-G., FR: Vice=

President.

CHaRLes Drummonp, Esq,

Treasurer.

ALFRED Ezra, Esq.

Caprain HucH 8. GLaDsTons,

M.A.

SIDNEY Freperic HARMER, Ksq.,

M.A., Sc.D., F.R.S., Vice-

President.

Con. Siz WAuTER R. LAWRENCE,

Br., G.C.1.E.

Srr Epmunp Gites Lover, Br.,

Vice-President.

Prof. Ernest W, MacBnrips,

M.A., D.Se, F.R.S., Vice-

President.

Gy PAG. PK.

Esq., D.Sc.

E. G. B. Merapre-WaAtpo,

Ksq. ;

P. Cuatmers MircuHet, Ksq.,

iWhva\es IDSs IbbEIDS. TI RIS

Secretary.

Apert Pam, Hsa.

Tue Karu or PortsMoutH.

OLDFIELD THomas, Ksg@.,

AuByN Trevor-Bartys, Esq.,

M.A.

Antuony H. WHINGFIELD,

Ksa.

Artraur Smita Woopwarpb,

Ksq., LL.D., F.R.S., Vice-

President.

Henry W oopwarb, Hsq., LL.D.,

F.R.S., Vice-President.

MARSHALL,

PRINCIPAL OFFICERS.

P. Cuaumers Mircuent, M,A., D.Sc., LL.D., F.B.S.,

Secretary.

R. I. Pocock, F.R.S., F.LS., Curator of Mammals and

Resident Superintendent of the Gardens.

D, Sera-Suirn, Curator of Birds and Inspector of Works.

Epwarp G, BouLencer, Curator of Reptiles.

Prof. H. Maxwett Lerroy, Curator of Insects.

Prof. Heyry G, Pummer, F.R.S., M.R.CS., Pathologist.

Henry G. J. Peavor, Librarian and Clerk of Publications.

JouNn Barrow, Accountant.

W. H. Corn, Chief Clerk.

LIST OF CONTENTS.

1916, pp. 1-448.

EXHIBITIONS AND NOTICES.

Page

The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s

Menagerie during the months of November, December,

zane se ene rena Wene HO Hie) = Oicnnan rai arate ers cepts race nve tase 297

Mr. R. E. Houpine. Exhibition of the Skull of a Roebuck. 298

Mr. C. Tate Recan, M.A., F.Z.S. Lantern-exhibition of

draninaston larval) Pishes? 225.053.) eo a. ee 298

Mr. OuprieLpD THomas, F.R.S., F.Z.S. A new Sable

Antelope from Angola. (Text-figure 1.) ............... 298

Mr. R. I. Pocock, F.R.S., F.L.S., F-.Z.8., Curator of

Mammals. Antlers of a Virginian Deer affected by

QW cir Ce Tae AEF eases Pw 3 a cp MONE eT oe ache RN NM UT 301

The Rev. H. N. Hurcuinson, M.A., F.Z.S. Exhibition of

drawanesromexctimet amiinall Sy mpeesaee snes ck tea tee 302

Mr. C. Tare Reean, M.A., F.Z.S. Lantern-exhibition of

a Siamese Fighting-Fish and of a Cat-Fish ............ 302

Mr. R. I. Pococx, F.R.S., F.LS., F.Z.S., Curator of

Mammals. The Tympanic Bulla in Hyenas. (Text-

TSIoATAR ESAS eaure) | oars CURB ERR RE Gib6 2s bon cae book e Ee eRe REaEenn a amiceG 303

Mr. H. K. Eustace, F.Z.S. Bioscope-exhibition of African

SANIT CLS EH LPs! See ote OR OL USSU OL NE a acisciul rani cise 307

The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s

Menagerie during the month of February 1916 ...... 44]

Mr. EK. T. Newton, F.R.S., F.Z.S. Exhibition of the skin

of a Siberian Black Hare

CeCe en ee ee rea}

Mr. D. M.S. Warson, F.Z.S. Notice of remarks on the

habits of Platypus and Hchidna

CC i i i i i ii ii ii iit

Mr Rev: Pocock, BARES.) (EIS SEZs aC uratommon

Mammals. Lantern-exhibition to show the structure

of the Alisphenoid Canal in some Civets and Hyenas.

(Text-figures 1 & 2.)

Mr. J. T. CunninecHam, M.A., F.Z.S. Exhibition of skins

illustrating results of Mendelian Cross in Fowls

Mr. D. Sers-Smirn, F.Z.8., Curator of Birds. Exhibition

- of a small Intensive Poultry-House

wet eee ae weer oer eres

Iron, Ve. les leben, IDS, WINGS, INAS, Idoxlanloninen Gil

living Cecilians from South America

Mr. G. A. Bounencer, F.R.S., F.Z.5. Notice of a paper

entitled ‘‘On the Lizards allied to Lacerta muralis,

with an account of Lacerta agilis and L. parva”

The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s

Menagerie during the month of March 1916

efufel eel edalielts

The SecRETARY. Notice of a letter received from Lt.-Col.

R. T. Leper, D.Sc., F.Z.S., R.A.M.C., in reference

to Bilharziosis

Ci i i Cie ii i i i i ei i ii i a ier aay

Mr. C. Tare Ruean, M.A., F.Z.8. Exhibition of lantern-

slides illustrating parental care in Fishes ...............

The Secrerary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s

Menagerie during the month of April 1916 ............

Mr. R. H. Burne, M.A., F.Z.8. Exhibition of preparations

of connections between the Swim-bladder and Ear

IME SES Be Soin. osciel wii. cake a eee ee eee

Correction to Prof, K. B. Pouron’s paper on Moths from

Somaliland

Page

PAPERS.

. The Morphology of the Cyprinodont Fishes of the Sub-

family Phallostethine, with Descriptions of a new

Genus and two new Species. By C. Tatz Recan,

M.A.,F.Z.S. (Plates I-IV., and Text-figures 1-15.)

. Ona Collection of Mammals from the Coast and Islands

of South-East Siam. By C. Boprn Kuoss, F.Z.8.,

F.R.G.S. With an Account of the Fruit-Bats, by

Dr. Knup ANDERSEN, F.Z.S. (Plate I., and Text-

AHI OSH ATE OB). eee wt se asic ceae ssis's games PRA oe Moston ate saaaie

. Report on the Deaths which occurred in the Zoological

Gardens during 1915, together with a List oa the

Blood-Parasites found during the Year. By H. G.

Puimer, F.R.S., F.Z.8., Professor of Comparative

Pathology in the Imperial College of Science and

Technology, London, and Pathologist to the Society.

A Frog with symmetrically Abnormal Hind Feet. By

R. W. Harotp Row, B.Sc., F.L.S., F.Z.8., Assistant

Lecturer and Demonstrator in Zoology, University of

London, King’s.College. (Text-figure 1.)...............

. On a Collection of Moths made in Somaliland by Mr. W.

Feather. By Professor E. B. Poutron, M.A., F.R.S.,

F.Z.S. With Descriptions of New Species by Sir G.

F. Hampson, Bart., L. B. Prout, J. H. Durrant,

and Dr. Karu Jorpan. (Plates I. & IT.)

. Further Observations on the Intestinal Tract of Mam-

mals. By P..CHAtmers Mircustt, M.A., D.Sc.,

LL.D., F-R.S., F.Z.8., Secretary to the Society.

(Text- fleur es 1- 30.) STs of MEMES rie et ie oth eta led oe

. Studies on the Anoplura and Mallophaga, being a Report

upon a Collection from the Mammals and Birds in

the Society’s Gardens.— Part I., with a Preface. By

Bruce F. Cummines, British Museum (Natural

History). (Text-figures 1-24.)

ern i ie

Page

ba |

185

Page

8. Observations on the Cytology of Flagellates and Ameasbze

obtained from old Stored Soil. By 'T. Goopry, D.Sc.,

Protozoologist, Research Laboratory in Agricultural

Zoology, University of Birmingham. (Plates I.-IV.,

and ‘Lext-heure sls) sik. sees eens sans 2 een 309

9. On some Fresh-water Entomostraca from Ceylon. By

Ropert Gurney, M.A., F.Z.8. (Plates I.-II1., and

Pext=figure:].) inci eaceat eis ak eae ee ee eee 333

10. On Specimens of the Perciform Fish Tilapia nilotica

with increased number of anal spines. By G. A.

IBOUTENGER. GHARg Os, ohne cere here ee EERE EEE Ren eee ene 345

11. On the External Characters of the Mongooses (Mun-

gotide). By R. I. Pococn, F.R.S., F.LS., F.ZS.,

Curator of Mammals. (Text-figures 1-10.) ......... 349

12. Notes on the Sitatunga or Marsh Antelope of the

Sesse Islands, Lake Victoria Nyanza. By Major R.

MEINERTZHAGEN, F.Z.S. (Text-figures 1&2.) ...... 375

13. An Experimental Determination of the Factors which

cause Patterns to appear Conspicuous in Nature.

By J.C. Morrram, M.B.(Lond.). (Text-figures 1-20.) 383

14. On a small Collection of Vertebrate Remains from the

Har Dalam Cavern, Malta; with Note on a new

species of the genus Cygnus. By DororHna M. A.

Bare, Hon.M.B.O.U. (Text-figures1& 2.) ......... 421

15. The Poison-Organ of the Sting-Ray (Zrygon pastinaca).

By Tempy.-Major H. Murr Evans, M.D.(Lond.),

R.A.M.C.(T.) (Text-figures 1-7.)

Alphabetical List of Contributors ............ccccecececeseceeee vil

Index

AEE ABETICAT Gis £

OF THE

CONTRIBUTORS,

With References to the several Articles contributed by each.

(1916, pp. 1-448.)

ANDERSEN, Dr. Knup. ‘See Kioss, C. BopEn.

Bate, Miss DorotHEA M. A., Hon.M.B.O.U.

On a small Collection of Vertebrate Remains from the

Har Dalam Cavern, Malta; with Note on a new species

of the genus Cygnus. (Text-figures 1 & 2.) ...............

Boutencer, Georce A., F.R.S., F.Z.S8.

On Specimens of the Perciform Fish Zilapia nilotica

with increased number of anal spines .....................+45

Notice of a paper entitled “On the Lizards allied to

Lacerta muralis, with an account of Lacerta agilis and

LEGG IR ile MSer res "ABR B nn Bion9 386 25 <n so SORA eo RE ee

Burne, Ricuarp H., M.A., F.Z.8.

Exhibition of preparations of connections between the

Sivim-_bladder-and Har m Wishes 2.2 i0c.eockel ode oos we csee

42]

447

vill

Cummines, Bruce F.

Studies on the Anoplura and Mallophaga, being a

Report upon a Collection from Mammals and Birds in

the Society’s Gardens.—Part I., with a Preface. (Text-

MeO IWA'S)) oh oa nccedacoonoosonab06docduodossAo028IC0aN0C~ sees

CunnineHaM, JosepH T., M.A., F.Z.S8.

Exhibition of skins illustrating results of Mendelian

Cross ini“ Owls nate e eee ea eee a cere cence

Durrant, J. H. See Poutton, Prof. E. B.

Eustace, Harry K., F.Z.8.

Bioseope exhibition of African Animals

eeecec ese eo coecesece

Evans, Tempy.-Major H. Murr, M.D.(Lond.), R.A.M.C.(T.).

The Poison-Organ of the Sting-Ray (7rygon pastinaca).

(Mext aio uvesRla 1s) ci. esos. vin. ciecen Bae eRe see eee ee eECer

Goopvey, T., D.Sc.

Observations on the Cytology of Flagellates and

Amcebe obtained from old Stored Soil. (Plates I.-IV.,

and Mextotig ured) "0 a4 1. ssc.eeeeenee ce omen eee eee Eee ee

Gurney, Ropert, M.A., F.Z.8.

On some Fresh-water Entomostraca from Ceylon.

(Plates I.—III., and Text-figure 1.)

Peer een eset one resect oney eee

Hampson, Sir Grorce F., Bart., F.Z.S. See Pouuron,

Proteus:

Hin, Prof. Jauus P., D.Sc, F.B.S., F.Z.S.

Exhibition of living Cecilians from South America ...

Hoxpine, R. EH.

Exhibition of the Skull of a Roebuck

eseccoorecesesscocece

Page

253

446

307

431

309

333

447

Hurcutson, The Rev. Henry N., M.A., F.Z.5.

Exhibition of drawings of extinct animals ...............

Jorpan, Dr. Karu. See Pounron, Prof. E. B.

Kuoss, C. Bopgn, F.Z.8., F.R.G.S.

On a Collection of Mammals from the Coast and

Islands of South-East Siam. With an Account of the

Fruit-Bats, by Dr. Knup Anprrsen, F.Z.S.. (Plate L.,

and Text-figures 1 & 2.)

MerNerrzHAcen, Major Ricuarp, F.Z.5.

Notes on the Sitatunga or Marsh Antelope of the

Sesse Islands, Lake Victoria Nyanza. (Text-figures

SOc) Wee oops ates e hia oalale dnsaisrsyiste os eh rast aa Seleisute wane ee

Mrrcuett, P. Coaumers, M.A., D.Sc., LL.D., F.R.S., F.Z.8.,

Secretary to the Society.

Further Observations on the Intestinal Tract of Mam-

mals. (Text-figures 1-30.)

eee cee ere eee creer se oneeesesesereneee

Report on the Additions to the Society's Menagerie

during the months of November, December, and January,

TRON AG aig tte ca tic 2 2H saan Re as acta va Bich AG tiara hase Aaratg

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie

during the month of February 1916..............:-...eeeeeee

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie

during the month of March 1916 .........2..22:eeeeeeee eee

Notice of a letter received from Lt.-Col. R. T.

Leiper, DSc., F.ZS., R.A.M.C., in reference to

Bilharziosis ....... aia atl Garena ee a eee ACES SSO SPN

Report on the Additions to the Society's Menagerie

during the month of April 1916 ..... PEARY cunts oni alsin

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1916, b

“I

375

447

Morrram, James C., M.B. (Lond.).

An Experimental Determination of the Factors which

cause Patterns to appear Conspicuous in Nature. (Text-

fiowres L205) oak 2 woes ee eee eae cee a ee

Newton, Epwin T., F.R:S., F.Z.8.

Exhibition of the skin of a Siberian Black Have ......

Pirmer, Prof. Henry G., F.R.S., F.Z.S8., Pathologist to

the Society.

Report on the Deaths which occurred in the Zoological

Gardens during 1915, together with a List of the Blood-

Barasibes ound cuning ath em Vecaaeeeeeneeseeeee ne caerereE eee e

Pocock, Reernatp [., F.R.S., F.LS., F.Z.8., Curator of

Mammals.

Antlers of a Virginian Deer affected by Cancer.........

The Tympanic Bulla in Hyenas. (Text-figures 1 & 2.)

On the External Characters of the Mongooses (Mun-

Somes), (Ciesesnemmas WENO) oo. cccosnccnndpooscosodounoe ease

Lantern-exhibition on the structure of the Alisphenoid

Canal in Civets and Hyznas. (Text-figures 1&2.) ......

Poutton, Prof. Epwarp B., M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S.

On a Collection of Moths made in Somaliland by Mr. W.

Feather. With Descriptions of New Species by Sir G.

F. Hampson, Bart., L. B. Prout, J. H. Durrant, and

Dr. Karn Jorpan. (Plates I. & II.)

eee seer cases cece seesoese

Correction

aTsielelsieseseisiejeleisecsielsie.e is) ekermalelelelsielellelsielalsialelciullelelelalelsteletalelersierrta

Prour, l. B. See Povnron, Prof. BH. B,

Page

44]

“I

349

xall

Ree@an, C. Tate, M.A., F.Z.8.

The Morphology of the Cyprinodont Fishes of the Sub-

family Phallostethine, with Descriptions of a new Genus

and two new Species. (Plates I.—-IV., and Text-figures

AON 2 orig Reveearerse ies Sacha sa vet oe sete Stele trance atalene a sleuils

Lantern-exhibition of drawings of Larval Fishes ......

Lantern-exhibition of a Siamese Fighting-Fish and of

SO ait Pitis ige ec aaterr ise ators Labs ascicfu Se tbge Nap cin Law al paoui stole a sevcbe iste

Exhibition of lantern-slides illustrating parental care

TAVDL UBLTIGS) SiC GYSy Pk 2 See RRR yr a ne ce eR RL Nr ee Ra a Oe

Row, R. W. Haron, B.Sc., F.L.S., F.Z.8.

A Frog with symmetrically Abnormal Hind Feet.

(CISRGSTSUNES UN) Beadaocasdsoet one asec oossmoeponcn song ceaone ognaonG

Sura-Suirn, Davin, F.Z.S., Curator of Birds.

Exhibition of a small Intensive Poultry-House

THOMAS, OLDFIELD, F.R.S., F.Z.8.

A new Sable Antelope from Angola. (‘Text-figure 1.)

Warson, Davip M.S., F.Z.S.

Notice of remarks on the habits of Platypus and

JSIGIIVEROID See nB he NOC BOR DOR ROSE OER Hoer 30600000 5° cae nonpeR GEDA Nnobuec:

Page

302

4AT

446

298

4 ia ed biti a

ej cad NeX adam wnt, Aah Hd

3 es ocd ue} DP ep aN ee a ia

ee : Or ee ee fraewne an wHidivtnatiays sae xay9, it

SSE Gal eee aa wait

INDEX.

1916.—Pages 1-448.

[New names in clarendon type.

Systematic references in italics.

(4.8.1.) indicates additions to the Society’s Menagerie. ]

Acauthion klossi, 60.

Acantholipes circumdata, 135.

—— triment, 135.

Acanthonyx seriopuncta, sp. n. |

(Pl. I. fig. 41), 125.

Achea catella, 125.

Achthina, gen. n., 179.

——- etenodes, sp. n., 180.

Acidalia actuaria, 149.

— addictaria, 151.

cinerascens, 160.

cenosaria, 152.

consentanea, 149,

— derasata, 149.

—— horiochroea, sp. n., 149.

— luridata, 152.

—— minoa, sp. n. (Pl. II. fig. 20),

148.

—— minorata, 149.

—— pulchellata, 151.

— pyrrhochra, sp. n. (Pl. II.

fig. 18), 152.

— remotata, 149.

—— sagittilinea, 153.

—— spoliata, 149.

—— timia, sp. n. (Pl. II. fig. 19),

151.

—— (Pylarge) nepheloperas,

sp. n,,_150.

Acidaliastis subbrunnescens,

sp. n., 146.

Aclonophlebia inconspicua,

sp. n. (Pl. IL. fig. 9), 139.

Acontia albayo, 125,

gephyrias, 125,

Acrapex albicostata, sp. n. (Pl. I.

fig. 14), 109.

Acroriesis ignifusa, gen. et sp. n.

(Pl. I. fig. 6), 110.

_ Aigocera brevivitta, 103.

Agathodes musivalis, 174.

Aglossa basalis, 171.

incultalis, 171.

ommatalis, 171.

| Alona intermedia, 335.

rectangula, 339,

| Alonella davidi, 335.

excisa, 336,

— karua, 336.

Ameeba agricola, sp. n.: structure,

development (Pl. IV. figs. 66-74),

325.

lawesiana, sp: n.: structure,

development (Pls. IIL., IV. figs. 49-

65), 321.

Amyna octo, 120. -

punctum, 120.

Anadiasa simplex, 166.

Anatomy. See Structurn.

Ancylolomia pectinifera, 169.

Anoa depressicornis (z. 8. L.), 298

Anomis erosa, 135.

Jimbriago, 135.

Antarchea fragilis, 135.

— subflavalis, 135.

Antigastra catalaunalis, 175,

x1V

Apisa canescens, 101.

Arbelodes rufula, 166.

Argadesa materna, 136.

Ariela fasciata: structure (Figs. 2, 4,

7, 103, 849.

Artibeus planirostris: structure (Fig.

2D) 228),

Ascotis selenaria, 168.

Aspilates semispurcata, 157.

Asplenia rubrescens, sp. n. (PI. 11

fig. 1), 135.

Athetis discopuncta, sp. n. (PI. I.

fig. 8), 106.

—— ectomelzna, sp. n. (Pl. L. fig. 9),

106.

leuconephra, 106.

Atilax paludinosus: structure (Figs. 1, |

4,5, 9), 849.

Auchenisa cerurodes, sp. n. (PI. I.

fig. 43), 129.

Aulotarache plumbeogrisea,

sp. n. (Pl. I. fig. 34), 122.

Authadistis camptogramma,

sp. n. (Pl. I. fig. 44), 128. .

AVES:

Fossils from Malta: systematic, 421. |

Axis axis (z.S.L.), 447.

zygophleps inclusa, 169.

Babirussa babirussa: strueture (Fig. 17), |

214.

Balenoptera physalus: structure (Fig.

15), 211.

BaTRACHIA:

Rana temporaria: variation, 87.

Bdeogale puisa: structure (Figs. 6, 9),

349.

Boopia tarsata: structure (Fig. 9), 269.

Bostra pyrochroalis, sp. n. (Pl.

II. fig. 43), 172.

—— tenebralis, 172.

varians, 172.

Bubo bubo (z. s. u.), 298.

Bufo arenarum (2.8. L.), 298.

Calamoschoena, gen. n., 169.

—— ascriptalis, sp.n. (PI. II. fig. 38),

170.

INDEX.

Calpe vagabunda, 136.

Canthocamptus grandidiert, var. (Pls. I.,

IL. figs. 7-9), 337.

Capreolus capreolus: variation, 298.

Casama viiis, 139.

Catephia eurymelas, sp. n. (PI. I.

fig. 49), 132.

mesonephele, sp. n.

fig. 48), 131.

—— pericyma, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 46),

131.

—— poliochroa, sp. n. (PI.I. fig. 47),

130.

-—— pyramidalis, sp. n. (Pl. I. fig.

45), 120:

Cephalophus dorsalis (z. s. u.), 447.

Cercopithecus preussi (z.s.u.), 441.

Certodaphivia cornuta, 334.

rigaudt, 3d4.

Cerocala albimacula, sp. n. (Pl. I

fig. 42), 126.

—— illustrata, 126.

-—— oppia, 127.

ei, Th

Cervulus cambajensis, 62.

Cervus aristotelis, 62.

unicolor, 62.

subsp. 62.

cambojensis, 62.

equinus, 62.

Cetola pulchra, 105.

Chalciope hyppasta, 126.

Chelecala trefoliata, 125.

Chilena donaldsont, 167.

| Chionoxanthia leucophza, sp. n.

(Pl. I. fig. 23), 115.

Chiromys madagascariensis: structure

(Fig. 29), 237.

Chlorerythra rubriplaga, 148.

Chloridea albivenata, sp. n. (Pl. I.

fig. 3), 103.

— obsoleta, 104.

Chlorissa stibolepida, 148.

Chydorus barroisi (P1. I. figs. 4, 5), 336.

-— parvus (Pl. I. figs. 2, 3), 336. .

Cirphis loreyi, 104.

Citellus mongolicus (z. 8. L.), 297.

Cledeobia radialis, 174.

Coenina tergimacula, sp. n. (Pl. II.

fig. 12), 162.

INDEX.

Ccenobasis chloronoton,

(RIE fie 35); lor:

—— fulvicorpus, 167.

Comibena stibolepida, 148.

Comostolopsis stillata, 145.

Connocheetes gnu: structure, 220.

Constantiodes pyralina, gen. et

sp. n. (PL. I. fig. 85), 107.

Cornifrons albidiscalis,

(Pl. II. fig. 49), 177.

Cortyta canescens, 128.

leucoptera, 127.

rosacea, 128.

Craspedia addictaria, 151.

rujinubes, 151.

sagittilinea, 153.

Cricetulus griseus (z. 8. L.), 297.

Crocidolomia binotalis, 174.

sp. 1).

sp.

Crocuta crocuta: structure (Fig. 2, ©), |

304; (Fig. 2), 444.

Crossarchus obscurus: structure (Kigs,

2, 4,7, 9, 10), 349; (Big. 1), 442:

CRUSTACEA :

Entomostraca from Ceylon: system- |

atic, 333,

Cyclestheria hislopi, 333.

Cyclops distinctus (Pl. I. fig. 6), 337.

hyalinus, 337.

——— Jeuckarti, dal.

prasinus, 337.

VarICANS, DOI.

varius, Var. Proximus, dd7.

Cygnus equitum, sp. n. (Figs. 1, 2),

427.

Cyligrammea latona, 125.

Cynictis penicillata: structure (Figs. 3,

8, 9), 349.

Cynopterus brachyotis angulatus, 40.

brachyotis, 40.

Cypricercus reticulatus, 339.

309.

CyToLoey.

Protozoa :

309.

Flagellata, Rhizopoda,

Daphnia lumholizi, 334.

Darapsa rosé, 141.

Dasychira miserata, 139.

—— remota, 139.

Dasypus villosus: structure (Fig. 11),

201.

Dattinia costinotalis, sp. n. (Pl. II.

fig. 42), 173.

ornata, 173.

——— peratalis, sp. n. (PI. II. fig. 41),

173.

—— perstrigata, sp. n.

fie. 40), 172.

Dendrogale frenata, 37. °

Dendrohyrax dorsalis: structure (Figs.

12, 13), 202:

Dendrolagus ursinus: structure (Fig. 9),

IM.

DEVELOPMENT.

Pisces: Phallostethine, !.

Insecta: Anoplura, Mallophaga, 288.

Prorozoa: Flagellata,

309.

Diacrisia, var., 102.

—— diversata, 102.

(Pl. IL.

Rhizopoda,

Diaphanosoma excisum, 339.

Diaphone eumela, 104.

Diaptomus anne (P1. LI. fig. 10), 338.

— doriai, 338.

—— strigilipes, 338.

—— viduus, sp. n. (Pl. IT. figs.11-14),

338.

Didelphys albiventris (z. s. u.), 297.

—— aurita (z. 8. L.), 297.

Dipus xgyptius: structure (Fig. 21),

223.

| Discalma calvifrons, sp. n. (Pl. II.

fig. 14), 158.

—— puerilis, sp. n. (Pl. IIL. fig. 15),

157.

| —— subcurvaria, 157.

| Duomitus mesosticta, sp. n. (Pl. IT.

Cypridopsis newtoni (Pl, III. fig. 16), |

fig. 30), 165.

-—— simillima, sp.n. (PI. II. fig. 32),

166.

| ---— steniptera, sp. n. (Pl. II.fig. 31),

166,

Earias insulana, 124.

Kehidna hystrix: structure (Fig. 3),

190.

xvl

Elaphurus davidianus (z.s. u.), 298.

Elephas maximus: structure (Fig. 14),

210.

Elydna bisignata, 108.

Ematurga bilineata, 160.

Endotricha consobrinalis, 171.

Enispa flavipars, sp. n. (Pl. I.

fig. 18), 112.

Ephyra rufistrigata, 148.

Epimys berdmorei magnus,

subsp. n. (Fig. 1), 57.

concolor, 57.

—— griseiventer, 57.

—— jerdoni marinus, subsp. n., 50.

pan, Ol.

rattus, subsp., 50.

—_ _—. klumensis, subsp. n., 56.

——. —— kraensis, subsp. n., 57.

—— —— makensis, subsp. n., 56.

—-— —— Trangensis, subsp. n., 56.

—— rufescens, 50.

—— surifer changensis, subsp. n.,

52.

—— —— connectens, subsp. n., 53.

—— —— eclipsis, subsp. n., 53.

—— —— finis, subsp. n., 51.

—— —— kutensis, subsp. n., 52.

—— —— pelagius, subsp. n., 53.

——. tenebrosus, subsp. n., 54.

Epiphora atbarinus, 164.

Equus granti: structure (Fig. 20), 221.

Estigmene griseata, sp. n. (Pl. I.

fig. 1), 102.

Ethiopica ignecolora, sp. n. (Pl. I.

fig. 10), 108.

—— pheocausta,

fig. 11), 108.

Ernouoey.

Mamuatia: Limnotragus, 375.

Insncra: Lepidoptera, 388.

Eublemma admota, 118.

——. arenostrota, sp.n.(PI.I. fig. 21),

114.

— conistrota, 114.

— eremochroa, sp.n (PIl.I. fig. 19),

113.

— nigrivitia, 113.

(PL. 1.

sp. n.

— ochricosta, sp. n. (Pl. I. fig. 20), |

114.

INDEX.

Eublemma reducta, 1138.

scitula, 114.

Hubolia disputaria, 160.

Eucosma somalica, sp. n., 178.

Eucrostes astigmatica, sp. n.

(PI. II. fig. 22), 146.

rubristicta, 145.

— rufostellata, 146.

Eulocastra argyrostrota, sp. n.,

(Pl. I. fig. 38), 120.

Huphractus vellerosus pannosus (2.8. L.),

448.

Kuphyta

156.

Huproctis fasciata, 139.

Eurycypris subglobosa, 339.

Hustrotia mianoides, 120.

Hutelia discistriga, 124.

—— grisescens, sp. n. (PI. 1. fig. 40),

124.

Euterpiodes croceisticta, sp. n.

(Pl. I. fig. 16), 111.

—— pictimargo, sp. n. (Pl. 1. fig. 15),

TG.

Eutrichophilus setosus: structure (Fig.

17), 283.

Huxoa spinifera, 104.

Euzophera stramantella, 170.

—— villora, 170.

(Camptogramma) natalata,

Featheria obvia, gen. et sp.n. (PI. II.

fig. 33), 167.

Felis: structure (Fig. 1), 443.

caracal (z. 8. L.), 297.

—— eyra (z.8. L.), 297.

ocreatus (z. 8. L.), 297.

—— pardus (z. 8. L.), 297.

salinarum (z. 8. L.), 297.

Funambulus berdmorei, 48.

Galidictis : structure (Fig. 1), 442.

Gallus bankiva: variation, 446.

Gargetta xylochroa, 141.

Gavara leucomera, sp.n. (Pl. II

fie. 36), 168.

Gazella rufifrons (2. s. L.), 441.

Genetta: structure (Fig. 1), 442.

INDEX.

GHOGRAPHICAL.

Manmatta: S.H. Siam, 27; Limno-

tragus: Sesse Islands, 875; Fossils

from Malta, 421.

Aves: Fossils from Malta, 421.

Insecta: Moths from Somaliland,

Oil

CRUSTACEA :

Ceylon, 333.

Geometra (Idea) minorata, 149.

Glossotrophia disparata soma-

liata, subsp. n., 153,

Glyphodes indica, \74.

Gnamptoloma neptunaria, 148.

Gnamptonyx innexa, 127.

Goniocotes sp., 286.

gigas: structure (Fig. 18), 286.

microthoraxr, 285.

verrucosus, 286,

Goniodes bicuspidatus: deyelopment,

structure (Figs. 20-22), 288,

colchicus, 286,

— dispar, 286.

falcicornis: structure (Fig. 19),

287.

megaceros, 287.

minor, 286.

Gonodela obliquilineata, 159.

Grammodes netta, 160,

stolida, 126.

Grison allamandi (z. s. L.), 297.

Entomostraca from

Hemoproteus danilewskyi, 80.

Hellula undalis, 174.

Helogale undulata: structure (Migs. 1,

10), 349. ;

Hemidromodes, gen. n., 144,

robusta, 145,

Hemithea albistrigulata, 144,

malescripta, 144,

—— vermiculata, 144.

Hemitragus jemlaicus (z, s. u.), 447.

Herse convolvuli, 140.

Heterostegane indularia, 156.

Hierochthonia featheri, sp. n.

(Pl. IL. fig. 23), 145.

robusta, 145.

XVll

Hippopotamus amphibius: structure

(Fig. 16), 213.

Hippotion celerio, 140.

ros@, 141.

roseipennis somalicum,

subsp. n., 140.

Hippotragus niger

subsp. n. (Fig. 1), 298.

Hoplotarache czruleopicta, sp.

n. (Pl. L. fig. 37), 121.

—— ectorrida, sp. n. (Pl. I. fig. 36),

121.

nubila, 121.

Hyena hyena: structure (ear) (Fig. 2),

308,

variani,

Hybophthirus notophallus: develop-

ment: (Figs. 7, 8), 267.

Hydrocherus hydrocherus (2. s. L.),

448,

Hylobates agilis, var. pileatus, 29.

pileatus, 29.

Hypena abyssinialis, 136.

Jussalis, 156.

masurialis, 136.

strigata, 136.

Hypotacha indecisa, 125,

Hyrax dorsalis: structure (Figs. 12, 13),

205.

Hystrix bengalensis, 60.

Tambiodes incerta, 1\O-4.

Ichneumia albicauda: structure (Figs.

1, 4, 6, 9), 349.

Idea luridata, 152.

INSECTA.

Lepidoptera: analysis of patterns,

383; Moths from Somaliland :

systematic, 91; Anoplura, Mallo-

phaga: structure, development,

systematic, 253.

Lelia testacea, 139,

Lemobothrium titan, 285.

Laphygma exigua, 109.

Lemur sp.: structure (Fig. 30), 237.

Leptodactylus mystacinus (4. 8. L.), 298.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1916, No. XXX. 30

XVill

Lepus sp. (black var.), 441.

Leucinodes orbonalis, 174.

Leydigia australis, 335.

, var. ceylonica (Pl. I. fig. 1),

335.

Limnotragus spekei sylvestris,

subsp. n. (Figs. 1, 2), 375.

Linognathus cavie-capensis: structure

(Fig. 1), 257.

gazella, 260.

limnotragt :

259.

structure (Hig. 2),

pithodes, sp. n.:

(Figs. 5-5), 260.

tibialis: structure (Fig. 6),

267.

Lophorache fulvirufa, 120.

LIudia hansali, 164.

Lyncestis amphizx, 133.

—— diascota, sp.n. (Pl. I. fig.

133.

260,

Macaca andamanensis, 30.

cynomolgus, 31.

wus, Ol.

leoninus, 30.

Macalla purpureopicta, sp. n.

(Pl. II. fig. 39), 170.

Macaria obliquilineata, 159.

semtalhida, 159.

Macropus bennetti (z. s. L.), 447.

Macrorhinus leoninus: structure (Fig.

27), 232.

structure |

50), |

Macroscelides sp.: structure (Fig, 22), |

226.

Macrothrix odiosa, 335.

triserialis, 335.

Maenas arborifera, 102.

Magulaba grisea, sp. n.

fig. +), 138.

MamMauta.

From S.E. Siam: systematic, 27;

Intestinal tract of Mammals: struc-

(P1.

Jt, |

ture, systematic, 183; Hippotragus |

niger variani: systematic, geogra-

phieal, 298; Odocoileus

canus: antlers affected by cancer,

301; Mungotide :

ameri-

INDEX.

MAMMALIA (co7.).

(external characters), 349 ; Limno-

tragus spekei sylvestris: geogra-

phical, ethology, systematic, 379;

Fossils from Malta, 421; Lepus

sp. (black var.), 441; Viverridie,

Hyenidex: structure (alisphenoid

canal), 442.

Manis tricuspis: structure, 200.

Martes flavigula indochinensis,

subsp. n., 3d.

peninsularis, 3d.

Matopo heterochroa, sp. n. (PI. I.

fig. 5), 105.

Maurilia arcwata, 125.

Mecyna gilvata, 175.

Melasina psephota, sp. n., 180.

——- recondita, sp. n., 181.

Menetes berdmorei, 48.

mouhotii, 48,

—— —— rufescens, subsp. n., 50.

UMbrFosus, subsp. n., 49.

Metapioplasta insocia, 122.

Metarbela diodonta, sp. n. (PI. II.

fig. 28), 164.

perstriata, sp. n. (Pl. I. fig. 29),

165.

Metarctia burra, 101.

Mocis repanda, 126.

Moina dubia, 334.

Morrnoxrocy. See Structure.

Moschus moschiferus: structure (Fig.

18); 216.

Mungos auropunctatus: structure, 349.

brachyurus: structure, 349.

gracilis: structure (Figs. 1, 8),

349.

mungo: structure (Fig. 9), 349.

smithii: structure (Figs. 38-5),

349.

Muntiacus muntjak, subsp., 61.

Mus concolor, 57.

grisciventer, 97.

rattus, od.

rufescens, Dd.

_Naarda nigripalpis, sp. n. (PI. IT.

structure

fig. 5), 159.

INDEX.

Negeta lwminosa, 125.

Nemoria stillata, 146.

Neostethus, gen. n., 2.

bicornis, sp. n.: morphology,

development (Fig. 11), 14.

lankesteri, sp. n.: morphology

(Pls. I.-IV.; Figs. 1-10, 12), 2.

Nephopteryx emussatatella, 170.

—— eugraphella, 170.

metamelana, 170.

serratella, 1'70.

Neromia malescripia, 144.

-—-— manderensis, sp. n. (Pl. Il.

fig. 24), 144.

Noctuelia globuliferalis, sp. n.

(Pl. I. fig. 50), 177.

Nodaria externalis, 136.

Nola chionea, 102.

Nomima prophanes, gen. et sp. n.,

7S, Age),

Nomophila noctuella, \74.

Noorda blitealis, 175.

Notodromas oculata (Pl. III. fig. 15),

309.

Notoryetes typhlops: structure (Fig. 4),

190.

Odobenus rosmarus: structure (Fig. 26),

232.

Odocoileus americanus: antlers affected

by cancer, 301.

Odontoretha featheri, gen. et sp. n.

(Pl. L. fig. 7), 105, 106.

(Hdicodia limbata, 116.

melanographa, sp. n. (Pl. I.

. 25), 116.

strigipennis, sp. n.

fig. 24), 115.

Oglasa cornuta, 133.

Oncocypris pustulosa, sp. n.

(Pl. LL. figs. 17-21), 340.

Ophideres fullonica, 156.

Orcella brevirostris (Fig. 2), 65.

Ornithorhynchus anatinus: structure

(Fig. 2), 189. |

Orycteropus capensis: structure (Vig.

10), 109.

abe

Osteodes procidata, 157.

eritreénsis, 157.

turbulentata, 157.

Ozarba consanguis, 117.

endoplaga, sp. n. (Pl. I. fig. 32),

119.

—— endoscota, sp. n. (PI. I. fig.

INE

—— exolivacea,sp.n. (Pl. 1. fig. 30),

118.

hemimelena, 118.

-—-hemipyra, sp.n. (Pl. I. fig.

117.

—— hemisarca, sp. n. (Pl. I. fig. 29),

118.

—— mesozonata, sp.n. (PI. I. fig.

31), 119.

phea, 120.

27),

28),

—— sancta, 120.

semitorrida, sp. un.

fic. 26), 116.

(QL

Pachycoa olivacea, gen. et sp. n.

(BI Tete. 12), 1095110:

Pachypalpia subalbata, 163.

Pachyzancla basalis, 175.

bipunctalis, 175.

pheopteralis, 175.

Pandesma anysa, 128.

Papio leucophzeus (z. s. u.), 447.

Paradoxurus hermaphroditus, 33.

— minor kutensis, subsp. n., 34.

pallasii, 33.

Parallelia algira, 126.

rectifascia, 126.

Paratuerta nana, sp. n.

fice le) Wha

Paryphanta arcuilinea, 168.

jfimbriata, 168.

Pasipeda sambesita, 138.

PaTHOLOGY.

Deaths in the Society’s Gardens, 77.

Pedicinus rhesi, 256.

Pediculus affinis, 255.

capitis, 255.

Pericyma metaleuca, 127.

(Blee

Perigea capensis, 104,

xXx INDEX.

Phalena Geometra selenaria, 163.

Phalena pulchellata, 151.

Phallostethus dunckeri: morphology

(Pls. I., IIT., 1V.; Figs. 12-15), 16.

Phascolarctos cinereus: structure

(Fig. 8), 193.

Phascolomys mitchelli: structure

(Figs. 6, 7), 193.

Phiyctenodes nudalis, 175.

Phthirpedicinus miecrops, 256.

Puysronoey.

Mamata: Mungotide (anal sac),

349.

Pisces: Phallostethine, 1.

Physocypria tuberata,

(PL. IDL. fig, 22: Hig. 1), 341-

Phytometra acuta, 128.

~— limbirena, 128.

mi, 128.

Pionea melanostictalis, sp. n.

(Pl. II. fig. 46), 175.

—— rubritinctalis, sp. n. (Pl. I.

fig. 45), 175.

PIscys :

sp. Nn.

Phallostethinz : morphology: sys-

tematic, 1; Tilapia nilotica athi-

ensis: variation, systematic, 345;

Trygon pastinaca ‘poison-organ),

451; Veleoste1: structure, 448.

Pithecus fascicularis, 31.

Plasmodium kochi, 85.

—— precox, 85.

Plecoptera hypoxantha, 135.

— polymorpha, sp. n. (Pl. II.

fig. 3), 134.

Poliana micra, 140.

Polydesma colutrix, 128.

Polyplax spinulosa, 256.

Prasinocyma perpulverata,

sp. un. (Pl. IL. fig. 25), 148.

—— perscripta, ab. n., 143.

subfasciata, ab. n., 143.

Preshytis germaini, 32.

— mandibularis, subsp. n.,

Proconis abrostoloides, 128.

Proteles cristatus : structure (Fig. 28), |

235.

Protozoa:

Parasites in the Society’s Gardens,

84: Flagellata, Rhizopoda: cy-

tology, structure, systematic, 309.

Prowazekia (Bodo) saltans: structure,

development, (Pl. I.), 311.

Pseudosterrha gayneri, 156.

philearia, 156.

Pteropus hypomelanus condorensis, 38.

medius: structure, 230.

vampyrus mataccensis, 39.

Ptychopoda sp., 155.

aperta, sp. n. (Pl. Il. fig. 16),

155.

—— nigrosticta, 155.

—— subtorrida, sp.n. (PI. II. fig.17),

154.

Pyrausta conistrotalis, sp. n.

(Pl. II. fig. 48), 176.

incoloralis, 176.

—— sthenialis, sp. n. (PI. II. fig. 47),

176.

Rabila albiviridis, sp. n. (Pl. I.

fig. 18), 109.

Rana temporaria: variation (Fig. 1),

87.

Ratufa melanopepla, 43.

leucogenys, subsp. n., 43.

—— —— sinus, subsp. n., 44.

Rhamphocelus icteronotus (z. Ss. L.),

297.

Rhinopoma macrophyllum: structure

(Fig. 24), 229.

Rhodoneura hamatipex, sp. n.

(Pl. LI. fig. 37), 168.

Rhopaloceras stylifer: structure (Figs.

23, 24), 292.

Rhynchina albiscripta, sp. n.

(Pl LL. fig. 8), 137.

—— endoleuca, sp. n. (Pl. II. fig. 6),

137.

——perangulata, sp. n. (Pl. I.

fig. 7), 136.

revolutalis, 137.

Rothia aisha, 108.

tucervus schomburghki, 62.

Rusa peronii, 62.

INDEX.

Sameodes ocellata, sp. n. (Pl. II.

fig. 44), 174.

Sarmatia interitalis, 136.

Sceliodes laisalis, 176.

Sciurus albivexilli, sp. n. 47.

bicolor, 43.

—— cinnamomeus, 40.

—— ferrugineus, 45.

—— -— cinnamomeus, 40.

frandseni, subsp. n., 46.

—— finlaysoni, 45.

Javensis, 43.

—— macclellandi rodolphi, 48.

—— mouhotii, 48.

—— pyrrhocephalus, 48.

-— rodolphi, 47.

—— splendens, 45.

Scotinochroa minor, sp. n. (PI. I.

fig. 34), 168.

Scotosia natalata, 15.

—- rubritincta, 156.

Scrancia discomma, sp. un. (Pl. Il.

fig. 10), 141.

Secusio somaliensis, sp. n. (Pl. 1. |

fio. 2), 102:

strigata, 103.

Selagena atridiscata, 104.

eustrigata, sp. n. (Pl. II.

fie. 27), 164.

Semiothisa butaria, 160.

obliquilineata, 159.

Semnopithecus germaini, 32.

Sesamia coniota, 119.

Sesquialtera, gen. n, 162.

= ridicula, sp: n. (Pl. il. fig. 1);

163.

Siccia sordida, 102.

Simplicia capalis, 136.

Siphonops annulatus (4. s. L.), 447,

448.

Sminthopsis crassicaudata :

Igile

—— larapinta: structure, 191.

Sphingomorpha chlorea, 133.

Sphinx celerio, 140.

convolvuli, 140.

Spironema multiciliatum :

(PI. IIT. figs. 46-48), 318.

Staudingeria sub-oblitella, 170.

structure

structure, |

Slegania indularia, 156.

secularia, 157.

Stenocypris malcolmsoni, 339.

Stenostaura tmpeditus, 141.

Stenosticta grisea, 124.

Sterrha philearia, 156.

Strandesia (Cypris) vittata, 389.

Strix delicatula (zs. rs), 448.

Strongylocotes coniceps, 286.

STRUCTURE.

Mammatta: Intestinal tract, 183;

Mungotids (external characters’,

349; Viverride, Hyxnide (ali-

sphenoid canal), 442.

Pisces: Phallostethinz, 1 ;

pastinaca (poison -organ),

Teleostei, 448.

Insucta: Lepidoptera (analysis of

patterns), 883; Anoplura, Mallo-

phaga, 253.

Trygon

folly,

Prorozoa: Flagellata, Rhizopoda,

309.

Suraitha tnvectellus, 169.

scitulellus, 169.

Suricata suricatta, structure (Figs. 3, 4,

8-10), 319.

Sus cristatus, (4.

——- —— subsp., 64.

Sylepta sabinusalis, 174.

Talpa europa: structure (Fig. 28),

226.

Tamandua tetradactyla :

20M

Tamiops novemlineatus, 48.

rodolphi, 47.

‘arache carnescens, 125.

structure,

hortensis, 125.

—— mesoleuca, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 38),

Ts,

miogona, sp. n, (Pl. I. fig. 39),

128.

—— opalinoides, 128.

umbrigera, 123.

——- gelleri, 128.

Tathorhynchus exsiccata, 135,

Tegostoma bipartalis, 177.

comparalis, 177.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1916, No, XX XI. eal

Tegustoma subditalis, 177.

egulifera nigricinetalis, 171.

zonalis, 171.

Tephrias trigonosema,

(Pl. IL. fig. 2), 134.

Tephrina butaria, 160.

cinerascens, 160.

deerraria, 161.

—— disputaria, 160.

—— inconspicua, 160.

netta, 160.

prionogyna,

fig. 18), 161.

——— subeurvaria, 157.

Teracotona submacula, 102.

Tetramitus spiralis, sp.n.: struc-

ture, development (Pls. IL., III.

figs. 42-45 ; Fig. 1), 314.

(PL. IL

sp. n.

Thalatha melanostrota, sp. n.

(Pl. I. fig. 4), 104.

Thylacinus cynocephalus: structure

Gigs) LOM

Tilapia nilotica athiensis, var. n.,

345.

Timandra neptunaria, 148.

viridaria, 148.

Toana nigrilineata, sp. n. (Pl. I.

fig, 22), 114.

Tragulus affinis, 63.

javanicus, 63.

-—— kanchil, 63.

—— —— affinis, 63.

prerret, 60.

Traminda neptunaria, 148.

—— rufistrigata, 148.

Tricentroscelis protrusifrons,

gen. et sp. n. (Pl. LI. fig. 21), 147.

Trichiura obsoleta, 166.

Trichodectes sp., 283.

—— breviceps, 271.

cornutus, 273.

crassus, 272.

INDEX,

Trichodectes harrisoni, sp. n.:

strueture (Figs. 13-16), 276.

—— hemitragi, sp. n.: structure

(Figs. 11, 12), 273.

— latus: structure (Fig. 10), 271.

— ovis, 283.

parumptlosus, 271. :

Trigonomelea semifusca, 163.

Trygon pastinaca: structure (poison-

organ) (Pigs. 1-7), 431.

Tuerta trimeni, 103.

Tupaia belangeri, 36.

concolor, 36.

—— —— sinus, subsp. n., 36.

—- frenata, 37.

Tyndis proteanalis, 171.

Ulothrichopus tinctipennis, 125.

Utetheisa pulchella, 102.

VARIATION.

Manmaura: Lepus sp. (black yar.),

441.

Aves: Gallus bankiva, 446.

Barracuia: Rana temporaria, 87.

Pisces: ‘Vilapia nilotica (anal spines),

345.

Victoria sematoperas, sp. n.

(P1. IL. fig. 26), 142.

Viverra hermaphrodita, 33.

Viverricula: structure (Fig. 1), 442.

Zamarada pulverosa, 157.

—-— secutaria, 157.

Zinckenia fascialis, 174.

ZLitha subcupralis, 171.

Zygophyxia tornisecta, sp. n.,

153.

PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET.

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY

OF LONDON,

1916.

PAR.

CONTAINING Paces 1 To 3807, witH 7 PuaTEs

AND 75 TExtT-FIGURES.

MARCH 1916.

PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,

SOLD AT ITS HOUSE IN REGENT'’S PARK.

LONDON :

MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO.,

PATERNOSTER ROW.

On [Price Twelve Shillings.] e

LIST. OF CONTENTS:

1916, Parr I. (pp. 1-307).

EXHIBITIONS AND NOTICKS.

Page

The SucreTary, Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the months

of November, December, and January, 1915-6 (...... 1.1 cece ee ce cece ee ee cere 2

Mr. R. BE. Houpine. Exhibition of the Skull of a Roebuck ..--.... +++. -+1e-+ sees pone Age,

Mr. C. Tats Rucan, M.A., F.Z.S. Lantern exhibition of drawings of larval Fishes .... 298

Mr. Oupriztp Tuomas, F.R.S., F.Z.S. A new Sable Antelope from Angola, (Text-

eure) erat NAR cta HOD OO bo DOG So ute Ager dic Ode Fel cliesoy drove eater 298

Mr. R. I. Pocock, F.R.S., F.Z.S., Curator of Mammals. Antlers of a Virginian Deer :

afiected by Cancer sic 2 vise) aici cielare + ipo slalecetstnisusrs ca eeel Gale velet-tetalerehetctaie! t-test ae 301

The Rev. H. N. Hurcuiyson, M.A., F.Z.8. Exhibition of drawings of extinct animals .. 802

Mr. C. Tarr Ragan, M.A., F.Z.S. Lantern exhibition of a Siamese Fighting-Fish and of

PV OPiS non oomaomnee Go OOMEOrorGn NovoAS Gao aicodnb.ads.cudd sanbocODOGCn ca 302

Mr. R. I. Pocock, F.R.S., F.Z.S., Curator of Mammals. The Tympanic Bulla in Hyzenas.

(GIGS fairies Ap Pa AAP Ar ccmejon: cisandnomooualamacadododouon son: 303

Mr. Harry K. Eustace. Bioscope exhibitio: of African Animals ........ ........... 307

Contents continued on page 3 of Wrapper.

YS Oath Bll {S) (QUIN “tal fs QSL TS OMI ASL 5/

“dint Tn “TAIT 4218p prempoom A’!

dp pl efi

4 £ eam

eA tas

SCS

TTd NVOEH SI6GISZd

1241S GHG BO (VAIN PUL AN,

fox

are

rr if

aed

pectin ‘i

‘, ace 4

Huth imp.

G.M.Woodward del,

INGE OVS We, Wa S Iv INES SERIE,

Ve) WEIS), Jet ich EVAIN PLM,

— EO LS om

AOS

ee:

rae.

se (aan

: wii Ge

o) RE

Ene:

att

Arie

pede,

Huth imp.

G.M, Woodward del. et lith.

1a) de VAIL OS WET Wal WIS)

2X INT Ors) Wa Wat GS,

G.M.Woodward del. et lith. C

A,B. PHALLOS TETHU

LOLS. REGAIN iy

Huthimp.

S) Cone OS vem neon:

-_-—>-—

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON

PAPERS.

1. The Morphology of the Cyprinodont Fishes of the

Subfamily Phallostethinee, with Descriptions of a new

Genus and two new Species. By C. Tatrt Ruean,

Mea, ZnS.

[Received November 8, 1915: Read November 23, 1915.]

(Plates I.-IV.* and Text-figures 1-15.)

INDEX.

MorrHoLoey: Page

INCOSCEERWS LOMKESTOTO) pate e eee eee ee,

ENERLAMIGESECTUAT Ge saeco EE eee) ul

IN. bicornis ..... Saas pecan Alte nto acta coe, ae LAL

Phallostethus dunckeri i 18 Peete aucicatanes: eat acetate ame oan! |)

P. dunckeri, 3... . Pea B secrets Ar ORES a oe Coe ae

sep ria piumnitiert tbe hoes ae een ee ea a einen ce 20

Other copulatory organs of fishes ......................... 28

PuystoLtoey: Use of the priapium .......... compe

DEVELOPMENT—of the priapium of iyeoate nies Bicornis, eas 14

SYSTEMATIC:

Neostethus lankesteri, gen. et sp. n. Reece phir

NV. bicarnis, sp. n de eames acetates

2ank and position of the Phallostethine .................. 23

Eyotutrron—Origin of skeletal elements........................... 24

1. Introduction.

In 1913 I described an extraordinary little Cyprinodont fish

from Johore, and named it Phallostethus dunckeri (Regan, 11).

Some more fishes from the same locality have been sent to me

* For explanation of the Plates see p. 25.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1916, No. I. 1

2, MR, C. TATE REGAN ON THE

for description ; they represent a new genus, Veostethus, related

to Phallostethus, and belong to two new species, JV. lankesteri

and JV. bicornis.

Of Neostethus lankestert there are six specimens, all about

30 mm. in total length; five are adult males and the other is an

adult female. They come from the Muar River (brackish-water)

and from Singapore. Some features in their structure, such as

the number of vertebre and the general relations of the viscera,

have been elucidated by prolonged clearing with oil of cloves, but

the detailed account of the structure of the male fish is based on

the study of a series of transverse sections. Of JV. bicormis there

are three examples, two males (21 and 25 mm. long)—one imma-

ture, the other nearly adult—and a female of 24 mm.; these are

from Kuala Langat (brackish-water),

Phallostethus is redescribed and is compared with WVeostethus.

2. Structure of Female NeosTEYHUS LANKESTERI *, gen. et sp. n.

a. EXTERNAL CHARACTERS.

Form elongate, strongly compressed. Head rather small ;

mouth terminal, strongly oblique, protractile, with one or two

series of conical teeth in the jaws; eyes large, lateral. Scales

very similar in structure to those of Panchax; 34 to 36 in a

longitudinal series. Dorsal fin of 5 or 6 rays, above the end of

the rather long anal, which has 15 or 16 rays; caudal emar-

ginate; pectorals 10 or ll-rayed, placed rather high. Anus

{text-fig. 12, B,a.), genital aperture, and urinary opening behind

each other in middle line below bases of pectoral fins; behind

~them abdomen compressed to an edge bearing a rayless fringe

(text-fig. 12, B, f.); just behind anus a pair ‘of papillee (text-

fig. 12, Be p. ) (2 Sagal pelvic fins tT), one much larger than the

other, that partly cover a depression into which the oviduct and

ureter open.

6. SKELETON.

The skeleton is typically Cyprincdont and essentially similar

to that of Panchax, except that the hemal arches of the caudal

vertebrae are not expanded, as the air-bladder does not extend

back into the tail. The vertebree number 34 or 35 (15-16+19).

c. VISCERA.

. ‘

The air-bladder occupies the posterior part of the abdominal

cavity ; it is large, simple, and thin-walled, except an anterior

* T have ventured to name this species in honour of Sir Ray Lankester, K.C.B.,

F.R.S., to whom J am indebted for many acts of kindness and much sound advice.

Moreover, it seems to me not inappropriate that this little fish, whose structure

presents more than one problem tor the consideration of students of animal mor-

phology, should bear the name of the most distinguished mor phologist of our time.

+ In Phallostethus the postanal papillae are supported by a pair of minute

skeletal elements that may be vestigial pelvic bones.

MORPHOLOGY OF CYPRINODONT FISHES. 3

part, tapering forwards, that has thick glandular walls. ‘There

is no trace of a pneumatic duct.

The short cesophagus leads into the stomach, which is simple,

without cecum or pyloric appendages; the intestine forms a

single coil just in front of the air-bladder, and then runs down-

wards and forwards to the anus. The liver is large, and there

is a well-developed spleen situated on the anterior part of the

intestinal coil.

The kidneys extend from below the basioccipital to the posterior

end of the abdominal cavity; they are paired, but not enlarged,

anteriorly, unpaired posteriorly ; the ureters leave the kidneys

Text-figure 1.

ae if FE

ae —

Neostethus lankesteri, 2. Part of head and abdominal region cleared and viewed

as atransparent object (X 10). ‘The ovary is clearly visible, lying in front of

the air-bladder and below the alimentary canal.

h., heart; a., anus; p., postanal papille; o., opening of the oviduct; w., opening of

ureter.

above the anterior part of the air-bladder and soon unite to

form a single duct that runs downwards and forwards below

the intestine. The ovary is unpaired and lies in front of the

air-bladder and below the intestine; it narrows forwards, and

the very short oviduct arises from its anterior end. The ova are

comparatively few and large.

Except for modifications correlated with the thoracic position

of the anus and urino-genital apertures, e. g. that the air-bladder

is posterior instead of superior, the intestine runs forwards instead

of backwards, etc., the visceral anatomy is essentially similar te

that of the Funduline,

4 MR. C. TATE REGAN ON THE

3. Structure of Male NEosTETHUS LANKESTERI.

a. EXTERNAL CHARACTERS.

The male differs from the female externaily in the presence of

the priapium (text-fig. 2), a fleshy appendage that lies below the

Text-figure 2.

Neostethus lankesteri, $. Head and priapium (X 10). A, proctal side;

B, aproctal side.

et., ctenactinium; ctm., ctenactinial muscle; a., anus; 7., end of priapial rib;

v.d., terminal coil of vas deferens; pv.; pulvinulus; pva., pulvinular ap-

pendage ; s., pulvinular spine; g., glandular groove; ef, efferent groove ;

sp., seminal papilla; p., infrasulcar prominence.

head and the anterior part of the body, to which it is attached

for the greater part of its length, only the posterior end being

free. Anteriorly the priapium is confluent with the isthmus ;

MORPHOLOGY OF CYPRINODONT FISHES. 5

further back it increases in size and is well-defined ; owing toa

strong constriction of the body just behind its attachment, the

posterior part of the priapium projects but little beyond the

general outline of the abdominal region.

On one side, the proctal side, which may be either right or

left, may be seen the anus (a.); above and behind it can be seen

the outline of the enlarged terminal coil of the vas deferens (v.d.),

occupying most of the free posterior part of the priapium, which

ends in a membranous fringe, produced into some. half-dozen

slender processes. On the proctal side a shallow groove marks

the boundary between the priapium and the body of the fish, but

on the other side, the aproctal side, there is a much deeper groove,

margined above by a thick fold of the integument; this groove is

lined by a glandular epidermis, and may be termed the glandular

groove (g.). Posteriorly a dermal fold arises from the inner wall

of the groove, and this fold is continued backwards on the free

part of the priapium as the roof of another groove, leading from

the glandular groove to the end of the priapium ; this may be

termed the efferent groove (éf.).

The enlarged part of the vas deferens lies below the floor of the

efferent groove; here it is running backwards, and at the end of

the priapium it curves round from the proctal to the aproctal side

and then runs upwards and forwards, ending in a seminal papilla

(sp.), which opens into the glandular groove, the terminal aper-

ture being a wide slit. Directly in front of the seminal papilla

is a papilliform projection (p.), which may be termed the infra-

sulear prominence. Below the infrasulcar prominence is the

articulation of the ctenactinium (ct.), a long and slender movable

bony appendage that curves backwards and upwards, then for-

wards to below the eye, and, finally, downwards and across beneath

the chin ; a short pointed process, directed outwards and down-

wards, arises from its concave edge above the infrasulcar

prominence.

Further forwards, a rather soft appendage, subconical in form

and with its apex directed backwards, lies in the glandular groove ;

at its base it is separated by a deep constriction from a lateral

mass of tissue that tapers forwards to the anterior end of the pri-

apium. ‘This mass of tissue may be termed the pulvinulus ( pv.)

and its appendage the pulvinular appendage (pva.); a small

antrorse spine (s.) projects from the posterior part of the pul-

vinulus, and a branch of the glandular groove runs forwards

between the priapium proper and the lower part of the pul-

vinulus; this infrapulvinular groove narrows forwards and

disappears a little in advance of the level of the pulvinular

spine.

b. SkEvETON (PI. J. B, and text-fig. 3).

This differs from that of the female in that one of the cleithra,

the third vertebra, and the first pair of ribs are modified in

6) MR. C. TATE REGAN ON THE

connection with the priapium, whilst the priapium itself has a

special skeleton.

Cleithra.—The cleithrum of the proctal side is normal and ends

anteriorly below the angle of the preoperculum. ‘That of the

aproctal side is produced into a slender process (¢el.) that extends

forward to below the attachment of the urohyal; this process lies

between the isthmus and the priapium ; it is somewhat expanded

transversely (PI. I. A), and anteriorly it spreads downwards on

each side of the priapium, almost enclosing it.

Text-figure 3.

Neostethus lankesteri. Skeleton of priapium from the aproctal side (x 12)

(diagrammatic).

cta., ctenactinium; w., urohyal; cl., cleithrum; ¢7., ¢7.’, transverse processes of

third vertebra; c., cartilage; 7., 7°’., first pair of ribs; ae., antepleural carti-

lage; va., pulvinular appendage; pus., pulvinular spine; pv., outer, and

pv.’, inner pulvinular bones; és., anterior, and is.’, posterior infrasulcar bones;

p., papillary bone; a.7., vertical, and a.r.’, horizontal anterior ridges of axial

bone: 77, its lateral ridge; cv., its main crest; and s¢., its terminal style.

Third vertebra.—The transverse process of the aproctal side (¢7".)

is normal, but that of the proctal side (é#.) is much stronger ;

proximally it is directed outwards at right angles to the centrum,

then it runs forwards below the transverse process of the second

vertebra (text-fig. 4B), until it reaches the level of the first

vertebra, when it curves downwards and ends.

First pair of ribs.—These are attached proximally to the

transverse processes of the third vertebra; the rib of the aproctal

side (7.') is not particularly strong, but it is very long and runs

downwards and forwards into the priapium; the rib of the

proctal side (7.) is much stouter and runs downwards right to

the ventral surface of the priapium below the anus (text-

fig. 2, 7.); proximally a nodule of cartilage (c.) intervenes

MORPHOLOGY OF CYPRINODONT FISHES. 7

between the end of the rib’and the posterior face of the de-

curved part of the transverse process. A mass of cartilage, the

antepleural cartilage (ap.), lies in front of the distal ends of this

pair of ribs and embraces them laterally; this mass is to a large

extent composed of parenchymatous cartilage, but in the centre

approaches true hyaline cartilage in structure (cf. text-fig. 4, B).

Axial bone of the priapium.—This extends nearly the whole

length of the priapium ; in front of the articulation of the cten-

actinium it has the form of a rod of cartilage enclosed in a cylinder

of bone (PI. IIT. A, a.) that bears certain crests and ridges, namely,

(1) the anterior ridges, the upper (a@.) vertical, the lower (ar.')

Text-figure 4.

Neostethus lankesteri, 6. ‘Transverse sections (x 18): A, through postorbital

part of head and base of pulvinular appendage ; B, through second vertebra and

antepleural cartilage.

ao., aorta; g., glandular groove; pva., pulvinular appendage; a., axial bone;

is., infrasulear bone; e¢m., ctenactinial muscle; pm., muscle of proctal side;

apm., muscles of aproctal side; ppm., pleuro-priapial muscle; ac., antepleural

cartilage; +., priapial rib; 7sc., cartilage; ¢7., transverse process of third

vertebra; &., kidney; c., cesophagus; sv., sinus venosus.

nearly horizontal and aproctal; these increase in height back-

wards and end abruptly at the level of the pulvinular spine.

(2) The main crest (cr.): this rises obliquely from the proctal

side of the axial bone and then curves upwards until it is

vertical (text-fig. 4 A, a@.); it commences a little behind the end

8 MR, C. TATE REGAN ON THE

of the anterior ridges and ends in front of the priapial ribs.

(3) The lateral ridge (Jr.), on the aproctal side from the level

of the end of the pulvinular appendage to the level of the priapial

ribs ; this ridge almost reaches the surface at the lower margin

of the glandular groove. The axial bone passes backwards on the

aproctal side of the priapial ribs and antepleural cartilage, and in

the region of the anus it becomes stouter and expands down-

wards; the ctenactinium (cta.) is attached to the aproctal side

of this part of the axial bone. In the region of the seminal

papilla the axial bone extends upwards nearly to the glandular

groove, and behind this it contracts to form a terminal style (sé.)

that runs backwards and ends just in front of the transverse

portion of the terminal coil of the vas deferens.

Anterior infrasulcar bone (is.).—This is a laminar bone that

lies near the surface on the aproctal side. It is broad posteriorly

and tapers anteriorly ; behind it extends from the floor of the

glandular groove under the base of the infrasulcar papilla to out-

side the proximal end of the ctenactinium ; for the greater part

of its length its upper edge is just below the edge of the lateral

ridge of the axial bone: anteriorly it hes within the inner surface

of the infrapulvinular groove (PI. II. B, zs.) and is quite a slender

bone. Near its posterior end, where its lower edge overlaps the.

end of the ctenactinium, it bears an inner knob to share with the

axial bone in supporting that appendage.

Posterior infrasulear bone (is.')—A bone whose expanded

upper surface lies just below the floor of the glandular groove,

below the anterior part of the seminal papilla; it is a solid bone

that extends downwards and inwards on the aproctal side of the

axial bone: from its upper surface it sends forwards a laminar

process that runs below the anterior infrasulear bone into the

base of the infrasulecar prominence.

Papillary bone (p.).—A bone that supports the seminal papilla,

which it enters from behind and below, and then divides into

three branches that expand into lamine lying just below the

skin, one on the inner side of the papilla and two, an upper and

a lower, on its outer side. Before entering the papilla the bone

is a slender rod that curves downwards across nearly to the

ctenactinium and then tapers forwards and inwards, ending a

little in advance of the seminal papilla on the aproctal side of the

axial bone (cf. Pl. II. A, and text-fig. 7 A, p.).

The pulvinular appendage (pva.) is subconical, somewhat com-

pressed ; it is a mass of parenchymatous cartilage, but has the

structure of true hyaline cartilage on the inner side near the

base; in this region it is hollowed out for the reception of a

cartilaginous peg that arises from a bone in front of it (Pl. II. B).

The pulvinulus consists of fibrous connective tissue sur-

rounding two longitudinal bones, the inner and outer pulvinular

bones.

The inner pulvinular bone ( pv.') is largest posteriorly, where

MORPHOLOGY OF CYPRINODONT FISHES. 9

it bears a backwardly directed process for the support of the

pulvinular appendage; it tapers anteriorly and ends below the

axial bone at about the middle of the length of the anterior

ridges. This bone is rounded or oval in cross-section, posteriorly

deeper than long; it has a cartilaginous core.

Text-figure 5.

Neostethus lankesteri, 6. ‘lransverse sections cutting the infrasulcar prominence,

A, near its anterior end, and B, at its posterior edge, also just cutting the

seminal papilla (X 18).

&., kidney; 1., liver; sv., sinus venosus; @., cesophagus; 7., intestine; w., ureter;

v.d., vas deferens; pm., muscle of proctal side; apm., inner muscle of aproctal

side; s., seminal papilla; ip., infrasulear prominence; is., infrasulecar bone;

a., axial bone; c¢., ctenactinium.

The outer pulvinular bone (pv.) is rather similar to the inner

in form and structure (PI. IIT. A, pd.); posteriorly it bears the

pointed antrorse process which appears externally as the pulvi-

nular spine; it runs forwards outside the inner bone, but in front

of the end of the latter becomes median and ventral, and extends

forwards in front of the end of the axial bone to the extreme

anterior end of the priapium.

10 MR. C. TATE REGAN ON THE

c. VIscERA (text-fig. 6).

Air-bladder (a.), alimentary canal, kidneys (4.), etc., as in the

female, except that the intestine (7.) and ureter (w.) end in

the priapium.

The intestine (7.) enters the priapium near the posterior end

‘of its junction with the body (text-fig. 5), and runs downwards,

somewhat forwards, and across to the proctal side, ending at the

anus.

The ureter (w.) enters the priapium just below and behind the

intestine (text-fig. 5 B) and runs downwards into the middle of

the priapium and across until it meets the enlarged part of the

vas deferens, here running backwards on the proctal side; the

ureter now runs upwards and backwards and towards the proctal

side, always in contact with the vas deferens, and ends by opening

into the efferent groove, not far from the proximal end of the

latter (text-fig. 7 A).

Text-figure 6.

Visceral anatomy of Neostethus lankesteri, 8 (X 8). From the proctal side;

the liver, etc., removed.

@., esophagus ; s., stomach; z., intestine; &., kidney; w., ureter; ¢., testis;

vd., vas deferens; a@., air-bladder.

The testis (¢.) is unpaired (text-fig. 8 A) and corresponds to the

ovary in form and position ; the vas deferens (v.d.) arises from the

middle of the upper surface of the testis and runs forwards, at

first at the side of the intestine and then partly above it; it

curves downwards to enter the priapium just behind and on the

aproctal side of the intestine, and runs downwards and a little

backwards until it reaches the terminal style of the axial bone ;

the vas deferens runs across to the proctal side below this bone

and then expands to form the large terminal coil that runs back-

wards, then across, and then upwards and forwards, ending in

the seminal papilla.

MORPHOLOGY OF CYPRINODONT FISHES. im)

The vas deferens has a thin wall, comprising an outer fibrous

layer and an inner layer of mucus-secreting cells; within the

testis the tubules that unite to form the vas deferens have a similar

structure (PI.IV.C). The epidermis of the glandular groove also

secretes mucus, and in the neighbourhood of the seminal papilla

and on the papilla itself the area of secreting-cells is increased

by folding.

Text-figure 7.

Neostethus lankesteri, 8. Transverse sections (X 18): A, passing through the

posterior part of the seminal papilla, and B, through the priapium near “its

posterior end.

k., kidney ; U., liver; s., stomach; 7., intestine; v.d., vas deferens; w., ureter ;

a., axial bone; p., papillary bone; cé., ctenactinium, e., efferent groove.

The tubules of the testis, the vas deferens, and the glandular

groove in the neighbourhood of the seminal papilla hold a mucus

secretion, in which appear numerous spermatophores; these are

12 MR. CG. TATE REGAN ON THE

subspherical, with the heads of the spermatozoa at the periphery

and their tails curled round inside (text-fig. 9).

Text-figure 8.

Neostethus lankesteri, §. ‘Transverse sections (X 18): A, passing through testis ;

b, through air-bladder.

k., kidney; J., liver; 7., intestine; ¢., testis; v.d., vas deferens ;

a., air-bladder ; r., rib.

Similar spermatophores have been described in the Peeciliine

by Philippi (Philippi, 6), but I have not been able to detect

them in other Cyprinodonts.

d. Muscuxs (text-fig. 10).

Pleuro-priapial muscle (pp.).—It has been mentioned that the

first pair of ribs enter the priapium, and that the rib of the proctal

side is much enlarged and is attached proximally to the enlarged

MORPHOLOGY OF CYPRINODONT FISHES. We

Text-figure 9.

“Hi((

‘1

oh See

Spermatophores of Neostethus lankesteri (X 750

and forwardly directed transverse process (é.) of the third ver-

tebra. To this process is attached also the proximal end of a

muscle that runs downwards into the priapium on the inner side

Text-figure 10.

Neostethus lankesteri. Muscles of priapium, from the aproctal side (Xx 20).

t., transverse process of third vertebra; ct., base of ctenactinium ;*aa., axial bone;

pp., pleuro-priapial muscle: p., longitudinal muscle of proctal side’; ap., outer,

and ap.’, inner longitudinal muscles of aproctal side; ctm., ctenactinial muscle.

14 MR. C. TATE REGAN ON THE

of the rib, and then backwards on the proctal side of the axial

bone, ending in a nodule of bone that lies near the axial bone at

the level of the articulation of the ctenactinium.

Longitudinal muscles of the priapium.— These are four in

number and each,is more or less fusiform in shape. In front

of the priapial ribs these muscles, with the intermuscular connec-

tive tissue and the axial bone, constitute the whole body of the

priapium (excluding the pulvinulus) (text-fig. 4 A).

Ctenactinial muscle.—This is the largest of the longitudinal

priapial muscles; it originates at the posterior end of the upper

anterior ridge of the axial bone and is inserted on the proximal

end of the ctenactinium. For most of its length its inner surface

lies against the whole proctal face of the main crest and the lower

face of the lateral ridge of the axial bone.

Outer muscle of the aproctal side.—This originates at the

anterior extremity of the axial bone and runs back on the

aproctal side between the anterior ridges of that bone, and then

on the aproctal side of the main crest until the inner muscle

intervenes; it ends posteriorly at the level of the anus in the

connective tissue that lies between the floor of the glandular

groove and the lateral ridge of the axial bone.

Inner muscle of the aproctal side.—Anteriorly this is inserted

between the outer muscle and the main crest of the axial bone;

it runs back in contact with the crest and above the lateral ridge,

‘and then on the aproctal side of the priapial ribs, pleuro-priapial

muscle, and intestine; it is attached posteriorly to the lower and

proctal surface of the terminal style of the axial bone just above

the vas deferens, which is here crossing to the proctal side below

the axial bone.

Muscle of the proctal side.—This originates on the anterior

end of the upper edge of the main crest of the axial bone, and

runs backwards at first above and then at the proctal side of the

ctenactinial muscle; it lies on the proctal side of the priapial ribs

and intestine and behind them at the side of the inner aproctal

muscle; it ends in the connective tissue that lies above the ter-

minal style of the axial bone and between the descending portion

and the enlarged terminal part of the vas deferens.

4, NEOSTETHUS BICORNIS, sp. n. (text-fig. 11).

This species is more slender than JV. lankesteri and has 36 ver-

tebre (16-17+ 19-20) instead of 34 or 35. There are 13 to

15 anal rays, and 35 to 37 scales in a longitudinal series.

A male of 25 mm. is not fully adult, but its priapium (text-

fig. 11, B) differs from that of WV. lankesterit in three important

characters: (1) there are two ctenactinia (ct.), both on the

aproctal side; (2) the efferent groove (éf.) extends downwards

to the ventral surface of the posterior end of the priapium; and

(3) the seminal papilla (p.) opens into the efferent, not the

glandular groove. The ctenactinia have not attained their full

MORPHOLOGY OF CYPRINODONT FISHES. 15

development and are cartilaginous and enclosed in skin; their

final shape is uncertain; the testis (¢.) is fairly large.

A male of 21 mm. (text fig. 11, A) has the priapium but little

developed and without trace of ctenactinia, but showing a differ-

entiation into an anterior muscular and a posterior visceral

portion ; in this fish the testis is quite small.

Text-figure 11.

Neostethus bicornis : immature males ; head and priapium from aproctal side (X10).

Total length of fish: A, 21 mm.; B, 25mm. The testis (¢.) is shown separately.

pv., pulvinulus; pva., pulvinular appendage ; c¢., ctenactinia; p., seminal papilla;

ef., efferent groove.

A female of 24 mm. is very similar to the female 1. lankesteri,

except for the more slender form; the postanal depression is less

developed than in JV. lankesteri, probably because the specimen is

not fully adult.

The male examples are of interest as indicating that the pri-

apium develops only as maturity approaches ; presumably males,

only a little smaller than the smaller one, would be almost indis-

tinguishable from immature females.

16 MR. C. TATE REGAN ON THE

5. Structure of Female PHALLOSTETHUS DUNCKERI *

(text-fig. 12, A).

Total length 29 mm. The mouth is less oblique than in

Neostethus, and the body is less compressed; the abdominal

profile is not convex, but nearly straight, the rayless fringe (/.)

Text-figure 12.

A, Phallostethus dunckeri, 2. B, Neostethus lankesteri, 2.

Head and abdomen from below (x 8).

@.,anus; p., postanal papille (in Neostethus covering the depression into which

oviduct and ureter open); o., opening of oviduct; w., opening of ureter;

F., dermal fold.

lies in a groove instead of at the edge of the abdomen, and the

genital opening (0.) does not le in a depression; the postanal

papille (p.) are minute. The dorsal fin has more rays (8 to 10)

* T have already given some account of the structure of Phallostethus dunckeri

(Regan, 11); the sections of the male fish are too thick and somewhat overstained,

but with the much better sections of Neostethus lankesteri at hand for comparison

I have been able to make out certain details that were difficult to see without this

help. So far as I can see, the most important error in my former description was

that the priapial ribs, displaced forward and separated from the vertebral column,

were interpreted as elements of the pectoral arch and the antepleural bone, which

embraces their ends, was not recognized as a separate bone distinct from them.

MORPHOLOGY OF CYPRINODONT FISHES, A

than in Neostethus, and the anal fin is much longer, having

26 to 28 rays. Correlated with this is the shorter abdominal

region, the smaller number of preecaudal vertebre (11 or 12), and

the larger number of caudal vertebre (26 or 27) (cf. Pl. I. A).

The visceral anatomy is as in Veostethus.

6. Structure of Male PHALLOSTETHUS DUNCKERI.

Tn addition to the differences from Weostethus described above

for the female, the male Phallostethus has many distinctive

features.

a. HXTERNAL CHARACTERS.

Total Jength 25 mm. The priapium (text-fig. 13) is much

more prominent than in WVeostethus; the grooves between it and

Text-figure 13.

Phallostethus dunckeri, 6. ead and priapium from the proctal and

aproctal sides (X 10).

tx., toxactinium; ef., ctenactinium; pv., pulvinulus; a., anus; w., opening of

ureter; v.d., terminal coil of vas deferens.

the body of the fish are not glandular and are of equal size; they

increase in depth posteriorly and meet behind the priapium to

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1916, No. II. 2

18 MR. CG. TATE REGAN ON THE

form a median groove, which extends to the anal fin, decreasing

in size backwards (text-fig. 15 B); there is no efferent groove.

The urinary opening (w.) is immediately behind the anus (@.).

The genital opening is ventral and posterior, behind the

articulation of the ctenactinium (ct.).

The ctenactinium is short and nearly straight, with denticu-

lated upper edge; its articulation is ventral, and it lies on the

aproctal side of the priapium.

Anteriorly the attachment of the priapium to the isthmus ends

at the level of the posterior edge of the eye; in front of this is a

free terminal portion that ends in a second movable bony ap-

pendage, toxactinium (tw.); this is rounded in cross-section, tapers

forwards, and curves towards the aproctal side, ending below the

extremity of the lower jaw.

The pulvinulus (pv.) appears to be represented by a rounded

shield, with thick edges, that covers the basal part of the tox-

actinium below and on the aproctal side.

b. SKELETON (PI. I. A).

Third vertebra and first pair of ribs.—The transverse processes

of the third vertebra are normal and symmetrical, but bear no

ribs. The first pair of ribs are nearly symmetrical, but they are

not articulated with the vertebral column ; proximally they end

at the level of the second vertebra, but at some distance from it

on each side; the proximal part of the rib of the proctal side

curves forwards to give attachment to the pleuro-priapial muscle.

These ribs run downwards and forwards, meet below the peri-

cardium, and enter the priapium, where they run downwards and

towards the proctal side in front of the intestine.

Cleithra.— Both cleithra are prolonged forwards and enter the

priapium, ending between the pulvinulus and the basal part of

the toxactinium (PI. III. B, el., ed.’).

Priapial skeleton.—The axial bone (text-fig. 15, a.) is com-

paratively simple; the toxactinium articulates with its anterior

end superiorly and proctally (Pl. III. B, tx.,a.), the ctenactinium

(text-fig. 15, ct.) with its posterior end inferiorly and aproctally.

The antepleural cartilage of Weostethus is represented by an

antepleural bone that embraces the distal ends of the priapial

ribs and runs forwards on the proctal side of the axial bone,

ending a short distance behind the base of the toxactinium.

The pulvinulus has no pulvinular appendage and no bones; it is

aring of parenchymatous cartilage, but seems to have the structure

of true hyaline cartilage in the middie (Pl. IIT. B, pa., pe.).

There are no infrasulear. bones, but the terminal part of the

vas deferens appears to be supported by a bony lamina, as in

Neostethus.

c. MUuscLEs.

The muscles correspond to those of Weostethus, except that

(1) the pleuro-priapial muscle is attached proximally to the

MORPHOLOGY OF CYPRINODONT FISHES. 19

proximal part of the first rib of the proctal side instead of to

the transverse process of the third vertebra; and (2) there isa

toxactinial muscle (text-fig. 15, twm.), that lies outside the longi-

tudinal muscle of the proctal side, ends posteriorly between the

coils of the vas deferens, and anteriorly is inserted on the base of

the toxactinium.

d. ViscerA (text-fig. 14).

A difference from Veostethus 1s that the ureter (w.) accompanies

the intestine (7.) and opens behind the anus; of more importance

are differences in the testis and vas deferens (vd.). The testis

(Pl. IV. A) has no tubules lined with a distinct epithelium, even

near the origin of the vas deferens, which leaves the testis (¢.)

anteriorly and at once becomes coiled up into a mass that lies in

front of and to the right side of the testis ; this “‘ epididymis”’ is

similar to the testis in form and is not much less than it in size

Text-figure 14.

Visceral anatomy of Phallostetius dunckeri, &; the liver, etc., removed (X 10).

c., esophagus; s., stomach ; 7., intestine; &., kidney; w., ureter; ¢., testis;

v.d., vas deferens; a., air-bladder.

(text-fig. 15, B); the vas deferens emerges from its narrowed

anterior end, enters the priapium, and runs backwards on the

aproctal side to above the base of the ctenactinium, then across

to the proctal side before coiling round in a complete circle and

opening ventrally to the exterior in a short seminal papilla behind

the base of the ctenactinium.

The vas deferens is lined with a glandular epithelium ; in the

“epididymis ” this is formed of long columnar cells with basal

nuclei (Pl. IV. B). The outer fibrous layer is quite thin, except

in the terminal coil, where it is thick. The lumen contains

spermatozoa, which seem to adhere together, their heads forming

more or less convex plates, whilst their tails are dependent from

the concave surfaces. However, this structure cannot be very

definitely made out from the sections, but it seems clear that

there are no spermatophores of the type described in Veostethus.

20 MR. C. TATE REGAN ON THE

7. Remarks on the Structure of the Priapium.

Many of the peculiarities of the priapium of Phallostethus, as

compared with that of Veostethus, seem connected with the two

main differences, that the vas deferens opens directly to the

exterior instead of into a glandular groove and that a tox-

actinium is present. To the absence of a glandular groove may

be due the great length of the vas deferens, which coils to form an

“epididymis”; the secretion supplied in Veostethus by the testis,

Text-figure 15.

Phatllostethus dunckeri, 8. ‘Transverse sections (X 18): A, showing the intestine,

vas deferens, and ureter entering the priapium, and also the ureter opening to the

exterior; B, showing the “ epididymis” and the posterior thick-walled portion

of the vas deferens above the articulation of the ctenactinium.

k., kidney; J., liver; s., stomach; 7., intestine; w., ureter; v.d., vas deferens;

a., axial bone; cf., ctenactinium; ppm., pleuro-priapial muscle; tam., tox-

actinial muscle; etm., ctenactinial muscle; pm., muscle of the proctal side;

apm., inner muslce of the aproctal side.

the vas deferens, and the glandular groove comes in Phallostethus

from the vas deferens alone. ‘The efferent groove, infrasulcar

bones, and pulvinular appendage of Veostethus are all directly

connected with the glandular groove, and it is not surprising that,

they are absent in Phallostethus.

MORPHOLOGY OF CYPRINODONT FISHES. 21

The approximate symmetry of the priapial ribs and cleithia in

Phallostethus, as compared with their marked asymmetry in Veo-

stethus, is no doubt due to the symmetrical attachment of the

priapium in the former (text-fig. 15), and its asymmetrical

attachment, owing to the great development of the glandular

groove, in abe bier (text- -fig, 4).

With the presence of a toxactinium as a free appendage may

be correlated the freedom of the anterior part of the priapium in

Phallostethus, whereas in NVeostethus it is attached to the isthmus

right to the end. It seems probable that the toxactinium may

replace functionally the anterior part of the ctenactinium of

Neostethus, and that the shortness of the ctenactinium of Phallo-

stethus may be connected with this.

In both genera the ureter enters the priapium and runs down-

wards and across to the proctal side behind the intestine; in

Phallostethus it opens to the exterior just behind the anus, but

in .Veostethus, owing to the shortness of the free posterior part of

the priapium and the great size of the terminal coil of the vas

deferens, it finds the latter in its way and has to surmount it

before reaching the surface at some distance from the anus.

In Phallostethus, as compared with WVeostethus, the great length

and coiling of the vas deferens, the separation of the first pair of

ribs from the vertebral column, and perhaps the presence of a

toxactinium, may be features of specialization ; in iVeostethus the

development of the glandular groove and the structures associated

with it may be similarly vegarded,

When I first described Phallostethus I suggested that the axial

bone of the priapium might be pelvic and the ctenactinium and

toxactinium fin-rays. This inter pretation seems much less likely

to be correct when the structure of Veostethus is considered also.

The antepleural cartilage of Veostethus has developed in Phallo-

stethus into a long bone with a cartilaginous core; conversely,

the presence in Veostethus of pulvinular and infrasulcar bones,

absent from Phallostethus, seems to show that the skeletal ele-

ments of the priapium develop when and where they are wanted,

and are not to be homologized with any other parts of the

skeleton. Moreover, the pulvinular appendage of WVeostethus

seems to represent a stage of development intermediate between

a simple dermal papilla and movable bony appendages, such as

the ctenactinium and toxactinium, and suggests that these may

have originated as outgrowths whose skeleton changed from con-

nective tissue to cartilage and then to bone as they grew longer

and formed more definite proximal articulations with the axial

bone. Their development in WVeostethus bicornis supports this

view.

In fact, the whole priapium seems to be an entirely new forma-

tion; its appendages, bones, muscles, and glands are not to be

homologized with any structures found in the female fish or in

other Cyprinodonts.

22 MR. C. TATE REGAN ON THE

8, Use of the Priapiwmn.

Jn oviparous Cyprinodonts (Mundulus and Cyprinodon), New-

man (5) has observed the intercourse of the sexes; the male and

female lie side by side and looking in the same direction, and the

male clasps his mate by folding his dorsal and anal fins across.

her, whilst the paired fins also may interlock ; in this way the

eggs and sperm are extruded in such close proximity that fertili-

zation is assured.

It seems likely that in the Phallostethine also the male and

female take up a similar position, the female lying on the

aproctal side of her mate.

In Phallostethus the toxactinium, which curves towards the

aproctal side, may grip her under the chin or even be held in

her mouth, whilst the serrated edge of the ctenactinium may

give it a firm hold on the pectoral region in front of and on the

far side of the genital orifice, in order that the seminal papilla

may be placed against or introduced into the latter.

In Weostethus in seems likely that during intercourse the female

may be held by the ctenactinium across the back of the head, the

anterior descending part lying on her distal side and the terminal

part that at rest curves across under the chin of the male now

curving towards him, perhaps under hers. The spinous process

of the ctenactinium and the pulvinular spine would stick into

her on the side near the male. The posterior end of the priapium

may be held in the depression into which the oviduct opens, whilst

the terminal projecting part of the fold that roofs the efferent

groove and the membranous fringe below it may form a sort of

tube for insertion into the genital aperture of the female.

The asymmetry of the postanal papille of the female may be

due to the side by side position presumably adopted; if so, it.

may be supposed that a male with the right side aproctal would

pair with a female that had the smaller papilla on the left side,

and vice versa.

It is possible that no part of the priapium is actually intro-

duced into the oviduct, and that the spermatophores, first

discharged into the glandular groove and then ejected through

the efferent groove, may adhere to the surface of the postanal

papillee and of the depression into which the oviduct opens, and

that they may be introduced into the oviduct by the action of

the papillee.

The infrasulcar prominence may prevent the flow of the

seminal fluid outwards or forwards at the place where it exerts

the greatest pressure, and the pulvinular appendage may possibly

help to drive the glandular secretion backwards.

In both Phallostethus and Neostethus the probable effect of the

contraction of the longitudinal muscles of the aproctal side and

of the pleuro-priapial muscle would be to move the posterior end

of the priapium aproctally; an additional effect in WVeostethus

would he to close the glandular groove.

MORPHOLOGY OF CYPRINODONT FISHES. 23

It is only by a study of the actual behaviour of these fishes

during the breeding-season that one can hope fully to understand

the purpose for which this elaborate apparatus has been evolved.

9. Comparison of the Priapium with other Copulatory

Organs of Fishes.

In many bony fishes a papilla bearing the genital aperture

forms a simple but efficient intromittent organ; in others the

anal fin is utilized, the vas deferens either opening at its base or

being prolonged on the fin, which may form a copulatory organ

of considerable complexity of structure, as in the viviparous

Cyprinodonts, Peeciliine, Anablepine, etc. (Regan, 10; Gar-

man, 1; Langer, 4).

In its asymmetry and in being either dextral or sinistral

the priapium agrees with the copulatory organ of Anableps

(Garman, 1).

In the Phallostethinz the remoteness of the genital opening

from the anal fin explains why the latter has not been involved,

but does not explain the extraordinary complexity of the pri-

apium, which parallels the mixopterygia of the Selachians in its

specialized skeletal and muscular system (Jungersen, 3).

In the mixopterygia new skeletal elements are developed, and

may either margin a groove or may become movably articulated

with the main axial piece; one may project as an external spine,

in this case formed of calcified cartilage, not of bone. Another

parallel with the priapium is that the mixopterygia attain their

full development rapidly as the individual becomes sexually

mature.

In the Selachians the mixopterygium has a nearly uniform

structure in members of the same family, or even of the same

suborder (Huber, 2; Regan 7), and the differences between the

priapia of Phallostethus and Neostethus are as great as between

the mixopterygia of the subclasses Holocephali and Euselachii.

10. Rank and Position of the Phallostethine.

There can be little doubt but that Veostethus and Phallostethus

belong to the family Cyprinodontide, and they seem to agree in

every way with the most generalized subfamily, the Funduline,

except for three features of specialization, namely, the anterior

position of the anus, the absence of pelvic fins, and the develop-

ment of a priapium in the male. This view as to their relation-

ship is best expressed by placing them in a distinct subfamily,

Phallostethine, of the Cyprinodontide, a family that already

includes both oviparous and viviparous fishes, the latter with

intromittent organs of three different types (Regan, 8).

Other examples of animals which retain the general structure

of the group to which they belong, whilst one particular organ or

- system is profoundly modified or some new feature of importance

24. MR. C. TATE REGAN ON THE

is developed, can readily be found, although few cases are so

striking as the Phallostethine.

Among fishes, one may recall the curious Cyprinid Gyrinochilus

(Regan, 9, p. 29), which has the form, fins, scales, etc., of Crosso-

chilus and Discognathus, to which it is certainly closely related,

yet it has the mouth, gills, and pharyngeals so modified in con-

nection with its peculiar methods of breathing and feeding that

some ichthyologists have regarded it as the type of a separate

family

Because WVeostethus and Phallostethus so obviously belong to the

large and varied family Cyprinodontide, one attaches but little

classificatory importance to the development of the priapium and

its evolution along two very distinct lines. But if these were the

only known Cyprinodonts they would certainly form a separate

order, and the differences in structure of the priapia would be

regarded not merely as generic, but as subordinal, and the much

longer anal fin, the abdominal groove, ete., of Phallostethus would

be held to support the view derived from the structure of the

priapia that it and Veostethus had diverged widely and through

a long period of time from their common ancestor.

Were these the only living Teleosts many zoologists would

regard them as a separate class, comprising two well-marked

orders, just as some have suggested that the Dipnoans should be

removed from the Pisces, mainly on account of the isolated

position of their living representatives, Ceratodus and the Lepido-

sirenide, and have given these ordinal rank with the names

Monopneumones and Dipneumones.

These somewhat fanciful considerations are put forward merely

to suggest that the rank given toa group depends on several

factors, and that the degree of differentiation is one of the least

of these.

11. Note on the Origin and Homologies of Skeletal Hlements.

The priapium appears to be an entirely new organ, and it has

a highly developed skeleton, comprising a number of new ele-

ments that cannot be homologized with any parts of the skeleton

of other fishes ; this suggests that the intermuscular connective-

tissue may give rise to cartilaginous or bony elements whenever

and qlhemeren the necessity may arise. This is, of course, not

new, but it is a point of view not always kept in mind by mor-

phologists, as could be illustrated by numerous examples, one of

which may be adduced.

In certain Selachians, and especially in the Hypotremata, there

is a median series of vertical cartilaginous plates above the verte-

bral column, and the question has been raised whether these

belong to the vertebral column or to the fin-skeleton. Thus

Goodrich (Lankester’s ‘Treatise of Zoology,’ pt. ix. figs. 50, 52)

has figured them in Squalus and Squatina, and has “described

them as either modified radials or neural spines. I have long

thought it probable that they were neither, but autogenous

MORPHOLOGY OF CYPRINODONT FISHES. 25

structures developed in the intermuscular septum, and I feel

this opinion strengthened as the result of my work on the

Phallostethine.

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

1. Garman, S.—‘ The Cyprinodonts.” Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool.

xix. 1895, 179 pp., 12 pls.

2. Huser, O.—‘ Die Kopulationsglieder der Selachier.” Zeitschr.

f. wiss. Zool. lxx. 1901.

3. JuNGERSEN, H. F. E.—‘“‘ On the Appendices Genitales in the

Greenland Shark, Sommiosus microcephalus, and other

Selachians.” Danish Ingolf.-Exped. u. pt. 2, 1899,

SS) pps Or pls.

4, Lancer, W. F.—“ Beitriige zur Morphologie der viviparen

Cyprinodontiden.” Morph. Jahrb. xlvii. 1913, pp. 193-

307.

5. Newman, H. H.—‘‘Spawning Behaviour and Sexual Di-

morphism in Pundulus heteroclitus and Allied Fish.” Biol.

Bull. xii. 1907, pp. 314-348, pls. xxvii.—xxviil.

6. Puitrer1, EH.—‘‘Spermatophoren bei Fischen.” Verh.

Deutsch. zool. Ges. xvii. 1907, pp. 105-108.

7. Regan, C. T.—“ A Classification of the Selachian Fishes.”

P.Z.S. 1906, i. pp. 722-758.

8. Reaan, C. T.—‘The Osteology and Classification of the

Teleostean Fishes of the Order Microcyprini.” Ann.

Mag. N. H. (8) vii. 1911, pp. 320-327, pl. viii.

9. Reean, C. T.—‘‘ The Classification of the Teleostean Fishes

of the Order Ostariophysi.—I. Cyprinoidea.” Ann. Mag.

N. H. (8) viii. 1911, pp. 13-32, pl. 1.

10. Recay, C. T.—“‘ A Revision of the Cyprinodont Fishes of the

Subtaraily Pecline..’ PZ) 1903) pp. If —101s;

pls. xcix.-ci.

11. Reean, C. T.—‘‘ Phallostethus dunckeri, a remarkable new

Cyprinodont Fish from Johore.” Ann. Mag. N. H. (8)

x. 1913, pp. 548-555.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Puate I.

Skeletons of Phallostethus dunckeri (A) and Neostethus lankesteri (B),

reconstructed ; A 6 and B 5 times the actual size.

Puate II.

Neostethus lankesteri.

A. Transverse section through anterior part of seminal papilla and adjacent portion

of glandular groove (X 130). e., glandular epidermis lining folds and

pockets on surface of papilla; p., papillary bone; sp., mass of mucus con-

taining spermatophores, lying in the vas deferens, where this opens into the

glandular groove (g.) ;.a., process of axial bone.

B. Transverse section through glandular groove and pulvinulus at base of pul-

vinular appendage (X 130). g., glandular groove; 7., infrapulvinular groove ;

is., anterior infrasulcar bone; pvd., cartilaginous terminal process of inner

pulvinular bone, for articulation of pulvinular appendage (pva.).

26 ON THE MORPHOLOGY OF CYPRINODONT FISHES.

Prats III.

A. Neostethus lankesteri. Transverse section through isthmus and anterior part

of priapium (X 130) ; the right side is aproctal. w., urohyal; cl., cleithrum

of aproctal side; a., axial bone; pé., outer pulvinular bone; g., glandular

epidermis ; m., outer muscle of aproctal side.

B. Phallostethus dunckeri. ‘Transverse section through isthmus and anterior part

of priapium, showing the toxactinium articulating with the axial bone

(X 130); the left side is aproctal. w., urohyal; a., axial bone; ¢a., tox-

actinium ; e/., cl.’, cleithra; pe., pulvinular cartilage; pa., parenchymatous

cartilage. 5

Puate IV.

A. Phallostethus dunckeri. Transverse section through part of testis near origin

of vas deferens (X 200).

B. Phallostethus dunckeri. Transverse section through “ epididymis” (X 170).

C. Neostethus lankesteri. Transverse section through upper part of testis (X 170).

IVA AS. AUS. UWOLOS iS), Jel IL.

102° 30 E.

Reg. No. 231-15. Drawn at the C.D.O. K.L. F.M.S.

Scale, 21 Miles to an Inch : i

Miles 10 5 0 10 20 30 40 Miles

poe eet st ———|

SKETCH MAP OF S.E.SIAM

ON MAMMALS FROM SIAM. 27

2. On a Collection of Mammals from the Coast and Islands

of South-East Siam. By ©. Bovey Kuoss, F.Z.5.,

F.R.G.S. With an Account of the Fruit-Bats, by

Dr. Knup AnpirseEn, F.Z.8.

[ Received August 30, 1915: Read November 9, 1915.]

(Plate I.* and Text-figures 1, 2.)

INDEX.

GEOGRAPHICAL : Page

Description of districts visited ...............-:.s::00-. 27

SYSTEMATIC:

Presbytis germaini mandibularis, subsp. n. ......... 32

Paradoxurus minor kutensis, subsp. n. ............... 84

Martes flavigula indochinensis, subsp. n. ............ 35

Tupaia concolor sinus, SUbSp.D. ...........02..ee eee. 86

Ratufa melanopepla leucogenys, subsp.» TV etciqaecee rane)

RK. m. sinus, subsp. n. ........ be eee eee

Sciurus ferrugineus fr andseni, subsp. 1 1B cananpeoeas: | aio)

S. albivewilli, sp. n. : BREE RE STEREO eee,

Menetes berdmorei umbr osus, subsp. MF esse et. ce Let RAD

M. b. rufescens, subsp. Ts Wesson PAGDRE Nace ans eases £ LO)

Hpimys jerdoni marinus, subsp. Ba hel endeswra sis Atscecis cs O)

JOG SOMFOFEP THOUS, SUDO Wo pooscuaedssosddcascce oodossono sen! Ol

JBL, 8 OPGHOG ESOS: SOUNDS Tc. s-o505 de cspocncavonaceecanoep oo D4

IIL 3 TEOEDSOS, SUD}, Te, Soeceoces sanc5oanoea -os00cenaGd0ue Oe

196 Gs OANAG UG, SUONGD Me aconsocunoreavacnauvesecs8ecodconsee | OE

[Bis 8s GOW ZQIAISy SOI Os We GoosrncneMieduisocassedcsodondonces OS)

JI, 83 GROSS, SUOID5 Wo | Gapsgsussdcasendadcconegcoscenscnsna | 2

II), Ss GAMADPOSIS, SUN 05 We bos beeche soca eeorascoasnonnnaes OE

Hi. rattus rangensis, subsp. n. ............ 56

H. 7. klumensis, subsp. n. a 56

IIL, 7s TOU EPOSOSS SOO We oon sovesdccosoasensononndosnacneacss Bw

IDG FP LERCIAISAS, OUOGV Wo 253 sondossoscsbosoconossesocpaegsien BTL

EE. berdmorei magnus, subsp. n. 57

Towards the end of 1914 I went on short leave to Siam with

three Dyak assistants, my object being zoological collecting

in the extreme south-east of the country, and having reached

Chantabun by steamer via Bangkok, I hired a small native

sailing-vessel (“rua pet”) and passed six weeks cruising and

camping on the coast and islands beyond (see Pl. I.), setting in

altogether about thirty-three working days. The result was

a set of rather over 500 mammals, 300 birds, and 250 reptiles

and batrachians.

Mammals were the principal object of the excursion, and |

chose this district of the mainland because very little investigation

of it had taken place, while the islands were quite untouched ;

for although Captain Stanley Flower appears to have been in

Chantabun in 1898 (P. Z. 8. 1900), no other naturalist has

followed Mouhot, whose collections were reported on by Gray

and Gunther in the ‘ Proceedings’ of 1859 and 1861.

In recent years Mr. T.. H. Lyle has sent home specimens

* Kor explanation of the Plate see p. 66.

28 MR. C. BODEN KLOSS ON

from the better-known parts of Siam—the basin of the Menam

and its head-waters near Chiengmai and Nan (¢/. Bonhote,

P. Z. 8. 1900, 1901, 1902); and the ornithologist Count Nils

Gyldenstolpe, of the Royal Swedish Museum, has lately collected

mammals in much the same area and also in the province of

Korat (cf. Gyldenstolpe, Arkiv fér Zoologi, Stockholm, 1914);

but still the remote south-east has remained unvisited, nor can

I find that its French possessors have carried out any investiga-

tions in the adjacent parts of Cambodia. So to the zoologist

the region between Cochin-China and the better-known districts

of Siam was largely a no-man’s-land.

The mainland visited requires no description ; it is undulating

coastal country, covered with forest except round villages, and

with mountains in the distance. Lem Ngop * les on the north

shore of Koh Chang f Strait, and Ok Yam (ov Jam) is eastward

of Koh Kut, just within French territory, as the present

boundary of Cambodia comes out on the coast half a mile to the

west of it (lat. 11° 40’ N.). Klong Yait and Klong Menao are

estuaries to the north of Ok Yam.

Of the islands, Koh Chang is about 15 miles long and 7 wide ;

it is very hilly, and its highest peak, one of a number, rises to

2446 ft. The strait which separates it from the mainland.

narrows in part to 3 miles, though, since much of the adjoining

province is an alluvial plain, the island was probably at one

time more isolated. It is the northernmost of the Chantabun

Archipelago.

The two little islands of Mehsi (935 ft. high) lie close together,

two miles off the south-east end of Koh Chang; they are called

on the chart (Admiralty 2721) “Te du Pic” and ‘‘ Le Chameau ”

respectively. A little farther from the southern shore le Koh

Klun (600 ft.) and Koh Kra (800 ft.).

Koh Kut, 15 miles 8.8.E. of Koh Chang and about 18 miles

from the Siamese-Cambodian coast, is the southernmost of the

group; it is some 13 miles long and 5 wide, elevated, with a

peak of 1171 ft. It is uninhabited, but swarms with ticks,

which infest every animal upon it and made our week’s residence

there a most uncomfortable experience.

Between the northern islands and Koh Kut, from east to

west, are Koh Mak and Koh Rang (800 ft.), the first the larger,

being about 4 miles long, but, except for one small hill, very low.

Three miles or so west of it is Koh Rang (Koh Loi of the chart),

the most seaward of the group, and, like the other smaller

islands, a little under two miles long. There are, further, a few

little islets which I did not visit.

Koh Chang and the Mehsi Islands are separated from the

mainland by depths of between 3 and 4 fathoms; Kra, Klum,

and Mak rise from 6 to 7 fathoms of water; Koh Kut stands in

9 to 10 fathoms, and Koh Rang is on the 12-fathom contour-

* Lem=Cape. + Koh=Island. t Klong= River.

MAMMALS FROM SIAM. 29

line. All are covered with dense evergreen tropical forest, and

Koh Chang and Koh Mak alone are inhabited.

The only terrestrial mammals on the smaller islands are forms.

of Epimys surifer and H. rattus. Koh Mehsi, though nearer the

mainland, higher, and in shallower water, has a form of the

latter only.

Koh Chang and Koh Kut vary in the composition of their

faunas, for while the former lacks a Ratufa, a species which

occurs on Koh Kut, the latter is without any Presbytis, Tupaia,

or rattus vat, all of which are found on the larger island. On

both a form of Hpimys jerdoni is very common, though it was

not met with on the mainland.

When we got back to Bangkok visits were paid.to Koh Si

and Koh Phai in the Inner Gulf, and accounts of the collections

made on them and of the reptiles and batrachians obtained in

the south-east appear in the ‘ Journal’ of the Natural History

Society of Siam, while a report on the birds is contributed to

‘The Ibis.’

The first set of all collections has been given to the British

Museum (Nat. Hist.) at South Kensington, and the second to

the U.S. National Museum at Washington.

Ridgway’s colour-names used here are those of his second

publication, ‘ Colour Standards and Nomenclature,’ 1912

Though in the title of this paper I have mentioned only one

locality for the sake of brevity, it may be said that most of the

specimens obtained at Ok Yam and many from Klong Yai

actually came from the Cambodian side of the boundary, as it

now runs between Siam and that country.

1. HyLopatss PILEATUS Gray.

Hylobates pileatus Gray, P. Z. 8. 1861, p. 135, pl. xxi.; de Pou-

sargues, Mission Pavie, Indo-Chine, Etudes Diverses, iii. p. 511

et seq. (1904).

Hylobates agilis, variety pileatus Flower, P. Z. S. 1900, p. 313.

5 adult males, 2 adult females, 1 female juv., from Klong

Menao and Len Ngop, 8.E. Siam.

Tt is probable that these animals are practically topotypes, as

Mouhot’s specimens came from some part of Cambodia. The

statement that they were met with on a small island near the

coast must be received with hesitation until their occurrence in

an insular locality is confirmed.

The original description of the species applies excellently to

the present series of this individually variable genus. The five

males are (though paler on the dorsal region and the lower half

of the legs) black or brownish black throughout except for a ring

round the face, the hands and feet, and a genital tuft, which are

dull white or buffy-white. The pale band running from the

temples round the back of the head, greyish, ashy or brownish

posteriorly, is not always complete behind, and then the dark

30 MR. C. LODEN KLOSS ON

patch on the crown (which gives its name to the species) is not

always isolated. The pale area on the hands and feet varies in

extent ; sometimes it covers the extremities from the wrists and

ankles and sometimes is confined to the fingers and toes.

The two adult females are drab above, the rump and outer

side of limbs somewhat warmer in tone, being slightly tinged

with ochraceous. ‘fhe crown, cheeks, throat, and a diamond- or

shield-shaped area over the breast and abdomen extending to

the axille and almost to the genital region are blackish. The

hands and feet, inner side of limbs, and the pelage bordering

the black areas are somewhat lighter than the rest of the body.

The young female is drab to buffy throughout except for a

slightly indicated dark cap on the top of the head.

Gray was only able to state that the pale examples examined

by him were ‘“ probably female.” I was told by Siamese villagers

who saw my specimens that females were always pale on the

back and limbs, while the abdominal surface is variable (cf. de

Pousargues, op. cit. p. 516).

I am of opinion that this animal should be given only sub-

specific rank and treated as a geographical race of H. lar, which

occurs as far east as Luang Prabang (de Pousargues, op. cit.

p. 511) and in Central Siam, east of the Menam (Gyldenstolpe,

Arkiv for Zoologi, Band 8, no. 23, p. 6, 1914).

Though I only obtained these animals at two collecting-stations,

we heard them calling every morning from the hills all along the

coast from Ok Yam on the Franco-Siamese boundary to the

mouth of the Ban Yao River near Chantabun. Their ery did

not appear to differ in any way from that of H. lar or H. agilis.

Measurements.—See table, p. 67.

9. Macaca ANDAMANENSIS Bartlett.

Macaca andamanensis Bartlett, Land and Water, vol. viii.

p- 57 (1869); Sclater, P. Z. 8. 1869, p. 467 & figure.

Macaca leoninus Sclater, P. Z.S. 1870, p. 663, pl. xxxv.;

id., op. cit. 1898, p. 280; de Pousargues, Mission Pavie, Indo-

Chine, Etudes Diverses, iii. p. 517 (1904).

A single adult female of this species was obtained at Klong

Menao. This sex does not appear to have been fully described,

so that an account of the present specimen may not be out of

place.

Colour.—Crown, nape, and entire upper surface, outer side of

forearms, hands, and feet mummy-brown to olive-brown, slightly

lighter and yellower across the shoulders and lighter on the

upper part of forearms and on the sides, the hairs annulated with

dull pale buff. Thighs and buttocks paler and greyer (near

drab-grey), devoid of annulations, the hips somewhat more buffy.

Face, temples, sides of head and neck, and buttocks buffy-silvery

or dirty brownish white, underside of body and inner side of

arms more silvery. ‘Tail mummy-brown below, blackish brown

MAMMALS FROM STAM. 31

above, this colour not continued on to the rump, which is

scarcely perceptibly darkened mesially. Inner side of ears

silvery, a few dark hairs round the eyes. Skin of orbital region

in living animal pale lilac-blue; nose, lips, palms, and soles

fleshy brown.

Comparison with Pacneles of M. nemestrina from the Malay

Peninsula shows that the female andamanensis differs in the

absence of any rufous or ochraceous tone in the pelage and in

its undarkened rump: while, as regards the skull, the muzzle is

much reduced in size and tapers both upwards and forwards and

the interpterygoid space is wider, embracing laterally a greater

portion of the bulle.

Considering the individual variability of macaques, the

dimensions of the skull are in strikingly close agreement with

those of the female recorded by Anderson in ‘ Zoological Re-

searches,’ p. 52, which probably came from the country west of

the Irawadi River.

Measurements.—External measurements, taken in the flesh:

total length, 640 mm. ; tail from angle formed with rump above,

200; head to vent, 480; hind foot, 158; ear, 38. Skull: greatest

length, 117°5(113°8); basal length, 77°7 (79-2); palate to foramen

magnum, 32 (34:5); anterior edge of auditory opening to

gnathion, 86:2 (81:2); occiput to narion, 85 (87°6); narion to

gnathion, 49-3 (51:7); orbit to gnathion, 39; breadth of muzzle

at pm' 30°5 (30-4), at m® 35°6 (34:3), at roots of zygomata 40;

facial breadth at fronto-malar suture, 61 (62); post-orbital

breadth, 47-6 (48:2); zygomatic breadth, 77 (76); mastoid breadth,

64 (62:7); orbit, 25x 25°5 (24x 28); maxillary tooth-row ex-

clusive of incisors, 88; length of mandible in alveolar plane,

77 (75).

Elliot has pointed out (‘ Review of the Primates,’ vol.

p. 209) that Blyth’s name for this monkey is preoccupied ie

leonina Shaw, applied to J. albibarbatus, so that andamanensis

Bartlett, based on an example introduced into the Andamans

from Burma, must unfortunately be used.

3. Macaca irus Cuvier.

Macacus irus F. Cuv. Mém. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, iv. 1818,

120.

r; Macacus cynomolgus Flower, P. Z. 8. 1900, p. 316; de Pou-

sargues, Mission Pavie, Tindle-Olhine. Etudes Diversions iol Oe) DIG

(1904).

Pithecus fascicularis Gyldenstolpe, Arkiv for Zoologi, Band 8,

No. 23, p. 3 (1914).

3 adult males, 2 adult females, 1 immature female, from Koh

Kut Id., S.E. Siam.

3 immature females, from Koh Chang Id., S.E. Siam.

I have compared these animals with a large number from

the Malay Peninsula and adjacent islands which show a great

32 MR. C. BODEN KLOSS ON

amount of individual variation from each locality. The only

difference I can detect is that, series for series, the Siamese

animals have perhaps a somewhat greater quantity of black hairs

on the forehead and top of head, but the distinction is un-

important, and I have therefore placed them under the name

first definitely applied to the crab-eating monkey of the S.E.

Asiatic mainland.

It may be said that the blackish hands and feet which Elliot

(‘ Review of the Primates,’ vol. 11. pp. 189, 230, 231, 233 (1913))

emphasizes as the distinguishing characters of J. irws do not,

so far as my experience goes, exist.

On the whole the series is very uniform, save that adult females

have no trace of rufous on the dorsal surface.

We met with a large herd of these monkeys on the mainland

on one oceasion while sailing up a river at daybreak, but were

not prepared for obtaining them.

Measurements.—See table, p. 67.

4. PRESBYTIS GERMAINI M.-E.

Semmnopiihects germaint Milne-Edwards, Bull. Soc. Philom.

1876, Feb. 12; Flower, P. Z. 8. 1900, p. 319; de Pousargues,

Mission Pavie, Indo-Chine, Etudes Diverses, TAO. aL (1904)

(mis-spelt ger mani).

Presbytis germaini Gyldenstolpe, Arkiv for Zoologi, Stockholm,

Band 8, No. 23, p. 5 (1914).

One adult male of this handsome silvery-black leaf-monkey was

obtained at Klong Yai, 8.H. Siam, where, and in Cambodia and

Cochin-China, it is the representative of the cristata group.

Measurements.—See table, p. 67; and also under P. g. man-

dibularis.

5. PRESBYTIS GERMAINI MANDIBULARIS, subsp. n.

Type. Adult male (skin and skull), No. 1483/C.B.K. B.M.

No. 15.11.4.5. Collected on Koh Chang Id., $.E. Siam, 7th

December, 1914.

Characters.—A form of P. germaini characterised by smaller

size, paler legs, more slender zygomata, broader interpterygoid

space and basioccipital, and by the higher and narrower ascending

ramus of the mandible.

Colowr.—Resembles P. germaini, except that whereas in the

mainland animal the buttocks, outer and posterior sides of legs

are pure silvery white, sharply contrasting with the black feet

and back, in the island form these areas are black or greyish,

only frosted with silver, and thus less contrasting with the feet

and back.

Skull and Teeth.—As compared with an adult but less aged

male from the mainland, the skull is smaller ; the zygomatic arches

much less deep (4: 7 mm.), the lower edge being concave instead

of straight; the basioccipital is relatively broader; the inter-

pterygoid space broader and more oblique, the sides more spread

MAMMALS FROM SIAM. 33

out, and the tips of the pterygoids farther apart (36 : 33 mm.).

The ascending ramus of the mandible is steeper, being both

higher and narrower, with the sigmoid notch less broad; a line

passing down the back of the condyle and angle of the mandible

is almost perpendicular to the plane of the base of the mandible

in P. germaini, while in its subspecies, at their junction, these

planes form an acute angle only.

Measurements *.—External neu Ree, taken in the flesh:

total length, 1260 (1300) mm.; tail from angle formed with

rump aioe. 720 (755); head ‘to vent, 540 (570); hind foot,

160 (160); ear, 40 (42). Skull: greatest length, 99-5 (106) ;

basal Eee 72:5 (80); zygomatic breadth, 77 (78); maxillary

tooth-row, 35 (36); greatest length of mneraiblle. 73 (81): per-

pendicular height of coronoid process, 47 (44): perpendicular

height of condyle, 44 (42); breadth of ascending ramus from

anterior root opposite centre of m, to angle, 32 (34); coronoid

process to back of condyle mesially, ae (18: B).

Specimens examined.—Seven (the type, 3 adult females, 2 im-

mature females, 1 male juy.)T

Remarks.—Though, as listed above, I have only one adult

male from the mainland for comparative purposes, I have re-

garded it as a typical example, and while the above details record

differences between it and the insular male, the characters of the

latter are completely confirmed by the remainder of the series

from Koh Chang.

The colour of the infant male is ochraceous orange above,

ochraceous buff below, with traces of darkening on forehead,

temples, and tip of tail.

The two immature females, both partially retaining their

milk-dentition, resemble adults in every respect in colour of

pelage. No form of Presbytis occurs on the neighbouring large

island, Koh Kut.

6. PARADOXURUS HERMAPHRODITUS Pall.

Viverra hermaphrodita Pallas, Schreber, Saugeth. ii. p. 426

(1778).

Paradozurus pallasii Gray, P. Z.8. 1861, p. 136.

Paradoxurus hermaphroditus Flower, P. Z.8. 1900, p. 329;

de Pousargues, Mission Pavie, Tndo-@hine! Etudes Diverses, iii.

p. 522 (1904).

A half-grown female was obtained on Koh Chang Id. which

differs from P. m. kutensis in its lighter, more bufty colour,

narrower stripes, and paler shoulders; the muzzleand extremities

are less black, and the chest is darker; a broad pale band extends

uninterruptedly across the forehead, much reducing the brownish

area on the top of the head. Save for this latter, it appears to

bear some likeness to P. cochinensis of Cochin-China (Schwarz,

% Measurements in parentheses those of an adult male from the adjacent main-

land, No. 1839/C.B.k.

+ See table, p. 67.

Proc, Zoon, Soc,—1916, No, III, 5)

34 MR. C. BODEN KLOSS ON

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 8, vol. vii. p. 635, 1911), but it also

exactly resembles externally a specimen from the State of Perlis,

in the Malay Peninsuia, and others from islands north of

Penang. The skull is too young for comparison.

PARADOXURUS MINOR KUTENSIS, subsp. 1

Type. Adult male (skin and skull), No. 1749/C.B.K. B.M.

No. 15.11.4.39. Collected on Koh Kut Id., 8.E. Siam, 27th

December, 1914.

Characters.—A race of P. minor Bonhote (‘ Fasciculi Malay-

enses,’ Zoology, Part 1, p. 9, 1903), characterised by blacker

(less brownish) muzzle, crown, tail, and extremities, less fulvous

fur above, paler nape and chest, the latter concolorous with the

rest of the buffy abdomen, by the great breadth across the

zygomata, and by smaller bulle.

Colour.— Muzzle, chin and throat, top of head and ears, distal

half of fore and hind limbs extending higher on under surface,

and greater part of tail brownish black. Five black stripes or

rows of spots on the back and a few on the flanks, the inner

three extending on to the base of the tail and becoming somewhat

broken and ecoulan on the shoulders, which, with the neck, are

somewhat clouded with blackish. A few black spots on sides

and thighs. General ground-colour of the body, extending to the

throat below and over the neck above, pale smoke-grey, slightly

tinged with buff on the rump and thighs. A broad whitish

band from above the eyes passes below the ears to the sides of

the neck, but is interrupted on the forehead, where the black

area of the muzzle is connected with that of the crown. Base of

tail pale fulvous clouded with longer black-tipped hairs.

Skull and Teeth.—Yhe skull agrees with those of P. minor,

from Peninsular Siam, but is rather larger, the zygomatic

breadth in particular being greater. The bullz, on the other

hand, are considerably saellen The teeth also are in general

agreement, but there is a greater deflection in the maxillary row

owing to the fact that the posterior cusp of m‘ is placed much

nearer the centre of that tooth.

Measurements *. 8, taken in the flesh :

total length, 480 (460) mm. tal, 420 (450); hind foot, 74 (64) ;

ear, 40 (39). Skull : ereatest length, 101 (96); basal length, S10 3

leneth of palate, 45 (43) : breadth of palate between carnassials,

16 (4); ereatest breadth of brain-case, 30°D (32); zygomatic

breadth, 58°5 (53); intertemporal constriction, 13; length of

maxillary tooth-row, exclusive of incisors, 37.

Specimens examined.—The type and a half-grown female with

exactly similar coloration.

Remarks.—I\ts rather larger size, paler, less fulvous ground-

colour, smaller bulle, and broader skull serve to distinguish this -

animal from P. minor of the type-region ; in addition, the tooth-

* Measurements in parentheses those of the type of P. minor, an adult female

from Jalor, Peninsular Sian.

MAMMALS FROM SIAM. 35

row is a little more deflected. This latter character, apart from

smaller size, may serve to separate the minor from the herma-

phroditus section, in which the maxillary tooth-row is less bent,

since the outer lobes of m' are more in line. In the Koh Kut

animal the great breadth of the skull near the posterior roots of

the zygomata causes it to have a very heart- or pear-shaped

outline.

The only examples of P. minor hitherto recorded from Indo-

China are two young individuals collected by Dr. Vassal in

Annam (Bonhote, P. Z. 8. 1907, vol. i. p. 6).

8. MARTES FLAVIGULA INDOCHINENSIS, subsp. n.

Martes flavigula de Pousargues, Mission Pavie, Indo-Chine,

Etudes Diverses, iii. p. 521 (1904) 2

Type. Adult female (skin and skull), No. 1860/C.B.K. B.M.

15.11.4.40. Collected’ at Klong Menao, S.E. Siam, on %th

January, 1915.

Characters.—Closely resembling in’ colour Martes flavigula

flavigula, but considerably smaller, with naked soles, harsh fur,

and broad-lobed posterior molar, agreeing in these respects with

the equatorial members of the group.

Colowr.—Entire upper surface of head and neck to shoulders,

including ears, hind feet, and tail, deep brownish black; distal

half of fore legs, rump, base of tail, and hind limbs blackish

brown, these colours gradually changing into honey-yellow be-

tween the shoulders and hind quarzters, the median dorsal line

being washed throughout with mummy-brown, most strongly

posteriorly. Sides of neck between ears and shoulders bright

buft-yellow; sides of upper lip, chin, and throat white; under-

side of neck and fore-chest dirty white tinged with yellow; chest

and abdomen cartridge-buff. Inner sides of ears mummy-brown

edged with whitish and with an indistinct ceutral patch of the

same colour.

Skull and Teeth.—Do not appear to differ from those of JZ. f.

peninsularis Bonhote (8 specimens examined), except that the

skull is a trifle larger and the bulle a little larger and more

dilated.

Measurements *.-—Kxternal measurements, taken in the flesh :

head and body, 480 (430) mm.; tail, 385 (383) ; hind foot, 96 (85) ;

ear, 38 (32). Skull: greatest length, 91 (90); basal length,

85:5 (83°5); length of palate from henselion, 42 (41); least

palatal breadth between carnassials, 13°5 (15); breadth at post-

orbital constriction, 24°5 (21-5); zygomatic breadth, 51 (49°5).

Specimens exanuned.—One, the type.

Remarks.—In colour this animal seems closely to resemble

M. f. flavigula, ranging from Nepal to Burma, but its naked

soles, short harsh fur, small size, and broad inner lobe of the

posterior molar place it in the equatorial section of the group

* Measurements in parentheses those of an adult female IL. f. peninsularis from

Trang, Peninsular Siam: F. M.S, Mus. No. 1142/10.

)

4 wo

36 MR. C. BODEN KLOSS ON

and separate it from the true J/. flavigula according to Mr. J. L.

Bonhote in Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. xu. p. 342 et seq.

(1901), who there reviewed the group.

Since writing the above paper Mr. Bonhote has recorded two

examples of the true J. f. flavigula from Chiengmai, Northern

Siam (P. Z. 8. 1902, part i. p. 38), thus increasing the range of

this form. These examples are much larger than the individual

under discussion here, so that it would appear that there are in

Siam two races similar in colour bus differing in size and in the

characters given above. Were it not for these latter it would be

most convenient to regard the south-eastern animal simply as a

small race of I. flavigula.

TuUPATA CoNcCOLOR Bonhote.

Trupaia concolor Bonhote, Abstract Pe Ze Ss. 190 Soares

12 oe Wo KONG job S$ Iivom, (Peoe, WSs INA. Wine. vol, adh [Do De)

(OILS),

Tupara belangeri de Pousargues, Mission Pavie, Indo-Chine,

Etudes Diverses, iii. p. 520 (1904); Gyldenstolpe (partim), Arkiv

for Zoologi, Band 8, No. 23, p. 9 (1914).

2 males, 2 females, Ok Yam, Franco-Siamese Boundary ;

3 males, 5 females, Klong Yai; 2 males, 2 females, Klong Menao,

S.E. Siam.

These animals are intermediate between 7’. helangeri Schreb.,

of Pegu and Tenasserim, and 7’. concolor Bonhote, known from

Southern Annam and Cochin-China. On the whole, however,

they most closely approximate to the latter, though the pale

shoulder-stripe is perhaps a little more marked, and so I have

assigned them to it on geographic grounds. Several of them

which are faintly washed on the rump with ochraceous, nearly

resemble examples of 7. belangert from Southern Tenasserim, but

the annulations anteriorly are somewhat coarser, while the buff is

of a slightly deeper shade. There are three pairs of mamme as

in 7. belangeri; in 1’. concolor the number is unfortunately un-

known, as are the external measurements. The present animals

ave somewhat larger than 7. belangeri, while the dimensions of

the skulls ave similar to those of skulls from Annam and Cochin-

China.

Measurements.—Kars of the series, 15-20 mm. For other

measurements see table, p. 68. ;

10. TuPAIA CONCOLOR sryus, subsp. n.

Type. Adult male (skin and skull), No. 1422/C.B.K. B.M.

No. 15.11.4.31. Collected on Koh Chang Id., 8.E. Siam, 7th

December, 1914.

Characters. —Like T. concelor, from the adjacent mainland, but

smaller, darker, with yellower under surface and a conspicuous

shoulder- -stripe.

Colowr.—KEntive upper surface a grizzle of ochraceous buff and

MAMMALS FROM SIAM. Si

blackish, the crown more ochraceous, the tail blacker, and the

sides and limbs more buffy, but no difference in tone between

the shoulders and rump ; shoulder-stripe conspicuous cream-buff.

Chin, throat, chest, and median abdomen buff-yellow ; underside

of thighs btffy- grey, of fore limbs buffy. Hairs of tail below

with two distinct buffy annulations and a narrow subterminal

one slightly deeper in shade. Ears dark.

Skull and Teeth.—Do uot differ from 7. concolor except in

size.

Measurements.—Kars of the series, 15-18 mm. For other

measurements see table, p. 68.

Specimens examined.—Seven, 4 males and 3 females, from the

type-locality.

Remarks.—Only one island race of 7 paia,the present form, was

met with during the excursion, the family being unrepresented

on the large island of Koh Kut. 7c. sinus is a well-marked

insular race, clearly differentiated by smaller size, concolorous

dorsal area, and conspicuous shoulder-stripe.

11. DENDROGALE FRENATA Gray.

Tupaia frenata Gray, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, vol. vi.

p. 217 (1860).

Dendr ogale frenata de Pousargues, Mission Pavie, Indo-Chine,

Etudes Diverses, ili. p. 520 (1904) : 2 ‘eoralmone., IAS. ISOM.

p. 8; Lyon, Proce. U.S. Nat. Mus. vol. xlv. p. 128 (1913).

1 male, 1 female, Klong Menao; 1 female, Klong Yai, 8.E.

Siam.

Recently Dr. M. W. Lyon has so carefully characterised this

species in his monograph on the Tupaiidee (loc. cit. supra), that

there is little more to add. Hs description, however, apparently

applies to the female, as the two examples of that sex now

obtained most closely agree with it, while the male is both larger

and of richer colouring, with darker tail, the upper surface of

the body being more tawny, the under surface of a richer buff,

while the bright areas of the head are buff-yellow (Ridgway

LOW): These differences have not hitherto been properly

allocated, as the sex of the few specimens previously collected

was unknown,

With regard to the head-markings, it may be further noted :—

The black line through the eye is continued over the inner side

of the ear, and the buffy cheek-colour runs round the lower edge

of the ear to the back of this. There occurs also below the eye

a narrow black line running from the upper lip to the roots of

the cheek-vibrisse. The buff of the thigh continues along the

outer side of the foot and spreads over part of its upper surface,

while the toes are largely buffy.

Dr. Lyon remarks of this and the allied D. murina from

Western Borneo, that their scarcity in collections may probably

be due to some peculiarity of habit making them ditticult to

38 MR. CG. BODEN KLOSS ON

secure. My experience of D. frenata is that it does not come

to traps, as do other Tupaiide. It runs about on the ground or

along the roots of large trees, and being an extremely shy and

inconspicuous little animal, is not easy to see or to shoot.

Measurements.—Ears of the series, 12-13 mm. For other

measurements see table, p. 69.

12. PreROoPUS HYPOMELANUS CONDORENSIS Pet.

1602. 9 ad. Koh Mak. 19th December, 1914.

1628. 2 juv.; 1629. 2 subad.; 1630. 2 subad. Koh Mak.

20th December, 1914.

IGob, iad. WhGDi oad. 1658203 msulbadaaiue leaiuenmce

21st December, 1914.

“Tn the three fully adult specimens, one from Koh Mak and

two from Koh Rang, the forearm measures 138-142 mm., the

skull (total length) 62-67, the lower jaw (condyle to front of

meisors) 49°8—53°5, and the maxillary tooth-row (c'—m’*, crowns)

24—25-5,

“Though not very large, this series beautifully illustrates the

individual colour-variations in this bat. I should not be sur-

prised if they represent approximately the extremes in colour,

besides, of course, several intermediate stages. The mantle varies

from a tinge a little paler than “ hazel” (Ridgway, pl. iv. no. 12*:

g subad,, Koh Rang, 1658), through several darker tinges, to

warm glossy seal-brown (pl. iii. no. 1: 9 ad, Koh Mak, 1602).

The underparts are, in two individuals (@ juv., Koh Mak, 1628,

and gd ad., Koh Rang, 1656), quite or very nearly uniform dull

seal-brown ; in one (@ ad., Koh Mak, 1602) there is just a faint

suggestion of a deep chocolate tinge in the central area of the

breast and belly, in others this same area becomes gradually

lighter in colour, the extreme being a quite pale shade of russet

(considerably paler and more buffy than Ridgway’s pl. 11, no. 16:

@ subad., Koh Mak, 1629). The back varies from blackish

seal-brown to a tinge almost like ‘ burnt umber, and is some-

times nearly uniform, but more often thinly, sometimes rather

thickly, sprinkled with greyish hairs.

‘The variations as described above are entirely independent

of the sex and age of the individuals.

“These are the first specimens of condorensis I have seen

since working out the genus Péeropus for the British Museum

Catalogue of Chiroptera. My material then was the type in

Berlin and the paratypes in Paris, from Pulo Condor (off S.E.

Lower Cochin-China), all of which are mounted and faded, and

an old and much faded skin in the British Museum labelled

‘Siam’ (Finlayson). Judging from the present fresh and well-

preserved series, 1 am inclined to think that condorensis will

have to be put down as asynonym of Pt. hypomelanus tomesi.

* The colours in my ‘Catalogue of Megachiroptera’ weré named from the old

edition of Ridgway’s : Nomenclature of Colours’ (1886). To avoid confusion I use

the same hook for my description of the colours here,

MAMMALS FROM ‘SIAM. 39

But before giving any definite opinion I should like to see fresh

material from Pulo Condor.”—Knud Andersen.

Bats of the hypomelanus species are apparently strictly con-

fined to small islands, and do not occur on the mainland or on

large islands, however closely their homes may be situated to

such regions,

The vampyrus species, on the other hand, is largely of con-

tinental habitat, or, if living on islands, the animals are of greater

size and more nearly related to the mainland forms than ave those

of the hypomelanus species; and except on one of the Natuna

Islands, representatives of the two species never seem to occur

side by side.—C. B. X.|

13. PreRopUS VAMPYRUS MALACCENSIS K. And.

LOGE Osuva wl OiZens ade-wlOls cr ada5) VO%4. Oradea Kol

Kut. 23rd December, 1914.

1690. g ad. Koh Kut. 24th December, 1914.

1732. 2 subad.; 1748. d subad. Koh Kut. 26th December,

1914.

‘““No. 1671 is not nearly full-grown. . No. 1732 is perhaps

externally full-sized, and the skull very nearly so.

“Tn the four fully adult specimens the forearm varies between

190-204 mm. (this lowers the minimum given in my Catalogue

by 5 mm., but it is easy to see that my material did not show the

real extremes in size; the then available measurements of the

forearm were 195-209, but as the variation in length of forearm

in any species or subspecies of Pteropus is usually at least ten per

cent., 190-209 comes probably nearer the true extremes); the

skull (total length) measures 77°5-81, the lower jaw (from

condyle) 60-5—64, and the maxillary tooth-row (crowns) 30-30-7.

“The six specimens are not peculiar in any respect. In colour

they exhibit no more variation than usual in P¢. v. malaccensis,

i.e. a lighter, or deeper tinge of the mantle and head, and a

thinner or heavier admixture of greyish hairs on back and under-

parts.

“Pt. v. malaccensis was known to be generally distributed over:

Sumatra, including Banka and the Linga Archipelago, and north-

wards through the Malay Peninsula to Jalor and Patani. The

present series extends its range across the Gulf of Siam to the

island of Koh Kut, off S.E. Siam.

“Three years ago, in the new British Museum Catalogue

of Chiroptera (vol. i. p. 325, in the paragraph ‘ Differentiation

of species’) I hinted at the possibility that a completed material

might show a gradual transition from Pt. giganteus (* Pt. medius’

of Dobson’s Catalogue) to Pé, vampyrus (‘ Pt. edulis’). But

time was not ripe then for any final conclusion on this subject,

and I preferred, in order not to prejudice matters, simply to

record the distinguishable forms under four headings :—

(1) Pt. giganteus (two races) from India and Ceylon, north

and north-east to Nepal, Assam,and Manipur—represented in the

40 MR. C; BODEN KLOSS ON

Maldive Archipelago by (2) Pé. ariel, in Tenasserim by (3) Pé.

intermedius, and in the Malay Peninsula and Indo-Malayan

Archipelago by (4) Pt. vampyrus (six races). A fifth form,

Pi. lylei (Siam and Saigon) appears to be a perfectly distinct

species.

“‘ Since then the Mammal Survey of India, carried out under

the auspices of the Bombay Natural History Society, has enor-

mously increased our knowledge of the range of variation of

Pt. giganteus, and everything I have seen so far tends to con-

firm my belief that future systematists will be compelled to

regard giganteus, ariel, intermedius, and vampyrus as _ local

representatives *(‘subspecies’) of one species, Pt. vampyrus—

intermedius being (as the technical name was intended by me to

indicate), both geographically and in its characters, the con-

necting-link between the western (Indian and Indo-Chinese)

giganteus and the eastern (Indo-Malayan) vampyrus, and ariel,

an only slightly and probably imperfectly differentiated island

form of giganteus.’—Knud Andersen.

[The occurrence of this animal on Koh Kut is interesting, as

it must apparently have arrived there by flight from the Malay

Peninsula across the Gulf of Siam—a journey over water of

about 250 miles—since the only flving-fox known on the main-

land from Bangkok to Siam is P. lylei, a very distinct species,

while the continent west of Bangkok is apparently occupied by

another species, P. ditermedius,—C. B. K, |

14, CYNoPTERUS BRACHYOTIS ANGULATUS Miller,

15. CYNOPTERUS BRACHYOTIS BRACHYOTIS S. Miller.

1437-1440, All g ad. Koh Chang. 7th December, 1914.

1508. gad, Koh Mehsi Hast. 13th December, 1914.

1579. g ad.; 1580, ¢ ad.; 1581, 92 ad.; 1582. Q ad,; 1583.

@ ad. Koh Kra. 17th December, 1914,

1599. g ad.; 1600. 2 subad.; 1601. 9 ad, Koh Klum:

18th December, 1914.

1786, g ad. Koh Kut, 30th December, 1914.

“The four specimens from Koh Chang I refer to C. 0.

angulatus ; all the others are undoubtedly C, b, brachyotis.

‘“‘T have carefully examined and measured all the specimens.

Unfortunately, all being skins*, I have been unable to verify

the collector’s measurements of the ears, as given on the label of

each specimen, Not that I have the slightest doubt of the

accuracy of his measurements, but what I do have is a strong

* J should like to take this opportunity of urging on collectors the advisability of

preserving én alcohol a fairly good number of the bats obtained. Skins are in-

dispensable for a study of the colours of the fur, but the shape and size of the ears

and (an leaf-nosed bats) the details of the nose-leaves are in this group of mammals

such important items that I often, during my work for the Catalogue, have had to

deplore the now almost universal habit of experienced collectors of making nearly

every good specimen of a bat into a skin. My earnest advice is, if only one

specimen is obtained, put it in alcohol, if several, put about half of them (and not

only the most hadly damaged ones) in aleohol.—K, A,

MAMMALS FROM SIAM. 41

suspicion that his method of measuring the ears of a Cynopterus

is different from mine, and his measurements, therefore, not

directly comparable with those given by me in the new ‘Cata-

logue of Chiroptera.’ If they were, then the four specimens

from Kohn Chang, though having a cranial rostrum perfectly

similar to that of C. b. angulatus, would possess ears as long

as, or (in three out of four cases) conspicuously longer than,

any ©. sphinw sphinw I have seen. It is only natural, I think,

that before admitting the existence of such specimens £ should

like to verify their characters on alcohol material. Also the

‘ collector’s measurements’ of the ears of the ten C. b. brachyotis

are unusually large.

“In the specimens of brachyotis the forearm measures 58-

66 mm. (57-66: I add everywhere in parentheses, for com-

parison, the corresponding measurements taken by me on the

large series examined for the ‘Catalogue of Chiroptera’), in

the four angulatus 66-70 (65-72); ear, collector's measur ements,

brachyotis ‘15°5-18’ (15-17), angen thin ‘183-21’ (16 6-18);

skull, lambda to gnathion, brachyotis 28°5-29°8 (27-30°7), angu-

latws 32-33 (30°5-33°2); rostrum, orbit to nares, brachyotis 6-7—

73 (6-7-4), angulatus 7°2-7:5 (6: 5-8:2); mandible, brachyotis

21-°5—22°8 (20°2-22°8), angulatus 24-2—-25 (22°8-25°5); maxillary

teeth (crowns), brachyotis 9:2—-10:4 (8°8-10°4), angulatus 10°2—

10-8 (10-2-11°3),

“Tf all the fourteen specimens are placed in a row the

practised eye will easily pick out the four angulatus, owing to

a different, but hardly describable, tinge of the colour of the

upper side. If, similarly, the skulls are placed in a row those of

angulatus ave, of course, distinguishable at a glance by their

conspicuously longer size (see measurements above).

‘“¢ Of course, if a form really does exist, in the north of the

Malay Peninsula, in the islands off 8,K. Siam, and possibly some-

where else, which possesses the skull of angulatus*, but the ears

of sphinwt, then an entirely new and unsuspected element is

introduced into the genus. But unless and until the existence

of such a form is properly established, I should think it yather

premature to discuss its probable effect on our arrangement.”—

Knud Andersen.

| Dr. Andersen’s notes seem to eall for some remark, With

regard to the measurement [ am satisfied that that used by me

is the same as his, 2, e. ‘ from orifice’ (to the extreme tip under-

stood). It is the only one of the outer external side that can be

taken with any certainty and uniformity, and is so obvious that

it suggests itself to every collector, The only possible alternative

is the length of the taner external side from tip to base on the

crown—quite another thing and not to be confounded with the

former.

* Cranial rostrum (orbit to nares) less than one-fourth of skull (lambda to

gnathion).

7; Kars from orifice (18-205 mi.).

49 MR. C. BODEN KLOSS ON

Now ©. angulatus Miller, does have long ears, for the measure-

ments of the type series are given as 18-21 mm.* The type-

locality is Trang, S. Peninsular Siam or, to put it another way,

Central Malay Peninsula. Recently Messrs. H. C. Robinson

and K, Seimund obtained a series of bats from Bandon (about

100 miles to the north of this) and the adjacent islands of Koh

Samui and Koh Pennan, with ears which they found to range

between 18°5-21 mm.‘7, while I, again, consider my Koh Chang

specimens to have ears of 18°5-21 mm. It is impossible to

ignore the evidence of so many independent observers, which

goes to prove that a bat with the long ears of Dr. Andersen’s

sphinw veally does occur in this region.

The question then arises as to what is the angulatus of

Andersen, based on a large mass of heterogeneous material from

an extensive region, ranging from Assam and Annam to Sumatra

and the islands off its western coast. Though it includes six of

Miller’s type series, three of which have the ear-length recorded

as above, our author does not seem to have taken this statement

into consideration.

Now Dr. Andersen recorded C. brachyotis brachyotis as also

occurring throughout Sumatra and the Malay Peninsula as far

north as Trang (and now in the islands of 8.E. Siam), so that if

angulatus is to be accepted as a form of brachyotis, as he desires,

we have an instance of two subspecies of the same species living

side by side; or, in other words, two geographical races or local

forms occurring in the same place—a thing which most zoologists

will flatly refuse to admit: they must either, be the same thing

or forms of two species.

Again, if on account of the long ears (which I think must be

accepted as occurring in the Malay Peninsula and islands of Siam

at any rate) we regard angulatus asa form of sphinw, we should

have, if the long-eared angulatus occurs there too, a similar

questionable state of affairs existing in Sumatra, which is in-

habited by titthecheilus, also, according to Andersen, a form of

sphinx. So we are left with three alternatives: either angulatus

has no real existence, the material forming it being part sphina

and part bracha yotis—not very probable; or it is a very plastic

and comprehensive form of the latter, of which the typical race

is non-existent in Sumatra and the mainland; or it is an in-

dependent species. In the last case its central position is good

reason for the possession of characters appertaining to both the

other species :—long ears of sphinw, short rostrum of brachyotis,

and medium size. And to explain the occurrence of all species in

one locality to-day we may imagine sphinw extending eastward

from Ceylon, ang gulatus southward from Indo- China, and brachy-

otis westward from, for present purposes—say, Borneo: all con-

verging on Sumatra—probably the home of the other section

of the genus WViadius. Or conversely, all species of Cynopterus

* Miller, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sciences, Philadelphia, 1898, p. 316.

ap Robinson & Kloss, Journ. F. M.S. Museums, vol. y. pp. 115, 1384 (1915).

MAMMALS FROM SIAM. 43

originated in the latter locality, and in the race for expansion

the last got left at the post.—C. B. XK].

16. RaruFA MELANOPEPLA LEUCOGENYS, subsp. n.

Sciurus javensis Gray, P. Z. 8. 1861, p. 137.

Sciurus bicolor de Pousargues, Mission Pavie, Indo-Chine,

Etudes Diverses, ili. p. 582 (1904).

Ratufa melanopepla Gyldenstolpe, Arkiv fér Zoologi, Band 8,

No. 23, p. 15 (1914).

Type. Adult female (skin and_ skull), No. 1912/C.B.K.

B.M. No. 15.11.4.48. Collected at Lem Ngop, 8.E. Siam, on

loth January, 1915.

Characters.—Like R. m. peninsule Miller (Proc. Washington

Acad. Sci. vol. ii. p. 71, 1900; id., Smithsonian Miscellaneous

Collections, vol. lxi. No. 21, p. 25, 1913), but yellow of cheeks,

fore limbs, and under surface markedly paler than the respective

areas in that form, yellow on thighs more extensive and con-

tinued along the sides of the feet on to their upper surfaces,

where it occupies a considerable area, while the yellow of the

fore limb extends to the base of the toes above.

Colour.—Upper surface and entire tail brownish black; a

fairly conspicuous russet patch on the nape. Under surface pale

orange-yellow. Cheeks to base of ear, but not reaching the eye,

lower sides of neck, greater part of upper side of fore limb to base

of toes ivory-yellow, becoming cream-colour on the posterior part

of the fore limb. The yeilow area of the under thigh continued

as ivory-yellow along the outer side of the foot and on to the

upper surface of the latter, where it occupies almost half of the

area between the ankle and bases of the toes. Sides of muzzle

like throat, but chin black.

Skull and teeth.—Possess apparently no constant features

which will separate them from topotypes of FR. m. peninsula,

from Trang, and others from Banden, 100 miles to the nortli in

Peninsular Siam. On the whole, the bulle appear to be a little

longer.

Measurements.—Kiars of the type 30:5, of the series 29:5—

30°5 mm. For other measurements see table, p. 69.

Specimens examined.—Three, the type and two adult males

from the same locality.

Remarks.—This race is separated from that of the Malay

Peninsula by its pale yellow coloration and large yellow patch

on the hind foot, while the yellow of the fore limb is greater in

extent, reaching the base of the toes.

The individual obtained by Gyldenstolpe (loc. cit. swpra) in

Eastern Siam, south of Korat. is, judging from its measurements,

of this form. Ratufa pheepepla Miller (Smithsonian Miscel-

laneous Collections, vol. Ixi. No. 21, p. 25, 1913), from South

Tenasserim should occur also in Western Siam. It is like the

animal of the Peninsula, but larger (hind foot 80-89, skull 74—

78 mm.). Flower (P. Z. 8S. 1900, p. 355) records a black-and-

44 MR. CU. BODEN KLOSS ON

yellow Giant Squirrel from Phrabat, and observed another near

Paknam Kabin which he believed had tufted ears. This feature

would apparently indicate the presence near Bangkok of Ratufa

gigantea McClelland, which, according to Wroughton (Journ.

Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. vol: XK. ps 890, 1910), also occurs 1n

N. Siam. It is a large black-and-buff animal (head and body

417 mm., hind foot 87, skull 80), with the yellow on the fore

limb confined to the inner side.

17. RAtUFA MELANOPEPLA SINUS, subsp. n.

Type. Adult female (skin and skull), No. 1733/C.B.K.

B.M. No. 15.11.4.41. Collected on Koh Kut Id., S.E. Siam, on

26th December, 1914.

Characters.—Like It. m. peninsula Miller, but uniform black

above with the under surface rather more ochraceous and ex-

tending slightly to the upper surface of the hind foot, while the

yellow of the fore limb extends to the base of the toes above.

Nasals rather longer,

Colour.—Upper surface and entire tail clear black. Under

surface varying from ochraceous buff to ochraceous orange and

ochraceous tawny in centre of abdomen, Cheeks to base of ear,

sides of neck, and upper and inner side of fore limbs pale orange-

yellow, deeper om the inner side of fore limbs, A small area of

ochraceous buff on the outer and upper sides of the hind foot.

Sides of muzzle like throat, but chin black,

Skull and Teeth.—-Resemble those of R. m. peninsule and

Rh. m. lewcogenys, except for the greater length of the nasals, the

posterior terminations of which are more in line with those of

the premaxillaries. The bulle are apparently a little shorter

and broader.

Measurements.— Ears of the type 30, of the series 27-30 mm.

For other measurements see table, p. 69.

Specimens examined.—Six adults, 3 males and 3 females.

Remarks.—This form differs from that of the adjacent main-

land in being uniformly clear black above without any nuchal

spot. The yellow areas are deeper in shade, those of the head,

neck, and fore limbs being of about the same tone as the abdomen

of fi. m. lewcogenys, while the patch of yellow on the upper side

of the hind foot is smaller and somewhat disconnected from the

yellow of the thigh.

This and the preceding race both differ from the Peninsular

form in the constant presence of a considerable amount of yellow

on the hind and fore feet. Jnéer se, the differences in colour are

very marked, though those of the dorsal surface may be only

seasonal. Size is about the same in all (a trifle larger in the

S.E. Siamese forms), but the longer nasals of the island race

further serve to distinguish it from both the others.

Tt may be pointed out that the forms from the islands of the

Malayan part of the Peninsula (Teratau, Langkawi, Penang, and

Tioman), 7. é., southern island forms, are all instantly separated

MAMMALS FROM SIAM. 45

from the mainland races and from Siamese island forms (Telibon,

Samui, Pennan, and Kut) by their deep ochraceous-tawny under

surfaces and by the greater amount of black on the inner side of

the hind limbs.

Though the island of Koh Chang is larger than Koh Kut,

nearer to the mainland, and in much shallower water, no form

of Giant Squirrel cceurs on it. Yet the Ratufa of Siam was

found immediately opposite the former, whereas all along the

coast in the vicinity of Koh Kut it was not met with.

18. SclURUS FERRUGINEUS CINNAMOMEUS Temm.

Sciurus cinnamomeus Temminck, Esq. Zool. Guiné, 1853, p. 250;

Wroughton, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 8, vol. ii. p. 396 (1908) ;

Gyldenstolpe, Arkiv for “Loologi, Band 8, No. 23, p. 12 (1914).

Sciurus splendens Gray, P. 7.8: 1861, p. 137.

Sciurus ferrugineus Anderson, Zoological Researches, p. 244

(1878); de Pousargues, Mission leew ie, Indo-Chine, Etudes

Diverses, ii. p. 526 (1904),

Sciunes finlaysoni Flower (partim), P. Z. S. 1900, p. 355.

Sciurus finlaysoni, Type B (Se. ne Bonhote, IP, 3 Sie

1901, vol. 1. p. 53.

6 males, 7 females, Ok Yam, Franco-Siamese Boundary ;

2 males, 3 females, Klong Yai; 2 males, 1 female, Klong Menao;

3 males, 2 females, Lem Ngop, $.E. Siam.

The above specimens show a certain amount of variation in

colour. On the whole, however, they most nearly approach

Sciurus splendens, var. 2 of Gray (=cinnamomeus ‘emm.).

“Top of head (and top of back by inference) and tail dark and

very intense red-bay ; side of the back, under sides of the body,

and tip of tail paler red-bay.” A few approximate to var. 3.

** Uniform pale bay, like the side of var. 2; tail and middle of

the back rather darker and brighter; tail without pale tip,”

though the latter shows some -signs of “bleaching” at the

extremity. The majority of the collection have the sides of

the head grizzled greyish, and there are traces of grizzling on the

fore limbs: these latter features , together with an indication of

grizzling on the thighs, being most pronounced among the five

exainpies from Lem Ngop, the western extremity of the series.

Again, two or three approach var. 1, “all over dark and very

intense red-bay,” except that they have no “ white spot on each

side of the base of the tail.”

Measurements.—Kars of the series 19-23 mm. For other

measurements see table, p. 70.

I do not know from what locality Temminck’s Seiurus cinna-

momeus came, and we have also no details as to the provenance

of the animals on which Gray founded his species, beyond the

fact that their collector, Mouhot, travelled widely in Siam and

Cambodia ; but 1t appears to me that when the Red Squirrel is

fully known over the whole of its range it will be necessary

to recognise several geographical races; to all of which the

46 _ MR. C. BODEN KLOSS ON

opinion of Anderson (op. cit. p. 245) with regard to iS. eina-

momeus will likewise apply, 7. é., that they are only local forms

of S. ferrugineus.

Even in the present series, collected along a 50-mile stretch of

coast, there are indications of geographical variation ; for the

eight specimens from the northern stations (Lem Ngop and

Klong Menao) most nearly resemble Gray’s var. 3, while, with

the exception of three or four individuals like them, the eighteen

darker southern animals come nearer var. 2.

19, ScluRUS FERRUGINEUS FRANDSENI, subsp. n.

Type. Adult male (skin and skull), No, 1502/C.B.K. B.M.

No. 15.11.4.85. Collected on Koh Chang Id., S.E. Siam, 12th

December, 1914.

Characters.—Like S. f. cinnamomeus of the adjacent main-

land, but with chin, throat, sides of head, outer sides of fore and

hind limbs grizzled blackish or olive-brown.

Colour.—Top of head, upper part of body, and tail intense

shining red-bay, becoming more fulvous towards the sides and

on the thighs and behind the ears, the hairs black-tipped except

on the distal half of the tail, which is clear reddish chestnut,

somewhat bleached to fulvous at the extremity.

Muzzle, sides of head, chin, throat, shoulders, and sides of body

olive-brown variably annulated with buff-yellow, strongest on

threat and flanks; the shoulders, outer sides of fore limbs and

thighs becoming black, finely annulated with buff. Entire

under surface, except chin and throat, rich tawny, this colour

extending to the fore feet and also to the hind feet, where it is

mingled with black, There is a faintly indicated grizzled line

down the centre of the chest and abdomen. Kars like the hind

feet, their bases posteriorly dull ochraceous buffy.

Skull and Teeth.——As in the mainland race.

Measurements.—Type: Kar, 22 mm. Skull: basilar length,

44-4; brain-case breadth, 20; proximal breadth of nasals, 4 ;

distal breadth of nasals, 8. Hars of the series, 19-22 mm. For

other measurements see table, p. 70.

Specimens examined.—Sixteen, 9 males and 7 females, all from

the type-locality.

Remarks.—In some of these animals the extent of black on

the head is almost sufficient to form a black line between the

crown and the grizzled portion of the face, and the fore feet are

also partially black; in others the under surface is somewhat

more orange than in the type.

Phe definition of Sciur us splendens var. 4, Gray (P. Z.8. 1861,

p. 137), apples to some extent, as does alls Anderson’s s deserip-

tion (Zool. Res. pp. 245-6) of an example considered by him to

be S. siamensis Gray. The locality from which these latter two

specimens came 1s unknown and, though I am unaware that

Koh Chang has been previously visited by any naturalist, such

may have been the case. The characters of S. f. frandseni are

MAMMALS FROM SIAM. AT

so regular throughout in the series of sixteen as to render it an

extremely distinct race, even though, as recorded above, animals

from Lem Negop (the nearest point of the mainland), having

indicatious of grizaling on the thighs, tend to connect it’ with

the more typical cennamomeus animal, It is named after

Captain H. EH. Frandsen, R.N.R., Denmark, to whom I am

indebted for much assistance and interesting information while

in §.E. Siam.

20. ScruRuS ALBIVEXILLI, sp. n.

Type. Adult male (skin and skull), No. 1724/C.B.K. B.M.

No. 15.11.4.46. Collected on Koh Kut Id., S.E, Siam, 25th

December, 1914.

Characters and Colour.— Black throughout except the extremity

of the tail, which is white.

Skull and Teeth.—As in S. cinnamomeus.

Measurements.—Vype: Har, 20°5> mm. Skull: basilar length,

436; brain-case breadth, 25°2; proximal breadth of nasals, 7 ;

distal breadth of nasals, 4:4. Ears of the series, 19-21°5. For

other measurements see table, p. 70.

Specimens examined.—Twenty-three, 12 males and 11 females,

all from the type-locality.

Remarks.—S. albivewilli is somewhat variable in respect of the

white tail-tip. In some animals the last 3 to 4 inches of the tail

are white, and there is a white ring close to the bases of the hairs

for the distal three-fourths of the tail; in others there are no

annulations, and the pale tip is reduced to a bunch of greyish

hairs at the extreme end.

Two other forms of Black Squirrel occur in Indo-China: S. noa

Wroughton (Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 8, vol. ii. p. 397, 1908),

in the neighbourhood of Siracha, on the eastern shore of the

Inner Gulf near Bangkok, and S. germaint Milne-Edwards (Rey.

Zool. 1867, p. 193) on Pulo Condor, south-east coast of Cochin-

China: both are black throughout, but the latter is much smaller

than the other. On distributional grounds it seems impossible

to treat them and the present form as local races of one species,

as there is no geographical connection, the mainland every-

where in the vicinity of Koh Kut being occupied by the red

AS. clnnamomeus.

The latter is, however, known to develop a white tail-tip, and

it is possible that through S. f frandseni, with its black-tipped

upper pelage, blackish fore limbs and thighs, a connection may be

traced between the Koh Kut animal and S. einmamomeus. It is,

however, very slight,

21. Tamtors Ropoutpent M.-H.

Sciurus rodolphi Milne-Kdwards, Rev. et Mag. de Zool. xix.

p. 227 (1867); id., Rech. Mamm. 1871, p. 162; de Pousargues,

Mission Pavie, Indo-Chine, Etudes Diverses, iii. p. 528 (1904),

48 MR. C. BODEN KLOSS ON

Sciurus macclellandi rodolphi Bonhote, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

Sela (Vole vip. 04 (1900); id PaZaSesl 90M ep lO:

1 male, 1 female, from Lem Ngop, 8.E. Siam.

I have not seen specimens of this squirrel from the type-

locality (Cochin-China), nor is Milne-Edwards’s description ac-

cessibie to me, but Mr. Bonhote’s remarks (loc. cit. swpra) on

examples from Cochin-China and Annam appear to apply to the

individuals obtained in 8.E. Siam.

The dark stripes are all grizzled with brown, the median black

one being divided down the centre by a grizzled brown line, and

the four light dorsal stripes are of equal breadth and distinctness,,

as stated by Mr. Bonhote; but while the outer two are cream-

coloured, the inner pair are buff-yellow and show none of the

pink tinge noted by him. The underparts are buff-yellow, not

ferruginous, but this may be a matter of terms. The white tufts

of the ears are black at their bases.

Measurements.—Ears, 13 mm. For other measurements see

table, p. 72.

Another form of Tamiops found in Siam is 7. novemlineatus

(Miller), which inhabits the Malay Peninsula, certainly as far

north asthe Isthmus of Kra. Bonhote (P. Z. 8. 1901, i. p. 54) has

described, under the name songensis, animals obtained at

Raheng and Nan, but these appear to differ from the Tenas-

serim barbei by just the same characters as does novemlineatus,

so that it is doubtful whether they are really distinct from the

latter.

22. MENETES BERDMOREI MOUHOTII Gray.

Sciurus mouhotit Gray, P. Z.S. 1861, p. 137.

Sciurus pyrrhocephalus Milne-HKdwards, Rev. Zool. xix. 1867,

p- 225; de Pousargues, Mission Pavie, Indo-Chine, Etudes

Diverses, ii. p. 528 (1904).

Funambulus berdmorei Flower, P. Z.8. 1900, p. 359.

Menetes berdmorei Gyldenstolpe, Arkiv for Zoologi, Band 8,

No. 23, p. 15 (1914).

Menetes berdmorei mouhoti Thomas, Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist.

Soe. vol. xxiii. p. 23 (1914).

3 males, 3 females, Lem Ngop: 2 males, Klong Menao:

3 males, 2 females, Klong Yai, S.E. Siam; 1 male, 4 females,

Ok ‘Vem, Franco-Siamese Boundary.

I must confess that I find these specimens somewhat difficult

to place. The only material available to me for comparison

consists of four examples of Jf. berdmorei berdmorei from Mar-

taban and Moulmein (Cat. Mamm. Indian Mus. specimens a, b,c, @)

and a series of thirteen from Bandon, Peninsular Siam, whieh

are apparently conspecific with those (cf. Robinson & Kloss,

Journ. F. M.S. Museums, vol. v. p. 121, 1915), all of which are

clearly distinguishable from the present series by the conspicuous-

ness of the median dorsal and upper lateral blackish lines and

somewhat smaller size.

MAMMALS FROM SIAM. 49

Thomas, however, has recently reviewed the races of this

squirrel (loc. cit. supra) and, though one would, on geographical

grounds, place the present animals in the form mowhotiz, one can

also regard part of the series as of that subspecies as defined

by him and allot the remainder to his new race consularis of

Northern Siam. If we only knew the exact type-locality of

M. 6. mouhotir, given vaguely as Cambodia (Gray, foc. cié. supra),

we should probably find that these S.E. Siamese animals are

geographically, as they are in appearance, intermediate between

the two.

Gray, who only had ene specimen when describing mouhotiz,

makes no mention of any dark stripes between the upper pale

ones, and consularis resembles his type in that respect. Thomas,

however, in extending the range of mouhotii from south of

Bangkok to Cochin-China, reports three inconspicuous black

stripes on the back between the upper pale ones as in berdmoret

berdmorez: mouhotii is white or whitish below, consularis

yellowish white. ‘The series of 16 animals from 8.E. Siam have

backs ranging from three to no dark stripes and under surfaces

from white to yellowish white.

The individuals from Eastern Siam (Korat) referred by

Gyldenstolpe (doc. cit. supra) to M. berdmorei require further

examination.

Thus, exclusive of the two island races described below, the

following forms seem to inhabit our region: the true berd-

morei in Peninsular and perhaps Western Siam ; consudaris in

Northern and perhaps Eastern Siam; and mouwhotii in South-

eastern Siam.

The species seems to increase in size from west to east; the

three forms mentioned here are all larger than those from Burma

and the Malay Peninsula, and Jf. 4. moerescens from Annam

(Thomas, loc. cit. supra) is believed to be larger also.

Measurements.—Ears of the series, 18°5=21 mm. For other

measurements see table, p. 71.

23. MENETES BERDMOREL UMBROSUS, subsp. n.

Type. Adult female (skin and skull), No, 1449/C.B.K.

B.M. No. 15.11.4.97. Collected on Koh Chang Id., S.E. Siam,

8th December, 1914.

Diagnosis.—Like M. 6. mouhotit from the adjacent mainland,

but darker above; the three upper dark stripes very faintly

indicated by a blackish wash, the upper pale stripe narrower and

‘a deeper buff, the lower also deeper in tint but less distinct,

approaching in colour the outer side of the thighs; the sides of

the abdomen between the limbs also darker, Under surface

somewhat more deeply buffy. ‘Tail more ochraceous, blacker and

much less hoary.

Skull and Teeth.—As in the mainland animal.

Measurements.—Wars of the type, 20, of the series, 17°5-

20 mm. For other measurements see table, p. 71.

Proc. Zoo, Soc.—i916, No. TV. 4

50 MR. CG. BODEN KLOSS ON

Specimens examined.—-Six, 3 males and 3 females.

Remarks.—There is extremely little variation in the series

from Koh Chang, which is_ easily separated on the above

characters from the mainland form. The dark dorsal stripes,

though obsolete, are indicated by an increase in the amount of

black annulation, but are not so intense in colour as the area

between the lateral pale stripes.

24. MENETES BERDMOREI RUFESCENS, subsp. n.

Type. Adult female (skin and skull), No. 1740/C.B.K.

B.M. No. 15.11.4.93. Collected on Koh Kut Id., 8.H. Siam,

26th December, 1914.

Diagnosis.—Lighter and more rufous above than the neigh-

bouring continental form, dark dorsal stripes absent, dark lateral

stripe not deeper in colour than the back; upper pale stripe

a little less intense, the lower much less distinct ; sides of body °

bordering the abdomen considerably darker. Under surface

slightly richer buff. Tail darker and much less hoary.

Skull and Teeth—As in the mainland animal.

Measurements.—Ears of the type, 17, of the series, 17-22 mm.

For other measurements see table, p. 71.

Specimens ecamined.—Nineteen, 11 males and 8 females.

Remarks.—As in the series of 18 examples from the adjacent

mainland dealt with above, there is a certain amount of variation

in the dorsal area of this race, some examples having the dark

lateral dorsal stripes present toa slight degree and the median

one just indicated: when this is the case the area between the

pale lateral stripes is proportionately darker also. The other

differences, however, are consistently maintained and the series

further includes the largest animals obtained in this region.

25, EPIMYS JERDONI MARINUS, subsp. n.

Type. Adult male (skin and skull), No. 1455/C.B.K. B.M.

No. 15.11.4.160. Collected on Koh Chang Id., S.E. Siam,

9th December, 1914.

Characters.—Resembles Epimys jerdoni bukit (Bonhote), but

with the white of the under parts hardly ever extending to the

foot, and tail rather shorter. Skull with smaller bulle, larger

palatal foramina, and broader interpterygoid space.

Colour.—Above ochraceous tawny, much darkened or streaked

by the exposed tips of the numerous stiff spines which have

gveenish horn-coloured bases. Base of fur grey. Below yellowish

white to the base of the hairs, extending over the fore limbs to

the hands, but not quite reaching the hind feet, which are white

with brownish centres. Tail bicoloured with a dark tip.

Skull and Teeth.—Like those of H. 7. bukit, but with smaller

and more flattened bulle; broader interpterygoid space, the

outline of which iy more angular owing to the straighter anterior

margin; palatal foramina larger, nearer the incisors, and the

MAMMALS FROM SIAM. yt

nasals slightly more projecting anteriorly. In all except the

first of these characters the skull more nearly resembles Z. j. pan

Robinson & Kloss, from Koh Samui Id. of the opposite side of

the Gulf, but differs in the bulle, which in that race agree with

EL. j. bukit.

Measurements.—Kar of type,20 mm, For other measurements

see table, p. 72.

Specimens examined.—Iwenty-two from Koh Chang and

twenty-three from Koh Kut.

Remarks.—Besides externally closely resembling Z. j. bukit,

this race is also very similar in appearance to #. y. pan. While,

however, in the former the white of the under parts nearly

always reaches to the foot, in marinus it generally just fails to

do so, and in the latter it always stops considerably short of the

ankle.

Although these rats were exceedingly common on the two

islands none was met with on the mainland, so that I have had

to compare them with animals from the Malay Peninsula, which

Bonhote states (Fasciculi Malayenses, Zoology, part 1, p. 27)

exactly agree with those of Siam: in which case L. lepidus

Miller, founded on a single adult individual from Southern

Tenasserim (an intermediate locality), is also probably an example

of H.j. bukit. The position of this latter with regard to the

true #. jerdoni (Blyth) of Sikkim is not fully known, but from

the few details recorded of Darjiling specimens (‘Thomas, P. Z. 8.

1881, p. 5388; Blanford, Faun. Brit. India, Mammals, p. 411),

it would appear that the typical animal is a smaller form having

« tail actually, and so relatively much, longer than bukit (and

therefore still longer than marinus).

In my experience the yerdont rat is by no means common in

the Malay Peninsula, and I failed to meet with it in 8.E. Siam.

Of the small islands of these areas, #. j. pan had oniy recently

been discovered on Koh Samui, and I was therefore much

surprised to find a form occurring in great abundance on the

two larger islands of the Chantabun Archipelago, where it used

to come into my camp at twilight in search of food.

The Koh Kut animals seem to be a trifle smaller than those

of the type-locality, but apart from that I can detect no difference

whatever.

26. EPIMYs SURIFER FINIS, subsp. n.

Type. Aged male (skin and skull), No, 1885/C.B.K. B.M.

No, 15.11.4.117. Collected at Klong Menao, 8.E. Siam, 11th

January, 1915.

Characters.—Like Epimys surifer Miller, from Peninsular Siam

(Trang), but duller; white of under surface normally extending

to the ankle and over the bases of the vibrissee.

Colouwr.— Upper surface ochraceous tawny, clouded on the back

by the dark tips of the flattened spines. Under parts white,

extending to the hind feet and to the roots of the vibriss, but

52 MR. C. BODEN KLOSS ON

not always to the hands. Tail averaging longer than head and

body, bicoloured with white tip. Hands and feet white.

Skull and Teeth.—Resemble those of the typical race and show

no characters which will consistently serve to distinguish them

from it.

Measurements,—Ear of type, 245 mm. For other measure-

ments see table, p. 73.

Specimens examined.—Twenty-six: 3 from Ok Yam, 5 from

Klong Yai, and 18 from Klong Menao.

Remarks.—The above series has been compared with a large

series of topotypes from Trang, Peninsular Siam, and also with

a number recently obtained in Bandon (about 100 miles to the

north of that locality), and distinctly differs as pointed out ;

though, as is always the case with two neighbouring continental

races, the extremes of the two series closely resemble each other.

The extension of the white area to the foot occurs in the great

majority of examples from 8.E. Siam, whereas in series from

Peninsular Siam the contrary is the case.

Epimys surifer has only previously been recorded from Siam

by Gyldenstolpe (Arkiv for Zoologi, Band 8, No. 23, p. 16, 1914),

who obtained a single example on the Korat Plateau.

27. EPIMYS SURIFER CHANGENSIS, subsp. n.

Type. Aged male (skin and skull), No. 1492/C.B.K. B.M.

No. 15.11.4.142. Collected on Koh Chang Id., 8.E. Siam, 11th

December, 1914.

Diagnosis.—Like H. s. jinis, but with tail averaging shorter

than head and body, the dark speckle of the upper surface much

coarser and the white of the under parts more extensive on

limbs, broadening, in some examples across the body and

spreading up the sides of the muzzle and over the upper side

of the fore limb.

Measurements.—Kar of type, 25mm. For other measurements

see table, p. 73.

Specimens examined.—Thirty-three from the type-locality.

Remarks.—The tendency in this race to develop a white fore

limb and a short tail approximates it to #. s. manicalis Robinson

& Kloss *, from Koh Pennan on the opposite side of the Gulf

of Siam, from which, however, it is clearly distinguished by its

much duller upper colour.

28. EPIMYS SURIFER KU'TENSIS, subsp. n.

Type. Aged male (skin and skull), No. 1710/C.B.K. B.M.

No. 15.11.4.151. Collected on Koh Kut Id., 8.E. Siam, 25th

December, 1914.

Diagnosis.—Like EH. s. changensis, but a trifle less tawny and

with less tendency for the white areas to increase (in this coming

nearer to the mainland form); anterior root of the zygomatic

* Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 8, vol. xiii. p. 230 (1914).

MAMMALS FROM SIAM. 53

arch ‘much narrower than in the two preceding races, this

diminution markedly increasing the size of the infraorbital

foramina as seen from above.

Measurements.—Har of type, 24 mm. For other measurements

see table, p. 73.

Specimens examined,

Twenty-nine from Koh Kut.

29, KPIMYS SURIFER PELAGIUS, subsp. n.

Type. Adult male (skin and skull), No. 1659/C.B.K. B.M.

No. 15.11.4.109. Collected on Koh Rang Id., S.E. Siam, 22nd

December, 1914.

Diagnosis.—Colour bright clay, duller than the foregoing races,

and further differing from the mainland animal in having the

tail shorter than the head and body, from Z. s. changensis in

showing no tendency to extension of the white area, and from

EL. s. kutensis in the broader anterior zygomatic root.

Measurements.-—Kar of type, 25mm. For other measurements

see table, p. 73.

Specimens examined.—Twenty-one, all from the type-locality.

30. HEPIMYS SURIFER CONNECTENS, subsp. n.

Type. Adult female (skin and_ skull), No. 1613/C.B.K.

B.M. No. 15.11.4.135. Collected on Koh Mak Id., 8.E. Siam,

19th December, 1914. °

MNagnosis.—Clay-coloured above, closely resembling LZ. s. pela-

gius, though with the white on the hind limb in some instances

a little reduced towards the ankle. Skull with slightly broader

nasals and rostrum, and profile less curved. This latter character

is difficult to define, but if skulls are compared when resting on

their upper sides, connectens skulls will be seen to have the

anterior palate and incisors on a lower plane than those. of

pelagius or finis; or if placed end to end the tips of the nasals

of the latter two always enter the nasal cavity of the other.

Zygomatic breadth is little greater, and palatal foramina are

shghtly larger.

Measwrements.—Kar of type, 24mm. For other measurements

see table, p. 74.

Specimens examined.—Twenty, all from the type-locality.

Remarks.—This race is somewhat intermediate between the

preceding and following forms, in that the continuation of

the white area to the foot is rather indistinct in several

examples, while in two specimens (an adult and a subadult

female) the under side of the fore limbs, a band across the chest,

and the lower part of the hind limbs are pale ochraceous tawny.

31. EPIMys SURIFER ECLIPSIS, subsp. n.

Type. Adult male (skin and skull), No. 1540/C.B.K. B.M.

No. 15.11.4.125. Collected on Koh Kyra Id., S.E. Siam, 16th

December, 1914.

Characters.—Clay-coloured ; white of lower side much reduced

DA MR. C. BODEN KLOSS ON

in breadth, not very sharply margined, and not extending to the

limbs. Jail dark with a white tip.

Colour.—A. variable clay, the dorsal area everywhere much

darkened by the bistre tips of the spines; this colour extending

over the whole of the limbs, across the chest in the form of a

broad gorget, the hairs of which have distinct grey bases, and

over the entire muzzle, which is rather browner. White of

under surface reduced to a comparatively narrow band running

from the axille to groin, 25-30 mm, wide, and to an isolated

patch confined to the throat. Fore and hind feet pale. Tail

about the same length as head and body, dark for the basal

two-thirds or three- fourths, the tip white, not sharply defined

from the rest,

Skull and Teeth.—Generally resemble the mainland race, but

with the nasals broader posteriorly, their outer margins

straighter; the palatal foramina distinctly larger, being both

longer and broader; anterior zygomatic plate ivalan « and the

zygomatic breadth a little greater,

Measurements,— Ear of type, 24-5 mm, For other measurements

see table, p. 74.

Specimens ewamined.— Nineteen from the type-locality,

Remarks.—\ts dull colour, reduced white areas, and non-

bicoloured tail render this race of Hpimys surifer the most

distinct known to me, All the Indo-Chinese forms here

deseribed are less brilliant in colour than any of the Malayan

races of the rajah-surifer group, and their tendency to dullness,

manifesting itself strongly in the island forms, culminates so

notably in the Koh Kra animal, that, with its other characters in

addition, one would readily accept it as a distinet species were

it the inhabitant of a large Jand-mass and not of a little satellite

islet.

32, HEPIMYs SURIFER TENEBROSUS, subsp, n,

Type, Adult male (skin and skull), No, 1586/C.B,.K. B.M.

No, 15,11,4.121, Collected on Koh Klum, 8.E. Siam, 18th

December, 1914.

Magnosis— Like EL. s. eclipsis above, but rather more darkened

down the median line of the back. Below the white area rather

broader, but not to the extent of the more typical forms, and

extending a little way across the groin on to the thigh. Wrists

very pale, but separated from the chest ; white area of neck a little

larger, but confined to the throat. Gorget clearer in colour and

rather less distinct, the grey bases of the hairs not visible. Tail

shorter than head and body ; bicoloured with a white tip. -

Skull and Teeth,—Like those of £. s. eclipsis, but the palatal

foramina smaller, about the same length as the mainland form,

but broader; the interorbital breadth markedly greater than

either, and the anterior zygomatic root broader.

Measurements.— Kar of type, 24mm. For other measurements

see table, p, 74.

MAMMALS FROM SIAM, dd

Specimens examined.— Hight from the type-locality.

Remarks.—This form is an intermediate stage between con-

nectens and eclipsis. The former in isolated individuals is

beginning to show the tendency towards increase in the yellow

areas, while in the present animal this, as well as the darker

coloration, is now well and constantly established. Both, how-

ever, still retain the normal bicolored tail.

It is interesting to note that in this small group of islands two

opposite types of deviation occur: in 1. s. changensis and kutensis

the trend is towards an increase of the abdominal white area,

while in this race and Z. s. eclipsis it is the dorsal colour that has

spread until it reaches a climax in the last form in conjunction

with extreme dullness of tint and blackened tail.

33. EPiIMys RATTUS, subsp.

Mus rattus Bonhote, P. Z.S. 1900, p. 194; id., op. cit. 1901,

vol. i. p. 56; Flower, op. cit. 1900, p. 361.

Mus ratius rufescens de Pousargues, Mission Pavie, Indo-

Chine, Etudes Diverses, iii. p. 528 (1904).

Epimys rufescens Gyldenstolpe, Arkiv for Zoologi, Stockholm,

Band 8, No. 23, p. 18 (1914).

I obtained at Ok Yam and Klong Yaia series of 13 rats, which

are apparently indistinguishable from the common Epimys rattus

of the Malay Peninsula, except that the white underparts more

frequently assume a light silvery shade. I have had no oppor-

tunity of comparing them with Epimys rattus robustulus (Blyth)

from Tenasserim, and therefore place them under the specific

name. The tail is longer than the head and body and slightly

paler below proximally ; the feet are whitish.

One female from Ok Yam (No. 1797) is abnormal in having

the tail slightly shorter than head and body and concoloured, the

feet dark; the upper side blackish brown and the underparts of

a colour intermediate between mouse-grey and neutral-grey.

With these I would associate four examples from Koh

Chang Id.

From the two islands, Koh Mehsi East and West, series of 13

and 15 respectively were obtained. While showing much varia-

bility among themselves, all are apparently conspecific with the

above. They range from melanotic individuals having backs

strongly suffused with blackish brown to others having that

surface of warm grizzled-brown, while underparts vary from

white to grey.

This difference in colour is not a question of sex or age, for

though juveniles generally (not invariably) have greyish under-

sides, yet these are by no means of so dark a shade as the extremes

of the adults; neither do the darker-backed individuals always

have darker underparts, though, again, this is generally the case.

The effect is to make the insular series much darker than the

mainland one, but as this character is apparently transitory, it

cannot be used for the purpose of differentiation.

Measurements.—See table, p. 79.

56 MR. C. BODEN KLOSS ON

34, EPIMyS RATTUS RANGENSIS, subsp. n.

Type. Adult female (skin and skull), No. 1669/C.B.K.

B.M. No. 15.11.4.208. Collected on Koh Rang Id., 22nd

December, 1914.

Diagnosis.—Closely resembles the adjacent mainland normal

form of #. rattws, but with the pelage a little coarser. Skull

broader throughout—rostrum, palate, interpterygoid space, basi-

occipital and zy gomata—but with smaller palatal foramina, which

do not reach a line joing the anterior ends of the molar rows.

Nasals shorter and more truncate, so that when the skulls are

reversed and resting on their upper surfaces the ends of the

nasals are not visible from above.

Measurements.—EHar of type, 22 mm. For other measurements

see table, p. 75.

Specimens examined.—Six from the type-locality.

Remarks.—Though differing very little bodily from the main-

land animal, this race is easily separated from it on cranial

characters, the short nasals and blunt muzgle being very

distinct.

35. EPIMYS RATTUS KLUMENSIS, subsp. n.

Type. Adult female (skin and skull), No. 1596/C.B.K.

B.M. No, 15,11,4.207, Collected on Koh Klum Id., 5.H. Siam,

18th December, 1914.

Diagnosis,—Size larger and pelage coarser than the previous

forms, with numerous long black piles on the rump. Oolour

above grizzled-brown and buff, darkest on the rump; below

ivory-yellow, an indistinct greyish band along either side of the

abdomen, separating it from the colour of the upper parts. Feet

parti-coloured ; tail considerably longer than body, relatively

longer than any of the other local races,

Skull generally resembling that of the mainland animal, but

more robust and with the nasals much narrower posteriorly and

longer, prolonged well behind a line jojning the anterior edges

of the orbits.

Measurements,—See table, p, 75.

S\pecimens examined.—Five from the type-locality.

Remarks,—The larger size, relatively long tail, and long,

posteriorly narrower, nasals clearly distinguish this race from

either of the preceding; particularly the latter with its short

square muzzle. It belongs, with the following forms, to the

section of the ratius group consisting of large animals heavily

sprinkled on the rump with long piles, and having large robust

skulls, which includes the similar races of Epimys pannosus and

mara Miller, H, remotus Robinson & Kloss, and is largely of

insular habitat,

36. HPiIMyS RATTUS MAKENSIS, subsp. n.

Type. Adult male (skin and skull), No, 1616/C.B.K. B.M,

No. 15.11.4,211. Collected on Koh Mak Id., 8.E, Siam, 19th

December, 1914, ;

MAMMALS FROM SIAM, OM

Diagnosis.—Closely resembles EL. r. klwmensis in colour, but

with the under surface generally slightly silvered, especially in

immature individuals. Size slightly larger, but tail considerably

shorter. Nasals relatively rather narrower posteriorly, but skull

otherwise apparently not differing from the mainland race except

in greater size and robustness.

Measurements.— Kar of type, 23 mm, For other measurements

see table, p. 75,

Specimens examined,—¥ifteen from type-locality,

37. EPIMYS RATTUS KRAENSIS, subsp. n.

Type. Adult female (skin and_ skull), No. 1550/C.B.K.

B.M. No. 15.11.4.203. Collected in Koh Kra Id., 8.E. Siam,

16th December, 1914,

Diagnosis.—The largest of the known local forms of F. rattus,

but with tail relatively shorter than in £. s. klumensis. Colour

like #. r. makensis, but the grey edges of the abdomen more

intense and skull with broader rostrum and nasals: anterior

zygomatic roots heavier; the zygomatic plate broader and more

convex, projecting further forwards; the plate laterally com-

pressed and more vertical, resulting in a narrower infraorbital

foramen.

Measurements.—See table, p. 75.

Specimens exramined.—Twenty-one from the type-locality.

38. EPIMYS GRISEIVENTER Bonhote.

Mus griseiventer Bonhote, Fasciculi Malayenses, Zoology,

Part 1, p. 30, pl. it. fig. 3, and pl. iv. fig. 5 (1903).

A single example only of a rat that appears referable to this

species was obtained on Koh Chang. As my camp was close to

a village, which is a port of call for steamers, 1t is quite possible

that the species has been introduced. The uniform upper surface,

smoky-grey underparts tinged with buff, dark feet, and black tail

distinguish it from forms of B. rattus.

Head and body 181 mm., tail 212, hind foot 34, ear 22.

39. Kreimys concotor Bonhote.

Mus concolor Bonhote, P. Z.S, 1900, p. 195; id., op. cit. 1902,

voli. p, 39; Flower, op, cit. 1900, p. 361 ; de Pousargues,

Mission Pavie, Indo-Chine, Etudes ieee ili. p. 528 (1904);

Gyldenstolpe, Arkiv for Zoologi, Stockholm, Band Sy Nowe pels

(1914).

Numerous specimens of this little rat were brought to me by

the children of Klong Yai for the sake of a cent. or two, but all

were immature, and I only preserved five examples.

40. EPIMYS BERDMOREI MAGNUS, Subsp. n. (Text-fig. 1.)

Type. Adult female (skin and skull), No. 1890/C.B.K.

B.M, No, 15.1].4,157, Collected at Klong Menao, 8.H. Siam,

12th January, 1915.

58 MR. C, BODEN KLOSS ON

Characters. —A large form of Mus berdmorei, with smaller ears

and tail considerably shorter than head and body, bicoloured with

dark tip. Pelage of two elements :—slender, very flexible spines,

with light bases and dark brown tips, and soft under-fur with

neutral grey bases and dirty-white or drab tips. Mamme

3-2 = 10,

Colour.—General colour of the upper pelage, which is harsh

but not stiff, clove-brown on the median dorsal area, lightening

to mouse-grey on the cheeks, sides, and limbs; everywhere

grizzled with the pale tips of the under-fur, and on the sides

by the exposed pale portions of the spines also. When dis-

turbed the neutral-grey basal colour contrasts sharply with the

browner external tone. In certain lights a brilliant green sheen

is visible from nape to rump. Under surface of body and lmbs

and the upper surface of the hands and feet white to the bases of

Text-figure 1,

Skull of Hpimys berdmorei magnus.

the hairs; the white area extends to the extremities and the

upper lip, but does not include the bases of the vibrissze. Ears

rounded and almost naked, a small white patch below the ear-

opening, ‘lail bicoloured, only the basal three-fourths white

beneath, the distal fourth entirely dark; somewhat thickly clad

with short hairs, black on the dark, white on the white area, but

no pencil ; in the centre eleven rings of scutes to the centimetre.

Skull and Teeth.—\ have been privileged to examine the skull

of Blyth’s Mus berdmorei, all that remains of the type which

came from Mergui, Tenasserim; it lacks the bulle and the

posterior half of the cranium, while the teeth are only just

beginning to show signs of wear. The Klong Menao individual,

while otherwise resembling it, is considerably larger with ap-

parently a relatively longer rostrum. The zygomatic plate is,

however, actually narrower, as is also the anterior root of the

zygoma, while the posterior root is more robust; the fronto-

MAMMALS FROM SIAM, 59

parietal suture is less curved and the incisors are paler, being

ivory-white with white tips, though they project in the notable

manner of the type of Wus ber dmorei: while the molars are of

similar small size, and the rostrum is likewise elongated, with a

straight or only slightly curved upper profile. No information

18 available as to the bulle of the latter, but those of H. b. magnus

are perhaps larger than are to be found in any eastern rat of equal

size, being extremely dilated and kidney-shaped. Tliomas, in the

account of the skulls seen by him (see below), does not mention

this very notable feature.

Measurements.—I give, in the form of a comparative table, the

measurements of the present animal, of the type of Mus berdmorei,

and such others as have been published of animals which have

been allocated to the species *.

Collector's External Measurements, in millimetres.

a | a : aw easel

| Head and body ...............) 210 | cirea 155 170 142 174

| UE A eect op ee lean SP | reco. {G3 oeetae

| Hind foot Poe eno arnl 38°5 | 35 32 35 36

Dptiangris oes et eae | O85 | u 20 29

Skull Measurements.

Siam. Type. | Thagata, | Manipur. |

Gueatestilemothnpnnee trates met estate

Condy lo-basilar length SARC EEA Geena kedeae ene

asallpl enc Ghee ses ee PN myntn cee ec 8674.

Palatalileno thew ease a | oleae) aiemae=2 21:4 29:4,

Plane HORT, sop cnosesbescedoeessn Sno ceo Py ||. teil Al 73

Drasheria mes eaves t enc sac ctides eect, ee 101 | 140 129 141

Upper molar series ...............-00.00 52] GO. 4, . OG 6-0 61

Length of nasals.. Beate one are ile One 160 140 16:0

Anterior breadth of ‘nasals. Be dane weaaare Al 48 | 42

Interorbital breadth ...........0..00.......4) ok |) OS 68 7-0

Ly comanicnonrerdtihinsesaeeeieee yee eens 240 | 215 218 PAs

(Cireyaveyl loreal 56 cos aaoesscocegacnucos coesen| WL(AO) 165

Interpanretalabneardtiwyeesseee es sene le lacy 137 10°3

a length ........-... Sh | aes 4:0

Extreme breadth between outer ‘edge

of infraorbital foramina ..............| 12:1 | 11:0 10°4 |

Zygomatic plate .. skeeneceel 4 408 50 - 4:0 Aneel

Extreme breadth between ~ auditory

meati .... ein al S38

| |

Breadth of basioccipital ‘at suture ...... 3°5

* Thomas, P. Z.S. 1886, p. 62, two unsexed specimens from Manipur; id., Ann,

Mus. Civ. Genova, ser, 2@, vol, x, (xxx.), 1892, two temales from Thagata, Tenass

serim aud Bhamo, Burma.

600 MR. 0. BODEN KLOSS ON

Remarks.—The above measurements show the much greater

size of the eastern animal as compared with the western indi-

viduals, while the colour of the latter, given by Thomas as ‘‘ clear

slaty grey,” is also very different from the brownish tone of the

other.

The type of Lpimys berdmoret was described as being of about

a foot in length, of which the tail was not quite half; hind foot

13 inches. Fur shortish, even, coarse and hispid, but not spinous,

of one quality only. Incisors white. Tail rather more copiously

clad than usual with short hairs. The upper side, originally given

as grizzled-grey, unmixed with rufous, was later stated by Blyth

(op. crt. Xxxil. p. 343) to be dull brown, which is in close agree-

ment with the colour of the present animal.

The species is in no way related to H. ferreocanus Miller, of

Peninsular Siam.

41. AGANTHION KLOsst Thos.

A single porcupine of the bengalensis type was obtained on the

mainland at Klong Yai.

It is remarkable how little information we have concerning

Hystric bengalensis. There is Blyth’s original description *

founded, I am able to state (thanks to authorities of the

Indian Museum, Calcutta, who have lent me the type skull

for examination), on a half-grown individual with incomplete

dentition, supposed to come from the Sunderbunds. There is

Jerdon, in the ‘Mammals of India,’ who borrowed from Blyth,

and there is Anderson, who, in his ‘ Zoological Researches,’ when

treating of H. yunnanensis, gives (passim) a few fresh details,

while Blanford, the latest author to deal with the species, had

no material for examination when writing for the ‘ Fauna of

British India,’ and simply repeated Blyth’s original description.

Beyond this unsatisfactory literature no other details of topo-

types seem available, and I am forced to supplement it by

measurements ef a skull from the Karen Hills given by Thomas

in his paper on the Mammalia collected by Signor Fea in

Burma and Tenasserim f.

The present example, while generally agreeing externally with

descriptions of Acanthion bengalensis (Blyth), differs in the fol-

lowing respects :—The longest bristles of the crest are only 4 to

5 inches long, but are tipped with white for more than half their

length; the white demi-collar is ill-defined on the middle of the

throat; the quills are white with a dark band at their centres,

rather than white and black with a more or less defined white

tip, and the few long flexible quills are white throughout, lacking

any dark middle band. Blyth’s description, however, is hardly

* Journal Asiatic Soc. Bengal, vol. xx, p. 170 (1851).

+ Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, ser. 2 a, x. (xxx.), p. 87 (1892).

-MAMMALS FROM SIAM. 61

up to modern requirements for subspecific purposes, and is at

best that of a young animal only.

Measurements of the skull are as follows; those in parentheses

being of the Karen Hill animal referred to above :—Basal length,

119 (119) mm.; greatest breadth, 75:5 (68); mesial nasal length,

71 (64); anterior nasal breadth, 27 (29); posterior nasal breadth,

36°5 (40); length of naso-premaxillary suture, 43 (39); length of

frontal suture, 31 (29); bregma to back of occipital crest, 42 (34) ;

diastema, 36 (38); upper molar series, 31 (27); distance between

outer corners of the two infraorbital foramina, 57 (53); height

of nasion from centre of palate, 51 (51).

Thus the Siamese-~-Cambodian skull, while of the same length,

is broader than the other ; but the nasals are narrower through-

out; though longer; the tooth-row is longer, as is that portion of

the skull posterior to the bregma.

Other measurements that may be recorded are :-— Median dorsal

length" of skull, 139 mm.; median nasal length, 71; median

frontal length, 31; median parietal length, 18. Collector's

external measurements :— Head and body, 835; tail, 115; hind

foot, 933 ear, 45°5.

Having regard to these differences, together with geographical

derivation, S.E. Siam being more than a thousand miles distant

from the Sunderbunds, it seems possible that the eastern animal

may eventually prove distinct; but until the mammal survey of

India, now much curtailed, has been actively resumed again, and ©

topotypes of bengalensis are available, nothing can be done. For

the present, therefore, I content myself with the above remarks.

Pousargues, in Mission Pavie, Indo-Chine, Etudes Diverses, iii.

p- 533 (1904), states that H. bengalensis does not extend east-

ward beyond Burma, but Gyldenstolpe (Arkiv for Zoologi,

Band 8, No. 23, p. 20) has since recorded, under this name, a

poreupine obtained by him in Northern Siam which appears to

be intermediate in cranial dimensions between Fea’s Tenasserim

specimen and the present animal.

(At Mr. Kloss’s request I have examined this skull, and it is

referred to in my paper on Acanthion klossi, Ann. Mag. N.H.

(8) xvii. p. 136, Jan. 1916.—O. Thomas. |

42. MuUNTIACUS MUNTJAK, subsp.

An immature male, with the posterior molars not fully up,

was obtained on Koh Chang Id.

It is a very brightly coloured animal. Dorsal region and

upper side of tail fulvous-chestnut becoming ochraceous on the

under surface, limbs, base of ears, and sides of head. Forehead

and front of pedicels tawny,top of muzzle brown. On the nape

and the front of the lower limbs there is a scattering of blackish-

brown hairs, which are in excess near the hoofs, particularly on

the hind feet. A black line along the horn pedicels and the

62 MR. C. BODEN KLOSS ON

facial rib. Chin and throat, inner side and posterior outer side

of ears, axillary region, lower abdomen, inner side of thighs,

under side of tail, back of lower fore limbs, and a small patch in

front of the digits of each foot, white. Head and body, 980 mm. ;

tail, 185; hind foot, 291; ear, 105; height at shoulder, 610.

Skull, greatest length, 203; greatest breadth, 81.

The horns, which are not yet differentiated from the pedicels,

are tipped with velvet, and the distance in a straight line from

the tips to the base of the pedicels on the inner side is 146 mm.

The Barking Deer of Siam was described by Gray (P.Z.5S.

1861, p. 139) from a skull with deformed antlers as Cervulus

curvostylis. Recently Mr. R. lydekker, whose death all

interested in game animals will much regret, has defined this

race in the ‘ British Museum Catalogue of Ungulates,’ vol. iv., as

being of medium size (wpper row of cheek-teeth 2,3, inches),

general colour orange-tawny, fading to buftish on neck and

underparts.

The present specimen is so young (milk premolars still in place)

that, lacking other material from Indo-China for comparison, I

have not applied any subspecific name for the present. The skull

is remarkable for the reduced size and marked definition of the

lachrymal pit, which is far smaller than any other which I have

had the opportunity of mspecting, the upper edge being very

sharp and the pit immediately within and above this notably

concave. ‘The vertical portion of the lachrymal is, further, much

reduced in height.

43. CERVUS UNICOLOR, subsp.

Rusa peronti Gray, P. Z.S. 1861, p. 138 (2).

Cervulus cambojensis Gray, loc. cit. stupra.

Cervus unicolor Flower, P. Z.S. 1900, p. 372.

Cervus aristotelis de Pousargues, Mission Pavie, Indo-Chine,

Etudes Diverses, iii. p. 536 (1904).

Cervus unicolor equinus Gyldenstolpe, Arkiv for Zoologi,

Band 8, No. 23, p. 30 (1914).

A form of Sambhar is represented in my collection by an

immature female from Klong Yai, S.E. Siam. Height at

shoulder, 760 mm.

The hairy frontlet and antlers of a deer collected by Mouhot

in Cambodia was described by Gray (P.Z.S. 1861, p. 138), who

then considered it to be a Muntjac, as Cervulus CamPajne ts, but

was later identified by him as Rucervus schomburgki! (Brit. Mus.

Cat. Ruminants, p. 76 (1872); Brit. Mus. Hand-list Ruminants,

p. 145 (1873)). Lydekker, however, regards this specimen as

belonging to Cervus unicolor (Brit: Mus, C Cat. Ungulates, vol. iv.

p. 79 (1915)), and if he is correct, and the Indo Chinese Sambhar

prove to be distinct, it will have to be known as C. w. cambajensis

Gray.

(or)

es)

MAMMALS FROM SIAM.

44, TRAGULUS KANCHIL AFFINIS Gray.

Tragulus affinis Gray, P.Z.S. 1861, p. 138.

Tragulus javanicus Flower, P. Z.8. 1900, p. 374.

Tragulus kanchil pierrei Bonhote, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

ser. 7, vol. xi. p. 293 (1903); lLydekker, Brit. Mus. Cat.

Ungulates, vol. iv. p. 291 (1915).

_ Lragulus kanchit de Pousargues, Mission Pavie, Indo-Chine,

Etudes Diverses, i. p. 5385 (1904).

Tragulus kanchil affinis Bonhote, P. Z.8. 1907, p. 11 ; Gylden-

stolpe, Arkiv for Zoologi, Band 8, No. 23, p. 29 (1914) ; Lydekker

(partim).

A single female, with very worn teeth, from Ok Yam, Franco-

Siamese Boundary:

This race is differentiated from that of the Malay Peninsula

by the absence of any blackish nape-stripe ; otherwise the colora-

tion of the two is similar. The bony orbit appears to be a trifle

larger:

Measurements.—Head and boty, 438 mm; tail, 70; hind

foot, 110; ear, 35:5. Skull: greatest length, 89°5; greatest

breadth, 43;

This form was first erected by Gray (P.Z.8. 1861, p. 338)

upon material consisting of seven specimens from Cambodia

collected by Mouhot. In the course of his description, he states

that ‘“‘a specimen of the species has been in the Museum as above

named for many years: it is said to have come from Singapore ;

but that probably was only the port of transit.” This remark

ean hardly. be regarded as the citation of the type, so that the

name affinis must be confined to the Indo-Chinese form, for it

was further a nomen nidwm until rendered available for use

through being applied with description to the Cambodian

animals specified therein. .

In 1903, Mt: Bonhote (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.) took the view

that affinis should be referred to the Malayan ahimal with the

specimen of dubious provenance for type, and redescribed a

Cochin-Chinese example under the name 7. &. pierrei. Later,

however (P. Z.S. 1907, p. 11), he found reason to change his

opinion, and accepted the name of afinis for the Indo-Chinese

form.

Even the strict systematist, who holds that the first locality

cited is that of the type-specimen, must, I think, accept this

view, for the title of the paper in which this species is dealt

with is ‘ List of Mammals, ete:, collected in Cambodia” and,

unless otherwise specially excepted in the text, this locality has

priority.

In the Brit. Mus. Cat. Ungulates, vol. iv., Lydekker appears

to have overlooked the above facts. The unfortunate term

“Lower Siam,” applied by several describers of species to the

northern half of the Malay Peninsula, 7. e., Peninsular Siam, has

been the cause of much confusion to others who do not use their

64 MR. C. BODEN KLOSS ON

atlases sufficiently *. Thus, Siracha in S.E. Siam, about 40 miles

S.E. of Bangkok, is regarded by Lydekker as practically the type-

locality of 7. ravus Miller (= 7". k. affinis of Lydekker), which

came from Trang in Peninsular Siam, about 400 miles south of

Bangkok. The outcome is that 7. k. affinis is given a distribu-

tion from Pahang, Malay States, north to Moulmein in Tenas-

serim, and thence east to Annam, while 7’. k. pierrei Bonhote

(= 7. k. affinis Gray), which name is accepted by Lydekker, is

supposed to extend from Lower Cochin-China west to Siam,

thus making two subspecies of the same species exist side by

sile; whereas inter se ravus and affinis are two well-defined

forms, the one spreading from the middle of the Malay Peninsula

and the other from Cambodia, the line where they intergrade

being still not clearly known.

In similar fashion Lydekker extends 7. javanicus napu F. Cuv.,

of Sumatra, up the Malay Peninsula, from Selangor to Southern

Tenasserim, and at the same time places in an intermediate

position, Trang ranging southward, 7. j. canescens Miller.

While it is highly probable that the latter name will have to

be regarded as synonym of the other, yet while the subspecies

are excepted the allocation of specimens to them results in an

impossible distribution. ‘

45. Sus CRISTATUS, subsp.

Sus (Q)) Grays ozs: 186 iii E39;

Sus cristatus de Pousargues, Mission Pavie, Indo-Chine,

Etudes Diverses, iii. p. 535 (1904).

An immature female, with posterior molars not up and one

milk-incisor still present, was shot on Koh Chang Id.

The strongly-narked crest is tipped throughout with light

isabelline, and there is a patch of clearly defined white bristles

at the angles of the mouth, a number are scattered over the

lower abdomen and in fewer quantity on the throat and chest.

The prevailing colour is black, clear on the cheeks and shoulders,

fore and lower hind limbs; but the forehead, sides, and thighs

are annuiated with buffy and white. The greater part of the

inner surface of the ears is covered with white hairs, and the

fringe along the edge is very short.

* To avoid similar confusion in future, I suggest the use of the following divisions

for Siam :—

i.) Northern Siam: the mountainous country north of the Thoungyin River-

mouth and the great bend of the Mekawng (about Lat. 18° N.)

(ii.) Central Siam: the great plain, south of (i.), watered by the Menam and its

tributaries and by the Bangpakong and the lower Mekawng and Petcha-

buri Rivers.

(iii.) Western Siam: the hill country between the Menam plain and the

Tenasserim Boundary, south to about Lat. 12° N.

(iv.) Peninsular Siam: the Malay Peninsula south of (iii.) to the Protected

Malay States. ;

(v.) Eastern Siam : the “ Korat Plateau ” east of (1i.), drained by the tributaries

of the Mekawng.

(vi.) South-eastern Siam: the coastal country south of the Bangpakong basin

and the Battambong-Cambodian frontier, drained by streams running

into the Gulf.

(For fuller details see Journ. Nat. Hist. Soc. Siam, vol. i. part 4, 1915.)

MAMMALS FROM SIAM, 65

The skull is remarkable for the antero-posterior length of the

bulle, which in this dimension are larger than those of full-

grown animals from Peninsular Siam and about twice the length

of those of Sus jubatulus, a small race occurring on Terutau

Island, off the west coast of that region and occupying a position

with regard to it very similar to that of Koh Chang in respect of

S.E. Siam. It is possible therefore that, when better material is

available, this pig may prove to be a representative of a local race.

Though Blyth, in 1875 (Cat. Mamm. & Birds of Burma, p. 43),

drew attention to differences in the Tenasserim animals, the

common wild pigs throughout Eastern Asia were all regarded

as typical cristatus until Miller separated the Peninsular Siamese

and Tenasserim animal under the name of S. jwbatus (Proc. U.S.

Nat. Mus. xxx. p. 745, 1906), and it is this, or some allied form,

that occurs in Southern Indo-China.

Head and body, 1110 mm.; tail, 190; height at shoulder, 610.

Skull: greatest median length, 265; greatest breadth, 116;

antero-posterior length of bulle, 26.

46. ORCELLA BREVIROSTRIS (Owen). (Text-fig. 2.)

_ Orcella brevirosiris de Pousargues, Mission Pavie, Indo-Chine,

Etudes Diverses, ui. p. 546 (1904).

Text-figure 2.

Photograph of Porpoise (Orcella brevirostris) at Klong Yai, S.E. Siam.

A male example of this cetacean was brought to me by fisher-

men at Klong Yai on 6th December, 1914, but my preservatives

being then nearly exhausted I only kept the skull.

Except that it had the profile of the head considerably less

Proc. Zoo, Soc.—1916, No. Y. 4)

66 MR. C. BODEN KLOSS ON

swollen and convex, while the anterior edge of the pectoral fins

was more curved and a neck more evident, it closely resembled

the figure given by Anderson (Zool. Res. pl. xxv. fig. 4).

“ Bon slaty-leaden throughout; greatest length, 3660 mm.

ive):

Skull: greatest length (condylo-basal), 286 mm.; basal length,

260; palatal length, 141; greatest breadth, 202; rostral breadth,

77. Length of mandible, 225. The skull is asymmetrical, par-

ticularly in the region of the nasal openings; but asymmetry

seems to be the rule with this species.

R.16 1.15

Teeth, R12 L123: all are worn down to mere flattened stumps

and there are no signs of premaxillary teeth.

De Pousargues (loc. cit. swpra) records a specimen from the

Mekong River.

This species is very common along the Chantabun coast.

While sailing from Klong Yai to Klong Menao we saw, late

in the afternoon of December 7th, numbers of white cetaceans

between ourselves and the shore. They presented a most bril-

liant appearance with the low sun shining on them, but none

came sutticiently near for details to be observed. They were,

however, of large size, as big as the present species, and I imagine

them to have been examples of Sotalia sinensis Flower.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE.

Map of the coast and islands of South-East Siam, showing the places at which

collections were made by Mr. C. Boden Kloss.

MAMMALS FROM SIAM.

- | Perl ee | Ger, Cua 6 HG = “8 | OgS | 084 | Sszt| 4 as is

Upy | SPL ©.66 | 6L We | 6ST ie 099 | S64 | SO&T } o Y

: | GSE $.6§ GL 4) OE Ih SEITE 008 O69 | ie oat & F By

‘eddy, “posy |) egpr || ge LL G2 | 9.66 oot | "| 099 | O84 | O98E | Pfr meg srg “pr Suey yoy

| | | | |

| FMpy | eset || Ge 9) Be 08 90L_—|«O9T | 1 994 | OOBT | Pf meg gg HEX BUOLY |

| i | | | | | | urpusah sigs

| | 1 | |

SulrGeOL | = ce g.19 4.29 £6 || SOT ep | tre | 3} « cf

‘posy | E641 || G.2¢ G.69 69 OOT || 60T GF | OLP mE GV8 & : ie |

FINPV | G2Zr || LE | 2-24 g G:80L || &6L Si || Giz yo OP6 peu Bee a oaore ns ep ers a Y

‘pesy | LSAT 66 | BL 08 IIL 8IL > || Selly S8P | S&6 2 ee eee & %

apy | 8891 || Ov | i 08 Paine olf fey | 9 Sip ctog PO peomrsonenccnnan WEIS “G'S “PL WY YoY

| ; | | *“SNAL DIDID IT

—— | ee ——— | ————— ey

| ‘S1OSLOUL | Tee

“Sy. : ‘0 OTN 5s qUudA (0) o[0 "xo “Ki 2S a]

| A a N ATTN TAL | purpy nied ao wong | POL S qjeoory pure saroady |

| | Bq, | EAD

| TRS | eae |

(6g “d) srumynqupunw *b “gq (eg -d) uanutab siphiqsarg (te -d) sna DIDIV TI

TO B06T 1g 19 19) SHOE Wh AAR = ei 6) ‘dosyy wary |

6881 6S ¢.69 194 LOL EST | GLP g ss ‘oRuaT SUOLy

% 1061 Ee @.bL TZ BOL Sie SH 2 ‘dosyy wor]

is VO8L 9.06 €L eye g.COT 6ST | C8P ae Gi ae 2 ee

TRENT PL8T 78 GGL oh ¢.COL ST oLP £ “ i

TONY £98T G88 69 €4 Z0L OSI | SoP 2 . i

EEN 6981 08 69 69 101 OS | CB 2 WIS “G'S “Ovuayy suopy |

*SIOSIOUL | aI

SuIpuyoxe “yy pearq “Yul YSU] -£poq |

: ‘ON ‘mor-q300} | o1gemos.7 peseg qsoqva.ly “qOoF aaa : e

ES eeu el S1OPETOQ || Axeppixeyy pulpy sort aS) AV[BO0T

TMS

(6g °d) sngnapd sagnqovli iT

“SMO Jo OAISN VX sAvaye JIB 490F puly jo SPUPULIINSBO || —'(SotZoUT] [TUL ur) SUNTWHYOS VA TAL HO SATE [,

“| gost || 1-73 6-81 6.9 8 6-ST 6:96 P-8P oe | ep | 897 | 94T | 6 - x

radsy, =“ | GUPi || 8 iat 0-4 6-66 6.91 3-16 lag i) Sip | Bae | Ee x i

“ | OBFL || %-23 8-F1 gL 8.16 BST 16 L.&b ¢.09 WP WAL || Ge | epee s ‘

| ial oG ia 6.9 BG €-ST 8.9% EP GOA || Gear) OF | Os pe pre 2

‘ eOFL VG 9-81 L9 L1G BST 6-98 &-8P HE | AP | SC ACES ee) ee ee _

“UMpy | GOPL | 8-93 8-71 OL L116 91 €:86 Li geo || P| @4E | ZBL | By UBIg “aS “PL Suvyp Toy

| |

| | *SNUIS *d “DL

“| gest || 9.92 PL 3-4 6.86 ace | @23 || ei | eae || Gel ear |e | epee é fits;

“MPV | 9LST || 2.93 eT 61 €.66 91 LLG LAV eee) Si || Oi | GAL | GP WIG “G'S ‘oBUeyyY Suopy

‘psy | TFSI || 6.96 6-P Pel 3.66 1-91 C23 “cp HS I AIP | ORT | BO GPP ee -

“| OV8I |] 8-22 BT L 0% OT Vié ¥-oP a ie | woe | wee |S Fe z

“| 8881 |] . 42 6-71 BL 13 eal 83 897 | Heo || GHP | SEL || 6L | P

‘HOPV | 9G81 | 1.96 raat L ¥-06 L-9T G.1B oF i si | ase | ole ; ;

"pasy | Cgsr || 82 eT 8 8.16 3.91 9:86 9.Lh c.FS ch | 006 | 006 | P VS he at

‘INPV | PEBT || 1-26 6-P 6.9 12 91 1.82 8.9F Sy ie | SU PASE SETS WOM AOS

‘psy | cist | 16 o.F1 gL 06 1-91 Le 91h €:2 || @.ty | OST | cér | P : :

| | | "4SBOo WO

‘MPV | GOST | $26 LF 8.9 61 GFT 8:46 6-30 4.60 || Th | Pet | 261 & | ‘Arepunog esouteig-oouerg “WRX 30

| | *40)09U09 DiDdNT,

| | Letneup “yoqou | ! |

| “YYpRatq | “Wy IpBeaq ie KE) pearsapory Os “yqSuey | “yySuez | -yyBKey

|| o1jrat [UAIG2O | anuanc 04 Ielour i: Beebe ed “f

| -osi7, ~1OJUT OP oe { Salleypixvul| add AME TEESE | ERRUERS) i “Poor Bed he ‘

*SyIVUay “ON = [P20U | oid to dr \ [ey | pue jxeg) AjiRooT pues setoedg

| id Jo diy, | || PU pea |. |

| |

| : = : \ ‘real

| : \| | |

| TM AS | | |

| MH '

(9g ‘d) snes -a +7, “(gg *d) sojoowoa mndny,

| | | |

Seve 21 1 | WW | S86 ia 91 LZ | 8.69 TL || 94 | Sty | gee | ae .

"chin |) Qe ey | aes val GST | 16 op | etn || a2 | cep | cee | i 40

_ | GALL || S42 oF 3.2% ia! E-ai le | &69 | Leh SL | Ley | O98 | 2 ss es

TSLI || 2 Ses eA iat B91 | B26 19 | Sty 64 | eer | ole | 2 ie :

“| PeZr ll) eee Gp lh tie BTL G.eT GLB 1.09 ol 6L | osf | ose | 6 | ; |

ad, “HMPY | €€LT |] - 8.92 oF £86 cat €.91 86 | G19 eh Be CCy a) VILE te) | eee LEIS RCS aap Ied OSTEO

~ | ein £6 Ci | £9% wil | Fave | tke |) eg tL 6L | 08h | ee | 2 | S i sae

| 0061 £6 as £.66 oH or | Lue LO eee 08 | eh | 098 | 2 | y ae

‘eds, “SUP | ZI6I GG oy | 60% ee eet O Toe eee! eee eRLOD 1 Oi Nesey | Ole NEG fo guueig aces eles Naa

<a e Sas SS F ———|—-— |= —— | — |: ee

| aed | yapretd | paneaao. CBOE aepout! ‘eme, | Su] ae | -y4Su91 || |

| "SyAVULIT ‘ON | WeIpeTy (Pee ea -1O4UY podiia eer | TIeld |-opkpuog) aa ApRoOTT par sorwadg

| | F

| | N48 |

“(FP °d) snus wy “(ep d) shuahoona, npdadounpau nfngoyy

ae Seer — i | ss eaca

NESTE MN) Tit 9.01 0.21 8-1 OZ. | B41 3-68 SE Perera | ME Se Pe 4 {BX Suoly

«| 29st || L20 <.0T el 0-81 Gaie | SWE it me | oe | BO | ef Pes” iu f

| ‘Wupy | 1981 0z fae | SIE LVI 121 ¢.61 ss 9.9¢ || Og | Zet | o8t | P fer WIG "Gg ‘ouNOyT SuOTy

—— | eee en es L | - ee ——

*OSBO aie [o} |

‘UT pPoalc BULA LT OV "MOL *U4.6Ul0 |

AUT OEERE| ioe meyer Bit rejour | Wo20I ae TEE “<poq |

ree ‘ 489} 89.19 | ea aK) : aul [ered qsayvaly| "JOOF ie + kayeo0 |

SHAVUOT ONG Heme ape fe iodd 9 -op{puog pup) UAL pay |'x9g AIBN |

| : | ‘DPT | oid jo diy, see peo

: -||

TAS

‘(16 *d) wynuawf apnboupuag

= G84T || 4.91 ee 8.61 2.01 eI G&G LLY Gg AY | OM |) Pes || rrecrsrrencccs Ss

# BLLT LT L-Pe 13 €.01 B21 B83 e.LP g¢ AOS a th Oa Uae ee eee: ‘a

| “4INPW | OLLT 91 Le 0% 6-11 P-SL BES | 8-LP gc¢@ || 19 | 0c | ose | 6 as i:

| “pesy | SeZT || ST eg P-61 6-01 8 ZI & €.LP cg 6h | S6L | Lea | & ‘ és

"$UPV | O&{T || ST 9.28 9.61 IT De | Cen Cee ese TOES | SOG oace oie | ieee peepee ce i

| "pas | 8241 || 8.91 ee 0% €.0L | €L &3 8P ME HG] |) COM |) one |) GB Pence se sf

: CSLT || 8.91 ee 8.61 8.01 8-61 G83 Li Gg Coa: HOG E|| BG Cia Pan aaa aaa aes as |

‘ad, “JIMPY | PSLT FL 6g 7.61 SHON || exe &% LY Gg 1¢ | O12 | F2e | P z és

‘pesy | gOsT || 4-47 8.68 0% im | el 1.2% LLP aor I fg | eNews | @ ie és

' ‘4I2pV | SOLT || €.9T €8 06 8-0L | Ste eta Gi 4g || 69 | OT | 08% | P WIC “B'S “PT yp Yor |

2 GOEL 228 £.68 6-61 G.01 P-61 G26 oF mee OF | Soe | LIS |) SS és pe

a ~ | POST || 4.90 eg ¢.0% HO | Cee || Ges | REG 9¢ || 19 | 706 | Ga | } Bs “

‘adAT, “3IUPV | ZOST || 6.9T L-€g 06 GOL i Bee tt HB 8h fig || (|) Gus || Ge | 2 fs i

"pesy | L8PT || ¢.91 oe | «6 €0r | i f a |) Geir 9g ay Celie | (ere |) 2 a ef

= 9871 || 9.91 Ee 61 2.01 6.2L &6 LP €9¢ || TS | PIS | Tes | 6 S is

| —— OAL |) Bi eg | £03 TOs 8c mee eeGeel = Ly gs) || Sieh | 0c) |) Bae. | $s a

| ‘ L9¥L || €-ST 8.68 0% Oi | ell |) we | iR@ir cg || $09 | G03 | 2a | } 4 es

Z9PL || 4-917 G.1e F-8L EO | Bi ||. ee cP Od i Gin || Ge | fede || 2 x ce

i 19P1 91 6S 8-61 OE | Get |) See BP l= Tf areca al aa if e

‘4I2PV | OSFI || 3.9L GCE | 8.8L FO) ns es Ci eC OO, re || OG | OTS | O26 | & fr weg “‘q'g “py Suvyo yoy |

| | | | | : oe

| | | | Luaspupuf f*5

ae OL6T || 8ST G28 | 6.61 ¢.01 Gal | 6G | 9p | €P9 || G19 Fede iy ene se «

AMV | 806T || 9ST els ENON L.61 eo | 1.9% re |i HOH || Cae || ets |) (2 ere a fe

"posy | 4061 || 4-91 €& le, || OM | ae) Bp A | GOS || eos | feet || AD [ree e ‘dos yy wery

fe €681 || ¢.91 | &€e G.61 €0L | Se | He 8h seg || 29 | 086 | G2o | 6 ss «

SS NSS) SAO 8.28 P.06 QO | ee | Hes iz Gee eg Reig ImOeG ale WRIG Y'G “MRUUOT, SU0T yy

_ | SP8I || ST 1.68 1.08 ROL | Be ee Rip fp SI aes) 9) ore les Ee *s us

€Zsl || 9T | 9.98 7.06 €0L | 8.6L Gee |) Ger |) LOS 29 | Sen) O&s) | 2 WRIG “AG IBA suopy

‘OPV | POST || 8-91 Gee | G.lZ ¢.01 Gol | £36 ip) OG WO | Bikes Mees | 2 es if es

"pesV | G6LT 91 | g.ee 13 LOL GCL | && LY gg || $09 | 016 | sae | 6 ~ . af

| | | I | | ‘snauounuurs -f snug

| (w]e — | — s _ —_—— | | ==

| TERRY “UIpRa.AG PRIDE | SAiNoue ier sue “Ypsuey “W9sUe |

. = ate anal (AGRO || Cey(ouR | Sure irre | Teseq seerit me | : “Spoq ie ¥ | ; |

SY LVUAAT ONG ‘pay | | -doqyuy | aedd a | |-o, {puop| 7) j1ey, | pue |xag AquRoory pur sorwadg

| Sees ‘s ¥ cea || POEL ipeoy | | ae

TMS | | |

‘(yp -d) yprwaarg?n “si ‘(op “d) waspunsf fy “(Gp -d) snamoumuuro snowihnssaf’ snanioy

“FBpy

*pusy

MENT

| od Ay, cc

“ce

“pas Vy

FUPV

(73

it3

‘addy, “4yupy

*paoV

“‘UUpPV

HUNT

TEN

SEE

(14

"pesy

‘syIVULAIy

€LLT

GLLT

TLLI

T9LT

6ELT

OPLT

6E41

LELT

OZLT

cgor

68PT

89PL

OSL

6VPL

8tVL

OFPL

cO6T

8681

L681

Peel

6Vel

8E8T

L681

9181

TI8T

C6LT

‘ON

L-V1 6.16 ¢.€1 Tl €1 &6 Tg

v1 6.16 L.61 11 Lél SG 6-19

6.91 16 €L 6.01 9-6T 9-16 L.1S

niall GLE Lé1 GIT GET 9.16 19

L-91 66 VI Il 8-71 96 HS)

LVL | 8G G-E1 IL VL GG Gg

LST | %42 VL 86° 41 &% P-1S

oT 86 EL G.OL 8-F1 9-56 6g

L-¢ 66 GTL 9.0T BET 9,16 VS

91 GLB tee 9.0T GEL VG T¢

LPL o.6 €L 2.01 &1 He yf 3

91 G.SG €L £.0L €L TG ¢.GP 0,0S

vi £.9G 8.61 6-01 V-GL 9.26 G.6V 6.87

e.CT Z.96 6L | F0T al ere | Fate | 10s)

P-9T £16 €1 1-01 L.€1 &G LV 6.69

GFT 9.96 &1 9,01 €1 GEG eV 1.0¢

pias £.86 &T or 8-€T &@ VY G.1g

raat LG eae ||. AG val ¥S yy | &Te

ST ¢.L6 &&L L.6 Let £.86 i i GS

9-71 ay €L €.0T ET G6 &P Se

oT 8G 8.61 OL VL 9.16 VW 1

€.9T 8.96 8-61 Or 8-61 LEG ee L0¢

ae LG 0-€1 GOL €T €.E6 8.EP €.09

L91 8-86 GEL 6.0L ST 6 GSP 4.69

41 8,86 8-61 VOT PV c6 S.0V 6-6¢

LT 8G 8-61 8.6 or cs ? ue

“ygsuey | .- "yypeatq| “Aor Pees ‘ygsuey |.

Eo pe renga: IBOUL | “~BULoysBIG] pee | vee ate

URIpPeT | * ee -doyuy | teddq SN Sal -o[Apuog| 7 9

: TMS

OST

V6L

906

90G

606

L1G

SOG

S6L

G0G

G06

S6L

O8T

T6T

L8T

661

€06

€6L

606

L6L

S06

O8T

861

O6T

€06

006

O6T

STG

“fpoq

pue

peo

So SO SO FOO+ FOO FOGtO+

Foto FO FOO O+

*X9Sg |

Posesnresonsnos TARAS] Tgp SI May; JOM YOM

‘suaosa find *Q ‘TT

G 66

‘ce ce

’ 66 “6

Bororic 66 66

y[ ttn b eee eee ee “e ce

URIG "T'S “py suey Yay

'SNSOLQUIN “GQ “TT

Spe eee renee “ (73

ce its

oe ‘dos yy wary

“ULRBIG "GAG “MBRUAT, SUOTY

wee yeu renseepaswere (73

wee pee eee wee eee ree ce “

Booinncondidoncadene WIG “A'S Iw SUOT SE

6 iG

«6 14 3

4sv0) uo

‘C1Bpunog asaulVrg-oourly “We AO:

“1JOYNOU LaLOUWp.Lag SajaUa TT

"(og ‘d) suaosafnw 9 ‘7 ‘(6p ‘d) snsouquun -q ‘pr “(gy “d) mzoynow rasowpuag sazouapy

}

(a : el ae a | San: Ronee jes PS | : | 4 ; i a

“pooy | T8LT 0-91 iy 6-81 L9 0.9 9.6 01g | P.98 8c | 9SL | OFT me ae ne

ROLL. | a | LP P-L L9 6.9 6.6 608 | 0.96 || $26 | GZT | AVL pos Sct ee

| COLT | GOL tan PEL e.g T-9 6-6 ete | mle || ¢.gz Fl Disiee |e @ |oesseoe ‘ G

| BOA AA oP GEL 1.9 8.¢ 9:6 0S NSS I er | Sik ; PI APS OM

Peeocyiai oom = Sry 8.F1 0.9 0.9 LOL 0.2e | 388 || 96 | G41 | TPL ee. os

: sy | L6VL 8-91 €-P L.€T 0.2 1-9 6-6 0.66 | 9-LE | LG pe OST BS : e

cody, Spy) Sern || OAT &.F Corel L.9 L-9 L.6 8-16 | 6-LE 2.96 | OL | OST pa: se

pooy BoPT GLI oy O-PL 0.9 0-9 8.6 81 | 6-ZE 84 89T GS1 4 re

4UpW PLP €.9 LP TASIE 6-9 1.9 G6 Pog | O28 || £96 | 9ST | PP UURIG “EES CPT Suey yox

B. | bate ee

| Be a “UF pvt “YQsuay] a = "MOL “IT }. ou] ee Sui ||

HAL BSL BSRIL Beda) ey oun “BULAISBI(] : | uu pele F |

| DIYVULOG AT, Be eal ate jaw | eaeled ae Be leaukoucal tol “400 | -Apoq

BSsyUUUlony | TONG | ; oe nou peal mp mae: S| Ma oo need la i PO ee ee cette ‘Tey | paw / OS *AT[ROOTT

} aes : | peo | |

| | MAS | |

\) ieee : a = eed pte os Elle : | 3

(gg ‘d) snwunw rop.al shruad sp

r= aa Tie : 3g ee ai “i Sete se | ie i | 5 th = eh ony

| 4qupy ecét , $8 016 ¢.61 G.¢ L el 8.96 Qe | RG || ow |) SE | ye “ ULUIG “G's “dosy way

| | |

——-- oe | | — | | | SS

| “Yous STE “YIpRaaq | “MOL | omnes | PUaYOITey, || em | |

| Bae {J pve. é | *Gyouel } , Y.0 09]

| [eseu ONE at. [B4Lq.10 | ABLOUL | a [Bseq, aa = “K |

; _ OIFUUOGAG | | : | [eae |_o, qsoywa.ly | , | Apoq

Ses es ; =< ~ ee : | peel

| 11s | foe |

eo | : : oe Sah sige ee fo ee |. dill Pen EE Ris oe :

ae "OF “l) Ly djo pot sdovuwn J,

“pV

"peasy

“‘WUpy

‘paoy

“od LT,

‘ad Ay, ct

*pasy

‘ad Ay, ec

“pasy

“Qapy

‘pasVv

4 Upy

‘oddy, “pasy

apy

pasy

“SY AUBULOYT,

ae)

(eo)

‘ON

: Up pramq

“orgemos.A7

6.1

g.¢

0.g

0-G

Ey D2 GV20 10

aH S16 10 =H

LO) 2 10

1O I~ ANOS

‘s[Bsvtl

paurqutoo

YA prRaigq

9.21 L9 4.9 6.6L L& G.VV

0-81 £9 LZ 9-61 8 oF

0.81 6-9 0.4 L&L $.86 8.99

0.61 $.9 VL LL 8-68 8-LP

Z-81 L9 LZ 6-61 68 LV

PLT 1-9 6.9 L6L 9.98 0-69

¢.81 G9 0.4 0-61 L.5§ ¢.97

0.81 4.9 0-4 9.61 6-88 oP

o-81 €9 ys 6-61 P8E 6-27

6-81 0.9 0.4 6L LE La

8-ZT L.9 0-4 G-6L G.8E ST

PAL 0.9 v9 P-ol T.L& 6.7V

G41 6-9 LL V.GL PLE OST |

6-81 ¢.9 9:9 8 GL 9.86 Sesi7 |

O.4T 6-9 6-9 ZL g.9€ SY |

6-81 6-9 0.2 ¢.61 4.86 Hig

Se 0.9 7.9 Lot | 8.2 3

0.61 8.9 0-4 EL | Ly 0.87 |

8-91 0.9 6.9 V-GL GLE 6-TP

O0-4T 6.9 6.9 6-0T | €.9 GY |

| |

[vseu 1eqRed Ivjou | ‘wMayseiq | [BsRq eel |

uvipeyy | ugsuey | addg -ofkpuoy * ? |

TMS |

"ddsqus waftums shuadsy

9.86

£.66

g.8E

G.86

G.SE

GLE

Lé

6€

400}

€9T

891

6LT

S81

891

TAT

I8L

BLT

Z9L

GLT

SLT

OLT

SLT

B41

€6T

E81

981

L81

641

TRL

“Apoq

par

pray

So*0Gt Soo *o*o*0*0fo Sofofootor

C+O+*o00+¥*o

*xOG

steferefefeisfetsteleteste “c 73

teen ene ce ce

tenes 66 c

ond00 ; (3 “c

WIG “HG “py Suey yoy

‘(eg d) snrbvped wafiuns shundar

sees sete eee (73 ce

Newer eee eee eee (73 ce

sees see . ce ce

wee Hewes ce ce

ESTES SIEM SE UCD

(ag “d) sisuagny safiuns shuadar

Se aa] ce ce

ceeees pee eeeees (73 ce

. ene (4 ce

terete ee on 6c ce

“WRI “HG “py Suvyy yoy

"(gg ‘d) srsuahunys safiims shuadpy

66 ce

3 ee

WIBIC “W'S “OVUsTA, SUOT ST

eee “ TeX SUOPS

Denne ee en ee teens “UIRIG “aS “We AO

(Ted) sr safins shuadpp

“AT[ROOTT PUL dOVIT

| | 6“ 6¢

"40 269 ed 6-F 8.81 re) L el 68 90p || 2-48 | LAT | T6L | }

“psy 681 02 Lg 6.61 0.9 6.9 €-T €.68 iy || 88 | 691 | GI | é - 55

‘41MPV | 88ST 9.06 L-¢ 1-61 6.9 0-4 L&T OF 6-LP Oe |} | Aon | 2 ex

a | eet 06 6.9 €6l | &€ 6.9 BEL 9.68 | GLP Gg | GSW | ols |e Felt Serge ee

‘od£T, “posy | 98eT -06 0.g 8.81 3.9 0.4 6.8L 8.68 L.OF Ty | 941 | 96t | P IS “A'S “WNTY YoY

| ‘(Pg td) susowgauay safians shady

| | | | dan omnndedog ao AO ouO ce ¢6

od = g.0 0-9 0.61 Oi) aL €.68 OP || 68 | 48L | ven | 2

eet oer 8.08 6-F Oem eed 0-4 | 6.6L Gils esse Be Pie ene) us 3 *

eet IZ 0.9 O8f | 6.9 69 |) 8:61 9-8€ EY ae a | us | : See 9 ‘a

a 16 ‘ Ae Mole 0-4 éL 666 | 9) 6 fs | ae ——

“aMpy eel ole 08 381 | Wh 69 | él 68 ie ie ee Sel ea ae eles WRIG “A'S “BY YOM

| | | *(e9 :d) sasdijoa wafiins shuaday

| | | | | i

i | | | :

“6 O26 | 9° 8-61 LN CD | OR ise ir Se || HL | Ue | ee ‘

reddy, -aupy eto 0.26 8¢ FG) allies OL | €L SP HS | IE) OlOks f w | r i

“pesy | SLOT 0-26 2G | 86. | 69 ieee | Gea | ip | oe | Sets 6 ie i,

“| OLN g.16 LS eit | Oe) OH EEE etsy iI eect) J) GE | AONE || AIS GS “PY AR YOM

‘HEPV | €09T 11g@ | 29 OHNE! SE ee | Si | AGS) eGir | GS | Ge | Mee WBS A'S “PI APIN YOM

, “sTRSBU “YQouey | “BurMeloy | “MOL “Yysdo] manny |

| aes ty paurquros | yeseu Teqeied see “BOLO4SBI(] eee Lauigacs | me “pq

: : ‘ Hi repay suey | aed : -o,Apuog) ha} GOT ae ae anne ani

‘syivuroy =| “ON gee | Hes = ieee |) pay | EM eee Se ate ee

TMS |

*(‘pyuoo) -ddsqns wafiuns shundy

“‘qupy

"pas Vv

“qopy

“pasy

ad AY,

addy, “pasy

TAMIA |

SIND,

“pas vy

FIERY

“posy

ad Ay,

its

| ce

*‘pasy

FIARY,

pay

‘py

{ *“SYABULOY

SLST

€L91

SSSI

OSST

9PST

6E9T

6691

819L

OTOL

STOL

86ST

96ST

Sé6ST

F6esT

OL9T

6991

899T

SOL

61ST

STST

GEST

TSSt

renal

S81

VSL

€P8L

PEs

GE8l

| 9.26 a 18 | 9.8 0.8 6-61 e.68 | 0.9F |

0-26 3.9 0.81 9.8 gL 8.41 6.68 6.P

0-86 LG | 6.80 68 €.8 P-21 P-0P | 0-17

¢.6 G9 | BLT | . 68 L8 ¢-61 1-0 9.97 |

| 0-7 09 | S4T | 16 9.8 €-EL O28 | eLr |

| | |

| 8.2% Zea S a el te | OS ene) Gig |

eed OG | EGik e He 8.4 | PEL LOp | Osh |

| 0-82 Gian wae Sd sol G28 Owl eal neil 0.0% ecy ||

| crcaeeere so) ay, (GE OG | wey Lal O.1F | 997 |

| 1-82 €-9 0-41 @8 | LZ raat €.68 Sia

| | | | |

| | | | | |

| 83 BE = ORE GH) Ro Geet oe ee ee

ates CO 9-LT Yel Aa) SSB SLC GORE a eG |

| bith = eS aie Gh EG) fs Oi Lee | Lr |

Weigel Ore sh aI ei Ore OR. 6 Ca ewe) noses er

| | |

| | | | |

a6 le che | O6b (9 wie le Be. (FE cin Mee | tau

9.16 6.9 0.61 De NOs ll Rai Gas |) ap |

9.61 0.9 Sl oe kad Os) Salts | merle 3.1P

2.06 DV in ee ae Viel ery a ROL =) KOC hee CLS, OG? |

| | | | |

GEL | LF lea 08 | 0.1 oie | Ges |) iar |

Po Geet ee ei 2.91 OE 9 A pion =) Oke aie

L038 Gir) IE as i tay €-11 9-18 | 0.67 |

B08 Ship | de ij eu BL O21 | Ge || F:6P

6-61 gi | STL 1 es GL | 2.01 ¢.cg | 0.07

e.61 rr | PPL OA = || ay Bit i 24s 1) Oar |

| Os ie, OE = OE aly @-L1 0.98 || 1.3h

[OL ee eee 6-SL Ow Be) B11 0-18 8.67 |

| Ler ob 6 | 8.PT ee | Ou gor | sce || o.tr_ ||

| 008 | LP 8.91 G8 | Td OGL | O8e (\ Ger

| | | |

| | | | |

| 4 Ls Y}ypvaiq | uerpeyy | yysuey | aeddq ;orspaop aaa *|

| TMS |

‘ddsqus snggne shwidy

626

OFG

866

LIG

S06

E16

O16

GGG

O86

CEG

G&G

9&6

98T

OIG

TSI

VoL

681

C8T

LLT

ELT

O9T

961

816

T6L

SIG

I1é

€16

L61

60G

606

G06

16T

L61

161

98T

O6T

641

GOG

O8t

98T

Z91

€Z1

6LT

OLT

991

OLT

VoL

ELT

O9T

ALY.

“Apor |

pue

proxy]

BARS =

So00+

®o*0 F00+ FO

SotoCt+ Or

OF SoO+O+

S00+O+Ot FO FOO+ FO FOO+

WRIG

se 6c

ve ce

ce ee

‘A'S “PT Pty oy

‘(Le 1d) sesuansy sngqve “hp

ee “ce

$F ce

(73 ce

73 6c

mee WRIS “HS “PI AVN TOM

“d) spsuayou sngqV0 “pp

ee ce

73 ce

ce ee

aaeee wee on UIBIG ‘aS “DT WIN] y YOM

"(9G ‘d) sisuawnpy snzzv0 “py

“e ee

ce ce

ce ee

tear WRI “HS “py suey yoy

iS ads Pr OST

(ge *d) sisuahune snj)0.0 “pp

(19

“PI Sil TS1PIN LOS

WIS “OS SPT ISOM SPIT 10x

‘(eg d) -dsqus ‘snggn.e ‘py

URIS “GES TR SUL

“py SURI) YOX

ee e

cc “c

ee “ec

ce ce

mie ;

ee re.

= we & <—

a. De : 7 b Ae

' i‘. : n ae

s — & 4

5 i =

"2,

“eee

~*~ Rs

Wee

re Ove eM

ete b-

> > :

== =7 “pe i

_ dee ; er = Be 72 a a av ie *

. : Ly a = x et Ta = ae >. e8 2 at

= : coal 5 ae ye

wees

“

{2S oS Se all ee ol ae

Res ee fev ore? v7 : Pe =

sf oy Be

oe,

Wee, Be

cette dace vibe ey ‘ a ae

SO Fae Fee vivir = oa ne

, L Sad

et ie

ay |

lg I af mt ae pan a 2 -

eee

Wee

1 He

ON DEATHS IN THE SOCIETY'S GARDENS. (Cl

3. Report on the Deaths which occurred in the Zoological

Gardens during 1915, together with a List of the Blood-

Parasites found during the Year. By H. G. PLimmer,

F.R.S., F.Z.8., Professor of Comparative Pathology

in the Imperial College of Science and Technology,

London, and Pathologist to the Society.

[Received January 17, 1916: Read February 8, 1916. ]

INDEX. Page

IPatholocygemrer sec aietc aaah ocee aoe eee Hid

IB OCIERVASIES 5 355550dco00000 sce uboaScocononansons | tele

On January Ist, 1915, there were 733 mammals, 2073 birds,

and 3/1 reptiles in the Zoological Gardens ; and during the year

280 mammals, 1167 birds, and 237 reptiles were admitted, making

a total for the year of 1013 mammals, 3240 birds, and 608 reptiles.

During 1915, 280 mammals, 706 birds, and 179 reptiles have

died: that is, a percentage of 27°6 for mammals, 21-7 for birds,

and 29°4 for reptiles.

Out of the total deaths for the year, 1165 in all, 378 occurred

in animals which had not been six months in the Gardens: that

is, about one-third of the total number. It has been found that

after six months’ residence in the Gardens the death-rate of the

animals falls rapidly ; so it is assumed that by this time the

new arrivals have got over their journeys, or have died from any

diseases they may have brought with them, or have got quite

used to their new environment. Of these 378 animals 90 were

mammals, 200 were birds, and 88 were reptiles; and if these

be deducted from their respective totals, the death-rate per-

centage will come out as 18°6 for mammals, 15°6 for birds, and

14-9 for reptiles.

The following Tables show in outline the facts which have been

ascertained. Table I. summarizes the actual causes of death in the

three groups specified. Under Reptiles are included Amphibia.

Taste I.—Analysis of the Causes of Death.

Reference

Diseases. |Mammals.| Birds. |Reptiles.| to Notes

| | tollowing.

1. Microbie or Parasitic |

Diseases. | L 1

AUBOEODIIOSIE 56 cocoa scaenononuo oad 6 60 2 2

(Miy.COSIS# Pharr tok Presse 208s 10 | Be 6 3

JPMGWOTAOINNA, G50 con cenacconeoav ena cndl 48 70 34 4

SEOUGESIIVR cons soo coc obo onvasoscnenal| 5 Vin 1 5

JANSCESS! MAS). PR a em uals hig itt

JRCRGNIS — aa sccocsocenoscaccsuseo ae il

JEROME Soocboosd ocd son 40a suc aoo eel 1 2 6

Eimapyentai) .eeeeenseteeter sock 5 |

Bronchiectasis) 3. ssses seeds eee 1 |

By ClIGIS: cates. ene cree eee Rasa ae 1

PROF, H. G. PLIMMER ON

Tasie I,—Analysis of the Causes of Death (continwed).

Diseases.

1. Microbie or

Diseases con

Cystitis zi

Coccidiosis

Saccharomycosis .

Syngamus .........

Organs.

Br oncho- -pneumoni

Pericarditis

Degeneration of he:

Hepatitis

Cirrhosis ..

Tract.

Gastritis .

Gastro-enteritis

Enteritis :

Intestinal obstr uctic

Intussusception

6. Diseases of Urinary and

Generative Organs.

Nephritis

Salpingitis

Atrophy of uterus

7. Various. —

Adenoma ,

JNO. so p00 cos00ac

Osteomalacia

Injuries

. mortem

Besides those tab

Parasitic

Hemoer evarinosis

MOOPRISTNOSMS. 529 o66 non coe aoccee oon)

. Diseases of esporetons

INTE CHABSTISS oon oncces coanaosco cco cao0ce

TBI ROVOVGLEUTMIS): joo coacen ogds0040 o0dea0.005|

Congestion of lungs ..

3. Diseases of the Heart.

4. Diseases ee Liver.

Fatty degeneration RN Ra

5. Diseases of the Alimentary

Gastric ulcer: ation . ‘

Gycutimi ce Ie SATA

Retained mice =e ae Oe

@arcinomaerec cee eee eee

SHINGO paapdocne pas nannesbeaonedou co:

Chloroform poisoning

Mammals.| Birds.

pig 130

gi, . Bet iec 34,

ee muscle : a: il

HOW sco sgo noe nes

He et oo bd

discovered post - } a 9

Reptiles.

roo:

WD a:

Reference

to Notes

following.

coffe 0)

hia

ulated above,

38 mammals, 113 birds, 4 reptiles, were killed by order or

by companions,

1 Pe] 6 9

Silage

Die gs

4] 9

died from malnutrition

or starvation,

were too decomposed

for examination,

DEATHS IN THE SOCIETY'S GARDENS, 79

In Table I. an analysis is made of the immediate causes of

death, but in nearly every case the animals were found to be

suffering from other lesions as well. Table II. summarizes these

other diseases from which the animals were suffering ; and if

this Table be taken in conjunction with Table I., a much more

accurate estimate of the amount of disease in the Gardens will be

arrived at.

Taste I1.—Secondary Diseases found in the animals tabulated

in Table I.

Reference

Diseases. Mammals.| Birds. |Reptiles.| to Notes

following.

MuberculOsiss eee. emo | sf 13 1

Mycosis Hy Foe Banca | Br 2 oe

IPFAATTNOWEY \ cncitnanncos cus sonosdaenono nse 5 1

Rericanditisieeassctcn tenner. 5

Reritomitisiee acute mee aes ee ac 2 a |

VAIDS CESS Me auscueremerrene au ie il 1 |

IR vormlioe aia roaster scat s esa eases 2 Ase |

La GIGh HDI). ..SacGaecacbanadnancenaeepeesnctor 2 a

AOTC a odoguonueeede acandoceneee HDC resEEE 1 2 2

Miata aise ase esa enaeeearnaye tenner: il 8 UY

Nill euerasmee rey cer sues tnee Sean ta era ete 8 2 6 1 18

IWOECOOVWOADE, doo sdnccascbecnab6cnn000 008 ve 3 19

ISGHTONOIS! 6 ct earns aeGereaascoauenadnoscan on: 2

SHUDOUGEENTOM — nongopcocane soo soncdoucnce: 2

INGOTS) arses ceriadone oseeenaadceeprbeee 3 ast fe

Annce bic IMfEChlOM) ..osss ssa eee eee see sce ape Bo 4 20

IGEN TNO ETAS ANE og prenos wooeoboaron: oe sa 17 21

Brom chit symecscecsss deste o-eossese eee 8

Broncho-pneumonia .................. 8 He

Congestion of lungs .................. 23 157 5

CCIE), OP MEATS sos 065 con boo coo nee cod Gor it 134 9

Ely dno thoralies cesses cree eee 1 oe

Dilatedeiearby ats. eee cree eee 2 Tl

Atheroma SNe eRe tA a 5 4,

PAMVEUTI SIN vss ses ohasiaes Aacseseceeeeseees| 2 tee 22,

Pericarditismcsesnsrascec se seaceeeeoes as 11

Degeneration of heart-muscle ...... 4 8 be

Ey dropericandiuimal see. eee eee ease: ies 2 Be dela

1h (Gioia tnt igepeeneneaogedaeneeeneae nba ocones ie 6 18)

Fatty degeneration of liver ......... iN 45 12 23

(CITA STEN aaesasceneonedben cageascaycnoeee 5 1 ae

GasiritisWeea seacoast eetc 2 1 |

Gastriemlcenationmer eters eta: 14 Id cee 24

Gastrorentenitismeeerte et ee serene 5 1

IDWS) ayaaecete cacdenoy soudenconeenees 41 109 6

ImbussuscepulOnierers ss seeeesera eee: 2 ty

Atony of intestine ..................... 1 A 95

Nephritis : 43 81 4

Shore ha hoes eee eee ees 1 | 26

Brean ancya ene ce reece Se esoe | it [hs rene aaa |

SEN OPOESTNE) coocencosnos conpsnononnansnboel ee ie |

SANCOMLAS AN caek ooh eecee emer aan 1 se | | 27

PAGO s Son EPA NE icahoane torte SenCoen ancy 3 4 Days

Hemorrhage 1 |

SOUT OUBPAWERTIONE) ala coe sco vee sao obaohe 1 | |

RICK EtG i ee. at cestoe remanent Sec 17 Bestian | |

Osteomalaciie eee ee eeee|| ae J

Injuries 4 9 |

80 PROF. H. G. PLIMMER ON

Table III. shows, in still further detail, the distribution of

the immediate causes of death amongst the various orders of

mammals.

TasLE III.—The Distribution of Diseases causing Death

amongst the principal Orders of Mammals.

| a | rs

| = Si eel 2 Hest

nS S od a a || co

P Boe | ee oe 2 Pee) ioe

Diseases =e @ | %& = =n es

. ao | > | = — a3 | 5

| 6 ti eS) 5 = D

Wise ieee || ses Je @ SI

| BS | a |S = eS Ss

| Ay | O | Fx ~ St

ulberculosishe. etre cesar Peer aes lb aa

| JETEMUTMONNE cocgnodsosconsedoseossnopeposoonal 1G

IB;TADVOIEY. | Saoveaagecaasah ssoosmmoccoantancl| elle du. Wo}

Peritonitis Be anes Enea vedorel| ue :

Sep ties mite meee etree aaspsncosesoncee nace 2 me

VEAVCSVUTAISS /Pisedyet AA a teare Aare dy arg iat eceael A erase a) | ee

IBYROTRCIVIECUAISIS: Gosecagsseascoccodensooseel! son ae a 1

Wocerdiosise pees ssen sso men sates ds. 5 oe. ilar 2)

GS UIU Siege eu meter abode te here MecteeslMmiee. ibe ole

Gs Gs ty

eo:

p13

—

OU tt

IBronchiti Swen ees ccbe rece e aes eters

Broncho-pneumonia <0...) |.

| Congestion of lungs

| Atelectasis ORAS O 8 oe eke

(CHER NOEIS OE IWOP sooccsscesanncnacebocees|| cco ||

GRaIS HUGS piercer anc meron cette mecchseere eens |

Gastric ulceration 22)..-..........-.-5. 0.5]

(GAGHROSEMMUENGIS cos noes ceoonocoocnoeaeooe

WARMED GT Sies carton mrece Gactiascesse aceel|

Or g1@

(ou

2) Cos:

[a0 Cll a)

$b Os

pave

IOMALSTWRGADINOM asosscccscnoosocsecenecgees|| 2 ne

_ Intestinal obstruction .................. 1 rae

| LINDE yeoedss eecentanceacomeenceatcescolh 24 2 8 6 3

here bobo Oe:

lon

CHSGU Suis aoereme dues deabetcentepeodeaes caer lal ros aaa 05

INTRO ONE OE WHATS 5 coosoocgs cos ccoss ace! sue i iiss 1

vetanmed@placental sssss-eeeeeeseeeeeeee 1 ms ae

ALCO MMA dasecracncaecensne te mnaeeeeetecemaeah meer ace 1 2

(CEURGTIAVONSTEY, enue she ce no peRaenea caceecn cutee! | ake 1 ae 1

UNCLE), Conerbous neue cantenmeen cccnetesaacaly et sje

PACT Od OrMaeetrrenigtiaee Becca eck ani cceeceae teen rntl Mame i

The following, Table IV., shows the number of Deaths from

the numerically important Diseases for the last four years: the

total number of animals of each class is placed above, so that a

proper comparison can be made.

DEATHS IN THE SOCIETY S GARDENS. 81

TaBLe IV.

Mammals.

Mears it eetenace 1912. - 1913. 1914. 1915.

Total number of mammals.... 1391 1272 1261 1013

Muberculosise ..cesaensceeeees ae 14 31 12 6

IMiyCOSis) 2. qcectostuscne See 12 8 6 | 10

JEVEBISTONTUEY, co sognaseasnde oes acs noose50e0 45 34 53 48

TEROTAAEUATS). “Sundcéado sboseooieace ceuscnose 12 6 li 10

Broncho-pneumonia ............------ 30 25 24 34

Congestion of lungs ...............++- 14 14 14 13

Gastro-enteniiisme een eee eee: 11 7 16 11

Batenrtistie sce cence ener cee 38 33 33 25

Nephinitisp aise taeees tes teas: 89 90 66 40

Birds

Total number of birds ......... 3526 3518 3610 3240

(Rulberculosismmenes enue eee eee 79 104 113 60

IVI. COSISWMees ena desNte Run NEL eA S 72 5 88 32

JEMGUUACNE) Soeococosgsoessandapierococuaa|! AS 89 118 70

Coneestionyots Innes) esses peeeeeees| OS 98 133 130

IVINGERIEI Seen Naas cei an oe tenderer ae 154 148 169 150

INepliritisi sys, Ge wee fer ates ge Ba ky 104 135 129 81

Reptiles

Total number of reptiles ...... 1166 1169 1045 608

Muberculosts=ecsseseee eee see 11 6 4 2

My COSTS denne “eres prse cone eaisscie ars reece 2 i 10 6

JEFOITDORNEY, “age dadeseeahooods Sod cad ane 560 124 138 69 34

Congestion of lungs .................. 22 13 19 11

ISVOVE STATIS. A SseaemSeRERAEECer eeu auakicn 25 15 17 8

Notes on the foregoing Tables.

1. The total incidence of microbic and parasitic diseases in

the Gardens for 1915 is 7°8 per cent. for mammals, 5-3 per cent.

for birds, and 7°8 per cent. for reptiles. Practically this per-

centage is caused by the deaths of animals which had not been

six months in the Gardens; if these be excluded, the percentage

is under 1 per cent. for mammals and birds, and just over 1 per

cent. for reptiles.

2. The deaths from tuberculosis have never been so few since

accurate records have been kept as during this year. The

percentage of animals dying from tubercle is °5 for mammals,

1:8 for birds, and °-3 fer reptiles. Three ungulates died from

tubercle of human type, probably caused by spitting, which is

one of the vices of visitors to the Gardens. A Cercopitheque

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1916, No. VI. 6

82 PROF. H. G. PLIMMER ON

and a Baboon were both pet animals, but neither of them was

allowed out of quarantine, which is the best way of keeping fresh

infections out of the Gardens. The birds show a remarkable

reduction of deaths from tubercle of nearly 50 per cent. ; and, if

the overcrowding of many of the bird-houses could be done away

with, there does not seem any reason why there should not be a

still further improvement. The greater number of the cases

have been amongst the Gallinaceous birds, but this year a

Flamingo succumbed to tubercle, for the first time since records

have been kept. In only 19 of the birds were the lesions gene-

ralized, which is a much smaller percentage than usual, and

indicates a less severe type of the disease. The 2 cases in the

Reptile-houses make the smallest number since records were

kept: there seems no reason why it should not be completely

driven out. One of these cases was in a Crocodile, in which it

was general; this is the first recorded case in this particular

animal.

3. All the mould diseases are grouped under Mycosis. 6 of

the mammals were Kangaroos and the disease was of the ordinary

type; it occurred in a Deer and a Squirrel, for the first time,

forming tumours in both—the moulds in each of these two cases

were of a species new to the Gardens. There is a very great

reduction in the number of cases occurring in birds, of considerably

over 50 per cent. A Duck 14 days old was filled with growth

of the organism, and, in a Pheasant, mycetomata (mycotic

tumours) occurred in the lungs, which is very unusual in birds.

Amongst the reptiles a Ceratophrys and an Anaconda died from

mycetomata, and a Ceratodus, which had been many years in the

Gardens, died from a mould disease of the skin, similar to that

from which several of the larger toads and frogs have died.

4. There is a more than relative decrease in the number of

cases of pneumonia, especially among the birds and reptiles. In

the mammals it seems to be particularly associated with pyorrheea

and rickets. In two of the reptiles it was due to worm eggs

embryos, in the rest it was pneumococcal.

5. The septicemias were due to dirty wounds in 8 cases, to

pneumococci in 2 cases, and to an abscess in the antrum in

1 case.

6. Due to worm-cysts in a Squirrel, and in both of the birds

due to injury, from, in the one case a nail, and in the other a

thorn.

7. This occurred in a Deer, associated with putrid bronchitis,

and was of the sacculated variety. It is the only case I have

seen In an animal,

8. This was an acute hemorrhagic cystitis ina Wolf, due to

infection with Bacillus coli.

9. In a Cobra in which over 60 per cent. of the erythrocytes

were infected.

10. Due to a rare parasite whose position is still uncertain,

and found here in a reptile for the first time.

and

DEATHS IN THE SOCIETY'S GARDENS. 83

11. There has been relatively a slight general increase in these

diseases of the respiratory organs. ‘They are, of course, largely

dependent upon weather.

12. There has been a slight decrease in the inflammatory affec-

tions of the alimentary tract. In 3 of the mammals and 50 of

the birds it was hemorrhagic, and in | of the reptiles it was

caused by worms. The remainder of the cases were apparently

due to the quantity or quality of the food not being suitable to

the animal.

13. There has been relatively a considerable decrease in the

number of cases of nephritis in the mammals and birds. 24 of

the cases in mammals and 7 of those in birds were acute. ‘The

remainder were chronic cases, of varying degrees, a number of

which were associated with other old-age changes. About 100

of the deaths have been due to old age, or to the ‘artificial old age

induced by captivity.

14. In a Kiang which died after delivery; the wall of the

uterus measured only one-sixteenth of an inch in thickness.

15. One of these cases was in a Wolf whose son died of the

same disease, in the same position, in July 1914.

16. Two of these cases were in Deer, one in the nose and the

other in the liver and intestine ; the third was a lymphosarcoma

of the mediastinal glands in a Hamster.

17. Under the term malaria are grouped 1 case due to Plas-

modium kochi, 7 cases due to Hamoproteus danilewskyi, and 1 due

to Plasmodium preecox: see also section on blood-parasites below.

18, 19, 21. See sections on blood-parasites below.

20. The blood of 3 Viperine Snakes contained a number of

large amcebee, probably from the intestine; they were also found

in numbers in the liver of a Mocassin Snake (comparable with

the flagellated organisms found in the blood of reptiles and

described in my Reports of 1912 and 1913, and in a paper on

Blood-parasites found in the Gardens during the years 1908—

1911: vide P. Z.S8. 1912, pp. 235, 406; 1913, p. 141; and 1914,

aS):

22. Of the aorta in a Seal and a oath

23. The large number of cases of fatty degeneration and

infiltration of the liver is probably due to too rich food and

insufficient exercise. The greater number of the birds are the

small, highly coloured birds from the Small Bird-house, whose

food-capacity is enormous.

24. By far the greater number of cases of gastric ulceration

occur in the Primates, generally in connection with diseases of

the kidneys or lungs.

25. In an Ibex with very considerable feecal accumulation and

symptoms of autointoxication.

26. Both kidneys of a Wallaby were filled with small stones :

none in the bladder.

27. This was a small sarcomatous growth in the kidnev of a

Coypu Rat, probably arising from an adrenal inclusion.

6? pS

84 PROF. H. G. PLIMMER ON

BuLoop-PARASITES.

_ During the year the blood of every animal that died has been

examined, with the result that parasites have been found in 46

cases, in 24 species for the first time.

They have been distributed as follows :—

Filarie. In 2 mammals; in | species for the first time.

In 6 birds; in 4 species for the first time.

In 1 reptile for the first time.

Trypanosomes. In 2 reptiles.

( Plasmodium kocht. In 1 mammal for the first

| time.

: Hemoproteus danilewskyi. In 7 birds; in 3 species

MN a Kp ‘ for the first ie

| Plasmodium precox. In 1 bird for the first

time.

Leucocytozoa. In 3 birds; in all for the first time.

Toxoplasma. In 1 reptile for the first time.

Hemogregarines. In 17 reptiles; in 7 species for the first

time.

Intestinal organisms. In 5 reptiles; in 2 species for the first

time,

The following list gives particulars of the blood-parasites in

detail :—

Embryo Filarie found in the blood of Mammals.

Hapitat, TYPE.

Lion Marmoset (Leontocebus rosalia) ... Brazil. Very long.

Found in the following for the first time:

Woolly Monkey (Lagothria infumata)... S. America. Long.

Embryo Filarice found in the blood of Birds.

Chilian Starling (Cureus aterrimus) ... Chili.

Found in the following for the first time :

White-eyebrowed Wood-Swallow (Arta- N.S. Wales. Long, thick.

mus superciliosus).

3 Red Birds of Paradise (Paradisea Waigiou Island. Short, stout; 2 of the

rubra). birds contained also

filarie of long thin

type.

Military Starling (Trupialis militaris) . Chili. Long, thin.

Embryo Filarie found in the blood of a Reptile : for

the first time.

Wolf-Snake (Coluber letus) ............... N. America, Long, thin.

Trypanosomes found in the blood of Reptiles.

2 Edible Frogs (Rana esculenta) ......... Europe. T. rotatorium type.

DEATHS IN THE SOCIETY’S GARDENS. 85

Plasmodium kochi found in the blood of the following Mammal

for the first time.

Mangabey (Cercocebus €thiopicus) ......ccrccrcncec cee eee tee ees vee

HAsrrat.

S. Nigeria.

Hemoproteus danilewskyi found in the blood of Birds.

Indian Dial Bird (Copsychus saularis) 20

Black-throated Lorikeet (Trichoglossus nigragenis)

2 Brown-necked Parrots (Peocephalus fuscicollis) .

Found in the following for the first time :

Yellow-fronted Barbet (Cyanops flavifrons) .....6..0...00. 00000

Larger Hill-Mynah (Gracula intermedia) ......0..000c00 cee cee eee

Red Bird of Paradise (Paradisea rubra)

India.

Tasmania.

Gambia.

Ceylon.

N. India.

Waigiou Island.

Plasmodium precox found in the blood of the following Bird

for the first time.

American Robin (Lurdus migratorius) .........s0c00e ese eee vee nes

N. America.

Leucocytozoa found in the blood of the following Birds

jor the first time.

White-eyebrowed Wood-Swallow (Artamus superciliosus) ...

Nonpareil Finch (Cyanospiza oid

NES INNO (CAGED CHEAPAD)) 630000000 sna05s son oshonbbeortnnaconaenpoic

N.S. Wales.

N. America.

S. Africa.

Toxoplasma found in the blood of the following Reptile

Sor the first time.

Say’s Snake (Coluber melanolewcus) ...... 20. .0ecencee eee cee cescevees

Mexico.

Hemogreyarines found in the blood of Reptiles.

Indian Python (Python molurus) ..

2 Indian Cobras (Naia MITES)

Hog-nosed Snake (Heterodon ‘aloban ee)

Blood-stained Terrapin (Cinosternum come)

fMsculapian Snake (Coluber re ae

Common Boa (Boa constrictor)........

Banded-tailed Tree-Snake (Leptophis 1 i iocer crews)

Anaconda (Hunectes marinus) . ane

Cooke’s Tree-Boa (Corallus aiseD)

Found in the following for the first time :

HaBirat.

Wolf Snake (Coluber letus) ...

Pennsylvanian Mud-Terrapin (Cinoster- N. America.

num pennsylvanicum).

Black-collared Cobra (Naia nigricollis). W. Africa.

2 West African Sand-Snakes (Psammo- W. Africa.

phis elegans).

West African Trionyx (Trionyatriunguis) W. Africa.

Rufescent Snake (Leptodira hotambeia). W. Africa.

Shielded Eryx (Hrya thebaicus) ......... Gold Coast.

N. America.

India.

N. America.

Europe.

S. America.

Trinidad.

TYPE.

Cells enlarged and de-

heemoglobinised.

Stout.

Long.

Cells enlarged and de-

hemoglobinised.

Stout.

Very small, like Lan-

kestrella.

Long, irregular: cells

dehzmoglobinised.

86 ON DEATHS IN THE. SOCIETY’S GARDENS.

Intestinal Organisms found in the blood of Reptiles.

HAsirat. TYPE.

Carolina Box-Tortoise (Cistudo carolina). N. America. Hexamitus.

Found in the following for the first time:

3 Viperine Snakes (TLvropidonotus Europe. Ameebz.

viperinus). :

Mocassin Snake (Tropidonotus fasciatus) N. America. Ameebee.

Addendum to Report on the Deaths for 1914, published

in Proc. Zool. Soc., March 1915.

Owing to the wrong figures having been sent to me from the

Office, the figures in paragraphs 1 and 2 of the 1914 Report,

p- 123, and in paragraphs 1 and 2 of the Notes, p. 126, are

incorrect: these paragraphs should read as follows :—

Paragraphs 1| and 2, p. 123.

On January Ist, 1914, there were 788 mammals, 2436 birds,

and 575 reptiles in the Zoological Gardens ; and during the year

373 mammals, 1174 birds, and 470 reptiles were admitted, making

a total for the year of 1261 mammals, 3610 birds, and 1045

reptiles.

During 1914, 309 mammals, 867 birds, and 301 reptiles have

died: that is, a percentage of 24-6 for mammals, 24 for birds,

and 28°8 for reptiles... ..).- . Of these 719 animals, 141 were

mammals, 375 were birds, and 203 were reptiles; and if these

be deducted from their respective totals, the death-rate percentage

will come out as 13°3 for mammals, 13°6 for birds, and 9°3 for

reptiles.

Paragraphs 1 and 2 of Notes on the foregoing Tables, p. 126,

will read as follows :—

1. The total incidence of infectious diseases in the Gardens is

about 7:5 per cent. for mammals, 9 per cent. for birds, and 8-1

per cent. for reptiles.

2. The following are the percentages of deaths from tubercle

during the year: mammals ‘9 per cent., birds 3-1 per cent., and

reptiles ‘38 per cent. on the total numbers for the year, etc., etc.

ON AN ABNORMAL FROG.

4. A Frog with symmetrically Abnormal Hind Feet. By

R. W. Haromp Row, B.Sc., F.L.S., F.Z.S., Assistant

Lecturer and Demonstrator in Zoology, University of

London, King’s College.

[Received and Read November 23, 1915. ]

(Text-figure 1.)

Among the specimens used for the teaching of elementary

zoology at this College, there was recently found an example of

the Common Frog (Rana temporaria) in which both the hind

feet showed a curious and interesting variation. A photograph

of the external appearance of the two hind feet is given

(text-fig. 1, A), which clearly shows that on neither foot do five

functional digits exist; though in both cases a small calear, or

pre-hallux, as it is often called, is present in its normal position

in addition to four well-developed and normal toes.

The fact that certain of the toes always present definite

characteristics which enable them to be indubitably identified,

quite apart from their actual numerical position in the series,

renders it quite easy to determine the identity of the digits still

present in the four-toed specimen. Of these characteristics the

most obvious distinguishes the fourth toe, which is not only

longer than any of, the others, but also always possesses four

phalanges, which is one more than the number present in any

other digit. In the specimen under discussion four phalanges

can be distinguished on one toe on each hind foot, so that this toe *

is thus marked out as the fourth of the original series, and from

this it can be immediately determined that the missing digit is in

each case the first. This identification of the digits is shown on

the photograph. .

In view of the possibility, however unlikely, that symmetrical

mutilation of both hind feet might have occurred, one foot, the

left, has been completely dissected, and the dissection has shown

that the abnormality cannot be due to injury, for the first digit is

unrepresented by any tissue whatever.

During the dissection great care was exercised to determine

whether the muscles of the hallux were represented, and no trace

whatever of them was found, either in the form of small muscle-

masses or of fragments of muscular tissue or tendons, such as

would inevitably be left had the toe been bitten off or otherwise

amputated. The musculature of digit II (and of all the other

digits) was perfectly normal, and showed no signs of the inclusion

of muscles really belonging to digit I. Specially important is

the fact that from the aponewrosis plantaris only four tendines

superficiales arise, the one normally associated with the first digit

being totally absent. There is also no trace of any of the bones

88 MR. I. W. HAROLD ROW ON

of the hallux in the skeleton of the foot, nor any gap between

the calear and digit IL from which the hallux might have been

removed, and these facts taken together do away completely

with any possibility that the abnormality is due to injury. A

photograph (text-fig. 1, B) is given of the skeleton.

All the normal distal tarsal bones are present in the foot in

their normal position, though, unfortunately, they are not distin-

guishable in the figure ; the four digits present are also perfectly

normal in their anatomy.

Text-figure 1.

A. Photograph of the external appearance of the two hind feet, natural size.

B. Photograph of the skeleton of the left hind foot, natural size.

It was decided not to dissect the right foot, but as careful an

examination as possible was made from the outside, and revealed

no indication of the hallux in that foot either.

One question I cannot definitely settle. It is just possible

that the structure identified by me as the calcar is really the

remnant of the hallux, in which case the calcar is entirely absent

in both feet. I do not think that this can be the case, however,

for the following reasons. The position of this structure in the

abnormal specimen precisely corresponds to that of the calcar in

the normal frog, both as regards the foot generally and in its

AN ABNORMAL FROG. 89

relation to the distal tarsal bones: its size is just that of the

normal calear; and, in addition, in dissecting the foot I found

that its muscles corresponded exactly with the account given in

Gaupp’s Ecker-Wiedersheim’s ‘Anatomie des Frosches’ for the

musculature of the calcar.

One of the most interesting points in connexion with this

abnormality is the fact that in the manus of the frog there are

always only four digits, and the one usually accounted absent is

again the first of the series, though Emery (Anat. Anz. Bd. v.

1890, pp. 283-288; and elsewhere) has claimed that the missing

finger is really the fifth. But whether the absence of the first

digit from the hind feet of the abnormal specimen can be regarded

as additional evidence tending to disprove Emery’s theory, or not,

I cannot say. Another point of theoretical interest lies in the

presence of the calcar despite the absence of the hallux, which

seems to me to afford considerable support to the view that

the former does not belong in any way to the digital series.

Theoretical considerations based upon a single specimen are far

too doubtful, however, to render it worth while attempting to

discuss these questions.

Among the great number of structural abnormalities which

have been described for frogs of various species, a number of cases

of polymely and polydactyly occur ; but apparently this specimen

is the first in which a variation of this kind has been recorded.

i <

Fieve Wepre f

mre

P Ze LOGE OME On eier

7 ih

ts)

Ns Tf, Ay!

“cnrstt

Horace Knight del.et lith. West, Newman chr

iS) OUMEAIL INE SIND) IE J PD) O12 TEs RUA.

PZ slole 2 OU Ewe Nees

Horace Knight del.et lith. West, Newman chr.

SOMALI IEVAINID) (BE) @ beh age

ON MOTHS FROM SOMALILAND. 91

5. On a Collection of Moths made in Somaliland by

Mr. W. Feather. By Professor E. B. Potton, M.A.,

F.R.S., F.Z.8. With Descriptions of New Species,

by Sir) Ga Hagkiawrsons | Barta, Da Baperoum Jive

Durrant, and Dr. Kart Jorpay.

| Received November 23, 1915: Read February 8, 1916.]

(Plates L& TILE)

INDEX.

GEOGRAPHICAL: Page

Localities at which collections were made ......... 92

SYSTEMATIC :

Odonionetiane ciate ese tee eae see eae ee enn Oss

(CPSSHMPAQTAS, FSD NS ces csoncsecocco sdoossooabeseeacannes » LOZ

“A CRO RESIS CMaaliol Ere neee eet een eat ea eee ere eee LO)

LEAT OUOTIOUES, AND, We socoogespaopdbscupescusossotascen 124!

IN FICODAROSGAIS., ROMS 186) pads ood soacdoeconspeeneonoondce LUN

ISASITOGHIGERE, (HENS TS, Gaqadocheochbdsssoconorsceanepnbocss LB?

J AGIAOCL ils (REDS ston nab os008 cob cenecobee coneegeenben anaes: Lly/

(COM GATOSOOCTHUG, ENS Wy cosedscusncenaceconsebcecooones — URE)

INOULONUG aa Clan Mowe dcctnecereemanie ea nteroesee Aee ae eee LAS

UNO OULU FASS 118 BO PR emia one octet saree any, 11743)

109 species and 2 subspecies are also described as new.

The moths described in the following pages were very carefully

collected by Mr. Walter Feather, who preserved excellent data.

Sir George Hampson has described the new species of all

the groups except the Sphingide, by Dr. Karl Jordan, the

Geometride, by Mr. L. B. Prout, and the Tineina, by Mr. J. H.

Durrant. The order of the species is from the more specialised to

the more generalised except in the Geometride, which Mr. Prout

has arranged in the opposite sequence.

Types of the species described by Sir George Hampson and

Mr. Durrant are in the collection of the British Museum, co-

types, when the series permits, in the Hope Department, Oxford

University Museum, and Mr. Feather’s collection. Dr. Jordan’s

and Mr. Prout’s types are in the Hope Collection, co-types,

when the series permits, in the British Museum, Mr. Feather’s

collection, and that of the describer. This statement renders

unnecessary any further reference to the disposition of types and

co-types in the descriptive part of this memoir.

* For explanation of the Plates, see pp. 181-2.

92 PROF. E. B. POULTON ON

The numbers prefixed to the names of species in the first part

of the memoir are those of Hampson’s ‘ Catalogue of Lepidoptera

Phalene in the British Museum,’ the position of new species

being indicated by letters added to the numbers of the most

closely allied species in the Catalogue. Thus species 2094a would

immediately follow 2094 in the Arctianz of the Catalogue.

The specimens were collected at the following localities, of

which the descriptions have been kindly furnished by Mr.

Feather :-—

MANDERA.

Forty-seven miles south-west of Berbera, alt. 3000 ft.

Rocks, grey and red granite.

Open and bush country, bush being mainly made up of thorny

trees, nearly all flat-topped Acacias or Mimosa. Big areas

covered with fibre-plants (Sanseveria ehrenbergi).

Gan Lippan.

(The ‘“ Lion’s Paw.”)

In the Golis Mts., seven miles east of Mandera, alt. 5800 ft.

Rock, limestone (Jurassic).

Good patches of big trees, mainly Juniper; also EKuphorbias.

Good grass land with scarcely any thorn-bush.

BuaGan.

Ten miles south of Mandera, alt. 3500 ft.

Rock, granite.

Thorn country, fairly open: few big wild Fig-trees.

HARGAISA.

One hundred and twenty miles south-west of Berbera, alt.

4000 ft.

Bush and trees same as Mandera, but a little denser. Bigger

areas of Sanseveria ehrenbergt.

BERBERA.

All the moths I captured at Berbera were taken in the

Bungalow at light. This was close to the sea; the maritime

plain is very thinly covered with a low-growing thorn-

bush.

Rock, coralline limestone.

DURBAR.

Nine miles south of Berbera, alt. 400 ft.

Rock, limestone.

Open land, few Palms with some rough grass.

Durbar is really the waterworks for Berbera, and at one time

there was a poor sort of Government garden there.

MOTHS FROM SOMALILAND. 93

With few exceptions the specimens were captured at Mandera,

and this place is to be understood when no locality is mentioned

in the text. Mandera is, however, always quoted for those com-

paratively few species which were also taken elsewhere. ‘The

specimens from Hargaisa dated Oct. 1908 were taken during

a period of about two or three weeks by Captain Jorkinson.

Mr, Feather writes concerning the method of capture :—

““T may say that all the moths were collected at light. I only

remember taking one species—I think a Geometer—otherwise,

and that I got in a porcupine-burrow along with a Skipper. I

sugared many times, but the only insects that came-were ants,

and they completely covered the sugar.”

Mr. L. B. Prout, in the introduction to the Geometridee

(p- 142), draws attention to the remarkable preponderance of

females; and the same unusual condition is to be found again

and again throughout the rest of the collection. Observations

made Sept. 12-15, 1915, in Bombay Harbour, on the return

from the visit of the British Association to Australia, have

led me to believe that nocturnal flights of female Lepidoptera

tend to occur during wet weather. The Bombay species in-

cluded the females of certain butterflies which flew at night

and came to light with the moths. The fact seems to be very

interesting and well worthy of a separate communication dealing

with these Somaliland moths and my own experience in Bombay.

In order to test the relationship of female preponderance to

wet weather, I have asked Mr. Feather to supply a record

of the rainfall and temperature at Mandera. He kindly replied

as follows :—

““T am enclosing the record of rainfall for Mandera, and

have used much the same words as I wrote in my diary. My

impressions of the rainfall were guided by what I had been used

to in England, as this was my first visit to Africa.

“IT cannot give you the amount of rain, as we had no rain-

gauge. I should say the annual rainfall at Mandera. is about

10-12 inches. Wet nights are a great rarity, the rain oftenest

coming in short heavy showers in the morning or afternoon.

‘The river I mention is, of course, a dry river-bed, except just

after rain. The longest time that I remember water running

down the channel was for about 8 hours. The river-bed is

about 120 yards wide, and in one part was a very small stream

of permanent water, which appeared between some rocks and

ran on the surface for 20-30 yards before disappearing in the

sand.”

PROF. E. B. POULTON ON

Recorp of Rain at Mandera, Somaliland, from Nov. 14th, 1907,

to June 23rd, 1909, and of Temperatures, taken in the shade,

from March 14th, 1908, to June 30th, 1909.

Morning and afternoon temperature :

Date. (Fahrenheit). Rainfall.

Noy. 14, 1907. en Rain in morning.

—= Ih, — eee Rain in afternoon.

Jan. 22, 1908 sunuilcedWiagleoaeaeise gee Fine drizzle all day.

Mar. 14, — 6.30 a.m. 65 deg. 1.30 p.m. 102 deg.

= ie =={_ B= 8 = ie =

= ig = | © = B= = = lie =

Si] |) = B= 10 ] =

== 13, = = = B= 1a —= Oe =

= i = | 6 = B= = = its

— 20, — 6.30 — 68 WSO = 100) ==

= Sie = = (= a — 109 = :

ooo) =SB= 2305 05 =

Sosa 0

= oh S|) 60 =] Gs osy = oe

April 5 = = =

=eoh SS es 1Ps0 SS oh S

Pees Ge ee a ae

ae Ae 2 a Go tes

a = OO 10 — 90 —

—- 88 — == 2 =

— 9 — — — 68 —

—= 10, = — — 68 — 10 — 78 — | Dull day: a few drops of rain.

= iil, = — — 68 — ==> & —

—= 1 = — — 64 — — — 84 —

5 ae =—- = © =

See — = Mas OOS AS

— 16, — — — 59 — 130 — 85 —

aR, = SES ile a hy ae 3

a= iy, = 20 — 96 —

= i — — — 66 — — — 99% —

= i = = = ii = == =

= 20, — — — 80 — — — 86 — | Slight shower in morning.

— 2, — 5.30 — 75 — 10 — 93 — | Heavy shower.

22, 71 La) 8B =

= B = — — 69 — 2.0 — 79 — | Heavy rain for 1% hrs.

— 24, — GO = 7 = 1.30 — 81 — | Rain for 2 hrs.

BEER OG Nk ee oe a Oo

= AW = — — 1723 — = = B=

eS he. HS = 8). Oreos eee

= 8, = a ee

— 99, — | 6380 — 77 —- — — 9% —

— 30, — GO = Wf = ==> & =

May 1, — — — 75 84

= = — =— 71 — — — 90 —

ese == &8=

= A 30 —= 73 = 12.30 — 93 — | Slight shower.

= & = GQ —= Ws = 2.0 — 95 — | Slight shower.

— 6 — — — 7 — — — 93 — |A short shower a little before

sunset. During the shower

hailstones { in. to #in. in

—- %- = = f= = = 8 — diameter fell.

a eaaee See es == =

=O) — — 10 —

= il = | = 75 = =

MOTHS FROM SOMALILAND

Morning and afternoon temperature

Rainfall.

Dee, (Fahrenheit).

May 12,1908.) 5.30 a.m. 73 deg. 1.30 P.M. 94 deg.

— 2B, — — — fA — —- — 94 —

— 4 — 6.0 — 7 — 20 — 94 —

— 16, — — — 7% — — — 3 —

— 16, — — — 7% — — — 8&4 —

— 17, — — = 0 — 130— 69 —

— 18, — — — 66 — — — 84 —

— 19, 65 — — 84 —

— 20, — — — 7% — — — gf —

— 21, — — — 7 — —- — gg —

— 2, — — — 68 — —- — 9 —

— 2, — — — 68 — — — 94 —

— a4 — — — 7% — —- — 94 —

25, 74 10 — 94 —

— 26, 73 —- — 94 —

— 27, — — — Ff — 1.30 — 93 —

28, 65 — 971 —

29, 77 —- — . 91 —

30, 79 — —- — 93 —

— 81 — — — % — 20 — 9 —

June 1, — — 76 — 9% —

2, 76 130— 94 —

3 78 94 —

— A ai — — 92 —

= & = — — 7 — — — 992—

—- 6 — — — 7 — 20 — 88 —

—- => = 74 91 —

— 8, 76 93 —

—- 9%, — 75 96 —

— 10, — SS = ff = —- — $$ —

11, 75 93 —

— 19, 74. —- — 92—

— 123, — = 73 93 —

— 165, — ee = = 9 —

= 1, 75 94, —

NY, i = = = '|S—s—*~—4, —

— 18, — = = = —- — 74 —

— 19*, — — — 7% — —- — 94.—

29, = — — 102 —

— 30, — = 73 101 —

July 1, — 79 — 102 —

2, 75 103 —

3) 78 98

4, 78 — 101 —

— 56 — — — 100 —

— 6, 5 100 —

7; 77 100 —

= 77 — — 103 —

Short shower.

Heavy shower in afternoon

for 15 hrs.; hailstones.

Shght shower.

Fanly heavy shower. Tempe-

rature fell considerably.

A good heavy shower, starting

at 3 P.M. and lasting till

5 P.M.; water coming down

the river in fair quantity.

Rain-storms all round, but

none at Mandera.

Water came down river last

night. Evidently heavy

rain in the hills, though

none at Mandera.

Heavy shower; water coming

down river.

* Here I have a note that I took the thermometer from the inside of the messhouse

and hung it on the veranda (well in the shade).

rose to 103 deg.

The temperature then immediately

PROF. E. B. POULTON ON

Morning and afternoon temperature

Date. (Fahrenheit). Rainfall.

July 9,1908.| 6.04.m.78deg. 1.30 p.m. 101 deg

10. = Sys 20 — tole

— es se 1G = = & io

ieee = im

— 13, — — — 1% — — — 102 —

es = Ss = 2 WA

= 16, = = = = = 103 =

— 16, — — — 123 — — — 102 —

= i = SS ie = = >=

— i138, — = = (= — — 102 —

— i, = — — 17 —

— 20, — — — WT— — — 99 —

= Fh, = = = = = 98 —

— 22 — == = == =

— 23, — = as (= BO = B=

— 245 = = 3 = 20 — 98 —

—= 2, — = = 3 = — — 98 —

— 26, — — — 100 —

= We = — — 73 — — — 9%

— 2, — — — 1% — — 998 —

— 29, — — 70 — == B=

— 30, — —= — 0) — — — 93 — | Had two rather dull days.

— 31, — — =< Sh — — — 97 — | A good shower this evening.

Awe, i, == = = = — — + 92 —

— B= = = 5 = = = yf =

—- 3 -— = S| B= — 9 —

= d= = = ff = = = =

— 5 —- — — 7% — = = it =

= Choc — = is = 2.30 — 101 —

fy ie = = = = => WO =

— fe = Oa 20 — 92 —

—=— th == Ss = B= 2.30 — 93 —

—. 10, — aes Gas OOD = Of —

— u,—}| —-- 71- = — 92 —

— 12, — = = 6 DEO — WT) —

= 1 = — — 7% — 2.0 — 998 —

ei — — 7% — 230— 99 —

SS == 76) — — == itl —

eG AO —= il =

ay ay — — 9 — 2.0 — 101 —

— 18, — = = a= = = 1 =

— 19, — ech: Wee, bo = = iol =

— O = | @) = © = 03 ==

ae eo 0h = = iil =

— TH = — — 79 — = = idl —

— PB sooudooee aqnsees A shower this evening.

— 24 — — — 7 — 2.30 — 98 —

= = ee = = 1D =

— 3 = — — 7 — = = 108 =

— 27, — = 78 — 2.0 — 100 —

Boss = | 630 = 77) 2801 100

= = ee 5 eo On oS

[ — 31, — | Berbera.—Temp. in Bungalow, 116 deg. |

Sept. 35 = 6.0 a.m. 76 deg O p.m. 98 deg.

= 4 = Ges Ws BeOS Be ==

= §& = | Oo Se =— = a)

=) 62S —- — 23 — — — 9% —

Bi == Sh ie ee

— 8 = 6.30 — 77 — — — 97

SG = | BO> ye 2) = 9 =

ai TIO) mes ee i AA) — 0 ==

MOTHS FROM SOMALILAND.

Morning and afternoon temperature “ip

Date. (useeennea) Raintall.

Sept. 11,1908. | 6.30 a.m. 75 deg. 2.30 p.m. 102 deg.

— 12, — 3.0 — 104 —

— iby 7.0 79 101

= ik = C0) —= 75) == a3) — > 8B) ==

Seis. 2 | 7.0% == ee 230K) A014

Be. == ||) 6:30 78 56) ==

i, — Bee Mer ly ae) ee

= ls — — — 7% — 2.30 — 96 —

iG) EEG) a0 i) a ey

— 20, — = = 72) — — — 9 — | Rain around, but only a few |

drops here: Mandera often

= Ml = = = — == © = seems to miss the rain.

2 2 a Gn) 2s80e——. 499)

SON yee Oh SE. QO ng

aoe i — — 74 — 2.00 — 96 — | A few drops of rain at noon.

— 2%, — = = 5 = — — 9 — |A good heavy shower, lasting

about 20 mins.

— 2, — 5.30 — 73 — 2.30 — 94 —

oy, BO. ae 1a => Of, 5

= SyRORe = ey ay LS Sa eee

SE O84 = Sh = Soe 5a

sei OS cat ie 1S — — 90 — |A very slight shower at night. |

A good shower lasting |

15 mins. this day. The last |

Oct. 1, — —= — (4°— — — 990 — few days have been cloudy

—- 2%.— = = (2 = 20) —= 8 = in early morning and _ late |

= 3 = = = i = 11,310) —= 2) == afternoon.

—- 4 — — — 7 — 20 — 92 —

— 5 — = = = 1.30— 90 —

— 6, — — — 72 — — — 90 — | Heavy shower for 10 mins.

— 7, — — 69 — — — 88 — | Shght shower in afternoon.

— = —| —~ 68 — 2:0) — 88 ——

= = = = B= = =— 0 =

ae 1 =< |) 630) —— eG en)

= i, = 7 CO = by = Seay)

= 1 = (lls —= (i — 1.30 — 94 —

— 123, — GO = 7 = 2.0 — 80 — | A few drops of rain.

= id = = = & = 1.30 — 86 — | Water down river in quantity,

but no rain at Mandera.

— 1, — — — 63 — — — 87 —

or TG Be Vez ote Foto 1 Wie ree

= if = BETES © (0 ee eee AUS) em eye

— 18, — — — 65 — — — 87 —

— i, = = = OS]. 8 = =

— 20, — — — 6 — — — 8 —

— O23 | ORD = Fe ee 5

=o 998 — Gl = ==) ES

ee | GO Go aie eae

sO, aes KS) es ie OS

= 8 = Ss= f= 8 = —

= 2 = = = @ = — — 78 — | A few drops of rain at night.

2 = = = — — 77 — | Slight shower in morning.

— 9, — | — — 68 — a

= WW = — — 58 — = = 87 —

— 30, — — — 61 — —- — 8 —

— 31 — — — 60 — —- — 8s —

Nove al, — eS Gi) ate) eee

—- 24— — — 68 — — — 80 — |A good shower.

—- 3—-— — — 66 — 1.30 — 76 —

Si = 68 oe Oy

[— 9, — | Gan Libbah.—Few drops of rain. |

Proc. Zoou, Soc.—1916, No. VII. i

PROF, E. B. POULTON ON

Morning and afternoon temperature

| Rainfall.

Dinike. (Fahrenheit).

(Noy. 10, 1908. Gan Libbah.—Rain for 2 hrs. |

— we — 6.0 a.m. 62 deg.

i SG 80 nim Was

ae =: DA a yey |

== 15, 59 20 — 80 — |

— 16, — 59 80

— 1% — — — 56 — 1.30 — 82 —

— 18, 60 80

— 19, — — — 59 — = = =

— 20, 59 == == fi) —

— 41, 57

ee — — 63 —

— 23, — — — 56 —

— 24, — = = & — 1.30 — 8 —

— 2, — — — 650 — 3.30 — 82 —

— 26, — — — i) —— 2.30 — 738 —

— 27, 48 2.30 — T4 —

= Heh 65

[— 29, — Berbera. | A few drops. |

Dec. 21, — — — §1 — 20 — F2 — |

— 25, 55 30 — 70 —

— 296, 53 5 |

— 27, — 6.30 — 48 — 20 — % — |

— 28, — 60 — 51 — 10 — 7 —

— 29, 5 LB — Ww =

oe 0: 53 (ie)

real 54 i)

Jan. 1, 1909 52 72, — |

— 2, 51 73 |

— 83, 49 72

— A, 53 70 |

= & = a |

== Hil, 60 72 — | Fairly heavy dews for the last |

== 12, 55 U8) oe [4 weeks.

— 413, 50 BO == Uy = -

550M 53 ei

Sa) eee une nee en s0e WSO

ace 60 |

— VW— = — 58 20 — 83 — |

Se 60 130 — 1 80;

== I — 60 80 —

== AY, 61 Sil ==

RO: = See eae eee |

oe 60 130 = 7 —

— 23, 63 130 — 73 — | A few drops.

— 24, 60 20 = We = |

== 28; 60 130)—— Sa

== 0, 60 Wa

— 27%, 58 76

== Be, 53 20 — WM —

—= By — — — 60 — LOM OF

— 30, 50 4.30 — 7 —

— 831, - 51 divorce

Wad, I, 52 — — 80 —

eo 55 a) =

ALS: 55 a |

Saris 60 ri |

a 60 = iy = |

= & = 61 76 — |

SAG 60 ri) a Ge =|

= 8&8 5 = => i} |

MOTHS FROM SOMALILAND. 99

| Morning and afternoon temperature | :

Date. (ubreaher): p Rainfall.

9, 1909. 6.0 A.M. 55 deg. 2.0P.mM. 73deg.

10, eS 56 (a) |

ante 58 1QO—= 85 = |

12, 57 = = 6 = |

13, — — — 58 — —- — Y9—

Ta ee Oe ee

ia Sf gs to] pS |

HGue Ss 10) == i ee |

17, — 54 85 —

18, — — — 59 — 1.30 — 81 — }

TG), ee = — FH = On |

20, 60 Sl |

he i SS Gil = DO = Gf = |

22, 61 — — 8 —

GB er eG) ee 120 = BR =

24, — — — 56 —

05. == ae NS = = =

9650 = 60 = m=

21 = == Bf — — — 83 —

Oe oe 57 81

i, = = = & = 1) — (O83 = |

— == i) = 1S) = Gi =

Sy 56 WO = iS =

4, — — 58 79 — i

B, 59 130— 81 —

ee 59 80

Us 61 WO = Fo —

8, | 61

9, 58 1.30 — 80 — |

10, — — — 60 78 |

11, 59 79 —

12, 58 = =

is = == 58 82 —

14, 57 81 |

15, 58 “hi |

1G, == ee aye 85

17, 53 20 — 87 —

18, 55 : 85

1, = SS Ne

20, — 58 I =

Oil, == 5G = ARO) =e sie

22, — — — 62 — = = % =

DE S53 8S FSS wy =

4, — — 63 — 130) — 88) ——

25, = se oO) = 90)

26, — — — B—- — — %—

a — Snes — — 75 — | Heavy rain.

23, — — — 68 — —= = 0) =

29, — => => (3 = — — 87 — | Good shower in afternoon.

30, — =] 0] 9] )—] fH —

31) — — 69 — = «=> '— '_ SB =

April 1, — — =< @) = 1.30 — 85 — | Fewdrops. Much rain in hills.

= of val — 37 — | Steady rain for 2 hours. |

3 — = =— = — — 82 — | No rain, but river came down

in strength. |

4 — — 7 — — — 72 — | Good shower.

5, — — — 71 — — — 82 — | Good shower.

6, — 70 Se) ==

ei _- 70 — 93 —

8, — —- — 1— — — 95 — | Rained in afternoon. Heavy

storms all round.

100 PROF, E, B. POULTON ON

Morning and afternoon temperature :

Desi (Fahrenheit). Rainfall.

April 9, 1909. 6.0 a.m. 70 deg. 1.30P.m. 67 deg

— 10, — — — 68 — — — 82 —

= lh = — — 6 — Shower in early morning.

— 12; 68 — — 8 —

— 18, 72 —. 9 —

7 ba == — — 23 — — — 97 — | Shower in afternoon.

— 6b, — = 73 — 87 —

== AG = — — 7 — — — 85 — | Few short showers in night. |:

Little water coming down

river at daylight.

= My == = = & = — — 82 — | Very heavy shower: one could

only see for few yards. River

== Bey == = = — 1@ == & = in strong flood.

— 19, — — — 68 85

— 20, — — — 68 — —- — 9% —

— 2, — — — 5 — — — «s ——s"——?23) ——

= By = — §-—_— «13 — —. 85 — | Heavy rain-storm a few miles

BESO ies a 2 — — 82 — away.

— 4, — — — 67 — —- —. 7 —

—> 255, —— — — 67 — = = 8 =

— = 67 87

— 24%, — — — 1 — — — gf —

Tr Oh a 68 = 92 — | Few drops.

— il), 70 —- — 8 —

May i, — — 64 88

acne 70 — — 80 — | Slight shower.

—- 38 — — — 66 — — — 88 —

= 4, — — — 68 — — — 92 — |

pa AD a aso) — — 78 — | Rather dull. Raining all round,|

SG 72 82 [but not here.)

=a Uo 71 92 Slight shower.

== 72 90 Little rain in afternoon.

a) Byes = = (= — — 91 — | Shower in afternoon.

= 10, = = = 7 90 Little rain.

ety 73 95

ioe EG OR BES Cys

GE ie eo ee ee

— 4 — = == il = =. —. 92 —

— + tb, — — — 72 — Se

40 — 104 —

= 1G = — — 72 — 10) 95)

— W7%,— — — 73 - 92

= Ie == = — = — — 94 —

== is, = —= — = = = 8 =

= By = — — 72 — = = i =

= Bll = — — 7 — —- —. 92 —

— 2, — = — fl = —- — 98 —

Beo3e BENE oye) Aa ee OS |

— 94, — — — 7 — — — g9 — | Heavy rain for about 40 mins. |,

= BD = — — 69 — — —, 82 — | Fewdrops about 5 p.m. Much |

rain in immediate neigh- |,

— 26, — — — 67 — 20 — 90 — bourhood.

= Bi, = —- — 1 — 1.0 —. 89 —

— 2, — — — 71 — =. —. 90 —

= DM = — — 69 — — —-— +«§8 — .

Le s0) AO = 6 =

— $l, — —- — i — 0) == fet) ==

June 1, — — — 71 — —- — 90 —

— 2 — — 7 — — — 90 —

= 35° = = = Yt) = = = Se =

Riss STAG 2 SE Ba Ee Ds

MOTHS FROM SOMALILAND, © 101

Morning and afternoon temperature | aes

Date. = (Fahrenheit). Rainfall.

June 5, 1909. 6.0 A.M. 68 deg. 10pm. 90 deg.

= Ges Ss MS LS] B=

es So 5 GQ SS

Bane egs 1s eS 8 ae ie

—- 9% — — — 68 — — — 92 —

PEON e— BS (63) ays Teeter ee

I, ee eg i at uk OB =

= 1 = eB 94.

— 123, — — — 3 — — — 98 —

Sid Bee ae eo 05

eae ee ee) 3)

— 16 — — — 71 —

= We SE EE Sa ee eee

1 eR) ee Ee

== 16 eS ERS ate heme Goa

220s Se e903

ay | Ole ers yh ye 90. =

a3 YD, ee eo

Cue) Pili |

— 2, — —- — 1 — 10 — 95 — | Heavy shower about 6 P.M.

a) a ap es

5 ee |

2G. lie ae OO) |

= We = ee oo

=, (DB. = Bee iW eo) Sey Coe eee

a OT ee ASG ee | 0

a) Ee ae Ff ee ee eS

* | have a note here that the temperature usually rose to about 100 deg. about 3 p.m.

“ For a further period of a little over seven months there was

no rainfall at Mandera. This statement is from memory, but I

am confident of its accuracy, and am very sorry I cannot find my

diary to provide confirmation.” -

WALTER FEATHER.

HETEROCERA.

Fam. AMATID 4.

273. APISA CANESCENS Wlk.

Mandera.—1908: June 18,—1 ¢; Sept. 15,—1 ¢. 1909

Jan. 8,—1 ¢; Jan. 12,—1 ¢d; Jan. 16,—1 GC.

Gan Libbah.—1908: June 24,—1 dG.

283. MeErarctTiA BURRA Schaus.

1909: Apr. 20,—1 ¢.

In this and all succeeding species where no locality is men-

tioned, Mandera is to be understood.

102 PROF, E. B, POULTON ON

Fam. ARCTIAD 2A.

Subfam. Noiina.

63c, NOLA CHIONEA Hmpsn.

1908: Mar. 22,—1 @.

Subfam. LirHosiAn2&.

843. SrccrA SORDIDA Butl.

1908: Oct. 25,—1 °@.

Subfam. ARCTIANA.

1677. MAENAS ARBORIFERA Butl.

1908: Apr. 30,—1¢; Oct. 18,—1 9. 1909: Mar. 28,—1 3;

Apr. 8,—1 6; Apr. 11,—1 &6; Oct. 14,—1 ¢. 1910: Mar. 6,

—2 6; Mar. 12,—1 ¢; Mar. 14,—3 ¢.

1730 a. DiAcrIsIA DIVERSATA Hmpsn.

1909: Sept.—1 9.

Dracrisia var. near 1812. tinzata, W1Ik.

1909: May 10,—1 ¢.

1858 6. HEsTIGMENE GRISEATA, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 1, 2.)

Q. Head and thorax brownish grey, the back of head and

tips of tegule orange-yellow, the patagia with small black spots

near base; palpi black at tips; abdomen fulvous orange with

lateral series of small black spots. Fore wing brownish grey; a

small black spot at base of cell; black points in the angles of

cell and two beyond lower angle. Hind wing white tinged with

reddish brown. Underside brownish white, the costal area of

both wings tinged with red-brown; hind wing with black

discoidal spot.

1909: May 21,—1 9 (type). Hap. 40 millim.

2068. TERACOTONA SUBMACULA WIlk.

1909: Oct. 22.—1 ¢.

2088. UTETHEISA PULCHELLA L.

1909: May 11,—1 9; May 21,—1 5. 1910: Jan.—1 ¢.

2094 a. SECUSIO SOMALIENSIS, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 2, 9.)

@. Head and thorax pale reddish brown tinged with grey ;

the vertex of head with minute black streak; the tegule,

shoulders, and patagia near base and tips with black spots ringed

with whitish; the metathorax with minute black spot; palpi

brown at sides; pectus and legs whitish tinged with brown, the

NG)

MOTHS FROM SOMALILAND. 103

former with black spot at side; abdomen brownish ochreous

with dorsal and sublateral series of black spots, the ventral

surface whitish tinged with brown. Fore wing pale reddish

brown; a subbasal black point on costa ringed with white ;

obliquely placed antemedial black spots on and below costa and

in cell and spots nearer the base below median nervure and

above vein 1, all ringed with white; two diffused waved white

medial lines, rather oblique to below the cell, then incurved ;

obliquely placed postmedial black spots ringed with white below

veins 8 and 7, then a series of diffused white spots with minute

black points on the spots below veins 5 and 4; a subterminal

series of diffused white spots in the interspaces. Hind wing

pale grey-brown. Underside of both wings uniform pale grey-

brown.

1908: Nov. 13,

1 Q (type). Hap. 36 millim.

2098. Sucusto srricgATA WIk.

Mandera.—1908: Sept. 25,—1 9.

Gan Libbah.—1908: June 25,—1 6; Nov. 6,—1 2. 1909:

Nov. 4,—2 Q.

Fam. AGARISTID 4,

84. Rorura aisHa Kirby,

1909: Apr. 8,—1 ¢.

122. AicocurA BREvivirraA Hmpsn.

1909: May 6,—1 9; May 10-9 @. 1 2 specimen without

data.

162. TuERTA TRIMENT Feld.

1909: Apr. 5,—1 ¢; Apr. 14,—1 3, 1 Q; Apr. 20 or 21,—

WG,

Fam. Nocrurpa,

Subfam. AGROTIN&.

47 a, CHLORIDEA ALBIVENATA, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 3, 2.)

Q. Head and thorax rufous mixed with ochreous ; antenne

brownish, white towards base; palpi, pectus, legs, and abdomen

ochreous irrorated with brown, the dorsum of abdomen thickly

irrorated. Fore wing ochreous tinged with rufous and slightly

irrorated with blackish, a stronger rufous shade along median

nervure expanding towards the postmedial line; a diffused blackish

streak below base of cell; a faint diffused oblique blackish ante-

medial Jine from costa to median nervure; reniform a diffused

blackish spot ; the veins beyond the cell slightly streaked with

white to the postmedial line, which is whitish slightly defined

on each side by blackish, bent outwards below costa, then

minutely dentate, excurved to vein 5, then oblique, a fuscous

104 PROF, E, B. POULTON ON

and rufous shade beyond it; a terminal series of black points;

cilia whitish tinged with brown. Hind wing ochreous suffused

with brown, the terminal area broadly suffused with blackish ;

a large blackish discoidal spot ; cilia white, tinged with brown at

base. Underside ochreous, the costal areas irrorated with brown;

fore wing with some fuscous along median nervure; both wings

with large black discoidal spots and black subterminal shade from

below costa to above inner margin.

1909: Oct. 20,—1 2 (type). Hap. 24 millim.

56. CHLORIDEA OBSOLETA Fabr.

1909: Mar. 2,—1 9.

304. EuxoA SPINIFERA Hibn.

1908: Nov. 20,—1 @.

Subfam. HADENINA.

1799. Dramas EUMELA Stoll.

1909: Feb. 28,—1 9; Apr. 8,—1 ¢; Apr. 14,—1 9.

1850. CirPHIS LOREYI Dup.

1909: Jan. 11,—1 @.

Subfam. AGRONYCTIN A.

3139. PrRIGEA CAPENSIS Guen.

1908: Nov. 24,—1 9°.

$552. TAMBIODES INCERTA Rothsch.

1908: June 7,—1-2 (in B.M.).

3623 a. THALATHA MELANOSTROTA, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 4, 3.)

o. Head and thorax white irrorated with black scales, the

latter strongly tinged with rufous except the tegule; antenn

fulvous; palpi white, reddish brown above; pectus white; legs

white and brown; abdomen red-brown mixed with some white

and irrorated with black, the basal crest rufous, the anal tuft

and ventral surface white. Fore wing grey, tinged with red-

brown except on terminal area and irrorated with large black

scales ; faint traces of a medial line, oblique towards costa, then

sinuous; an indistinct double dark postmedial line, very oblique

towards costa, then sinuous and incurved below vein 3; a series

of black points before termen. Hind wing white tinged with

red-brown, the costal area and termen more strongly tinged ;

cilia white. Underside of fore wing suffused with brown ;

hind wing white, the costal area and termen to vein 2 irrorated

with brown.

1909: Apr. 8,—1 ¢ (type). Hp. 26 millim.

MOTHS FROM SOMALILAND. 105

3786. CEroLA PULCHRA B.-Baker.

1909: Apr. 6,—1 9; Apr. 9,—1 9; Apr. 14,—1 ¢.

3792 a. Maropo HETEROCHROA, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 5, d.)

Antenne of male bipectinate with rather long branches to

apex, of female ciliated.

3. Head and tegule ochreous white, the latter with slight

brown lines at middle and tips; thorax bluish white slightly

mixed with pale brown; palpi with the 2nd joint, except at tip,

and the 3rd joint brown; frons with lateral brown bars; pectus,

legs, and abdomen creamy white, the fore tibie and the tarsi

banded with blackish. Fore wing bluish white tinged in parts

with brown, especially on costal and terminal areas, the veins of

terminal half with slight dark streaks ; a subbasal brown point

below costa ; antemedial line slight, dark brown, angled outwards

below costa and strongly in submedian fold and above inner

margin; claviform defined by dark brown, minute; reniform faint,

yellowish with slight brown centre; postmedial line slight, dark

brown, defined on outer side by yellowish except towards costa,

strongly bent outwards below costa, then waved, incurved below

vein 4, and with a slight brown shade before it towards inner

margin, some white points beyond it on eosta, and slight black-

brown streaks above and below vein 6 and between veins 4 and 2;

cilia intersected by slight white streaks. Hind wing pure white,

the terminal area slightly tinged with brown. Underside white.

2. More strongly tinged with reddish brown ; fore wing with

round whitish orbicular stigma and some fiery red on outer edge

of reniform and on the yellowish beyond the postmedial line ;

hind wing suffused with reddish brown ; underside tinged with

red-brown.

1908: Oct. 13,—1 9 (type); Nov. 24,—1 ¢ (type). 1909:

Mar. 12,—1 9; Apr. 14,—1 9; Apr. 20,—1 9; Apr. 22,—1 9;

Apr. 26,—1 9; Sept. 30,—1 2; Oct. 22,—1 9; Nov.6—1 Q.

Hep. 32-36 millim.

3878. LAPHYGMA ExIGUA Hiubn.

1909: Jan. 15,—1 5,1 @.

Genus QDONTORETHA, nov.

Type, O. featheri.

Proboscis fully developed ; palpi porrect, short, slender ; frons

with large, conical, truncate prominence with raised edges pro-

duced to two minute teeth below and two at each side; eyes large,

round; antennz of male almost simple; thorax clothed almost

entirely with scales, the metathorax with depressed crest; build

slender; tibie slightly fringed with hair; abdomen clothed with

rather rough hair, but without crests. Fore wing long and very

narrow ; the apex rectangular, the termen evenly curved and

not crenulate; veins 3, 4 stalked; 5 from just above angle ;

106 PROF. E. B. POULTON ON

6 from well below upper angle; 7, 8, 9, 10 stalked; 11 from ceil.

Hind wing with the cell long; veins 3, 4 stalked; 5 obsolescent

from just below middle of discocellulars ; 6, 7 shortly stalked ;

8 anastomosing with the cell near base only.

In key differs from Prometopus in the frontal prominence being

toothed at edges and the fore wing having veins 3, 4 stalked.

3880 a. ODONTORETHA FEATHERI, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 7, 3.)

3d. Head white; antenne tinged with fuscous; frons with

black bars at sides; palpi mostly black; thorax and abdomen

grey-white mixed with some blackish ; pectus, legs, and ventral

surface of abdomen white, the tarsi black ringed with white.

Fore wing grey-white, the terminal half with black scales mixed

except a patch in and just beyond the cell from costa to vein 2;

the darker area defined on inner side by a faint oblique medial

line angled outwards just below the cell, with a black streak in

the cell from it to the pale patch, which is somewhat constricted

at discal fold. Hind wing white; a brown discoidal striga and

some faint strive on termen except towards tornus; the underside

with some black on costa towards base, a rather diffused black

mark on vein 8 just beyond the cell, and the costal area slightly

irrorated with black.towards apex.

1909: Mar. 12,—1 ¢ (type). Hap. 24 millim.

3989. ATHETIS LEUCONEPHRA Hmpsn.

1908: Sept. 24,—1 9; Sept. 27,—1 9; Oct. 13,—1 Q.

3998 a. ATHETIS DISCOPUNCTA, sp.n. (Pl. I. fig. 8, 9.)

Q@. Head and thorax creamy white irrorated with rufous and

a few black-brown scales ; antennae brown except at base ; palpi

tinged with red-brown towards tips; abdomen whitish suffused

with red-brown. Fore wing white irrorated with pale red-brown

and a few black-brown scales; small subbasal, antemedial, and

postmedial black spots on costa; a black point just beyond the

cell; traces of a postmedial line formed by red-brown and black

scales arising from the costal spot, excurved from below costa to

vein 4, then incurved; some minute blackish streaks on post-

medial part of costa; subterminal line represented by slight

blackish streaks and spots except towards costa; the terminal

area tinged with rufous except at apex; a series of small black

spots just before termen ; cilia rufous at base, chequered rufous

and white at tips. Hind wing white, the termen tinged with

rufous except towards apex. Underside white, the costal and

terminal areas of fore wing and apex of hind wing irrorated with

rufous.

1909: Sept. 11,—1 2 (type). Hap. 28 millim.

4020 a. ATHETIS ECTOMELENA, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 9, 3.)

3. Head and thorax ochreous; antenne brownish: palpi

blackish at sides; tibiae irrorated with blackish, the tarsi blackish

MOTHS FROM SOMALILAND. 107

with pale rings; abdomen ochreous white with diffused fuscous

dorsal bands. Fore wing ochreous ; a minute black subbasal spot

on costa and slight point below the cell; a small black ante-

medial spot on costa, and traces of a sinuous line with slight

black marks on it below the cell and above inner margin; two

small black spots at middle of costa; a black subterminal band,

broad at costa and narrowing to a point at inner margin, ex-

tending, except towards apex and tornus, to beyond the slight

pale subterminal line, which is slightly angled outwards at vein 7

and excurved at middle; the termen ochreous with a series of

minute black lunules; cilia whitish, tinged with brown at base.

Hind wing white, with a slight brown terminal line except

towards tornus; cilia ochreous at base, white at tips, and with a

brown line through them towards apex. Underside white, the

fore wing and costa of hind wing tinged with ochreous; fore

wing with the terminal area suffused with fuscous except towards

tornus ; the cilia ochreous at base followed by a brown shade and

the tips white; hind wing with some brown on apical part of

termen.

1908: Oct. 20,—1 ¢ (type). Haxp. 30 millim.

Genus CoNSTANTIODES, nov.

Type, C. pyralina.

Proboscis absent; palpi upturned, the 2nd joint reaching to

vertex of head, slenderly scaled, the 3rd moderate, thickly sealed ;

frons smooth, with ridge of hair above; eyes large, round ;

antenne of male bipectinate with moderate branches, the apex

ciliated ; thorax clothed almost entirely with scales, the meta-

thorax with depressed crest; tibie slightly fringed with hair ;

abdomen with dorsal crest at base only. Fore wing narrow, the

apex rectangular, the termen evenly curved, crenulate; veins

3 and 5 from near angle of cell; 6 from upper angle; 9 from

10 anastomosing with 8 to form a narrow areole; 11 from cell.

Hind wing with veins 3, 4 from angle of cell; 5 obsolescent

from below middle of. discocellulars; 6, 7 from upper angle;

8 anastomosing with the cell near base only.

In key differs from Plusilla in the fore wing being narrow

with the termen crenulate.

4030 a. CONSTANTIODES PYRALINA, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 35, ¢.)

3 2. Head and thorax white mixed with some red-brown ;

palpi with some dark brown towards extremity of 2nd joint ; abdo-

men creamy white, dorsally tinged with brown. Fore wing creamy

white tinged in parts with brown and slightly irrorated with

black, the termen yellowish tinged with rufous ; a slight curved

blackish subbasal line from costa to vein 4; antemedial line

reddish brown defined on inner side by white, oblique to sub-

median fold, then almost obsolete; some white in end of cell ;

reniform slightly defined by red-brown, large, somewhat angled

108 PROF. E. B. POULTON ON

inwards on median nervure, a red-brown shade beyond it from

costa beyond the postmedial line followed by some white; post-

medial line blackish, oblique towards costa, then slightly waved,

at vein 3 retracted to inner edge of reniform, then oblique to

inner margin, the veins beyond it with slight black streaks except

towards costa; some oblique white and dark striz on costa

towards apex ; subterminal line white, slightly waved from below

costa to vein 4, then oblique; some rufous at apex; a waved

blackish terminal line. Hind wing creamy white; a slight waved

brown terminal line; the underside with the apical area irrorated

with a few red-brown scales.

1908: June 1,—1 9 (in B.M.); Sept. 21,—1 ¢ (type). 1909:

Mar. 11,—1 2; Apr. 7,—1 g. Eap. 22 millim.

4103a@. Evuiopica 1GNECoLoRA, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 10, 2.)

Antenne of female bipectinate.

@. Head and thorax fiery rufous; antenne black; pectus

and legs rufous; tarsi dark brown ringed with white; abdomen

ochreous brown, the ventral surface whitish tinged with rufous.

Fore wing fiery rufous; traces of .a curved deeper red ante-

medial line; a whitish point in middle of cell; reniform defined

by whitish points ; postmedial line indistinct, deep red, oblique

towards costa, then slightly waved, excurved to vein 4, then

incurved ; some slight whitish points beyond it on costa; sub-

terminal line represented by a slight whitish striga from costa

and whitish points above and below vein 6 further from termen ;

a terminal series of slight whitish points. Hind wing white,

the costal area, and terminal area to vein 2, tinged with pale

brown. Underside of fore wing brownish white, the costal area

red ; hind wing with the costal edge red.

1909: Dec. 15,—1 9° (type). Hap. 26 millim.

41036. Eratopica PpHmocausTA, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 11, 2.)

2. Head, thorax, and abdomen deep purplish red tinged with

brown; antenne black; palpi black-brown except at tips; tarsi

black-brown with slight pale rings. Fore wing deep purplish

red tinged with brown ; a very indistinct sinuous brownish ante-

medial line; reniform red incompletely defined by ochreous,

narrow ; postmedial line indistinct, dark, oblique to vein 6, then

dentate and incurved below vein 4, some minute pale points

beyond it on costa, a terminal series of ochreous points. Hind

wing white tinged with brown, the cilia pure white at tips.

Underside of fore wing pale brown; hind wing white, the costal

half suffused with brown.

1909: May 9,—1 9 (type); May 10,1 9. Hap. 26 millim,

4524, KLYDNA BISIGNATA Hmpsn.

1908: May 12,—1 9.

MOTHS FROM SOMALILAND. 109

4676 a. RABILA ALBIVIRIDIS, sp.n. (Pl. I. fig. 13, ¢.)

Antenne of male laminate and minutely ciliated.

3, 2. Head, thorax, and abdomen white slightly mixed with

brownish; antenne tinged with ochreous. Fore wing pale

yellow-green irrorated with white, the costal area whiter to

beyond middle. Hind wing white tinged with brown. Under-

side white; fore wing suffused with brown, except the costa

and inner area which are irrorated with brown ; hind wing with

the costal and terminal areas irrorated with brown.

Ab. 1. 9. Fore wing with deeper green patch with a golden

tinge and defined by whitish on inner basal area, its outer edge

rounded and a similar small round spot distinctly defined by

white before tornus.

1908: May 28,—1 9; June 2,—1 ¢; June 21,—1 ¢ (type).

IBO a Ape, Ol Qs zyoR hall Ge eyo AA al is Wig Wah.

—1 92; May 8—1 9 (B.M.); May 10,—2 ¢; Sept. 16,—

1 9 ab. (B.M.). Year?: May,—1 $. Hap. 20-24 millim.

4742 a. ACRAPEX ALBICOSTATA, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 14, 3.)

6. Head whitish mixed with dark brown, the antenne

ringed with’ brown towards base, thorax white tinged with

red-brown, the tegule with slight brown medial line; pectus,

legs, and abdomen white, the fore legs brown in front. Fore

wing white tinged and irrorated with red-brown, the costal

edge brown, the inner half dark brown to the postmedial line,

extending except at base to discal fold and leaving some yellow

on inner margin, met at the postmedial line by an oblique

brown fascia from termen below apex; subbasal and ante-

medial slight double oblique brown strize from costa; a black

point in middle of cell and slight striga on discocellulars with

point beyond it; postmedial line slight, brown, strongly bent

outwards below costa, then slightly waved, excurved to vein 4,

then incurved and double towards inner margin, the area beyond

it with black streaks between veins 8 and 4; an oblique slightly

waved brown subterminal line below the oblique fascia; a

terminal series of black points. Hind wing pure white. Under-

side white, the costal area of fore wing tinged with ochreous and

irvorated with red-brown.

1908 : Sept. 26,—1 ¢ (type). Hap. 22 millim.

4755. Sesam1a conrtota Hmpsn.

1909: Jan. 12,—1 9.

Genus PACHYCOA.

Type, P. olivacea.

Proboscis fully developed ; palpi obliquely upturned, slender,

the 2nd joint reaching to about vertex of head and slightly

fringed with hair behind at extremity, the 8rd short and

thickly scaled; frons with flattened corneous plate at middle

covered by a tuft of hair above and corneous plate below; eyes

110 PROF, E. B. POULTON ON

rather small, round; antenne of female somewhat laminate and

almost simple; thorax thickly clothed with rough scales and

hair, the metathorax with spreading crest ; tibie slightly fringed

with hair; abdomen without crests. Fore wing thickly clothed

with rough scales, the apex rounded, the termen evenly curved

and not crenulate; veins 3 and 5 from near angle of cell; 6 from

below upper angle; 7 from angle; 8,9, 10 stalked ; 11 from cell.

Hind wing with veins 3, 4 very shortly stalked; 5 somewhat

obsolescent from well below middle of discocellulars ; 6,7 from

upper angle; 8 anastomosing with the cell near base only.

In key differs from Yantholepis in the abdomen being without

crests,

4824 a. PACHYCOA OLIVACEA, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 12, 9.)

2. Head whitish tinged with olive-brown and the frontal tuft

with rufous ; antenn and palpi brown; thorax olive-brown, the

metathoracic crest darker brown; abdomen olive-brown : pectus,

legs, and ventral surface of abdomen whitish suffused with brown.

Fore wing olive-brown with a reddish tinge except on terminal

area; the Ist line almost medial, slight, whitish, oblique to

subcostal nervure, then erect; postmedial line slight, whitish,

excurved to vein 4, then oblique; cilia whitish tinged with

brown and chequered with chocolate-brown at tips. Hind wing

dark brown, the cilia silvery white at tips. Underside brown,

the costal and.terminal areas of fore wing and the hind wing

irrorated with white.

1909: Sept. 16,—1 @ (type). Hap. 22 millim.

Genus ACRORIESIS, nov.

Type, 4. cgnifusa.

Proboscis fully developed; palpi obliquely upturned, slender,

the 2nd joint reaching to above vertex of head, the 8rd short,

thickly scaled; frons with flattened corneous plate at middle

covered by a tuft of hair above and corneous plate below; eyes

large, round ; antenne of female somewhat laminate and almost

simple; thorax clothed with scales and hair mixed, the meta-

thorax with spreading crest; tibie slightly fringed with hair;

abdomen without crests. Fore wing with the apex rounded,

the termen evenly curved and not crenulate; veins 3 and 5 from

near angle of cell; 6 from upper angle; 7, 8 and 9, 10 stalked;

11 from cell. Hind wing with veins 3, 4 from angle of cell;

5 somewhat obsolescent from well above angle; 6, 7 from upper

angle ; 8 anastomosing with the cell near base only.

In key differs from the other genera without an areole in the

fore wing having veins 7, 8 and 9, 10 stalked.

48246. ACRORIESIS IGNIFUSA, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 6, 2.).

@. Head and thorax whitish suffused with cupreous red ;

pectus and legs white, the latter tinged with brown ; abdomen

brown, the ventral surface white tinged with rufous towards

extremity. Fore wing pale grey-brown suffused with cupreous

MOTHS FROM SOMALILAND, Wa

red to the postmedial line except towards base; a subbasal

chocolate-brown spot on inner margin and streak in end of cell ;

postmedial line double, brown filled in with white, very oblique

from costa to vein 6 towards termen, then excurved to vein 4,

then very inwardly oblique, with fiery red beyond it, except

between veins 6 and 4, followed by a white line; cilia with fine

whitish line at base: and white tips. Hind wing white tinged

with brown, the cilia pure white. Fore wing grey-brown,

the costa white towards apex; hind wing white with small

brown discoidal spot and curved postmedial line.

1909: Sept. 16,—1 9 (type). Hxp. 18 millim.

4857 a. KUTERPIODES PICTIMARGO, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 15, 3.)

Antenne of male laminate and almost simple.

3. Head and tegule bright rufous; thorax ochreous ; fore

and mid tibie and the tarsi red-brown ringed with white ;

abdomen ochreous white, the 2nd to 4th segments dorsally

tinged with red-brown. Fore wing ochreous Siti, the area

beyond the antemedial line from costa to below the cell and

vein 3 suffused with bright rufous to termen; subbasal line

black with. some rufous before it on costa, sinuous, from costa

to submedian fold; antemecial line black, oblique, sinuous,

incurved above vein 1; claviform defined by red-brown at

extremity ; orbicular defined by red-brown, round; reniform

with whitish centre and annulus defined by red-brown; a

sinuous red-brown medial line; postmedial line black, slightly

defined on outer side by white on the rufous area, strongly

bent outwards below costa, slightly ineurved at igen fold,

incurved below vein 4 to below end of cell and excurved above

vein 1, some white points beyond it on costa ; subterminal line

slight, white, defined on inner side by small rather dentate

black marks from costa to vein 3, angled outwards at veins 7, 6

and inwards at discal fold, then minutely dentate, a crimson

patch beyond it at apex with oblique black striga from apex; a

terminal series of minute black lunules defined on inner side by

white, more strongly towards apex; cilia pale rufous with a

reddish-brown line near base. Hind wing silky white; the

underside with the costal area irrorated with red-brown and

with faint red-brown postmedial shade from costa.

2. Thorax, abdomen, and the basal and inner areas of fore

wing tinged with rufous; hind wing red-brown, the cilia

whitish.

1908: Aug. 15,—1 9 ; Sept. 26,—1 3 (type). 1909:

Mar. 15,—I 3 Apr. 8,—1 2 Xtype). Hap. S 20, 9 22

millim.

4857 6. KUTERPIODES CROCEISTICTA, sp. n. (Pl. I. fig. 16, 3.)

dg. Head and thorax creamy white; frons and palpi tinged

with orange, the latter with some black at side of 2nd joint ;

patagia with orange patches; fore and mid tibie tinged with

112 PROF, E. B. POULTON ON

orange, the tarsi orange ringed with white; abdomen white,

suffused with dark brown except at base and extremity. Fore

wing creamy white; antemedial line represented by orange

strie from costa and inner margin, a black point above sub-

median fold and orange point below it, inwardly oblique;

postmedial line represented by an orange striga from. costa,

black points above and below vein 5, and below the end of cell

by a black point above submedian fold, black and orange point

below it, and orange striga from inner margin. Hind wing

silky white with a very faint brown tinge. Underside of fore

wing suffused with brown.

1909: Mar. 26,—1 ¢ (type); May 8,—1 9; May 10,—1 oc.

Hap. 14 millim.

4885 a. PARATUERTA NANA, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 17, 3.)

©. Head and thorax white with some brown scales; antennze

ringed with brown towards base ; abdomen white dorsally irro-

rated with brown, the double basal crest with some blackish

scales with a metallic gloss. Fore wing white irrorated with

brown, the terminal area more thickly irrorated; a sinuous

black-brown streak in submedian fold to the postmedial line,

with the area below it and also the area from just before the

postmedial line to the subterminal line chocolate-brown mixed

with grey ; antemedial line hardly traceable to submedian fold,

then blackish and strongly angled outwards above inner margin ;

a faint diffused reddish-brown spot in end of cell almost conjoined

toa similar discoidal spot; postmedial line black-brown, obliquely

curved and slightly waved from costa to the streak in submedian

fold where it terminates, the brown before it angled inwards at

diseal fold ; subterminal line black-brown, obliquely curved and

slightly waved, angled inwards at vein 1; a fine dark terminal

line. Hind wing ochreous yellow, the inner area tinged with

reddish brown; the postmedial area reddish brown to near

termen, which is yellowish irrorated with brown; a terminal

series of brown strive. Underside of both wings white, the

terminal areas broadly suffused with brown, the costal area of

fore wing irrorated with brown.

g. Fore wing with the costal area and disk grey irrorated

with brown and hardly paler than the inner and terminal areas,

the orbicular and reniform defined by dark brown, the latter

faintly on outer side, the former round; hind wing brownish

ochreous.

1909: Apr. 11,—1 ¢ (type); Apr. 30,—1 @ (type). Hmup.

Cie One ee O aman time

Subfam. HRASTRIANA.

5068 6. ENIsPA FLAVIPARS, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 18, 3.)

¢. Head and thorax rufous; pectus, legs, and abdomen

whitish tinged with brown, the last with some rufous at base of

MOTHS FROM SOMALILAND. 113

dorsum. Fore wing irrorated with silvery scales, the costal half

rufous to beyond the cell, the rest of wing pale. olive-green

banded with pale yellow; an indistinct interrupted antemedial

band; a small brown spot in middle of cell and curved discoidal

striga ; the postmedial line dark and bent outwards below costa

with a yellow spot before it at costa, a yellow spot at discal fold

and incurved band from vein 4 to inner margin, some yellowish

points beyond it on costa; an interrupted maculate subterminal

yellowish band. Hind wing irrorated with silvery scales, pale

olive-green with the terminal area pale yellow; the underside

pale yellow.

1908: Oct. 31,—1 ¢g (type). 1909: Mar. 12,1 S$. Hap.

16 millim.

5142. KupuemMaA Apmova Feld.

1909: Oct. 11,—1 9.

5144, KuBLEMMA REDUCTA Butl.

1908: June 1,—1 g ; Oct. 13,—3 ¢ ; Oct. 23,—1 $; Nov. 17,

—1 3. 1909: May 8—1@2; May 10,—1 ¢g,1 9.

5149, HuBLEMMA NicRivitrA Hmpsn.

Mandera.—1908: Sept. 20,—1 $6; Oct. 11,-1 6. 1909:

Mar. 12,—1 6; Mar. 26,—1 o.

Hargaisa.—1908: Oct..—l ¢. ~

5158 @. KUBLEMMA EREMOCHROA, Sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 19, °¢.)

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen ochreous slightly tinged

with rufous; antenn tinged with fuscous ; palpi and fore legs

blackish. Fore wing ochreous tinged and irrorated with rufous

and with a few blackish scales; the costal edge blackish towards

base; traces of a waved rufous antemedial line; minute black

points in middle of cell and on discocellulars sometimes present ;

traces of a rufous medial line, oblique to the discocellulars, then

inwardly oblique; postmedial line indistinct, rufous, oblique

towards costa, then inwardly oblique, very slightly waved and

sometimes with some blackish scales on it; some faint pale and

rufous marks on costa towards apex; an oblique rufous subter-

minal shade with a series of minute white points on if, sometimes

with some black scales on their outer edges and with one to three

black points towards costa; a terminal series of black points with

more prominent spot at submedian fold. Hind wing white with

a faint rufous tinge; traces of a sinuous rufous postmedial line ;

a punctiform blackish terminal line. Underside of fore wing

suffused with red-brown except the marginal areas; hind wing

with the costal area irrorated with rufous.

@. Fore wing more strongly suffused with rufous, the white

points on the subterminal line usually obsolete; hind wing more

strongly tinged and irrorated with rufous.

1908: July 19,—1 9 ; July 31,2 g. 1909: Jan. 9,—i 9 ;

Proc, Zoot. Soc.—1916, No. VIII. 8

114 PROF, E. B. POULTON ON

Jan. 14,—1 ¢ ; Jan. 15,—1 @ ; Jan. 17,—1 2 ; Jan. 18,—1 ¢

(type); Jan. 19,—1¢,19 (type); Mar. 30,—1 gS. Hap. 18-22

millim.

5214. EKuBLEMMA scrruLA Rmbr.

1908: June 29,—1 2; Sept. 16,—1 9; Sept. 17,—19; Oct. 28,

—1 @; Nov. 17,—1¢; Nov. 19,—1¢. 1909: Jan. 19,—1 9 ;

Feb. 22,—1 9; Mar. 13,—1 6.

5282.c¢. KuBLEMMA ocHRICosTA, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 20, 9.)

@. Head white, the antennz tinged with ochreous, the palpi

with grey-brown; thorax whitish tinged with grey-brown ; pectus

and legs white, the fore legs tinged with grey-brown, the mid and

hind legs with ochreous; abdomen ochreous white. Fore wing

ochreous white suffused and irrorated with grey-brown, the costal

area broadly ochreous; black pomts in cell towards extremity and

on discocellulars with a slight white streak between them ; some

very slight white streaks in the interspaces of terminal area, the

streak im discal fold extending to near end of cell. Hind wing

white with an ochreous tinge.

1909: Feb. 23,—1 9° (type). Hcp. 18 millnn.

52826. KUBLEMMA ARENOSTROTA, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 21, ¢.)

g. Head white, the antenne and palpi tinged with ochreous ;

thorax whitish mixed with grey-brown ; pectus, legs, and abdomen

white tinged with ochreous. Fore wing ochreous irrorated with

white and grey-brown except on terminal area, the ochreous

forming diffused fascize on median nervure and above vein 2 to

the oblique grey-brown subterminal shade; the costal edge white ;

minute brown spots on each side of discocellulars; some slight

brown points on termen; cilia white and grey-brown with a

fine white line at base. Hind wing white slightly tinged with

ochreous. Underside of both wings almost pure white.

1909: Jan. 20,—1 ¢ (type). Hap. 20 millim.

5296. EKUBLEMMA CoNISTROTA Hmpsn.

1908: Aug. 24,—I 9.

5320 a. ToANA NIGRILINEATA, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 22, ¢.)

S 9. Head, thorax, and abdomen pale grey-brown ; antenne

ringed with black; palpi, frons, and fore legs black-brown. Fore

wing pale brownish grey slightly mrerated with dark brown ;

a small subbasal black spot on costa; antemedial line strong,

black, oblique to submedian fold, then incurved to inner margin ;

a slight brownish medial line, excurved beyond lower angle of cell

and above inner margin; postmedial lne strong, black, arising

from the same pomt on costa as the medial line, oblique and

sinuous to vein 4, then inwardly oblique to submedian fold and

excurved above inner margin; traces of a brownish subterminal

MOTHS FROM SOMALILAND. 1 iL)

line; a strong slightly waved black terminal line; cilia with

fine brown lines through them. Hind wing whitish tinged and

irrorated with brown; postmedial line almost obsolete on costal

half, then black, oblique to vein 4, then inwardly oblique to sub-

median fold and oblique to inner margin ; a black terminal line.

Underside whitish tinged with red-brown ; hind wing with slight

brown discoidal striga.

1909: Mar. 22,—14 (type); Mar. 26,—19. Hap. 18 millim.

5576 a. CHIONOXANTHIA LEUCOPHAA, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 23, 3.)

S$ 9. Head, thorax, and abdomen grey-white mixed with

brown ; palpi black-brown ringed with white. lore wing grey-

white suffused witn brown; a slight smuous blackish subbasal line

from costa to submedian fold; antemedial line double, blackish

filled in with white and defined on inner side by white, sinuous, a

black streak beyond it in submedian fold; orbicular white defined

by black, round, some black in the cell between it and the white

discoidal bar; postmedial line brown defined on each side by

white, obliquely excurved from costa to vein 4, then incurved ;

subterminal line whitish defined on inner side by diffused brown

forming a dark patch on costal area, angled inwards at discal

fold, excurved at middle, then incurved and slightly waved; a

terminal series of blackish striz. Hind wing whitish suffused

with brown; the underside white irrorated with brown, a small

brownish discoidal spot, curved postmedial line, a diffused sub-

terminal line.

1908: May 28,—2 9 (1 in B.M.); June 1,—1 ¢ (type);

June 2,—1 2. zap. 16 millim.

5589 a. CHDICODIA STRIGIPENNIS, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 24, ¢.)

¢. Head and thorax red-brown slightly mixed with whitish ;

antenne dark brown; palpi at base and the base of 3rd joint

white; abdomen grey irrorated with brown ; pectus and ventral

surface of abdomen white tinged with brown. Fore wing red-

brown tinged with grey and irrorated with blackish forming

obscure streaks on the veins and above and below submedian fold,

except on the terminal area which is slightly paler except at

middle and tornus ; an indistinct waved brown antemedial line,

double at costa; a black discoidal striga with point above it on

costa; postmedial line brown, defined on inner side by whitish

towards costa, oblique to vein 6, then slightly waved and incurved

below vein 4; the postmedial area rather darker brown with some

whitish points on costa ; subterminal line white defined on inner

side by brown, very slightly excurved below vein 7 and at middle ;

a terminal series of minute black lunules. Hind wing pale red-

brown, the cilia white tinged with red-brown at base; the under-

side white, the costal and terminal areas irrorated with brown,

the apex suffused with brown, traces of sinuous postmiedial and

subterminal lines.

1908: Oct. 15,—1 3 (type). Hrp. 20 millim,

116 PROF, E. B. POULTON ON

5589 6. CHpicopIA LIMBATA Butt.

1908: Apr.28,—1 3; May2,—19; May4,—29; July16,—1 9

(B.M.); July 17,—1 4; July 24,—19; Aug.15,—1 4,19; Sept.

13,—1 9; Sept. 15,—1 9; Sept. 16,—1 9; Sept. 23,—1 9; Sept.

25,—192; Sept. 26,19; Sept. 27,135,199; Sept. 29,—1 9;

Sept. 30,—1 2; Oct. 1,—19; Oct. 3,—1 9; Oct. 4,—1 9 (B.M.);

Oct. 11,—1 2; Oct. 13,—1 6; Oct. 14,—1 9 ; Oct. 18,—1 2 (BM);

Nov. 17,—1@. 1909: Jan. 17,—19; Jan.19,—1 ¢ (B.M.); Feb.

22 1G; Mar. 10,19; Mar 11,1 ¢; Apr. 8—1lg, 19);

Apr. 10,—16,19; May 8,—1¢ (B.M.); Nov. 23,—1 ¢. 1910:

Jan. 12,—1I @?.

5589 c. CHDICODIA MELANOGRAPHA, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 25, 9.)

9. Head, thorax, and abdomen pale red-brown; antenne

blackish ; palpi except at tips, pectus, legs, and ventral surface of

abdomen white, the fore and mid tibie tinged with brown, the

tars’ brown ringed with white. Fore wing pale red-brown; a

black point on costa near base, some scales m base of submedian

fold and a slight patch of scales on the costa before the antemedial

line, which is black, waved; a black discoidal striga, its lower

extremity touching the sinuous blackish medial line, which is

excurved to lower angle of cell; postmedial line blackish,

approximated to the medial line, shghtly waved, oblique to vein 5,

then inwardly oblique; subterminal Hne rather diffused, black,

very slightly excurved below vein 7 and at middle; some black

scales on termen. Hind wing pale red-brown, the termen rather

darker red-brown te vein 2; cilia white shghtly tinged with

rufous. Underside white tinged with rufous.

1909: Apr. 10,—1 @ (type). Hap. 24 millim.

5633 a. OZARBA SEMITORRIDA, sp.n. (Pl. I. fig. 26, g.)

3. Head ochreous brown; thorax red mixed with leaden grey-

brown; abdomen pale ochreous; palpi, pectus, legs, and ventral

surface of abdomen white, the fore and mid tibiz and tarsi banded

with brown. Fore wing deep red suffused with dark leaden grey,

especially towards. costa, to the reniform and postmedial line, the

rest of wing white tinged with red-brown and with a red patch

on postmedial part of costa; mmute subbasal white points on

costa, in and below the cell; traces of a waved antemedial line

defined on inner side by a whitish striga from costa; a white

point in middle of cell; reniform white with pale brownish centre,

narrow and oblique; postmedial line treble, red-brown filled in

with white, obliquely excurved from costa to vein 4, then ineurved,

touching the upper and lower extremities of the reniform, three

white points beyond it on the costal patch ; subtermmal line

white defined on inner side by brown, excurved below vein 7 and

at middle; a dark brown terminal line; cilia with brown shades

at discal and submedian folds. Hind wing whitish suffused with

reddish brown, the cilia whiter. Underside whitish tmged with

red-brown except on inner area of hind wing.

MOTHS FROM SOMALILAND. eee leley

@. Head, thorax, and basal half of fore wing much redder,

sometimes crimson-red and with the markings of outer half of

fore wing crimson-red.

1908 : Sept. 22,—1 $ ; Sept. 30,—1 ? (type); Oct. 18,—1 9;

Oct. 22,—1 S (type). 1909: Mar. 24,1 9. Hxp. 3 18, 2 20

millim.

5635 a. OZARBA ENDOSOOTA, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 27, 2.)

¢ 2. Head and thorax ochreous, the head between antennz

and patagia with deep red patches, the patagia with black-brown

stripes above ; antenne dark brown; pectus and legs white, the

fore legs dark brown in front, the tarsi dark brown ringed with

white ; abdomen white, dorsally suffused with brown. Fore wing

with the basal half ochreous tinged with red-brown, the area

below the cell suffused with dark brown except at base, the rest

of wing grey-white irrorated with dark brown; slight brown

marks on costa towards base; an oblique antemedial brown striga

from costa and sinuous line from cell to inner margin defined on

inner side by whitish and with short brown streaks before it in

submedian fold and above inner margin ; a brown spot in end of

cell and whitish discoidal striga ; a small black spot on costa above

end of cell; postmedial line hardly traceable, excurved to vein 4,

then incurved, some black suffusion beyond it on costa; sub-

terminal line white, curved, a blackish patch beyond it at discal

fold; a terminal series ef minute blackish spots. Hind wing

whitish strongly suffused with brown; the underside white

irrorated with brown, the terminal area suffused with brown, a

small blackish discoidal spot and curved postmedial line.

1908: Oct. 11,—19 (type); Nov. 22,—1 ¢. Hep. 20 millim.

5637. OzARBA CONSANGUIS Hmpsn.

1908: Oct. 17,—1 9; Oct. 25,1 9. 1909: Apr. 7,—1 Q;

Apr. 8,—1 @.

5637 a. OZARBA HEMIPYRA, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 28, 2.)

@. Head whitish mixed with blackish, the upper part of frons,

antenne, and palpi blackish, the last with whitish ring at ex-

tremity of 2nd joint; thorax black with some reddish scales ;

pectus and legs ochreous white, the fore legs with some black in

front, the tarsi banded with blackish ; abdomen reddish ochreous

irrorated with black, the basal crest and a bar before the anal tuft

black, the ventral surface ochreous. Fore wing black slightly

mixed with red to the medial line, the rest of wing fiery rufous

with a slight greyish tinge on terminal area; subbasal line black

slightly defined by red, waved, from costa to submedian fold ;

antemedial line black slightly defined on inner side by red at

costa and inner margin, waved; medial line closely approximated

to the antemedial line, black slightly defined on outer side by

white, incurved just below median nervure, a black point beyond

DSi PROF. E. B. POULTON ON

it on costa ; postmedial line only defined by a deeper rufous shade

on its outer side, excurved to vein 4, then incurved, some whitish

points beyond it on costa; subterminal line whitish defined on

inner side by a deep rufous shade, excurved below vein 7 and at

middle, then waved, some deep rufous beyond it at discal and

submedian folds ; a terminal series of minute deep rufous lunules.

Hind wing whitish suffused with brown and with a fine brown

terminal line; cilia paler. Underside of fore wing whitish suf-

fused with brown and with some reddish ochreous at middle of

costa ; hind wing whitish irrorated with brown and with a small

dark discoidal spot.

1908: Oct. 2,—1 2 (type). Hap. 20 millim.

5638. OZARBA HEMIMELZNA Hmpsn.

1909: Mar. 21,—1 9; Mar. 28-2 9; Apr. 7,—1 ¢;

Octn5 —a110

5639 a. OZARBA HEMISARCA, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 29, 3.)

3d. Head, thorax, and abdomen ochreous with a faint rufous

tinge; palpi except at tips, pectus, legs, and ventral surface of

abdomen white, the fore and mid tibiz ochreous, the tarsi

ochreous ringed with white. Fore wing with the basal half

ochreous slightly tinged with rufous, the terminal half white

slightly tinged with olive-brown ; two slight rufous marks on

costa towards base; traces of a waved rufous antemedial line with

a small deep rufous spot at costa; a red-brown medial line, oblique

and sinuous to lower angle of cell, then slightly incurved, with

minute blackish spots on it at costa and upper angle of cell and

with the area between it and the closely approximated white

postmedial line rufous, this line oblique to vein 4, then incurved ;

subterminal line whitish, defined on inner side by brown towards

costa, slightly angled inwards below costa and incurved below

vein 3; a black-brown spot at apex and terminal series of points ;

cilia tinged with red except at apex. Hind wing ochreous white,

the area beyond lower angle of cell with a reddish tinge, the

termen tinged with brown towards apex; cilia white. Underside

ochreous white.

1908: Nov. 19,—1 ¢ (type). Hap. 18 millim.

5639 5. OZARBA EXOLIVACEA, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 30, 3.)

3. Head and tegule pale reddish ochreous ; antenne brown ;

thorax white slightly tinged with brown; pectus and legs

ochreous white, the fore Falbies and the save brown ringed

with white; abdomen ochreous tinged with brown. Fore wing

white irrorated with blackish scales, the terminal half faintly

tinged with olive-green except at apex, the costa suffused with

brown towards base; an indistinet double waved brownish ante-

medial line; an oblique dark brown medial shade diffused to the

postmedial line and on postmedial costal area; reniform with

MOTHS FROM SOMALILAND. 119

rufous centre and white annulus, narrow, oblique, and con-

stricted at middle, a whitish patch above it on costa; postmedial

line double, dark, oblique towards costa, then excurved to vein 4,

then incurved, nee white points beyond it on costa; sub-

terminal line whitish defined on inner side by brown, slightly

excurved below vein 7 and at middle; a slightly waved brown

terminal line; cilia with series of brown marks except at apex.

Hind wing ochreous suffused with reddish brown especially

towards termen. Underside white irrorated with brown; fore

wing tinged with ochreous except the inner area.

2. Head, thorax, and abdomen ochreous ; fore wing with the

basal half tinged with ochreous, the terminal half suffused with

pale olive-green, the medial shade narrower and not diffused to

the postmedial line except below the cell or on the postmedial

costal area.

1908: Sept. 22,—1 9 (type); Oct. 15,—1 ¢ (type). Hap.

22 millim.

5639 c. OzARBA MESOZONATA, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 31, d.)

3 9. Head, thorax, and abdomen white faintly tinged with

brown ; antenne brown; palpi brown at sides except at ex-

tremities of 2nd and 3rd joints; tarsi black-brown ringed with

white. Fore wing white, the basal area faintly tinged with

brown, the terminal area suffused with rufous ; two slight dark

marks on eosta near base; a broad chocolate-brown medial band

edged by black lines defined by white, narrower towards costa

and slightly constricted in the cell; some whitish points on

costa and a brown patch on costal ar ea before the faint brownish

subterminal line, which is slightly excurved at middle; a

terminal series of black striz slightly defined on inner side by

white; cilia dark brown irrorated with grey, white at apex.

Hind wing ochreous white tinged with brown; a fine brown

terminal line. Underside white tinged with reddish ochreous.

1908: Sept. (919; ‘Sept. 21, g 5 Sept. 221 9;

Octawis. Ing. (uype)e LOO Apr Oe ape ho

20 millim.

3639 d. OzaRBA ENDOPLAGA, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 32, 3.)

$ 9. Head and thorax ochreous white; antennz brown ;

abdomen ochreous tinged with brown; palpi, pectus, legs, and

ventral surface of abdomen white, the palpi tinged with brown

towards base, the fore and mid tibie suffused with brown, the

tarsi brown ringed with white. Fore wing creamy white suffused

with rufous especially on terminal half; a large conical chocolate-

brown patch defined by white on medial area from below costa

to inner margin, with slight black streak above it on costa in the

male; some whitish points on postmedial part of costa and some

prove on costa before apex; a black-brown terminal line defined

on inner side by pale yellow which expands towards costa ; cilia

dark brown with a greyish tinge. Hind wing white tinged with

120 PROF. E. B. POULTON ON

reddish brown especially in female, the cilia whiter. Underside

ochreous white tinged with brown.

1908: Sept. 27,19; Oct. 11,—1 2 (B.M.). 1909: Apr. 19,

—l ¢ (type); Nov. 7,—1 9. Hap. 20 millim.

5656. OZARBA SANCTA Staud.

1908: June 29,—1 ¢.

5685. OzARBA PH#A Hmpsn.

1908: Feb. 11,—1 ¢.

5713. AmMyYNA ocro Guen.

1908: Jan. 30,—1 g. 1909: Apr. 7,—1 $; Apr. 30,—1 @.

5718. AmynaA PuNCTUM Fabr.

1908: May 29,1 ¢. 1909: Mar. 14,—2 9; Apr. 6,—1 ¢,

1 2; June 25,—1 ¢.

5891. Husrroria MIANOIDES Hmpsn.

1909: Apr. 7,—3 @.

5942 a. HULOCASTRA ARGYROSTROTA, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 33, 7

3 @. Head and thorax ochreous slightly tinged with rufous;

antenne reddish brown; palpi brown except at tips; tibize

and tarsi banded brown and white; abdomen brown with

white segmental lines, the ventral surface ochreous white

irrorated with brown. Fore wing with the basal half ochreous

slightly tinged with rufous, the terminal half suffused with

red-brown and black-brown and with patches of silver scales ;

slight subbasal and antemedial brown marks on costa and traces

of a sinuous antemedial line with some silvery scales beyond it ;

a sinuous black medial line defining the inner edge of the dark

area; an ochreous discoidal striga with some black before it;

postmedial line black defined on outer side by ochreous, more

strongly at costa, oblique from below costa to vein 6, slightly

incurved at discal fold, oblique and slightly waved below vein 4,

an oblique brown line beyond it towards costa ; subterminal line

represented by silver scales defined on inner side by blackish,

forming diffused marks below costa and at middle, excurved

below vein 7 and at middle; a terminal series of black striz

slightly defined on inner side by white ; cilia with white patches

at apex and discal fold. Hind wing whitish suffused with

fuscous brown; the underside bluish white irrorated with fuscous

brown, the terminal area more suffused with fuscous, a small

blackish discoidal spot and curved postmedial line.

1908: Sept. 21,—1 2 ; Oct. 15,—1 9 5 Oct. 24—1 ¢ (type).

Year ?: Oct. 25,—1 gd. Hep. 16 millim.

5984. LopHorACHE FULYIRUFA Hmpsn.

1909: Apr. 5,—1 9.

MOTHS FROM SOMALILAND. NDA

6081. HopLorARAcHE NUBILA Hmpsn.

1908: Sept. 21,—-1 @.

6081 a. HopLoraRACHE ECTORRIDA, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 36, 3.)

Hoplotarache nubila, ab. 1, Hmpsn. Cat. Lep. Phal. B.M.

ky JOS Ds

3d. Head and thorax white, the dorsum of thorax with black

scales mixed except in front; antenne fuscous; palpi black

at tips, the frons with lateral black bars; tarsi black ringed

with white; abdomen creamy white with dorsal fuscous segmental

bands, the ventral surface white. Fore wing white; subbasal

line defined on each side by grey, sinuous, from. costa to median

nervure; grey streaks on costa and above vem | before the

antemedial line, which is defined on each side by grey, waved,

some grey beyond it below median nervure; small dark grey

annuli in middle of cell and on ahecouell lars: an oblique dark

grey striga from middle of costa, spot above median nervure

and waved black line from cell to inner margin; an oblique

dark grey postmedial striga from costa, two black strive beyond

the cell with some grey before them and a waved black line

from lower angle of cell to inner margin; the terminal area

chocolate-brown, leaving an oblique wedge-shaped white patch

on costal area beyond the postmedial line and below the cell

extending to the medial line; subterminal line white with

two small wedge-shaped black marks before it below costa,

excurved below costa and at middle, then incurved and slightly

waved, and with black marks beyond it above and below vein 2;

a terminal sertes of small black ‘spots defined on inner side by

white; cilia wholly white at middle, red-brown at base, with

white tips towards apex and dark leaden-grey tips at discal

fold and towards tornus and with slight blackish line through

them. Hind wing white; the underside with brown spots at

middle of costa and apex and postmedial bar from costa.

2. Dorsum of thorax grey and black ; abdomen red-brown ;

fore wing with more grey suffusion on the white area; hind

wing red-brown, the cilia white at tips; the underside white

suffused with brown, a brown discoidal bar and postmedial line

excurved beyond the cell.

S08 Noy So 1909 Apr 6, eo Apr. 8d.

1 @ (types) ; Apr. 9,—1 9 ; Apr. 10,—2 Ove” ANoir. vee OF

May 7,—1 9; May 9,—1 o..

Also in the British Museum from Br. E. Africa, Athi Valley

(Crawshay), 1 3. Hxp. 20 millim.

6081 6. HopLoTaARACHE C#RULEOPICTA, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 37,3.)

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen ochreous tinged with rufous;

pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen ochreous white, the

fore and mid tibia and the tarsi brown ringed with white. Fore

wing with the basal half creamy white, the terminal half olive-

122 PROF, E. B. POULTON ON

brown ; subbasal line double, olive-brown, sinuous, from costa to

vein 1; antemedial line double, olive-brown; a black point in

middle of cell and incomplete black discoidal annulus slightly

defined by white; medial line dark, defining the pale area,

oblique to lower angle of cell, then incurved; an oblique wedge-

shaped postmedial creamy-white patch from costa, then a diffused

dark line, strongly imcurved and with patches of silvery-blue

scales beyond it; subterminal line interrupted in places, cupreous

red defined on each side by creamy white, excurved to near termen

below vein 7 and at middle, then slightly waved; a terminal

series of black striz defined by creamy white; cilia creamy white

from vein 4 to submedian fold. Hind wing creamy white, the

veins and terminal area tinged with brown; the underside

creamy white, the terminal area tinged with brown, a small

blackish diseoidal spot and faint brownish medial and postmedial

bars from costa.

@. Fore wing with the basal half tinged with red-brown ;

hind wing cupreous red-brown, the cilia white at tips, the renter

side creamy white tinged with red-brow n, the terminal area

suffused with red-brown, a small dark discoidal spot and curved

postmedial line.

1909: Apr. 9,—1 ¢; Apr. 15,—1 @ (type); Apr. 24,—i ¢

(type). Hup. 22 millim.

6089. MervrarropLAstTA INSsociA Wk.

1908: May 4,—1 3.

6091 a. AULOTARACHE PLUMBEOGRISEA, sp.n. (PI. J. fig. 34, 2 .)

Q. Head, thorax, and abdomen reddish ochreous, the patagia

suffused with leaden grey; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of

abdomen ochreous white, the fore legs tinged with red-brown.

Fore wing brownish suffused with leaden grey; some ochreous

and rufous on inner margin towards base; traces of a sinuous

dark antemedial line from cell to inner margin, faintly defined

on inner side by ochreeus; claviform a very narrow ochreous

mark defined by some black scales; orbicular on outer side

and reniform on inner side very faintly defined by black; post-

medial line dentate, indistinct and brown from below costa to

vein 6, then blackish and defined on outer side by yellow and red

patches in the interspaces, oblique below vein 4; a terminal

series of minute black points defined on inner side by white

points. Hind wing white, the costal and terminal areas tinged

with brown. Underside of fore wing and costal area of hind

wing suffused with reddish brown.

1908: Sept. 23,—1 3; Sept. 25,—1 9; Oct. 17,—1 Q (type);

Oct. 24,—1 9. 1909: Apr. 15,—1 9; Apr. 20,—2 2; May 9,

—1 9 (B.M.); May 10.—1 9; May 12—1 9. Hap. 22-

26 millim.

MOTHS FROM SOMALILAND, 12s}

6122. Taracun zeLLERL Wllern.

1908: Sept. 18,—1 ¢.

6155. TARACHE UMBRIGERA Feld.

1908: May 24,—1 ¢. 1909: Apr. 18,—2 9.

6167. TARACHE OPALINOIDES Guen.

Mandera.—1908: July 17,—1 9. 1909: Apr. 9,—1 9 ;

Apr. 10,—1 ¢; Apr. 27,—1 9.

Hargaisa.—1908: Oct..—1 d,1 2.

6175, TARACHE CARNESCENS Himpsn.

1909: Oct. 22,—1 2.

6182. TaRACHE HORTENSIS Swinh.

1908: Aug. 16,—1 @; Sept. 28,—1 2; Sept. 29,—1 ©.

1909: Apr. 7,—1 2; Apr. 8—1 2; Nov. 24,—1 ¢.

6187 a. TARACHE MESOLEUCA, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 38, 3.)

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen white, the dorsum of thorax

behind the tegule with grey mixed. Fore wing pale leaden

grey, the basal area with some white mixed; a subbasal white

point below costa and streak above base of vein 1; a waved

white antemedial line ; a white medial band; a black annulus in

the cell towards extremity and rather elliptical discoidal annulus;

a triangular white patch on postmedial part of costa with the

faint diffused red-brown postmedial line arising from it, strongly

incurved below vein 4; a very indistinct inact eabeen sain

line with some white on it at costa, incurved and with white

seales on its outer edge below vein 3; a terminal series of black

strie defined on inner side by white on inner half; cilia with

white mixed from vein 3 to submedian fold. Hind wing white,

the costal area and termen, except towards tornus, tinged with

brown ; the underside white with small brown discoidal spot.

1908: Aug. 15,—1 ¢ (type). Hap. 18 millim.

6191 a. TaRACcHE MroGoNA, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 39, 9.)

2. Head grey-brown, the palpi white except at tips; thorax

brownish white with fuscous scales mixed; pectus and legs

white, the fore and mid tibie banded with fuscous, the tarsi

black ringed with white; abdomen red-brown, the ventral

surface white. Fore wing with the basal area brownish white

with some red-brown scales towards costa and a grey tinge

at base of inner margin, its outer edge rather oblique and

diffused ; a black point in the cell near base; the rest of wing

chocolate-brown tinged with purplish grey; a conical brownish-

white postmedial patch on costa with the blackish postmedial

line arising from it, incurved below vein 4 to below end of cell

and slightly angled outwards at vein 1; subterminal line formed

124 PROF. E. B. POULTON ON

by brownish-white scales, slightly waved, ineurved below vem 3

and ending at tornus ; a terminal series of black strize ; cilia with

a slight dark line through them. Hind wing pale red-brown,

the terminal area darker; cilia fuscous with a white line at base

and white tips except towards tornus ; the underside with white

patch on costa towards apex.

1909: Apr. 10,—1 @ (type). Hap. 24 millim.,

Subfam. HureLian”.

6258. EuTELIA DiscistrigA Wlk.

1909: Feb. 27,—1 9; Apr. 20,—-1 9; June 12,—1 9.

6258 a. HUTELIA GRISESCENS, sp.n. (Pl. I. fig. 40, 3.)

3 2. Head, thorax, and abdomen grey, the thorax tinged with

rufous ; palpi with the base of 2nd and 3rd joints brown ; tarsi

brownish with pale rings ; abdomen with some rufous on dorsum,

the crests and anal tuft blackish. Fore wing with the basal

area rufous defined by the deeper rufous antemedial line, which

is angled outwards below costa, then incurved ; the rest of wing

grey ; a faint reddish-brown medial line, bent outwards to the

discocellulars and incurved below the cell; postmedial line black

with some fuscous beyond it towards costa, oblique and slightly

sinuous to vein 6, then almost obsolete and much interrupted,

excurved at middie then incurved, some rufous beyond it at discal

fold and in submedian interspace; a browntsh patch on costal

area with two white points at costa before the subterminal line,

some yellowish rufous below and beyond it; subterminal line

slight, whitish and somewhat waved, incurved below costa and

vein 3; a terminal ‘series of black strie; cilia dark brown,

chequered with white at base. Hind wing grey-white, the

terminal area tinged with brown and with brownish streaks

on the veins; a fine black terminal live ; cilia chequered blackish

and white; the underside with the costal area and terminal area

to vein 2 tinged with rufous, a blackish discoidal point and

punctiform postmedial line.

1909: Mar. 13,—1.d¢. 1910: Mar.14,—1 9; Mar. 16,—1 ¢

(type). Hap. 5 22, 2 26 millim.

Subfam. STICTOPTERIN ZA.

6458. STENOSDICTA GRISEA Hmpsn.

1908: Aug. 15—1 ¢,2 9; Aug. 24,—1 9; Sept. 13,—1 2;

Sept. 21,—1 3g; Oct. 15,—1 3; Oct. 28,—1 9. 1909: Feb. 18,

—l1 g; Mar. 14,—1 9; Mar. 22,—1 3; Mar. 28,—1 ¢.

Subfam. AConTIANE,

6863. EARIAS INSULANA Boisd.

1908: Oct. 31,—1 ¢.

MOTHS FROM SOMALILAND. 2

6980. MAuRILIA ARCUATA WIlk.

1908: Oct. 25,—1 3.

7068. NeGera LuMINOsSA WIlk.

1908: July 11,—1 9°.

7116. AcontrIA ALBAGO F,

1909: Apr. 24,—1 9;. Apr. 26,—1 9.

7117. AcontrA GEPHYRIAS Meyr.

1909: May’8,—1 ¢.

Subfam. CAaTrocaLina,

7353, ULOTHRICHOPUS TINCTIPENNIS. Hmpsn..

1909: July 6,—1 ¢.

7362. CHELECALA TREFOLIATA Butl.

1910: Jan. 10,—2 9°.

7367. HyporacHa INDECISA Wlk.

1908: July 24,—1 ¢ ; Aug. 26,--1 9°.

7423. CYLIGRAMMA LATONA Cram.

1909: May 20.—1 9; May 21,—1 9; May 23,—I ¢;

May 29,—1 6; May 30,—I 2; May 3l-—3 g,2 9; June 1,

8 ¢, 69; June 2,—2 9; June 4-2 6; June 5—1 9 ;

June 6,—6 g, 4 9; June 7,2 g,1 9; June 9,1 6, 8 Q;

June 14,—1 ¢; Sept. 8,—1 d. 1910: June 4,1 9°.

7493 a, ACANTHONYX SERIOPUNCTA, sp.n. (Pl. I. fig. 41, 3.)

3. Head and thorax ochreous yellow, the tegule tinged with

rufous ; antenne whitish tinged with rufous; abdomen ochreous

white with dorsal rufous segmental lines, the ventral surface

ochreous. Fore wing ochreous yellow sparsely irrorated with

red-brown scales; subbasal red-brown points below costa and

cell ; a minute antemedial red-brown spot below costa and points

on median nervure and vein 1; an oblique chocolate-brown

discoidal bar tmged with grey, rather rounded above; a minute

postmedial red-brown spot below costa, then a curved series

of pots on the veins; fine brownish lines on termen and

through the cilia. Hind wing white. Underside white; fore

wing with the costal area ochreous, the terminal area tinged

with ochreous except towards tornus ; hind wing with the costal

area and the termen narrowly tinged with ochreous.

Hargaisa.—1908: Oct.,—1 ¢ (type). Hap. 40 millim.

7667. ACH&A CATELLA Guen.

Mandera.—1908: Dec. 17,—1 9. 1909: Jan. 9,—1 g;

May 24,—1 9; May 25,—2 9; June 7,—1 ¢; July 9,—1 9.

Durbar.—1908: Dec. 6,—3 ¢.

126 PROF. E. B. POULTON ON

7747. PARALLELIA ALGIRA L.

1909: Apr. 8,—1 6.

7764 a. PARALLELIA RECTIFASCIA Laweett.

1909; Apr. 22;—1 GC.

7786. GRAMMODES STOLIDA Fabr.

1908: May 4,—19; Aug. 28,—1 6; Sept. 11,--1 dg; Sept. 12,

—l1 dg; Sept. 23,—1 3; Sept. 25,—1 9; Sept. 80,—2 9; Oct. 1,

—1 ¢. 1909: Mar. 14,—1 ¢; Apr. 15,—1 9; Apr. 24,—1 9;

May 9,—-1 3, 49; May 10,235,592; May 12,—29; May 14,

13g; May 21,—1 g., 1910: Feb. 9,—1 9.

7792. CHALCIOPE HYPPASIA Cram,

1908: Nov. 19,—1 ¢.

7855.: Mocis REPANDA F,

1909: June 4,—1 GC.

8075. CERocALA ILLUSTRATA Holl.

Mandera.—1908: Feb. 11,—1 9; Apr. 28,—1 9; May 28,—

1 2; June 30,—1 9; July 27,19; July 31,16; Aug. 23,—

1 g; Aug. 26,—1 9; Sept. 22,—1 9; Oct. 22,—1 6; Nov. 13,—

19; Nov. 25,—1 2. 1909: Jan. 9,—2 9; Jan. 15,—1 9;

Jan. 17,—3 9; Feb. 14,—2 9; Feb. 16,—1 9; Feb. 17,—2 9;

Feb. 21,—1 ¢; Mar. 10,—1 9; Mar. 13,—2 9; Mar.17,—3 92;

Mar. 20,—1¢9,192; Mar. 21,—1 9; Mar. 22,—2 9; Mar. 24,—

13,19; Mar. 26,—49; Mar. 28,—19; Mar. 29,—19; Apr. 7,

—l 9; Apr. 8,—2 $,29; Apr. 10,—1 36,29; Apr. 11,—3 6,

192; Apr. 14,—1 6, 19; Apr. 19,—19; May 8,19; May 10,

—1d9,29; June 9,—1 d; Oct. 11,—1 6; Nov. 11,—2 9; Nov.

12,2 2. 1910: Mar. 14,-—-1 9.

Gan Libbah.—-1908: June 24,—1 9.

Berbera.—1908: Mar. 4,—2 9.

8077 a. CEROCALA ALBIMACULA, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 42, 3.)

3d. Head, thorax, and abdomen brown mixed with white, the

thorax mostly brown, the tegule dark brown, white at base and

tips; antenne ringed black and white; tarsi brown ringed with

white; ventral surface of abdomen white. Fore wing whitish

almost wholly suffused with grey-brown and reddish brown,

leaving a rather quadrate white patch beyond the reniform ;

antemedial line obsolete on costal area, then double, black,

slightly sinuous, with diffused silvery and black scales before it,

the outer line slightly defined on outer side by white: orbicular

and reniform with silvery and brown centres incompletely defined

by black; the former small, round, the latter with dark streak

before it in lower part of cell; postmedial line black slightly

defined on inner side by whitish, excurved below costa and

MOTHS FROM SOMALILAND. War

between veins 3 and 2 to the subterminal line, then retracted

upwards to lower angle of cell, waved to vein 1 and oblique to

inner margin, some black and silvery seales beyond it in its

sinus; subterminal line whitish defined on inner side by black

marks and some silvery scales between veins 7 and 3, angled

outwards below vein 7 and excurved at middle; a waved dark

terminal line; cilia chequered brown and white. Hind wing

white suffused with reddish brown ; a dark discoidal spot with

some white beyond it; an indistinet dark subterminal shade

with dark patches beyond it below apex and at middle with white

above them; cilia white chequered with brown. Underside

white; fore wing with round black discoidal spot, some brown

suffusion from below end of cell and fuscous subterminal and

terminal marks towards apex; hind wing with black discoidal

spot, some brown suffusion from below end of cell to the sinuous

brown postmedial shade, and blackish patches on termen below

apex and at middle.

@. Fore wing with more white, especially at base and on

terminal area except at apex.

1908: Sept. 29,—1 2 (type); Oct. 11,—1 ¢ (type). 1909:

Apr. 7,—1 9; Apr. 20,—1 $; Oct. 5,—1 9; Oct. 14,—1 9.

up. & 28, 2 34 millim.

8078. CrrodALA opp1A Druce.

1908: Feb. 1,—1 g; Feb. 7,—1 9; Feb. 11,—1 ¢; Sept. 17,

---19; Sept. 18,—1 9; Sept. 2 3 ie Sept. 22,—1 9; Sept. 23,

—1 9; Sept. 27,—1 3d; Oct. 3,—1 9. 1909: Feb. CLs QO;

Mar. | ae @; Mar. 11,—1 9; Mar. 14,—1 9; Mar. 19,--1 9;

Mar. 22,— 19; Mar. 26,—1 9; Apr. 6,—1 Q; Apr. 7,—1 3;

Apr. 8,—1-9; Sept..— 1 ¢; Oct.5,—1 9; Nov. 6,—1 92. 1910:

Jan. 5,—1 @.

8092. GNAMPTONYX INNEXA WIk.

ie abe Bites July 17,—1 @; een A Q. yee

Mar. 14,— oN Oke Meng, 28, —I @; Mar. 22; Apr. 3,—

19. 10 ae ar. 14,—1 9; Mar. 20,—1 a

Hargaisa.—1908: Oct.,--1 9. -

8117. PericyMA MeraALEucA Hmpsn.

1908: Aug. 24,—1 g. 1909: May 10,—1 9

+ .

8125, CorryrA LEUCOPTERA Hmpsn,

The ser Hee, besides the ty ypical form, ineludes specimens agree-

ing with C. dispar Piing., 0. ‘fascioluta Warr., C. balnearia Dist.,

Ca impar Wmpsn.,and C. eremochroa Himpsn., White h are evide ntly

forms of one variable species; they also occur together in the

Hoggar Mts., 8. Sahara, vide Rothschild, A. M. N. H. (8) xvi.

p. 255 (1915).—G. F. H.

1908: Mar. 22,—1 g; July 8.—2 9; Aug. 20,—1 9 (B.M.);

Sept. 16,—1 3 ; Sept. 19,—1 6,193 Oct. 29, G(r vias

128 PROF. E. B. POULTON ON

1909: Feb. 17,—1 2 (B.M.); Mar. 11,—1 9° (B.M.); Apr. 7,

Ons Acre 0-1 12) (BAMe) SaiSept. 821 ase vi) aor

Sept.,—4 g; Oct. 14,—2 ¢ (1 in B.M.),19; Oct. 22,—1 ¢; Dee.

28,—1 S. 1910: Feb. 10,—1 9; Mar. 20,—1 3.

8132. Cortryra RosACEA Rebel.

1908: July 17,—-1 2; Oct. 2,—1 9; Nov. 25,—17¢ (B.M.).

1909: Mar. 14,—1 ¢; May 10,—1 9; Oct. 14,—1 9.

8135. CorryTa CANESCENS W1Ik.

Mandera.—1909: Apr. 14,—1 o.

Hargaisa.—1908: Oct.,—1 92.

Subfam. PHyToMETRIN2.

8292. PHytromerra NI Hiibn.

1908: Oct. 1,—1 9. 1909: Apr. 6,—1 2; Sept.-—l 9.

8295. PHYTOMETRA LIMBIRENA Guen.

Hargaisa.—1908: Oct..—1 ¢.

8330. PHytomEeTRA AcUTA WIlk.

1909: Mar. 30,—1 9; Apr. 6,—1 3; Apr. 29 —1 OC” Miaye3.

—l1 3; May 21,—1 ¢.

Subfam. Nocrumnaz.

PANDESMA ANYSA Guen.

1909: Apr. 6,—1 ¢.

POLYDESMA COLUTRIX Geyer.

1908: June 18,—3 2; July 2,19; July 5,—2 ¢ (LinB.M.);

July 25,—1 9; July 26,—1 9; Aug. 1,—1 9. 1909: July 13,

PROCONIS ABROSTOLOIDES Hmpsn.

1909: Sept. 17,—1 9; Sept..—Il 9; Oct. 11,—1 92 (B.M.).

1910: Feb. 10,—1 9.

AUTHADISTIS CAMPTOGRAMMA, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 44, ¢.)

Antenne of male with fasciculate cilia.

3 9. Head and thorax pale red-brown mixed with blackish

and some whitish; palpi with some black towards base; pectus

whitish; fore tibiz with a black band, the tarsi black ringed with

white; abdomen white tinged with reddish brown. Fore wing

pale red-brown mixed with some whitish and irrorated with dark

brown; subbasal line black, excurved below costa and. ending at

submedian fold; antemedial line black, oblique towards costa,

then erect and very slightly angled inwards at submedian fold ;

a double sinuous blackish medial line, oblique to discal fold, then

MOTHS FROM SOMALILAND. 129

erect; a curved black discoidal striga; postmedial line black,

strongly bent outwards below costa, then exeurved to vein 3 with

a slight inward curve at discal fold, at vein 3 retracted with a

downward curve to lower angle of cell, then erect and sinuous,

some slight blackish marks beyond it on costa; subterminal line

blackish, slightly waved and interrupted, somewhat angled out-

wards elon veins 7 and 4, then incurved; a waved soekicn

terminal line. Hind wing pure white. Underside white, the

costa of both wings slightly irrorated with brown; fore wing

with some black points on terminal part of costa, a minutely

waved black terminal line, the cilia brown at tips; hind wing

with minutely waved black terminal line from apex to vein 2.

Ab. 1. Fore wing with the postmedial line not retracted to

lower angle of cel], but curved downwards between veins 3 and 2,

then erect.

1908: Sept. 3,—1 2; Sept. 17,—1 9; Sept. 18,—1 9 ab. 1

(B.M.); Sept. 19,—1 9; Sept. 23,—1d; Sept. 24,19; Oct. 2,

—1 9; Oct. 3,—1 ¢ (type); Oct. 24-2 g (lin B.M.). 1909:

Mar 0 Oo (BM) Marl); Mar. 29>) 9; Apr 8;

—192. xp. 22 millim.

AUCHENISA CERURODES, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 43, ¢.)

¢. Head and thorax white mixed with some rufous and black;

antenne rufous ; palpi black towards base; tarsi black ; abdomen

white, dorsally mixed with rufous and black. Fore wing white

slightly irrorated with fuscous brown; black streaks on “sein iL

and inner margin to near middle; an antemedial black patch

on costa with slight sinuous line from its outer edge to submedian

fold; an oblique blackish shade just beyond the cell between

veins 6 and 2; a blackish discoidal spot defined at sides by

white; postmediai line double, the outer line black, the inner

line black at costa, then slight brown and minutely waved,

curved, from costa to vein 2, an oblique wedge-shaped black-

brown patch beyond it on costal area; traces of an oblique

slightly waved brownish subterminal line; a terminal series of

black strie. Hind wing semihyaline white, a black discoidal

lunule and terminal series of small black spots, minute towards

apex. Underside white; both wings with black discoidal spots

and terminal series of striz; fore wing with the costa suffused

with brown expanding towards apex and with white postmedial

mark on it.

1909: Oct. 22,—3 ¢ (including type). Hap. 32 millim.

CATEPHIA PYRAMIDALIS, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 45, 3.)

3 9. Head and thorax brown mixed with grey-white; palpi

white in front; pectus white; tarsi black ringed with white;

abdomen whitish, dorsally suffused with brown, the crests blackish.

Fore wing grey suffused and irrorated with dark brown; subbasal

line black, sinuous, from costa to vein 1; antemedial line black,

waved; claviform defined by black; orbicular defined by black

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1916, No. TX. g

130 PROF. E. B. POULTON ON

and with blackish point in centre, round ; reniform with blackish

centre defined on inner side by white and black lines and on

outer side by white, narrow and somewhat produced at lower

extremity ; medial line blackish, oblique to the reniform, oblique

and sinuous below the cell; a triangular whitish shade from post-

medial part of costa to beyond the reniform; postmedial ine

black, strongly bent outwards below costa, then excurved with

a curve inwards at discal] fold, oblique and sinuous below vein 4,

a sinuous dark line beyond it, and some white points on costa ;

subterminal line dark brown, waved, angled outwards at vein 7

and excurved at middle, then incurved; the veins of terminal

area with slight dark streaks ; a terminal series of small black

lunules. Hind wing white, the veins and inner area tinged with

brown, the terminal area broadly fuscous brown; cilia white,

tinged with brown at apex, middle, and tornus. Underside

white, the costal areas irrorated with brown, the terminal area

suffused with brown ; both wings with blackish discoidal lunules

and postmedial line, excurved below costa of fore wing.

Ab. 1. Fore wing with the postmedial triangular patch whiter

and more distinct.

Ab. 2.. Fore wing with black-brown fascia above vein 1 between

the ante- and postmedial lines.

1908: Sept. 21,—1 9; Oct. 30,—1 2. 1909: Mar. 9,—1 9 ab. 2

(B.M.); Mar. 13,—1 9; Mar. 26.—1¢: Mar. 30,—19; Apr. 6,

—1 9: Apr. 8—1 g, 1 2 (¢ is ab. 2, in B.M.); Apr. 10,—1 9:

Ayr. 112 9; Apr: 15,—1 9) Apr. le, Oct. 14 lice

1 2 (ep, wayne, IWS Oem 224 Os Wor OI @ (BNL) 3

Nov. 7,—1 @, ab. 1 (B.M.). 1910: Mar. 6,—192; Mar. 16,

—2 2 (lab.1in B.M.). ap. 24-30 millim.

CAYEPHIA POLIOCHROA, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 47, 2.)

2. Head, thorax, and abdomen white mixed with brown ;

frons with lateral black bars ; pectus white; legs white tinged

with rufous. Fore wing whitish suffused with brownish grey ;

subbasal line black, from costa to submedian fold; antemedial

line black, oblique and sinuous to submedian fold, then angled

inwards at vein 1, a slight oblique black streak before it above

inner margin; claviform red-brown defined by black and with

black streak from it to the postmedial line, oblique, with its

upper edge extending to median nervure ; orbicular and reniform

defined by blackish except above, rather elliptical, the latter with

some fuscous in its lower part; an oblique blackish shade from

costa to the reniform, and waved Jine from submedian fold to

inner margin; postmedial line black, strongly bent outwards

below costa, incurved at discal fold, angled outwards at veins 4, 3,

then incurved and sinuous; a faint waved whitish subterminal

line with slight blackish streaks before it in the interspaces; a

fine waved black termina] line; cilia brown with a whitish line

at base. Hind wing white, the terminal area fuscous brown,

the inner area tinged with brown; cilia white, the tips brownish

MOTHS FROM SOMALILAND. WIL

at middle. Underside white, the costal and terminal areas

irrorated with brown; both wings with brown discoidal spot and

subterminal shade.

1909: May 12,—1 9 (type). Hap. 40 millim.

CATEPHIA PERICYMA, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 46, 3.)

3. Head and thorax pale grey mixed with brown, the tegule

with elliptical black-defined annuli; frons with lateral black

bars; tarsi black ringed with white; abdomen brown mixed

with whitish, the ventral surface whitish. Fore wing pale grey

thickly irrorated with brown and black, the veins beyond the

cell with slight dark streaks; a black-brown fascia below base of

submedian fold ; antemedial line black, excurved below the costa

and cell, incurved in the cell and below submedian fold, an

oblique black-brown shade before it on inner area, and a shade

beyond it in submedian interspace to the postmedial line, filling

in the claviform, which is large, defined by blaek, extending to

the cell and acute at extremity; orbicular and reniform large,

defined by black, the former round, the latter elliptical; a slight

oblique brown shade from middle of costa extending into the

reniform; postmedial line black, strongly bent outwards below

costa, then oblique to vein 6, oblique from vein 5 to below 4,

then strongly incurved, dark brown streaks beyond it on veins

3 and 2, and a black streak just below vein 2 with a slight white

mark below it beyond the postmedial line; a waved black

terminal line. Hind wing white, the inner area tinged with

red-brown, the terminal area dark cupreous brown, broad at

costa; narrowing to tornus; its inner edge sinuous; cilia white,

with brown line through them between veins 4 and 2. Underside

white ; fore wing with the costa slightly tinged with purple, a

brown discoidal spot, a subterminal brown shade except towards

costa and inner margin, the area beyond it irrorated with pur-

plish ; hind wing with the costa slightly irrorated with purplish,

a brown subterminal shade except towards tornus with some

brown aud purplish irroration beyond it:

2. Abdomen whiter; fore wing with the brown shade on

basal and median areas more diffused to inner margin; and with

slight brown shade before the postmedial line except towards

éosta:

1909: Mar. 14,—1 ¢,1 9 (types); xp. g 34, 2 40 millim.

CaTEPHIA MESONEPHELE, sp.n. (PI: I. fig: 48, ¢:)

dg. Head and thorax whitish mixed with dark brown; the

tegule except at tips tinged with rufous; frons with black lateral

bars ; palpi with some dark brown at sides of 2nd and 3rd joints;

pectus white; legs tinged with rufous, the tarsi dark brown

ringed with white; abdomen white, dorsally suffused with brown,

the crests dark brown. Fore wing grey-white tinged with brown,

the basal area suffused in parts with dark brown; subbasal line

. black, sinuous, from costa to submedian fold; antemedial line

132 PROF. E. B. POULTON ON

black defined on inner side by white, excurved below costa and at

middle and more strongly to inner margin, where there is an

oblique black bar before it; the medial area with oblique bright

red-brown fascia from median nervure through the claviform to

the postmedial line at inner margin ; claviform defined by black,

extending to median nervure, oblique and acute at extremity ;

orbicular and reniform with white annuli rather imcompletely

defined by brown, the former with brownish centre, round, the

latter with its centre faintly defined by brown and with small

brown spot in lower part, large, elliptical ; postmedial line black,

slightly bent outwards below costa then slightly sinuous, rather

oblique to vein 4 then incurved, a faint brown line beyond it to

vein 4; an oblique red-brown shade from apex and faint post-

medial line, angled outwards at vein 3; a waved black terminal

line forming points at the interspaces; a fine white line at base

of cilia. Hind wing pure white, the terminal area fuscous brown

from apex to vein 2. Underside of fore wing white, the terminal

area broadly suffused with fuscous.

1908 : Oct. 3,—1 ¢ (type). Hap. 24 millim.

CaTEPHIA EURYMELAS, sp.n. (Pl. I. fig. 49, 3.)

3 2. Head and thorax grey-white mixed with brown, the

tegule with black lines ; frons with lateral black bars ; palpi white

with some black at sides of 2nd and 3rd joints; pectus white ;

legs white tinged with rufous, the tarsi rufous ringed with white ;

abdomen rufous, the crests blackish, the ventral surface white.

Fore wing grey suffused in parts with reddish brown, an oblique

whitish shade from costa towards apex to end of cell ; a subbasal

black striga from costa and oblique streak above vein | ; ante-

medial line double, the outer line black, the inner indistinct,

waved, angled inwards above inner margin ; claviform slightly

defined by black, narrow; orbicular and reniform defined by

black, the former round, the latter incompletely defined on outer

side and with blackish mark in lower part; postmedial line

blackish, bent outwards below costa, then sinuous, oblique to

vein 3, then incurved, some white points beyond it on costa ;

subterminal line reddish brown, diffused on inner side, oblique,

excurved below vein 7 and at middle; a terminal series of black

points. Hind wing white, the terminal area broadly black-brown

from apex to submedian fold, then narrowly black-brown, the

inner margin tinged with brown; cilia white with some black-

brown at veins 2 and 1. Underside white, the terminal areas of

both wings broadly blackish to submedian fold leaving some

whitish on costa and termen of fore wing and at apex of hind

wing.

Ab. 1. Patagia and basal half of fore wing strongly suffused

with black-brown, the latter with the terminal half whiter

slightly tinged with brown and with blackish marks at apex, at

discal fold beyond the postmedial line and at termen and between

terminal parts of veins 3 and 2.

MOTHS FROM SOMALILAND. 133

1908: Sept. 25,192. 1909: Mar. 14,29; Mar. 15,—19;

Mar. 20,—1 9; Apr. 8—1 6 (type), 1 9 (B.M.); Nov.6,—1 9,

ab. 1(B.M.). Hay. 22-26 millim.

Lyncestis ptascora, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 50, 3.)

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen white mixed with some grey ;

the tegule with black band near tips, the abdomen dorsally

suffused with fuscous from near base to beyond middle; tarsi

black ringed with white. Fore wing white slightly tinged with

grey, a broad oblique fuscous grey shade from costa towards apex

to inner margin beyond middle, a slight black streak below basal

half of costa, and the veins of terminal area streaked with black;

the basal area with grey shades along median nervure and vein 1;

a slight oblique dark antemedial line from cell to inner margin ;

a slight black streak in end of cell; cilia tinged with brown.

Hind wing white, the veins towards termen streaked with black,

the apex tinged with brown; a blackish terminal line. Underside

of fore wing suffused with reddish brown; hind wing with the

costal area irrorated with reddish brown, a subterminal shade

from costa to vein 2.

2. Greyer; hind wing with the terminal area broadly suffused

with black.

1908: Sept. 16,—1 d (type); Sept. 26.—1 $. 1909: Mar. 19,

—1 3; Sept. 20,—1 9 (type). Hap. 28 millim.

LYNCESTIS AMPHIX Cram,

Year ?: Mar. 20,—1 6d.

SPHINGOMORPHA CHLOREA Cram.

Mandera.—1908: Nov. 17,—1 ¢. 1909: Mar. 28,—1 9;

Apr. 5,—1 5; June 6,—1¢,29. 1910: Feb. 9,—1 2.

Gan Libbah.—1908: June 24,14; June 26,—1 9.

Hargaisa.—1909: Nov.,—1<¢.

PASIPEDA SAMBESITA WIk.

1909: Apr. 24.—1d; May 21,—19; July 6.—1<¢.

OcuLAsa CoRNUTA Hmpsn.

1908: Nov. 17,—1¢@. 1909: Mar. 14,—19; Mar. 28,—1 6.

ASPLENIA RUBRESCENS, sp. n. (PI. II. fig. 1, 3.)

3 9. Head and thorax red-brown mixed with some whitish and

a few dark brown scales; pectus and legs whitish, the fore tarsi

ringed with fuscous; abdomen red-brown, the ventral surface

whitish. Fore wing bright rufous with slight dark irroration, a

whitish shade tinged with rufous just beyond the cell; slight sub-

basal blackish points on costa and in the cell; antemedial line

black, waved, double at costa; a small black annulus filled in with

white in the cell towards extremity, and a slight discoidal lunule

134 PROF. FE. B. POULTON ON

defined by blackish; a diffused blackish medial line, excurved

‘beyond the cell, then incurved and slightly waved : postmedial

line indistinctly double, red-brown and blackish filled in with

whitish, slightly bent outwards below costa, then slightly waved

and produced to black and white points on the veins, excurved to

vein 4, then incurved, some pale points beyond it on costa ; sub-

terminal -line whitish defined on inner side by dentate black

marks in the interspaces, excurved below vein 7 and at middle; a

terminal series of black striz; cilia with same white at tips.

Hind wing pale red-brown with a dark subterminal shade; some

dark suffusion on termen towards apex and a dark terminal line ;

cilia white at tips; the underside white tinged with rufous, a

dark discoidal point, eurved red-brown postmedial line with dark

points on the veins and slight subterminal shade.

1909: Mar. 26,—1 3g; Apr. 7,—19; Apr: 8}— 1g); Aprs 9

Weg Ayo WO 1oe Noe Wall Gy (suis) Joes yl ej 9

Apr. 20,—1 9; Apr. 22,—1¢; Apr. 23,—1 9; May 7,—1¢6

(B.M.),12; May 10,—1 4,19; May 12—1¢ (type); May 21,—

19. Hap. 24-28 millim,

TEPHRIAS TRIGONOSEMA, sp.n. (PI. I. fig, 2, @.)

Q. Head and tegule yellow tinged with rufous, the tegule

with a ryfous band behind them; thorax creamy white; antennze

red-byown ; legs slightly tinged with brown; abdomen whitish,

dorsally tinged with brown. Fore wing creamy white slightly

irrorated with red-brown, the cgsta red-brown to beyond middle ;

a conical antemedial chogolate-brown patch from just above

median nervure, its bage extending to the scale-tooth on inner

margin and ouftiyardly resting on vein 1; faint oblique rufous

antemedial and medial strie from costa; postmedial line chogo-

late-brown, arising below gosta, straight to vein 4, then retracted

upwards to ppper angle of cell, then running downwards with a

slight inwards curve to submedian fold jpst beyond the antemedial

patch, and with a trjangular chogolate-brown patch below it

between vein 4 and submedian fold; the area beyond the post-

medial line and below the outer part of the antemedial patch

suffused with red-brown shading to ochreops at termen; sub-

terminal line indistinct, dark brown, oblique, dentate, angled

outwards below veins 7 and 4, Hind wing creamy white suffused

with red-brown especially towards termen; the underside creamy

white irrorated with red-brown, the apical part of terminal area

suffused with brown, a slight discoidal spot and faint curved post-

medial line,

1908; Apr, 27,—1 9 (type). Hap. 22 millim,

PLECOPTERA POLYMORPHA, sp. n. (gi INES tie Sh sy)

3. Head and thorax brownish white slightly irrorated with

fuscous ; antenne brownish; pectus and abdomen white. Fore

wing white, tinged in parts with pale red-brown and irrorated

MOTHS FROM SOMALILAND. ES

with black scales ; a slight red-brown subbasal line from costa to

submedian fold; antemedial line red-brown, sinuous; two small

almost conjoined black discoidal spots; postmedial line red-brown

with some diffused blackish at costa, straight and almost erect to

vein 4, then slightly incurved, a series of black points beyond it

from costa to vein 4; traces of a whitish subterminal line, ex-

curved below vein 7 and at middle; the termen and cilia suffused

with red-brown; a fine waved red brown terminal line with minute

dark points at the interspaces. Hind wing white tinged with

red-brown and irrorated with black, the termen and cilia more

strongly tinged with red-brown; a red-brown postmedial line,

axonal bey ond lower angle of gelll ; a waved red-brown ter mdm

line. Underside white faintly tinged with brown and irrorated

with a few black scales; hind wing with black bar on upper

discocellular.

2. Varying from whitish tinged with rufous to purplish grey

suffused with reddish brown, the lines of both wings and discoidal

spots of fore wing often Sind iseinagtt.

Ab. 1. Both wings with strong red- brown shade before the

postmedial line which is defined on outer side by white.

1903: Sept. 12,—2 9 (1 ab. 1 in B.M.); Sept. 22

Sept. 24,—1 ¢ (type). 1909: Mar. 14,—1 9; Apr. 18,—1 9;

Ain 245 OB EME). vAspr a6) 16 OB IM») Apr 27)

Sept.,.—2 5; Oct. 4,—19; Nov. 12,—1 9 (type).

Also in B.M. from Abyssinia, Tamasso (Degen), 1 2. Hap.

30-32 millim.

PLEecoprerRA HYPOXANTHA Hinpsn.

1909: July 6,—2 @.

ACANTHOLIPES CIRCUMDATA Wk.

1909: Oct. 8,—1 9.

ACANTHOLIPES TRIMENI Feld.

1909: May 12,—1@. ,

ANTARCHM#A SUBFLAVALIS W1lk.

1908: Oct. 25,

ANTARCH#A FRAGILIS Butl.

1908: Sept. 14,—-1 9; Nov. 18,—1 2. 1909: Oct. 14,—1¢9.

TATHORHYNCHUS EXSICCATA Led.

1909: May 10,—1 ¢.

ANOMIS FIMBRIAGO Steph., or EROosA Hiibn.

1909: Apr. 6,—1 9. ‘The females of fimbriago and erosa

aE Ure

cannot be distinguished with certamty.

136 PROF. E. B. POULTON ON

CALPE VAGABUNDA Swinh.

Mandera.—1908: May 29,—1 9; Sept. 16—19. 1909:

Mar. 12,—1 6; Apr. 15,—192; Sept. 9,19.

Hargaisa.—1908: Oct.,—1¢ (B.M.).

ARGADESA MATERNA L.

1909: Apr. 6,—1¢3,19; May 21,—1¢.

OPHIDERES FULLONICA L.

Hargaisa,—1909: July,—1d,19.

This species and the last were often seen at light, but were not

sufficiently attracted to be easily captured.

Subfam. Hypunina.

SARMATIA INTERITALIS Guen.

1908: Sept, 26,—1¢. 1909: Apr, 22-19; May 10,—19.

SIMPLICIA CAPALIS Wlk.

1908: June 1,—1 9,

NopaRIA EXTERNALIS F,

1908: June 2,—1 ¢. 1909: Jan. 16,—1 ¢.

HYPENA sTRIGATA F, (ABYSSINIALIS Guen. ),

1909: Apr. 6;—1¢; May 21—1¢4; July 6—16.

Hypena gussauis Wlk.

1909: May 26,—19. 1910: Mar. 16,—1 9.

HYPENA MASURIALIS Guen.

1909: Apr. 6,—1 9; Nov. 10,—1¢.

RAYNCHINA ANTIQUALIS Hibn,

1909: Qot, 22,—1 9.

RHAYNCHINA PERANGULATA, sp. n. (PI. II. fig. 7, 2.)

3 2. Head, thorax,and abdomen grey-white mixed with reddish

brown; palpi tinged with red-brown and irrorated with black ;

ventral surface of abdomen white irrorated with brown. Fore

wing grey tinged with red-brown and irrorated with black; ante-

medial line white, very oblique from costa to submedian fold,

where there is a small fan of raised scales below its extremity ; an

elliptical red-brown spot in end of cell with white streak below it

on median nervure and small white patch beyond its lower ex-

tremity ; postmedial line fine, blackish, defined on inner side by

white and on outer side also towards costa, very oblique to discal

fold where it is acutely angled, then oblique to inner margin

below the antemedial line, some white points beyond it on costa

and an oblique white shade from apex to its angle; a slight

MOTHS FROM SOMALILAND. 137

dentate white subterminal line with oblique chocolate-brown shade

beyond it from just below apex, then a series of dentate chocolate-

brown marks on its outer edge ; a fine chocolate-brown terminal

line and white line at base of cilia. Hind wing reddish brown ;

a fine dark terminal line; cilia paler; the underside whitish

tinged and irrorated with brown, a brown discoidal point and

curved postmedial line.

1909: Apr. 7,—1 @ (type).

Also in B.M. from Br. KE. Africa, Taveta ing 23; Mosam-

bique, 1 ¢; Transvaal, Kranspr uit (Janse), 1 2. Exp. 20-26

millim.

RHYNCHINA REVOLUTALIS Zell.

1908: Aug. 24,—1 9.

RHYNCHINA ALBISCRIPTA, Sp.n. (PI. II. fig. 8, 3.)

Antenne of male minutely serrate, with fasciculate cilia.

3S. Head and thorax white irrorated with brown ; palpi with

the 2nd joint fuscous brown except below, the 38rd with fuscous

band ; abdomen white, dorsally tinged with brown. Fore wing

white suffused with brown, the inner area to the postmedial line

and the termen whiter; antemedial line dark brown defined on

each side by white, oblique to submedian fold, then inwardly

oblique ; a minute blackish annulus in the cell towards extremity ;

a slight white discoidal lunule defined by dark brown; postmedial

line black-brown defined on each side by white, oblique to vein 6

and below vein 4; some white points beyond it on costa; a sub-

terminal series of minute white spots in the interspaces, defined

on inner side by slight somewhat dentate black marks with den-

tate white marks before them towards costa; a fine blackish

terminal line; cilia with white lines at base and near tips. Hind

wing white tinged with reddish brown; a fine brown terminal

line; cilia white at tips; the underside white, the costal area and

terminal area to vein 3 irrorated with red-brown, a faint curved

postmedial line.

1908: Sept. 19,—1 ¢ (type); Oct. 1,—1 ¢.

Also in B.M. from Sudan, Port Sudan (W/rs. Waterfield), 3 3.

Hep. 20 millim.

RHYNCHINA ENDOLEUCA, sp. n. (FI. II. fig. 6, 3.)

Antenne of male bipectinate with short fasciculate branches,

the apical part ciliated.

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen grey-white tinged with brown ;

the crest at base of abdomen fuscous. Fore wing grey-white

tinged with brown; a slight white streak in basal half of sub-

median fold, the area below it paler and tinged with red-brown ;

antemedial line represented by a striga of raised blackish scales

from costa, some black scales on inner area and a small spot

further from the base below the cell; a point of raised black

scales in the cell towards extremity and a bar from origin of

138 PROF. E. B. POULTON ON

vein 2 to inner margin with a slight rufous line before it; a slight

brown line from above end of cell to vein 6, dentate at veins 7

and 6 ; some minute blackish streaks on costa towaids apex and

an oblique whitish shade from apex to end of cell with a rufous

tinge on its outer side and short black streaks in the interspaces,

ending in an oblique black bar above vein 2 just beyond the bar

below the cell ; a subterminal series of minute black strie, oblique

from below vein 3 to submedian fold, then erect, with a slight

streik beyond it in submedian fold; a slight sinuous blackish

terminal line and fine white line at base of cilia which are inter-

sected with black at the veins. Hind wing whitish tinged with

red-brown; a fine brown terminal line; cilia whiter, slightly

intersected with brown at the veins; the underside white tinged

with rufous and irrorated with brown except on basal and inner

areas, a brown discoidal point, traces of a postmedial line from

costa to discal fold and a punctiform black terminal line.

Q. Fore wing with the basal half suffused with fuscous brown

to subimedian fold in which the white streak is stronger and the

inner area more contrasting, the white shade from apex more

prominent.

Ab. 1 much darker.

1908: Sept. 20,—1 9 (type); Sept. 27,1 ¢ (type).

Also in B.M. from Sudan, Port Sudan (Mrs. Waterfield), 1 3,

1°; Br. HE, Africa, Sabaki R. (Gregory), 1 9 ; Kitu (Crawshay),

19; Takaunga (7. Thomas), 19; Munisu (Lord Delamere), 1°.

Eaup. 3 20, 9 24 millim.

MAGULABA GRISEA, sp.n. (PI. II. fig. 4, 3.)

3 9. Head and thorax black-brown mixed with reddish brown ;

ectus, legs, and abdomen grey, irrorated with dark brown, the

palpi and fore legs suffused with black, the tarsi ringed with

whitish. Fore wing grey-white suffused with reddish brown and

irrorated with blackish ; a sinuous blackish antemedial line; a

white point in middle of cell and slight whitish discoidal striga

placed on a sinuous blackish medial shade, incurved below the

cell; an indistinct blackish postmedial line, excurved below costa

and at middle, incurved at discal fold and below vein 4; a brown

subterminal shade with series of more or less prominent black

marks on it, excurved below vein 7 and at middle; a terminal

series of black points. Hind wing grey suffused with brown and

irrorated with dark brown; traces of two postmedial iines with

the area between them rather paler; a terminal series of fuscous

striz ; the underside white irrorated with brown, a dark discoidal

striga and rather diffused brown postmedial and subterminal

lines.

1908: Feb. 24,—1 ¢ (B.M.); Sept. 13,—1 6; Sept. 22,16;

Oct. 3,—1 3 ; Oct. 29,—1 6; Nov. 13,—1 ¢ (type). 1909:

Apr. 20,—1 3 3 Apr. 22,—1 9 (B.M.).

Also in B.M. from 8. Nigeria, Sapele (Sampson), 13. Lup.

22 millim.

MOTHS FROM SOMALILAND. 139

NAARDA NIGRIPALPIS, sp.n. (Pl. II. fig. 5, 3.)

3S. Head and thorax brown mixed with grey; antenne blackish

slightly ringed with grey; palpi blackish; fore legs black, the

tarsi slightly ringed with white ; abdomen grey suffused with

brown. Fore wing grey thickly wrorated with brown; antemedial

line dark brown and sinuous; a minute ochreous spot in middle

of cell and ochreous discoidal bar defined at sides by dark brown ;

a rather diffused erect brown medial line ; postmedial line dark

brown, sinuous, slightly incurved below vein 4; subtermimal line

whitish defined on inuer side by brown, shghtly sinuous ; a ter-

minal series of dark brown strie. Hind wing grey suffused with

brown; a slight brown discoidal lar and some dark scales at

middle of inner margin; a curved waved brown postmedial line ;

a rather diffused waved subterminal line; a terminal series of

dark brown striz; the underside whitish irrorated with brown,

the discoidal bar and postmedial and subterminal lines more

distinct.

1908: Oct. 25,—1 ¢ (type). Hap, 18 millim.

Fam. LYMANTRID&.

Euproctis FAScIATA W1k.

1909: Mar. 14,—1 g¢. 1910: Mar, 10,—1! ¢.

L2&LIA TESTACEA W1k.

Mandera.—1909: Oct. 6,—1 9.

Hargaisa.—1908: Oct.,—2 ¢.

CasaMA Vitis Wlk.

1908: May 2,—1¢,19; May 4,—1¢,19@; Aug. 15,—l1¢,

19; Aug. 24,1 ¢; Aug. 25,—19; Aug. 26,—1 4,1 9; Sept. 3,

13; Sept. 15,—1 ¢; Sept. 18.— 29; Sept. 19,—19; Sept. 21,—

i eo Septs 22, ge LO Ochy se OCU Elis

Oct. 15,—19. 1909: Jan. 13,—19; Jan. 18,—19; Feb. 17,—

ae Heb. 25 "1O- Mar. 12-135 5) Mar 13) 2) Mare 1)

19; Mar. 24,—1¢; Apr. 6,—1 ¢; Apr. 7,—36; Apr. 8,—_l1¢;

Apr. 11,—19; Apr. 14,16; Apr. 24,—1¢ ; Apr. 26,—1¢ ;

Apr. 30,—1¢; Aug. 17,—1 ¢; Oct. 5,—1 ¢; Oct, 7,-1 3;

Nov. 25,—1 92. 1910: Jan. 8,—1¢.

DASYCHIRA MISERATA Holl,

1903: Aug. 26,—1 <.

Dasycuira REMOTA Druce,

Year?: Mar. 24,—] 9.

ACLONOPHLEBIA INconspPicya, sp. H. (PI. II. fig. 9, 3.)

¢. Head, thorax, and abdomen dark red-brown mixed with

some whitish. Fore wing whitish tinged with red-brown and

thickly irrorated with dark brown, the veins with dark streaks ;

140 PROF. E. B. POULTON ON

a dark brown subbasal patch from costa to below the cell; ante-

medial line blackish, excurved from below costa to submedian

fold where it is slightly angled inwards ; traces of a sinuous dark

medial line; a curved black discoidal striga; postmedial line

blackish slightly defined on outer side by white, somewhat

dentate and produced to slight streaks at veins 7 to 2, bent

outwards between veins 5 and 3, retracted below vein 2, and

slightly angled outwards at submedian fold and vein 1; some

slight whitish marks on costa towards apex; cilia brown, inter-

sected with white at veins 7 to 2. Hind wing white, somewhat

semihyaline, the veins shghtly tinged with brown; the cilia

with slight brown spots from apex to vein 2. Underside of

fore wing with the terminal area white with a subterminal

brown shade rather diffused on inner side and dentate on outer

between veins 7 and 3.

Hargaisa.—1$08: Oct.,—2 ¢ (including type). Hap. 30 millim.

Fam. SPHINGIDA.

By Dr. Karu Jorpan.

Herse convonvut L.

Sphinx convolvuli Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. 10, p. 490. n. 6 (1758).

1909: July 6,—1 9; Nov.6,—1¢.

Powiana Micra R. & J. (1903).

Poliana micra Rothschild & Jordan, Nov. Zool. ix. Suppl.

p- 809, no. 766, text-fig. 6 (1903 : Somaliland).

These two males from Mandera are in a better state of

preservation than the type, and therefore appear purer grey

on the fore wing. The only difference I notice is in the ante-

and postmedial double lines being less filled-in with fuscous and

a little further apart below the apex of the cell than in the type

specimen, the only example hitherto known to us of this species.

The genitalia of one of Mr. Feather’s specimens have been

examined ; they are identical with those of the type.

1908: Oct. 31,—1 ¢. 1909: May 13,—1 ¢.

Hipporion cELERIO L.

Sphinx celerio Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. 10, p. 491. n. 10 (1758).

Mandera.—1909: Apr. 5,—1 ¢.

Berbera.—1908: Dec. 2,—1 9.

HiPPOTION ROSEIPENNIS SOMALICUM, subsp. n.

3 Q. Ab H. ros. roseipenni ala antica in disco lineis quinque

fuscis notata distinguendum.

In true roseipennis Butl. (1882), which is known to us from

Delagoa Bay northward to British Hast Africa and Unyoro, the

fore wing bears two distinct lines in the outer half, the proximal

MOTHS FROM SOMALILAND. 14]

line crossing the fuscous patch which is placed at the apex of the

cell, and the outer line being nearly continuous with the oblique

apical streak. In between these two lines there are at most

faint traces of two or three other lines paraliel with them. In

somalicum, on the other hand, the three additional lines are

quite distinct, the first and second additional lines being in

the male nearly, and in the female fully, as well marked as the

proximal line. In this character H. r. somalicum represents

an ancestral stage.

The genitalia do not appear to differ from those of HZ. r.

roseipenies.

Mandera.—1909: Oct. 14,—1 9.

Hargaisa.—1909: Nov.,—1 ¢ (type).

Hiprorton ros# Butl.

Darapsa rose Butl. A. M.N. H. (5) x. p. 433. n. 5 (1882).

1909: Oct. 6,—I1 ¢.

Fam. NoTODONTID &.

xARGETTA XYLOCHROA Hmpsn.

Mandera.—1908: May 29,

Feb. 17,—1 ¢.

Hargaisa.—_1908 : Oct..—1 ¢.

SCRANCIA DISCoMMA, sp.n. (PI. II. fig. 10, 2.)

@. Head and thorax white mixed with reddish brown and

blackish, the patagia white slightly pencilled with brown; pectus

and legs white with a few brown scales; abdomen white tinged

with brown and with slight lateral blackish spots except towards

extremity. Fore wing white irrorated with a few black scales,

the inner half tinged with red-brown, the veins streaked with

black except on basal and inner areas and at costa ; a small round

black-brown discoidal spot surrounded by white. Hind wing

white, the terminal area tinged with brown, broadly at costa,

narrowing to tornus; cilia white, faintly tinged with brown.

Underside of fore wing suffused with brown, the terminal area

whiter; hind wing with the costal area suffused with biown.:

1908: Oct. 15,—1 9 (type). xp. 35 millim.

192; Nov. 22,—1 6. 1909:

STENOSTAURA IMPEDITUS WIk.

1808: Feb. 24,—1 ©.

Fam. GEOMETRID &.

By Louis B. Prout.

These form, on account of the number of new and interesting

species, an extremely important part of Mr. Feathev’s collection.

Their general affinities, as might be expected, are with the fauna

of Abyssinia, British East Africa, and to some extent Socotra

142 PROF. E. B. POULTON ON

and Southern Arabia, and desért forms are strongly in evidence.

Nearly all the species are of small sizé, the majority belong to a

few groups (espécially Acidaliids and the Macaria group), and one

extensive subfamily (the Larentiine) is almost absent, being re-

presented by only two specimens, while even of these one is the

somewhat anomalous Pséudosterrha phileéaria. The presence, in

the groups named, of a number of closely allied and inconspicuous

Species (In some cases also strongly variable) has rendered a

satisfactory working-out of the material a matter of no small

difficulty ; and this” difficulty has been increased by a curious

and unexplained circumstance which deserves mention—the

very marked preponderance of females, this sex alone being

represented in not a few cases where ‘there is quite a good

series of examples. We are not unaccustomed to meeting wiih

Geometrid collections in which the niales alone of many species

are present, and are able readily to attribute this to the greater

activity of the sex, the fact that the collection was made chiefly

at light, and so on; but it is less easy to suggest what difference

in The tis or what particular method of collecting, has resulted in

the capture of the females only of so many spécies. That the

phenomenon is not confined to a sitgle genus or group will be

seen by referring to the details given “yellow, under Mierochthonia

featheri, Acidatiastis subbr “UNnNESCENS, fephrina, nearly the whole

of the Acidaline’, etc.*

Subfam: HemiriEer ».

Ten species are tepresented, most of them more or less highly

specialised forms, and including two additions to the handful of

known species in which the Gharacter istic green colour of the

subfamily has given place to some shade of brown or sand-

colour.

VICTORIA SEMATOPERAS, sp. n. (PI. II. fig. 26, ¢.)

3 2, 32-33 mm. Face and upper side of palpus dark red;

crown of head, base of antenna, and basal one-third or more of

costa red mixed with lustrous blue-blackish scales. Abdomen

dorsally slightly reddish, crests lustrous, pale on summit, then

reddish, a deep black spot (dot) near base of each. Fore wing

with termen almost smooth; green (in all three discoloured by

relaxing) ; discal dot white, eneieled with a black-dusted red

ring; distal margin with similarly coloured dark spots, namely a

small one in front of R',a much larger one from R' to beyond R?,

and a small or moderately large one at tornus. Hind wing with

(=)

the excision between the “aca not deep, discal dot as on fore

* (After the above paragraph was written a number of additional specimens of

Geometridge were set and added to the collection. Mr. Prout wrote (Feb. 19, 1915),

concerning these additions:—‘*They do not upset my geueralisation as to the

preponderance of females; indeed, they rather strenethen it, being almost ex-

clusively of that sex except in one species (Heterostegane indularia) whose males

were already well in evidence.” On this subject see also p. 93.—E. B. P. |

MOTHS FROM SOMALILAND: 143

wing or less clearly ringed, tornus with indications of dark

markings. Fore wing beneath with the terminal markings

weakly indicated, hind wing quite unmarked.

1909: Mar. 14,—1 92 ; Dec. 30;—1 G (type): 1910: Jan. 2,

i on

Unfortunately all have lost the hind legs. It is evidently

a near ally of V. triplaga Prout, from German Hast Africa.

PRASINOCYMA PERPULVERATA, sp: n. (PI. II. fig. 25, 3.)

3 9, 16-21 mm. Palpus in male rather slight for the genus,

in female about 13 times diameter of eye, with 3rd joimt exposed

buat rather short for the genus. Antenna of male with the outer

pectinations longish, the inner much shorter. Hind tibia of male

not dilated, the four spurs closely approximated. Head, body;

and legs concolorous with wings, the vertex appreciably paler

than the face. Wings rather narrower than in typical Prasino-

cyma, hind wing not at all bent at R’, cells relatively long (fully

one-half); fore wing with SC’ generally free, R' not or very

shortly stalked, M* connate or very shortly stalked, hind wing

with two stalkings, White-grey with a slight tinge of brown;

coarsely irrorated with fuscous, the irroration under a lens

inclining to resolve itself into minute longitudinal strigule ;

cell-spots strong, elongate. Under surface less strongly irrorated:

Apparently variable, the name-typical. form, with uniform

irroration, the commonest; here I refer the following :—

Mandera.—1908: June 1,--1 2; July 17,—1 2; Sept. 27;

—1 5,1 92. 1909: May 10,—2 9,1 ¢ (type).

Three females show on the fore wing an ill-defined dark basal

patch, dark median band from hind margin about to cell, and

dark terminal dashes between the veins: ab. subfasciata, ab. n.

Mandera.—-1909: May 10,—1 2. 1910: Mar.,—1 @ (type):

Hargaisa.—1908: Oct.,—1 9.

One male is smaller (16 mm.) and with still more markings;

the median area being broadly dark-mixed in anterior half,

a dark proximal shading (forming a large, strong spot at costa)

indicating the position of the obsolete subterminal line; the hind

wing somewhat shorter, with distal area somewhat darkened,

the antennal pectinations apparently continuing slightly less

far down the shaft : ab. perScripta, ab. n. (? sp: div.):

Mandera.—1908: July 17,—1 ¢ (type).

By the length of the cells and the female palpus, as well as by the

facies (which recalls Veromia pulvereisparsa Hmpsn.), perpulverata

should probably be made the type of a new genus.

CHLORISSA STIBOLEPIDA (Btlr.) *.

Comibena stibolepida Btlr. Cist. Ent. ii. p. 394 (1879).

* {The parentheses around the names of authors placed after scientific names in

this paper are used in accordance with Article 23 of the International Rules of

Nomenclature (Proc. 7th Int. Cong., Boston 1907, p. 44 (1912))—Eprror. |

144 PROF. E. B. POULTON ON

Hemithea albistrigulata Warr. Nov. Zool. iv. p. 39 (1897).

Hemithea vermiculata Warr. ibid. p. 41 (1897) (n. syn.).

1909: Apr. 20,—1 @; Apr. 24,—1 9.

A very widely distributed African species, and perhaps not

structurally differentiable from C. faustinata Mill. (S. Palearctic)

and ©. solidaria Guen. (Indian).

NEROMIA MALESCRIPTA (Wartr.).

Hemithea malescripia Warr. Nov. Zool. iv. p. 40 (1897).

1908 :- Nov. 13,—1 ¢. 1909: Mar. 1,—1 ¢.

Both examples small, with the crests red.

Distributed in Abyssinia, British East Africa, Transvaal, and

Natal. I have a note, dealing with the difficult group to which

this species belongs, in the press for the ‘ Annals of the Transvaal

Museum.’

N®ROMIA MANDERENSIS, sp. n. (PI. II. fig. 24, Q.)

, 20-22 mm. Face and palpus red. Vertex and antenna

whitish, the latter with minute ciliation ; occiput green. Thorax

and abdomen concolorous with wings. Wings above green with

whitish strigulation, quite like the greenest forms of Chlorissa

stibolepida Btlr., costal edge of fore wing ochreous, otherwise

markingless ; fringes green, lighter distally. Under surface paler

green, costal edge of fore wing as above.

Mandera.—1908: Sept. 25-1 @ (type); Nov. 13,—1 9.

1909: May 8,—1 9.

Hargaisa.—1908 : Oct.,—1 2 (a worn example).

Hind wing less elongate than in Chlorissa stibolepida, termen

smoothly rounded; but best distinguished by the structure.

* Palpus reaching beyond frons and shortly rough-scaled, but

with 3rd joint small; hind tibia with terminal spurs only.

If the male antenna should prove to be pectinate, the species

should be considered a Microlovia, aberrant in the rather short

3rd joint of the palpus.

Genus Hemipromopes, nov.

Palpus slender, in male rather short, in female moderate,

in both sexes with 3rd joint short or shortish. Tongue absent.

Antenna short and rather thick, in male with moderate, in

female with short pectinations. Pectus somewhat hairy ; hind

tibia in male short, greatly dilated (recalling that of Synclysmus),

all the spurs present, terminal very short, the outer almost

obsolete ; in female with terminal spurs well developed, median

short, sometimes entirely absent. Abdomen not crested, in

female robust. Frenulum in male slight, in female absent.

Fore wing with SC! from cell, free, R' about connate with SC. a,

R* rather far forward, M' about connate or very shortly stalked

with R*. Hind wing with termen smooth, C anastomosing to

MOTHS FROM SOMALILAND. 145

scarcely one-half cell, DC not very oblique, SC° well stalked,

R? little before middle of discocellulars, M! well stalled.

Type of the genus: Hemidromodes robusta Prout (Hiero-

chthonia).

A connecting link between Hierochthonia and Syndromodes ;

the absence of the male, and the curious fact that the female

examined had no trace of median spurs (though both legs are in

good condition), led me to refer the species to the former genus.

From Syndromodes it differs in antenna, male hind leg, robust

female abdomen, etc.

HEMIDROMODES ROBUSTA (Prout).

Hierochthonia robusta Prout, Nov. Zool. xx. p. 435 (19138).

6g, 14-18 mm.; 6 9, 18-24 mm.

1908: June l,—2 3g; July 17,—1 3g; July 31,—1 @; Aug. 24,

—1$. 1909: Jan. 16,—1 9*; Mar.19,—1 9; Mar. 24,—1 9;

Apr. 11,—1 3; May 10,—1 6; May 21,—1 9; Nov. 7,—1 9*.

Excepting the two females marked *, all are smaller—mostly

considerably smaller—than the type specimens from Port Sudan.

In this species the fringes (which in neither of the originals

were quite perfect) are long, proximally green, distally ochreous

whitish.

HiIEROCHTHONIA FEATHER, sp. n. (Pl. IT. fig. 23, 9.)

2, 24-26mm. Face green. Palpus minute, whitish. Tongue

vestigial. Antennal shaft white, pectinations long. Vertex

white; occiput green. ‘Thorax above green, beneath white.

Abdomen robust, dorsally green, becoming white posteriorly

and ventrally. Fore wing moderately broad, SC’ from cell,

anastomosing with C, SC* from shortly after R’, anastomosing

with SC’, R* well stalked, R® rather extremely placed, M* shortly

stalked ; uniform bright green, nearly as the genus Hwchloris

or slightly more bluish, distal one-third of fringe white. Hind

wing moderately broad, costal margin rather long, apex rounded,

C anastomosing to near end of cell, R* rather extremely placed,

M' short-stalked ; green, rather paler than fore wing, especially

towards base and costal margin. Under surface pale green.

1908: Nov. 20,—1 @. 1909: Jan. 15,—1 9; Jan. 16,—1 9;

ei, Zeal 2s egos, UO I a oso Il Os Aare sy) Oe

Mipr 22) 2 Mia ol OV (Gy pe); Decwli = S=ior

Probably related to petitaria Chr., notwithstanding the broader

wings and strongly pectinate antenna. It is unfortunate that

the males in this group are still unknown.

CoMOSTOLOPSIS STILLATA (Held.).

Nemoria stillata Feld. Reise Novara, Lep. Het. t. 127. lies, 17)

(1875).

Eucrostes rubristicta Warr. Nov. Zool. vi. p. 23 (1899).

Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1916, No. X. 10

146 PROF. E. B. POULTON ON

Eucrostis rufostellata Mab. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. Ixvii, p. 740

(1900).

1909: May 21,—1 @.

A quite typical example of this widely distributed African

species, extending its known range.

EKUCROSTES ASTIGMATICA, sp.n. (PI. IT. fig. 22, 9.)

S, 15-16 mm.; 2,19-20 mm. Superficially very like pygmea

Rbl.* (=inselaris Prout), but larger, of a still more vivid green,

and without the discal dots, the pale postmedian line not

discernible, or only suggested in certain hghts. “‘Snow-white,”

in my description (Gen. Ins. exxix. p. 246) of the costal edge,

was not absolutely accurate, as there is, in a good light, a very

delicate tinge of pinkish or violet in the white in both species.

Structurally like the African members of the genus, the male

palpus being less minute than in pygmea, the 3rd joint in the

female rather less long and slender, and the female antenna

bipectinate, the longest branches about twice as long as the

diameter of the shaft.

1908: Sept. 21—1 g. 1909: Apr. 21,—l1 ¢ (type);

Apr. 22,1 23 May 10;—2 2-

ACIDALIASTIS SUBBRUNNESCENS, Sp. 0.

2, 14-16 mm. Much more strongly and uniformly dusted

with sand-colour (sometimes more yellowish, sometimes more

brownish) than miera Hmpsn., the dark lines only weakly (in

the darkest example scarcely at all) indicated, but with very

conspicuous white lines proximally to the first and distally

to the second; the former of these is more oblique than in

micra, not reaching costa, the latter forms a rather more

appreciable curve than in that species; discal dot absent.

Hind wing white, becoming more or less tinged with sand-

colour towards termen, in the darkest-marked example showing

a curved white postmedian line. Fore wing beneath with white

outer line and white hind margin, hind wing all white.

1908: June 1,—-1 9; June 29,—1 9; Sept. 14,1 92 (type);

Sept. 17,—1 @; Sept. 23,—1 9. 1909: Mar. 24,—1 Q.

Very near bicurvifera Prout (Ann. Transv. Mus., in the press),

much smaller, costa rather straighter, apex rather less sharp,

termen rather less convex in posterior half, palpus and female

antennal pectinations slightly shorter, markings less reddish

(more olivaceous), postmedian line almost parallel with termen

(in bicurvifera more oblique), hind wing rather shorter, less

unicolorous, face apparently Jess reddish.

* Denks. Akad. Wien, Math.-nat. Kl. Ixxi. 2, Sep. p. 67 (1907). As only

separata in advance seem to have been issued of the paper of Rebel’s containing

this species, and it was not noticed in the ‘Zoological Record, I do not feel to

blame for haying overlooked it in the ‘Genera Insectorum’ and created a

synonym.

MOTHS FROM SOMALILAND. 147

Subfam, ACIDALIIN &.

Genus TRICENTROSCELIS, nov.

Face rounded, markedly prominent, with appressed scales.

Palpus short, shortly rough-scaled. Tongue present. Antenna

in female minutely ciliated. Pectus and femora glabrous. Hind

tibia in female with a single proximal and a pair of terminal

spurs, all of moderate length. Wing-shape and facies of

Acidalia, distal margins smooth. Fore wing with SC* from

cell, anastomosing with SC! and then very strongly with SC**

(i. e. areole double and SC* and SC? arising before and behind the

apex of the distal areole), M’* well separate from R*. Hind wing

with C normal, SC* very shortly stalked or almost connate with

R', M* well separate from R’.

Type of the genus: T'ricentroscelis protrusifrons, sp. 0.

Differs from the Neotropical Scelolophia Hulst (= Calyptocome

Warr. = Crypsitila Warr.), which also has often a 3-spurred

female hind tibia, in the protuberant face and longer cells.

TRICENTROSCELIS PROTRUSIFRONS, sp. n. (PI. II. fig. 21, 9.)

2,21 mm. Face fuscous. Palpus fuscous, not quite reaching

extremity of frons. Vertex and antenna similarly coloured to

wings, but rather paler; antennal ciliation minute. Thorax

concolorous with wings. Abdomen slightly paler, 2nd—4th

segments mostly occupied dorsally by a large fuscous blotch, the

later segments interruptedly marked with fuscous dorsally. Fore

wing with apex and termen somewhat rounded ; reddish brown

(light grey-brown irrorated with rufous and blackish); ante-

median line indicated by rufous and blackish scales, accentuated

by black spots on costa and hind margin and dots on the veins,

arising before one-third costa, bent in cell, becoming oblique

inwards and sinuous ; discal dot small but sharp ; median shade

obsolescent, placed between discal dot and postmedian line,

slightly more distinct as a costal dot, outbent at radials, inbent

at fold; postmedian from costa slightly beyond two-thirds, faint

except at costa and veins, where it is marked by black dots,

angled at SC’, then strongly oblique outwards to R', then more

parallel with termen, but slightly sinuate inwards at R? and

more strongly at fold; terminal dots strong, black; fringe

somewhat dusted with blackish, a slender clear line at base.

Hind wing with termen almost smooth, very slightly sinuous

towards anal angle; concolorous with fore wing, discal dot

slightly larger, median shade much stronger, nearly straight,

proximal to the discal dot, antemedian wanting, the rest as

on fore wing. Under surface slightly paler, the discal and

terminal dots and postmedian line reproduced, though less

sharp; hind wing in addition with median shade indicated

at abdominal margin.

1909: Apr. 6,—1 @ (type).

Superficially similar to some African Acidalia (ewiguaria group)

or Ptychopoda (sinwilinea Prout, ete.)

148 PROF. E. B. POULTON ON

TRAMINDA RUFISTRIGATA (Hmpsn.).

Ephyra rufistrigata Hmpsn. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1896,

Do AGT, jal 2k whee

1908: Sept. 28,—1 9. 1909: Apr. 14,—1 9.

Described from Aden; distributed as far as British East

Africa, As the male hind tibia has all spurs present, the

species must be removed to Tranunda.

TRAMINDA NEPTUNARIA (Guen.).

Timandra neptunaria Guen. Spec. Gén. Lép. x. p. 3, t. 18. fig. 5

(1858).

Timandra viridaria Walk. List Lep. Ins. Brit. Mus. xxii.

p- 800 (1861). ;

Gnamptoloma neptunaria Warr. Nov. Zool. it. p. 95 (1895).

Traminda neptunaria Swinh. Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1904, p. 562.

Mandera.—1909: Apr. 5,—1 ¢; Apr. 27,—1 @.

Hargaisa.—_1908 : Oct.._-1 ¢.

Widely distributed in Africa.

CHLORERYTHRA RUBRIPLAGA Watr.

Chlorerythra rubriplaga Warr. Nov. Zool. 1. p. 91 (1895).

1908 : Sept. 19,—1 9; Oct. 25,—1 9. 1909: Feb. 15,19;

Feb. 22,—1 @; Mar. 14,—1 3; May 10,—1 2. 1910: Jan.,—

I es

The male and two females (22 Feb. and 10 May) belong to the

plain green form with the oblique red line almost entirely

obsolete; the other four females have the line distinct, the

eround-colour showing the three gradations well known in this

group (green, green irrorated with rufous, rufeseent). Doubt-

fully distinct generically from Vraminda. Widely distributed

in Eastern Africa.

ACIDALIA MINOA, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 20, 2 .)

2,20 mm. Unfortunately (like so many of the species)

without the male, but showing sufficient peculiarities to render

it safe to describe it. Absolutely without markings, very glossy,

otherwise bearing a good deal of superficial resemblance to a worn

female of Minoa murinata Scop., though with narrower wings ;

similarly coloured; the fore wing beneath with a smoky suffusion,

which is also slightly indieated on the upper surface at certain

angles of light. Head and body slightly more ochreous than

wings, the face and palpus sharing this colour, not—as in the

majority of Acidalia—black or fuscous. Abdomen rather robust.

Venation rather variable, SC’ of fore wing arising from just

before apex of areole or well stalked with the other subcostals ;

C of hind wing not rapidly diverging from SC, sometimes anas-

tomosing at slightly more than a point; SC* in two of the

examples extremely shortly stalked with R'. Termen of hind

wing not at all bent in middle.

MOTHS FROM SOMALILAND. 149

1909: Apr. 7,—1 2 (type); Apr. 9,—19: Apr. 23,—19.

I suspect this may prove to belong to the less specialized

section Pylarge (male hind tibia with terminal spurs).

ACIDALIA MINORATA (Bsd.).

Geometra (Idea) minorata Bsd. Nouv. Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat. 11.

p- 263 (1833).

? Acidalia remotata Guen. Spec. Gén. Lép. ix. p. 458 (1858).

Acidalia consentanea Walk. List Lep. Ins. Brit. Mus. xxi.

p- 745 (1861).

? Acidalin actuaria Walk. ibid. p. 752 (1861).

? Acidalia derusata Walk. ibid. xxvi. p. 1604 (1862).

1908: July 17,—1 2; Sept. 11,—2 2; Sept. 13,—1 @; Sept.

25,—1 9; Sept. 30,—1 9; Oct. 11,—192; Oct. 20,—19; Nov.

24-19. 1909: Jan. 12,—29; Oct. 20,—29; Oct. 29,—1 9;

Nov. 16,—1 2 °

All fifteen females referable, so far as present knowledge is

available, to this very common, very widely distributed, and

moderately variable species. On an average, the lines are less

crenulate and more concise than in the most typical forms, and

as there is some slight variation in the breadth of the wings, as

well as in the tone of colour and strength of markings, I am not

prepared to say that there may not be two or three species mixed.

One or two examples, in the sparseness of their irroration, recall

lactaria Walk. (List Lep. Ins. xxii. p. 744), which, however, is

possibly also only an aberrant form of minorata. Distributed

throughout Africa, except, perhaps, the extreme north-west ;

also eastward to Aden and, if actwaria is really the same species,

to India and Ceylon.

ACIDALIA SpOLIATA Walk. (2).

Acidalia spoliata Walk. List Lep. Ins. Brit. Mus. xxii. p. 744

(1861).

1908: Nov. 22,19.

The single example is ef the mnorata group, larger than that

species, somewhat less reddish and more marked than ier-

nataria Walk. (List Lep. Ins. xxii. p. 746), very likely a deeply

coloured form of spoliata Walk. (from §. Africa), or, perhaps, a

form of the widely distributed Oriental species, nescraria Walk.

(List Lep. Ins. xxii. p. 750).

ACIDALIA HORIOCHR@A, Sp. n.

2, 20-23 mm. Face blackish. Palpus white beneath, dark-

mixed above. Vertex white. Collar pale ochreous. Thorax,

abdomen, and legs concolorous with wings, fore femur and fore

tibia infuseated above. Fore wing of medium breadth, with apex

moderately pointed ; dirty white, irrorated (variably in strength

in the different individuals) with brown-grey ; lines moderately

150 PROF, E. B, POULTON ON

strong, though resolving themselves under the lens into con-

densed irroration ; ; antemedian slender, generally indistinct ante-

riorly, oblique outwards from one-third costa, strongly recurved

in cell, oblique inwards to about one-fourth hind margin,

faintly sinuous; discal dot small but sharp; median line

thicker than the others, well beyond discal dot, very strongly

oblique outwards from costa, very sharply bent subcostally,

thence very slightly obliquely inwards and sinuous, the sinu-

osities being, as usual, at the folds, but never very deep, some-

times scarcely appreciable; postmedian fine, midway between

median and termen or slightly nearer to the former, parallel

with termen except at costa, where it makes a bend, though

less sharply than the median, sinuosities slight or very slight ;

subterminal indicated by absence of irroration, accompanied

proximally by a band of stronger irroration, distally by a band

of browner tone, sometimes partly obscured by the grey irro-

vation, but always noticeable, usually clearest anteriorly, not

rarely showing a bright brown, almost ferruginous spot near

apex; a narrow white line separates this band from the terminal

line, which is black, thickest between the veins, slightly inter-

rupted at the veins and extends rownd the apex for some distance

along the costa, as in the swhmutata group; fringe with a line

of stronger irroration beyond the middle, distally hereto less

strongly irrorated than proximally. Hind wing with termen

not bent at R*; first line absent; median just proximal to

discal dot, obsolete anteriorly ; postmedian slightly sinuous, nearly

parallel with termen; distal area nearly as on fore wing, the

brownish band fading out at apex instead of becoming more

conspicuous, the terminal line not extended round apex ; fringe

as ou fore wing. Under surface more weakly marked, that of |

fore wing somewhat suffused basally, that of hind wing whiter ;

first line and sometimes median shade obsolete or nearly so.

1908: Aug. 24,—2 9. 1909: Jan. 16,—1 9; Jan. 19,—1 9;

Feb. 18,—1 Q; Feb. 19,—1 9; Apr. 22,—1 9; May 10, an Q;

May 29,—1 9; Aug. 17,—1 9; Sept. 17,—1 2 (type); Dee. 30,

—19. 1910: Jan. 8—19; Jan. 12,—1¢9.

A very distinct though unostentatious little species, recog-

nizable especially by the characters printed in italics.

ACIDALIA (PYLARGE) NEPHELOPERAS, Sp. n.

3g, 16-23 mm.; 9,19-23 mm. Superficially like Glossotrophia

romanaria Mill., and rufomixtata Rbr., but structurally an Acidalia

of the section Pylarge. Best described by a comparison with

the well-known 4. submutata Tr., with which it entirely agrees

in the markings (though these are, on an average, more sharply

expressed), including the continuation of the black terminal line

round the apex, and the tendency (sometimes very strong) to

blue-grey clouding in the distal area. Much smaller; ground-

colour varying from ochreous whitish to reddish sand-colour

(much as in pulehellata Fab.), antennal ciliation in both sexes

longer, male hind tibia with a pair of spurs, face pale in lower

MOTHS FROM SOMALILAND. 151

half, termen of fore wing slightly more curved, of hind wing

not suberenulate ; terminal line accompanied proximally by a fine

whitish line (as in pelchellata), and on the fore wing expanded

into a large triangular dot anteriorly to SC’, fringe more strongly

dark-dotted than in suwbmutata; under surface glossy, that of

hind wing scarcely paler than that of fore wing, discal dots

rarely quite obsolete, fore wing generally with noticeably dark-

ened border distally.

1908: Feb. 13,—1 9; Sept. 15,—1 ¢; Sept. 22,—1 9; Nov.

13,—12. 1909: Jan. 12,—19; Jan. 20,—19; Feb. 18,—1 6;

Mar. 24,—1 ¢ (type); Apr. 14,—1°. .

There is also a male from Port Sudan (Mrs. H. NV. Waterfield)

in coll. Brit. Mus., and a larger one from Bhuj Kutch (Z#.-

Colonel C. G. Nurse).

Rather variable in colour and in the strength of the markings.

Related to Acidalia (Pylarge) ocellicincta Warr. (Nov. Zool. viil.

p: 9), from British Hast Africa.

ACIDALIA PULCHELLATA Fab.

Phalena pulchellata Fab. Ent. Syst. iii. (2) p. 171 (1794).

Acidalia addictaria Walk. List Lep. Ins. Brit. Mus. xxi.

p- 749 (1861).

Craspedia addictaria Hmpsn. Faun. Ind., Moths, ii. p. 429

(1895).

? Craspedia rufinubes Warr. Nov. Zool. vii. p. 91 (1900).

1908: May 4,—1 g. 1909: Mar. 24-1 2; Apr. 24,—1 9;

May 6,—1 2. 1910: Mar. 18-19.

Mostly of a more ruddy form than the Indian. The British

Museum collection has one quite similar from Aden.

ACIDALIA TIMIA, sp. n. (Pl. I. fig. 19, 2-)

@, 21-26 mm. Face blackish fuscous, very narrowly pale-

edged beneath. Palpus fuscous above, pale beneath. Antenna

(as in nepheloperas) unusually strongly ciliated for a female, the

cilia fully one-half as long as diameter of shaft. Vertex, thorax,

and abdomen concolorous with wings; collar ochreous. Fore

femur darkened on upper side. Fore wing with apex not very

sharp, termen straight anteriorly, gently curved posteriorly, not

extremely oblique; palest fleshy ochreous, rather glossy (similar

to beckeraria Led., but still paler), without dark irroration, but

in places slightly clouded with less whitish fleshy-ochreous ;

antemedian and median lines (or narrow shades) ochreous, very

feeble, sometimes almost entirely obsolete, the former sometimes

marked with darker dots on SC, M, and SM°; discal dot usually

distinct, sometimes elongate, placed on the median shade ; post-

median line fine and faint, but marked with fuscous dots on the

veins (a larger one at costa), shaped about as in beckeraria ;

darker ochreous, fuscous-dotted spots or patches commonly follow

the postmedian between the radials and at posterior margin ;

terminal line ochreous, very feeble, especially posteriorly ; fringe

152 PROF. E. B. POULTON ON

concolorous, in strongly marked specimens with dark ochreous

or even fuscous-mixed dots. Hind wing with termen smooth;

. concolorous with fore wing, discal dot and postmedian row of

dots present, the latter followed by a not very strong band of

ochreous shading. Under surface glossy, slightly less pale

ochreous (especially the fore wing), without markings.

1908: Mar. 24,—19; Aug. 15,—19; Sept. 26—19. 1909:

Jan. 14,—1 9; Jan. 20,—1 9; Apr. 16,—1 ¢; Apr. 20,—1 9;

May 8,—1 2; Oct. 7,—1 9 (type). 1910: Jan. 8—12.

Apart from the colour, and the presence of dark cloudings

distally to the postmedian line, this neat little species differs from

beckeraria in having the termen of the fore wing, on an average,

less oblique.

ACIDALIA PYRRHOCHRA, sp.n. (PI. II. fig. 18, 2.)

Q, 23-25 mm. Structure of the preceding. Face blackish

fuscous (in all three examples badly abraded below). Shape and

essential markings of timia, of which it might possibly be an

extraordinarily different colour-form, unconnected with the name-

type by any transitions. Strongly rufous ochreous, as in fulvi-

color Hmpsn. (Nat. Hist. Socotra, p. 331), or the most rufous

aberration of nepheloperas Prout, in two of the examples finely

irrorated with blackish, in the other more uuiform ; in place of

the two ochreous patches which characterize timia there 1s a

continuous black-grey clouding proximally to the dentate sub-

terminal line (which is, in consequence, distinctly expressed),

and some slighter shading distally to the same—altogether re-

calling certain forms of marginepunctata Goeze, nepheloperas

Prout, etc., more than timia. Under surface rather paler than

upper, the distal cloudings faintly indicated in greyish.

1908 : Oct. 30,—1 92 (type). 1909: Apr. 9,—1 9; Nov. 16,

The last-mentioned (the example without blackish irroration)

is further aberrant in having the distal cloudings extremely

weak, the discal dot of the fore wing surrounded by an ill-defined

deeper reddish spot, that of the hind wing very minute. Easily

distinguished from the reddest form of nepheloperas by the

absence cf black terminal line and triangular subapical dot, ete.

ACIDALIA LURIDATA (Zell.).

Idea luridata Zell. Isis, 1847, p. 20 (nec Ster.).

Acidalia cenosaria Led. Verh. zool.-bot. Ver. Wien, v. p. 209,

t. 3. fig. 3 (1855) (ab.).

Acidalia luridata Prout, Seitz Macrolep. iv. p. 64, t. 4e (1913).

1908: July 31—19; Aug. 25,—19. 1909: Jan. 12,—19;

Feb. 22,—1 3; May 8,—1 3; Sept. 18.—1 9; Oct. 24-19.

Fairly typical, 7. e. ratber darker than, and not quite so reddish

as, the form cenosaria Led., which is the more general in

S. Europe and Asia Minor. The distribution of the species

MOTHS FROM SOMALILAND. 153

extends from Greece and Northern Egypt to Zerafshan and

N.W. India, and the British Museum has an example from

Yemen, Arabia, but the present specimens extend its known

range in Africa,

ACIDALIA SAGITTILINEA (Watr.).

Craspedia sagittilinea Warr. Nov. Zool. iv. p. 219 (1897).

1909: Feb. 15,—16d; Feb. 16,—1 6; Feb. 17,—1 ¢.

Described from Mombasa, and I have seen a few from other

localities in British Hast Africa. Both these Somaliland ex-

amples are rather less strongly marked (especially beneath),

the median shade faint, placed midway between discal dot and

post-median line.

GLOSSOTROPHIA DISPARATA SOMALIATA, subsp. n.

@, 17-19 ay Name-typical disparata Hmpsn. (Nat. Hist.

Socotra, p. 532, Craspedia) has never been described, its recog-

nition ee depending ona good, though uncoloured figure

(ibid. t. 20. fig. 18), and a note by Rebel (Denks. Akad. Wien.

Math.-nat. KI. Ixxi. 2, Sep. p. 69) to the effect that it belongs to

the confinaria group of Acidalia (i.e. Glossotrophia Prout), and

that the male antenna might almost be called shortly pectinate

(i. e. subdentate with fascicles of cilia). It is the smallest of the

genus; male hind tibia with one spur, hind wing slightly less

regularly rounded than in the typical species (slightly bent at

R’*); sand-colour with dense dark irroration, not “fluted” as in

romanaria Mill., terminal line (except towards apex) broken into

very short, strong dashes, at and round apex fine and less pro-

nounced than in most of the species. ace concolorous. Palpus

dark-mixed on outer side. ‘Tongue moderately long. Subsp.

somaliata (bon. sp.?) is rather larger, fore wing slightly longer,

irroration much hghter, showing a Y Paatille fendeney towards “ihe

“fluting ” ; terminal dashes more slender and less black, apical

line somewhat more pronounced. Palpus with less dark spotting

on outer side.

1908: Sept. 14—192. 1909: Jan. 11,—1 Q (type).

ZYGOPHYXIA TORNISECTA, sp. n.

3,14 mm.; 2, 16-19 mm. Faceand palpus fuscous. Tongue

slender, vather short, Antennal ciliation im male moderately

long. Vertex white. Collar white, with a slight ochreous tinge.

Thorax, abdomen, and legs concolorous with wings. Hind tibia

in both sexes with terminal spurs. Wings less narrow than in

relictata Walk. (the type of the genus); fore wing only slightly,

hind wing decidedly, narrower than in elongaria Rbr., which in

some respects it rather recalls ; hind wing with shallow, rounded

excision from M* to tornus, inner margin consequently shortened.

Dirty white with a tinge of brownish, and with moderately

strong fine brown-grey irroration ; discal dots small, black ; lines

generally not sharply defined (in the male particularly weak),

154 PROF. E. B. POULTON ON

those of the fore wing approximately parallel with the termen,

the slender antemediar n and broad (sometimes strong) postmedian

perhaps slightly more oblique and with a strong proximal bend

at costa, the median touching the distal edge. of the cell-dot,

postmedian slender, proximal subterminal broad, distal subter-

minal very weak; first line of hind wing absent, median shade

rather straight, except the sharp anterior bend; termen with

black dots between the veins; fringe dusted with fuscous, most

thickly opposite the veins, a fine pale line at its base, a broader

one just beyond the middle. Underside similar or more blurred.

1908: Aug. 15.—-192. 1909: Feb. 28,—1¢ (type); Mar. 24,

—12; Apr. 15,—1 2.

PYrYCHOPODA SUBTORRIDA, sp.n. (PI. II. fig. 17, 2.)

2,18 mm. Face and palpus black. Vertex, antenna, thorax,

abdomen, and fore leg concolorous with wings (other legs lost).

Fore wing rather narrow ; light ochreous brown, almost entirely

suffused with vinous, less so basally and costally ; scattered black

irroration; lines black; antemedian from one-fourth costa,

oblique outwards, very acutely angled in cell, then equally oblique

inwards to behind M, thus forming a V-mark, a second, much

shorter angle outwards at fold, but the entire posterior half of

the line iess strong, more dissolved into coarse black dots ; median

line from mid-costa, sinuous in §-shape, the anterior (outward)

curve crossing the deep-black cell-spot ; postmedian from costa

at nearly three-fourths, forming an inward curve or bend at first,

sharply angled outwards at R' (forming a shorter V than the

antemedian), weakly incurved between the radials and boldly

between M’* and SM”, finally oblique inwards at hind margin ;

distal area with blackish cloudings, the most conspicuous being

one at R' (interrupted at the position of the obsolete subter minal

line) and a longitudinally elongate pair on either side of M’;

rio terminal line; fringe very long, its proximal half light

ochreous brown, opposite the veins with amorphous spots formed

of groups of black dots, distal half paler and somewhat greyer,

unmarked. Hind wing rather narrow, with termen almost

smooth, not very strongly convex ; more strongly irrorated than

fore wing, especially at base; first line not developed ; median

thick and somewhat diffuse, proximal to the sharp black cell-

spot; postmedian as on fore wing, but with the angle at R° less

pointed ; distal area with two somewhat sinuous bands of dark

irroration, enclosing a pale subterminal line; fringe as on fore

wing. Under surface considerably paler, costal margin of fore

wing finely dark-dusted, the rest rather smooth and glossy ; both

wings with strong discal spot (larger than above) and a moderately

strong outer line, starting from a slightly enlarged spot at costa

which corresponds to the origin of the postmedian of upper

surface, but oblique outwards, bent about R', thence approxi-

mately parallel with termen, corresponding to the proximal sub-

terminal dark shade of the hind wing above ; fringe unspotted.

MOTHS FROM SOMALILAND, 15

1909: Mar. 24,—1 ? (type).

Near torrida Warr. (Noy. Zool. xi. p. 468), termen of hind

wing less protuberant, antemedian line more acutely angled, not

connected with median by dark shading, under surface more

strongly marked.

PrycHopopa nicrosticra Warr. (2).

Ptychopoda nigrosticta Warr. Nov. Zool. iv. +P. 61 (1897).

1908 : Feb. 24,—1 9 (rather worn).

The large discal dots and the markings, so far as they can be

made out, suggest the more mottled forms of this species, but the

former are perhaps somewhat exaggerated, the wings are rather

more coarsely dusted, with stronger dark markings near the

termen, the underside with the cell less infuscated and with the

spot near the tornus apparently wanting. Described from Natal

and occurs in the Transvaal and, perhaps, British East Africa,

but it is by no means certain that these more northerly speci-

mens belong here: they may be slightly narrower winged. Good

specimens, and especially the male, must be awaited.

PTYCHOPODA sp.

1908: Aug. 26—19. Rather rubbed.

Probably new, unless it be a form of subpurpurata Stgr. (from

Syria, etc.). Rather uniform reddish sand-colour, very weakly

marked ; fore wing with traces of a strongly sinuous darker

median line, hind wing with fine, strongly sinuous postmedian

line; both these lines marked with some fuscous dusting.

PrycHOPODA APERTA, sp. n. (PI. II. fig. 16, 3.)

3,17 mm. Face dark fuscous. Palpus short and slender,

dark fuscous. Tongue slight. Antennal ciliation scarcely longer

than diameter of shaft. Head, body, and legs about concolorous

with wings; fore leg fuscous above; abdomen dorsally belted

with fuscous. Fore wing with all the subcostals on a common

stalk, through suppression of distal wall of areole (base of

SC°°); brown with a tinge of reddish and with rather coarse

blackish-fuscous irroration, mainly longitudinal in direction ;

base more strongly irrorated costally; first line ill-defined, bent,

becoming oblique inwards, with some black marking near costa ;

median shade also ill-defined (especially in anterior half), strongly

sinuous, the proximal curve in submedian area being rather deep;

postmedian line well expressed, from a black spot at two-thirds

costa to one at about three-fourths hind margin, forming a slight

outward curve from SC’ to M’ and a stronger submedian inward

curve, marked throughout with small dark dashes on the veins ;

some broad, vague, irregular dark shading between this and

termen ; fringe with large black spots opposite the veins. Hind

wing with termen somewhat sinuate towards tornus; M’ separate

at its origin from R*; concolorous with. fore wing, the median

156 PROF. E. B. FOULTON ON

and postmedian lines strongly expressed; distal area and fringe

as on fore wing. Under surface paler; fore wing very weakly

marked, only the postmedian line showing, and that faintly ;

hind wing with median and postmedian lines, though much

weaker than above; fringes with the dark spots present, but

weaker than above.

1909: Jan. 13,—1¢ (type).

Tn some respects similar to Pé. semilinea Warr. (Nov. Zool. 111.

p. 314), from the Khasia Hills. Remarkable for the subcostal

venation of the fore wing, which is like that of Chrysocraspeda

and almost unique in Ptychopoda; I know of only one species

which shares the peculiarity, namely marginata Swinh. (Tr. Ent.

Soc. Lond. 1894, p. 182), unless chrysocilia Hmpsn. (Ill. Het. vin.

p- 124) is also a Ptychopoda; in any case none of the three has

any connection with Chrysocraspeda, which has strongly pectinate

male antenna, hind tibia with four spurs, cell of hind wing

short, ete.

Subfam. LARENTIINA®.

PSEUDOSTERRHA PHIL#ARIA (Brabant).

Sterrha philearia Brabant, Bull. Soe. Ent. Fr. 1896, p. 384.

Pseudosterrha gaynert N. Rthschd. Nov. Zool. vill. p. 433

(1901); xi. t. 4. fig. 10 (1905).

1908: Sept. 16,—1 9.

Described from Egypt. J suspect, however, it is merely a form

of—or even entirely synonymous with—Ps. pawllula Swinh.

(Proc. Zool. Soe. Lond. 1886, p. 456), from India.

Eupryra (CAMPro@RAMMA) NATALATA (Walk.).

Scotosia natalata Walk. List He Ins. Brit. Mus. xxv. p. 1681

(1862).

Scotosia rubritincta Hmpsn. Bull. Liverp. Mus. ii. p. 38 (1899).

Hargaisa—1908 : Oct. —1<.

Widely distributed in Kast Africa, also Socotra.

Subfam. GEomMETRINE.

HETEROSTEGANE INDULARIA (Guen.).

Stegania indularia Guen. Spec. Gén. Lép. x. p. 46 (1858).

Mandera.—1908: Apr. 27,—1 35; May 2,—1 9; May 28,—1 9;

June 1,—2d5, 492; June 1] Ge Trine 29,2 6; July 8,—

1g; July 17,—1¢; July 24,—16; July 31,—1 64; Sept. 13,—

36,12; Sept.14,—1 dg; Sept. 17,—2d; Sept. 22,4 ¢; Sept. 24,

43,19; Sept. 26,246,199; Oct.1—l1¢. 1909: Mar. 24,—

19; Apr. 8—1¢; May 10,—19. 1910: Mar. 2,—12.

Hargaisa.—1908 : Oct.,—1¢.

The series from Mandera shows the usual range of variation in

eround-colour and intensity of markings, but nearly all are of

small size.

MOTHS FROM SOMALILAND. Way

The male from Hargaisa may perhaps be referred to ab. cali-

data Warr. (Nov. Zool. iv. p- 78), though the ground-colour

remains pale; all three lines are strongly developed ; possibly a

distinct species, as the palpus looks a little stronger and the

antenne (unfortunately damaged) may have less long ciliation.

Described from Abyssinia, but extends through eastern Africa

to the Cape.

ZAMARADA SECUTARIA (Guen.).

Stegania secutaria Guen. Spec. Gen, Lép. x. p. 45 (1858).

Zamarada pulverosa Warr. Nov. Zool. i. p. 158 (1895).

Mandera.—1908: Sept. 23,—1<¢.

Hargaisa.—1908: Oct..—1 6.

Both are small, the Hargaisa example rather worn, but

apparently more weakly dusted than usual.

This species is likewise distributed from Abyssinia to the

Cape.

OSTEODES PROCIDATA Guen., subsp. ERITREENSIS Prout.

Osteodes procidata Guen. Spec. Gén. Lép. x. p. 177 (1858).

Osteodes turbulentata Guen. ibid. (1858).

Aspilates semispurcata Walk. List Lep. Ins. Brit. Mus. xxvi.

p. 1679 (1862).

Gan Libbah.—1908: June 24,—1¢. 1909: Nov. 4,19.

Both with the dark borders strong (subsp. eritreénsis Prout,

Nov. Zool. xxii. p. 348, described from Eritrea).

Distribution as in the two preceding. Warren (Nov. Zool. ix.

p. 529) apparently regarded Guenée’s two forms (from Abyssinia

and the Cape) as separate species, but Guenée’s descriptions and

the material before me suggest that Swinhoe (Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond.

1904, p. 504) is correct in uniting them.

T)-SCALMA SUBCURVARIA (Mab.).

Tephrina subcurvaria Mab, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. Ixvi. p. 278

(1897).

Hargaisa.—1908: Oct.,—1¢.

This species, apparently common throughout East Africa from

Abyssinia to Natal, and originally described as from West Africa,

has been mixed in our British collections with observata Walk.

(List Lep. Ins. xxii. p: 963) from the Cape, but I doubt the

correctness of this; the latter, apart from its much darker and

vather more reddish colour, has the median shade of the fore

wing more oblique and the postmedian line rather further from

the termen.

DIscALMA PUERILIS, sp.n. (Pl. II. fig. 15, ¢.)

3,16mm. Face apparently without projecting cone of scales.

Antennal joints scarcely projecting, the cilia scarcely as long as

diameter of shaft. Head, body, and legs concolorous with wings ;

hind tibia dilated, with long hair-pencil, tarsus rather short.

158 PROF. KE. B. POULTON ON

Fore wing with fovea slight, SC'* coincident, touching © at a

point ; dirty white irrorated with brown-grey, leaving clearer a

slight, ill-defined antemedian band (at least towards hind margin),

a fairly broad but exceedingly ill-defined band just distally to the

cell-dot and especially a broad, somewhat sinuous subterminal

line, from costa at less than 1 mm. before apex to tornus, slightly

dark-shaded proximally, especially at costa and hind margin; a

small discal dot near costa at middle; a slightly darkened terminal

line, interrupted at the veins; fringe pale (whitest proximally),

traversed in middle by a fine grey line and cut throughout its

length by brown-grey spots opposite the veins. Hind wing with

termen almost smooth (scarcely waved); similar to fore wing, but

with pale band-like markings scarcely indicated, subterminal line ©

not quite so conspicuous as on fore wing; no discal dot;

indications of a dark spot (end of a line) about middle of inner

margin. Under surface similarly but more faintly marked ;

discal dot of fore wing absent.

1910: Feb. 14,—1 ¢ (type).

A very distinct though modest little species; it may be

pictured by imagining a miniature edition of the North American

“ Seiagraphia” nubiculata Pack., exceedingly washed-out, dark

lines of hind wing absent; structure as in that species, wings

slightly narrower.

DISCALMA CALVIFRONS, sp. n. (PI. II. fig. 14, ¢.)

$,17-20 mm. Face rather protuberant, rough, almost scale-

less, with small horny prominences at upper and again at lower

edge. Palpus rather short, rough-scaled, grey mixed with fuscous,

3rd joint very small and blunt. Antenna with joints projecting,

the ciliation about as long as diameter of shaft, arranged in very

slender even fascicles. Thorax and abdomen concolorous with

wings, the patagia in front more fuscous. Hind tibia with hair-

pencil. Fore wing with fovea; not broad, the termen being

rather straight and moderately strongly oblique ; SC** coincident,

sometimes free, sometimes slightly connected or anastomosing at

a point with one or both of the adjacent veins; white-grey,

irrorated with brownish fuscous; discal dot black, variable in size ;

lines fuscous, irrorated more or less with blackish, sometimes

sharply dark at costa; antemedian from nearly one-fourth costa,

oblique outwards, strongly angled in front of M, then oblique

inwards to M, here sometimes marked with a blackish dot, then

running perpendicularly to hind margin, occasionally with a very

slight curve inwards ; median line very variable in strength and

thickness, usually crossing, sometimes just proximal to, the discal

dot, almost straight except for a small proximal bend at costa;

ostmedian from before three-fourths costa, vertical or (oftener)

slightly oblique outwards, curved or angled at R’, thence about

parallel with termen, marked with blackish vein-dots, sinuate

inwards in-‘submedian area and slightly oblique outwards at hind

margin ; distal area (at least in its proximal half) clouded with

MOTHS FROM SOMALILAND. 159

dark grey, with a distinct, sinuous, whitish, subterminal line,

which is rather thick in places, and especially widens at costa so

as almost to reach apex; proximally to the subterminal an

irregular blackish spot between R® and M', sometimes also

anteriorly to R®; termen with a row of moderately thick blackish

dashes ; fringe weakly dark-chequered opposite the veins. Hind

wing with termen almost perfectly rounded, sometimes with a

slight suggestion of prominence at R* and sinuosity in front of

the same; similar to fore wing, without the antemedian line.

Fore wing beneath somewhat more suffused from base to median

shade ; discal dot weak; the shade between postmedian and sub-

terminal strengthened into a dark band, without the blackish

spot, the subterminal itself obsolete; band between median and

postmedian lines, also the posterior half of distal area (or at least

a patch behind R*) somewhat whiter than above. Hind wing

beneath whitish, with median shade, discal dot and outer band

distinct. Remelle. on an average, rather larger, rather broader-

winged, sometimes more suffused, lines generally weak (except

the Gostal spots), distal dark shade extended to termen, usually

almost obliterating the subterminal line except costally, where

the subapical pale spot persists, at least in part, black spot

proxumally to subterminal line between R* and M? seldom

developed; the hind wing and under surface show corresponding

differences.

1908: Sept. 14,—1 3; Sept. 24,—1 g; Sept. 28,—1 5; Oct. 14,

= OF Octy Nog 5) Oct.) 24-1 3) (type)s 1909); Apr: 10;

7h Or Apr. 14, ie GR Ayoe: poms 2; Apr. 27,—19; May 10,—

19; May 12,—1°.

Variable both individually and (in particular) sexually. More

recalls certain tropical American species (e. g. Macaria nigricomma

Warr. in the case of the male, heliothidata Guen. in that of the

female) than any African species with which I can compare it.

Scarcely a true Discalma.

MACARIA SEMIALBIDA Prout.

Macaria semialbida Prout, Nov. Zool. xxii. p. 351 (1915).

1908: June 21,—1<¢.

Antenna br aan, but a remnant shows that Ths ciliation is

scarcely as long as the diameter of the shaft. Hind tibia strongly

dilated. Tew strong.

Founded on females from British East Africa.

MACARIA OBLIQUILINEATA (Watr.).

Gonodela obliquitineata Warr. Nov. Zool. vi. p. 307 (1899).

Semiothisa obliquilineata Swinh. Tr: Ent. Soc. Lond. 1904,

p. 507.

1908: May 4,29. 1909: Mar. 14,—-1¢; Apr. 11,—1 9;

May 10,—1 9; Nov. 10,—1 9.

Rather variable, on an average slightly smaller than the

160 PROF, E. B. POULTON ON

examples (Abyssinia, White Nile, British Hast Africa) in the

_ British Museum, postmedian line of fore wing rather more curved

at costa. In the fore wing veins SC'™ are coincident, in three

examples free, in three slightly connected with C.

TSPHRINA INCONSPICUA Warr.

Tephrina inconspicua Warr. Nov. Zool. iv. p. 113 (1897).

1908: July 2,—19; Aug. 24,—19.

Rather weakly marked, especially the hind wing, which appears

rather more whitish than in the normal form (Natal to Nyassa-

land); but it is not in quite perfect condition. In the fore wing

the costal end of vein C is obsolete, leaving it to appear that C

and SC are coincident throughout, anastomosing shortly with

SC, A worn female from Arabia (coll. Brit. Mus.) appears to

agree with the Somaliland example, though larger and with

normal venation; thus the species seems to be widely distributed.

TEPHRINA BUTARIA (Swinh.).

Semiothisa butaria Swinh. Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1904, p. 510.

1909: May 8,—1¢.

Known from Central and Hast Africa and as far north as

Abyssinia.

Tepurina nerra (Holland).

Grammodes netta Holland, in Donaldson-Smith, Through

Unknown African Countries, p. 418, fig. 9 (1897).

1908: July 1,—1 4; July 31,—19; Sept. 21,—19; Sept. 26,

—19. 1909: May 21,—1 9; July 8—19; Aug. 17,—16.

As I understand Sir George Hampson has compared Holland’s

type, I accept the determination of the species at the British

Museum, which possesses a single example from Abyssinia. The

fore wing agrees well with Holland’s figure, but the hind wing

has distal borders nearly as in Discalma subcurvaria Mab., or

even more extended to the termen. Male antenna bipectinate.

TEPHRINA CINERASCENS (Btlr.).

Acidalia cinerascens Btlr. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) xvi. p. 418

(1875).

Ematurga bilineata Warr. Nov. Zool. 11. p. 129 (1895).

Tephrina cinerascens Swinh. Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1904, p. 511.

1909: May 10,—1@. Rather worn, weakly marked.

Distributed from the Cape to British East Africa, and doubt-

fully distinct from pumicaria Led. (Syria) and fwmosa Hmpsn.

(India). The large, strongly marked Abyssinian form figured

by Guenée (Phal. t. 17. fig. 7) is unknown to me.

TEPHRINA DISPUTARIA (Guen.).

Lubolia disputaria Guen. Spec. Gén. Lép. x. p. 489 (1858).

Tephrina disputaria Hmpsn. Faun. Ind., Moths, 1. p. 209

(1895).

MOTHS FROM SOMALILAND. 16]

Mandera. ec June A 19; June 29,—19; July 5,

19; July 17,— ns ; Aug. 2 3 a Sept. (134 12; Sept. 19,

19; Sept. 26,— 19; oe Hh 12 2,—19. 1909: Jan. 18, 19;

Jan, 19,—-1:9 ; ue 12,—19 ;: Mar. 19,—1 9; Apr. 7,—19?

Apr. 22,—1 9; Aug. 17,—1¢,29; Oct. 5,—19; Nov. 9,—2°?.

1910: Mar. 2,—1 92; Mar. Gia] @. Year ?: Feb. 25,—1 9.

Hargaisa.—1908 : Oct..—4 ¢.

Kixtremely variable, occurring probably throughout the year,

though none was taken in February or December, ‘The great

majority of el females belong to the form sebocellata Warr.

(Novy. Zool. iii. p. 413), described from $. Othman, Arabia, [ follow

Swinhoe in otetienng subocellata to be a form of the variable

disputaria Guen. Two of the males are small, with the distal

part of the median area almost free from dark dusting, the post-

median line more than usually bent. A few females are also

small, but otherwise normal. Two females are smooth-scaled,

the distal area broad, inclining to violet-grey, the black marks on

hind margin of fore wing and those distally to the middle of the

postmedian line very sharply prominent.

Described from Neypt, but widely distributed in North and

Kast Africa, Arabia, India, ete.

TEPHRINA DEERRARIA Walk.

Tephrina deerraria Walk, List Lep. Ins. Brit. Mus, xxiii. p. 962

(1861); Swinh, Tr, Knt. Soc. Lond. 1904, p. 510.

Mandera.—1908 : Oct.15,-1 9. 1909: Apr.7,--1 9; Apr. 10

19°; Apr. 22,—19; May 10,—19; Oct. 7,—16; Oct. 11

1g. 1910: Jan. 8,—1¢.

Buggan. 1908: June 27,—1 3.

In one female the discal spot of the fore wing is reduced, scarcely

forming an ocellus. Generally larger than the preceding, less

brown, postmedian line straighter, otherwise hard to distinguish ;

pevhaps a form of the same. Distributed from the Cape to

Abyssinia,

)

'TEPHRINA PRIONOGYNA, SP. 1. Ply toe lig c

D) | 5 > +

®, 28-33 mm, Antenna strongly serrate, the serrations of

the outer series so long as to form rudimentary pectinations.

Fore wing with SC’ out of GU, free or anastomosing at a point

with S¢ a SC? in one example anastomosing at a point with SO™.

Otherwise extremely like strongly irrorated females of the pre-

ceding * ; discal mark of fore wing reduced to a small weak

dot, median shade usually absent, antemedian line of fore wing

more strongly curved, postmedian curving anteriorly (both vari-

able in distinctness), terminal dots weaker or obsolete, the dark

distal border beneath extended to the termen, or else becoming

* Tn disputaria and deerraria SC! ave coincident, often anastomosing at a point

or slightly connected with SC" Kyven if this difference prove not absolutely

constant, it is at least general.

Proc. Zoou, Soc.—1916, No, XI. 11

162 PROF, E. B. POULTON ON

uniformly lighter there, no tendency towards the central pale

terminal patches which are general in deerraria, termen of hind

wing smooth (in disputaria often slightly more undulate),

1909: Apr. 15,—19; May 9,—19; May 10,—3@ (including

type).

C@NINA TERGIMACULA, sp. n. (PI. II. fig. 12, ¢.)

3 9,24 mm. Face ochreous, lower half with a large fuscous

spot on each side. Palpus with 3rd joint short, ochreous mixed

with fuscous. Male antennal pectinations long and reaching to

near apex—beyond three-fourths (female without head). Vertex,

thorax, and abdomen concolorous with wings, abdomen with a

dark fuscous dorsal blotch anteriorly. Fore wing narrow, costa

and termen almost straight, hind margin somewhat convex, in

female sinuous ; SC? connected by bar with SC*4, R°-M? stalked

(sometimes rather long-stalked) ; pale ochreous whitish, irrorated

and suffused, especially at base and half-way along eosta, with

purple-grey ; a brown or fuscous stripe from beyond middle of

costa, oblique outwards, strongly curved or angled between R*

and R*, oblique inwards (and forming a very slight proximal

curve) to middle of hind margin ; a faint, oblique antemedian line

or shade usually indicated, another midway between postmedian

and termen, bearing in its anterior part two or three darker

wedge-shaped spots, the one before R' the strongest and blackest ;

fringe spotted with fuscous. Hind wing narrow, especially in

temale, tooth at end of SC? in female very aeute and produced,

termen m male weakly, in female more strongly, toothed at R’,

anal angle scarcely produced; concolorous with fore wing or

rather more brightly ‘and shar ply marked ; a broad, dark, olive-

brown, fuscous-mixed, somewhat sinuous Bend from inner margin

near anal angle to costa near apex, finely white-edged distally,

the white broadening anteriorly. Under surface similar, the

markings weaker and more diffuse.

1908: Oct. 3—1 5. 1909: Apr. 7,1 3; Apr. 12,—1 ¢

(type); Sept..—1?.

Genus SESQUIALTERA, nov.

Face slightly prominent, convex, with moderately appressed

scales. Palpus moderate, rather stout, rough-scaled, terminal

joint short. Tongue short. , Antenna in male (?); in female

slightly subserrate, with very minute ciliation. Pectus and

femora moderately hairy. Hind tibia with terminal spurs only.

Fore wing long and narrow (greatest breadth—mid-costa to

tornus—three-eighths of length), costa nearly straight, apex rather

sharp, termen, except close to apex, extremely oblique, slightly

curved, very faintly sinuous, rather longer than hind margin ;

tornus very weak ; cell short, less so at its extremities, DC” being

oblique inwards and DC? extremely oblique outwards ; SC'™ long-

stalked, SC? sometimes anastomosing with C, SC* connected by a

MOTHS FROM SOMALILAND. 163

bar with SC** about opposite the origin of SC*, SC*> long-

stalked from just before end of cell, SC** separating near apex ;

radials normal ; M! long-stalked with R*, M? arising rather near

end of cell. Hind wing only about halt the length of fore wing,

costal margin strongly concave, termen with long projecting

teeth at SC? and R’, otherwise sinuous rather than dentate,

tornus moderate ; cell about one-half, DC incurved ; C approxi-

mated (but not appressed) to SC to near end of cell, then

moderately diverging ; SC’ from close to end of cell; R?® absent ;

R*—M" long-stalked, M? from very near end of cell.

Type of the genus: Sesquialtera ridicula, sp. n.

SESQUIALTERA RIDICULA, Sp. ne (PI. II. fig. 11, 9.)

2, 32-36 mm. Head, body, and fore wing fuscous with darker

irroration. Fore wing extremely weakly marked, a darker cell-

mark and a postmedian line indicated, the latter remote from

termen, strongly excurved at radials; sometimes also a vague,

diffuse, oblique, somewhat curved antemedian line or shade in-

dicated. Hind wing variable, in the type with the basal area

blackish fuscous, the rest more concolorous with fore wing, but

traversed by ill-defined ferruginous-brown bands, in other ex-

amples more uniform, the base being less blackened, the ferru-

ginous scales largely suppressed ; a blackish discal dot, crossed or

closely preceded by the more or less sinuous antemedian (median)

line and followed by a distinct postmedian (darker brown or

blackish) sinuate inwards between radials and in submedian area ;

a brown or black terminal line. Under surface similar to upper,

in the type less variegated in hind wing.

1909: May 12,—1 9 (type).

Also in Hope Department, Oxford, from British East Africa,

5 May, 1913, c. 1°S., 35° K., 5000-6000 feet, forest with open

glades (H. B. Popplewell), 19. Also from Mt. Kenya in Paris

Museum.

PACHYPALPIA SUBALBATA Warr. ;

Pachypalpia subalbata Warr. Noy. Zool. vii. p. 98 (1900).

1908: Oct. 25,—1°.

Described from British East Africa. Known also from German

East Africa. ;

ASCOTIS SELENARIA (Schiff.).

Phalena Geometra selenaria [Schiff.] Schmett. Wien, p. 101

(1775).

Ascotis selenaria Hbn. Verz. Bek. Schmett. p. 313 (1826).

Trigonomelea semifusea Warr. Nov. Zool. xi. p. 475 (1904).

1909: May 10,—1 ¢.

Extraordinarily widely distributed in S. and E, Europe, Asia,

and Africa,

Isles

164 PROF: E. B. POULTON ON

Fam. SATURNID &.

EprrHora ATBARINUS Butl.

1909: Oct. 14,—1¢6,29.

LupiA HANSALI Feld.

1908: Oct.29,—1 ©. 1909: Sept.—l 9. Year?: Apr. 27,

—l ¢ (BM).

Fam. ARBELID&.

SELAGENA EUSTRIGATA, sp.n. (PI. IT. fig. 27, 3.)

3. Head and thorax white tinged with rufous, the dorsum of

thorax with long spatulate ¢hocolate-brown scales ; antennze with

the branches rutous; pectus and legs white, the latter with brown

mixed ; abdomen white, the 2nd segment with dorsal tuft of long

spatulate rufous and chocolate-brown scales, the anal tuft tinged

with rufous and with spatulate black-brown scales mixed. Fore

wing creamy white, with fine dark brown pencillings with white

bars on them defined by black and leaving the veins white below

base of costa, from medial part of cell to inner margin, in end of

cell, between veins 5 and 2 to near termen, and forming a wedge-

shaped subterminal patch between veins 8 and 6; a white patch

with some rufous before and beyond it beyond the discocellulars,

and a white spot with some rufous before and beyond it below

vein 2 near its origin. Hind wing silvery, white. Underside

white ; fore wing with the cell and area beyond it to near termen

suffused with brown with some white strize on it; hind wing

with some red-brown striz on medial part of costa.

1908: Sept. 13,—1 ¢ (type); Sept. 14,—1 ¢ (B.M.);

Sept. 18,—1 3s Sept. 20,—1 dg; Sept. 26,—1 5; Oct. 6,—1 g.

1909: Sept..—2 g¢. Hap. 20-24 millim.

SELAGENA ATRIDISCATA Hmpsn.

1909: Oct. 5,—1 ©.

METrARBELA DIODONTA, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 28, 3.)

3. Head and thorax dark reddish brown mixed with some

grey-white, the frons whiter; palpi black-brown ; pectus and

legs red-brown mixed with some whitish ; abdomen white tinged

with brown and with chocolate-brown dorsal streaks at base and

extremity, the anal tuft tipped with chocolate-brown. Fore wing

white tinged with brown ; a series of black-brown points below

the costa ; a black-brown subbasal point on median nervure with

a slight dentate dark brown line from beyond it toimner margin ;

a very irregular patch of brown suffusion defined by black-brown

on medial part of inner margin, indented above and below by

white spots towards its extremity ; a down-curved black-brown

streak from middle of cell to lower angle with a point beyond it

in the cell and an irregular oblique bilobate mark defined by

black-brown in upper extremity of cell; an oblique strongly.

MOTHS FROM SOMALILAND. 165

dentate dark line from below apex to inner margin at the medial

patch with more prominent blackish teeth between veins 7 and 5

and some dark suffusion beyond it ; a terminal series of geminate

black points. Hind wing silvery white witha very faint brownish

tinge and faint brownish terminal line. Underside white with a

faint brownish tinge and series of small brown spots on costa of

fore wing.

2. Abdomen more suffused with brown; fore wing more

suffused with brown, the streak in lower end of cell absent

and the oblique dentate postmedial line very indistinct; hind

wing strongly tinged with brown.

1908: Sept. 27,—1 3; Sept. 28,13 Sept. 291g; Oct. 1,

—-1 $6; Oct. 4,—1 Q (type); Oct. 11,—1 ¢ (type); Oct. 14,—

1 g¢ (B.M.); Oct. 20,—1 & ; Oct. 23,—1 6 ; Oct. 24,—1 ¢.

1909: Sept..—1 ¢. Hep, 22-26 millim.

METARBELA PERSTRIATA, Sp. n. (PI. IT. fig. 29, 9.)

2. Head, thorax, and abdomen grey-white suffused with

reddish brown. Fore wing creamy white, thickly irrorated with

dark reddish brown and with numerous rather reticulate lines,

formed by dark reddish-brown strive and with obscure dark

brown spots at middle and end of cel], Hind wing and underside

whitish suffused with brown.

1908 : Sept. 27,1 @ (type). Hap. 22 millim.

ARBELODES RUFULA Hmpsn,

1909: Mar. 14,—1 3; Apr. 8—1 ¢:; May 10,—1 g,

Fam. Cossirp#,

AZYGOPHLEPS IncLUSA WI1k.,

1909: May 13,—1°9.

Duomitus Mrsosticta, sp. n. (Pl. I. fig. 30, 3.)

¢. Head, thorax, and abdomen white mixed with dark brown,

the metathorax almost entirely black-brown; palpi and tarsi

black-brown. Fore wing white irrorated with reddish brown,

the medial inner area with a shade formed by thicker irroration,

extending before middle to above vein 1; a discoidal patch formed

by similar irrovation conjoined beyond lower angle of cell to a

similar shade on terminal area, the cell, submedian interspace

except on terminal area, and an oblique postmedial shade trom

costa whiter ; elliptical black-brown medial spots above and below

vein 1; cilia chequered dark brown and white at tips. Hind

wing white, the cilia chequered with dark brown to vein 2.

Underside of fore wing with the inner area white with a brown

spot below middle of cell; hind wing with the costal area irrorated

with brown.

1908: Apr. 29,—1 3; May 4,—1 ¢ (B.M.); Sept. 12,—1 o.

1909: Oct. 7,—1 ¢ (type). Hap. 28-38 millim.

166 PROF. E. B. POULTON ON

Duomirus sTENrPTERA, Sp.n. (Pl. II. fig. 31, 3.)

3. Head and thorax white mixed with red-brown and some

black, the metathorax almost entirely black-brown ; antenn

dark brown; tarsi black ringed with white ; abdomen whitish

suffused and irrorated with red-brown. Fore wing white with

sparse strong black strie, the inner area tinged with rufous to

beyond middle; a wedge-shaped black-brown patch on costal

area from base to near middle; a rather triangular black spot

below end of cell with its upper extremity somewhat produced ;

a black-brown patch at end of cell extending to the costa ; some

small black spots on costa towards apex; a subterminal series of

small more or less distinct clavate dark marks in the interspaces ;

cilia chequered reddish brown and white. Hind wing white, the

cilia with some brown scales mixed. Underside white; fore

wing with small black spots on costa and blackish spot below

end of cell, the terminal area striated with brown; hind wing

with the costal area finely striated with red-brown.

1908: Apr. 27,1 3 (type). 1909: May,—l 3d. Hap. 28-

38 millim.

Dvomirus sIMILLIMA, sp.n. (PI. II. fig. 32, ¢.)

3. Head and thorax dark red-brown mixed with some whitish

and black, the metathorax entirely black-brown; antenne dark

brown; tarsi black ringed with white; abdomen dark red-brown

mixed with whitish at sides towards base. Fore wing grey-white

suffused with red-brown and sparsely striated with strong black

striz, slighter on basal area, the medial area from costa to vein 1,

the postmedial area from costa to vein 2, and the interspaces of

terminal area whiter ; a rather triangular black spot below the

cell; subterminal sevies of slight clavate dark marks in the inter-

spaces ; cilia chequered dark brown and greyish. Hind wing

whitish suffused with brown, the cilia obscurely chequered with

dark brown. Underside of fore wing suffused with brown, the

terminal area striated with brown, series of small black spots on

costa and below terminal part of cell; hind wing whitish, the

costal area suffused with brown, the costa towards apex and

termen with some brown strie.

1908: Sept. 20,—1 ¢ (type); Sept. 23,--1 g. Hap. 24-

28 millim.

Fam. LASIOCAMPIDS&

‘TRICHIURA OBSOLETA Klug.

1908: Oct. 25,--1 5; Oct. 29,1 g. 1909: Mar. 14,—2 ¢;

Apr. 8,--2 6; Apr. 11,--1 9 ; Apr. 15,1 9 ; Oct. 14,--1 ¢,

1 @; Dee. 30, 1 ¢. -1910: Jan. 2,—1 g; Mar. 10,—1 9;

Mar. 13,—1 c.

ANADIASA SIMPLEX Pag.

1909: Apr. 8,—1 o.

MOTHS FROM SOMALILAND. | 167

CHILENA DONALDsoNtI Holl.

1908: Oct. 13,--1 g$. 1909: Feb. 20,—1 ¢; Mar. 26,--1 d;

Mar. 29,—1 g¢ ; Apr. 1,—1 6; Apr. 5,--1 od ; Apr. 6,--1 9 ;

Apr. 10,—4.d6; Apr. 14,—1 3; Apr. 20,—1¢. 1910: Mar. 20,

=I Cie

Fam. Limacopip4&.

CG@NOBASIS CHLORONOTON, sp. n. (PI. II. fig. 35, ¢.)

3. Head and thorax emerald-green ; antennz fulvous yellow ;

palpi fulvous yellow, brownish at sides ; tibiz on inner side and

the tarsi fulvous yellow, the tarsi with brown points on outer

side ; abdomen pale orange-yellow, the sides and ventral surface

whitish at base. Fore wing emerald-green, the costal edge orange-

yellow. Hind wing white tinged with emerald-green, especially

towards termen; the cilia emerald-green. Underside of fore

wing with the costal half fulvous brown, the inner half greenish

white, the termen and cilia green; hind wing pale orange-yellow,

the terminal area tinged with green ; the cilia green.

1908: Oct. 12—1 3. 1909: Apr. 4,—1 ¢ (type); Apr. 8,

—2 ¢ (1 in B.M.); Apr. 9,—1 ¢6; Apr. 101 5; Apr. 20,

—l1¢; Apr. 23—1 3; Apr. 24,—1 ¢ (B.M.); Sept..—l ¢.

Exp. 18-20 millim.

Ca@NOBASIS FULViCORPUS Hmpsn.

1908: Sept. 26,—1 ¢; Oct. 24,—1 d. 1909: Apr. 4,—1 ¢;

Apr. 5,—1 6; Apr. 7,—3 6; Apr. 8,—2 g,1 9.

Genus FEATHERIA, nov.

Type, /. obvia.

Proboscis absent ; palpi obliquely upturned, short, not reaching

to middle of frons, which is smooth ; antenne of male bipectinate

with moderate branches to apex, of female with short branches ;

metathorax with spreading crest ; tibize with the spurs moderate,

the hind tibie with the medial spurs present; abdomen with

rough hair at base of dorsum. Fore wing with the apex rounded,

the termen evenly curved ; veins 2, 3 shortly stalked, 5 from near

angle; 6 from well below upper angle; 7 from just below angle ;

8, 9 stalked; 10,11 from cell. Hind wing with veins 3 and 5

from near angle of cell; 6, 7 stalked; 8 from middle of cell.

FEATHERIA oByIA, sp. n. (Pl. II. fig. 33, 3.)

g 9. Head and thorax grey-white mixed with reddish brown ;

tarsi ringed with white; abdomen grey-white tinged with red-

brown. Fore wing grey-white tinged in parts with reddish brown

and irrorated with dark brown ; a dark brown point at lower angle

of cell, with an oblique brown line from it to inner margin

slightly defined on outer side by whitish followed by a reddish-

brown shade; an oblique dark-brown fascia from apex meeting

the shade beyond the medial line, slightly ineurved below vein 7,

168 PROF. E. B. POULTON ON

where there is a more or less elongate black spot beyond it,

the oblique fascia followed by a whitish shade arising below

apex ; a terminal series of black-brown striz. Hind wing white

suffused with reddish brown ; a fine darker brown terminal line

and fine white line at base of cilia. Underside white tinged with

reddish brown, the costal areas irrorated with brown.

Mandera.—1908: July 16,—1 g ; Aug. 16,—1 ¢; Sept. 26,

—2 g, 19; Sept. 27,—1 2 (type). 1909: Mar, 24,1 ¢g

(type); Apr. 9,—1 ¢ ; Sept. 6,—1°.

Gan Libbah.—1908: June 26,—1 2. Hap. S 22, 2 28

millim.

PARYPHANTA FIMBRIATA Karsch (ARCUILINEA B.-B.).

1909: Mar. 26,—1¢ ; Apr. 10,—1 d.

ScCOTINOCHROA MINOR, sp. n. (PI. II. fig. 34, 3.)

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen bright chestnut mixed with

fulvous yellow and some dark brown; antennz fulvous. Fore

wing bright chestnut irrorated with dark brown and rough

silvery scales; an obscure dark mark below origin of vein 2;

the postmedial area ochreous whitish with a very ill-defined band

of dark and silvery scales, rather maculate to lower angle of cell,

then excurved ; a curved maculate subterminal band of dark and

silvery scales from below costa to vein 2; a dark brown patch at

apex. Hind wing yellow tinged with rufous, the cilia deeper

rufous at tips. Underside yellow, the fore wing suffused with

rufous, the hind wing tinged with rufous.

1909: Apr. 20,—1 ¢ (type). Hap. 18 millim.

GAVARA LEUCOMERA, sp.n. (PI. II. fig. 36, 9.)

2. Head, thorax, and abdomen white, faintly tinged with

rufous; fore tibiz and the tarsi pale brown ringed with white.

Fore wing white tinged with rufous except on terminal area,

which is slightly irrorated with rufous; a rather oblique rufous

antemedial shade from below costa to inner margin; a black

point at lower angle of cell; an indistinct waved rufous line

from lower angle of cell to inner margin; an indistinct sinuous

rufous line from middle of costa to submedian fold above tornus,

then incurved to inner margin; a distinct diffused rufous line

from costa beyond middle to termen at submedian fold, excurved

at middle; a terminal series of rufous strie. Hind wing white

tinged with rufous; a fine rufous terminal line; cilia white.

Underside white, the fore wing suffused with rufous, the hind

wing tinged with rufous.

1909: Apr. 8,—1 9@ (type). Hap. 16 millim,

Fam. THYRIDID&.

RHODONEURA HAMATIPEX, sp.n. (PI. II. fig. 37, 3.)

3S. Head, thorax, and abdomen ochreous suffused with rufous.

Fore wing ochreous tinged with rufous and thickly reticulated

MOTHS FROM SOMALILAND, 169

with rufous strie, browner at costa; a slight antemedial line

forking towards costa and forming a slight fork towards inner

margin; a narrow rather oblique postmedial band formed by two

lines filled in with rufous except towards costa, the imner line

curved inwards to costa and somewhat angled inwards at lower

angle of cell and vein 1, the outer line excurved below costa, the

band somewhat constricted at submedian fold, a reticulate band

formed of double strie beyond it from vein 7 to tornus; an

oblique double line filled in with rufous across apical area from

costa to termen at vein 4. Hind wing ochreous tinged with

rufous and striated with rufous lines; a slightly curved ante-

medial line, dark point just above lower angle of cell, darker

slightly sinuous medial line, two or three faint postmedial lines,

and a more prominent subterminal line oblique to discal fold,

then sinuous to tornus. Underside of fore wing with a streak

formed by black spots and opalescent silvery scales below middle

of cell and a short streak formed by black dashes beyond upper

angle, the medial part of postmedial band, the subterminal band

towards tornus, and the oblique band except at costa prominently

filled in with rufous.

1909: Apr. 11,—1 ¢ ; Oct. 19,—1 ¢ ; Oct. 30,—1 ¢ (type).

Exp. 22 millim. Closely allied to R. squamigera Pag.

Fam. PYRALID®.

Subfam. CRAMBIN.

ANCYLOLOMIA PECTINIFERA Hmpsn.

1909: Mar. 10,—1 9; Mar. 14,—1 2.

SURATTHA SCITULELLUS WI1k.

1908: Sept. 18—1 2; Sept. 20.—1l 92; Sept. 21,—1 9 ;

Sept. 22,—I 9; Sept. 24-2 9; Sept. 26-—1 9. 1909:

Mar. 13,—1 9; Mar. 14,—1 2 (B.M.); Mar. 19-—19; Mar. 22,

—l1 9.

SURATTHA INVECTELLUS WIk.

1908: Aug. 15,—1d; Sept. 14,—1 6d; Sept. 20,—1 ¢; Sept. 24,

—1 ¢; Sept. 26—1 9. 1909: Feb. 15,—1 9; Feb. 16,—2 9

Feb, 23,—1 ¢ ; Mar. 5,—1 ¢ ; Mar. 11,—1 2 (B.M.); Mar. 13

—3 6,492; Mar. 19,—1 5,12 (¢d B.M.); Oct. 14,—1 9.

Subfam. SCH@NOBIAN.

Genus CALAMOSCHG@NA, nov.

Type, C. ascriptalis.

Proboscis absent; palpi upturned, in male hardly reaching to

middle of frons, in female to vertex of head; maxillary palpi

minute; frons smooth, rounded ; antennz in both sexes laminate

and almost simple ; hind tibize with the outer medial spur minute.

Fore wing with vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4, 5 shortly

170 PROF. E, B, POULTON ON

stalked ; 6, 7, 8, 9 stalked; 10,11 from cell. Hind wing with

veins 3 and 5 from angle of cell, 4 absent; 8 anastomosing

with 7,

CALAMOSCHGNA ASCRIPTALIS, sp. n. (PI. II. fig. 38, 3.)

¢. Head and thorax pale ochreous ; pectus, legs, and abdomen

ochreous white. Fore wing uniform pale ochreous. Hind wing

glossy white, the cilia tinged with ochreous at base. Underside

white ; fore wing with the costal half tinged with ochreous.

2. Head and thorax slightly tinged with rufous: abdomen

more ochreous; hind wing with the termen and cilia at base

tinged with ochreous.

1908: Oct. 6—1 3S (type). 1909: Oct. 12,—1 92 (type).

Exp. 3 20, 2 28 millim.

Subfam. Puycirin.».

STAUDINGERIA SUB-OBLITELLA Rag.

1909: Feb. 15,—1 9.

EUZOPHERA VILLORA Feld. (stRAMANTELLA Rag.).

1909: June 10,—1 9°.

NEPHOPTERYX METAMELANA Hmpsn.

1908: Sept. 16,—1 2; Sept. 18-1 6.

NEPHOPTERYX ? EMUSSATATELLA Rag.

1908: Sept. 14,—1 9°.

NEPHOPTERYX EUGRAPHELLA Rag.

1909: Oct. 11,--1 @.

NEPHOPTERYX SERRATELUA Rag.

1908: Feb. 24,1 9; Sept. 12,—1 9; Sept. 19,—1 9 (B.M.);

Sept. 26—1 9 (B.M.); Oct. 12,—1 9; Oct. 20,—1 9: Oct. 25,

—1 S$ (B.M.); Nov. 18,—1 9. 1909: Jan. 9,—1 ¢@ (BME):

Mar. 13,—1 9; Apr. 16,—1 9(B.M.); Dec. 31,—1 9.

Subfam. ErrpascHian a.

MACALLA PURPUREOPICTA, sp. n. (PI. IL. fig. 39, 9.)

2. Head and thorax pale grey; pectus, legs, and abdomen

cupreous rufous, the last with some blackish at base of dorsum.

Fore wing with large tufts of raised hair-like scales below the

cell before middle and in middle and end of cell; pale greyish

and white and with some dark irroration beyond the cell,

the area below the cell and vein 3 purplish rufous from before

middle to tornus; a blackish antemedial line from cell to inner

margin, slightly angled outwards at submedian fold, the tufts of

scales in the cell grey-brown; blackish streaks on middle of

MOTHS FROM SOMALILAND. 7k

vein 1 and basal half of veins 2 and 3, and a slight streak beyond

upper angle of cell; an oblique black bar from origin of vein 7 to

vein 5 near termen ; a purplish-rufous patch on terminal part of

costa with oblique purplish-rufous bar from it at vein 7 to vein 5

just before termen ; a terminal series of dark strize except towards

tornus ; cilia white tinged with rufous and with a pale brownish

line near tips. Hind wing semihyaline white, the apical area

suffused with red-brown to vein 4; a diffused purplish-red streak

on terminal part of vein 2; a terminal series of red strie, darker

towards apex ; cilia white, tinged with fiery red at base. Under-

side of both wings white, the costal and apical areas red.

1909: Apr. 9,—1 @ (type). Hap. 24 millim.

Subfam. ENDOTRICHIN#.

ENDOTRICHA CONSOBRINALIS Zell.

Hargaisa.—1908 : Oct.,—2 ¢.

Subfam. PyRALIN®.

AGLOSSA INCULTALIS Zell.

1909: Feb. 17,—1 ¢.

AGLOSSA OMMATALIS Hmpsn.

1909: Mar. 8,—1 9.

AGLOSSA BASALIS W1Ik.

1908: Sept. 17,—1 9 ; Sept. 24,—-1 9; Sept. 26,—1 9 ;

Sept. 30,—1 9. 1909: Feb. 11,—1 9.

TEGULIFERA ZONALIS Warren.

1908: Nov. 3,—1 @.

'TEGULIFERA NIGRICINCTALIS Hmpsn.

1908: Sept. 18,—1 ¢ ; Oct. 1,—1 2; Oct. 13,—1 9. 1909:

Apr. 14,—1 9; Apr. 22,—1 ¢.

TYNDIS PROTEANALIS Hmipsn.

1908: Aug. 24,—19; Aug. 27,—2 g; Sept. 3,—1 6d; Sept. 12,

—1 9; Sept. 15,—1 ¢; Sept. 16,—1 ¢; Sept. 18—1 45,1 9;

Sept. 19,—1 ¢ ; Sept. 21,—1 6.1 9; Sept. 22,1 9. 1909:

Mar. 9,—1 9; Mar. 10,—1 9; Mar. 11,—1¢; Mar. 12,—1¢;

Mar. 15,—3 6,19; Mar.18,—2 2; Mar. 19,—3 9; Mar. 20,

—l1 9; Mar. 21,—1 6,19; Mar. 22,4 9; Mar. 24,—1 9;

Mar. 26,—2 2; Mar. 30,--1 g; Apr. 15,—1 2; Oct. 4,—1 9.

Year ?: Sept. 25,—1 ¢.

ZitHA SUBCUPRALIS Zell.

1908: Aug. 24,—1 g. 1909: Feb. 23,—1 6; Feb. 28,—1d;

Mar. 4,—1 6; Mar. 9,—1 ¢.

172 PROF, E, B. POULTON ON

Bosrra yARIANS Butl.

1908: Sept. 13-1 9 ; Sept. 16,—3 9°; Sept. 19,—1 9.

1909: Mar. 26,1 9; Apr. 8,—2 9 ; Apr. 10,—2 9 ; Apr. 14;

—l 2; Apr. 20,—1 ¢@.

Bostra TENEBRALIS Hmpsn.

1908 : Sept. 14,—1 3; Sept. 15,1 g; Sept. 19,—1 ¢.

Bos?ra PYROCHROALIS, sp.n. (PI. IT. fig. 48, 9 >)

Q. Head, tegule, and abdomen whitish tinged with red-brown ;

thorax fiery red. Fore wing fiery red slightly irvorated with

whitish, the costal edge with some dark scales towards base and

alternating whitish and dark brown points on medial area ; ante-

medial line white, slightly excurved below costa, then inwardly

oblique ; postmedial line white, slightly excurved to vein 4, then

slightly meurved ; cilia purple-brown at base, the tips white with

some red at apex. Hind wing white tinged with red-brown; the

cilia purple-brown at base, white at tips.

1909: Mar. 24,—1 9 (type). xp. 16 millim.

DaTTINIA PERSTRIGATA, sp.n. (PI. IT. fig. 40, 3.)

Antenne of male bipectinate, with long branches to near apex.

¢. Head and thorax creamy white more or less tinged with

brown ; antenne with the branches brown; palpi irrorated with

blackish ; abdomen creamy white with dorsal fulvovs-yellow

bands except at base and extremity, the anal tuft with pale

blood-red subdorsal streaks. Fore wing with diffused blackish

streaks below end of cell, above and below submedian fold and

vein 1 to beyond middle, and on each side of veins 5 to 2; a small

black spot in lower angle of cell and slight point in upper angle;

the streaks partly interrupted by traces of a subterminal white

line with blackish points before it on veins 7, 6; the costal half

of wing sometimes irrorated with blackish ; a terminal series of

blackish points ; cilia chequered with pale blood-red. Hind wing

pure white and somewhat semihyaline.

Ab. 1. Fore wing with the streaks on each side of vein 1 and

veins 5 to 2 beyond the cell with pale blood-red mixed, veins 7, 6

with pale blood-red streaks except on terminal area.

2. Thorax strongly tinged with pale blood-red, the fore and

mid tibiz and tarsi suffused with blood-red, abdomen at sides and

anal tuft blood-red ; fore wing with the costa and cilia blood-red,

diffused blood-red fascize above and below vein 1, the streaks on

veins 7, 6 and on each side of veins 5 to 2 blood-red ; an indistinct

obliquely curved waved subterminal blood-red line between veins

7and1; hind wing suffused with brown, the veins towards termen

and cilia suffused with blood-red ; underside suffused with brown,

the costal areas, veins towards termen, and cilia of both wings

blood-red.

1908: July 1,—1 ¢; July 8,1 ¢g; July 19,—1 g; July 24,

Sm 3 uca 2 fo) OAs 2, (BE Me) eA S lee

MOTHS FROM SOMALILAND. eS

Sept. 21,—1 g; Sept. 23,—1 3; Sept. 24,—1 g; Sept. 26,—1 ¢

(type); Sept. 27,—1 ¢; Sept. 29,—1 ¢. 1909: Jan. 18,2 g,

19 (type); Mar. 14,—1 5,29; Apr. 1—1 ¢; Apr. 14,1 6;

May 12,—1 3; May 21,—2:°d; Sept. 21,—1 o; Oct. 22,2 ¢;

Nov. 25,—1 2. 1910: Mar. 6,—1 ¢; Mar. 9,—1 ¢; Mar. 10,

—l1 $6; Mar. 12,—1 ¢ (B.M.). Hap. § 36-40, 2 42 millim.

DarrintaA oRNATA Druce.

1908: Feb. 24—1 ¢; Sept. 24-1 9; Sept. 291 9;

Oct. 3,--1 g¢. 1909: Mar. 14,1 9; Mar. 18,—1-9; Mar. 19,

—l1 2; Mar. 26,—1 9; Apr. 16,—1 9; Oct. 8—1 9; Oct. 11,

ae i On

DATTINIA PERATALIS, sp. n.~ (Pl. II. fig. 41, 3.)

Antenne of male bipectinate, with long branches to two-thirds

length.

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen ochreous tinged with rufous,

the thorax deeper rufous; antennze with the branches brown ;

frons and palpi deep rufous; legs red-brown, the tibiz and tarsi

ringed with whitish. Fore wing with the basal area rufous, the

rest of wing silvery white with a creamy tinge suffused in parts

with rufous; antemedial line creamy white defined on outer side

by rufous and with some black irroration before it, slightly

waved ; the medial area mostly suffused with rufous, with a

creamy-white patch in and beyond the cell extending to costa;

an oblique black-brown discoidal. bar and slight yellowish spot

below end of cell; postmedial line creamy white defined on inner

side by rufous, excurved to vein 3, then incurved, a patch

of blackish scales beyond it at middle; a silvery whitish apical

patch defined by rather diffused black scales. Hind wing

“ochreous white suffused with rufous; cilia with a white line

at base followed by a rufous line. Underside whitish, the

fore wing and costal area of hind wing suffused and irrorated

with red-brown.

1909: Mar. 14,—1 S$ (type). Hap. 14 millim.

DaTTINIA COSTINOTALIS, sp.n. (PI. II. fig. 42, 3.)

Antenne of male ciliated.

3d. Head, thorax, and abdomen grey mixed with reddish

brown and fuscous, the vertex of head whitish; pectus whitish ;

tarsi brown ringed with white; abdomen blackish brown

ventrally except towards base. Fore wing pale brownish grey

slightly irrorated with blackish ; the costal edge black towards

base; subbasal line black defined on outer side by whitish,

angled outwards below the cell and ending at vein 1; ante-

medial line black, oblique to below the cell, then incurved,

a quadrate patch of blackish suffusion beyond it from costa

to median nervure; a slight dark mark at lower angle of cell;

postmedial line blackish, indistinct except towards costa, ex-

curved to vein 4, then oblique and sinuous, an oblique black bar

174 PROF. E. B. POULTON ON

beyond it from costa; a terminal series of slight brown spots ;

cilia brownish white with two fine brown lines through them.

Hind wing semihyaline white; a fine brown terminal line and

slight line through the cilia.

1908: July 31,—1 ¢ (type). Hp. 18 millim.

CLEDEOBIA RADIALIS Hmpsn.

1908: July 17,—1 9; July 24,—1 3. 1909: Mar. 26,—1 9;

Apr. 8,—1 ¢; Dec. 10,—1 9.

Subfam. PYRAvsTiIn&.

ZINCKENIA FASCIALIS Cram.

1908: Sept. 30,—1 9. 1909: Jan. 11,—19; Jan. 13-19;

May 5,—1 o.

SYLEPTA SABINUSALIS WIlk.

1908: Feb. 24,—1 2. 1909: Oct. 7,—1 2; Oct. 14,1 92.

GLYPHODES INDICA Saund.

1908: Oct. 27,—1 ¢. 1909: May 14,—1 ¢.

AGATHODES MUSIVALIS Guen.

1909: May 10,—1 9.

CROCIDOLOMIA BINOTALIS Zell.

Berbera.—1908: Mar. 4,—1 ¢.

HELLULA UNDALIS F.

1909: Jan. 19,—1 9; Mar. 14,—2 9.

SAMEODES OCELLATA, sp. n. (PI. II. fig. 44, 9.)

Fore wing with scale-tooth on inner margin before middle.

@. Head white, the frons with rufous spot, the antenne and

palpi fulvous red ; thorax fulvous red ; pectus and legs white, the

latter tinged with red-brown ; abdomen white dorsally suffused

with rufous. Fore wing fulvous red; a large rounded white

patch with pale red centre from upper angle of cell to inner

margin, its edges slightly waved and a similar but smaller patch

beyond the cell connected with the costa and extending to vein 4.

Hind wing pale rufous. Underside whitish suffused with rufous.

1908: May 28,—19; Sept. 19,—1 9 (type); Sept. 24,19.

Exp. 16 millim.

LEUCINODES ORBONALIS Guen.

1908: Oct. 29,—1 @.

NoMOPHILA NOCTUELLA Schiff.

1908: Nov. 13,—1 ¢.

MOTHS FROM SOMALILAND. 17/5)

PACHYZANCLA PHAOPTERALIS Guen.

1908: Sept. 20,—1 9.

PACHYZANCLA BASALIS W1k.

1908: Feb. 24,1 9. 1909: Apr. 10,—1 9.

PACHYZANCLA BIPUNCTALIS F,

1908: Sept. 30,—2 9; Nov. 24,—1 9.

PHLYCTHZNODES NUDALIS Hiibn.

1908 : Sept. 26,—1 2; Sept. 29,—1 9.

ANTIGASTRA CATALAUNALIS Dup.

1908: Sept. 18—1 @.

NoorDA BLITEALIS WIk.

1909: May 10,— 2 9.

MEcYNA GILVATA F.

Mandera.—1908: Sept. 3,—1 ¢ : Sept. 11,—1 ¢; Nov. 13,

—2 9; Nov. 14,—1 9; Nov. 18,—1 ¢. 1909: Jan. 14,—1 9;

May 9,—1 93; Oct. 19,—1 ¢; Oct. 22,—2 $; Nov. 10,—1 9.

- Gan Libbah.—1908: June 25,—1 ¢.

PIONEA MELANOSTICTALIS, sp.n. (PI. II. fig. 46, ¢.)

’ 6 Q. Head and thorax grey tinged with brown, the vertex of

head white; palpi red-brown, white at base; pectus and legs mostly

white, the fore tibie and tarsi brown ringed with white; abdomen

grey-brown with white segmental rings, the ventral surface white.

Fore wing whitish tinged and irrorated with brown, the costal

area browner; small antemedial black spots on subcostal and

median nervures, vein 1, and above inner margin ; a black point

in the cell towards extremity and discoidal bar; postmedial line

black, dentate to vein 4, then with oblique bar to vein 2, then

retracted to below end of cell and excurved at submedian fold

and slightly above inner margin; a curved series of blackish

points just before termen and a terminal series. Hind wing

whitish suffused with red-brown ; traces of a curved brown post-

medial line; a terminal series of slight brown points; cilia white

with a faint brown line near base.

1908: Sept. 23,—1 9 ; Sept. 27,—1 9,1 ¢ (type); Oct. 11,

—1 9 (B.M.); Nov. 24,-1 9. Hzxp. 16 millim.

PIONEA RUBRITINCTALIS, sp. n. (Pl. II. fig. 45, 2.)

Q. Head and thorax ochreous yellow tinged with rufous; frons

with white lines at sides ; palpi white in front at base; pectus

and legs white; abdomen reddish ochreous, the ventral surface

white. Fore wing ochreous yellow tinged with rufous; traces of

an oblique rather diffused rufous antemedial line ; a more distinct

176 PROF. E. B. POULTON ON

obliquely curved diffused rufous postmedial shade; cilia white at

tips. Hind wing pale reddish ochreous with traces of a rather

diffused curved rufous postmedial line.

1908: Sept. 24,—1 9. 1909: May 10,—1 9 (type). Hap.

18 millim.

PyRAUSTA INCOLORALIS Guen.

1909: May 3,—1 @.

PyYRAUSTA STHENIALIS, sp. n. (Pl. II. fig. 47, 3.)

Mid tibie of male dilated with a fold containing a tuft of long

hair, the hind tibiz with the outer medial spur minute ; abdomen

very long with the anal tuft long.

Head, thorax, and abdomen pure white, the shoulders with grey

stripes ; frons and palpi towards tips tinged with grey. Fore wing

semihyaline white; the costal area suffused with grey; oblique

slightly curved grey postmedial and subterminal lines. Hind

wing semihyaline white with faint curved greyish postmedial and

subterminal lines.

~1908: May 4,—-3 d, 62; May 6,—19; May 28,—16¢;

Sept. 29,—2 9 (1 in B.M.); Oct. 15,—1 93; Oct. 20,—1 ¢ ;

Nov. 13,—2 6 (1 in B.M.); Nov. 18,—1 ¢ (type). 1909:

Apr. 16,—1 ¢ (B.M.). Hap. 22-24 millim.

PYRAUSTA CONISTROTALIS, sp. n. (PI. II. fig. 48, 2.)

9. Head, thorax, and abdomen pale reddish brown tinged with

grey, the vertex of head whitish; palpi rufous, white at base ;

pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white, the fore legs

brown in front. Fore wing whitish tinged with reddish brown

and thickly irrorated with dark brown, the costal area rather

browner ; antemedial line indistinct, dark, oblique towards costa,

angled outwards at median nervure and vein | and incurved below

the cell and above inner margin ; a minute dark spot in the cell

towards extremity and curved discoidal striga; postmedial line

dark, waved, excurved from below costa to vein 3, then retracted

to lower angle of cell and erect to inner margin ; a terminal series

of small dark spots; cilia with a dark line near base. Hind wing

whitish suffused with brown especially on terminal area; an

indistinct brown postmedial line, excurved from below costa

to vein 2, where it is slightly angled inwards; cilia white with a

dark line near base.

¢. Browner; fore wing with a faint purplish gloss.

1908: Oct. 23,—1 2 (type).

Also in B.M. from Br. E. Africa, N. Kavirondo, Maramas

Distr., lala (Weave), 1 $. Hap. 22 millim.

SCELIODES LAISALIS Wlk.

1908: Sept. 26.—1 9; Nov. 13,--1 9. 1909: Jan.17,—1 9;

Feb. 25,1 9; Oct. 17,—1 ©.

MOTHS FROM SOMALILAND. 177

CoRNIFRONS ALBIDISCALIS, sp. n. (Pl. II. fig. 49, 3d.)

Antenne of male bipectinate with moderate branches to near

apex ; frontal prominence pointed at extremity, its lower edge

produced to a point before extremity.

Head and thorax red-brown mixed with some white ; antennee

ringed brown and white, the branches blackish in male; abdomen

pale red-brown. Fore wing pale red-brown irrorated with darker

brown especially on the veins ; an oblique whitish shade from base

of costa; a narrow white antemedial band defined by dark scales

and with irregularly waved edges ; a small rather elongate white

spot defined by dark scales in middle of cell and a white discoidal

bar also defined by dark scales, its lower extremity somewhat

curved inwards; a narrow white postmedial band defined by

dark scales and with minutely waved edges, angled inwards at

veins 6, 3, 2 and outwards at submedian fold, excurved at middle

and incurved to inner margin; a slight dark terminal line; cilia

white at base followed by a dark line. Hind wing whitish

suffused with brown especially in female; a slight brown spot

at lower angle of cell and indistinct rather diffused curved

subterminal line; cilia white with a brown line near base.

1908: May 4,—1 92 ; Sept. 28,—1 ¢ (type); Oct. 18,—1 ¢;

Nov. 13,—1 9; Nov. 14,—1d¢. 1909: Apr. 5,—1 9; Apr. 7,—

13,29 (1 in B.M.); Apr. 10,—1 g. Hap. 20 millim.

TEGOSTOMA COMPARALIS Hubn.

1908: June 1,—1 9; Sept. 25,—1 9; Oct. 31,1 2. 1909:

May 9,—1 35; May 10,—4 9°.

TEGOSTOMA SUBDITALIS Zell.

1909: May 8,—1 ¢.

TEGOSTOMA BIPARTALIS Hmpsn.

. 5

1908: Aug. 15,—1 9.

NOCTUELIA GLOBULIFERALIS, sp. n. (PI. II. fig. 50, 3.)

3. Head and thorax white mixed with rufous; palpi red-

brown ; fore tibiz with brown bands near extremities ; abdomen

white with slight rufous dorsal bands and streaks on anal tuft.

Fore wing white suffused with rufous; an indistinct rufous sub-

basal line; antemedial line red-brown, excurved above inner

margin, a round white spot defined by red-brown on its outer

side in and below the cell; rounded white spots defined by red-

brown in and below end of cell ; a postmedial white patch defined

by red-brown except above below the costa, intersected by a red-

brown streak on vein 7 and its outer edge indented by a wedge-

shaped red-brown mark on vein 6, a white patch beyond it at

apex and oblique elliptical white spot defined by red-brown below

it ; a dark brown terminal line; cilia white at base with a brown

line near base and brownish tips. Hind wing white ; an elliptical

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1916, No. XII. 12

178 PROF. E. B. POULTON ON

yellowish discoidal spot defined by brown and with brown line

from it to above inner margin; a brown postmedial line from

costa to vein 5 and elliptical white spot defined by brown between

vein 5 and submedian fold; a dark brown terminal line; cilia

with series of brown striz near base and brownish tips.

1908: Oct. 29,—1 ¢ (type). Hap. 18 millim.

TINEINA.

By Jno. Harriey Durrant, F.E.S.

OLETHREUTIDS.

Kucosma Hb.

EUCOSMA SOMALICA, sp. n.

Antenne fuscous. Palpi whitish ochreous, more or less mixed

with fuscous on the outer side of the median joint. Head

and thorax whitish ochreous, slightly tinged with pink; tegule

brownish fuscous, mixed with reddish. ore wings elongate,

slightly dilated posteriorly, male without costal fold, apex obtuse,

termen nearly straight, slightly oblique ; whitish ochreous, striate

with fuscous and pinkish, with fuscous markings outlined by

shining pearly scales; the markings, which appear more or less

irrorate with whitish owing to some of the scales being tipped

with white, consist of a basal patch, obtusely angled on the cell,

and an irregular central fascia becoming attenuate, or even

obsolete, toward the tornus, this fascia is outwardly connected

with a subapical quadrate spot; the costa is strigulate with

fuscous, there is also a fuscous apical spot and an interrupted

terminal line; cilia whitish ochreous, with a pinkish gloss, tra-

versed by two pale fuscous shade-lines. Hap. al. ¢ 18-272 mm.

Hind wings with 3-4 stalked; fuscous; cilia whitish ochreous,

traversed by two greyish fuscous shade-lines. Abdomen fuscous

with paler transverse lines. Legs whitish ochreous ; tarsi spotted

with blackish.

Type 3 (7248); 2 (7249), Drnt. Det.

1908: Sept. 19,—1¢ ; Sept. 20,—1 2 (type); Oct. 24,—1 ¢

{type). 1909: Jan. 20.—1 9. 1910: Mar. 6,—1 9.

The female is a little darker than the male, the pearly scaling

tending to become leaden, especially toward the tornus.

TINEIDS&.

Nomi, gen. n.

(vopipos, n, ov = conventional.)

Type: Vonima prophanes Drnt.

Antenne 2, with projecting scales on each joint, giving a

serrate appearance, and bipectinate 3, each pectination ciliate ;

basal jomt without pecten. Labial palpi porrect, clothed beneath

MOTHS FROM SOMALILAND. 179

and at end; terminal joint short, concealed. Mazillary palpi and

haustellum obsolete. Head rough-haired. Thorax smooth—

perhaps slightly tufted posteriorly. ore wings elongate, rather

narrow, apex round-pointed, termen rounded, surface with tufts

of raised scales: newration 12 veins, all separate; 7 to apex, 3-4

basally approximate; 1 furcate at base. Hind wings 1, elongate-

ovate, with small transparent space below cubitus near base ;

cilia 3: neuration 8 veins, all separate; 4-7 nearly parallel.

Abdomen vather slender. Legs: posterior tibize long-haired

above.

NOMIMA PROPHANES, Sp. 0.

Antenne fuscous. Palpi yellowish ochreous. Head and

thorax dark brownish fuscous ; face yellowish ochreous. ore

wings cream-ochreous, with a dartle brownish fuscous basal patch,

and with a rather broad patch of the same colow commencing

before the tornus and extending around the termen to the apex ;

the whole wing is ornamented with glistening spots of raised

scales arranged in transverse lines—these raised spots have some

admixture of bluish leaden-metallic, especially on the dark

patches, and on the ochreous part of the wing transverse lines

of pale greyish scaling occur between them ; Cilia shining, dark

brownish fuscous with a purplish gloss, cream-ochreous along

their base and above the apex ; underside suffused with fuscous,

except on a yellowish ochreous apical patch. Hap, al, 21-25 mm.

Hind wings shining, pale grey with brassy sheen, more or less

suffused with dark fuscous above and beneath in some specimens ;

cilia pale yellowish ochreous. Abdomen yellowish ochreous, dusted

with fuscous. Legs yellowish ochreous, tarsi tinged with fuscous.

Type 3 (7253), Drnt. Det.

1908: Sept. 30,—1¢. 1909: Apr. 10,—1 ¢ (type); Apr. 15,

—l1¢.

ACHTHINA, gen. n.

(axBewvds, 4, 6v = irksome.)

Type: Achthina ctenodes Drnt.

Antenne @ bipectinate 2; basal joint without pecten.

Labial palpi vather short, upeurved ; terminal joint very short.

Maaillary palpi and haustellum obsolete. Head rough. VThoras

smooth. ore wings with costa straight, apex round-pointed,

termen and tornus evenly rounded: neuration 12 veins; 7-8

stalked, 8-9 stalked enclosing apex, 10 out of stalk of 7-9: 4-5

closely approximate, connate or short-stalked ; 3 from angle, 2 at

least twice as far from 3 as 3 is from 4; 1 basally fureate. Jind

wings 1, rather short and broad, apex and tornus bluntly rounded :

neur ation 8 veins; 3-5 approximate, 2 remote from 3, 5 bent

over and closely approximate to 4, or 4—5 stalked ; 6-7 stalked or

separate; media to below 6. Abdomen: female moderate, ovi-

positor exserted. Legs: hind tibiz long-haired above.

The male is at present unknowi, and there is some variation in

12%

180 PROF. E. B. POULTON ON

the neuration, but the pectinate antenne and exserted ovipositor

of the female distinguish this genus from its allies.

ACHTHINA CTENODES, Sp. n.

Antenne and palpi cinereous. Head and thorax cinereous,

with some admixture of fuscous. More wings cinereous, with

some admixture of whitish, clearly and distinctly, but irregularly

strigulate with blackish, to the number of about 12 or 13 complete

lines, some reduplicate in part and with paler intermediate lines ;

cilia cinereous with a fuscous line near their base, and another

toward their tips. Hap.al.20mm. Hind wings fuscous; cilia with

a pale line near their base. Abdomen fuscous. Legs cinereous.

Type 2 (7256), Drnt. Det.

1908 : Sept. 18,—1 2; Sept. 27,1 © (type).

Meuasina Bdv.

MELASINA PSEPHOTA, Sp. n.

Antenne whitish ochreous, spotted with fuscous ; male pecti-

nate 5. Palpi moderate, densely scaled; whitish ochreous mixed

with dark fuscous. Head whitish ochreous., Thoraa whitish

mixed with dark fuscous; with a dark fuscous tuft posteriorly.

Fore wings elongate, costa somewhat arched, apex obtuse, termen

obliquely rounded, with 12 veins, all separate; chalky white,

strigulate and shaded with fuscous, and with the transverse mark-

ings more or less continuously edged with blackish ; a fuscous

basal patch, slightly angulate outward on the fold, is edged with

dark fuscous except on the costa and dorsum, there is however a

dark costal spot before the end of the patch with some trace of

dark spots crossing the wing; at one-third from the base a more

or less irregular, outwardly oblique, fuscous fascia crosses the wing,

generally widening out from the costa and narrowing below the

fold, with outward extension above the fold in the direction of a

dark fuscous spot at the end of the cell, occurring on an oblique

fuscous fascia extending, more or less conspicuously, from costa to

tornus—in some specimens this fascia is connected with a fuscous

costal patch preceding the apex; cilia chalky white, with two

fuscous parting lines more or less interrupted by four or five

whitish bars. Hap. al. ¢ 21-24mm., 2? 34mm. Hind wings

pale fuscous; cilia whitish, with a fuscous line near their base.

Abdomen fuscous; female with long exserted ovipositor. Legs

pale fuscous; anterior and median tarsi barred with dark fuscous.

Type 3 (7260); @ (7261), Drnt. Det.

1909: Jan. 19,—16d; Feb. 16,—1 6d; Feb. 17,—1 4; Feb. 19,

—16; Feb. 20,—1 5; Feb. 21,—1d; Feb. 22,14; Feb. 27,—

13; Mar. 9,—1 3; Mar. 10,—1 ¢; Mar. 13,—2d; Mar. 14,—1 9

(type); Mar. 20,—1 g; Mar. 26,—1 ¢ (type).

Closely allied to recondita Drnt., but the hind wings are

distinctly broader and the termen is more erect above vein 3,

where there is a slight angle, not noticeable in recondita which

has the wings narrower and more pointed.

MOTHS FROM SOMALILAND. 181

MELASINA RECONDITA, sp. n.

Antenne pale fuscous; male pectinate 5. Palpt moderate,

densely sealed ; pale fuscous. Head pale fuscous. Thorax whitish

cimereous mixed with dark fuscous; with a dark fuscous tuft

posteriorly. ore wings elongate, rather narrow, termen oblique ;

whitish cinereous, strigulate with blackish, and with pale fuscous

markings more or less continuously edged with blackish; a basal

patch is indicated by fuscous suffusion ; on the costa at one-third

commences an irregular pale fuscous fascia, contracted (sometimes

interrupted) on the cell, thence widening, but becoming narrow

from the fold to the dorsum; this fascia is connected to a

pyriform costal patch of the same colour by a larger pyriform

patch on the dise with some extension toward the tornus—these

markings usually reach to the costa before the apex, but are some-

times disconnected ; a rather conspicuous discal spot, irregular in

outline, occurs at the end of the cell on the fuscous patch, below

a small, oblong, dark-margined fuscous patch; cilia whitish cine-

reous, with seven or eight broad fuscous bars beyond a narrow

fuscous dividing line. Hap. al. 6 22-27 mm.; 2 33-39 mm.

Hind wings fuseous; cilia whitish, with a fuscous line along their

base. Abdomen fuscous; female with long exserted ovipositor.

Legs cinereous ; tarsi barred with fuscous.

Type 3 (7275); 2 (7276), Dint. Det.

1909: Mar. 9,—1¢; Mar. 10,—2 9 (including type); Mar. 11,

—1d; Mar. 12,—2 $; Mar. 13,—5 g; Mar. 15,—1 6; Mar. 17,

—I¢; Mar. 18—1¢; Mar. 19,—1 3, 189 (type); Mar. 21,—

1g; Mar. 26,—292. 1910: Mar. 16,—1<¢.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Puavte I.

Fig. | Fig.

1. Estigmene griseata ...........6.4. Q. | 26. Ozarba semitorrida .............. 8.

2. Secusio somaliensis ............... 2. | 27. By CLOUIIESODRE cosadacssosnses Son SE

3. Chloridea albivenata sens adh Pb = WOPOPMIRE cax0ass2s0ea050006 Q.

4. Thalatha melanostrota............ 6. | 29. ah REMUSATCOM- cnet Go

5, Matopo heterochroa ............... é. | 30. y EXOUUACEM.... 60.4 .0004s 2. 3.

6. Acroriesis ignifusa .............. %. | 81. 4, mesozonata ............... 3+

7. Odontoretha featheri ............ 6. | 32. a endoplaga .......--...+..--- be

8. Athetis discopuncta ............... 2. | 33. Hulocastra argyrostrota ......... 3.

9. 4, ectomelena ............... 6. | 34, Aulotarache plumbeogrisea...... 2

10. Ethiopica ignecolora Shae. 30. Constantiodes pyralina ......... é.

11. 5 pheocausta ............ g 36. Hoplotarache ectorrida ......... 3.

12. Pachycoa olivacea.................. Q. | 37. 5 ceruleopicta...... 6.

13. Rabila albiviridis ............... dé. | 38. Tarache mesoleuca Rear aU Ons

14. Acrapex albicostata es SOs 39. 20 MIOGONG ...crveeeeeeerere Qa

15. Huterpiodes pictimargo ......... 6. | 40. Hutelia grisescens..... ............ 3.

16. % croceisticta ......... 6. | 41. Acanthonyx seriopuncta ......... é.

17. Paratwerta nang ........0...0c00s 6. | 42. Cerocala albimacula............... é.

18. Hnispa flavipars .................. 8. | 43. Auchenisa cerwrodes.............. 3.

19. Hublemma eremochroa............ 6, | 44. Authadistis camptogramma ... &.

20. 53 ochricosta ... @, | 45, Catephia pyramidalis ......0.... b+

21. 5 arenostrotda............ 3 AG. Eh pericyina ataxic Que Ole

22. Toana nigrilineata abner tous, Aide 0 PoOviochrod............--- G-

23. Chionoxanthia leucophea ...... 3d. | 48. - mesonephelé .........40. SO»

24. Gdicodia strigipennis ............ 8. | 49. % eurymMelas ...... 6.0.6.0. 3.

25. 5 melanographa ......... 2. | 50. Lyncestis diascota One

182 ON MOTHS FROM SOMALILAND.

Puate II

Fig. Fig.

1. Asplenia rubrescens ......... +... 6- | 26. Victoria sematopeyas ............

2. Tephrias trigonosema ..........-. Q. | 27. Selagenk eustrigata ...............

3. Plecoptera polymorpha ......... g. | 28. Metarbela diodonta ...............

4. Magulaba grisea eB SBR OCT (oho aller o a FOCERSUIPOGIEG oan on0 200006

5. Naarda nigripalpis ............... 6. | 30. Duomitus mesosticta...............

6. Rhynchina endoleuca ek Mine | 31. rr SCENIPCEN A... 6... ce eee eee

Ue 3 perangulata ......... O | 32. = SimMIUMMING ...... 2020000

8 35 albiscripta............ 6. | 33. Featheria obvid .........cccce cece

9. Aclonophlebia inconspicua ...... 6. | 34. Scotinochroa minor .............

10. Serancia discomma ............-+- © 35. Coenobasis chloronoton ............

11. Sesquialtera ridicula ee!) 36. Gavara leucomera .....0 ec. eee ee

12. Cenina tergimacula ............... 6. | 37. Rhodoneura hamatiper .........

13. Tephrina prionogyna Mag) 38. Calamoschena ascriptalis ......

14. Discalma calvifrons.............. 8 39. Macalla purpureopicta .........

15. 0 FOUIGTFOUIScoa0c%ne~ 000300004 6. 40. Dattinia perstrigata 4.

16. Ptychopoda aperta .............. 6. | 41. % PER CLQULS) meer eree trees

17. subtorrida ......... Oe Az 3 costinotalis 1.00.5...

18. Acidalia pyrrhochra .. Q. | 438. Bostra pyrochroalis ...........0...

19. an CUMAG vocce ves cscencesese 9 | 44. Samneodés ocellata ... 660... 2...1.:0-

20. D MANOD vc. serceenseeees.. G. | 45. Pionea rubritinctalis ............

21. Tricentroscelis protrusifrons ... 2 46. » melanostictalis............

22. Hucrostes astigmatica ............ 47. Pyrausta sthenialis ...............

23. Hierochthonia featheri ......... . ABs. 35 conistrotalis............

24. Neromia manderensis ............ 9. 49. Cornifrons albidiscalis .........

25. Prasinocyma perpulverata ...... SG. 50. Noctuelia globuliferalis .........

ON THE INTESTINAL TRACT OF MAMMALS. 183:

6. Further Observations on the Intestinal Tract of Mammals.

By P. CHatmers Mircuett, M.A., D.Se., LL.D.,

F.R.S., Seeretary to the Society.

(Received January 31, 1916: Read February 22, 1916.)

(Text-figures 1-30.)

INDEX.

ANATOMY AND MorpPHoLoey : Page

Gut-patterns of Mammals ..................c:0ccceeeeee. 183

Primitive Mammalian gut ...............cceceeceneneeeeees 185

Gut-patterns of Monotremata...................:cc:00000. 189

NIETSDVNEIN, ceccopcosace sancvonascceccaces | LUGO)

identatay sateres scscan eon ee nc LOO

JEISPIRXCONGIGA, cosoooucacaccse bub coo ore canon AO

Proboserd cays peste sees sacra nasce 210

Cetacea: Riis m8 eee cetpe tere

ANE OGY IAM, csedcoc0 ononodene sedeoveca sea.) tLe}

JEDBEISOCEXOINTIE, sasconpsbaneccosnenceceocss 1

Hod ential Weeeiaeie iss. OS eet S223

JENEROMNTORD, Lsgddaccocoscdotenasenaoenvsae 8

(CHRO AUABA, boecdatconadeosedaees bovedboos | EN)

Carnivore er pe eee oe

Prosi sy eae eo"

SEND Tuize ye RMR re alle rai = Seen, a tater Aa ed t/AG212 10)

GenerallComelusions)) cena. oeeeces cece cee ences eae

Systematic Imferences ...............concssssreeecenceecesses 24D

Mist ofiReterencest passes eke ee eee OU)

In this communication I describe the gut-patterns of certain

mammals that I have been able to examine since the publication

of a larger memoir on the Intestinal Tract of Mammals (Mitchell,

1905), and I discuss further the significance of the facts with which

Tamdealing. J adhere to the purpose stated in the introduction

to my memoir, to “limit my observations to a definite set of

facts, hoping that the examination of a continuous series by one

observer, from one point of view, would yield more information

than might be derived from a wider range of work over a smaller

range of animals.” My object was to approach a conception of

the primitive pattern of the mammalian gut, to show how the

complex patterns in the different groups were related to the

primitive pattern, and to discuss how far such relations throw

light on the systematic affinities of the groups.

In certain cases, most common in the lower types of mammals,

there is no difficulty in observing the pattern. When the gut is

severed near the stomach and at the distal end of the rectum,

there remains only to cut the dorsal mesentery from the rectum

to the stomach and to sever the portal vein and mesenteric

arteries ; the whole structure of intestinal tract, mesentery, and

blood-vessels may then be pinned-out on the dissecting-board

and the pattern observed without further trouble. Text-fig. 27

184 DR. P, CHALMERS MITCHELL ON THE

is a reproduction of a photograph kindly taken for me by my

colleague, Mr. D. Seth-Smith, and shows the intestinal tract of

the Elephant-Seal prepared in this way. It will be seen at

once how closely it corresponds with the simplified diagrammatic

drawings of dissections which are the material of the other

text-figures in my former memoir and in this communication.

In most cases, however, and especially where the alimentary

canal is relatively long and thin-walled, or where different

portions differ notably in calibre, regions of the tract belonging

to one morphological part are held in close adherence to regions

belonging to another morphological part. Some of these adhesions

are individual: such are more common in old animals and in

animals loaded with fat or plainly diseased. Others are permanent

structures, invariably present in the members of the species in

which they occur—as, for example, the connections between

the colon and the duodenum which have been named the

eavo-duodenal and the colico-duodenal ligaments, or the attach-

ment of the omentum to the colon. Sometimes, moreover,

blood-vessels belonging to one region of the gut may traverse

the adhering folds of mesentery and supply morphologically

remote regions of the gut.

In extreme cases the secondary adhesions may be stronger

than the primitive mesentery, and large portions of the latter

may have disappeared. Sometimes, therefore, the pattern can be

displayed only after tedious dissection and the cutting of many

structures not easy to distinguish from the primitive mesentery ;

but when the process has been accomplished, the pattern of gut

and primitive mesentery is revealed,

The mode in which the intestinal tract and its mesentery

are folded in the body-cavity, and the secondary adhesions,

pathological or permanent, that are formed, are of great surgical

importance; and many anatomists, for the most part cited in

my former memoir (Mitchell, 1905), have paid attention to them.

Their bias towards secondary phenomena, with consequent over-

looking of the relations of the gut-patterns that I have tried to

work out, has made it impossible to derive a coherent picture of

the morphology of the mammalian gut from their work.

The literature of surgery gives us a clear idea as to how

secondary connections may be established when living membranes

are in juxtaposition, and it is a fair supposition that such

“accidental” structures may have become permanent features

of the anatomy where they were useful. The intestinal tract is

a muscular tube, constantly undergoing strong peristaltic waves

of contraction. Its contents, sometimes liquid, sometimes

strongly charged with gases, sometimes with solid hard lumps,

are seldom quiescent, but partly from the mere action of gravity,

and partly because of peristalsis, subject the wall and the

delicate suspensory apparatus of mesentery with the con-

tained blood-vessels and nerves to sudden and varying strains.

These strains are of relatively little importance when the gut

INTESTINAL TRACT OF MAMMALS. 185

is short, thick-walled, and of even calibre, as, for instance, in

the case of many carnivorous animals. When the gut is rela-

tively long, and when the thickness of its walls and its calibre

vary much in different regions, as is frequently the case in omni-

vorous and herbivorous creatures, the danger from mechanical

strain is greater. The habit of life of the creature also must be

taken into consideration. Animals of placid gait, and aquatic

animals living in a medium of nearly the specific gravity of their

own bodies, subject the contents of their abdominal cavity to the

least possible disturbance. Animals that run and leap, and

especially climbing animals—as the latter are constantly shifting

from a horizontal to an erect posture,—subject the contents

of their abdominal cavity toa maximum strain. As adhesions

may take place between portions of the gut that, although they

belong to different regions, are in close contact, it is plain that we

may expect to find them varying in correlation with the nature

of the food, the structure of the gut, and the habits of the animal.

We see readily how they may have arisen in many groups in-

dependently, and that they thus afford no definite indication

of affinity. Dr. Beddard, in a communication to this Society

(Beddard, 1908, p. 561), has brought together a valuable set of

observations, old and new, on such secondary features of the

‘gut, and would appear to agree with me that they cannot, as he

phrases it, ‘“‘yield accurate classificatory results,’ as he is able to

arrange them in a series of ascending stages, and to show that

these stages, or some of them, occur independently in different

groups.

The Primitive Mammalian Gut.

In text-fig. 1 1 have drawn the primitive type to which

the varied patterns displayed by the gut of mammals (when

the secondary connections have been severed) can be reduced.

The left-hand diagram (A) shows the pattern as it may be seen

in a very young mammalian embryo; the right-hand figure (B)

shows it as it appears in some of the simpler adult ‘animals,

The whole gut from the stomach (S.) to the distal end of

the rectum (R.) is suspended from the dorsal wall by a con-

- tinuous mesentery (Mes.) containing the blood-vessels. It

consists of three definite regions. The proximal region, from

the point marked 1 to the point marked 2, is the duodenal

region; in birds this is usually characterised by the outgrowth

of a long, narrow, single loop, but in mammals more frequently

appears as a bunch of short loops not clearly marked off from the

beginning of the next region. The second region, from the point

marked 2 to the cecum (C.), I have termed Meckel’s tract;

it corresponds, according to the position of the cecum, with

the whole or the proximal portion of the pendant loop of

human embryology, and its apex is fixed in the embryo by the

-umbilieal cord (text-fig. 1 A, M.). As a very rare abnormality

in mammals, a diverticulum, known as Meckel’s diverticulum,

186 DR. P. CHALMERS MITCHELL ON THE

the equivalent of the yolk-sac diverticulum which persists

throughout life in a very large number of the families of

birds, is to be found at the point marked in the embryo by

the attachment of the umbilical cord to the apex of Meckel’s

tract. Meckel’s tract forms the small intestine, and however

the gut may be lengthened it remains a nearly closed loop, the

point (3) where the post-cecal gut passes into the hind-gut.

remaining extremely close to the point (2) where the duodenal

region passes into Meckel’s tract. It is also of some importance

to notice that the lengthening of Meckel’s tract to form the coils

of the small intestine takes place chiefly on the proximal limb of

the primitive tract; in the vast majority of mammals, however

long the small intestine may be, the distal limb of Meckel’s tract.

remains as an almost straight tube running up until it nearly

meets the distal extremity of the duodenal loop. Meckel’s tract

in mammals differs notably from the similar region in birds. In

birds the tract tends to be drawn out into definite minor loops,

the disposition of which forms characteristic patterns in different

groups, and the distal region of the tract, immediately proximal

to the cea, tends to form a specialised loop, folded over, and

secondarily attached to the duodenal loop. The third region

of the gut is what I term the large intestine or hind-gut; it

stretches from the cecum to the anus, and occupies a greater

portion of the antero-posterior axis of the body than the

duodenal region and Meckel’s tract together.

The ceecum of mammals occupies nearly the same morphological

position as the cea of birds. In birds like the Ostrich, and in

mammals like the Kangaroo or Hlephant, where the hind-gut is

relatively long, but little differentiated, the ceca throughout life

occupy almost exactly the position indicated in text-fig. 1 B.

In birds where the rectum is very short, and especially when

the distal portion of Meckel’s tract is prolonged into a loop,

and in mammals such as Carnivores in which the hind-gut is

very short and straight, the ceeca appear to lie more close to.

the rectum. In mammals in which the hind-gut is highly

differentiated, the ceca occur on the straight portion of the

recurrent limb of the pendant loop at a varying distance from

the point marked 3 in text-fig. 1. Thus, when the cecum is

situated distally, the recurrent limb of the pendant loop gives

rise to the distal portion of Meckel’s tract. When, as is more

usual in mammals, the cecum is attached proximad of the distal

end of the pendant loop, the recurrent limb of the latter gives

rise partly to the distal and usually straight portion of Meckel’s

tract, and partly to the proximal portion of the hind-gut. In

birds the ceca are almost invariably paired, but as an individual

abnormality a single cecum has been recorded in several cases

(Plotus, Faleoniformes, Columbee), and in Herons and Baleniceps

a single cecum is the normal condition. In mammals a single

cecum is the normal condition; but there are many anatomical

facts most easily explained as vestiges of a paired condition

INTESTINAL TRACT OF MAMMALS. ; 187

(Mitchell, 1905), and the paired condition is normal in some

Kdentates, Hyracoidea, and Manatus.

The hind-gut of mammals differs notably from that of birds,

inasmuch as it tends to be drawn out into specialised loops

forming patterns characteristic of different groups. A rather

different nomenclature has been applied to these minor loops of

the hind-gut by different anatomists ; I propose in this communi-

cation, following, I believe, the more exact of my predecessors, to

designate these loops by their morphological position. The highest

point of the recurrent limb of the pendant loop, where it bends

round to pass into the primitive straight hind-gut, represents

what in many mammals forms the transverse colon; a loop of

Text-figure 1.

Diagram of the primitive Mammalian Gut-pattern.

A. Ina young embryo. B. Ina simple adult.

S. Cut junction with the stomach. RR. Cut distal extremity of the rectum.

Mes. Dorsal mesentery. M. Attachment of umbilical cord, position of

Meckel’s diverticulum. C. Caecum. 1-2. Duodenal region. 2-3. Meckel’s

tract. 3-4. Hind-gut, 7. e., large intestine and rectum.

the hind-gut to the right, or proximad, of this is an ansa coli

dextra ; a loop to the left, or distad, of this forms an ansa coli

sinistra. The angle between the ascending colon and transverse

colon in human anatomy, on this nomenclature, might be called

a vestigial ansa coli dextra ; the corresponding angle, where the

transverse colon passes Into the descending colon, would be a

vestigial ansa colt sinistra. A loop of the recurrent limb of the

pendant loop, proximad of these and close to the cecum, may be

called a postcecal loop or paraczecal loop.

It will be seen that my conception of the primitive mammalian

gut differs in two respects from that presented by Dr. Beddard

(Beddard, 1908, p.591). First and most important, I regard the

188 DR. P. CHALMERS MITCHELL ON THE

primitive gut as presenting three definite morphological regions :

a proximal and short duodenal region; the pendant loop, a

nearly closed loop, the outgrowth of a very small part of the

original straight gut, and divided by the insertion of the

umbilical cord into proximal and recurrent, or distal, limbs; and

third, the hind-gut, corresponding with a much longer portion

of the original straight gut. Next, it possesses a cecum, or

possibly a pair of ceca, homologous with the paired ceca of

birds. Unless we accept such a constitution of the primitive

or ancestral mammalian gut, we are driven to the much more

difficult view that these very definite subdivisions or parts have

arisen independently in many different groups of mammals.

I infer, therefore, that where a mammalian gut-pattern presents

less specialisation than what, I have described as primitive, the

condition has come about by secondary reduction.

In comparing the more differentiated gut-patterns with the

primitive pattern, I attach little importance to the secondary

connections between proximal and distal regions; and in this

Dr. Beddard appears to agree with me for the most part. The

ease with which the more important of these can be established,

and the apparent independent establishment of them in different

groups, arise from the morphological fact that, as the pendant

loop is nearly closed, the colic region and the attachment of the

cecum are brought very close to the duodenal region.

With regard to the subsidiary loops that may be formed in

different portions of the gut, in mammals particularly in the

hind-gut, I attach more importance to their morphological

positions, and less to whether or no they form what Dr. Beddard

ealls “ fixed” loops. Apparently that author employs two

separate criteria in applying the designation. The proximal

and distal limbs of his “ fixed” loops are held together by

a very narrow expanse of mesentery; this, however, is a

question of degree, and narrow loops are linked by many

gradations with what cannot be described as specialised loops

at all. N ext, “fixed” loops are sometimes bound down by

extrinsic ligaments or secondary attachments ; such are obvious

adaptations, and appear to come into existence independently in

different groups.

Nor do I attach much importance to the presence or absence

of a spiral disposition of loops or regions of the gut. Spirals are

common growth-forms, and however striking they may appear,

there is little reason to suppose that the resemblances they

produce are other than convergent. They are far from constant,

even in individual life. The intestines of the tadpole, which are

long in proportion to the size of the creature, are coiled in a tight

spiral ; the spiral has disappeared in the adult frog, in which the

intestines are shorter in proportion to the whole length. I have

found the intestines of young marsupials coiled in spirals, and

comparison of my own observations with those of others leads me

to believe that the chief subsidiary loop of the hind-gut in Lemurs

INTESTINAL TRACT OF MAMMALS. 189

is disposed sometimes irregularly,sometimes in a spiral. The most

conspicuous spiral arrangement in the mammalian gut, however,

the colic spiral of Ruminants, appears to be constant.

DESCRIPTIONS ARRANGED SYSTEMATICALLY.

Sub-Class MONOTREMATA.

Order MonorreMAtA.

I have already figured the gut-patterns of Ornithorhynchus

and Hehidna (Mitchell, 1905, figs. 1,2), but my material was then

only rather badly preserved spirit examples. By the kindness

of Dr. Colin Mackenzie, who has brought from Australia a

magnificent set of well-preserved examples of Monotremes and

Marsupials, I have now seen several much better examples of

Ornithorhynchus and EKchidna. The gut-patterns of these animals

are rather more alike one another and the general mammalian

type than I was formerly able to make out.

Text-figure 2.

Intestinal tract of Ornithorhynchus anatinus.

S. Cut junction with stomach. R. Distal extremity of rectum at cloaca.

C. Cecum. C.L. Colic loop (ansa coli dextra).

The duodenum in each case is a well-marked loop, and is

attached by a cavo-duodenal ligament to the hind-gut at the

curved portion of the hind-gut where the recurrent limb of the

pendant loop bends round to join the rectal portion. Meckel’s

tract is suspended round the circumference of an expanse of

190 DR. P. CHALMERS MITCHELL ON THE

mesentery which is rather more elongated in Ornithorhynchus

than in Hchidna. The middle mesenteric vein curves through

the mesentery, following Meckel’s tract and giving off numerous

branches to the rather regular minor loops of the tract. The

cecum, which appears to be functionless, is placed very close to

the apex of the pendant loop; so that nearly the whole of the

recurrent limb of the pendant loop is hind-gut. This is rather

an unusual arrangement, but is present in the Sloths among

Edentates and in the Mystacoceti amongst Cetaceans. Before

the recurrent limb reaches the dorsal line it is thrown into a

small bunch of minor loops forming an asi coli dextra, less

numerous, however, than I figured for Hcehidna in my earlier

memoir, and placed much nearer to the dorsal middle line.

Then follows a point at which the hind-gut reaches the duodenal

region, to which it is attached by a secondary ligament.

Text-figure 3.

Intestinal tract of Hchidna hystrix.

Lettering as in text-fig. 2.

The rectal portion of the hind-gut is larger in calibre and is

thrown into very shallow minor loops.

Sub-Class MARSUPIALIA.

Order MARSUPIALIA.

Sub-Order Polyprotodontia.

Family Notoryctide. Votoryctes typhlops (text-fig. 4).

The gut-pattern is extremely simple, showing a divergence

from the primitive condition by degeneration. There is no

distinction between the duodenum and Meckel’s tract, the latter

being thrown into irregular minor loops; there is no cecum,

INTESTINAL TRACT OF MAMMALS, 191

and the delimitation of Meckel’s tract from the hind-gut is not

marked. The mesentery is continuous, and the mesenteric velns

are arranged as simple branches of the main channel.

Text-figure 4.

Intestinal tract of Notoryctes typhlops.

S. Cut proximal end of duodenum. R. Cut distal end of hind-gut.

The mesentery is dotted; the veins are marked in thick black lines.

Family Dasyuride. Thylacinus cynocephalus (text-fig. 5).

Sminthopsis crassicaudata. S. larapinta.

In the Thylacine (text-fig. 5) the pattern does not differ in any

important respect from that of Votoryctes, there being no cecum

and the three regions of the gut not being sharply marked off,

although the grouping of the tributaries of the mesenteric vein

suggests their presence. The calibre of the whole gut is rather

large and approximately the same throughout. The subsidiary

coils of the proximal portion of Meckel’s tract are rather more

numerous than is represented in the figure.

The two species of Sminthopsis showed a pattern almost

identical with that of Motoryctes. Dr. Beddard (P. Z.8. 1908,

p- 561, text-figs. 111 & 113) has described and figured the

intestinal tracts of Antechinomys laniger and Phascogale mac-

donellensis. It is clear that these small Dasyurids display a

gut-pattern in all essential respects identical with that of

Notoryctes. In the example of Phascogale, however, although

apparently full-grown, Meckel’s tract was so simple a loop that

192 DR. P. CHALMERS MITCHELL ON THE

Dr. Beddard compared it with the pendant loop of mammalian

embryology, and was so fortunate as to find a remnant of the

umbilical cord passing to the apex of this loop. I have never

found this structure in any full-grown marsupial, and think that

Dr. Beddard’s example was an individual peculiarity ; but it is

interesting to note that it occurred precisely at the position in

which I always look for it, and its presence confirms the validity

of text-fig. | A as a diagram of the primitive mammalian gut-

pattern.

Text-figure 5.

Intestinal tract of Thylacinus cynocephalus.

Description as in text-fig. 4.

The polyprotodont marsupials display gut-patterns of great

simplicity. In some (Didelphys, Peragale) the condition, is

practically identical with text-fig. 1 B (Mitchell, 1905). In

others, such as those described above, a condition of greater

simplicity has been reached, due to the obliteration of the

distinction between the regions and the loss of the cecum. This

simplicity is to be regarded as secondary, as, otherwise, it would

be necessary to suppose that the distinction into definite regions

and the presence of a definitely placed cecum had been acquired

independently in many different groups.

INTESTINAL TRACT OF MAMMALS. 193

Sub-Order Diprotodontia.

Family Phascolarctide. Phascolomys mitchell (text-figs. 6, 7).

Phascolarctos cinereus (text-fig. 8).

In the Wombat the duodenal region is just distinguishable as

one or two loops proximal to Meckel’s tract. Meckel’s tract_is

Text-figure 6,

. yy ( ASS

VI-=

Intestinal tract of Phascolomys mitchelli.

C. Cecum. C.L.1. Colic loop (ansa coli dewtra). C.L.2. Colic loop (ansa coli

sinistra). Other references as in text-fig, 4.

very distinct, its proximal portion being broken up into a large

number of regularly disposed minor loops. Distally it joins the

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1916, No. XIII. 13

194 DR. P. CHALMERS MITCHELL ON THE

expanded proximal portion of the hind-gut, and the cecum lies

on the outer side of the curve at the point of junction. The first

portion of the expanded colon runs up towards the dorsal line,

then follows a large colic loop (C.L. 1), and finally a rectal portion

of smaller calibre, thrown into rather regularly disposed minor

loops (U.L. 2). A secondary connection forms a cecal ligament

attaching the cecum to the small intestine and to the duodenal

region. Another secondary connection forms a strong colico-

duodenal ligament, attaching the colic loop to the duodenal

region. The latter was severed to make it possible to lay out

the gut so as to display its pattern.

The peculiar cecum of the Wombat has been described and

figured by Owen (Owen, 1868, p. 417, fig. 315) and by Flower

Text-figure 7.

Junction of the small intestine, cecum, and hind-gut in Phascolomys mitchelli.

Tle. Cut end of ileum. Col. Cut end of colic loop. V. Vermiform appendage.

C. Cecal pouch at the proximal eud of hind-gut. Part of the wall of the

hind-gut has been removed to show the apertures of the ileum and of the

vermiform appendage on a raised projection. X. Beginning of the solid part

of the appendage.

(Flower, 1872, p. 647), and Flower’s figure has been reproduced

by Oppel (Oppel, 1897, p. 567). Owen’s figure corresponds

exactly with the portion of text-fig. 6 marked C., but it has been

drawn from the other side of the gut (the right side). Flower’s

figure has obviously been drawn from a mounted preparation ; it

also shows the right side, but it has been turned upside down.

It is on a larger scale, and part of the side-wall has been

removed to display the mode of junction of the cecum with the

small intestine and the hind-gut. As Flower’s figure is in a

publication that is not now readily accessible, I reproduce as

text-fig. 7 a drawing from my own dissections. It will be seen

INTESTINAL TRACT OF MAMMALS. 195

that the cecum consists of two portions. There is an upper

elongated papilla (text-fig. 7, V.) attached to the ileum by a

mesentery which is not shown in Owen’s figure. This is the

so-called “‘vermiform appendage” of the Wombat. The free

portion is a solid mass of tissue closely similar to the tissue

composing the human appendix; but the proximal portion,

beginning just at the point (text fig. 7, X.) where the appendage

blends or is embedded in the wall of the gut, is hollow. Owen

regards this as the tip of the large cecum indicated by the

letter C. in text-fig. 7.

In Flower’s figure the wide pouch marked C. in text-fig. 7 is

lettered cecum. The author expresses doubt as to whether or

no the vermiform appendage of Owen is to be regarded as

a remnant of an originally expanded cecum, but does not

refer to the fact that only the proximal portion of the vermiform

appendage is hollow. He describes and figures, however, the

relations of the appendage to the ileum in precisely the form in

which I found them. The apertures of the ileum and of the

colon into the dorsal side of the colon lie close together on

a projection enclosed by a raised lip in such a fashion that it is

impossible to regard the so-called vermiform appendage as a

continuation of the globular proximal end of the colon. The

interpretation that seems to be least doubtful is to regard the

projection marked V. as the true cecum, the greater part of

which has become transformed to a solid vermiforn: appendage.

On this view, the cecal pouch C. is merely one of the ssccu-

lations into which the colic loop is constricted, as Owen pointed

out, by two parallel bands. Owen states that he found another

of these sacculations, close to the terminal one, so well marked

as almost to be regarded as another cecum. In one of the two

examples of the Common Wombat that I dissected, I found

another extremely well-marked sacculation forming a _ cecal

pouch towards the distal extremity of the colic loop. In

dissecting the intestines I came upon it first, and until the

whole pattern was unfolded, and the true cecum in its proper

morphological position displayed, thought that I had found a

Wombat in which the cecum had no vermiform appendage.

The length and complexity of the gut-pattern of the Wombat

is in relation with the rough unnutritious diet of the animal.

The pattern, however, is seen to be a simple elaboration of

the primitive type. Apart from the peculiarity of the cecum,

the most interesting feature is the elaboration of the first

portion of the hind-gut into a colic loop. This loop corresponds

with the similar loop in Phascolarctos (text-fig. 8), and, like it, is

an ansa coli dextra, and differs from the expansion on the hihd-

gut of other large Diprotodonts, e. g. Dendrolagus (text-fig. 9),

which is an ansa colt sinistra.

By the kindness of Dr. Colin Mackenzie, I have been able to

examine the intestinal tract of two well-preserved examples

of the Koala (Phascolarctos cinereus). The duodenal region

13*

196 DR. P. CHALMERS MITCHELL ON THE

is not sharply marked off, although in the diagram (text-fig. 8) °

this want of separation is exaggerated. Meckel’s tract is com-

posed of a number of very closely packed minor loops suspended

at the periphery of an oval expanse of mesentery. Its distal

portion bends sharply up towards the dorsal line, and then

bends downwards as if it had been dragged out of place by

the enormous cecum. The cecum is relatively, and in a full-

sized Koala possibly absolutely, the longest cecum of any

mammal. At its proximal end its cavity is directly. continuous

Text-figure 8:

Intestinal tract of Phascolarctos cinereus.

S. Cut proximal end of duodenum. R. Cut distal end of hind-gut. C.C. Caecum.

C.L.1. Colic loop (ansa coli dextra). C.L.2. Colic loop (ansa coli sinistra).

X.X. Cut ends of cecal blood-vessel.

with that of the hind-gut, and is many times larger than the

cavity of the ileum. It tapers gradually towards its apex. The

ileum opens into the dorsal wall of the cecum, where the latter

is continuous with the hind-gut, by a small round aperture

protected by a raised lip. Dr. Mackenzie called my attention to

a pair of pouches placed symmetrically on the lateral walls of the

gut, just where the cecum joined the hind-gut. These could be

felt before the gut was opened as a pair of thickenings which

INTESTINAL TRACT OF MAMMALS. 197

Dr. Mackenzie had ascertained to consist of lymphoid tissue. On

opening the gut, each pouch was seen to have a wide aperture

towards the hind-gut, the blind apex pointing forwards towards

the apex of the cecum. These pouches suggest strongly the

presence of an original pair of ceca, the apices of which have

fused to form the prodigiously long cecum. The cecum is

supported by a mesentery superficial to the primitive mesentery

and suspending it to the duodenal region. It is represented

as severed in text-fig. 8, and the cut ends of the cecal vein

are marked at X.X.

Immediately distad of the cecum is an enormous colic loop,

very wide in calibre and suspended at the periphery of an

oval expanse of the primitive mesentery, continuous with the

mesentery suspending Meckel’s tract. This portion of the hind-

gut must be taken as an outgrowth of the recurrent limb of the

pendant loop, and is therefore an ansa coli dextra. It is

followed by a stout-walled portion of the gut, rather smaller

in calibre, and curving round from the colic loop to the rectal

portion. It is at this point that the intestinal tract returns to

the dorsal middle line, and a very strong secondary “ligament ”

attaches it to the omentum and to the duodenal region. Distad

of this the calibre of the gut is again reduced, and the rectal

portion is enormously expanded and thrown into a regularly

placed set of minor loops attached to a meso-rectum which is

more semicircular in shape than in the diagram. This expanded

portion of the rectum must be regarded as an ansa coli sinistra.

The gut of the Koala, in relation with the diet of leaves, is very

long and very capacious. It is divided into four regions, nearly

equal in capacity, and each “ bunched up” on an expanse of

mesentery. To display them on a flat diagram they had to be

slightly distorted, as well as unfolded. Comparison of the figures

of the gut-patterns of other marsupials, however, shows that in

the Koala there is only an exaggeration of familiar features,

and the pattern resembles that of the Wombat very closely. It

is interesting to notice that the gut-patterns of the ruminants,

in which also the whole gut has become much enlarged in

correlation with the diet, are strikingly different.

Family Macropodide. Dendrolagus ursinus (text-fig. 9).

The duodenal region passes insensibly into Meckel’s tract,

the latter being thrown into minor folds, which are more closely

set than in the figure. The example that I dissected was very

young; it was born in the Society’s Gardens, but died before it

had left the marsupial pouch of the mother. The coils of

Meckel’s tract were closely packed, and in the undisturbed

condition displayed the double spiral represented in the drawing

(text-fig. 9,1). The unconvoluted distal end of Meckel’s tract

was constricted as it entered the dilated hind-gut between a

normal but rather small cecum (text-fig. 9, C.) and a smaller

198 DR. P. CHALMERS MITCHELL ON THE

exeal pouch of the kind frequent in Macropodide, and probably

the remnant of the other member of an original pair. The distal

portion of the pendant loop then passed up towards the dorsal

middle line without trace of the ansa coli dextra marked C.L, 1

in text-figs. 6 & 8, but the proximal portion of the hind-gut

immediately distad of the pendant loop was thrown into a set of

Text-figure 9.

Intestinal tract of Dendrolagus ursinus.

1. Spiral arrangement of part of the small intestines.

Other lettering as in text-fic. 6.

minor folds, forming together an ansa coli sinistra. This was

supported by the mesorectum and supplied by vessels from the

rectal vein and artery. I found a strong cecal ligament, passing

from the ceecum to the proximal portion of Meckel’s tract, and a

short colico-duodenal ligament from the proximal part of the

colic loop to the duodenal region. These contained no blood-

INTESTINAL TRACT OF MAMMALS, 199

vessels, and were severed before the drawing was made from the

dissection.

In the Diprotodont marsupials the gut-pattern remains in a very

simple condition, but the hind-gut is specially elongated. In all

the examples that I have dissected this elongation affects the

region immediately distad of the pendant loop, and may be in

the form of a few wavy expansions or a more concentrated bunch

of minor loops. These are all supported by a simple expansion

of the mesorectum, and represent gradations from a merely

expanded rectum to what would be regarded as a definite ansa

coli sinistra. They are marked C.L. in the figures of Diprotodonts

given in my former memoir (Mitchell, 1905, figs. 6, 7, & 8) and

C.L.2 in the figures of this communication. Examination of

the Wombat and of the Koala have enabled me to ascertain that

in these animals another “colic loop” is present. This is marked

C.L. 1 in text-figs. 6 & 8, is developed on the distal limb of the’

pendant loop, and represents an ansa coli dextra.

Sub-Class MONODELPHIA.

(EDENTATA.)

Order TUBULIDENTATA.

Family Orycteropodide. Orycteropus capensis (text-fig. 10).

In my former communication (Mitchell, 1905) I had to depend

on a description given by Flower. Since then I have had the

opportunity of dissecting the intestinal tract of an Aard-vark.

The proximal part of the gut is marked off as a duodenal region

from Meckel’s tract. The proximal part of the latter is a tube of

nearly even calibre and of very great length (nearly thirty feet),

thrown into minor loops arranged round an oval expanse of

mesentery and corresponding with the proximal limb and apex

of the pendant loop. The first portion of the recurrent limb is

nearly straight.- The whole tract is drained by the middle

mesenteric vein, which curves round the mesentery, receiving

numerous tributaries from the minor loops.

Meckel’s tract opens into a relatively large cecum, the proximal

portion of which is expanded and globular. On opening the

cecum the ileo-cecal aperture is seen to lie on the summit of a

projecting process surrounded by a circular lip that may contract

so as to occlude the aperture. A prominent ridge or flap in the

wall of the cecum passes from the proximal extremity of

the hind-gut in the direction of the ileo-ceecal aperture, and

suggests a former division of the cecum into two cecal pouches.

The first portion of the hind-gut is much expanded and

slightly sacculated. It corresponds with the distal end of

the distal limb of the pendant loop. The gut, after reaching

the point nearest to the duodenum, bends sharply backwards,

and is then expanded to form first a definite wide loop and

then a set of minor loops, finally ending in a short straight

200 DR. P. CHALMERS MITCHELL ON THE

rectum. The wide loop appears to belong to the part of the

hind-gut distad of the pendant loop, and therefore represents an

ansa coli simstra. As Flower has pointed out (Flower, 1872),

the total length of the hind-gut is only about seven feet. Czcal

and colico-duodenal ligaments are both present, but have been

removed before the diagram was made.

Text-figure 10.

Intestinal tract of Orycteropus capensis.

Lettering as in text-fig. 6.

The gut-pattern of Orycteropus, except for the specialisation of

the hind-gut, has not moved far from the primitive condition, the

two chief changes being the lengthening of Meckel’s tract and of

the hind-gut.

Order PHOLIDOTA.

Family Manide. Manis tricuspis.

I have already figured the intestinal tract of the White-bellied

Pangolin (Mitchell, 1905, fig. 9). I have had the opportunity of

examining another example of this mammal. The pattern was

in all essential respects identical with that of the former example,

but the duodenal loop was not so distinctly marked off from

Meckel’s tract, and the subsidiary coils of the latter were rela-

tively larger and more numerous than in my figure; the tract was

very much longer than the hind-gut. A small colico-duodenal

ligament was present, but when that has been removed, as in the

figure, the primitive mesentery is seen to be complete.

INTESTINAL TRACT OF MAMMALS. 201

Order XENARTHRA.

Family Myrmecophagide. Zamandua tetradactyla.

I have been able to examine another example of the Tamandua

Ant-eater. The duodenal region and Meckel’s tract were almost

exactly as represented in the figure I formerly gave (Mitchell,

1905, fig. 11), except that the minor loops of the tract were

rather more numerous and more thickly set. The distal end of

the tract entered the expanded proximal end of the hind-gut

between a well-marked pair of shallow pouches corresponding

with, but not so elongated as, the pair of ceca in the Armadillo

(text-fig. 11, C.). The hind-gut was relatively rather longer, and

not quite so large in calibre. It displayed a colic loop attached

to the duodenal region by a colico-duodenal ligament, but distad

of the pendant loop and corresponding with an ansa coli sinistra.

Family Dasypodidee. Dasypus villosus (text-fig. 11).

I have been able to examine the alimentary tract in a very

young example, little more than a foetus, of the Hairy Armadillo.

The duodemal region was represented by two proximal loops not

well separated from Meckel’s tract.

Text-figure 11.

Intestinal tract of very young Dasypus villosus.

S. Cut end of the gut next the stomach; R. Id., next the rectum. C. Paired

ceca. C.L. 2. Colic loop (ansa coli sinistra).

Meckel’s tract was very long, and was suspended on an

elongated fold of mesentery. The proximal limb of the loop thus

202 DR. P. CHALMERS MITCHELL ON THE

formed was broken up into a numerous set of closely disposed

minor loops. The distal or recurrent limb was straight for the

greater part of its length, and as it approached the dorsal line,

entered the expanded hind-gut between a pair of ceca relatively

longer than in the adult and disposed on the right and left sides

of the gut. The hind-gut distad of the pendant loop had a

distinct colic loop, attached to the duodenal region by a ligament,

removed before the figure was drawn.

The patterns of the intestinal tracts of the Tubulidentata,

Pholidota, and Xenarthra afford no evidence in favour of the

existence of a super-order ‘‘ Kdentata.” Such resemblances as

they present are best explained as a common inheritance from

the primitive type, and so afford no evidence of affinity. In the

Xenarthra, the most characteristic features are the existence of

paired ceca, which seem to be more conspicuous in the young

than in the adult, and the tendency to a great elongation of

the loop formed by Meckel’s tract and the proximal portion of the

hind-gut, a tendency which is better marked in some of the

examples described in my former memoir, than in the young

Armadillo figured here. The hind-gut varies considerably both

in the different groups and even individually. The distal limb

of the pendant loop always approaches the duodenum closely, and

distad of this the hind-gut may pass nearly straight back to the

rectum, may form a shallow, or a well-marked and complex loop.

In both Marsupials and Edentates, the hind-gut appears to be

still in a variable or almost experimental stage.

Order HyracoipEa. Dendrohyrax dorsalis (text-fig. 12).

The pattern of the intestinal tract of the Hyracoidea is the

most remarkable to be found amongst mammals, and deserves

special attention, because of the difficulty that has been found in

assigning its due place to the Order amongst the mammalian

Orders. I have already described and figured (Mitchell, 1905,

p. 461) the intestinal tract of Hyrax capensis; since then I have

been able to examine an adult example of Dendrohyrax dorsalis

and another very young example of H. capensis, and to compare

my own observations and interpretations with those of Dr. Beddard

(Beddard, 1908 and 1909). The pattern of the tract of the 'Tree-

hyrax (text-fig. 12), when the secondary connections have been

severed and the tract laid out aecording to the method I pursue,

corresponds in all essential respects with that of other Hyra-

coids. As Owen long ago (Owen, 1832) correctly stated, the

whole tract, from the duodenum to the distal extremity of the

rectum, is suspended by the primitive mesentery from the dorsal

wall of the body-cavity. In Dendrohyrax I found interruption

in the proximal part of the mesocolon (extending from the point

marked X in the text-figure towards the recurrent limb of the

pendant loop), a gap that I did not notice in D. capensis. The

duodenal region is a distinct loop, well separated from Meckel’s

tract.

INTESTINAL TRACT OF MAMMALS. 203

The proximal portion of Meckel’s tract, as is usually the case

in mammals, is sub-divided into a number of closely-set irregular

loops. Then follows the large cecal pouch, assumed by most

authors to be the representative of the normal mammalian

cecum, but which I regard as peculiar to Hyraw (text-fig. 12,

A.C.). The gut as it leaves this is much expanded and closely

adherent to the wall of the cecum. It then runs a nearly

Text-figure 12.

Intestinal tract of Dendrohyrax dorsalis.

S. Cut end nearest the stomach. R. Cut end nearest anus. A.C. Accessory or

median cecum. C.1, C.2. Paired ceca. C.3. Fourth cecum. C.L.2. Colic

loop (ansa coli sinistra). XX. Severed ends of rectal vein. The portion of

the recto-colic mesentery edged with a broken line is where the mesentery was

cut; the more proximal portion edged with an unbroken line was free from the

dorsal bedy-wall.

straight course parallel with the long axis of the cecum, to

which it is bound by a fold of mesentery, and bearing on its

morphologically ventral or larger curvature a much smaller

cecal pouch (text-fig. 12, C. 3), noted by Lonsky (Lonsky, 1903)

and confirmed by Beddard, and now by myself as present in

Dendrohyrax, absent in H. capensis. The tract now passes up-

wards towards the dorsal middle line, forming what I take to be

204 DR. P. CHALMERS MITCHELL ON THE

the recurrent limb of mammals generally, and bearing on this a

symmetrically placed pair of conical ceeca, which I take to be the

representatives of the normal mammalian ceca, paired as they

are in some Edentates and in the Manatee. Distally the large

intestine forms first a colic loop, thrown into minor folds, from

its position to be regarded as an ansa coli sinistra, and a rather

long rectal portion. The posterior mesenteric vein, supplying

the distal portion of the hind-gut, has to be severed in order to

lay out the intestinal tract in the fashion of this memoir, and its

cut ends are indicated at XX, in text-fig. 12.

The difficulty in interpreting the gut-pattern of Hyra# comes

about from the presence of the cecal pouches. The small pouch,

marked C. 3 in the diagram, appears to be more due to the con-

traction of the gut immediately proximad of it than to any

special outgrowth of the gut itself, and as it is absent in at least

one species of Hyrax, I regard it as a character without morpho-

logical significance. The very large thin-walled pouch marked

A.C. is present in all the species that have been examined. It

is a large thin-walled sac somewhat puckered by two bands

of muscle which, when it is fully expanded, give it an almost

bi-lobed appearance, somewhat exaggerated in the figure of

Hyrax capensis in vay earlier memoir (Mitchell, 1905, p. 461).

The entrance and the exit of the gut lie close together at the

proximal end.

The entrance of the gut into the accessory cecum is protected

by a raised lip. George (1874, pl. 13. fig. 3), who regarded the

accessory cecum as the true cecum, calls this entrance of the

gut into it the ileo-cecal valve, and figures it as guarded by a

flap so placed as to prevent the passage of the contents of the

fore-gut into the cecum. I found no trace of such a structure,

and I do not understand how, if it were present, it could act.

On the other hand, the arrangement I found, by the contraction

of the lip, would prevent the regurgitation of the contents of

the cecum into the proximal part of the intestinal tract. The

aperture of exit leading to the distal portion of the gut is wider,

and is surrounded by a shallower lip. The portion of the intes-

tine into which it leads is closely adherent to the wall of the

cecum, and the cavity is at first slightly convoluted, forming

what might be described as a separate chamber of the cecum,

but in H. dorsalis this is not so well marked as in the figure

given by George (1874, pl. 13. fig. 4). There is a general

resemblance between this cecum and the normal ceca of those

mammals in which the cecum is capacious and relatively short.

The normal cecum of mammals, however, always appears to

be a forward continuation of the hind-gut, the one cavity being

directly continuous with the other in the simplest fashion, except

in those cases in which it is slightly complicated by vestiges of the

presence of the second cecum of an original pair. This is unlike

the complicated relation of the unpaired cecum of Hyrax to the

gut that leaves it. A comparison has been made between this

INTESTINAL TRACT OF MAMMALS. 205

cecum of Hyrav and the normal cecum of the Rhinoceros. I

find none but the most general and vague resemblance. The

cecum of Hyrav is irregular and varying in shape, supported by

Text-figure 13.

The ceca of Hyrax dorsalis.

I, Anterior or accessory cecum. II. Paired or distal ceca. S. Cut end of intes-

tinal tract towards stomach. H. Cut end of intestinal tract towards anus.

e W. Cut edge of gut where a portion of the wall has been removed to display

the interior. A.C. Accessory or anterior cecum. C.3. Cecal pouch distad of

A.C. C.1, C.2. Paired ceca. En. Entrance, Ex. Exit of gut.

two bands of muscle, which in certain conditions of distension

give it an almost bi-lobed shape, communicates with the leaving

portion of gut in a complicated fashion, and has nearly fluid

2.06 DR. P. CHALMERS MITCHELL ON THE

contents *. The cecum of the Rhinoceros is a short cone taper-

ing to a point and regularly sacculated along three bands of

muscle, communicates with the hind-gut, of which it appears to

be the forward continuation, by a simple wide aperture, and its

normal contents are solid.

The paired ceca are conical outgrowths, placed symmetrically

on the sides of the hind-gut. As shown in the figure (text-

fig. 13, IL.), their cavities are widely continuous with that of the

hind-gut, and what I regard as the distal end of the ileum

enters the hind-gut exactly in the middle line between them.

In D. dorsalis the ileum is lined by longitudinal lappets which

cease abruptly between the ceca, the ning membrane of these

being smooth, and that of the hind-gut studded with filiform

papille. The contents of the caeca consist of fecal matter of the

same consistency and appearance as that in the hind-gut. Some

confusion has crept into the literature regarding the orientation

of the paired ceca. Asin the case of the colic ceea of birds

and of mammals, whether there be a single cecum or a pair,

the ceca are the forward continuations of the hind-gut, and

their apices are directed forwards, parallel with the ileum,

towards the proximal extremity of the whole gut. As, however,

the tract hes folded within the body-cavity, in the undisturbed

condition, the portion of the gut to which the ceca are

attached ascends froin the distal and ventral region of the

body towards the dorsal and anterior middle line, it may be said,

in the phrase of Kaulla (Kaulla, 1830), that the ceeca apice pelvem

spectant. The paired ceca, in fact, he on the recurrent limb of

the pendant loop, the position in which the true ceca of all

mammals le. This morphological position, which in my opinion

is sufficient to identify the paired ceca of the Hyracoidea as the

homologue of the true ceca of mammals, is quite apparent if the

various diagrams I have given in this memoir, and in my earlier

memoir, be compared. But the homology is equally plain from

another consideration. When the abdomen of any mammal is

opened, the cecum, if it exist, is found with its attachment to

the gut towards the right side of the body, more anteriorly or

posteriorly placed according to its place on the recurrent limb of

the original pendant loop. If the cecum be very large, and

especially when it is long and coiled, 1 may extend towards the

left side of the body, reaching well across the middle line. If it

be very small, its position on the right side is obvious. Asa

supposed resemblance between the unpaired cecum of Ayrax

and the normal mammalian cecum of the Rhinoceros has been

alleged against the homology I make, I may refer to the figures

of the undisturbed abdominal viscera of the Rhinoceros given

by Garrod (Garrod, 1873, fig. 5) (Beddard & Treves, 1887,

* From observations on a living Hyrax, which was in my possession for nearly

eighteen months, I infer that the contents of the intestines may pass directly from

the aperture of entrance to the aperture of exit of the accessory czecum, and that the

latter gradually fills with a fluid and is discharged at infrequent intervals (usually

about fortnightly), apart from the normal daily defiecation of solid feces.

INTESTINAL TRACT OF MAMMALS. 207

fig. 2). In these drawings the position of the cecum on the

right side is well shown. Dr. Beddard’s own generalised dia-

grams of the mammalian gut (Beddard, 1908, text-figs. 122 &

123) show the same point. Now, if Dr. Beddard’s own diagram

of the alimentary tract of H. capensis (Beddard, 1908, text-

fig. 115) be examined, it will be seen that he represents (and all

my observations confirm him on this point) the paired ceca in

the undisturbed condition as lying on the right side, in the true

position of the normal mammalian cecum, with which he does

not homologise them, and the unpaired cecum as attached to the

gut nearly in the middle line, much to the left of the paired

cca, and therefore in a position in which the normal mammalian

cecum never lies. As a matter of fact, the accessory cecum

of the Hyracoidea, both in the young and the adult, lies in

a region of the body-cavity always occupied in mammals by the

coils of the small intestine.

Although Dr. Beddard (1908, p. 595) makes the general state-

ment that the series of facts (@ofation of the out in the body-

cavity, mesenterial attachments, formation oF ‘fixed ” loops)

cannot yield any accurate classificatory results, he appears to

rely on precisely such facts in his endeavour to show that the

unpaired cecum of Hyraxz is homolegous with the normal cecum

of mammals, and that the intestinal tract of the Hyracoidea is

to be associated with that of the Perissodactyle Ungulates. As

he himself has shown conclusively, rotation of the gut occurs in

almost every group of mammals, and therefore its presence, or

even the stage to which it has reached, does not assist us in the

attempt to detect relationships. I have already (supra, p. 184)

shown that it is necessary to distinguish carefully (a point that

Dr. Beddard has overlooked) between the secondary connections

and the primitive mesentery, as the former are almost certainly

convergent adaptations. Even assuming, however, that the

ligaments might yield evidence of affinity, those that are present

in the Hyracoidea do not support Dr. Beddard’s argument. <A

strong wide ligament attaches the unpaired ceecum to the portion

of the gut which leaves the cecum. This is more extensive in

HZ, capensis (Beddard, 1908, text-fig. 115, 1) than in D. dorsalis,

in which it extends no further than the additional small cecal

pouch (text-fig. 12, C. 3) present in that species. Dr, Beddard,

in directing attention to this, points out that the single cecum

of mammals, however small, is usually, possibly invariably,

attached to the adjacent wall of the gut by such a ligament. It

happens, however, that the mesentery of the true cecum in other

mammals passes between the true cacum and the ileum, that is

to say, the portion of the gut entering, not leaving the cecum.

I do not know of any exception to this relationship, which is in

correspondence with the appearance that the cecum presents of

-being an anteriorly directed outgrowth of the hind- gut, running

forwards roughly parallel with theileum. This nor sna mesentery,

stretching between the cecum and the ileum, is absent in the

208 DR. P. CHALMERS MITCHELL ON THE

case of the unpaired cecum of Hyraw, yet present in Perissodac-

tyles, as in most other mammals. That there is in Perisso-

dactyles (see infra, p. 222) also an adventitious set of fibres

binding the true cecum to the proximal end of the hind-gut,

affords no indication of affinity. Another secondary ligament

stretches from the duodenal region to the portion of the gut

immediately distad of the paired ceca of Hyrax (Beddard, 1908,

text-fig. 115, ¢.d.). The possibility of this attachment being

formed depends, in my opinion, on the fact that at this point

the recurrent limb of the pendant loop nearly reaches the dorsal

middle line, and therefore approaches the duodenum very closely.

If any importance can be attached to its presence, it clearly

marks the region just distad of the paired ceca as the beginning

of the hind-gut, and corroborates my orientation of the gut. A

third secondary ligament well developed in the Hyracoidea is that

between the omentum and the transverse colon (Beddard, 1908,

text-fig. 115, O.). This also, so far as any significance can be

attached to its presence, identifies this portion of the gut, distad

of the paired ceca, and indicates the homology of these organs

with the normal mammalian cecum. Dr. Beddard himself sees

the weight of this objection to his argument, but endeavours to

get out of the difficulty by discussing the varying disposition of

the corresponding attachments in different Rodents. When one

is trying to prove the affinity of Hyrax with the Rhinoceros on

the ground of the attachment of certain ligaments, the argument

does not appear to be much strengthened by showing that these

attachments are not the same in Dasyprocta as in other Rodents.

So far as I am able to follow it, Dr. Beddard’s third point,

relating to the presence of an ansa paracecalis in Hyrax com-

parable with the ansa paracecalis of Perissodactyles is uncon-

vincing. The portion of gut (Beddard, 1908, text-fig. 113, p.a.)

which he thus designates in Hyrax, just distad of the un-

paired cecum, is plainly extremely different from the huge and

extremely definite colic loop, consisting of a closely applied

proximal and distal limb of very wide calibre, held together by a

very narrow expanse of the primitive mesentery, which forms,

perhaps, the most characteristic feature of the gut-pattern of the

Tapirs, Horses, and Rhinoceros (Mitchell, 1905, figs. 23-25, C.L.,

and text-fig. 20, infra). As it happened, I found no definite

structure comparable with the loop figured by Beddard in

H. capensis or in D. dorsalis. If any comparison with the colic

loop of Perissodactyles were to be made, on the assumption

that the unpaired cecum of Hyrax is identical with the cecum

of Perissodactyles, the analogue would be the whole expanse of

the gut from the unpaired cecum to the point where the recurrent

limb approaches the duodenum.

To sum up. If the accessory cecum were absent, anatomists

would have found no difficulty in identifying the paired ceca of °

Hyracoids with the normal mammalian cecum, a structure

which, although usually unpaired, frequently shows vestiges of a

primitively paired -condition, and less frequently is actually

INTESTINAL TRACT OF MAMMALS. 209

paired. In their structure, morphological position on the gut,

position as seen when the abdominal cavity is opened, and

attachments, they correspond with the normal mammalian

cecum. ‘The accessory cecum of Hyracoidea differs from the

normal mammalian cecum in structure, morphological position on

the gut, position in the undisturbed body-cavity, and attach-

ments. The attempt, based on minute details of structure, to.

identify the unpaired cecum of Hyracoids with the unpaired

cecum of a Perissodactyle such as the Rhinoceros, makes the

presence of paired ceca still more inexplicable. Jadhere, there-

fore, to my identification of the paired ceca of Hyracoidea with

the normal mammalian cecum. Owen (Owen, 1832) definitely

compared the paired ceca of Hyrax with the paired ceca of

Edentates and of birds, and the unpaired cecum with the

“additional single cecum, anterior to these, found only in a few

species (of Birds).” his appears to be the most reasonable

interpretation of the facts. J am unaware of any reason for

refusing to identify the paired ceca of Hdentates (and of the

Manatee) with the normal mammalian structure, and I have

shown good reason for identifying the normal ceca of birds with

the mammalian cecum or ceca. I have shown (Mitchell, 1901)

that what Owen calls the “anterior ceecum, found only ina few

species,” which, of course, is the remnant of the yolk-sac, is of

frequent occurrence in adult birds, that its constant presence is a

character of many groups, and that in certain cases (Mitchell,

1903) it is transformed from a vestigial structure to a well-

marked glandular organ. ‘The corresponding structure in mam-

mals, known as Meckel’s diverticulum, is a rare abnormality,

but has been recorded as occurring in just over 2 per cent. of

human bodies. It is a diverticulum of the small intestines

lying almost exactly in the region where the unpaired cecum of

Hyrax is found. If this identification be correct, the unpaired

cecum, obviously functional in the adult Hyracoids, has acquired

an importance that is unknown in any other group; but this

is a supposition less difficult than the view that the Hyracoids

display a loop of the gut identical with that of Perissodactyles.

generally, a cecum corresponding in minute detail with the

eexcum of the Rhinoceros and paired ceca peculiar to them and

the Edentates.

Examination of the intestinal tract of D. dorsalis, and con-

sideration of the points raised by Dr. Beddard, therefore, confirm

the view I stated formerly (Mitchell, 1905, p. 463). The general

pattern of the intestinal tract of the Hyracoids suggests no

affinity with the patterns exhibited by Rodents and Ungulates.

The simple duodenum, the nearly circular Meckel’s tract, and

the hind-gut* divided into a simple colon and rectum merely

* Tt is, of course, plain that by “hind-gut” I imply the region distad of the

paired czeca, as I reckon the part of the gut between these and the unpaired cecum

as part of the small intestine. When Beddard (1908, p. 583) stated that my de-

scription of the hind-gut was “ incorrect’ he was merely restating his belief that the

unpaired czecum was the true cecum, and that all the gut distad of this, including

what he took to be a paraczecal loop and the paired czeca, was hind-gut.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1916, No. XIV. 14

210 DR. P. CHALMERS MITCHELL ON THE

conform with the general mammalian plan. ‘The presence of the

paired ceca, on my view that paired ceca are a primitive mnam-

malian feature, does not help us with the placing of the group.

The most striking resemblances are with the patterns displayed

by the Edentate group Xenarthra and the Manatee among the

Sirenia. But it must be remembered that the common possession

of a primitive simplicity is no guide to affinity.

Order ProposcrpEa. LHlephas maximus (text-fig. 14).

I have been able to examine the intestines of a young Indian

Hlephant, and J find that the pattern, in all essential respects, is

identical with what I have already figured for the African

Text-figure 14.

fw Ls

Intestinal tract of Hlephas maximus.

S. Cut end of gut next stomach. R. Cut end of gut next anus. C. Cxcun.

C.L. 2. Colic loop (ansa coli sinistra).

Elephant (Mitchell, 1905, fig. 16). There is a separate duo-

denum; Meckel’s tract is supported on a nearly circular expanse

of mesentery, its proximal portion being thrown into numerous

minor loops, and its distal portion, forming the first part of the

recurrent limb, is inserted to the dorsal edge of a moderately

large conical cecum. The hind-gut is not much shorter than the

fore-gut, is of larger calibre, and thrown into comparatively

INTESTINAL TRACY OF MAMMALS. 211

large minor loops with a very short straight rectum. Although

the primitive mesentery suspending the whole length of the

intestinal tract is continuous, a strong secondary connection

forming a cavo-duodenal ligament attaches the proximal part of

the colon to the duodenal region, and has to be severed before

the gut can be laid out to display its pattern. The inner dorsal

wall of the cecum displayed a median fold, running along the

dorsal wall somewhat in the fashion of the typhlosole of the

earthworm. It is conceivable that this may indicate an original

paired condition. In the case of these very simple patterns, it

is rather easy to see resemblances which may have little signi-

ficance, but it is undoubtedly notable that the pattern of the

Proboscidean gut in no way suggests that of the true Ungulates,

and very strongly recalls that of the Sirenia (Mitchell, 1905,

ines, 15).

Order CEeracka.

Sub-Order Mystacoceti. Balenoptera physalus (text-

fig. 15).

By the kindness of Mr. J. Erik Hamilton, I have had the

opportunity of dissecting a young embryo of the Common

Rorqual (Balenoptera physalus) taken from an adult captured

at Belmullet, Ireland. The duodenal region (text-fig. 15) is not

sharply separated from Meckel’s tract. The latter is of even

calibre, and is thrown into a very large number of short, regu-

larly disposed minor loops suspended at the periphery of a much

elongated oval expanse of mesentery. These loops extend to the

extremity of the tract, and just where the recurrent limb of the

usual pendant loop begins its straight course towards the duo-

denal region, there lies a single small cecum. The hind-gut

consists of the almost straight recurrent limb, a short transverse

colon very close to the duodenum, but so far as I could make out,

suspended at this point only by the primitive mesentery, and of

a rather long nearly straight rectum.

The ceeum is short, but rather wide; its cavity is continuous

with that of the hind-gut, and separated by a simple semi-lunar

flap from the entrance of the ileum.

T have already described and figured the gut-pattern of one of

the Odontoceti (Mitchell, 1905, fig. 17). The Toothed Whales

have no cecum, and the whole length of the gut, from the

stomach to the anus, is suspended on a straight dorso-ventral

mesentery, all of it, except a very short rectum, being thrown

into closely-set minor loops. I ventured on the opinion, however,

that this almost reptilian simplicity was not primitive, and,

judging from the description given by Flower (1872, p. 428), I

suggested that the gut-pattern of Whalebone Whales would

approximate more closely to the common mammalian type. This

is actually the case. The characteristic mammalian pattern

14*

Pale DR. P. CHALMERS MITCHELL ON THE

appears in the Rorqual; the whole proximal limb of the pendant

loop is thrown into very numerous minor folds; the cecum is

placed more proximally on the loop, that is to say, nearer the

tip of the loop than in most mammals; with the elongation of

the mesentery suspending Meckel’s tract, the recurrent limb,

composed in this case almost entirely of hind-gut, is unusually

Text-figure 15.

Intestinal tract of embryonic Balenoptera physalus.

S. Cut end of gut nearest stomach. R. Cut end of gut nearest anus. C. Caecum.

long, and the rectum, although straight, is also long. In the

Toothed Whales, partly in relation to the diet of fish, Meckel’s

tract has become enormously long and its minor loops very

numerous, the caecum has disappeared, and the recurrent limb has

shortened until no trace of it remains. The complexity of the

stomach is so elaborate and so alike in Toothed Whales and

INTESTINAL TRACT OF MAMMALS, alts

Whalebone Whales, that were there no other reason for associating

these creatures, 1t would be impossible to place them far apart, and

it must be inferred that, so far as the gut-patterns afford indica-

tions, the Toothed Whales are more highly modified than the

~Whalebone Whales. If weare to seek for indications of the aftini-

ties of the Cetacea, it must be from the Mystacoceti, and not from

the Odontoceti, that we start. The difficulty is that a very simple

and primitive gut-pattern affords few indications. It is plain

that the Cetacean gut-pattern shows no trace of special resem-

blances with the patterns of the Ungulates or of the Sirenia.

There is some indication of similarity with the gut-patterns

of the aquatic Carnivores (see Mitehell, 1905, fig. 32, and

text-figs. 26 & 27, infra), but the more distal position of the

cecum (7. e., the eveater distance from the apex of the pendant

loop) and ane lengthening of the hind-gut in the Carnivores

present notable difference. Unfortunately, we do not know the

gut-patterns of extinct mammals, but, so far as may be judged

from Carnivores and Insectivores, it seems probable that the

Creodonts had an alimentary tract showing a simple pattern

much like those suggested in text-figs 1 A and 1B of this

memoir. The most notable peculiarity in the Cetacean pattern

is the position of the cecum towards the apex of the pendant

loop, a pecuharity that oecurs also in the Monotremes and some

of the Edentates. The lengthening of the gut and mesentery in

the longitudinal axis of the hone the ereat inerease in the

number of the minor loops on Meckel’s uate and the retention

of the importance of the primitive mesentery aie such adaptive

characters as might be expected in animals that had taken to an

aquatic life. The gut-pattern of the Cetacea, then, is compatible

with the view that Cetacea represent a very primitive stock,

long adapted to aquatic life.

Order ARTIODACTYLA.

Sub-Order Non-Ruminantia.

Family Hippopotamide. Hippopotamus amphibius (text-

HS, ALO)

The duodenum and Meckel’s tract are not sharply marked off

from one another. This part of the gut is extremely long (in

text-fig. 16 it has been somewhat simplified), and is thrown into

numerous minor folds compactly crowded on the periphery of an

oval expanse of mesentery. There is no cecum, but an increase

of calibre towards the apex of the pendant loop seems to mark

the point where, on the recurrent limb of that loop, the fore-gut

passes into the hind-gut. The distal portion of the recurrent

loop is thrown into a set of very large minor loops, attached to

the edge of the mesenterial expanse opposite to that suspending

Meckel’s tract, and therefore representing an ansa coli dextra.

The distal end of this colic loop, or series of minor colic loops,

214. DR. P. CHALMERS MITCHELL ON THE

approaches the duodenal region, where it is attached, by a strong

rather wide ligament, partly to the duodenum and partly to the

omentum. The gut then bends sharply round to form the

straight rectum of moderate length.

Text-figure 16.

Intestinal tract of Hippopotamus amphibius.

S. Cut end of gut nearest stomach. R. Cut end of gut nearest anus.

C.L.1. Colic Loop (ansa coli dextra).

Family Suide. Babirussa babirussa (text-fig. 17).

In the Swine, the duodenal region is better marked off, and

consists either of a single or a double loop. Meckel’s tract Ss

very like that of the Hippopotamus, being of even calibre, very

long, and disposed in closely packed minor loops. From the apex

the recurrent limb of the pendant loop runs dorsally a short

distance and then bends to enter the large cecum, which is a

forward continuation of the cavity of the hind-gut. Distad of

the cecum, the pendant loop, in‘the region occupied by a set of

large folds in the Hippopotamus, is developed into an enormous

double spiral, really composed of a very large single loop, the

proximal limb having a larger calibre than the distal limb. This

spiral, in some of the Swine, e. g., the common pig, and Babirussa

is a conical mass, in shape not unlike the shell of a whelk. In

Phacocherus and in Dicotyles the colic spiral was much flatter,

more like a coiled watch-spring. The hind-gut on leaving the

INTESTINAL TRACY OF MAMMALS. 215.

spiral runs up close to the duodenal region, and then bends over

to forin a relatively long but nearly straight rectum. ‘The spiral

loop, which from its position is an ansa coli dextra, is very capa-

cious and very heavy, and the portion of primitive mesentery

that supports it, and that carries the enormous blood-vessels.

supplying it, is reinforced by a strong band of fibres fastening it

partly to the duodenal region and partly to the omentum. A

similar, but much slighter secondary connection, ties the portion

of the hind-gut most contiguous to the dorsal middle line (distal

extremity of the pendant loop) to the duodenal mesentery.

Text-figure 17.

Intestinal tract ot Babirussa babirussa.

Lettering as in text-figs. 15 and 16.

Sub-orders Traguloidea, Tylopoda, and Pecora.

I have examined the intestinal tracts of several mammals

belonging to these three closely related sub-orders, since I

formerly gave an account of the patterns displayed in the

various families concerned (Mitchell, 1905), but as I have little

of general interest to add, I shall review the group as a whole.

The duodenal region is usually well separated, forming a long

distinct loop in nearly all, but rather less marked in the

Traguloidea and Tylopoda. Meckel’s tract is invariably enor-

mously long, of even calibre, and thrown into a very large number

of minor loops closely set round the periphery of the usual

216 DR. P. CHALMERS MITCHELL ON THE

mesenterial expanse. These minor loops cease towards the apex

of the original pendant loop, the first portion of the recurrent

limb being nearly straight, until it bends over to enter the

cecum. The cecum is always present and is capacious, but not

of great relative length. In Moschus, as an exception. it is very

long and narrow. Its cavity is a forward continuation of the

cavity of the hind-gut. I have already shown (Mitchell, 1905,

p- 518) that the relation of the ileum to the cecum and hind-gut

often presents appearances best explained on the supposition that

the normal cecum is the surviving member of an original pair of

ceca. I figured a mass of lymphoid tissue in the case of Gazella

marica, so situated that it seemed to represent a degenerate

second cecum. In an example of Moschus moschiferus that I

have examined since, the same portion of the gut was occupied

by a distinct cecal pouch, the aperture to which was marked off

by a V-shaped ridge. The iliac aperture lay on a vaised lip

between this and the wide aperture of the true cecum.

Text-figure 18.

Tleo-czecal region in Moschus moschiferus.

€. Cut ceeum. H. Cut hind-gut. S.J. Cut small intestine. W. “ Window” cut

in the wall of the ileo-cwcal region. J.A. Aperture of ileum to czxcum and

hind-gut. C.2. Secondcecum. ©.2 A. Aperture of second cecum to hind-gut

protected by V-shaped ridge.

I can suggest no explanation of this arrangement other than

that the second member of a prunitive pair of ceca is less

vestigial than is usual.

On leaving the cecum the hind-gut has a much smaller calibre

than is usual in mammals, being little wider than the distal end

of the ileum. The length and pecuhar arrangement of the

hind-gut form the most Coleraeterictic feature of the intestinal

pattern of this group of Artiodactyles. Immediately distad of

the cecum, there is usually a rather narrow single loop, which

I called the postcecal loop (Mitchell, 1905, fig. 22, P.C.L.).

Dr. Lonnberg (Lonnberg, 1907, p. 241) objects to this name,

inasmuch as he himself (lnnberg, 1903, p. 7) had termed a

similar loop in various ruminants the a@nsa proximalis. Dr.

Beddard in a later paper (1909, p. 181) calls this loop the ansa

paracecalis. The name is of little importance, but paracecal or

postezcal describes its position better Its presence is variable ;

INTESTINAL 'TRACT OF MAMMALS. PAWL

I did not find it in Traguloidea or Tylopoda, but it is present in

most of the true ruminants. Dr. Beddard describes it as

practically absent in M/adoqua and as spirally twisted in JMoschus.

In a Musk-deer that I examined, it was long, but showed no

trace of a spiral.

Distad of the postczcal loop, the recurrent limb of the pendant

loop is disposed in a spiral coil characteristic of the true

ruminants and equally weil marked in the Tylopoda. It is this

region of the gut that forms a set of large coils in the Hippo-

potamide, and a spiral arranged to form a solid conical mass in

the Suide. In the Traguloidea, as has been already described

by me (Mitchell, 1905) and confirmed by Beddard (Beddard, 1909),

the colic spiral is very small and is not flattened. In the

communication just cited, Dr. Beddard describes a somewhat

similar very small spiral in the minute antelopes of the genus

Madoqua, but in Tylopoda and all the true ruminants, except

Madoqua, of which the alimentary canal has been described, the

spiral is nearly flat and consists of a varying number of turns.

This flat spiral, in the undisturbed condition, is folded against

the mesentery that supports Meckel’s tract in the fashion that

the contiguous pages of « closed book touch one another. The

spiral is much smaller than the expanse of the tract, and, in the

undisturbed condition, it appears to be surrounded by the curved

line formed by the minor loops of the tract. ‘This arrangement,

which is familiar to anatomists, is well represented in some of

the figures given by Dr. Lénnberg and Dr. Beddard (e. g. Lonn-

berg, 1907, fig. 4; Beddard, 1909, text-fig. 14). The spiral coil is

composed of a long narrow outgrowth of the hind-gut, rolled up

from its apex, and the primitive mesentery belonging to the

spiral has coalesced with the mesentery supporting Meckel’s

tract in so complete a, fashion that “ short-cireuiting” blood-

vessels appear to supply these two very different regions of the

intestine indifferently. Moreover, especially where the coil is

large, secondary bands of fibres unite the coil firmly with the

intestinal region against which it is pressed. Unfortunately,

Dr. Lounberg does not appear to have considered these primary

and secondary attachments, and Dr. Beddards figures (e. g.

Beddard, 1909, text-fig. 15) do not distinguish between the five

different sheets of membrane to which the connections between

adjacent portions of the spiral coil may be referred, that is to

say, the double layer of the primitive mesentery of Meckel’s

tract to which the spiral coil is adherent, the double layer of the

primitive mesentery of the coiled loop that forms the spiral, and

the adventitious layer of connective-tissue fibres which assists in

holding the coil in its place. This absence of distinction would

be of no moment if the figures were, like my diagrams, intended

merely to represent the general morphology of the gut-pattern,

but it is another matter when the attempt 1s made to distinguish

between species and species by the characters of the spiral coil.

Dr. Loénnberg, who has made such an attempt, has devised an

218 DR. P. CHALMERS MITCHELL ON THE

ingenious method of figuring the spiral. He selects what he

takes to be the apex of the Toop, and up to this point tints the

entering limb of the intestine black, leaving the limb of exit

from the apex outwards round the spiral in grey (Lonnberg,

1907, fig. 4). Dr. Beddard has adopted Lénnberg’s method and

has carried it further. In a set of diagrams (Beddard, 0).

text-fig. 13) he represents the colic spirals of six animals and

arranges them in two series, each series indicating what he

descrihes as a distinct type of spiral. In each case he has

selected what he takes to be the apex of the loop, and, like

Lonnberg. shades the entering limb black, the limb of exit grey.

In one series, containing Madoqua phillipsi, Cephalophus dorsahs,

and Moschus moschiferus, the entering limb of the intestine is on

the smaller curve of the spiral as it approaches the apex, and if

the apex happens to point towards the end of the long axis of

the spiral, away from the point of entrance, then the enters

limb finishes on the cecal side of the apex. In the second series,

containing Tragulus stanleyanus, Cephalophus maxwelli, and

Antilocapra americana, the entering limb of the intestine Hes on

the larger curve of the spiral as it approaches the apex, and if

the apex happens to lie towards the end of the long axis of the

splval away from the point of entrance, or be imagined to have

grown round to that point, then the entering limb finishes on

the opposite side of the apex from what happens in the first

type. This distinction between the types of spiral is stated by

Dr. Beddard to be so important that the presence of one type in’

one species of Cephalophus, and of the other in another species

of that genus, 1s a generic distinction, confirming certain

undesignated differences in external characters which “ appear

to him to be quite as great as those which distinguish certain

other genera of Antelope.”

It is plain, however, that the reality of the distinction on

which Dr. Beddard relies, depends on the actual point selected

as the apex of the spiral. In text-fig. 19 I have reproduced

the drawings which Dr. Beddard gives as the first examples of

each type (Beddard, 1909, text-fig. 13) 1, 2), with the alteration

that they are reverse as in a mirror, to make easier comparison

with Dr. Lonnberg’s figure (Linnberg, 1907, fig. 4) and my own

diagrams, and with an ‘addition to which I shall refer presently.

Obviously, if Dr. Beddard had continued the black shading

representing the ingoing limb of the intestine from the point

marked X, where he left it in the figure of Jragulus, to the

point I have marked XX in the same figure, the two ‘‘ types ”

of spiral would have been in every way identical. Anyone who

has attempted to follow the closely adpressed limbs of a compli-

eated ruminant spiral on the actual specimen, will appreciate

that the fixing of the actual apex is a difficult judgment and not

a substantial basis for the discrimination of types or the deter-

mination of genera.» The judgment is the more difficult, because,

as I have already explained, any two contiguous portions of the

INTESTINAL TRACT OF MAMMALS. 219

spiral may be united either by their own primitive mesentery,

by the primitive mesentery of Meckel’s tract, against which they

are fixed, or by adventitious fibres. ‘There is, however, a definite

morphological criterion. The primitive mesentery of the loop

which is coiled into a spiral, whether it be retained in whole or

in part, fused with or replaced by the mesentery of Meckel’s

loop or adventitious fibres, must have been attached along the

primitive dorsal line of the gut, that is to say, the side of the

hind-gut opposite to that on which the cecum lies, the side into

which the ileum opens. In text-fig. 19 I have dotted in the

primitive mesentery, and it will be seen at once that in the figure

of MONO geE Dr. Beddard has adjudged the apex correctly COE

Text-figure 19.

is ZA.

Diagrams of Beddard’s types of colic spirals.

1. Madoqua phillipsi. 2. Tragulus stanleyanus.

Modified from Beddard (1909, text-fig. 13, 1, 2). The distal end of the ileum, the

cecum, and the entermg limb of the intestine in black; the outgoing limb IS

unshaded. X. Beddard’s apex, the true apex inl. XX. The true apex in 2.

The dotted surface is the primitive mesentery of the loop.

but that in the figure of Tragulus he has adjudged it incorrectly.

If in that figure the point marked X were the apex, then the

mesentery would be attached to the wrong side of the gut. If,

on the other hand, the mesentery be considered, the point that I

have marked XX is seen to be the true apex, and the blackening

of the ingoing limb should have been continued from X to XX,

so abolishing the distinction between the two types. Precisely

in the same way, in Dr. Beddard’s figures of Cephalophus maxwelli

and Antilocapra americana (Beddard, 1909, text-fig. 13, 2a, 26)

and in Dr. Loénnberg’s figure of the Elk (Lénnberg, 1907, fig. 4),

from which Dr. Beddard’s method was taken, the point that has

220 DR. P. CHALMERS MITCHELL ON 'THE

been selected as the apex would place the mesentery on the

wrong side of the gut. The supposed distinction in type does

not exist.

I do not doubt but that an intensive study of these raminant

coils may lead to very interesting results. It is important to

realize, however, that a naive comparison and description of such

complex structures may be extremely misleading.

Distad of the colic spiral the recurrent limb of the pendant

loop undergoes a further complication before it reaches the

dorsal middle tine. ‘Che outgoing limb of the spiral, still with

its mesentery adherent to the mesentery of Meckel’s tract,

pursues a circular course, following the line of the secondary

coils of Meckel’s tract and lying fon this and the spiral

itself until it reaches the duodenal region, where its suspension

is usually reinforced by a colico- duodenal ligament, and then

bends round to form the rectum, which passes backwards towards

the anus suspended in the usual. fashion by its own primitive

mesentery. The adherence of this special coil to the mesentery

of Meckel’s tract is so close, that I have never been able to

dissect it off with any portion of its own meson and I

suspect that this mesentery has disappeared. In the diagrams

that I have Bivens of ‘Traguloidea, 'Tylopoda, and Pecora (Mitchell,

1905, figs. 19-22), ADs portion of the gut is marked 8.F.,

supra-meckelian fold, and is displayed as dissected off and free

from mesentery. ‘This region appears to be simplest in the

Traguloidea and the Tylopoda, but in an example of the White-

tailed Gnu (Connochetes gnw) | was surprised by finding it reduced

to a single quite narrow loop. In the Giratte it is very com-

plicated, “forming, instead of a wavy line round Meckel’s tract, a

set of irregular loops in the space between the tract and the

spiral coil, rather like a similar series that Dr. Lénnberg has

figured in the case of a foetal Elk (Lénnberg, 1907, tig. 4). In

some of the deer, sheep, and goats that I have examined, the

general course of this loop is a sweeping curve concentric with

the curve of the minor loops of Meckel’s tract, but at the distal

eud, just before bending over to form the rectum, it gives rise

to a quite definite, scraight, and rather narrow loop, stretching

across towards the ‘spiral coil and sometimes even crossing a

portion of the coil.

Lam reluctant to suggest homologies between the minor loops

found on the very peculiar hind- -gut of this group of Artio-

dactyles and the minor loops found in the hind-gut of other

groups, as it seems to be plain that we should bave first to trace

such loops down to their form in the ancestral Artiodactyle,

Rodent, and Primate, and so forth, before instituting any valid

comparison between their appearances in the higher members of

these different groups. In the very general sense, however, that

the distal or dorsal extremity of the recurrent loop corresponds

with the transverse colon, and a specialized outgrowth to the

right of this may be named an ansa dextra, a specialized out-

INTESTINAL TRACT OF MAMMALS. 221

growth to the left an ansa sintstra, then both the spinal loop and

the supra-meckelian fold of Pecora, Tylopoda, and Traguloidea

may be taken to represent ansce dextre.

Farther work, and the consideration of the points raised by

writers who have tollowed me, have not given me any reason to

modify the general summary I gave in 1905 (Mitchell, 1905,

p. 476):—“The Ruminant Artiodactyles display a pattern

peculiar to the group, and characterised by the enormous length,

special modification, and arrangement of the hind-gut. In all,

the hind-gut displays three well-marked regions: a spiral loop

simpler in 7ragulus, in” (most of) ‘the others forming a-closely-

coiled, flat, watch-spring like arrangement, folded over on the

mesentery that supports Meckel’s tract; a supra-meckelian fold

which, in the characteristic and most specialised cases is stretched

round Meckel’s tract just at the line where the minor folds leave

the mesentery, and, which is drained by branches from the vessels

of Meckel’s tract ; anda rectal portion, the degree of convolution

of which varies nearly divectly with the size of the animal.

“The non-ruminant Artiodactyles display a pattern funda-

mentally similar to, but less complicated than, that of ruminant

forms. Meckel’s tract is almost identical in its disposition.

The spiral coil of the hind-gut” (usually, not in the Hippo-

potamus) “is present and. is very large, but its calibre is wider

in proportion to its length, and the coiling is not so flat. There

is no more than a trace of the supra-meckelian fold, so that the

hind-gut, although long, is less differentiated.”

Order PerissopactyLa. (Text-figure 20.)

I have little to add to the account [ have already given

(Mitchell, 1905, p. 476, figs. 25, 24, 25) of the gut-pattern of

the Rhinoceros, Tapirs, and Equide. For convenience, I repeat

as text-fig. 20 the figure I have already given (Mitchell, 1905,

fig. 25) of the gut-pattern of Hquus granti. I have added at

M.the portion of primitive mesentery between the cecum and

the ileum, and at XX have marked the line along which the

cecum 1s tied by adventitious fibres to the colic loop. I have

verified these points on the domestic horse, as no exampie of a

zebra was available. In the three families the pattern is quite

definite and remarkably uniform. The duodenum is a distinct

loop, Meckel’s tract is relatively short and compact, the cecum

is very capacious, but relatively smaller in the Rhinoceros than

in the others, and situated rather high up on the recurrent limb

of the pendant loop. It is greatly exceeded in capacity by an

enormous narrow loop, each limb of which is large in calibre,

formed as an outgrowth of the distal portion of the recurrent limb.

The hind-gut then bends round to form the relatively simple

rectum. The cecum is connected with the distal extremity of

the ileum by a short double fold of mesentery, the usual remnant

of the primitive mesentery which is found in this situation in

2, DR. P. CHALMERS MITCHELL ON THE

most mammals. It extends from the base of the cecum only

along a very small proportion of the length of that organ. In

addition, a layer of stout fibres, quite distinct from true mesentery

in appearance and relations, binds together the two limbs of the

Text-figure 20.

Intestinal tract of Equidee.

Shehtly altered from Trans. Zool. Soc. 1905, fig. 25. S. Cut end of intestine

nearest stomach. R. Cut end of intestine nearest anus. CC. Cwcum.

C.L. 1. Colic loop (ansa coli dextra). M. Remnant of primitive mesentery

between ileum and base of cecum. XX. Line of attachment of the adventi-

tious fibres (removed in the figure) which tie the cecum to the colic loop.

enormous colic loop, and passes over from them to the cecum.

‘This secondary attachment is least strong in the Rhinoceros, but

in the Tapirvide and Equide ties down the greater part of the

INTESLINAL TRACT OF MAMMALS. 223

length of the cecum to the colic loop. There are also strong

cavo-duodenal and colico-duodenal ligaments.

The remarkable similarity of the gut-patterns of the three

families of Perissodactyles contrasts strongly with the fact that

there is no resemblance between the Perissodactyle and the non-

ruminant and ruminant Artiodactyle patterns. ‘The Swine are

omnivorous with a tendency towards vegetable diet ; the Hippo-

potamus and all other Artiodactyles are, like the Perissodactyles,

vegetarian in diet. In all the hind-gut is capacious in relation

to the diet, but the pattern, none the less, follows affinity rather

than function.

Order RoventiA. Dipus egyptius (text-fig. 21).

I have little to add to the account I gave in 1905 (Mitchell,

1905, figs. 26-30) of the intestinal gut-patterns displayed by

Rodents. The gut tends to be relatively long, no doubt in

association with the chiefly vegetarian diet. The duodenal loop

is usually very well marked off from Meckel’s tract, the latter

always being supported on an oval expanse of mesentery, and

varying only to the extent to which it displays minor loops.

The cecum is usually capacious, long, and sacculated. Remnants

of an originally paired condition are frequent. The cecum,

especially when long, tends to be coiled in a spiral, and this

coiling may involve not only the distal portion of Meckel’s tract,

but the proximal portion of the hind-gut.

Even when the gut is relatively short, traces of the spiral

condition are frequent, suggesting that in some Rodents,

especially small omnivorous types, the gut has been shortened

secondarily from the longer condition normal in the group.

The cecum is placed rather high up on the recurrent limb of

the pendant loop. The remaining portion of the latter varies in

a remarkable degree, both in species and in individuals. The

most common condition is the presence of two rather narrow

colic loops, but these may be reduced to a single loop or there

may be three (text-fig. 21, C.L. 1, 2,3). The most proximal

loop (C.L. 1) is the portion that tends to be involved in the

spiral twisting of the cecum, and is what has been termed a

paraceecal or post- cecal loop. The two more distal loops (C.L.

2,3) may be spirally twisted, either separately or together, but

in the more common case they are untwisted. I cannot regard

this occasional spiral arrangement as indicating any homology

between these loops and the spiral of Artiodactyles, or as

suggesting any special aftinity between Rodents and Artio-

dactyles. The colic spiral of the Artiodactyles, especially of the

Ruminants, 1s an extremely definite formation, invariably present

in the adult and appearing at a very early stage in embry onic

life. In Rodents it varies from individual to individual, may

involve one or two loops, and is often inconspicuous or absent in

small or relatively young individuals. The spiral formation that

224 DR. P. CHALMERS MITCHELL ON THE

occurs frequently in Rodents and is extremely rare in other

groups, so that it may be designated as a Rodent peculiarity,

affects the cecum.

The colic loops may be pressed against the mesentery of

Meckel’s tract in such a fashion that their own primitive mesentery

may be partly obliterated and replaced, either by the mesentery

of the tract, or by adventitious fibres. In Dipus (although in

this respect text-fig. 21 is somewhat simplified and diagrammatic)

Text-figure 21.

Intestinal tract of Dipus egyptius.

S. Gut end of the gut nearest to the stomach. R. Cut end of the gut nearest to

the rectum. C. Ceeum. C.L. 1, 2,3. Colic loops. C.L. 1. Paraczcal loop.

C.L. 2 & 3. Anse coli dextre.

and in other forms with a relatively simple gut, it is still possible

to dissect away the colic loops and to unfold them to show their

primitive pattern with a minimum of cutting. In other forms,

especially those in which the loops are long, the adherence

between them and the tract is so elaborate as to recall the

condition in Artiodactyles, and the gut cannot be laid out to

show its primitive pattern without extensive destruction of

mesentery, blood-vessels, and secondary attachments. I am

INTESTINAL TRACT OF MAMMALS. 2.25;

convinced, however, that such vague resemblances between

Rodents and Artiodactyles are convergent.

At its most dorsal extremity the recurrent limb of the pendant

loop sweeps round to be continued backwards as the rectum.

In Dipus and in many other Rodents the rectal portion is

relatively simple. It may be much lengthened, especially in its

proximal portion, and this lengthening may take the form of a

single rather narrow loop, an ansa coli sinistra, as for instance,

in Hystrix, or, aS 18 more common, a much-contorted loop or

number of loops, as in Lagostomys and Dolichotis. I do not

attach much importance to this distinction, as I have found both

forms in different examples, both apparently adult, of Atherura,

and in very young and adult examples of some other species.

Variability appears to be a marked character of the subsidiary

loops of the hind-gut in Rodents. Three writers have given

a good deal of attention to the matter. Tullberg, with whose

work, unfortunately, I was unacquainted when I wrote in 1905,

published a most valuable monograph on the group (Tullberg

1899), in which a long section and many plates are devoted to

descriptions of the gut of a very large number of Rodents.

Tullberg devoted himself chiefly to the gut and its attachments

as seen in the unfolded condition when the abdominal cavity is

opened, but there are few features that cannot be understood

from his careful figures. My work followed in 1905, and later,

Dr. Beddard (Beddard, 1908), following the method of Tullberg,

rather than mine, called attention to a good many differences

that he had noted in examination of some of the species that

Tullberg had described, and added descriptions of the conditions.

he found in other species not described by Tullberg. I have

tabulated the results of the three writers. It would be a waste

of space to give the details; it is enough to say that the colic

loops of Rodents appear to differ individually and at different.

stages of growth, in number, attachments, degree of spiral

coiling, relative length, and distinctness (7. e., definite narrowness,

or width and minor expansions). I hesitate, therefore, to

follow Tullberg, even in his cautious use of these structures in

the classification of Rodents themselves, and I think it an

unwise adventure to pursue the comparison of the individual

loops from Rodents to other groups. With the reservation that

these colic loops are rather inconstant, it is possible to distinguish

them up toa point. Immediately distad of the cecum lies what

Tullberg calls the paracecal loop, corresponding with what I

have termed the postczcal loop. This may be absent, imperfectly

formed, definite, nearly straight, twisted with the cecum, or

showing an independent spiral. Next come the two loops of the

recurrent limb that are most commonly present in Rodents.

These are termed by Tullberg ansce dewtre 1 and 2. Frequently

only one is present, especially in young examples of a few days

old. Dr. Beddard, unfortunately, has confused the matter by

labelling the upper or more distal of these the ansa sinistra

Proc. Zoor. Soc.—1916, No. XV. 15

226 DR. P. CHALMERS MITCHELL ON THE

(Beddard, 1908, text-fig. 116); the term sinistra belongs to a

more distal region of the gut, and Tullberg’s definitions, descrip-

tions, and figures make this point quite clear. These ans

dextre may be definite and narrow, spirally twisted separately or

together. The three loops C.L.1, 2, 3 in the diagram of Dipus

(text-fig. 21) represent a paraceecal loop and two anse dextre.

Distad of the highest point of the recurrent limb, and to the

left of the equivalent of the transverse colon, there may be

another region of expansion. When this subsidiary loop is

simple and narrow, Tullberg recognises it as distinct and calls it

the ansa sinistra ; when it is thrown into irregular minor folds,

he leaves it undesignated. As I have already pointed out, I

have found both conditions of this expansion in different examples

of the same species, and therefore do not attach much importance

to it. But, definite or irregular, if it be named at all, ansa

sinistra 1s the correct name. It is absent in Dipus.

The gut-pattern of Rodents, then, displays usually a separate

duodenum, a well-defined Meckel’s tract, a cecum frequently

spirally twisted, and an elongated hind-gut, variable in the

number and nature of the subsidiary loops which may be

developed.

Order Insecrivorna. J/acroscelides species? (text-fig. 22).

Talpa ewropea (text-fig. 23).

Taking the examples of animals grouped together as Insectivora

that I had been able to examine when I wrote before (Mitchell,

1905) and those that I have seen since, I cannot make up a

series approaching completeness. Putting together my own

observations with what I am able to gather from other writers,

I think that three types of different degrees of simplicity

can be distinguished among the gut-patterns of Insectivora.

In Macroscelides (text-fig. 22) the duodenal region cannot be

recognised as separate from Meckel’s tract. The latter is

thrown into rather simple short loops round the whole of the

descending limb anda small portion of the recurrent limb of

the pendant loop; then follows a long, nearly straight portion

running up towards the dorsal line. The cecum is enormous,

and is ‘attached high up on the recurrent limb of the pendant

loop. The distal portion of the pendant loop is expanded to

form a very large nearly closed colic loop, thrown into a number

of minor loops. In the undisturbed condition this lies folded

against the mesentery of Meckel’s tract, but I found no secondary

connection. The recurrent loop then bends round to form the

straight rectum. The superficial resemblance between this

pattern and that presented by some of the smaller Diprotodont

Marsupials, such as Phalangista vulpina (Mitchell, 1905, fig. 5)

is extremely close. When I had finished the drawing I thought

that it had a familiar look, and on hunting through my notes,

I found that, from the point of view of this memoir, it would

INTESTINAL TRACT OF MAMMALS, 227

have been almost unnecessary to draw a second figure but for

the fact that the colic loop is an ansa coli devtra in Macro-

scelides, and probably is not so in Phalangista.

In Talpa europea (text-fig. 23) the pattern is rather simpler.

The duodenal region is rather more distinct, although in the

diagram this is over-emphasised ; Meckel’s tract consists of a

number of rather long minor. loops occupying the whole of the

proximal limb of the pendant loop. There is no trace of a

cecum, and nothing eise to indicate where the ileum passes into

the hind-gut. The recurrent loop runs straight up towards the

dorsal middle line, and, just before bending round to form the

straight rectum, gives rise to a single very narrow and long

colic loop (an ansa coli devtra) which, in the unfolded condition,

is bent over towards Meckel’s tract and shows a trace of spiral

twisting.

Text-figure 22.

‘Intestinal tract of Wacroscelides species.

S. Cut end of the gut nearest stomach. R. Cut end of gut uearest rectum.

C. Cecum, C.L.1. Colic loop (ansa coli dextra).

In Erinaceus and in Centetes (Mitchell, 1905, fig. 31), the

duodenum and Meckel’s tract are not distinct. The latter is

arranged in very regular minor loops round the periphery of a

nearly circular expanse of mesentery. There is no trace of a

cecum, or of a colic loop, but the recurrent limb runs up towards

the dorsal middle line, and then bends over to form a short

straight rectum.

In the three types the whole gut is suspended on a continuous

mesentery, and the three appear to show stages in the attain-

ment of a secondary simplification, the stages of which are, first,

228 DR. P. CHALMERS MITCHELL ON THE

the loss of the cecum, next the obliteration of distinction

between the fore-gut and the hind-gut, and the disappearance

of the colic loop. I found no adventitious connections in any of

the types, but Tam unable to attach much importance to the

presence or absence of these. Nor can I lay stress on the folding

of the gut on itself ; this is certainly present in Macroscelides

and Talpa; Beddard states that it occurs in Hrinaceus, and

found it present in one example of Centetes, absent in

another.

Text-figure 23.

—

Ly.

S =

Ss Ss

Sie

rae

Intestinal tract of Talpa europea.

Lettering as in text-fig. 22.

The similarity of type between the pattern of Macroscelides

(and probably of Tupaia, according to Flower and Hunter) and

the pattern of Phalangista, recalls Dr. Broom’s association of

these animals with Diprotodont Marsupials and removal of them

from the Insectivora (Broom, 1902, 1915). I must point out,

however, that the pattern shared by the two is a very simple

derivative of the primitive mammalian type, and on this ground

alone, I would not be disposed to argue close afiinity amongst

the animals that display it. Moreover, if, as seems to me most

probable, the colic loop of Phalangista resembles that of Bettongia

and the Kangaroos, and belongs to the region of the hind-gut

distad of the pendant loop, then the resemblance of Macroscelides

INTESTINAL TRACT OF MAMMALS. 229

to Marsupials is not so close as to Monotremes. This is a point

to which I had paid no special attention in 1905. Dr. Broom’s

conclusions are derived from investigation of the organ of

Jacobson, and certainly the conditions that he has found appear

to form a broader basis for systematic conclusions. I am not

quite certain, however, as to whether or no he means to imply

that the “‘ Ceenrhinate”’ type of organ, which he finds to occur

in Talpa, Sorex, Hrinaceus, Gymnura, Centetes, and other

normal Insectivora, as in Chrminona and Ungulata and most

higher mammals, is a derivative of the more aeeserall * Archieo-

saan ” type which he has found in Vupaia, Macroscelides,

Diprotodonts, ete. If he means that the Archzorhinate type is

the primitive type, and therefore to have been present in the

common stock, the fact that it has been retained by certain

forms is no conclusive argument for placing these forms together.

As he finds it to occur in Monotremes, on the one hand, and

in Dasypus, Orycteropus, and Rodents on the other, I suspect

that it is, ike the presence of a primitive gut-pattern, a character

that must be used with caution in classification.

Without carrying further this question of breaking up the

Insectivora, I may sum up by saying that the gut- patterns of

the group start from an extremely simple type, and show

successive stages of secondary simplification.

Order Cutroprera. Lhinopoma microphyllum (text-fig. 24).

Artibeus planirostris (text-fig. 25).

Since I wrote in 1905 I have had the opportunity of examining

the intestinal tract in some other Bats, of which the most

interesting was an example of Rhinopoma mucrophyllum (=

ft. hardawickit). ‘The latter and Jlegaderma spasma were the

two Bats in which Owen found a cecum present (Owen, 1868,

p. 429). In Rhinopoma the duodenal region is well separated

from Meckel’s tract. Meckel’s tract makes up the greater

portion of the gut, and consists of a number of very irregular

minor loops, arranged so that they nearly complete the circum-

ference of a circular expanse of mesentery, suspended by a narrow

stalk to the mesentery of the duodenum in front and to that of

the hind-gut posteriorly. In other words, the whole of the

recurrent limb of the pendant loop is occupied by Meckel’s tract,

and it is only where it bends backwards to form the short and

nearly straight rectal portion that the attachment of the caecum

marks the transition from fore-gut to hind-gut. The cecum is

short and conical. The hind-gut may be Nenanded as without

a colon, but consisting merely of a rectal portion.

In the unexpanded condition, the subsidiary coils of Meckel’s

tract are irregularly folded over the mesentery so that they

make up a large irregular mass visible as soon as the abdominal

cavity is opened. The duodenum is also folded backwards, and

cannot be seen until the mass of the fore-gut has been pushed

230 DR. P. CHALMERS MITCHELL ON THE

aside, whereupon it is visible, stretching backwards in close

association with the rectum, but without secondary attachment

either to that or to the mesentery of Meckel’s tract. The

primitive mesentery is retained along the whole length of the

gut, quite unobscured by secondary attachments.

The position of the cecum beyond the extremity of the

pendant loop, and thus approaching the condition in most birds,

especially the higher types of birds, is curious and very unlike

the common condition in mammals,

Text-figure 24.

Intestinal tract of Rhinopoma microphylliun.

Lettering as in text-fig. 22.

In the other Chiroptera that I have examined there was no

eecum, but the general form of the pattern when unfolded and

the mode of arrangement in the undisturbed body-cavity were

closely similar. The hind-gut was straight and relatively longer,

its proximal end approaching very close to the duodenum, In

most species the minor loops of Meckel’s tract were irregularly

folded and lobed as in #hinopoma, but in Artibeus (text-fig. 25)

they were relatively long (longer in proportion than in the

diagram), and very straight. In the folded condition, the long

straight loops, closely packed together and bent over from the

edge of the mesenterial expanse to which they were attached,

suggested a spiral conformation at first sight.

In an example of Pteropus mediuns that I have recently

INTESTINAL TRACT OF MAMMALS, DSi

examined, the duodenum consisted of two short loops marked off

by their larger calile. The proximal limb of the pendant loop

and the beginning of the recurrent loop were thrown into long

and very irregular minor loops, distad of which the recurrent

limb had a straight course up to the middle dorsal line, where

it bent round sharply to pass into the straight rectum.

In 1905 I had not seen an example of a Bat witha cecum, and

was content merely to point out the general similarity between

the simple gut of Bats and of such Insectivores as Centetes, with

the caution, however, that in neither case could it be asserted

safely that the simplicity was primitive. Iam now able to add

Text-figure 25,

Intestinal tract of Artibeus planirostris.

S. Cut end of intestine nearest stomach. R. Cut end of intestine nearest stomach.

to the comparison. In Insectivores and Chiroptera the gut is

relatively short, disposed on a continuous primitive mesentery,

and in the extremer types shows little differentiation. In the

Insectivores, however, the simplicity has been reached from a

condition in which the eczcum was developed a considerable

distance from the distal end of the pendant loop, and the upper

portion of the recurrent limb possessed a large colic loop. In

the Chiroptera, the whole of the pendant loop gives rise to

Meckel’s tract, the cecum being placed distad of the passage of

the pendant loop into the straight rectum. So far, therefore, as

evidence is afforded by the gut-pattern, there is no reason to

associate Chiroptera with Insectivores,

232 DR. P. CHALMERS MITCHELL ON THE

Order CARNIVORA.

Sub-Order Pinnipedia. Odobenus rosmarus (text-

fig. 26). Macrorhinus leoninus (text-fig. 27).

The pattern of the intestinal tract of the Seals and their

immediate allies is distinguished by simplicity, great length of

Meckel’s tract, reduction of the cecum, relative shortness of the

Text-figure 26.

QS,

Nes

SSS)

Intestinal tract of Odobenus rosmarus.

I. The tract as a whole. S. Cut end of gut nearest stomach. R. Cut end of

gut nearest anus. C. Ciecum.

If. Enlarged view of junction of ileum and hind-gut with cxcum, — Ile. Cut end

of ileum. Col. Cut end of colon. C. Cxecum. Part of the side-wall has been

removed to show the protrusion of the ileum into the cxco-colic cavity.

“15

INTESTINAL TRACT OF MAMMALS,

hind-gut, and simple suspension from a continuous mesentery.

B : : ;

In the Walrus (text-fig. 26) there is no clear separation of the

duodenal region from Meckel’s tract. The latter has an almost

Text-fgure 27.

Intestinal tract of Macrorhinus leoninus.

From a photograph by Mr. D. Seth-Smith. A pocket-knife has been inserted into

the cavity of the duodenum where it was separated from the stomach ; the cut

distal end of the rectum has been bent up towards the duodenum to bring it

into focus.

even calibre throughout its length, and is very long (its length,

although relatively less than that of the Elephant- Seal, has been

vather under-estimated in the diagram). It is thrown into a

234 Dk. P. CHALMERS MITCHELL ON THE

large series of irregular minor loops, nearly completing the

periphery of an oval expanse of mesentery. The recurrent

limb of the pendant loop also enters into the formation of

Meckel’s tract, and the short, rounded cecum lies just where the

pendant loop bends round ab its highest point to pass into the

hind-gut.

The distal end of the ileum projects through into the cavity of

the hind-gut at an angle, the projection being much greater on

the cecal side. The cavity of the cecum is, as is usual, a forward

continuation of the cavity of the hind-gut. There is no trans-

verse colon, the gut, at the highest point of the distal end

of the recurrent loop, bending round sharply to the rectum.

There is, in fact, practically no true colon, but the rectum is

considerably longer than the course that it has to traverse, and

is thrown into a number of minor loops.

I have recently had the opportunity of examining the intestines

of a young Elephant-Seal (Macrorhinus leoninus). By the kind-

ness of my colleague, Mr. D. Seth-Smith, I am able to reproduce

as text-fig. 27 a photograph of the intestinal tract removed from

the body and laid out to display its pattern. For this purpose,

owing to the simplicity of the gut in this group and the absence

of secondar ‘y connections, it was necessary only to sever the

primitive mesentery that stretches from the duodenum to the

rectum.

As in the Walrus, the duodenal region is not sharply marked

off from Meckel’s tract. The latter is of even calibre, and is

thrown into extremely numerous minor folds arranged so as

almost completely to surround an oval expanse of mesentery.

Its length is enormous. The Elephant-Seal that I examined

measured six feet nine inches from the tip of the snout to the

tip of the tail: the small intestine measured with the tape, when

the mesentery had been detached, one hundred and seventy-five

feet six inches ; the hind-gut was only two feet four inches long.

When it has nearly reached the level of the duodenum, the

distal limb, without any change of calibre, bends sharply round,

and after a course of nearly a foot, suddenly changes in calibre.

At this point there is nothing that can be called a cecum, and it

is doubtful whether the change from fore-gut to hind-gut can be

placedaccurately. If it is where the gut expands. then the position

is quite abnormal amongst mammals: if, as in the Walrus, it is

at the extremity of the recurrent limb of the pendant loop, then

the sudden change of calibre in the course of the hind-gut, is also

unusual, The hind-gut, after widening, bears an enlarged simple

loop, which in the photograph is represented in an “unnatural

position ; the distal end of the rectum was bent forwards to bring

it into the picture. It appears to belong to the region distad of

the pendant loop, and is an ansa coli sinistr a.

The gut patterns of the Walrus and of the Elephant-Seal do not

differ notably from those of the Sea-Lion and of the true Seals

that I have already described (Mitchell, 1905, p. 493, fig. 32).

INTESTINAL TRACT OF MAMMALS. 235,

The great increase in size of Meckel’s tract, the position of the

cecum, if present, as is usually the case, close to the distal

extremity of the recurrent limb of the pendant loop, and the

presence of a distinct expansion of the hind-gut, although that

is relatively short, are the most salient features. The pattern 1s

quite different from that of the Manatee. It resembles the

pattern of the Cetacean gut only in the extreme length of the

small intestine; it differs notably in the position of the cecum

and in the hind-gut. As I shall show presently, it resembles

closely the pattern of terrestrial Carnivora, the difference being

chiefly the lengthening of Meckel’s tract, which is best explained

as an adaptation to diet,

Sub-Order Fissipedia. Proteles cristatus (text-fig. 28).

In 1905 I deseribed and figured the patterns of the gut of a

number of Fissipede Carnivora (Mitchell, 1905, p. 495, figs. 33

to 38) and have very little to add. I have had the opportunity,

Text-figure 28.

Intestinal tract of Proteles cristatus.

§. Cut end of gut neareststomach. R. Cut endof gut nearest rectum. C. Caecum.

however, of examining an example of the Aard Wolf (Proteles

cristatus), an animal that is now seldom seen in menageries. So

great is the uniformity of pattern amongst the terrestrial carni-

vores that Proteles may serve asan example of all. The duodenal

236 DR. P. CHALMERS MITCHELL ON THE

region is rather distinct from Meckel’s tract, The latter forms

the longest part of the gut, but is relatively shorter than in most

types of mammals. It is thrown into rather simp‘e minor loops

which reach to the extremity of the proximal limb of the pendant

loop, but in the recurrent limbare replaced by an almost straight

portion running up towards the duodenum. The cecum is

situated high up on the recurrent limb, and in Proteles is short,

although in the example I examined it was not so globular as

was described by Flower (Flower, 1869), and had a slight spiral

twist not noted by that author. The axis of the twist was con-

nected with the distal extremity of the ileum by a very small

fold of mesentery. The cecum is frequently absent in Carnivores,

but when present, and especially when it is relatively not very

small, frequently displays a spiral twisting.

Distad of the cecum the hind-gut bends round sharply,

increasing in calibre and displaying a rather considerable

expansion before it passes into the short straight rectum. The

hind- gut is relatively short in all the Carnivores, and a notable

feature is the reduction or absence of the transverse colon, the

recurrent limb of the pendant loop bending round to pass back-

wards either with a very sharp turn, or at most a narrow sweep.

From re-examination of all my original laboratory notes and

drawings, I am disposed to think that at least in the great

majority of Carnivores the expansion of the hind-gut, when

present, belongs to the portion of the gut distad of the pendant

loop, and is therefore an ansa coli sinistra not homologous with

colic loops developed on the recurrent limb of the pendant

loop.

In the Bears, however, as I have already shown (Mitchell,

1905, fig. 34), there is a definite colic loop present, and as this is

an expansion of the recurrent limb of the pendant loop, it must

be regarded as an ansa coli devtra. In the new-born cub of a

Brown Bear, this loop was more definiteand more elaborate than

in the example of Ursus malayanus that I formerly figured.

The Otter shows a somewhat similar condition. There was no

trace of any secondary connection linking the colic region to the

duodenum.

The primitive mesentery is retained in a nearly complete

condition in most Carnivores, and in association with the

relative shortness of the gut in the terrestrial forms, secondary

attachments between proximal and distal portions of the gut

appear to vary even individually, and never attain the physio-

logical importance that they may be presumed to have in many

other groups. As I have already stated, I do not believe them

to have systematic importance.

It is clear that the Pinnipedes and Fissipedes exhibit gut-

patterns that are fundamentally similar, although the resem-

blance is decreased by the adaptive lengthening of the gut in

the aquatic forms.

INTESTINAL TRACT OF MAMMALS. Baye

“Order Prosimim. Chiromys madagascariensis (text-fig. 29).

Lemur species ? (text-fig. 30).

I have had the opportunity of examining an example of the

Aye-Aye, and find that the pattern of the intestinal tract of that

animal resembles extremely closely the patterns exhibited by the

genus Lemur, much more closely than the patterns of other

Lemurs. In this matter [ completely confirm the conclusion of

Dr. Beddard (Beddard, 1908, Chiromys). A comparison of the

diagram of Chiromys (text-fig. 29) with that of a species of the

genus Lemur* (text-fig. 30) makes this resemblance plain. In

Text-figure 29.

Intestinal tract of Chiromys madagascariensis.

S. Cut end of gut nearest stomach. R. Cut end of gut nearest rectum. C. Cxcum.

C.L.1., C.L.2. Colic loops (anseé coli dextra et sinistra).

both the duodenal region is represented’ by two minor loops,

which in the Lemur were marked by a much greater calibre.

Meckel’s tract was relatively rather short, and thrown into:

simple minor loops occupying the proximal portion of the

original pendant loop, but not reaching far beyond it. The

fore-gut enters at a right angle to the cavity of the very

large cecum which is in wide continuity with that of the

dilated proximal portion of the hind-gut. In Lemur the

* The Lemur was an example of what has been called in the Society’s Gardens.

LI. brunneus, the Black-headed Lemur, but the nomenclature of the Lemurs. :

requires revision.

238 DR. P. CHALMERS MITCHELL ON THE

extreme distal end of the hind-gut was much expanded and

was followed by a narrower portion strongly sacculated. I do

not attach much importance to this; I have found the corres-

ponding region sacculated, apparently as an individual peculiarity,

in several éxamiples of Lemurs and Monkeys, and Dr. Beddard

(Beddard, 1908, p. 576) has recorded a similar but more extensive

sadculation in the case of a Baboon. he distal portion of the

recurrent limb of the pendant loop gives rise to a long loop

(C.L.1 in text-fig. 29, Cl.1 in text-fig- 30) of which the proximal

and distal limbs are ‘held together by a very narrow expanse of

mesentery. This loop, lying just to the right of the representa-

tive of the transverse colon, corresponds with what is termed

the ansa coli devtra. Its presence asa defined narrow loop is

most marked in Chiromys and the genus Lemur. Dr. Beddard

states that it is absent in J/icrocebus (Beddard, 1908, p. 579),

and although I cannot agree with that author in making, in fact

or in theory, so sharp a distinction between loops that are

wide and loops that are narrow, I do agree that the asa coli

dextra is absent in Chiroc ellen: Dr. Beddard also attaches

importance to the fact that the ans coli deatra is straight in

Chiromys and Lemur, and spivally twisted in Galago, Loris,

NVycticebus, Indris, and probably Perodicticus. As I have stated

already in this communication, | cannot follow Dr. Beddard in

attaching much importance to the presence of a spiral mode of

packing any portion of the intestinal tract, unless this common

erowth-form attain a precise complexity. Nor can I agree that

the spiral of Lemurs can be taken as the rolling up of a defined

narrow loop. On reference to the original laboratory sketches

from which the diagrams of the patterns of Galago and Pero-

dicticus (Mitchell, 1905, figs. 41, 42) were made, and from

further observations made since, iL find that the loop i in question

may be very wide and irrecular, presenting, when dissected out,

2a number of minor loops, as in at least one example of Galago,

or two or more Joops as in Perodicticus. These, however, are

folded against each other and against Meckel’s tract, and rudely

twisted up. I agree, however, “that it is possible to contrast

Chiromys and Lemur with other genera possessing a well-marked

ansa coli dextra, by saying that in the former the loop in

question is characteristically narrow and straight, and in the

latter that it tends to be spirally twisted. 1 should add to

this, that in the latter it also tends to be wider and more

irregular, and that the spiral twisting varies considerably in its

extent.

Immediately distad of the ansa coli dewtra, whether that be

straight or twisted, the recurrent limb of the pendant loop

reaches its highest point, and then, in the region corresponding

with the transverse colon, sweeps backwards to form the rectum.

The proximal ponuign of this gives rise, both in Chiromys and in

Lemur (text-figs. 29, C.L.2; 30, Cl. 2), to a well-marked loop

neither so long! nor so narrow relatively as the ansa coli dextra,

INTESTINAL TRACT OF MAMMALS. 239

but forming an ansa coli sinistra. Dr. Beddard does not refer to

this in the case of Chiromys, although it is indicated in his

figure (Beddard, 1908, p. 150), but this omission is no doubt due

to the fact that he does not recognise a loop as a distinct entity

unless it has attained a certain degree of definiteness, and

especially when it is “ fixed” by some ligament other than its

primitive mesentery. I apprehend that the expansion of the region

of the hind-gut, just distad of the summit of the pendant loop in

Text-figure 30.

Intestinal tract of Lemur ? species.

Lettering as in text-fig. 29.

my figure of Chirogaleus (Mitchell, 1905, fig. 40), vepresents in a

still less defined condition the ansa coli sinistra, and is not

identical with the ansa coli dextra marked C.L. in figure 39 of

the same comniunication. Burmeister’s figure of the intestinal

tract of Varsius (Burmeister, 1846) is not easy to interpret, as

the gut has heen freed from the mesentery, but it seems probable

that there is no trace of an ansa coli dextra or sinistra but a

vather wide sweep representing a transverse colon. A figure

given by Klaatsch (Klaatsch, 1892, pl. xxiii. fig, 8) confirms this

interpretation. The rectal portion of the hind-gut in Prosimiz

runs a straight course to the anus, distad of the ansa coli sinistra,

if that be present.

As Dr. Beddard has described, there ave several secondary

connections or ligaments in the intestinal tract of Prosimiz.

24() DR. P. CHALMERS MITCHELL ON THE

These appear to me to vary considerably from individual to

individual, but the most notable of them are an attachment of

the omentum to the part where the distal limb of the pendant

loop bends round to pass into the rectal portion of the hind-gut,

and various attachments between the duodenum and the colon.

In 1905 I summed up the description of the gut-pattern in

Prosimize as follows :—‘t The duodenum is seldom well distinct:

from Meckel’s tract; the latter varies in length, probably in

relation to diet. The cecum is always present, and is usually

very capacious. The hind-gut (except in Z'arsiws, where it is

extremely reduced and still shows signs of former differentiation)

is relatively extremely long, sometimes being as long as, or

longer than, the fore-gut. It is, moreover, of greater calibre.

It shows a well-marked colic region which may be a long narrow

loop, or a complex set of folds, and a distinct rectum.” I now

add to this a few points. The duodenum is frequently marked

off by its greater calibre. The hind-gut is much reduced in very

small Lemurs such as Chirogalews and Mierocebus ; in others it

shows a definite ansa coli dextra developed from the distal

portion of the pendant loop, usually long, narrow, and straight

in Chiromys and Lemur, wider and more irregular and tending

to be spirally twisted in at least most other genera. An ansa

coli sinistra, shorter and usually wider than the ansa devtra, is

frequently present on the proximal part of the rectum.

Order SIMI&.

I have no new observations to report, although I have

examined a number of other Apes and Monkeys. For con-

venience I may quote my former summary (Mitchell, 1905,

p. 515):—“ The duodenum and Meckel’s tract together form a

series of loops which differ from group to group in their relative

complexity, arranged round about three-quarters of the circular

outgrowth of mesentery. The cecum is always present and

appears to have been originally capacious and of nearly equal

calibre throughout its length; but it is in process of shortening

throughout the group, being, as a rule, shorter in the Old World

Monkeys than in the New World Monkeys and Anthropoid

Apes (if in the latter case the vermiform appendix be reckoned

with the cecum). The state of the case may be put in another

way. The originally long, capacious cecum of the Simie is

retained by the greater number of the Platyrrhine Apes ; in the

Catarrhine Apes, except the Hylobatide and Anthropomorphe,

it tends to become shorter without the formation of a vermitorm

appendix. In the two groups last named, its proximal portion

has remained capacious, but the greater part of its original

length has been transformed without shortening into the thick-

walled vermiform appendix.”

IT should add to this that the presence of a rather well-

pronounced transverse coion is the normal condition in the group,

INTESTINAL TRACT OF MAMMALS, QA1

and that the rectal portion is usually rather longer than the

length that it has to traverse and is thus thrown into occasional

minor folds.. The colon presents no definite expansions that can

be compared with the ansa coli dewtra et sinistra, but the width

of the transverse region suggests derivation from a condition in

which both these loops were present. It is not difficult to see

in the pattern of the Simiz a condition that might have been

reached by reduction from the Prosimian pattern.

. General Conclusions.

In my earlier memoir (Mitchell, 1905) I dealt at some length

with the inferences that seemed to follow from my observations,

and | propose now to deal only with matters that call for addition

or modification. It may be useful to say, in the first place, that

the figures I gave formerly and those in this communication are,

in the strictest sense, diagrams. That is to say, they are inter-

pretations, not exact reproductions of the precise details of the

individual specimens. So far as I know, they give a fair

presentment of the significant features of the different patterns.

They form, I hope, a good basis for intensive study of the

details. It must be remembered, however, that I have attempted

to represent the primitive continuous mesentery of the gut, and

that, in actual fact, especially in the more elaborate types of

intestinal tract, portions of this mesentery have disappeared.

Notwithstanding the work of Klaatsch (18%2) and others, much

intensive study of individual types is still required to trace the

precise portions that have been lost or retained. Moreover, I am

certain that detailed study of the blood-vessels, after careful

injection of fresh material, would yield useful results. It is

well known that the mesenterial arteries and veins vary con-

siderably in man, and doubtless this also is the case in other

mammals. None the less, the general arrangement of the blood-

vessels appears to me, on such slight study as J have been able to

give, to follow the main morphological features of the gut-pattern,

and in a number of cases where one region of the gut is difficult

to distinguish from another, as, for Singita ae. in the Bears, where

there is no cecum to mark the boundary between the ileum and

the ansa coli dextra, the arrangement of the vessels in two

groups clearly delimits the regions. I hope that in my diagrams

the main features of the grouping of the blood-vessels are given,

but very much more work than | was able to give is required.

The Cecum.—Further work has confirmed me in the opinion

that the cecum of Mammals is one member of a primitive pair,

homologous with the paired ceca of Birds. I have already

sufficiently stated the facts that lead to this conclusion (Mitchell,

1905, p. 515), but I may refer to a curious side-light on the

subject. Baleeniceps is one of the few birds in which ‘the normal

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1916, No. X VI. 16

249, DR. P. CHALMERS MITCHELL ON THE

pair is represented by a single cecum, and in this case it happens

that the surviving cecum is thin-walled and relatively capacious.

If the figure of the cecum of that bird (Mitchell, 1913, text-

fig. 123) be compared with the normal unpaired cecum of

Mammals, it will be seen that the resemblance is very close.

Position of the Cecwm.—The most common position for the

ceca in Birds is distad of the pendant loop on the straight

portion of the hind-gut close to the cloaca. This position I

associate with the progressive shortening of the hind-gut, which

is a striking feature in avian anatomy as we turn from less

specialized to more specialized. types. In the lower types, in

which the rectum is. relatively longer, the ceca are placed more

proximally on the hind-gut. In the Ostrich (Mitchell, 1896,

fig. 4), for instance, where the fore-gut and hind-gut are more

nearly equal in length, the ceca occupy a position almost identical

with that of the paired ceeca in the Manatee or the single cecum

of the Elephant. In no case, however, are they proximad of the -

distal end of the pendant loop. Among Mammals the most

frequent position is about the middle of the recurrent limb of

the pendant loop. It is a striking coincidence, however, that in

the only Bat with a cecum that I have seen, the position is so

close to the distal extremity of the pendant loop, that it may be

described as occupying an avian position. In Varsius (according

to Klaatsch, 1892, pl. xxi. fig. 8) the czecum is not at the distal

end of the pendant loop. In the Carnivores, among which, as

among Birds, there is a progressive degeneration of the hind-

gut, the cecum, although on the recurrent limb of the pendant

To op, 1s very close to its distal extremity. In the Cetacea the

other extreme is present; the cecum lies almost at the pr oximal

end of the recurrent limb of the pendant loop. The various

positions of the cecum in Birds and in Mammals nearly overlap,

but the most frequent position in the one case is distad of the

pendant loop, in the other somewhere on the pendant loop, a

state of affairs congruous with the idea that the various conditions

have come about by divergent modification from a common

type.

Form and Function of the Cecwm.—I1 Bau nothing to add to

my former discussion (Mitchell, 1905, p. 522). Only in a most

general sense can there be said to be a correlation between diet

and the presence, length, and capacity of the cecum. ‘There are

many exceptions to any general statement, and it seems as if

ancestral history were at least as potent a factor as actual diet.

Secondary Relations between Proximal and Distal Portions of

the Intestinal Tract.—Vwo different kinds of connection may

exist between proximal and distal regions of the intestinal tract.

The connection to which 1 have paid most attention, and

INTESTINAL TRACT OF MAMMALS. 243

which I gave a long account (Mitchell, 1905, p. 524) was that in

which blood- vessels belonging to one region of the gut supply

another region with splined a may he. in contact, although

morphologically remote. In Birds the folding of the gut prings

the distal portion of Meckel’s tract im alos contact with the

duodenum, and it frequently comes about that branches of

the duodenal blood-vessels may form the main supply of the

portion of Meckel’s tract just proximal to the ceca, and may

have to be severed before the whole gut can be unfolded. In

Mammals the connection, when it exists, links the colic region to

the anterior part of the gut. I wish to modify the table ‘Teg gave

only by omitting Ornithorhynchus; from examination of aune her

example, I am far from certain as to the existence of a true

“ short-circuiting ” blood-vessel, and the point could be settled

only by examination of fresh injected material. The cases, then,

in which this peculiar condition of the blood-vessels certainly

exists are the Traguloidea, Tylopoda, Pecora, Rodents, Lemurs,

and Simiz. If one considers it, it is a curious circumstance that

in the development of man a branch of the superior mesenteric

artery should leave its normal course and thrust itself out

to reach the transverse colon. Instead of explaining this as

an instance of some marvellous coordinating vitalistic power, I

prefer to think that it is a legacy from the past, and that the

ancestors of the Simize had a more complex colon with loops

pressed against the mesentery of Meckel’s tract, as occurs in

some of the Lemurs. Jn this connection it is interesting to note

that Klaatsch found a Lemur-like stage of the colon in the

embryo of Hapale (Klaatsch, 1892, p. 671, fig. 12, cited by

Beddard, 1908, p. 598).

There are also connections of a more mechanical kind between

different portions of the gut. These are the various ‘‘ligaments”

and attachments to which I have frequently referred in this

communication. They were not included in the table in my

paper of 1905. Notwithstanding the elaborate work of Klaatsch

(Klaatsch, 1892), and Dr. Beddard’s later discussion (chiefly

Beddard, 1908, p. 568 eé¢ seqwitw), I cannot form a. clear con-

ception of the distribution of these structures among Mammals,

and I have not myself made a connected investigation of them.

Loops of the Hind-gut.—\ have already drawn a contrast

between the gut-patterns of Birds and Mammals, depending on

the broad fact that, even when allowance has been made for the

homoplastic modifications associated with diet (Mitchell, 1905,

p- 526), in Birds Meckel’s tract and in Mammals the hind-gut

tend to display specialized subsidiary loops of systematic im~-

portance. In Birds, however, the loops of Meckel’s tract have

reached a high degree of stability, so that they vary little within

well-defined systematic groups, whereas in Mammals the loops of

the hind-gut vary much more within narrow systematic limits,

as if they. were in much closer relation with habit or diet. The

1§*

244 DR. P. CHALMERS MITCHELL ON THE

facts do not seem to justify too close an identification between

the specialized loops in one mammal and another. I propose,

however, to give a tentative summary of the conditions.

In Monotremes there is an ansa dextra near the distal end of

the pendant loop, and the rectum is straight.

In Marsupials the rectum is relatively long and may be thrown

into minor loops. In the Polyprotodonts there are no other

expansions of the hind-gut. In the Diprotodonts the usual

condition is the presence of a complex ansa sinisira, and there

may be in addition, as in the Phascolarctide, an equally complex

ansa dextra.

In the Edentata the rectum is always relatively long; in the

Pholidota there is no further expansion. In the Tubulidentata

and Xenarthra there is also an ansa sinistra.

In the Hyracoidea, Sirenia, and Proboscidea the rectum is

relatively long, especially in the region just distad of the pendant

loop, and therefore forming an ansa sinistra.

In the Cetacea the rectum is straight, and there is no ansa.

Among the Ungulata vera, the rectum is always longer than

the distance between the distal end of the pendant loop and the

anus, and in the majority of the sub-groups the lengthening

is most marked proximally, although, perhaps, not enough

specialized to be regarded as corresponding with an ansa

simstra. An ansa paracecalis or postcecalis is present, just

distad of the cecum; in most of the Pecora, absent in the others,

but its presence, in addition to the well-known colic spiral, makes

it impossible to identify the latter with the paracecal loop.

The recurrent limb of the pendant loop always forms at least

one large ansa dextra; this is complex in the Hippopotamus,

and forms a spiral in the Swine, Traguloidea, Tylopoda, and

Pecora, and a very long narrow loop in the Perissodactyla.

In the Traguloidea, Tylopoda, and Pecora there is a second

more distally placed ansa dextra, folded closely against Mecket’s

tract between the colic spiral and the minor loops of the tract.

In the Rodentia there is almost invariably a paracecal loop

often spirally twisted, with the cecum or independently of it,

always at least one and frequently two anse dextre, which may

be straight, or spirally twisted, together or independently, and

pressed against Meckel’s tract. An ansa sinistra is frequently

present, either as a definite narrow loop, or as a complex loop,

and the latter condition grades off into a wavy condition of the

rectum, which in all Rodents is longer than the distance it has

to traverse.

In the Insectivora the rectum is short and straight, but a

definite ansa dextra is usually developed.

In the Chiroptera the whole hind-gut forms a short straight

rectum, and there are no anse.

In the Carnivora the rectum, although relatively short, is

usually longer than the distance it has to traverse (between the

distal end of the pendant loop and the anus), and very often

INTESTINAL TRACT OF MAMMALS. 245

presents minor loops at its proximal end, which may be grouped

so as to form an ansa sinistra.

In the Bears there is, in addition, a definite ansa dextra.

In the Prosimiz the rectum is always longer than the distance

that it has to traverse, and at its proximal end, close to the distal

extremity of the pendant loop, there is fr equently a special

expansion, forming an ansa sinistra. An ansa dexctra, usually

large in size, sometimes narrow, sometimes complex and ee

doubled, sometimes straight and sometimes spirally twisted, 1

present in all except a few very small forms.

In the Simiz the rectum is always longer than the distance it

has to traverse. The proximal region of the hind-gut, composed

of the pendant loop distad of the cecum, the colic apex and the

proximal portion of the primitively straight rectum are gradually

approaching the human condition of nearly straight ascending,

transverse, and descending colons, the appearances suggesting

that this condition has been reached through a more prosimian

stage in which there were definite anse coli deatre and sinistre.

Systematic Inferences.—In this section I propose to deal only

with the facts to which I have myself paid attention. Un-

fortunately Iam unable to follow, from Dr. Beddard’s descriptions

and figures, exactly what he means by the “stages of evolution of

the intestinal part of the alimentary tract,” and so cannot

attempt to correlate them with my own results. Stage I.

(Beddard, 1908, p. 591, text-fig. 120 A) represents a condition that

is at least more primitive than in any known mammal. Two

figures are labelled Stage II. (doc. cit., text-figs. 120 B and 121), and

differ in that the second fgue shows rotation of the gut; butin

each figure the so-called ‘‘cavo-duodenal ligament” is “Geer and

labelled, although in the text its existence is stated to be due to

the rotation. In the later figures large portions of the gut are

represented as without any mesentery, and much of the mesen-

tery that is represented shows relations which I am unable to_

follow. Zoologists who wish to follow what is known as to the

mode in which the rotation of the gut affects the primitive

mesentery will find admirable descriptions and figures in the

ordinary text-books (as, for instance, Professor D.J. Cunningham’s

‘Text-book of Anatomy,’ 1902, pp. 1056, 1057, figs. 711, 712).

Klaatsch (1892) is still the best authority on the secondary

ligaments and attachments; but I cannot always follow him ir

the discrimination between portions of the primitive mesentery

and secondary attachments, and suspect that much further

investigation is required.

I am inclined to think, however, that rotation is due largely to

simple mechanical causes, and that it is therefore an event that

may have occurred repeatedly and independently, the resem-

blances caused by it being due not to inheritance from one

ancestor in which rotation had occurred, but to a similar effect

producing similar results on similar material. As Meckel’s tract

946 DR. P. CHALMERS MITCHELL ON THE

lengthens, its closely bunched set of minor loops, developed

chiefly on the proximal limb of the pendant loop, must push

their way towards the middle line dorsal to the distal locp,

which in primitive mammals hangs more freely down in the

gut. .

Taking only the characters presented by the gut-patterns as a

basis, it appears that the most primitive or generalized type had

a duodenum not well separated from Meckel’s tract, Meckel’s

tract, consisting of minor loops developed along the proximal

limb of the pendant loop, up to about the apex where the yolk-

sac was attached, a moderately straight recurrent limb bearing

towards the middle of its length a functional cecum (or more

probably a pair of functional ceca), a sharply bent colic flexure

close to the duodenum, where the pendant loop passed into the

rectal portion of the hind-gut; that rectal portion considerably

longer than the length that it had to traverse, and thrown into

specially long minor loops at its proximal extremity. Apart

from rotation, the gut was suspended on a continuous primitive

mesentery, and the blood-vessels supplied the regions of the gut

to which they belonged. Changes from this primitive condition

occur in two directions: the pattern may be secondarily re-

duced and become even more simple, or it may become more

elaborate.

When characters are used for the purpose of classification, it

may be convenient, in the absence of other information, to place

creatures in the same group because they have retained ancestral

conditions, but if the classification is intended to state the degree

of affinity, then it must be remembered that there is no a priori

reason to suppose that amongst the descendants of a common

ancestor, the groups that have retained an ancestral character

are more closely related than the groups that have lost it. On

the other hand, the common possession of a well-marked elabora-

tion of the primitive type appears to present some ground for

unplying affinity.

As in my summary of 1905, I associate the Marsupialia,

Xenarthra, and Tubulidentata as displaying, on the whole, the

most ancestral type of gut-pattern, with the proviso that this

association does not imply close aftinity but merely the retention

of a common inheritance. I think it safer to exclude the Galeo-

pithecidee from this association, as my information with regard

to that Order is second-hand. I note with regard to the Mar-

supials, however, that they contain two departures from the

ancestral type. In some of the small Polyprotodonts the gut-

pattern is extremely reduced, with complete loss of ceca and

obliteration of clear distinction between the different regions. In

other Marsupials, such as the Phascolarctidee, the hind-gut has

attained an elaboration recalling that of higher types. In the gut,

as In many other parts of thei structure, the Marsupials appear

to forecast, on a lower level, and in a more fluctuating condition,

elaborations that become definite and ‘ fixed” in higher types.

INTESTINAL TRACT OF MAMMALS, 247

As it is difficult to suppose that the different types of organs in

higher Mammals have arisen separately from the corresponding

types in Marsupials, we are faced with the poset any that

organisms may have inherited the possibility of isplaying

definite variations that have not actually appeared in their

ancestral history, a possibility which, as Arthur Willey has

shown (Willey, 1911), has not yet been sufficiently considered in

systematic zoology.

I have also to note that the characters of the gut-patterns

afford no ground for grouping together the so-called Edentates.

It is interesting to note that amongst other primitive characters

this first group of mammals contain abundant relics of what L

take to be the primitive paired condition of the ceca,

The Monotremes have not moved far from the primitive type,

but in a definite direction. The duodenum is distinct; the

cecum is single but degenerate, and is placed very close to the

apex of the pendant loop, the distal limb of which displays a

compound ansa coli dextr a, and the rectal portion is relatively

short and straight.

The Pholidota, although not far removed from the primitive

type, have lost the cecum, and have a longitudinally striated

hind-gut which is unique.

The Hyracoidea, Sirenia, and Proboscidea have not moved far

from the common type, and J realize that their association may

depend very largely on their retention of primitive characters.

In all, the primitive mesentery is very complete and continuous,

and although the hind-gut is long, there are no specialized loops.

The unpaired cecum of Hyracoidea, if [ am correct in refusing

to identify it with the unpaired cecum of other mammals, is a

peculiarity unique among mammals; but apart from that, and

taking the paired ceca as the true representatives of the normal

structure, there is a very close resemblance between the pattern

of Hyracoidea and that of the Manatee. The chief difference is

the further increase of length of the hind-gut, distad of the

pendant loop, in the Manatee. The Dugong is said to havea

gut-pattern of the .same type as that of the Manatee, except

that the cecum is single, and sucha pattern leads directly to

that of the Elephants, in which the cecum is unpaired and the

hind-gut thrown into long irregular minor loops, so that it

appears to be almost as long as the fore-gut. There is no

trace of any of the peculiarities of pattern found amongst the

true Ungulata.

In considering the Cetacea, the first feature of importance 1s

that the Odontocete pattern is most easily explained as a

derivative by reduction of a pattern such as is found in the

Mystacoceti. The Mystacocete pattern, although peculiar, is

not very far removed from the primitive type, but the great

elongation of Meckel’s tract with the ceecum at its apex, the long,

nearly straight, recurrent limb of the pendant loop, and the long

but nearly straight rectum, make up a divergence from the

248 DR. P. CHALMERS MITCHELL ON THE

primitive type quite unlike the divergence found in any other

group, and support the supposition that the Cetacea diverged

from other Eutherians at a very remote period.

I am not now prepared to associate the Perissodactyla and the

Artiodactyla on the evidence afforded by gut-patterns. Both

groups may well have arisen independently from the common

stock. In all the Artiodactyles there has been a great lengthening

of the portion of the hind-gut formed from the distal limb of the

pendant loop. In Hippopotamus this lengthening is irregular ;

in the Suide it forms a definite spiral. In the Traguloidea,

Tylopoda, and Pecora this spiral reappears but gradually be-

comes more specialized and more intimately associated with the

mesentery and blood-vessels of Meckel’s tract. There may be

another expansion of the same region proximad of the spiral,

forming an ansa paracecalis, and another distad of it forming a

second ansa coli dextra.

In the Perissodactyla the whole of the recurrent limb of the

pendant loop distad of the large cecum gives rise to an enormous,

narrow, ansa coli dextra, an arrangement quite different from

that in any other group, It is certainly remarkable to find that

the herbivorous Perissodactyles have developed a type of gut-

pattern extremely like that of the herbivorous Artiodactyles,

unless we are prepared to think that adaptation plays only a

secondary part in the matter.

Among the Rodents we might expect to find convergent

resemblances with Artiodactyles, but these are quite superficial.

The mode in which the hind-gut is lengthened, the spiral twisting

of the cecum, its relation to the paracecal loop, the frequent

doubling of the ansa coli dewtra, and the frequent appearance

of an ansa coli sinistra compose a general picture quite different

from that of the Artiodactyla or Perissodactyla. So far as gut-

pattern is concerned, the Rodents may well have arisen as a

distinct outgrowth of the primitive stock.

The gut-patterns of Insectivora are consistent with the con-

ception that there has been a secondary reduction or simplification

within the group from such a modification of the primitive

Mammalian type as is seen in Macroscelides, The pattern of

Macroscelides might belong to any simple Marsupial or Mono-

treme-like creature; it differs from the Marsupial patterns

most closely resembling it, by the presence of an ansa coli

dextra instead of an ansa coli sinistra, and from the Monotreme

pattern in having the cecum some distance from the apex of

the pendant loop instead of very close to it,

The examination of one of the Chiroptera in which the cecum

is present has enabled me to distinguish between the very simple

patterns of Insectivora and of Chiroptera. In Chiroptera the

whole of the pendant loop becomes Meckel’s tract, and the hind-

gut is reduced to an extremely short and straight rectum, No

doubt the bird-like shortening of the hind-gut is a secondary

INTESTINAL TRACT OF MAMMALS. 249

divergence from the primitive type, but this would not affect the

position of the cecum, and quite certainly the gut-pattern offers

no argument for any close association between Chiroptera and

Insectivora.

The gut-pattern of Carnivores, notwithstanding the enormous

lengthening of the fore-gué in the Fissipedia, has moved little

from the primitive type, consisting of a fore-gut developed from

the greater part of the pendant loop, and a hind-gut, which,

although relatively short, is always longer than the length that

it has to traverse and not infrequently presents an expansion

that may be termed an ansa coli sinistra. The Bears are the

only exception to the coherence of the picture; they have no

cecum, but the anatomical relations seem to show that their

cecum was originally placed much more near the proximal end

of the recurrent limb of the pendant loop, and that the distal

portion of that loop has given rise to an ansa coli dextra absent

in the other groups. The true explanation may be that the

apparent simplicity of the pattern in other Carnivores has come

about by reduction,

The Prosimian pattern is not far removed from the primitive

type, but tends to the development of at least one minor expansion

of the recurrent limb of the pendant loop, an ansa coli dextra,

which may be straight or spirally coiled, and there may also be

an ansa colt sinistra.

The Simian pattern is best understood as derived from the

Prosimian pattern by reduction.

If the gut-patterns were our sole source of information as

to the inter-relationships of existing mammals, I do not think

that we could get much further than is set forth in the annexed

table, in which little stress must be laid on the vertical

arrangement :—

— Pholidota.

Monotremata.

| f Hyracoidea,

| J Sivenia.

Proboscidea.

Mystacoceti—Odontocet.

Marsupialia. Hippopotamidee. :

Sapnagas hin. { ae ie " } Traguloidea.

Tubulidentata.

{ Tylopoda.

Pecora.

Perissodactyla.

Prosimiz—Simie.

Rodentia.

Insectivora.

| Chiroptera.

__ Carnivora.

250 DR, P. CHALMERS MULCHELL ON THE

List of References.

Brpparp, F. E.—On the Anatomy of Antechinomys and some

other Marsupials, with special reference to the Intestinal

Tract and Mesenteries of these and other Mammals.

PEAT selsvsyproole

Zd.—Some Notes on the Anatomy of Chiremys madagascariensis,

with references to other Lemurs. P. Z. 8. 1908, p. 694.

fd.— Contributions to the Anatomy of certain Uneulater in-

cluding Zapirus, Hyrax, and Antilocapra. P. Z. 8. 1909,

p. 160.

Bepparb, F. E., & Treves, F—On the Anatomy of the Sondaic

Rhinoceros. Trans. Z. 8. 1887, vol. xii. p. 183.

Broom, R.—On the Organ of Jacobson in the Elephant-Shrew.

P. Z.8. 1902, vol. i. p. 22¢

f¢d.—On the Organ of Taeobeon and its Relations in the

Insectivora. P. ZS. 1915, p. 1573 et é. ce. p. 347.

Burersrer, H.—Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Gattung Zarsius.

: Berlin, 1846.

Frower, W. H.-—On the Anatomy of Proteles cristatus. P. ZS.

1869, p. 474.

/d.—Lectures on the Comparative Anatomy of the Organs of

Digestion in the Mammalia. Medical Times & Gazette,

1872. ,

Garrov, A. H.—'The Visceral Anatomy of the Sumatran Rhino-

ceros, § P. ZS!) 1873) pr 92.

GeorcE, M.—Monographie Anatomique des Mammiféres du

genre Daman. Ann. Sei. Nat. 1874, ser. 6, Tome I.

Kauuia, H.—Monographia Hyracis. Tiibingen, 1830.

Kuaatscu, H.—Zur Morphologie der Mesenterialbildingen am

Darmkanal der Wirbelthiere. Morph. Jahrb. 1892,

pp. 385 et 609.

LonnBerG, Dr. E.—On the Soft Anatomy of the Musk-Ox

(Ovibos moschatus). P. Z. 8. 1900, p. 142. —

Jd.—Material for the Study of Ruminants. Nov. Act. Reg. Soc.

Sei. Upsala, Ser. 3, Vol. xx. 1903

JId.—Some Comparative Notes on the Anatomy of the Elk (dlces

alces). Zool, Stud. Tullberg, Uppsala, 1907 peek

Lonsky, F.— Beitriige zur Anatomie und Entwic eta geseeschichte

des Darmrohres und des Urogenitalsystemes von Hyrax.

Jen. Zeitsch, 1903, vol. xxxvii. p. 579.

MircHett, P. CuHaAtmers.——On the Intestinal Tract of Birds.

BEA Sels9ey pulse:

Jd.—On the Intestinal Tract of Birds. Trans. Linn. Soe. Lond.

(Zool.) 1901, vol. viii. p. 173.

Zd.—On the Occasional Transformation of Meckel’s Diverticulum

in Birds intoa Gland. P. Z. 8. 1903, p. 352.

/d—On the Intestinal Tract of -Manmals. Trans. Z. 8. 1908

vol. xvii. p. 437

INTESTINAL TRACT OF MAMMALS, 251

MircuEi, P. CoaAtmMErs.—Observations on the Anatomy of the

Shoe-bill (Baleniceps rex) and Allied Birds. P. Z. 38.

1913, p. 644.

Oppet, A.—Lehrbuch vergl. mikros. Anat. Wirbelthiere. Part IT.

1897.

Owen, R.—-On the Anatomy of the Cape Hyrax. P. Z. 8. 1832,

p. 202.

Id.—Anatomy of Vertebrates. Vol. IJ]. Mammals. London,

1868.

TuLLBERG, TycHo.—Ueber das System der Nagethiere. Nov.

Act. Reg. Soc. Sci. Upsala, 1899.

Witiey, ArrHuR.—Convergence in Evolution. London, 1911

Ce a

=f LA

lie la

EH bee Aye

ON LICE FROM THE SOCIETY 8S GARDENS.

7. Studies on the Anoplura and Mallophaga, being a

Report upon a Collection from the Mammals and Birds

in the Society’s Gardens.—Part L., with a Preface,

By Brucr F. Cummines, British Museum (Natural

History) *.

[Received January 5, 1916: Read February 22, 1916. |

(Text-figures 1—24.)

INDEX.

SYSTEMATIC : Page

Wrinognatius pithodes, Sp. We) ..icry-s.22.efs cer and -eeereee-eec cess 200

Prichodectes hemstrags, SP. MW. ......-+-0veeee eve eee vente cece 213

FEI RAGPOSGTDON SjeboiTo:- vetidedeoek Wuecind node GANNencses yous OoddtbeseecebeaEtn | be (5

STRUCTURE.

DEVELOPMENT.

Preface.

The following paper is the first part of a report upon the

Anoplura and Mallophaga collected upon the Mammals and

Birds that have died from time to time in the Society's Gardens,

and kindly submitted to me for identification and study by

the Zoological Society of London. On account of the oppor-

tunities for straggling on to other species of host afforded to

ectoparasites on animals in a menagerie, the correct names

of the hosts in some instances may be open to doubt, while the

labour involved in the identification of the specimens is thereby

much increased, particularly in two such groups as these, which

in greater part remain in a state of considerable systematic

confusion. In the present collection, however, I have come

across very little evidence of straggling, and, in any case, such

a contingency is amply compensated for by the fact that through

the kind offices of the late Proseetor, Dr. F. KE. Beddard, F.BR.S.,

and the Society’s Pathologist, Professor H. G. Plimmer, F.R.5.,

much of the material has been fixed and carefully preserved

in alcohol. It has thus been possible to add to the knowledge

of many of the forms coming under review and to turn the

report into something more than a dull census of names. The

value of the systematist’s routine work would be greatly

enhanced if an endeavour were constantly made to add at least

something, however small, to the pre-existing knowledge of the

morphology of-each species. The correct naming of an animal

is the systematist’s opportunity—too frequently neglected.

In entomology of late, those who observe the Heavens will

have seen certain signs in the sky, one being the growing demand

for spirit-specimens part passu with the growing recognition

that there is no group of insects in which a duplicate series of

* Published by permission of the Trustees and communicated by the SECRETARY,

A J

254 MR. B. F. CUMMINGS ON LICE

spirit-specimens is not essential for systematic study; while in

many groups, such as those here considered and the Ephe-

meride, pinned or carded material is for the purposes of study

almost worthless. Another portent is the obsolescence of the

short, superficial Latin diagnosis in the description of new

species—the persistent remains of the early influence of the

schoolmen on systematic zoology. In some quarters the super-

ficial diagnosis is already swept into limbo with the Sedan

chair—both of them vehicles which could not possibly take us

far, as trafliic runs nowadays.

As précis work the superficial diagnosis is admirable. <A

certain number of characters from a certain restricted area

of an animal’s anatomy (as a rule, the easily accessible external

parts) are selected and then welded into a cast-iron paragraph

as exact and inflexible as a lawyer’s deed-poll. But in ento-

mology, as in politics, the lawyer is a strong but undesirable

element, and the only justification for the superficial diagnosis is

that the descriptive writer sometimes may find it convenient as

a summary to tag on to the end of a long description.

The systematist 1s primarily a morphologist whose task it is

to discover the true phylogenetic relationships, at least between

the small subdivisions such as genera and species. This is a

responsible task, especially in entomology, requiring the dis-

section, careful morphological examination, and description of

each species. Many characters which have to be dissected to be

seen are already in use among systematic entomologists, ¢. g.,

the male genitalia, the spermatheca, the mouth-parts, and endo-

skeleton. It is not suggested, of course, that internal or con-

cealed characters are “necessarily netter than external ones.

What are the best characters for systematic use is a question

which has to be investigated and settled for each individual

group of the Animal Kingdom. Quite recently Dr. P. Chalmers

Mitchell wrote * :—“ The more experience I gain of avian

anatomy, the more I am convineed that systematists are well

advised when they rely, at least with regard to the discrimination

of species and genera, more upon those superficial characters

that they can observe in the series of museum collections than

on the uncertain indications afforded by the presence or absence

of this or that muscle.”

Yet, how many systematists have conscientiously gone through

the anatomy of their group with a view to settling this fundamental

question of the best combination of characters for the purposes

of classification (for I imagine that single-character classification,

such as Huxley’s palate and Garrod’s ambiens among birds is now

discredited). The descriptive writer is an opportunist who, as a

rule, seizes upon the most convenient characters that offer them-

selves. Certainly, it is in entomological opportunism that we

must seek the cause of the present systematic disorder among the

= PLS. 19s, p. 43;

FROM THE SOCIETY'S GARDENS. - a)

Anoplura and Mallophaga, for recent authors alone have agreed

to treat these two groups from the morphological standpoint *.

Lest in the following essay it be urged, perhaps, that I have

recke | not my own rede, it must be explained that the amount

of anatomieal work which a systematist is able to accomplish on

any one species is governed by the nature of the material—its

quantity and quality. No attempt has been made to dissect

species of which only one or two specimens were available, and

in no case has it been possible to attempt the anatomy of the

soft parts, as Part I. deals mainly with those specimens—in a

poor state of preservation—which formed the nucleus of the

collection handed over to me in the beginning from another

worker who was prevented from carrying out the work.

ANOPLURA.

Genus Prepicutus Linné.

PrpicuLus capitis De Geer (1).

Piaget (2, p. 626) described as a new species of Pediculus a

form taken on Ateles pentadactylus Is. Geoff. from the collection

of the Museum of Leiden. P. consobrinws, as it was named, is so

close to P. capitis that one searches Piaget’s text and ficures in

vain for reliable distinguishing characters, and Neumann

(3, p. 440) concludes that P. consobrinus cannot be clearly

separated from P. capitis. Without Piaget’s types before me,

it is impossible to be certain about this, but that P. capitis does

on ogcasion in menageries pass from man to monkeys is shown

by specimens captured in the Gardens on the Red-faced Spider

Monkey (Ateles paniscus Linn., Family Cebide).

PrprcuLus AFFINIS Mjoberg f (4, p. 169).

In large numbers on Ateles paniscws Linn. (Family Cebidee)

together with larve. Ina lot distinct from the preceding.

Fahrenholz (5, p. 8) has described the larve of Baaliondlons

capitis, with which the larve of P. affinis agree very closely, not

only in the 3-segmented antenna, but in details of abdominal

* The whole question of the methods of research employed by the systematic

zoologist is discussed im an anonymous paper published in ‘The American

Naturalist’ for May 1914 (p. 369) entitled “Taxonomy and Evolution.”

+ This series of Pediculus, which undoubtedly belongs to the form named

P. affinis by Mjoberg, proves on examination to be a very inconsiderable variety

of P. capitis. Every one of the characters given by Mjéberg is inconstant and

occurs occasionally, I find, on varieties of P. capitis from savage races. P. affinis

is probably a straggler from human beings, establishing itself on Afteles on account

of a certain similarity in the blood and hair between Afeles and the Anthropoids as

adduced by Friedenthal. On this assumption the family Pediculide is, as far as

known at present, confined to the Old World: the Pediculinee on Man and Apes,

the Pedicinine on the lower monkeys. If it be held that P. affinis is a true

parasite and at no time a straggler from Man, then, in view of the very generat

opinion that Platyrhine and Catarhine monkeys dive reed very early from one another,

this Cebid Pediculus would have to be regarded as a very remarkable case of con-

vergence. The question will be fully dealt with in the “Annals and Magazine of

Natural History.’ 4

256 MR. B. F. CUMMINGS ON LICE

chetotaxy. Fahrenholz omits all reference to the larval chto-

taxy of the head and thorax, and it is therefore worthy of

remark that, while the head and thoracic chetotaxy (dorsal

surface) of larvee and adults are almost identical, the arrangement

of the hairs on the ventral surface of these parts in the larve of

P. affinis differs considerably, especially that of Stage I., from

that of the adult in the same regions. On the dorsal surface the

differences are negligible. But on the ventral surface of the head

in Stage J. there are but two hairs (or bristles); in Stage IT.

there are four (two in front and two behind). and two minute

hairs on each side in the preantennal area. The lower surface

of the head of Stage IIT., as regards chetotaxy, closely resembles

the adult, except that the small group of hairs behind each

antenna contains fewer hairs than in the group of the adult.

On the ventral surface of the thorax there are fewer of the

minute seattered hairs.

These facts are of some interest, being contrary to what has

heen found to obtain in the larve of three species of Polyplax

(6, p. 271), where the chetotaxy of the head and thorax is fully

adult in Stage I., while that of the abdomen in the same stage

agrees with Pediculus in presenting great differences.

Genus Prpicints Gervais.

Several species of Pedicinine, including one undoubtedly new

form from Colobws caudatus Thos. (Family Cercopithecide), are

contained in the collection. But this group is difficult and ir

some confusion, and the Society's material is insufficient to

justify any attempt to straighten things out. Fahrenholz’s

paper (5, p. 12) clears the way for a revision, which can best

be effected by a study of the male copulatory apparatus.

Only the two following species have been definitely named :—

PEDICINUS RHESI Fahrenholz (5, p. 16).

A few specimens from J/acacus inwas (now known as Pithecus

amuus Linn.) Fahrenholz’s specimens were obtained upon a

“* WVacacus rhesus.” Both hests belong to the Cercopithecide.

Genus Puruirpepicinus Fabrenholz (5, p. 22).

PHTHIRPEDICINUS MicROPS (Nitzsch) * (5, p. 25).

A single female from an unrecorded host.

Genus Potypuax Enderlein.

POLYPLAX SPINULOSA (Burm.) (7).

Numbers of specimens of this cosmopolitan species caught on

the cosrnopolitan rat (Zpimys norvegicus Erx].), The larve and

* |The parentheses around the names of authors placed after scientific names in

this paper are used in accordance with Article 28 of the International Rules of

Nomenclature (Proc. 7th Int. Cong. Boston, 1907, p. 44 (1912))—Ep110R. |

FROM THE SOCIETY’S GARDENS. 257

the male copulatory apparatus are described and figured in the

P.Z.S. 1915, pp. 256, 268, text-figs. 7, 15, 16).

Huplanation of the Terminology used in describing the Male

Copulatory Apparatus of Anoplura and Mallophaga.

In almost all Anoplura and Mallophaga, it is easy to recognise

at once the basal plate and the parameres. The basal plate—

probably double in origin as two longitudinal apodemes—is a

chitinous lamina usually, if not always, longer than broad, to

the posterior lateral angles of which are articulated the two

chitinous appendages known as parameres. Between the para-

meres is the mesosome, the parts of which are not so readily

made out unless a specimen be carefully dissected. Fundamen-

tally, the mesosome is a sac—the enlarged and extrusible end

continuous with the ductus ejaculatorius. This sac—called

by Mjoberg “the preputial sac ”—presents two regions of

chitinisation—a distal and a proximal. At the distal end is the

rod of the penis or virga, with frequently a splint on each side

called the telomere, and one below—the hypomere*. At the

proximal end are the endomeres, usually strongly chitinised

bands or rods, one on each side, supporting the membrane of

the sac, of which they are only local thickenings. The whole

of the genitalia exhibit enormous variety in form, and the

mesosomatic parts in particular are occasionally so much modified

that it becomes difficult to recognise their conformation to the

general plan just sketched out above. For example, in many

Philopterids, such as Docophorus, no sacular portion of the

apparatus is recognisable, and the distal chitinisations lie well

back within the proximal, the whole forming a solid and compact

mesosome. The above terms are, therefore, adopted solely for

‘convenience of description.

Genus LinocnatHus Enderlein.

LINOGNATHUS CAVI#-CAPENSIS (Pallas) (8, p. 37). (Text-fig. 1.)

The ample material of this species submitted provided the

opportunity for a dissection of the copulatory apparatus of the

male, which hitherto has been neither described nor figured.

The accompanying text-illustration (text-fig. 1) makes it easy

to dispense with a good deal of circumlocutionary description.

Basal plate: A fairly long and narrow rod, the posterior end

of which, for the purpose of affording articulation to the para-

meres, is widened, and each posterior lateral angle drawn out

into a short process, leaving the lower margin of the plate

concave between.

Parameres: Kach paramere at the base is fairly broad and fits

in around the concave lower margin of the basal plate. Halfway

* For these terms, first applied to specialised Philopterid forms, see Waterston,

Annals of the 8. African Museum, vol. x. pt. 9, 1914, p. 279.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1916, No. XVII. 17

258 MR. B. F. CUMMINGS ON LICE

down on the inner side, each paramere shows a very pronounced

thickening or nodule of chitin, At the extreme distal end the

small acute termination of the paramere bends in sharply to face

its fellow.

Text-figure 1.

Par End

Linognathus cavie-capensis. Male copulatory apparatus. X 378.

BP. Basal plate; Hnd. endomere; P. penis; Par. paramere.

Endomeres : These are fused at the base into a single piece.

The two limbs support the “ preputial sac,” on the lower side of

which, in the retracted condition, may be observed six large

pustular alveoli, probably containing minute directive hairs or

other form of sense-organ.

Penis: Atthe tip is an aperture, surrounded by a noose of

chitin. This is probably the opening for the seminal fluid.

Telomeres: Not separately distinguishable.

FROM THE SOCIETY’S GARDENS. 259

The hypomere is in the form of a thin flat band, running back

from the tip of the penis along the lower surface of the sac.

LINoGNATHUS LIMNOTRAGI Cummings (8, p. 36). (Text-fig. 2.)

Several specimens collected on Limnotragus gratus Scl. (Congo)

and also on Tauwrotragus oryx.

Text-figure 2.

Linognathus limnotragi. Male copulatory apparatus. X 232.

BP. Basal plate; H. endomere; P. penis; Par. paramere ;

X. cross-section along the line a—b.

The parameres are dissected apart.

The following is a description of the male copulatory apparatus,

unfortunately omitted from the original description :—

Basal plate: Rod-like, with an expanded posterior endéjust

; oe

260 _ MR. B. F, CUMMINGS ON LICE

as in the preceding species. The posterior lateral processes,

however, are less developed, and the posterior margin of the

expanded posterior end is only slightly concave.

Parameres: These are of a remarkable type (text-fig. 2).

Proximally they are broad blade-like pieces which meet each

other (but do not fuse) beneath the mesosome in a fairly long

median groove, then dorsally wrap themselves around the

mesosome lying between them, forming a kind of sheath, from

the end of which the penis projects, and, like the somewhat

narrower distal ends of the parameres, curls up dorsalwards.

Penis: Asin L. cavice-capensis, this ends m a loop-like aperture,

of much smaller size, relatively. On each side of it may be

discerned, under a high power, a small telomere, the three

together forming a complex, running backwards into a broader

basal part t between the parameres.

The part “ E” T regard as the endomeral part of the copulatory

tube. These parts are reconsidered on p. 266.

LINOGNATHUS TIBIALIS (Piaget) (2, p. 646).

6 2 Q from an unrecorded host.

LInoGNATHUS GAZELLA Mjoéberg (4, p. 157).

@ 2 from an unrecorded host.

LINOGNATHUS PITHODES, sp. n. (Text-figs. 3-5 )

23 gd and 12 Q 9 from the Indian Antelope Antelope cervi-

capra Linn. — Lucas described a variety of L. tibialis trom the

same host (Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1847, p. 534).

The species about to be described may at once be distinguished

from all other members of the genus at present known by the

presence on the abdomen of the male of a segmental series of

tergites, each possessing a row of closely ‘placed spines or

“thorns,” short and very thick, and set in a perfectly straight

alignment (see text-fig. 3). The trefoil-shaped appearance of

the posterior end of the abdomen in the male is also an obvious

character for the species.

The genus Linognathus has hitherto been in part defined by

the absence of abdominal sclerites; but, as in other respects the

new species is typically linognathoid, it is better to expand the

diagnosis of the old genus than to create a new one.

Katernal Form, Maty.—A stout insect with a large tun-

shaped abdomen. Head: Short and broad, almost as broad as

long, extending only a little beyond the antenne. In front the

head is truncate and broad, the lateral angles rounded. Mouth

opens ventrally in the middle of a circle of broad-banded chitin,

the anterior semicircle of which runs across the dorsal surface

of the truncate front of the head and then down on each

side, the posterior semicircle being composed of thinner chitin.

The post-antennal region of the head is a little broader than the

FROM THE SOCIETY'S GARDENS. 26]

pre-antennal, and the two margins are parallel to one another.

Antenne: Elongate, graduated in width from the base to the

tip (see measurements, p. 266). Cephalic apodemes as usual in

Linognathus absent, the head fitting into a deep V-shaped cleft

Text-figure 3.

At : :

i GP ;

P / A o—a i O Dy owe

P >| ye ee \a <

‘ Bw SS Bag, ; . :

ol Naat tala EW a\ Na

ft) a rrr |, eo :

) i \| 'f \ | if TS i = | Ke,

I AMAANGES Smee

| ‘ | hy Shit rte eo,

\ 2\

sera ee

Wee K

| |

Linognathus pithodes, 8. X 68.

of the prothorax. Thorax: Broader than the head. Legs

powerful, particularly the coxe. The first pair of coxe are large

enough to reach forward on each side nearly as far as the

262 MR. B. F. CUMMINGS ON LICE

antenne, The cox on the same side are contiguous, but widely

separated from those of the other side. Femora short and very

convex in the postaxial margin. Abdomen: Broad, globose.

The tip of the copulatory apparatus projects from the tip of a

long, stout, genital papilla shaped like a finger and terminating

the abdomen. It lies between two smaller processes which

project only a little, and are formed by the pleurites of the last

segment. Dorsally there are five transverse strips of light brown

chitin forming the tergite on each of segments 8 to 7, the anterior

ones most clearly delimited.

Text-figure 4.

“Ls = s

—

— Se a

a) a

au S SS &

SS ass —) 4

{ TERZT I

Linognathus pithodes, 2. Ventral surface, showing gonopods. X 46°5.

External Form. FrmaitE.—Abdomen: <A little longer and

narrower than in the male. Tergites absent. As in the female

of L. tibialis, L. fahrenholzi and others, the end of the abdomen

is drawn out into a pair of processes, which in this species are

quite short and project only a little beyond the terminal tergum.

FROM THE SOCIETY'S GARDENS. 263

The gonopods measure °2 of a millimetre in length and -09 wide,

each with a strong chitinous external margin (text-fig. 4).

Cheetotaxy. Mate.—Remarkable for the presence along the

abdominal tergites of a segmental series of perfectly straight

transverse rows of closely placed spines—short, thick, and dark

brown in colour. Head: Several well-spaced hairs on the

chitinous circle around the mouth. Dorsal surface: hairs

arranged as in the text-figure. Ventral surface: a stout hair

on each side at about the level of the postaxial margin of the

antenna. Thorax: A stout bristle on each side of the pronotum.

The usual mesothoracic bristle; between it and the spiracle on

each side three small spiny hairs. Two spines on the hind

margin of the metanotum. Abdomen: The rows of modified

Short spines in straight alignment on the dorsal surface are

given in the following table :—

SISMAINGII I Us We aesand srabieenenes 2

wo Piri ccs SSeS trek NO 2

DAWA all ite |) OU ee

ba Toe oN Bas UR { :

Sle ROR en ees ie

Pa nolo eas [1s

ice SR a, tte Meare 16

On the tergum of segment 8 are two bristles, while across

the tergum of the terminal segment is a row rather difficult to

observe of eight or nine small hairs which connect up with two

small groups of hairs, one on each pleurite. On the pleure of

each segment, dorsally, numerous scattered lanceolate spines. A

pair of small hairs at the tip of the genital papilla. Other

hairs as in text-figure 3. On the ventral surface the spines are

mostly lanceolate in shape, more widely spaced and fewer in

number, arranged in six rows. In the first and second there

are four; in the third, eight; in the fourth, nine (the two

middle ones being longest); in the fifth, twelve (the four middle

ones being longest); in the sixth, ten (the four middle ones being

longest and the lateral ones irregularly arranged). On the

sternum of segment 8 there are two long bristles and a lanceolate

spine on the inside of each pleurumn.

Chetotaxy. Kumaue.—Head: As in the male; but the hairs

on the dorsal surface are stouter and longer. Thorax: As in

the male. Abdomen: Both dorsal and ventral surfaces covered

with a large number of stout lanceolate spines arranged in no

definite pattern or order. On the tergum of the eighth segment,

somewhat apart from the others, are two extra long hairs. On

the eighth sternum, in the middle, just before the gonopods, are

four elongate bristles in two pairs. Between the two couples is

264. MR. B. F. CUMMINGS ON LICE

a patch of minute hairs, ten in number. Tips of gonopods with

several elongate bristles and a patch (situated chiefly on the:

dorsal surface of the gonopod) of smallish thin hairs. Pleura

of segments 3 and 4 with a single long bristle each. Those of

segments 5, 6, 7, and 8 each with two.

Text-figure 5.

Ps.P

Linognathus pithodes. Male copulatory apparatus. X 178.

The parameres have been pulled apart.

BP. Basal plate; Hnd. endomere; P. penis; Paz. paramere;

Ps.P. pseudo-penis.

Coloration.—The thicker parts of the exoskeleton are of a

warm brown colour, as, for example, the band on the anterior:

FROM THE SOCIETY’S GARDENS, 265

margin of the head, the “ thumbs” and claws of the second and

third pairs of legs, and also at the extremity of the abdomen

in the bays, one on each side of the base of the finger-shaped

genital papilla in the male. The tergites are of a light brown

colour, and each antennal segment is similarly banded. Across

the distal broad part of the tibie of the front legs is a com-

paratively narrow, transverse, brown band. Coxe of a uniform

deep brown colour.

Mate Copulatory Apparatus (text-fig. 5).— Basal plate : Broader

than the plate in the two preceding species of Linognathus. At

the base it is slightly bifid, each short limb being a process for

the articulation of a paramere. A suture is observable in the

median line of the plate, extending from the cleft between the

two basal processes up to just bey ond half the length of the plate.

This groove or suture, which indicates the originally double

nature of the plate probably throughout the Order, les in a

narrow thickening in the mid-line of the plate, on each side of

which the chitin is flattened and thinner. At the upper end the

plate is of a uniform thinness and isa little broader. Parameres:

These are long, narrow, and tapering to an acute apex. Towards

the base each paramere develops on its inner side a kind of

supporting ledge or shelf which runs in below the mesosome.

The outer side becomes thickened and turns in almost at right

angles on arriving at the basal plate, with the limb of which

on each side of the cleft it is connected. Penis: Although it is.

impossible to speak definitely when the apparatus is in the

retracted state, I think it is fairly safe to assume that the loop-

like apertures marked P in text-figs. 1, 2 & 5 are homologous.

Now, in L. limnotragi this aperture obviously lies at the tip of

the penis, whereas in the present new form it is seen lying

within the chitinous bars marked Hnd. It may therefore

be supposed that the distal end of the penis-tube with the

aperture is here telescoped into the firm chitinous base, which

may be either endomeral or the base of the penis. The pseudo-

penis (Ps.P.) is also probably an endomeral chitinisation.

Measurements (millimetre scale).

3. 1 oe

| é | |p Heres Bh we

Length. Breadth. | Length. Breadth.

IBUSGE Ges emeamenee 29 20 35 | 17

(median) (median line) |

ANINORERS peonos cae0n0 *22 "30 H “30 | 35

| (lateral margin) (at base)

Abdomen .. ......| 80 64 | "85 65

266 MR. B. F. CUMMINGS ON LICE

Antenna of male.

Length. Breadth.

Segment 1 ... ........| "064. “080

oe Crate 076 056 |

USS Maree -050 040 |

Pe eePe hued a ata -040 040

‘038

es “044 Gatiese)

(at tip)

otal eeccs: 274

Comparison with the Male Copulatory Apparatus in

Linognathus from Hland.

Subjoined, with a ‘discussion, is a description of the male

copulatory apparatus of a new variety of Linognathus tibialis

Text-figure 6.

Linognathus tibialis. Male copulatory apparatus. X 140.

BP. Basal plate; H. endomere; P. paramere; Ps.P. pseudo-penis.

FROM THE SOCIETY’S GARDENS. 267

from an Eland in the Zoological Gardens at Edinburgh. It is

interesting to include a description and figure of the Eland

Linognathus here for the purpose of comparison.

Basal plate: This closely resembles the plate of L. pithodes in

the bifid lower end, the median suture, and median raised strip.

Parameres: Proximally broad and fitting around the mesosome

closely, a feature in which they resemble those of L. limnotragi

(which wrap in around the mesosome extensively) and L. pithodes,

in which there is a broad leaf-like shelf (see p. 264). They

resemble Z. cavice-capensis in the possession on the inner concave

surface about halfway down of an area of thickened chitin,

longer than the so-called “nodule” in the Procavian Linognathus.

‘The appearance suggests, in both instances, a strengthening of

the middle part for clasping the mesosome. MJesosome: As in

L. pithodes, a pseudo-penis is present and fused with the rest of

the endomeral chitinisation (text-fig. 6). A thin ledge of thin

chitin runs along the outside of each of the two parallel bars.

Between them lies the aperture and what I interpret as the

true penis.

Genus Hysopuruirus Enderlein.

HyYBOPHTHIRUS NOTOPHALLUS (Neumann) (8, p. 44, and 9).

(Text-figs. 7, 8.)

Eggs, larve, and adults, male and female, from Orycteropus

afer (Pall.).

Text-figure 7.

Hybophthirus notophallus. Egg.

C. Cement; Z. lid. X 36.

Both Enderlein and Neumann (see 8, p. 44) have described

this isolated louse-form; but Neumann's description is much

the fuller, and includes a figure and description of the male

268 MR. B. F. CUMMINGS ON LICE

copulatory apparatus. The Society’s specimens agree in toto with

those described by Neumann. In Enderlein’s figure there is a.

discrepancy in the metanotum which I do not understand.

I have re-examined the male copulatory apparatus and the

following description supplements Neumann’s and brings the

parts under recently devised terminology. Basal plate: Fairly

long and broad, broader in front than behind. The broader

anterior end is somewhat spatulate, the concave side facing

Text-figure 8.

eC ! \ 2

TERZI J \ i} \ |

b T r ay \\ ]

Hybophthirus notophallus. Larva, Stage I. X 39.

dorsally. Parameres : Strong, fairly straight rods. They bulge

a little and then immediately narrow before the tip. The tip is.

short and turned outwards. Mesosome: The parts between the

parameres are merged into a single structure, in which the

following parts may be distinguished :—Two bars, one on each

side (probably the endomeres), and apically a triangular plate—

the pseudo-penis. On the dorsal surface, projecting from about.

the level of the distal ends of the endomeres, is a small median

FROM THE SOCIETY'S GARDENS. 269

chitinous papilla, which is probably the penis. The larger distal

end of this papilla is supported on each side by a chitinous

margin—these latter parts, lower down, running into one another

and forming a narrow neck.

The egg is shown in outline in text-fig. 7. The egg is large

and fastened to the hair by a very strong thick cement along a

straight inner surface, equal almost to two-thirds its total length.

The shell and the lid are quite smooth. The micropyle apparatus

on the lid consists of a number of very minute canals, which do

not, aS in many Anoplura, project as papillz on the lid. Length

15 mm.; greatest width -72 mm.

Larva, Stage I. (text-fig. 8).—Head is very rounded. Abdomen

without sclerites, ovate, smooth margin all the way round.

Thorax with straight hind margin. Almost bald, except for

two mesonotal hairs and two long hairs on each side of the last

segment of abdomen. Other minute hairs as shown in the text-

figure. Described from a single specimen.

Measurements (millimetre scale).

Length. Breadth.

JEISEIGUE oh, Bcgrte yor, Sian aes 10) 38

(behind antenne)

SVOTAU eee eer oe 40 “72,

(at base)

JNOGKORTNEN 3, one aoe nay oo. 1:20 | 1:02

Rotaleeen 2°60

Length of antenna ......... BS} wulial,

MALLOPHAGA.

Genus BoopiA Piaget.

Boorra TARSATA Piaget (2, p. 599). (Text-fig. 9.)

Twenty-two specimens from Phascolomys mitchelli Owen.

Piaget’s specimens were taken on a P. fossor.

In all the males the copulatory apparatus was unfortunately

retracted. It is practically impossible to draw out these parts in

a dead specimen, and in our present state of knowledge very

unsafe to describe such a complex structure as they present so

long as they are withdrawn within the abdomen.

Mouth-parts.—A brief reference to the esophageal sclerite in

Boopia is made in my paper in the P. Z.S8. for 1913, p. 138. The

following description confirms the statement there made and

extends it, all parts of the mouth being passed in review.

The text-figure includes the antenna (text-fig. 9). . Between

270 MR. B. F. CUMMINGS ON LICE

the so-called paraglosse the front margin of the labiwm is a little

concave in the middle and somewhat swollen on each side at.

the base of each paraglossa. Each swollen patch carries several

small spiny hairs. irst maxille: For the palpi, see text-

figure. The lobes are twice as long as broad. The inner surface

densely studded with small curved hooks, those at the distal

end longest. Mandibles: The right mandible is roughly quadri-

lateral, the two distal lateral angles being formed by two distinct

Text-figure 9.

Boopia tarsata. Mouth-parts. XX 300.

OG. Ciliated groove; FP. fringed plate; IC. median cornu; MP. main plate

of lyriform organ; Mayp..maxillary palpus; P. paraglossa; PC. post. cornu;

PB. post. band; R. right mandible. X. Antenna.

apices—-one acuminate, the other broad and rounded—separated

from one another by a bay. The lefé is less powerful, with two

acuminate apices—one alongside the other, and one a little

longer than the other. Jsopogometric apparatus: The text-

figure shows the peculiarly complex framework on which this.

apparatus is held together. The main plate of the pharyngeal

sclerite bears a curious resemblance to the sternum of such a

FROM THE SOCIETY'S GARDENS. Daal

Ratite bird as Dinornis or Apteryx. The posterior lateral pieces.

are produced some way backwards and join on each side a trans-

verse band. From each end of the transverse band a posterior

cornu coils upwards on each side of the pharynx. The plate also.

has a posterior median process and two anterior lateral processes.

The latter run forward and each gives articulation to a chitinous

strip which bends round at the mouth and there forms the double

fringed plate. Forwards, from the pharyngeal plate between the

two anterior processes, two strong narrow cords run, forming

between them the “‘ciliated groove,” but diverging and even-

tually curling around posterior to the fringed plate on each side,

so as to turn back into a broad, somewhat indefinite sheet of

rather thin opaque chitin set with teeth.

Genus TricHopEctrses Nitzsch.

TRICHODECTES BREVICEPS Rudow (11).

8 92 from Lama glama lL. (Family Camelide). Rudow’s

descriptions are notoriously bad, and are, as a rule, insufticient

even for identification purposes. I prefer, however, to refer

these female specimens to his species for the present, rather than

describe them as new.

TRICHODECTES PARUMPILOSUS Piaget (2, p. 397).

Two immature specimens from Cervus «xanthopygus M.-

Kdwards, I refer very doubtfully to this species.

TRICHODECTES LATUS Nitzsch (10, p. 53). (Text-fig. 10.)

Twelve specimens, including males, from Canis latrans Linn.

Male Copulatory Apparatus (text-fig. 10)— Basal plate: The out

line is shown in the figure. The lateral margins are strongly

developed rods, the main body of the plate between being concave,

so that the whole plate is of a trough-like form. At its anterior

end the plate is rounded and the chitin becomes opaque and the

outline indefinite. Parameres: At the base these are broad and

leaflike, folding around the mesosome so as to form a sheath.

The margins of the parameres almost meet each other over the

dorsal surface at the base and similarly over the ventral surface..

The sac is shot out between the parameres and is covered with

denticles. One-half of the distance from its extremity is a

transverse row of about eighteen, triangular denticles, larger

than the rest, and functioning probably as retinacula. On the

dorsal surface the base of this sac is strengthened by a flat

lanceolate splint of chitin, with a broader base (at the lower:

margin of the basal plate) and a much narrower distal end

towards the tips of the parameres. When the apparatus is

retracted, this lanceolate band at about halfway is bent down-

wards and back upon itself, so that in side view it appears as an

enigmatic loop. Between the two lateral margins, in the clear

272, MR, B. F. CUMMINGS ON LICE

space at the base of the plate, may be seen a small forked rod,

the fork pointing forwards. I am unable to say definitely

whether this is the penis-rod attached to the end of the extru-

sible sac, or whether it is merely a median chitinisation of the

basal plate.

Text-figure 10.

Trichodectes latus. Male copulatory apparatus. > 200.

BP. Basal plate; FR. forked rod; ZB. lanceolate band (endomeral) ;

P. paramere; PS. preputial sac.

TRICHODECTES CRASSUS Nitzsch (10, p. 53).

Eighteen specimens from the Common Badger (J/eéles meles

Linn.).

The male copulatory apparatus of this species agrees very

FROM THE SOCIETY'S GARDENS. ike,

closely with that of the preceding species. 7. pinguis N. also

presents a close resemblance in the male genitalia to 7’. latus.

In a revision and splitting up of this large and unwieldy genus,

these are facts which should be borne in mind. (Concerning this

subject, see also p. 283.)

TRICHODECTES CORNUTUS Gervais (12).

One female and two larve from Gazella euchore, now: known as

Antidorcas euchore Zimm. Gervais’s specimens were collected on

Antilope dorcas. 'Taschenberg (18; p. 220) identifies the species

with Rudow’s 7. longiceps (11, p. 110), taken on A. arabica.

Neumann (14, p. 626) records it from Hippotragus equinus.

But, as Piaget remarks, the species requires to be examined

again and described with more care.

TRICHODECTES HEMITRAGI, sp. n. (Text-figs. 11, 12.)

The material on which the following description is based

consists of 13 females from the Tahr (Hemitragus jemiaicus

Ham. Smith).

This new parasite is of considerable interest, on account of

certain features in the anatomy of the mouth-parts, which are

figured and detailed below. It is sufficient here to say that the

pharyngeal sclerite or lyriform organ, upon superficial inspection

apparently absent, proves on dissection to be present, but in so

highly modified a form, that it must be considered unique in the

Trichodectide so far examined, while it diverges greatly from

the typical form of the organ in the Mallophaga as a whole

(compare text-fig. 12 with text-fig. 16). This is the more

interesting, as 7’. hemitragi 9 is unmistakably a Trichodect, and

presents, with this exception, no particularly novel characters.

‘The male, however, is yet to be discovered, and may prove to

rank as a distinet genus.

In examples of Docophorus bisignatus, from the Storks and

Tbises, | have pointed out an instance (20, p. 134), very similar

to the present one, of an abrupt deviation in the form of the

esophageal sclerite from that of the rest of the Mallophaga,

where, particularly in Docophorus and Trichodectes and in the

Ischnocera generally, it presents a fairly uniform appearance.

It would be premature to discuss the reason for this funda-

mental change in the character of this organ, occurring so

abruptly among forms not otherwise anomalous, until our know-

ledge of the function of the isopogometric apparatus is more

exact and fuller. But it is, in any event, a very remarkable fact.

It may be pointed out that the pharyngeal sclerite is an

internal organ, and in both the cases mentioned above is

invisible without dissection. In these instances, therefore, a

purely superficial. diagnosis could only have resulted in the

omission of an important and deep-rooted morphological differ-

ence—a character which, if external, would probably entitle the

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1916, Nc. X VILL. 18

274 MR, B. F, CUMMINGS ON LICE

species to generic rank, in the opinion of most of the systematic

workers in this Order.

The following is a description :—

External Form (text-fig. 11). Famare—Head: Preantennal

area quite short. No frontal sinus, front margin straight or

Text-figure 11.

Trichodectes hemitragi, @. X 55°5.

very slightly concave, with a narrow marginal band. Inferior:

‘“hair-canal’’ absent or obsolete. Temples very rounded and .

swell outwards behind the eye, making the head a little broader

behind the antenne than in front. Dorsally, two occipital

FROM THE SOCIETY'S GARDENS. 275

bands as rafters of the skull run forward towards the mandibles,

and are straight and parallel to one another. In front of each

antenna 1s a fairly large incrassation, rounded in form and con-

_ nected by a narrower neck with the margin. Thorav: Narrower

_than the head, with straight metanotal margin and convex lateral

margin. Abdomen: Broader than the head, elliptical. A brown

band on the dorsum of the segments, those on 5, 6 and 7 being

the deepest in colour and in length. Gonopods (see text-fig. 11).

Chetotaxy. Frmate.—Head: Dorsal surface covered with a

great many fairly short hairs. Antenne also set with a great

many hairs, long and short, including one long one preaxially

and a row of four long ones dorso-postaxially in segment 2, and

on segment 3, along the postaxial margin, a straight row of six

fairly long hairs. Ventrally, postantennal area appears to be

quite bare. On the preantennal area there are numerous long

bristles between the antenna and the frontal margin. Thorax:

Dorsal surface set with small bristles, arranged as shown in the

figure. Abdomen: Dorsal surface covered with bristles, long

and short, which it is possible roughly to analyse into three

transverse rows on each segment. There is, however, a small

bare area inside each pleurite. Each pleurite carries numerous

small hairs and two long ones, which are particularly long in

segments 6 and 7. Dorsum of last segment almost bare, except

for four or five long hairs in a widely-spaced transverse row.

‘Ventral surface thickly covered with hairs, there being a par-’

ticularly dense patch between the gonopods. At the extreme

end of the abdomen there are two long bristles dorsally and two

ventrally.

Mouth-parts.— Althoughthe hair-canal in front of the mandibles

may be said to be absent, it is indicated on the ventral surface

by a difference in the thickness of the chitin of the margin.

Mandibles are large and strongly ridged, the right one in almost

its whole breadth lying behind the left, far forward near the

front margin of the head. On the right one are three distinct

apices, the middle one being the longest. At the base it runs in

as a stout quadrangular process (text-fig. 12). Opposite this and

on the dorsal surface is a large knob of dense chitin. The left

mandible has three apices, two of which are very small and close

together, and the usual narrow basal process. The transverse

ridges are particularly strong, prominent, and downwardly

directed at the base of the ventral tooth. Ridges are continuous

in both mandibles across the surface of the mandible. First

Macxille: These do not call for particular remark. Labiwm :

Front margin straight with a small, short, squat paraglosse

at each lateral angle. Jsopogometric Apparatus: 'The pharyngeal

sclerite or lyriform organ is a slender and delicate piece of

chitin, consisting of two large sprawling posterior cornua, a

‘prominent median cornu between these, a smal] and insignificant

‘“nucleus” or main body, and two anterior cornua rather broad

and long. The chitinous chord or duct, as usual, runs forward

ilfsh=

276 MR. B. F. CUMMINGS ON LICE

and bifureates, each branch entering a “gland” or basal piece.

The latter has a short posterior tendon attached to it.

Text-figure 12.

a LO

Trichodectes hemitragi. Mouth-parts. 166. Labium not shown.

L. Left mandible. R. Right mandible. X 120.

BP. Basal process; D. duct; G. “gland”; K. knob; ZO. lyriform organ ;

PC., MC.. AC. posterior, median, and anterior cornua; QP. quadrangular

process; 1, 2, 3. apices.

Measurements (millimetre scale), 2.

| |

| Length. | Breadth.

Head a. cheers) 50 52

| (behind antennee)

UMNO Eb Ghetecca nse astinsa snl 28 eh)

NDA OMEN esac e| 1:10 "84,

Totaliywee el 1:88

Length of Antenna :—

Segment 1 ............... 070

AN a dei A ah a BERIT

aan iy Oe 120

iO taller 290

TRICHODECTES HARRISONI, sp. n. (Text-figs. 13-16.)

Several specimens, male and female, collected on the White-

tailed Gnu (Connochetes gnu Zimm.). In the shape of the

abdomen of the male, more particularly of the last segment

which is produced and has a deep median bay, this new form

recalls Damalinia and 7’. forficula. There is, however, no frontal

sinus, the head being semicircular in front, and I consider its

nearest allies, therefore, to be 7. forficula P. (from Cervus

FROM THE SOCIETY’S. GARDENS. OT

porcinus) and 7. climax N. (from Capra hircus), more especially

the former.

The species is named after Mr. Launcelot Harrison, B.Sc., of

the University of Sydney.

Text-figure 13.

Trichodectes harrisoni, 6. XX about 55.

a. Tip of antenna, much enlarged.

External. Form. Maue (text-fig. 13).—Head: Front margin

semicircular. Marginal band narrow at the sides, broader across.

the front. Frontal sinus absent. Antenne arise about midway,

278 MR. B. F. CUMMINGS ON LICE

one on each side. Postantennal area as broad as the base of the

preantennal semicircle. Temples rounded. Occipital margin

broad; the two dorsal rafters of the skull are parallel and

widely separated. There are also two ventral rafters pursuing

the same course. At the occiput the dorsal and the ventral

rafter of each side are united one to the other by a concave

broad band forming the sides of the occipital hole. Forwards

the dorsal rafters become evanescent in the chitin of the roof,

just about the level of the mandibles. Each ventral rafter in

front splits into two branches, the outer curling around into the

posterior part of the antennary socket and the inner one appa-

rently becoming absorbed in the thick chitin, which gives the

mandibles articulation. Antenna: First segment large. swollen,

all three segments about equal in length. Hair-canal absent or,

at any rate, very shallow; two somewhat convergent chitinous

bands run from the clypeus to the front margin of the head and

indicate the sides of the canal. As in 7’. climax and others

the frontal marginal band is thickened, with a narrow, median,

longitudinal, white cleft. In a greatly developed hair-canal,

such as 7’. subrostratus N. possesses, there is no band crossing

the frontal sinus, the lateral marginal bands, one on each side,

running down the sides of the hair-canal. Thorax: Narrower

than the head. ‘here are two distinct parts—pro-+ mesothorax

and metathorax or prothorax and meso+metathorax. The latter

is a little the broader. Lateral margins of both are rounded.

Coxee of first pair of legs lie close to one another in the centre.

First pair of legs short, the tibiz of the second and third pairs

remarkably long. Abdomen: Tapers elegantly to the anal

extremity. The tip is bifid. The material at my disposal is

insufficient to determine the precise morphology of the bifid

tip. In Damalinia, according to Mjoberg, it is the produced

sternite of the last segment. There are two other species of

Trichodectes with bifid tips to the abdomen, viz., 7’. forficula P.

and 7’. appendiculatus P., but I have not been able to examine

either of these for comparison. A tergite on each of the first

three segments; but each tergite gives a suggestion of being

double, and in the following three segments each tergite is

plainly divided in half by a transverse light-coloured band.

It is possible that these divisions are only colour-differences.

On the penultimate segment, a small tergite. The termination

of the abdomen is of a clear whitish chitin. A single sternite in

each segment. Hach sternite, even in the posterior segment, is

an integral whole, so that a genital plate may be said to be

absent, although the last two sternites are, on each side,

bracketed together by a lateral band of brown chitin.

External Form. Frmaue (text-fig. 14).—The usual sexual

differences in the antenne. Abdomen: Ovate. A single tergite

and sternite on each segment, dark brown in colour. Tergite 1

fits the whole space between the pleurites. In the tergites that

follow, there is a clear space laterally between tergite and

FROM THE SOCIETY'S GARDENS. 279

pleurite. The gonopods are fairly broad, ear-like plates pro-

jecting beyond the end of the abdomen. They cover the sternal

surface and lie transversely across the end of the abdomen, their

concave surfaces uppermost, adpressed against the sternal abdo-

minal surface.

Text-figure 14.

BOZAw ET

= )

Wes =

S77 Ii. Wwe

Z Val \ Calan \*

; yh re Ss

, <a ¥

L A ipgemaneniil! (OSS

rH a Ti ) ; \

[XA Af WTAUAN AAO TAUAANANINUAU ANI AY) a)

@) i WATT rT i "Ny N\

]

° @ ay fe)

Gil aa iN J

‘fo

Hy\

Trichodectes harrisoni, 2. XX about 56.

Chetotaxy. Mauts,—Head: A great many scattered hairs over

ppreantennal area dorsally, and also over dorsal surface of the

temples. Median dorsal postantennal area, between the two

longitudinal bands, bare except for a transverse row of short hairs.

Ventrally, numerous short hairs in preantennal area on each side

280 MR. B. F. CUMMINGS ON LICE ”

-of the hair-canal; postantennal area apparently bare. - Thoram:

‘Small scattered hairs on pronotum and a row along posterior

margin. A transverse row of short hairs on metanotum. Other

hairs as in the figure. Abdomen: A transverse row of quite short,

closely-placed hairs along the posterior margin of each tergite ; in

those segments where two tergites are present, the row runs across

the front margin of the second. A small semicircle of short hairs.

Text-figure 15.

Trichodectes harrisoni. Male copulatory apparatus. X 118°5.

BP. Basal plate; H. endomere; P. paramere; Pen. penis rod; PS. preputial sac..

on anterior lip of genital opening. The whole of the dorsal surface

of the apex of the abdomen studded with short hairs. Ventrally,

a row of hairs along posterior margin of each sternite. Fewer

hairs on ventral surface of the end of the abdomen than on the-

dorsal. Other hairs as in the figure. .

“U

FROM THE SOCIETY'S GARDENS. 28}

~ Chetotaxy. Femaue.—As in the male, except in the region of

the genital opening. Here, a fringe of hairs runs around the

margin of each gonopod, and there is a patch of short ones

between the gonopods at the base.

Male Copulatory Apparatus.—This resembles that of 7’. forficula

according to Piaget’s rather obscure figure. Basal plate: Consists.

of two straight parallel-sided marginal bands, parallel to one

another, with a transparent and apparently membranous median

strip between. At its base for the articulation of the paramere

each band is obliquely truncate. Parameres: Much shorter than

the endomeres. Hach paramere in the mid-part of its length isa

narrow rod; towards the base its inner margin runs out to form

an inner trochanter, as broad as the band of the basal plate to

which it is attached. Distally, the paramere broadens dorso-

ventrally and forms a concave flange, the concave surface on the

Text-figure 16.

Trichodectes harrisoni. Male mouth-parts (maxillz not shown). X 200.

L. Left mandible. R. Right mandible. X 168.

G. Gland; K. knob; ZO. lyriform organ; P. paraglossa; 1, 2, 3. apices.

inside. Hndomeres: Large pieces, the tips reaching almost to

the genital opening. They are fused into one piece at the base

and form a single forked sclerite, concave dorsally, so as to hold

the sac. Hach limb of the fork is quite broad, but has an acute

apex and carries a small nodular tooth subapically. The sac is

long, covered with small denticles. Penis and telomeres are

developed on the distal end, but are very delicate and trans-

parent, and hard to make out (text-fig. 15).

Mouth-parts (text-fig. 16).—Mandibles: These resemble those

of 7. hemitragi, than which, however, they are relatively much

smaller and less powerful. When in repose, moreover, only the

distal ends overlap, that of the right being a little behind and

above (on the inside of) the left. In each there are three apices ;

on the right there is the same stout quadrangular process, with

282 MR. B. F. CUMMINGS ON LICE

the large knob opposite. On the left there is the usual sharp

basal process (present in the left mandible of most Mallophaga).

On both mandibles are transverse ridges fewer than in 7’. hemi-

tragi. First Maxille: Small lobes that call for no particular

remark. JLahbiwm: “ Paraglosse ” short and columnar, rounded

at the tips, firm outer surface. Five inwardly directed spines on

each distal end. No lobes, labial margin straight. Ten minute

hairs, set in large alveoli on the labium, and further back two

short hairs, one on each side. Lsopogometric Apparatus: No

posterior cornua on the lyriform organ. Anterior cornua broad,

and almost as long as the “ nucleus.”

Measurements (millimetre scale).

Length. Breadth.

3 P- 3. 2.

FELGAG). sssancaseocis 5 MA coil ‘56 (in| “Bd

front of antennz)

TORE so5 suo one non 32 22 “40 “4.4.

| (metathorax) (metathorax)

Abdomen ......... 1°35 | 1:20 “75 y

| (segment 3) | (segment 3)

ay ae ais | 22, 2

Total ...... | 212 193i

Length of Antenna. é | 2)

Segment 1 ...... TSO os! 076

A ese 135 | 012

deacane) 110 012

Motalleea: 395 | 10

| Length of Legs, 3. | Ist. 2nd. 3rd.

JENSTONON EN a Woes daa boo ues 016 180 "02

Tibia + tarsus ...... 200 “345 028

Claw (curved) ......... 060 120 iy

a SS

Total ...... 276 645 —

FROM THE SOCIETY’S GARDENS. 283

TRICHODECTES Ovis Linn. s

Specimens from Ovis musimon Linn. Also been recorded from

O. aries, O. ornata, O. melanocephala.

TRICHODECTES sp.

12 2 2 from Capreolus capreolus Linn. The specimens

belong to the much confused tibialis-group of Trichodectes from

Deer. It is thoroughly unsafe to identify specimens of this

series from females until the confusion, caused chiefly by the

absence of morphological evidence in previous descriptions and

figures, has been dispelled. These females certainly are not

T. tabralis, but agree most with some unnamed Trichodects from

Reed-Buck (Africa), shown me by Mr. Waterston among some

material belonging to the Imperial Bureau of Entomology.

Genus Eurricnopuitus Mjoberg.

EUTRICHOPHILUS SETOSUS (Gieb.) (10, p. 56). (Text-fig. 17.)

37 2 2 from Frithizon dorsatum Linn.

I have been able to make a preparation of the male copulatory

apparatus from a male contained in a tube of this species presented

to the British Museum by the Hon. N. C. Rothschild. In many

species of Trichodectide, males are rare and in JZ’. scalaris N.

unknown.

The Family Trichodectidze consists at present of but three

genera—T'richodectes, Damalinia, and Hutrichophilus. Before

Damalinia and Eutrichophilus were split otf in 1910 by Mjoberg,

the old genus Zrichodectes was simply a miscellany, which still

requires breaking up into genera—a by no means easy task, on

account of the difficulty in finding convincing characters. In

view of a future revision of the family, attention is drawn to

the probable value of the male genitalia systematically. I find,

for example, that in Hutrichophilus setosus and in FL. coéndu

Stobbe (15) the male genitalia are of quite the same type. This

is described below. Another type, perfectly distinct, is formed

by Trichodectes latus, 7’. crassus, 7’. pinguis, and probably by

others (see p. 271). Still another type may be seen in the

male genitalia of 7’richodectes gastrodes Cummings (16, p. 99),

T. mephitidis Osborn (17, p. 242), 7’. geomydis Osborn (18, p. 54),

and 1’. interrupto-fasciatus Keil. & Ferris (19, p. 61), which agree

in the fusion of the parameres at their distal ends and in the bifid

form of the endomeres (see 16, text-fig. 4; and 19, pl. vil. fig. 2,

pl. viii. figs. 4 & 6).

Male Copulatory Apparatus (text-fig. 17).— Basal plate : Broad

anteriorly narrowing gradually to the posterior end, where the

plate is constricted into a narrow “ waist,” to which the endo-

meres and parameres are attached. The lateral margins are

marrow, rod-like, the posterior third broader. The anterior part

of the plate, as is frequently the case, is thinned out, composed

of delicate chitin with an almost invisible anterior margin.

284 MR. B. F. CUMMINGS ON LICE

Parameres: Of the appendages at the base. of the plate, I take:

the outside ones to be endomeral and the two elongate inner

ones parameres. The homologies of the other parts figured I do-

not indicate, pending further dissections.

Text-figure 17.

Butrichophilus setosus. Male copulatory apparatus. X 182.

BP. Basal plate; #. endomerial chitinisations; P. parameres;

?. problematical parts.

Comparison with the Male Copulatory Apparatus of

E. coéndu Stobe.

This is of exactly the same type. Basal plate; Much broader

in relation to its length than that of ZH. setosus, and much

broader at the base. Between the two lateral margins at the

base lies the same little chitinous piece as in the preceding

species, only it is larger and stretches right across the plate,

almost from one margin to the other, narrowing at each end;

in the middle, pointing upwards and backwards from the hind

margin, is a small sharp-pointed process. The two inner appen-

dages are narrow, and twice as long as the outer ones. These,

probably the endomeres, are very short, broad, stunted pieces,.

articulating with the basal plate.

FROM THE SOCIETY'S .GARDENS. 285

Genus Lamosorurium Nitzsch.

LZMOBOTHRIUM TITAN Piaget (2, p. 578).

62 9, 3 larve from an Accipitrine bird. Host’s name not

given.

Genus Gontocores Burm.

GoNIOcoTES MICROTHORAX Nitzsch (10, p. 184).

1 3,1 @ from the Common Partridge (Perdix perdi Linn.).

Text-figure 18.

Par.

Goniocotes gigas. Male copulatory'apparatus. X 87.

BP. Basal plate; H. endomeral chitinisation; Par. paramere.

‘The parameres possess sensory hairs in large alveoli. Compare with text-fig, 23.

286 MR. B, F. CUMMINGS ON LICE

GONIOCOTES VERRUCOSUS Taschenberg (18, p. 94).

I have ventured to identify with Taschenberg’s species a single

male from Orypturus noctivagus (Wied), The species was de-

seribed by Taschenberg from a single male taken on Crypturus

variegatus (Gmel.).

GONIOCOTES sp.

1 larva from Querquedula flavirostris ( Vieill.).

GoNIocorEs eras Piaget (2, p. 238): (Text-fig. 18.)

1 ¢, 19, and an immature form from Crossoptilon mant-

churicum Swinhoe.

The text-figure of the male copulatory apparatus is drawn

from a specimen in a tube full of this species, presented to the

British Museum by the Hon, N. C. Rothschild.

Male Copulatory Apparatus.—Basal plate: Very long and

narrow ; parallel-sided. Anterior half uniform brown. Posterior

half with brown lateral margins and a pale median area.

Parameres: Relatively short, spear-shaped.

Genus StronecyLocotes Taschenberg.

STRONGYLOCOTES CoNICEPS Tasch. (18, p. 63

1 ¢ from Crypturus noctivagus (Wied).

This species is known from a single male specimen taken on

Crypturus variegatus (Gmel.).

Goniodide from Tinamous.

The collection contains Goniodide from Vothoprocta cinerascens

(Burm.), Rhynchotus rufescens (Temm.), and Orypturus noctivagus

(Wied), belonging to four or five different species, but in each

instance the material, consisting of but one or two specimens,

is insufficient in a confused group such as this to make their

determination satisfactory. For the time being, therefore, I am

reserving these specimens until the time is ripe for a much-

needed revision of Tinamou Goniodide.

Genus Gontopes Nitzsch.

GonIobEs cotcHicus Denny (21).

1 2 from Phasianus versicolor (Vieill.) and 1 imperfect

specimen from P. colchicus.

GonroDEs DisPARr Nitzsch (10, p. 193).

13,1 @ from the Common Partridge (Perdia perdia Linn.).

GonIoDES MINOR Piaget (2, p. 256).

136,22 9,and 1 larva from Leptoptila reichenbachi Pelzeln.

FROM THE SOCIETY'S GARDENS, ° 287

GONIODES MEGACEROS Kell. & Paine (22).

1 3 from Lophophorus refulgens Temm,

The species is based on a single male from the same host.

Concerning the copulatory apparatus, the authors, in passing,

note that it is “‘ prominent with heavily chitinised rods reaching

to the second abdominal segment.” In their figure (pl. xv.

fig. 8) the genitalia are shown as seen through the integument,

but with the parameres in front and the basal plate behind!

The specimen prepared probably had its genitalia exserted and

coiled over its back with parameres pointing backwards, and in

the course of being mounted the apparatus became pressed down

upon the abdomen in the reversed position.

GONIODES FALCICORNIS Nitzsch (10, p. 198). (Text-fig. 19.)

Several specimens from Pavo cristatus var. nigripennis Sclater.

Mouth-parts (text-fig. 19).— Mandibles ; The left (dorsal surface)

is roughly of the shape of an equilateral triangle; at the exterior

Text-figure 19.

Goniodes falcicornis. Mouth-parts. X 113°5.

L. Left mandible. R. Right mandible.

BP. Basal process; C. condyle; G. gland; ZO. lyriform organ; NV. chitinous

nodule; Pav. paraglossa; QP. quadrangular process ; Sel. sclerite.

basal angle is a small cup-shaped socket where the mandible arti-

culates with the head ; at the inner basal angle is the usual tooth-

like process which is here in the form of a long narrow stylet,

curved at the base, and carrying at the tip preaxially a small

recurved tooth, Theapex of the triangle is produced, and carries

two distinct cutting-edges with separate tips. On the ventral

surface the mandible is more of an isosceles triangle in shape, the

base-line being shorter and about midway along its length, running

out into a large rounded condyle of dense chitin. In the right

mandible the basal process as usual is quadrangular, the large.

288 ' MR. B. F, CUMMINGS ON LICE

middle condyle is the same as in the right, and the socket at the

external angle is somewhat deeper. Two very distinct apices

are present, situated laterally one to the other, the longer one

separated from the shorter by a considerable space. Ridges in

both mandibles absent. irst Maxille: These lobes call for no

special mention. Labiwm: ‘‘ Paraglosse” as usual; anterior

margin is concave in the middle with a small convex swelling

on each side carrying four or five spines. On the dorsal surface

of the labium, 7. e. within the oral opening, is visible a sclerite

of the same shape and in the same position as that described in

Trichodectes gastrodes (16, p. 99). It consists of a transverse

band with two limbs at each extremity, one anterior and one

posterior. The posterior one in this case is very long, and runs

back on the inside of the under surface of the labium almost as

far as the hind end of the “gland” or basal piece. The anterior

one is noteworthy, as it runs forward a short way and then near

the base of the paraglossa runs intoa dark brown chitinous nodule,

visible on the other side of the labium. Shipley (24) regards this

nodule described in G. tetraonis as a-labial appendage. Wso-

phageal sclerite: The text-figure shows the form of this organ in

this species.

Male Copulatory Apparatus.—M joberg (4, p. 249, text-fig. 142)

has published a drawing of this apparatus which is so inaccurate

as to require, some time in the future, to be earefully refigured.

The morphology of the parts is more or less clear, there being

basal plate, parameres, endomeres, and penis, but the features

which make this relatively enormous apparatus so remarkable

are the strange and complex forms which the several parts have

assumed,

GoNIODES BICUSPIDATUS Piaget (2, p. 278). (Text-figs. 20-22.)

Several specimens from Z’ragopan caboti (Gould).

A tube of the same species from Ceriornis satyrus, presented

to the Museum by Lord Rothschild, contained several larve of

two stages, the description of which is included below.

Male Copulatory Apparatus (text-fig. 20).—The following

description is drawn up from a specimen preserved in copula

with the female. The parts, therefore, were exserted and their

exact relation easily made out. Sasal plate: Long and fairly

broad. Anterior end thin and colourless. Dark brown marginal

bands along posterior half. Parameres: Rather like a rabbit’s

ear in outline. The distal end is produced into a very narrow,

slender, needle-like apex. The sac is covered with small teeth,

especially at the distal end, but I have been able to discover no

true penis. At the base of the sac the endomeral chitinisations

consist of two parts, a dorsal and a ventral. The dorsal is a

stout, lanceolate, median piece, quite separate from the sac, and

probably functioning asa penis. The ventral is a small, thin,

rectangular plate, lymg between the two lateral bands at the

base of the basal plate, and giving support to the sac. From each

FROM THE SOCIETY'S GARDENS. 289

of the two anterior lateral angles it sends off a long supporting

process down the membranous sac. When functioning, the para-

meres stand off at right angles to the sides of the basal plate and

serve to anchor the apparatus within the female’s genital cavity.

Text-figure 20.

Goniodes bicuspidatus. Male copulatory apparatus. X 60.

BP. Basal plate; End. endomere; Par. paramere ; Prp.S. preputial sac ;

Ps.P. pseudo-penis.

Larve.—The larvee, I believe, were all those which, ultimately,

with one exception (see text-fig. 22, a) would have matured into

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1916, No. XIX. 19

290 MR. B. F. CUMMINGS ON LICE

females, as in all the specimens the head had assumed, even in

Stage I., the definitive female form. Both the head and the

thorax, not only in form but in chetotaxy, are practically

identical with the adult female, even in the earliest stage in the

collection, which will probably prove to be Stage I. I have also

made one or two dissections of the larval mouth-parts and

can discover no characters in which they differ materially from

those of the adults. The larval abdomen, however, requires

separate treatment.

Text-figure Dale

es Pw \leseSss

Goniodes bicuspidatus. Larva. StageI. X 49.

Stage I. (text-fig. 21). Haxternal Porm.—Abdomen : Small with

an even margin, devoid of all sclerites, Chetotaxy : The arrange-

ment of bristles cannot be safely described from one specimen,

and that given in the figure must be regarded as approximate

FROM THE SOCIELY’S GARDENS. 291

only. The abdomen bears a great many bristles, all relatively

very long and powerful. ’ :

Stage LI. (text-fig. 22). Huternal Porm.—Abdomen: Pleurites

of a simple form developed. As in the adult the pair immedi-

ately behind the metanotum are very large and run in over the

Text-figure 22.

Goniodes bicuspidatus. Larva. Stage II. (or ILI. ?). X 33.

a. Antenna ofjanother larva, probably male, showing a slight

enlargement of segment 3.

dorsum a considerable way. But the rest are simple quadri-

lateral plates lying dorsally on the lateral margin. The small

Leyes

292 MR. B. F. CUMMINGS ON LICE

spiracle lies on the inner margin of each pleurite, about halfway

along its length. Tergites are present in the form of circular or

oval plates, two on each segment, and each tergite is just on the

inside of, but separated by a space from, the pleurite. In the

adult this space is filled in, and the tergite and pleurite unite.

Chetotaxy.—Abdomen : This differs but little from that of the

adult female. But there are apparently some interesting differ-

ences from Stage I. (compare the metanotum in text-figs. 21 &

22). There are fewer hairs in the mid-dorsal region of each

segment, and the chetotaxy around the end of the abdomen and

the genital opening differs considerably, of course, from the adults,

in which the sexual organs are matured.

Genus Ruopaxoceras Taschenberg.

RHOPALOCERAS STYLIFER Nitzsch (10, p. 200). (Text-figs. 23,

24.)

1g. Host not given; probably from Meleagris gallopavo

Linn.

Male Copulatory Apparatus (text-fig. 23).—For the purposes of

- the following description I have been able to make use of speci-

mens of this common Turkey parasite, kindly placed at my

disposal by the Rev. Jas. Waterston, B.Se.

The apparatus in this remarkable-looking insect presents

features of great interest, Inasmuch as it is reduced to a very

small size (although in no sense atrophied), in correspondence no

doubt with the fact that the terminal segments of the abdomen

have become modified so as to take part in the function of

copulation. Similar adaptation of the end of the abdomen to

the function of copulation is not rare in Mallophaga. Basal

plate: Long and narrow, margins slightly thicker than the

median area; the anterior end a little broader and thinner.

Rest of the Apparatus: This is so highly modified that the

attempt here made to bring it into line with the parts in other

Mallophaga is only partial and tentative. Parameres as such are

absent. Instead, articulating with the basal plate is a small

trowel-shaped plate with the concave side uppermost. Along

the lateral margins (dorsal surface) of the distal half of this

plate there are on each side seven minute directive hairs with

large alveoli. Contained within the hollow formed by the

trowel-shaped plate, and coiling upwards and backwards so as

to resemble a crook, lies the penis (or a pseudo-penis?). This

crook-shaped piece at its base is set in a stout horseshoe-shaped

piece of dense chitin, the two arms of the horseshoe being

directed towards the basal plate. The parts are perhaps a

modification of those of G. gigas (see text-fig. 18), the parameres

having coalesced. (Cf. 4, fig. 143.)

Terminal Segments of the Abdomen of the Male (text-fig. 24).

Dorsal surface: The 7th tergite is a narrow transverse band which,

FROM THE SOCIETY’S GARDENS. 293

unlike the preceding tergites, runs right across the dorsal surface

from side to side. This is sueceeded by a large shield-like plate

of chitin forming the fused tergites of the 8th and 9th segments.

There is a deep median bay in its posterior margin, into which

Text- figure 23.

Rhopaloceras stylifer. Male copulatory apparatus. 185.

BP. Basal plate; Par. paramere (fused); Ps.P. pseudo-penis (A. side view).

is closely fitted the broad bases of the terminal stylets. Ventral

surface: The 7th sternite is broad and long and, unlike the

preceding sternite, runs right across the sternum from side

to side. Jn front, the anterior part encroaches somewhat upon

294 MR. B. F. CUMMINGS ON LICE

the sternal area of the 6th segment. Immediately in front of

the base of the appendage, which is hinged on to the 8th

sternite, the 7th shows a noticeable quadrilateral development

of its middle part which carries two bristles. The long, narrow,

finger-shaped appendage is attached in the mid-line of the 8th

and extends to the end of the abdomen, where it curves up

between the two terminal stylets, which are excavated somewhat

on their inner surfaces to allow the appendage to pass and {to

Text-figure 24.

> (

———

Goniodes stylifer, 6. Terminal segments of the abdomen. Ventral view. X 586

A, Appendage; St. terminal stylet; VIZ., VIII. segments.

project on the dorsal surface. This appendage on its dorsal

surface is concave, convex below. The dorsal channel is formed

by the bending over of the free lateral margins, which meet in

the middle but can be separated by a needle and bent back and

flattened ott as a plate. At its base the chitin is pinched up

to form a hinge. On each side of the middle line the sternite

is developed into a triangular piece, with the apex pointing

inwards. The 9th and 10th sternites apparently not developed.

FROM THE SOCIETY'S GARDENS. 295,

Literature.

(1) mi ao Eist-lns: vole vin pai, ple 1. fis. 6

1778).

(2) Prager, E.—Les Pédiculines. Leide, 1880.

(3) Neumann, L. G.—Arch. de Parasitologie, 1911.

(4) Msopere, E.—Arkiv for Zoologi, Stockholm, Bd. 6, No. 13,

1910.

(5) Fanrennoiz, H.—Jahresber. Naturh. gesell. Hannover,

(niedersiichs., zool. Ver.), 2-4, (1910-12) 1912.

(6) Cummines, B. F.—Proc. Zool. Soc. 1915, p. 245.

(7) BURMEISTER, H.—Gen. Rhynchota, No. 8, 1838.

(8) Cummines, B. F.—Bull. Ent. Res. iv., May 1913.

(9) Neumann, L. G.—Jahrbiicher des Nassauischen Vereins fiir

Naturkunde in Wiesbaden, 62 Jahrg. 1909, p. 2.

(10) GirpeL, C. G.—Insecta Epizoa, Leipzig, 1874.

(11) Rupow, F.—Zeit. f. ges. Naturw. vol. xxvii. 1866, p. 110.

(12) Gervais.—Hist. Ins. Aptéres, vol. iii. p. 315, 1847.

(13) TascuenBerc, O.—Nov. Act. Acad. Caes.-Leop. Carol.,

Bd. 44, No. 1, 1882.

(14) Neumann, L. G.—Arch. de Parasitologie, xv. 1913.

(15) SropsE, R.—Deut. ent. Zeit., Heft v. p. 566, 1913.

(16) Cummines, B. F.—Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1916, Jan.

(17) Ossorn, H.-—Bull. 5, n.s., Div. of Entomology, U.S. Dept.

of Agricul., Washington, 1896.

(18) Osporn, H.—/bid., Bull. 7, 1891.

(19) Kennoce, V. L., & Ferrris.—Leland Stanford Junior

University Pub., Univ. Ser. 1915.

(20) Cummines, B. F.—Proc. Zool. Soc. 1913, p. 128.

(21) Denny, H.—Monographia Anoplurorum Britanniz, London,

1842, p. 158.

(22) Kexioce, V. L., & Parne.—Records of Indian Museum,

vol. x. pt. 4, No. 12, Aug. 1914, p. 227.

(23) SurpLey, A. E.— Proc. Zool. Soe. 1909, p. 314.

4 ¥ 74

unt Mis nan ohh il

pote

: ne he ae my a plow Kawa yd

(Si CLG 5) BS 1 aa F stone wrod eraboiis)

CPOE aA MAN hort FD noma! ea:

ony Ly - v)—- Hi saventwank

crt ee ae tinh 0-8 2onviae st

HY eitiede ¥ pmooetiitewer, wet 4% iteth lsat. 4 ee FS ws WSS 4

= i Mii -Dataly £0 rat le ae fei dhe derrte ti

THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. (297

EXHIBITIONS AND NOTICES.

February 8, 1916.

Prof. E. W. MacBripg, D.Sc., F.R.S., Vice-President,

in the Chair.

The Secrerary read the following report on the Additions

to the Society’s Menagerie during ‘the months of November,

December, and January : ==

NOVEMBER.

The number of registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie

during the month of November was 53. Of these 32 were

acquired by presentation, 16 were received on deposit, 3 in

exchange, | by purchase, and 1 was born in the Gardens.

The number of departures during the same period, by death

and removals, was 150.

Amongst the additions special attention may be directed

iO) =

1 Leopard cub (Felis pardus), from Accra, presented by

Hugh M. Willoughby on November 12th.

1 Caracal (Felis caracal) and 1 Fettered Cat (/. ocreatus),

from Berbera, presented by Dr. R. E. Drake-Brockman, F.Z.8.,

on November 30th.

3 Lund’s Opossums (Didelphys albiventris) and 1 Wied’s

Opossum (D. aurita), from Minas Geraes, both new to the

Collection, presented by Prof. J. P. Hill, F.R.S., F.Z.S., on

November 6th.

1 Yellow-rumped Tanager (Rhamphocelus icteronotus), from

Kceuador, new to the Collection, presented by Alfred Ezra, F.Z.5.,

on N ovember 13th.

DECEMBER.

The number of registered additions to the Society's Menagerie

during the month of December was 107. Of these 68 were

acquired by presentation, 37 were received on deposit, and 2 in-

exchange.

The number of departures during the same period, by death

and removals, was 144.

Amongst the additions special attention may be directed

0) =

1 Kyra Cat (Felis eyra), 1 Salt-Desert Cat (7. salinarum),

and 1 Allamand’s Grison (Grison allamandt), the last two new

to the Collection, from Cordova in the Argentine, presented by

W. A. Smithers, C.M.Z.8., on December 16th.

2 Mongolian Sousliks (Citellus mongolicus) and 2 Sand-Ham-

sters (Cricetulus griseus), the latter new to the Collection, and

298 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON A

3 Great Hagle Owls (Lubo bubo), from Mongolia, presented by

A. L. Hall on December 10th.

JANUARY.

The number of registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie

during the month of January was 57. Of these 43 were acquired

by presentation, 8 were received on deposit, 3 in exchange, and

3 were born in the Gardens.

The number of departures during the same period, by death

and removals, was 123.

Amongst the additions special attention may be directed

to :=—

1 Anoa (Anow depressicornis) 2 from Celebes, and 1 Pere

David’s Deer (Hlaphurus davidianus) 3 from Northern China,

presented by H.G. The Duke of Bedford, K.G., Pres.Z.S., on

January 20th and 26th.

2 Argentine Frogs (Leptodactylus mystacinus) and 6 South-

American Sand-Toads (Lufo arenarun) from Cordova, Argentina,

new to the Collection, presented by Wilfred A. Smithers,

C.M.Z.S., on January 31st.

Mr. R. E. Hoxprxe exhibited the skull of a Roebuck, showing

an unusual deviation in the direction of the suture of the right

frontal bone, which extended considerably beyond the median

line towards the left.

Mr. C. Tare Reean, M.A., F.Z.S8., exhibited, by means of

lantern-slides, a series of drawings of larval Fishes from the

Antarctic.

The development of Myctophum antarcticum was compared

with that of the northern J. glaciale, and larval Nototheniidee

were described.

A new Sable Antelope from Angola*.

Mr. OuprietD Tuomas, F.R.S., F.Z.S., exhibited the scalp and

frontlet, with horns, of a male Sable Antelope from the Luando

River, Angola, which had been presented to the National

Museum, together with a female mask and horns, by Mr. H.

F. Varian.

This magnificent animal differed widely from the ordinary

Sable, both by its immensely finer horns, and by the characters

* [The complete account of the new subspecies described in this communication

appears here; but since the name and a preliminary diagnosis were published in the

‘ Abstract,’ No. 151, 1916, it is distinguished by the name being underlined.—

Eprror.]

(or)

NEW SABLE ANTELOPE FROM ANGOLA.

(unripe abr snp.

yoddifp) alopayuy a[qeg urposuy Jo pray

"T One Y-9xo J,

300 ON A NEW SABLE ANTELOPE FROM ANGOLA.

of its face-marking, and Mr. Thomas proposed to distinguish it as

a new subspecies under the name of

HiprorraGus * NIGER VARIANI 7.

Thomas, Abstract P. Z.8. 1916, p. 1 (Feb. 15th).

The horns of the type measured 57 inches (1445 mm.) in

length along the front curve, by 11 inches (280 mm.) in cireum-

ference at the base, and 27 inches from tip to tip. Their trans-

verse ridges, which were extremely well marked, were 47 in

number. Good Rhodesian and Nyasa Sable horns were about

45 to 50 inches in length, while those of the East African Sable

were not known to reach 40 inches. The female horns of

H. n. variant were 35 inches (890 mm.) in length by 7 inches

(179 mm.) in circumference.

A skull of this form, which had been lent to Mr. Thomas for

comparison, measured 480 mm. in length, 170 mm. in breadth,

with an upper tooth-row of 122 mm., these dimensions in a skull

of the ordinary Sable being respectively 435, 160, and 114 mm.

But, apart from its splendid horns, the most striking character

of H. 2. variant was the practically complete obliteration of the

usual prominent white streaks running from the anteorbital

white tufts forwards to the sides of the muzzle, the whole of the

upper side of the face being therefore deep black, with the

exception of the anteorbital tufts themselves, which were white

as usual, Along the ordinary positions of the white streaks a

few lighter hairs were perceptible, these being rather more

numerous in the female.

The dark parts of the head were of the deepest black, the

light parts buffy whitish or cream-colour, except the middle line

of the interramia, which was white. Occiput mixed black and

ferruginous-tawny. Hars, as usual, rich tawny outside, and

white within. The face of the female was blackish brown, and

the crown and occiput tawny.

It was with considerable hesitation that Mr. Thomas had only

distinguished this Sable as a subspecies, and not as a species, so

striking was the difference from ordinary Sables in both horns

and marking; but the presence of light hairs along the usual

pesition of the facial streaks, and the fact that in H.n. kirku

(figured by Matschie as H. n. kauf/mannz), the nearest neighbour

of H. n. variant, the dark stripes were broader and the light

stripes narrower than in H. m. niger, showed that these mark-

ings were variable and plastic, and did not indicate any really

* This generic name was used provisionally pending the decision of the authori-

ties as to the names suggested in 1914 for tixation by Fiat. Should Hippotragus

be rejected, the technical name of the genus would be still in doubt until the

question of the validity of Hgocerus, Desm. 1822, nee Aegoceros, Pall. 1811, was

settled, a very knotty point. A law covering this latter case had been proposed by

the Linnean Society’s Committee on Nomenclature in 1906, and submitted to the

International Congress, who, however, only accepted it as applying to specific

names, a restriction much to be regretted.

+ Type. Face, skin, and frontlet with horns. B.M, 16.2.21.1.

ON THE ANTLERS OF A VIRGINIAN DEER. 301

essential difference, such as to render unlikely the possibility

that intermediates might yet be found.

To this subspecies there presumably belonged the well-known

61-inch horn in the Florence Museum, which had long been a

wonder to all sportsmen, who had only had for comparison with

it the relatively short horns of //. 1. niger, those of the E. African

H. n. roosevelti being still shorter.

Bocage’s Hippotragus niger, in his papers on Angolan Mam-

mals, was of course also H. n. variant, but his only material was

a single pair of horns, 51 inches in length, brought home from

the “interior of Mossamedes ” by Welwitsch.

Mr. Varian had taken great pains to secure specimens of this

animal, and to obtain information about its range, and it was

with much pleasure that Mr. Thomas had named it in his honour.

Mr. Varian had also taken steps to induce the local authorities

to give it protection, which, in view of the considerable sums

given for such horns as it carried, would be much needed to save

it from extermination, now that its existence had become known

to sportsmen and hunters.

Judging by the greater length of the skull, it would, no doubt,

prove that H. n. variant not only carried longer horns, but was

larger in all dimensions than the true Sable. It was hoped

that a complete specimen of this splendid addition to the list

of African Antelopes would soon be obtained for the National

Museum, whose warmest thanks were already due to Mr. Varian

for the donation of the tine trophy now exhibited.

Antlers of a Virginian Deer affected by Cancer.

Mr. R. I. Pocock, F.R.S., F.Z.8., Curator of Mammals,

exhibited the successive Antlers of a Virginian Deer (Odocoileus

americanus) that had died of cancer in the Society’s Gardens, and

made the following remarks :—

“The male Virginian Deer (Odocoileus americanus) referred to

in Prof. Plimmer’s report (see p. 83, 16) as having died of cancer,

was purchased as a young animal on Jan. 17th, 1911, and died

Dee. 27th, 1915. The following accurate records ‘of its successive

antlers were kept during the five years that it lived in the

Gardens :—

1. The first antlers, shed March 15th, 1912, were simple snags

about 4 inch in length.

2. The second antlers, shed March 23rd, 1913, measured

1014 inches along outer curve, were simply forked at the

tip; the supernumerary tine on the back of the beam

measured just under 14 inch, and the two antlers together

weighed 5+ oz.

3. The third antlers, shed March 24th, 1914, measured

9 inches, were simple, carrying no supplementary tine.

The two together weighed 47 oz.

302 ON A SIAMESE FIGHTING-FISH AND A COLOMBIAN CAT-FISH.

4. The fourth antlers, shed March 15th, 1915, measured

7? inches; the left antler was simple, the right was

foaleerl the supplementary tine measuring 1} inches.

The ae antlers together weighed 32 oz.

5. The fifth antlers, veal ourmamnetshed. were taken off the head of

i the dead animal on Dec. 27th, 1915. The longer of the

two measured 83 inches. The right was simple, the left

forked, the supplementary tine measuring ? inch. The

two together weighed 33 oz.

Thus, although there was a great and, so far as I am aware,

normal increase in size of the second antlers as compared with

the first, the third, fourth, and fifth antlers showed no corre-

sponding elaboration, but, on the contrary, degeneration, the

third being shorter rod lighter than the second, and producing

no tines. The fourth algo were lighter and shomer than the

third. Nevertheless, the right one produced a supplementary

tine which, however, was shorter than the supplementary tines

of the second pair. The fifth antlers in the matter of length

showed a slight recovery as compared with the fourth, and the

two together acquired the same weight, but the supplementary

tine was still shorter, and the dried integument adhered to the

antlers instead of peeling off and leaving them normally bur-

nished. Since, in Prof. Plimmer’s opinion, the growth of the

cancer from which this Stag died was probably a gradual process

extending over a few years, it seems justifiable to infer, in the

absence of any other obvious cause to account for the fact, that

degeneration of the antlers was attributable to this disease. It

may be added that the testicles, which Prof. Plimmer particularly

examined at my request, were unaffected by the cancer, and were

normal except for the absence of ripe spermatozoa.”

February 22, 1916.

Dr. A. Surru Woopwarp, F.R.S., Vice-President,

in the Chair.

The Rev. H. N. Hurcuinson, M.A., F.Z.S., exhibited a number

of drawings prepared by Mr. T. W. Par tt of restorations of

various extinct animals.

Mr. C. Tare Reean, M.A., F.Z.S., gave a lantern-exhibition

illustrating the breeding-habits of a Siamese Fighting- Fish (Betta

splendens Regan) and the climbing-habits of a Cat-fish (Arges

marmoratus Regan) from the Andes of Colombia.

ON THE TYMPANIC BULLA IN HYZNAS. 303

The Tympanie Bulla in Hyenas.

Mr. R. I. Pococg, F.R.S., F.Z.S., Curator of Mammals, gave

an exhibition, illustrated by lantern-slides, to show the presence

of two chambers in the tympanic bulla of the Hyznide, and

remarked :—

“In his paper upon the base of the skull in the Fissipede

Carnivora (P. Z.8. 1869, pp. 4-37), Prof. Flower laid stress

upon the presence or absence of a bony partition dividing the

cavity of the tympanic bulla into two compartments in the

Aluroidea. Although on general grounds he followed Turner *

in classifying the Hyznas with the Felide and Viverride, he

described the bulla of the Hyznas as ‘ perfectly simple within,

without trace of division into compartments’ (p. 26). Subse-

quently, Mivart (P. Z. 5. 1882, p. 199) wrote ‘though there is

no septum, yet I have detected in both species of yena, inside

the auditory bulla, two osseous ridges or lamine, which, if

further developed, would divide off a small anterior chamber

from the much larger and externally more prominent posterior

portion.’ These two papers appear to be the sources whence

subsequent authors, like Weber, Sedgwick, and others, have

derived their information; Weber, following Mivart, described

the partition as low, and Sedgwick, following Flower, recorded it

as absent.

Both Flower and Mivart were quite mistaken ; the bulla in all

Hyeenas is divided by a strong partition into a larger outer or

anterior and a smaller inner or posterior chamber.

It may be recalled that in the Felide and Viverride the

septum rises from the floor of the bulla and typically extends

upwards till it touches the periotic (petrous) bone. This par-

tition may arise just below the lower rim of the external auditory

meatus, or it may arise far away from that point. In the former

case the antero-external chamber is small, in the latter it is large

as compared with the postero-internal or posterior chamber ; but

the free edge of the partition always reaches, or is situated

close to, the same portion of the periotic, namely, the portion

which is pierced by the fenestra rotunda of the inner ear, and it

is always just at this point that there is a passage or orifice

between the two chambers.

The outer chamber is itself partially divided from the external

auditory meatus by a horseshoe-shaped ridge or crest, the

tympanic ring, which is well shown in Flower’s figure of the

section of the bulla of the Tiger (text-fig. 1, B, t7.).

When the bulla of the inverted skull of the Hyena is opened

* P. Z. 8. 1848, pp. 68-88. Flower’s paper is little more than an amplification of

this valuable paper by Turner, so far as the Carnivora are concerned. It does not

seem, however, that Turner was acquainted with this partitior, his mention of the

division of the bulla into two parts referring to the superficial groove marking the

position of the partition.

304 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON THE

anywhere between its anterior extremity and the paroccipital

process, it presents the appearances which misled Flower and

Text-figure 1.

(Copied from Flower’s figures, P. Z. 8. 1869, pp. 16-17.)

A. Right half of the base of the skull of the Tiger (Felis tigris) with the bulla laid

open to expose the inner chamber (?.c.), with the septum or partition (s.)

ascending to the periotic (pev.), and the orifice (o.) leading from the inner to

the outer chamber between the septum and the periotic; e., internal orifice

of eustachian tube; ov., foramen ovale; jfp., foramen lacerum posticum ;

/po., paroccipital process ; 7., mastoid ; eam., external auditory meatus.

B. Section of the auditory bulla of the Tiger. ic., inner chamber; oc., outer

chamber with the orifice (0.) between the two and the septum (s.) dividing

them; ¢., half the tympanic ring in the outer chamber; eam., external

auditory meatus ; per., periotic.

Mivart. The greater part of the space is occupied by a single

large cavity, which opens by a wide cleft in front into a smaller

Description of Text-figure 2 (continued).

C. Left bulla enlarged, with the posterior portion of the septum, marked s in fig. A,

cut away to show the cavity of the inner chamber and the antero-internal

portion of the bulla also cut away, and the carotid canal (c.) laid open ;. the

passage leading from the outer to the inner chamber between | the periotic

(per.) and the septum marked by an arrow. (f., foramen piercing sphenoid

and corresponding with the auterior carotid foramen of Mongooses ; fp., fora-

men lacerum posticum. Other lettering as m figs. A & B.

D. Part of the right side of the skull viewed from the occipital aspect, with the

bulla laid open from behind to show the inner chamber with the periotic

(per.), carrying the fenestra rotunda, partially blocking the orifice between

the two chambers divided by the septum (s.). Other lettering as in fig. A.

E. Right bulla of the Spotted Hyzna (Crocuta crocuta). ; A line drawn between

the paroccipital process (po.) and the stylomastoid foramen (s¢.) would

mark the edge of the partition between the two chambers.

TYMPANIC BULLA IN HYZENAS. 305

Text-figure 2.

A. Base of the skull of the Striped Hyena (Hyena hyena) with the left tympanic

bulla opened. 6., right tympanic bulla; c¢., carotid canal, its course shown by

an arrow; é., inner orifice of eustachian tube, the course of which is shown

by an arrow ; eam., external auditory meatus; s., partition or septum between

the two chambers; ¢., tympanic ring; st., stylomastoid foramen ; po., par-

occip:tal process ; m., mastoid; ov., foramen ovale.

B. Anterior portion of left bulla enlarged and viewed obliquely from the inner side

to show that the crest mistaken by Mivart for a low septum is the tympanic

ring (¢r.), with the internal auditory meatus (iam.) ; per., periotic; fm., fora-

men lacerum medium, exaggerated in size.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1916, No. XX. 20

306 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON THE

cavity continuous with the eustachian tube and the external

auditory meatus. This cleft deeply notches the floor of the large

cavity, and the floor slopes backwards and upwards from the

cleft, through which a portion of the periotic is visible, to the par-

occipital process. The edges of the cleft are no doubt the ‘two

osseous ridges or laminze which, if further developed, would

divide off a small anterior chamber from the much larger... .

posterior portion,’ described by Mivart. That is true; but the

two chambers would not correspond to the two present in the

Tiger, for the outer of the two lamine is the tympanic ring, and

is therefore not the homologue of the partition dividing the

Tiger’s bulla, as Mivart supposed. The ‘small anterior chamber’

of the bulla, which is exceptionally large in the Hyezenas, is

merely the anterior part of the tympanic chamber.

Whether Flower correctly interpreted this lamina as the

tympanic ring or not, does not appear; but he may be given the

benefit of the doubt. Nevertheless, both he and Mivart failed

to detect that where the apparent floor—or roof, if the skull be

held in its normal position—of the bulla abuts against the

periotic, there is quite a distinct orifice through which a probe

can be passed backwards into a second chamber lying behind and

below the apparent floor of the bulla. This chamber can be laid

open by cutting away the paroccipital bone externally to the

occipital condyle. It will then be seen quite clearly that the

bony plate, regarded by Flower and Mivart as the floor (or roof)

of the bulla, is, in reality, a partition dividing the bulla into two

chambers, and passing from the periphery of the cavity of the

bulla to the periotic, exactly as is the case in the Tiger, allowance

being made for the origin of the partition much farther back

than in that Feline. It is not, however, much farther back than

in some other Aluroids, e. g., Cynictis.

Nevertheless, it is not certain, in my opinion, that the par-

tition in the Hyznas is the exact homologue of that of the Cats.

The inner wall of the posterior chamber of the bulla in Afluroidea

is often strengthened by bony crests or ridges of varying height,

and one such crest, curving round the back of the chamber and

occupying the position of the partition, where it rises from the

bulla near the paroccipital, in Hycna, is present in two immature

skulls of Proteles, in addition to the normal vertical partition

which in these specimens is thin and imperfectly ossified or fene-

strated. The interest of this fact lies in the circumstance that

Proteles in several of its cranial characters occupies a position

midway between Hyena and the Mungotine. Hence it is possible

that in Hyena the normal partition has been replaced by a

secondary partition of stronger. growth. However that may be,

it is quite clear that the bulla of Hyena can no longer be

described as undivided.

Two other points of systematic importance may be alluded to:

the bulla in Hyznas is fused anteriorly to the basisphenoid, as

TYMPANIC BULLA IN HYANAS. 307

in the Cats, and beneath its anterior end, and concealed by it,

there is a foramen piercing the sphenoid and remote from

the foramen lacerum medium. This sphenoidal foramen seems

to correspond exactly with the exposed foramen by which the

internal carotid artery in the Mongooses enters the skull,

after traversing the bulla. In the Hyenas, nevertheless, this

artery is said by Mivart to enter the skull by the foramen

jacerum medium, the existence of a carotid foramen in the

sphenoid being denied by that author. The foramen, never-

theless, persists, as it does in Proteles, whether the carotid enters

it or not.”

March 7, 1916.

The Marquess oF SuiGo, Vice-President,

in the Chair.

Mr. Harry K. Kusrace gave a bioscope exhibition of films

illustrating his experiences as a big-game hunter and cinemato-

grapher in Kast Africa, showing the natives and the characteristic

animals of that country in their natural state.

rea SF : Enis wk RC

aid te nie em gon EBV ly Rede ek § ae “2 .

‘ 7 he 4 dae a al atioe witn

abs dhe iti ae if Aa he aN Bai ‘# yg Wis aie

reatels

eaten

rir

\ Vay,

vee PEM or

abe a vs

No. 151.

ABSTRACT OF THE PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON,.*

February 8th, 1916.

Prof, E. W. MacBripz, D.Sc., F.R.S., Vice-President,

in the Chair.

The Minutes of the last Scientific Meeting were confirmed.

The Secrerary read a Report on the Additions to the Society’s

Menagerie during the months of November and December, 1915,

and January 1916.

Mr. R. E. Hope exhibited the skull of a Roebuck, showing

an unusual deviation in the direction of the suture of the right

frontal bone, which extended considerably beyond the median

line towards the left.

Mr. Ouprietp Tuomas, F.R.S., F.Z.S8., exhibited the scalp and

frontlet with horns of a male Sable Antelope from the Luando

River, Angola, which had been presented to the National

Museum by Mr. H. F. Varian, together with a female mask and

horns.

This magnificent animal differed widely from the ordinary

Sable both by its far finer horns and by the character of its face-

markings, and Mr. Thomas proposed to distinguish it as a new

subspecies under the name of Hippotragus niger variant.

The horns of the type measured 57 inches in length along the

front curve, by 11 inches in circumference at the base, and had

* This Abstract is published by the Society at its offices, Zoological Gardens,

Regent's Park, N.W., on the Tuesday following the date of Meeting to which

it refers. It will be issued, along with the ‘ Proceedings,’ free of extra charge,

to all Fellows who subscribe to the Publications ; but it may be obtained on the

day of publication at the price of Sixpence, or, if desired, sent post-free for

the sum of Ste Shilings per annum, payable in advance.

47 transverse ridges upon them. Good South African and

Nyasa Sable horns were ordinarily about 45 to 50 inches in

length, while those of the East African Sable were not known

to reach 40 inches. The female horns of H. n. variant were

39 inches long.

In colour the face of the new form differed conspicuously by

the almost complete obliteration of the usual prominent white

streaks running from the anteorbital white tufts forwards to the

sides of the muzzle, the whole of the upper side of the face being

therefore deep black, with the exception of the anteorbital tufts

themselves, which were white as usual. In both male and

female a few odd light hairs alone indicated the ordinary position

of the streaks.

The type-specimen would be registered as B.M. No. 16.2.21.1.

Mr. C. Tare Reean, M:A., F.Z.S., exhibited, by means of

lantern-slides, a series of drawings of larval Fishes from the

Antarctic.

The development of Myctophum antarcticwm was compared

with that of the northern J. glaciale and larval Notothentide

were described.

Mr. R. I. Pocock, F.R.S., F.Z.S., Curator of Mammals,

exhibited the successive Antlers of a Virginian Deer (Odocoileus

americanus) that had died of cancer in the Society’s Gardens, and

attributed the degeneration shown to this disease.

Prof. H. G. Puuwer, F.RS., F.Z.S., Pathologist to the Society,

read his Report on the Deaths which occurred in the Society’s

Gardens during 1915, and on the Blood-parasites found during

the same period.

Prof. E. B. Poutron, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S., presented a paper

on a collection of Moths made in Somaliland by Mr. W. Feather,

containing descriptions of ten new genera and a large number of

new species by Sir George F, Hampson, Bt., F.Z.8., and others.

The next Meeting of the Society for Scientific Business will

be held on Tuesday, February 22nd, 1916, at half-past Five

o'clock p.M., when the following communications will be made :—

The Rev. H. N. Hurcutnson, B.A., F.Z.S.

Exhibition of drawings of Extinct Animals.

R. I. Pocock, F.R.8., F.Z.S.

Exhibition to illustrate the structure of the Tympanic Bulla

in Hyenas.

C. Tate Recan, M.A., F.Z.8.

Lantern exhibition of the nest of a Fighting Fish and the

climbing habits of a Catfish.

Bruce F, Cummines.

Studies on the Anoplura and Mallophaga, being a Report

upon a Collection from the Society’s Gardens.—Part I.

P. CHAatmers Mitcuett, M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S., F.Z.8.

Further Observations on the Intestinal Tract of Mammals.

The following Papers have been received :—

G. A. Boutenesr, F.R.S., F.Z.S.

1. On the Lizards allied to Lacerta muralis, with an Account

of Lacerta agilis and L. parva.

2. On Specimens of the Bolti, Tilapia nilotica, a Teleostean

Fish with increased number of Anal Spines.

Major R. MEINERTZHAGEN, F.Z.S8.

Notes on the Sitatunga or Marsh-Antelope of the Sesse

Islands.

T. Goopry, D.Sc.

Observations on the Cytology of Flagellates and Ameebe

obtained from old stored Soil.

Ropert GuRNeEY, M.A., F.Z.8.

On some fresh-water Entomostraca from Ceylon.

The Publication Committee desire to call the attention of

those who propose to offer Papers to the Society, to the great

increase in the cost of paper and printing. This will render it

necessary for the present that papers should be condensed, and

be limited so far as possible to the description of new results.

Communications intended for the Scientific Meetings should

be addressed to

P. CHALMERS MITCHELL,

Secretary.

ZOOLOGICAL Society oF Lonpon,

Recent’s Park, Lonpon, N.W.

february ldth, 1914.

NOH 152:

ABSTRACT OF THE PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.*

February 22nd, 1916.

Dr. A. Smirax Woopwarp, F.R.S., Vice-President,

in the Chair.

The Minutes of the last Scientific Meeting were confirmed.

The Rev. H. N. Hurcuinson, B.A., F.Z.S., exhibited a number

of drawings prepared by Mr. T. W. Parfitt of restorations of

various extinct animals.

Mr. C. Tare Reean, M.A., F.Z.S., gave a lantern-exhibition

illustrating the breeding-habits of a Siamese Fighting-Fish

(Betta splendens Regan) and the climbing-habits of a Cat-fish

(Arges marmoratus Regan) from the Andes of Colombia.

Mr. R. I. Pococn, F.R.S., F.Z.S., Curator of Mammals, gave

an exhibition, illustrated by lantern-slides, to show the structure

of the tympanic bulla in the Hyznas, and pointed out that both

Flower and Mivart were wrong in stating that the Hyznas

differ from the Felide, Viverride, and Protelidz, in having the

eavity of the bulla undivided by a bony septum. ‘The septum,

which those authors mistook for the roof of the bulla, runs from

the back of the bulla, where it abuts against the paroccipital,

obliquely upwards and forwards to the periotic, and divides the

cavity of the bulla into an anterior larger and a posterior smaller

chamber. The Hyznas thus agree with the other families of

Hluroid Carnivores in having the bulla divided.

* This Abstract is published by the Society at its offices, Zovlogical Gardens,

Regent's Park, N.W., on the Tuesday following the date of Meeting to which

it refers. It will be issued, along with the ‘Proceedings,’ free of extra charge,

to all Fellows who subscribe to the Publications; but it may be obtained on the

day of publication at the price of Sixpence, or, if desired, sent post-free for

the sum of Six Shillings per annum, payable in advance.

Mr. Bruce F. Cummrnes read a paper containing the first part

of a report on a collection of Anoplura and Mallophaga obtained

from animals in the Society’s Gardens. He dealt with the

structure and development of the various species, and gave

descriptions of three new forms.

Dr. P. CHALMERS Mircnett, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.8., Secretary to

the Society, gave an account of his paper entitled “ Further

Observations on the Intestinal Tract of Mammals,” illustrating

his remarks with a large series of lantern-slides.

The next Meeting of the Society for Scientific Business will be

held on Tuesday, March 7th, 1916, at half-past Five o’clock P.M.,

when the following communication will be made :—

CINEMATOGRAPH EXHIBITION.

The Srcrerary has been able to arrange with Mr. Harry K.

Eustace, Big Game Hunter and Cinematographer, to give an

exhibition of his films of African Animals at this Meeting.

The Papers previously announced for reading at this Meeting

are postponed.

The following Papers have been received :—

Re i. Pocock, HIR:S., Halcs:, EeZcs:

Lantern-exhibition to show structure of the Alisphenoid

Canal in some Civets and Hyzenas.

Major R. MrInertzHacEn, F.Z.S.

Notes on the Sitatunga or Marsh-Antelope of the Sesse

Islands.

G. A. Boutencer, F.R.S., F.Z.S.

1. On Specimens of the Perciform Fish, Tilapia nilotica,

with Increased Number of Anal Spines.

2. On the Lizards allied to Lacerta muralis, with an Account

of Lacerta agilis and L. parva.

“I

T. Goopry, D.Sc.

Observations on the Cytology of Flagellates and Am«be

obtained from old stored Soil.

Rosert Gurney, M.A., F.Z.8.

On some Fresh-water Entomostraca from Ceylon.

Ref Pocock, HRS: WaU:S., E.Z.S:

On the External Characters of the Mongooses (Mungotide).

The Publication Committee desire to call the attention of

those who propose to offer Papers to the Society, to the great

increase in the cost of paper and printing. This will render it

necessary for the present that papers should be condensed, and

be limited so far as possible to the description of new results.

Communications intended for the Scientific Meetings should

be addressed to

P. CHALMERS MITCHELL,

Secretary.

ZOOLOGICAL Soctety or Lonpon,

RecGent’s Park, Lonpon, N.W.

February 29th, 1916.

No. 153.

ABSTRACT OF THE PROCEEDINGS

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON

March 7th, 1916.

The Marquess or Stico, Vice-President,

in the Chair.

The Minutes of the last Scientific Meeting were confirmed.

Mr. Harry K. Eustace gave a bioscope exhibition of his films

illustrating his experiences as a big-game hunter and cinemato-

grapher in East Africa, showing the natives and the characteristic

animals of that country in their natural state.

The next Meeting of the Society for Scientific Business will be

held on Tuesday, March 21st, 1916, at half-past Five o'clock P.m.,

when the following communications will be made :—

* This Abstract is published by the Society at its offices, Zoological Gardens,

Regent’s Park, N.W., on the Tuesday following the date of Meeting to which

it refers. It will be issued, along with the ‘ Proceedings,’ free of extra charge,

to all Fellows who subscribe to the Publications; but it may be obtained on the

day of publication at the price of Sixpence, or, if desired, sent post-free for

the sum of Sia Skillings per annum, payable in advance.

J.T. Cunnincuam, M.A., F.Z.S.

Exhibition of skins illustrating results of Mendelian Cross

in Fowls.

IR. I. Pocock, FURS: ELGS., F-Z:s.:

Lantern-exhibition to show structure of the Alisphenoid

Canal in some Civets and Hyzenas.

T. Goopry, D.Sc.

Observations on the Cytology of Flagellates and Amcebe

obtained from old stored Soil.

Major R. MrInertzyaceEn, F.Z.S.

Notes on the Sitatunga or Marsh-Antelope of the Sesse

Islands.

The following papers have been received :—

G. A. Boutencer, F.R.S., F.Z.S.

1. On Specimens of the Perciform Fish, Tilapia nilotica,

with Increased Number of Anal Spines.

2. On the Lizards allied to Lacerta muralis.

Rosert Gurney, M.A., F.Z.8.

On some Fresh-water Entomostraca from Ceylon.

R. I. Pococg, F.R.S., F.L.8., F.Z.S.

On the External Characters of the Mongooses (Mungotide).

Dr. H. Murr Evans.

The Poison-Organ of the Sting-Ray (Trygon pastinaca).

Dr. J. C. Nomar

1. Methods of estimating the Size of Fish from the Size of

their Scales.

2. Experimental Determination of the Factors which cause

Patterns to appear conspicuous in Nature.

The Publication Committee desire to call the attention of

those who propose to offer Papers. to the Society, to the great

inerease in the cost of paper and printing. This will render it

necessary for the present that papers should be condensed, and

be limited so far as possible to the description of new results.

Communications intended for the Scientific Meetings should

be addressed to

P. CHALMERS MITCHELL,

Secretary.

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON,

Recent’s Park, Lonpon, N.W.

March \Ath, 1916.

No. 154.

ABSTRACT OF THE PROCEEDINGS

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.*

: March 21st, 1916.

Dr. 8. F. Harmer, F.R.8., Vice-President,

in the Chair.

The Minutes of the last Scientific Meeting were confirmed.

THE SECRETARY read a Report on the Additions made to the

Society’s Menagerie during the month of February 1916.

Mr. K. T. Newron, F.R.S./F.Z.S., exhibited the pelt and bones

of a Black Hare, for which he was under ohligation to Mr. G. F.

Brooke of Leadenhall Market, who had received it with a large

consignment of Brown Hares from Siberia; but, unfortunately,

the locality was not known. ‘This hare is of small size and with

short rabbit-like ears. The head and back are black excepting

only a small white spot on the forehead ; and towards the sides

there are numerous long hairs with white tips. Lower down

upon the sides the fur becomes tawny and passes into white

underneath. All the feet, but especially the hinder ones, have

light brown hair up the upper parts.

The skull and limb bones show characters agreeing with those

of the hare; but in size the animal was intermediate between

our common hare and the rabbit.

Mr. D. M.S. Watson, F.Z.8., gave an account of some obser-

vations he had made on the habits and life-history of Platypus

and Hechidna.

* This Abstract is published by the Society at its offices, Zoological Gardens,

Regent’s Park, N.W., on the Tuesday following the date of Meeting to which

it refers. It will be issued, along with the ‘ Proceedings,’ free of extra charge,

to all Fellows who subscribe to the Publications ; but it may be obtained on

the day of publication at the price of Sixpence, or, if desired, sent post-free

for the sum of Siv Shillings per annum, payable in adyance.

Mr. R. I. Pococng, F.R.S., F.Z.S., Curator of Mammals, gave

an exhibition, illustrated by lantern-slides, to show some points

connected with the alisphenoid canal in the Viverride and

Hyzenide, and demonstrated : (1) that the canal is always present

in Viverricula, its occasional apparent absence in that animal

being due to the closure of its posterior orifice near the foramen

rotundum, which opens into the posterior end of the canal ;

(2) that the canal may be complete in Crocuta, as Cuvier stated,

or may be closed at its posterior end.

Dr. T. Goopry read a paper entitled “Observations on the

Cytology of Flagellates and Amcebe obtained from old stored

Soil.” This paper deals with the eytology and nuclear changes

during division of three species of Flagellates and two species of

Ameebe obtained from soil stored in bottles at the Rothamsted

Laboratory for practically fifty years. One of the Flagellates and

the two Ameebee are new to science.

The next Meeting of the Society for Scientific Business will be

held on Tuesday, April 4th, 1916, at half-past Five o’clock p.M.,

when the following communications will be made :—

D. Seru-Smira, F.Z.S.

Exhibition of a small Intensive Poultry House.

Prof. J. P. Hint, D.Se., F.R.S., F.Z.S.

Exhibition of living Cecilians from South America.

G. A. Boutenesr, F.R.S., F.Z.S.

1. On Specimens of the Perciform Fish, Zilapia nilotica,

with Increased Number of Anal Spines.

2. On the Lizards allied to Lacerta muralis, with an Account

of Lacerta agilis and L. parva.

Ropert Gurney, M.A., F.Z.8.

On some Fresh-water Entomostraca from Ceylon.

Major R. MEInertzHacen, F.Z.S.

a SEE Eee

Notes on the Sitatunga or Marsh-Antelope of the Sesse

Islands.

The following Papers have been received :—

R. I. Pocock, F.R.S., FLS., F.Z.8.

On the External Characters of the Mongooses (Mungotide).

Major H. Murr Evans, M.D., R.A.M.C.

The Poison-Organ of the Sting-Ray (7rygon pastinaca).

Dr. J. C. Morrram.

An Experimental Determination of the Factors which cause

Patterns to appear conspicuous in Nature.

The Publication Committee desire to call the attention of

those who propose to offer Papers to the Society, to the great

increase in the cost of paper and printing. This will render it

necessary for the present that papers should be condensed, and

be limited so far as possible to the description of new results.

Communications intended for the Scientific Meetings should

be addressed to

P. CHALMERS MITCHELL,

Secretary.

- ZOOLOGICAL SocrnTY OF Lonpon,

Regent's Park, Lonpon, N.W.

March 28th, 1916.

PAPERS.

he Morphology of the Cyprinodont Fishes of the Subfamily Phallostethine, with

- Descriptions of a new Genus and two new Species. By C. Tarn Ruaan, M.A., F.Z.S.

(Plates LL-IV., and Text-figures 1-15.) .... 2... sees se eee eee e tee eee eee eee

On a Collection of Mammals from the Coast and Islands of South-East Siam. By

©. Boven Kuoss, F.Z.8., F.R.G.S. With an Account of the Fruit-Bats, by Dr. Knup

Anpmrsen, F.Z.8. (Plate I., and Pope faures Tie yb crenata acre riaress ave cath ctevatey atm

3. Report on the Deaths which occurred in the Zoological Gardens during 1915,

together with a List of the Blood-Parasites found during the Year. By H. G.

Puer, F.R.S., F.Z.8., Professor of Compar ative Pathology in the Imperial Sue

of Science and Technology, London, and Pathologist to the Society HiGoe

k A Frog with Serameeically Abnormal Hind Feet. By R. W. Haroup Row, B.S8c.,

be F.LS., F.Z.8., Assistant Lecturer and Demonstrator in Zoology, University of

London, King’s College. (Yext-figure 1.) -. i... ce eee ee creer eee eee ee eens

6. On peolecicn of Moths made in Somaliland by Mr. W. Feather. By Professor E

B. Pouuroy, M.A., F.R.S8., F.Z.S. With Descriptions of New Species by Sir G. F.

Hamrson, Bart., L. B. Provr, J. H. Durrant, and Dr. Karu Jorpay. (Plates

UD eee

6. Further Observations on the Intestinal Tract of Mammals. By P. Cmarmers

~ Mrrcunct, M.A., D.Se., L.D., F.B.S., Secretary to the Society. (Text-figures 1-80.).

7. Studies on the Anoplura and Mallophaga, being a Report upon a Collection from the

Mammals and Birds in the Society's Gardens. —Part I., with a Preface. ve Bruce

F. Cummrnes, British Museum (Natural History). (Text-figures 1-24.) ..

Page

LIST OF PLATES.

1916, Parr I. (pp. 1-307).

REGAN: Ply le AS Phallostethus... Be Neostetnusucneenie ieeeenee

Il. Neostethus lankestert ......--..0. Lice Rajah a 1

Tit. A. Neostethus. B. Phallostethus ......-........-

IV. A, B. Phallostethus. C. Neostethus ..........00

Koss : Plo. “Sketch Map of SH Siam. .eec nce seme eter ae veie RRR

2 GPA Se 2

BOwEtON - HE Ir \ Somaliland Hepidoptera js cpiss- cic case ron eee 91

NOTICE.

The ‘ Proceedings’ for the year are issued in four parts, paged consecutively,

so that the complete reference is now P. Z. 8. 1916, p.... The Distribution

is as follows:—

: Part I, issued in March,

ye ee June.

Aes Hui abaamrss September,

Pritiane Viaw tee December.

‘ Proceedings,’ 1915, Part IV. (pp. 541-712), were published on

December 24th, 1915.

The Abstracts of the ‘Proceedings,’ Nos, 151-154, are

contained in this Part.

se Fee

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS

OF THE

AQVOLOGICAL SOCIETY

OF LONDON.

1916.

PART II.

CONTAINING Paczs 309 To 448, witH 7 PLATES

AND 45 Text-ricures, TrtLepace, INDEX, ETC.

JUNE 1916.

PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,

SOLD AT ITS HOUSE IN REGENT’S PARK.

LONDON:

MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO.,

PATERNOSTER ROW.

[Price Twelve Shillings.]

LIST OF CONTENTS.

1916, Parr II. (pp. 309-448).

EXHIBITIONS AND NOTICES.

The Szcrrrary, Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month

ofsMebranry 1916 (0). .e hse chee coke a pate Sh Wana tas A a Boe ee eae oes A

Mr. E.T. Newron, F.R.S., F.Z.S. Exhibition of the skin of a Siberian Black Hare .... 441 a

Mr. D. M. 8. Warson, F.Z.S. Notice of remarks on the habits of Platypus and Echidna. 441 |

Mr. R. I. Pocock, F.R.S., F.L.S8., F.Z.S., Curator of Mammals. Lantern-exhibition to

show the structure of the Alisphenoid Canal in some Civets and Hyxnas. (Text- }

Tt R ich ida IP hia ears ICME e ey baie: An mee ac vich teed es tele eee eee oo ae

Mr. J. T. Cunnincuam, M.A., F.Z.S. Exhibition of skins illustrating results of

Mendelian Cross in Fowls ...... be teen sence teeeee distaoaieoetions seen el see 446

Mr. D. Seru-Smurrn, F.Z.S., Curator of Birds, Exhibition of a small Intensive Poultry-

LOUISE yc: Rese ea cust clos OS riots serene seaeee a eect roto eras tenet SS Dia hee On eS ese AAG

Prof. J. P. Hisu, D.Se., F.R.S., F.Z.S. Exhibition of living Ceeilians from South

WALI ETE Caly See hare cate hcl Epevenels etary kate eats etme ete Hee MS Dogma MCSE emptied: St

Mr. G. A. Boutencrr, F.R.S., F.Z.5 “7° > % © sapc> entitled ‘On the Lizards allied

to Lacerta muralis, with an ac: j Nd Tn eaeh Be SAaoddon dc — 447

The Secrerary. Report on the Acc: Menagerie during the month ats

On Mino NOG: Geng ha6 5 on bo ee EIA OF to od ap bkuOob tot oo cons 447

The Secrerary. Notice of a letter received from Lt.-Col. R. T. Lairmr, D.Se., F.Z.S.,

AL MEGs smrelerencesto bil arzilOsis seas roteycrer ctece lone ovale ierenelale a aceree tren ete teeters eer nae 4473

Mr. C. Tarn Ruean, M.A., F.Z.S. Exhibition of lantern-slides illustrating parental care

Din TTS VO Ra Ce EE a A ete BRACE Pou ane aed un pA ee Tra sO

The Secretary. Report cn the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month

GR PA TALON ya oe is) a ciete tere ere peoetcte ik ane Shel eee Be eres Sramau ol o . 448

Mr. R. H. Burne, M.A., F.Z.S. Exhibition of preparations of connections between the

Swim-bladder and Ear in Fishes ......0..c+.ce ee eeceuccecs pare neuer ze LSS

Correction to Prof. E. B. Pouzron’s paper on Moths from Somaliland ................ 448

Contents continued on page 3 of Wrapper,

org (he te oe ES

sicaleeiidei at bee

ala

eh ee

Loe ee

PT OP eae?

1 Sa

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

Tuts Society was founded in 1826 by Sir Sraurorp Rarruzs,

Mr. J. Sasinz, Mr. N. A. Vieors, and other eminent Naturalists,

for the advancement of Zoology and Animal Physiology, and for the

introduction of new and curious subjects of the Animal Kingdom,

an wasincorporated by Royal Charter in 1829,

Patron.

HIS MAJESTY THE KING,

COUNCIL.

HIS GRACH THE DUKE OF BEDFORD, K.G., F.R.S., President,

Tar Hon. Cacit Barine, M.A. Pror, Ervesr W. MacBrinz,

AuFrrep H. Cocks, Hse., M.A.

Tue Rr. Hon. Tue Hart or

Cromer, P.C.,G.C.B.,G.C.M.G.,

F.R.S., Vice-Presedent.

Cuartes Drummonpn, KEse.,

Treasurer,

Aurrep Ezra, Ese.

Carrain Hues 8. Guapstonn,

M.A.

Sipney Freprric Harmer, Ese.,

MEAG Sco e ChenNeO a Vace-

President. —

Cox. Srr Watrer R. Lawrence,

With, (CiOetled

Str Epuunp Gites Loner, Br.,

Vice-President.

M.A, D.Sc., F.R.S., Vice-

President.

Guy A. K. Marswatn, Esa., D.Sc.

E.G. B. Mrapr-Watpo, Ese.

P. Caatmers Mircnett, Ese.,

Whale IDYSGh, IG ID,. 8 3b Si

Secretary.

ALBERT Pam, Esq.

Tur Kart or Porrsmourn.

OxrprizLp Tuomas, Esa., F.R.S,

AUBYN

M.A.

AntHony H. Wrnerietp, Ese.

Trevor-Barrys, Ese.,

Artnur Surra Woopwarp, Kse.,

LL.D.,F.R.S., Vice-President.

Henry Woopwarp, Esa., LL.D.,

F.R.S., Vice-President.

The Society consists of Fellows, and Honorary, Foreign, and

Corresponding Members, elected according to the By-Laws. It

carries out the objects of its foundation by means of its collection

of living animals, by its Library, and by its Scientific Publications.

The Office of the Society, Regent’s Park, N.W., where all com-

munications should be sent, addressed to “‘ The Secretary,” is open

from Ten till Five, except on Saturdays, when it closes at OnE P.M.

The Library, under the superintendence of Mr. Henry G. J. Peavot,

is open daily (except Sunday) from Ten a.m. till Five p.m.; on

Saturdays, Ten a.m. till Two p.m.

The Library is closed from Good Friday to Easter Monday, and

upon all other Bank Holidays. It is also closed annually for

cleaning purposes during the whole month of September.

The Meetings of the Society for General Business are held in the

Meeting Room at the Society's Office on the third Wednesday in

every month of the year, except in September and October, at half-

past Four o’clock p.m.

The Meetings for Scientifie Business are held in the Meeting

Room at the Society’s Office fortnightly on Tuesdays, except in

July, August, September, and December and January, at half-past

Five o’clock p.m.

The Anniversary Meeting is held on the 29th. of April, or the

nearest convenient day, at Four p.m.

The Society’s Gardens are open daily from Nine o’clock until

Sunset. Mr. R. I. Pocock, F.R.S., F.L.S., is the resident Super-

intendent: and Curator of Mammals, Mr. D. Seth-Smith is Curator

of Birds and Inspector of Works, Mr. E. G. Boulenger is Curator

of Reptiles, Prof. H. M. Lefroy is Curator of Insects, and

Professor H. G. Pliimmer, F.R.S., M.R.C.S., is Pathologist. Appli-

cations for anatomical material or facilities for work in the

Prosectorium should be addressed to the Secretary of the Society.

TERMS FOR THE ADMISSION OF FELLOWS.

Frriows pay an Admission Fee of £5, and an Annual Contri-

bution of £3, due on the Ist. of January, and payable in advance,

or a Composition of £45 in leu thereof; the whole payment,

including the Admission Fee, being £50.

No person can become a Frriow until the Admission Fee and

first Annual Subscription have been paid, or the annual payments

have been compounded for.

Fettows elected in November and December are not liable for

the Subscription for the year in which they are elected.

PRIVILEGES OF FELLOWS.

Frttows haye Personal Admission to the Gardens upon signing

their names in the book at the entrance gate, and may introduce

Two Companions daily.

The Wire or Houssanp of a Futtow can exercise these privileges

in the absence of the Fellow.

Until further notice, Fxtnows will receive 40 undated Green

Cards, available on any Sunday or week-day up to the end of

February of the year following the year of issue, and 20 White

Cards available on any week-day up to the same date. Twenty

of the Green Cards may be exchanged for a book containing two

Orders for each Sunday in the year. Twenty White Cards may

be exchanged for a book of dated Week-day Orders, each Order

available for any day during the week except Sunday. Special

children’s tickets are no longer issued, but the Green and White

Cards are perforated, and each half is valid for a Child under twelve

years of age. It is particularly requested that Fellows will sign

every ticket before it goes out of their possession. Unsigned tickets

are not available.

Frttows are not allowed to pass in friends on their written

order or on presentation of their visiting ecards.

Frttows have the privilege of receiving the Society’s ordinary

Publications issued during the year upon payment of the additional

Subscription of One Guinea. This Subscription is due upon the

1st. of January, and must be paid before the day of the Anniversary

Meeting, after which the privilege lapses. FxEttows are likewise

entitled to purchase these Publications at 25 per cent. less than

the price charged to the public. <A further reduction of 25 per

cent. is also made upon all purchases of Publications issued prior

to 1881, if above the value of Five Pounds.

Fettows also have the privilege of subscribing to the Annual

Volume of ‘ The Zoological Record, which gives a list of the Works

and Publications relating to Zoology in each year, for the sum of

One Pound Ten Shillings. Separate divisions of volumes 39 to

42 can also be supplied. Full particulars of these publications can

be had on application to the Secretary.

Frettows may obtain a TransFeRaBLE Ivory Ticker admitting

two persons, available throughout the whole period of Fellowship,

on payment of Ten Pounds in one sum. A second similar ticket

may be obtained on payment of a further sum of Twenty Pounds.

Any Frttow who intends to be absent from the United Kingdom

during the space of at least one year, may, upon giving to the

Secretary notice in writing, have his or her name placed upon the

“dormant list,” and will then be called upon to pay an annual

subscription of £1 only during such absence, but after three years

must make a further application to be retained on that; list.

Any Frtrow, having paid all fees due to the Society, is at liberty

to withdraw his or her name upon giving notice in writing to the

Secretary.

Ladies or Gentlemen wishing to become Fellows of the Society

are requested to communicate with ‘The Secretary.”

P. CHALMERS MITCHELL,

Secretary.

Regent’s Park, London, N.W.

June, 1916.

MEETINGS

Z OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON

FOR

SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS.

1916,

TuEsDAY, OcTOBER ...... 24,

5 NOVEMBER = 4-4) avaand, Jie

The Chair will be taken at half-past Five o'clock precisely.

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

THE ZOOLOGICAL RECORD.

ipa ZootogicaL Record gives, by means of an annual Volume,

complete lists of the Works and Publications relating to

Zoology that have appeared during the year preceding the issue

of the Volume, together with a Subject and a Systematic Index.

Since 1906 the Zootocicat Rucorp has been amalgamated with

the Zoology volume of the International Catalogue of Scientific

Literature, and has appeared in two forms, different only in title-

page and binding, one in series with the Zoological Record, the

other forming Volume N, Zoology, of the Annual Issue of the

International Catalogue.

On account of difficulties arising from the War, the Executive

Committee of the International Catalogue is at present unable to

undertake the issue of any volumes of the 15th Annual Issue.

The Zoological Society of London, in these special circumstances,

has undertaken to produce the Zoological Record as usual, pre-

cisely in accordance with the form that the volume has assumed

since the amalgamation.

Fellows of the Zoological Society, and Institutions already on its

subscription-list, and any new subscribers whose subscriptions are

received before August “1st, 1916, will receive the volume dealing

with the literature for 1915 (Zoological Record, Vol. 52: Inter-

national Catalogue, loth Annual Issue, N, Zoology) as usual at the

end of the year or early in 1917.

The Society is able to supply complete sets of the Record on the

following terms :—

Vols. 1 to 42, price £16 10s. net. Vol. 48 and onwards at 40s. each.

The prices for separate volumes are as follows :—

Vols. 1 to 42 (except Vols. 4 and 6 which are sold with sets only),

10s. each.

Vols. 43 to 50 (obtainable separately only from Messrs. Harrison

& Sons), 40s. each.

Vols. 51 and 52. 40s. each.

Index Zoologicus. An alphabetical list of names of genera

and subgenera proposed for use in Zoology, as recorded in the

‘Zoological Record,’ 1880-1900; together with other names not

included in the ‘ Nomenclator Zoologicus’ of 8. H. Scudder. Com-

piled (for the Zoological Society of London) by Cuaruus Owsn

Warernouss and edited by Davip Suarp, Kditor of the ‘ Zoological

Record.’ London, 1902. Price to Fellows, 18s.; price to the

public, 20s., or if sold with a set of the ‘ Zoological Record,’ 10s.

Index Zoologicus, No. II, An alphabetical list of names of

genera and subgenera proposed for use in Zoology, as recorded in

the ‘ Zoological Record,’ Vols. 38-47 inclusive (1901-1910), and

the Zoology volumes of the ‘ International Catalogue of Scientific

Literature,’ Annual Issues 1-10. Compiled (for the Zoological

Society of London) by Cuartes Ownn Warteruovse, I1.8.0., and

edited by Davip Suarp, M.A., F.R.S., Editor of the ‘Zoological

Record.’ London, 1912. Price to Fellows, 12s. 6d. net; price

to the public, 15s. net., or if sold with a set of the ‘ Zoological

Record,’ 10s.

SEPARATE DIVISIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL RECORD.

Divisions of Vols. 39 to 42 and Vols. 51 and 52 of the ‘ Zoological

Record’ can be supplied by the Society, but those of Vols. 43 to 50

can be had only from Messrs. Harrison & Sons, 46 St. Martin’s

Lane, W.C.

(a)

List of abbreviations of journals, ete. .. .. 2

Special Records, viz. :—

I. General Subjects ..

Il. Mammalia :

ASTOR AA Vie SAP Rie ite Sait tee Mk

IV. Reptilia and Batrachia..

V. Pisces Ae Seu ak SS

VI. Tunicata

VII. Mollusca

VIII. Brachiopoda . .

IX. Bryozoa

X. Crustacea

XI. Arachnida

XII. Myriopoda

XIII. Insecta -. :

XIY. Echinoderma

XV. Vermes .. :

XVI. Coelenterata ..

XVII. Spongiz ae

XVIII. Protozoa 0 Tonal cnet tect cme

Index of new names of genera and subgenera. 2

P. CHALMERS MITCHELL,

Secretary.

WporWwWwWNMrRwWNRR Bre bDNW @bb

SPODODBDOAaGTDaDGWD®SGOAAAGADS

Recent’s Park, Lonpoy, N.W.

June, 1916.

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON...

LIST OF PUBLICATIONS.

THE scientific publications of the Zoological Society of London

are of two kinds—“ Proceedings,” published in an octavo

form, and “ Transactions,” in quarto.

According to the present arrangements, the “‘ Proceedings”’

contain not only notices of all business transacted at the scien-

tific meetings, but also all the papers read at such meetings

and recommended to be published in the ‘‘ Proceedings ” by

the Committee of Publication. A large number of coloured

plates and engravings are issued in the volumes of the

“‘ Proceedings,”’ to illustrate the new or otherwise remark-

able species of animals described therein. Amongst such

illustrations, figures of the new or rare species acquired in a

living state for the Society’s Gardens are often given.

The “ Proceedings” for each year are issued in four parts,

paged consecutively, during the months of March, June,

September, and December. From January 1901 they have

been issued as two half-yearly volumes, indexed separately.

An “ Abstract of the Proceedings” is published by the

Society on the Tuesday following the date of the Scientific

Meeting to which it refers. It is issued along with the “‘ Pro-

ceedings,” free of extra charge, to all Fellows who subscribe to

the Publications, but it may be obtained on the day of publi-

cation at the price of Sixpence, or, if desired, sent post free

for the sum of Six Shillings per annum, payable in advance.

The ‘‘ Transactions” contain such of the communications

made to the Scientific Meetings of the Society as, on account of

the nature of the plates required to illustrate them, are better

adapted for publication in the quarto form. ‘They are issued

at irregular intervals.

Fellows and Corresponding Members, upon payment of

a Subscription of One Guinea before the day of the Anni-

versary Meeting, are entitled to receive the Society’s

Publications for the year. ‘They are likewise entitled to

purchase the Publications of the Society at 25 per cent. less

than the price charged to the Public. A further reduction

of 25 per cent. is made upon purchases of Publications

issued prior to 1881, if they exceed the value of Five

Pounds.

Fellows also have the privilege of subscribing to the

Zoological Record for a sum of One Pound Ten Shillings

(which includes cost of delivery), payable on the Ist. of July

in each year; but this privilege is forfeited unless the

subscription be paid before the 1st of December following.

The following is a complete list of the publications of the

Society already issued.

TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

4to. 20 vols. and Index. Price to Price to the

Fellows. Public.

Vols. I-IV. (out of print).

Voll. V., contamme, G7 eb lates 5 (862-660) er omen one G90

sy 0g Wiley use Aspe ANOS as game, CUSEO=69)ye tee lilo 80) eee

js OV LE pied Lin ty ge teeten(LSCO=72) el Ol 4 NO eee a elo oma

sy LL, Felsen emerpestmocm G ESR are SO Sie I IO

5 Lee So D+ eye, 40 CISTT=79) 10 <0) 8 ee ORT

Index, Vols MUS Nea ta. cements (1883=79)" 10 7) Be WO 0

Vol. XI, containing 97 Plates .. (1880-85) .... 912 0. 1216 0

Ful, ef Ge (1EBG=90) te, 1G eS Oe nen

rae ONO Rey ee ein oo 6s CEOs ooe a SB By 8) LO

eee XUV ibis) MARAT wx savee’. Leus(S96=98)ihacen 1 5nd) Aen ROMO

A NOV, - 52 5 ee CLSOSSL90D se Soalore6) * i, VAPTO

Fie a Sh Bic) pe (LOO 1 1903) eet O ae 7 40

OM a fehl i, aes G903- 1006), ua So 1S 1G ee SEO

5 VELL, a ees 2) ag COORD) 0h As GL, OR fae en mn)

ue he eae sualeee 4, TDC

A ORE ig SOO oe CLO 2 OND) LOS rl ommanO

» XXI.—Part 1. (7 Plates & 12 Text-figs.)

(liam OMG) are recta late ee 2D sO? cecte OOM.

now able to offer for sale, at the reduced price of £30, sets of Vols. V._XVI. inclusive, and

| In consequence of a re-arrangement of the stock of the ‘Transactions,’ the Society ‘|

separate papers, of which a list can be supplied, at about one-fourth their published price,

PROCEEDINGS OF THE COMMITTEE OF SCIENCE AND

CORRESPONDENCE OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF

LONDON. 8vo. 2 vols. (Letterpress only).

Part I. 1830-31. 1 vol. 8vo., out of print.

% ty sees “0 rate eee HE GR snc OS

Price to Price to the

Fellows, Public.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

First SERIES.

Parts I—XV. (1833-1847). 8vo. 15 vols. (Letterpress ou) Price to

Fellows : 4s. 6d. each part ; to the Public, 6s.

Index 1839-1847, Price to Fellows: 4s. 6d. ; to the Public, 6s.

Parts I., VIL-TX., XT., XIV., XV., out of print.

SECOND SERIES.

Parts XVI.-XXVIIT. (1848-1860). 8vo. 13 vols. (Letterpress only.)

Price to Fellows: 4s. 6d. each part ; to the Public, 6s.

Index 1848-1860. Price to Feliows: 4s. 6d.; to the Public, 6s.

The Parts of this series containing Coloured Plates are out of print.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 8vo. 40 vols. and 4 Indices.

Letterpress only. With Plates uncoloured. With Plates coloured.

Price to Price to the Price to Price to the Price to Price to the

Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public.

MSGI 5 4sh Gd: sid 4 MOS eis Bae 9s. RP nl ese Grete by 33s. Od. .... 45s.T

MSG Qi Ase Gd 2 oh 9 OSs. cease 9s. Sb LES? ooo ode Gate Gus Gea UZ its,

ISEB oo 4s Clb ooas OS cossoc 9s. Bpecnves UID S te errayanra is cheOSr oo Qe are reienen eo Seite

SOA CAS Os 5 ety LOSKEME een aie 9s, sree DSH Res wy 30s. Od. .... 45s.*

IS@S ,, 45; Giieos 5 Geateeococ 9s, oe LOR eb leds OS Ore ae = Zag,

WB oe 48, Cth obc0 GSthaooncc 9s. Se ee etl AAS pee ae ten ans, Yd. 2... 40s.

FSG (ppm neh eee need te aoe ei Cp kare tt 9s. sooo UA eascode Goee Sk wine, 25%h

MSG SM ae A Ie osc oe tisdale Se ey Qs. Rare On Aen OST OCA = fits, uA Des

US GO aay ices phieay o ceat sy ictle es, SUN 9s. each aad ACY Mie gs ere Bs, Wh saoc 45s.

SOs eer hae Weeee ahsletae ed ecole Ate 9s. Cetera Sree cases: St, SWh coon CkoKD

indexes lS GIS Omar eyronene. 4s, 6d... ., 6s.

TS Ee te na 8 cack olathe oe ue aie 9s. Ngee aml Save rae oe B39, Bh coon SK,

BSP eee a sent aegobetanc A ua bone. whe 9s. siamese aman oes. 9d. .... 458.7

MS (thant \Sce cera uae eer Meme sos 9s. 5 sett UC nu aanae SB Sh cane Zs

USV (AS Se ee ere Ree niet Neve ceva MoO 9s ReryeebZaat. crew an, OOS: jen dosst

MS idee. hee cc sheet em peaT Eaeee 9s. Mere SARS Le: 2 36s. oooa 4tek

TSG Be ee Reem te ren eh 9s. Rosen ns 4s OOS! sens 488eh

MS biitatascstcosyesccses cia siotart cee Ree 9s. Ghee UOSh ictus s 36s, coco BKK

TG ASh ie Seeestes ere ey ree orn tans Qs. Ae re ene hee o6s. sooo ies,

HS OME cals. suche erst ate tonsie suckene cae emers 9s. 5 AS Slee UL ou act eh 36s. ee aS

HSS Ole enn aicee toate scoeeeee sence 9s. Pe Osea 36s. oie er ABS:

Indexsal SA=1SS0 nee rear AS OG ey. 6s.

1881-1890. Ten volumes .... Each ................ oGs. weAes

Index, 1881-1890 ............ AIS, Gob sa00 6s.

1891-1900. Ten volumes .... Each ...... eee ene 36s. soon Ghee

ltnglese, IksSSNG00) "Redan cosas se AseOdarecn)s| | OS

* No perfect copies in stock. t Out of print.

PROCEEDINGS or tus GENERAL MEETINGS ror SCIENTIFIC

BUSINESS or tuz ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON,

8vo. 81 vols. and Index.

Price to Price to the

Fellows, Public.

1901-1910. Twenty volumes .......2..eseesseeee Hach lise) er cres:

Index, 1901-1910... cee eee c cette cette seen teens As: (Od. oa mise

HOG OG) gen oe doco no bGsosqcacuso cous noo Ene enn onS WSs ope-o y 24s.

UGE Scso coon sbosomasot noch Som omoas opp on ld GOs Sh leone 24s

MOF on so ce donodooscr dp oo MmnoodopodaoosaEdoo ss 188s, ee ae 24s.

Pi ite Ue Sa 500s coos om ncn ods TOOOd GOD CU oODADoOBSE Se TSS taeecaee 24s

ICs oj Gk ab oncch ocbosgasba noo sgsoon soso asa Say TOSS ok comnts 24s,

” ” ATES ig aces ie seas ay ean Maotomeirerssteua ha) ouetieMavtessa rekon eneete teks Ssh eens

TON b Mbcpcideséccoudcouesoosc os on sonctDAedaH ORD oS 188... eeeeeise

wi ty Wlopseot suas sepopodopocaconabotonUSbodano ORY 18s) ee 245

TONS, vy. Wncowade tonto covenogenot de dotccgn scons adoo 18s: /n. eee

HH) my We bodascooboemnoo moos Sone dr ooo eDoO Wom OM chee eae oo. 228

NOME, 4 Wenoonecoscsddvenga cot sono sosooDGr a asn0 835 TSSe ohare 24s.

LISTS OF THE ANIMALS IN THE SOCIETY’S GARDENS.

List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens

of the Zoological Society of London, (Kighth Edition.) 8vo.

1883. Cloth, 4s. 6d,

List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens

of the Zoological Society of London. (Ninth Edition.) 8vyo.

1896. Cloth, 6s.

CATALOGUE OF THE LIBRARY of the Zoological Society of

London (Fifth Kdition.) 8vo. 1902. Cloth, 6s.

THE OFFICIAL ILLUSTRATED GARDEN GUIDE—14th Edition

—with (1) a Railway and Street Map, showing a direct

route to the “‘ Zoo” from all parts of London and the Suburbs ;

(2) a Plan of the Grounds, showing at a glance the location of

the animals; (3) a short description of some of the principal

animals in the Collection (now containing over 3000 spe-

cimens), together with 32 Photographic Illustrations and

Index. Price 6d. in Stiff Paper Cover, postage 13d., or in

Green Cloth Cover price 1s. 2d. post free.

THE HOUSE-FLY CAMPAIGN. 3rd Edn. Illustrated. 8vo.

1916. Price 3d. post free.

PRACTICAL ADVICE ON THE FLY QUESTION. 8yo. 1915.

Price 2d. pest free,

P, CHALMERS MITCHELL,

Secretary.

Regent’s Park, London, N.W.

June, 1916.

These publications may be obtained at the Societys Orricn

or throuyh any bookseller.

IP Zo So IIB, GOODIE, Ril, I,

T. Goodey, del.

SOIL PROTOZOA.

PZ So IMIG, GOODIE, Als Ml,

T. Goodey, del.

SOIL PROTOZOA.

P. Zo S. IGG, GOODEY, Pl. Il.

SOIL PROTOZOA.

cr oe sins tcomscontnantemre ainsi

T. Goodey, del

ie, ZnS) Wi; (COODIE, JL iy.

56. 57

T. Goodey, del.

SOIL PROTOZOA.

ites)

ON SOIL PROTOZOA. 30

PAPERS.

8. Observations on the Cytology of Flagellates and

Amoebe obtained from old Stored Soil. Byvahlie

GoovEy, D.Sc.*, Protozoologist, Research Laboratory

in Agricultural Zoology, University of Birmingham.

[Received February 3, 1916; Read March 21, 1916.]

(Plates I.-IV. and Text-figure 1.)

INDEX. Page

inbroduc:o nee mere NRE ne: ere idea Sa ae ai oo BO

BAY eH OVS USI ey seein Se lle Oe a ne a a PE S10)

A, FLAGELLATA,

(1) Prowazekia (Bodo) saltans.

(a) Structure ......... PRR oe aad nec bcs Mecoctos, MOLUL

(@eSystematiesPositrone see eee lS

(2) Tetramitus spiralis, sp. n.

(QuStrnctiives meses eerie eee ee ee OL

()y IE DROGINCHOM... coovoococcesouncontenseockescocneace BIL

(e)M System atvcePositiony wees cee ss eeeneeee eee OLS

(3) Spironema multiciliatum.

(a) Structure ....... OER ae ce rod ose e ols)

(6) Systematic Osos, iets op ate ea Mmeson)

B. Rwizopopa.

(1) Amceba lawesiana, sp. n.

(Q)aStruchavet te nesctes. Mecsas eee OL

@)ekeproductron eee eee eee eT Oo

(Op Encystatio ny soy eee ieee 324,

(GypRemarksi ste crenata nee ate cena em OD

(2) Ameba agricola, sp. n.

(QP Structure’ ait neers eee eee OG

(O)eReproductionie eee eee eter e ee eee eet 6

(o) Remarks eee se- sce eee ee OTD

Literature... a So sarenneee Seti ae nanan Oe eas eel ta ie RAR

Explanation of ihe Blas a fale Ses RSS Oe ga ils Aa 330

INTRODUCTION.

Within the last few years a good deal of attention has been

paid to soil-protozoa, owing to the important function ascribed to

them by Russell and Hutchinson? in their hypothesis advanced

to account for the changes observed on partially sterilising soil.

According to these investigators, soil-protozoa act as a factor

limiting bacterial activity, and so prevent a normal soil from

attaining its full fertility.

It is of importance, therefore, that we should ascertain what

kinds of protozoa are present in the soil and as much as possible

* Communicated by Prof. F. W. GamsBtez, F.R.S., F.Z.S.

y+ Russell and Hutchinson, Journ. Agric. Sci. vol. in. pt. xi. (1909), and vol. v.

pt. xi. (1913).

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1916, No. XXI. Zak

310 DR. 'T. GOODEY ON

of their life-histories ; also whether they are forms capable of

consuming bacteria, and thus able to function as a limiting factor

on soil- bacteria.

One of the chief methods by which soil-protozoa can be

studied is examination in cultures made in suitable media; and

although it has recently been claimed * that the cultural forms

are not necessarily those occurring in a tr ophic condition in

the soil, and may not therefore be. concerned in the biological

changes of the soil, yet I have quite recently obtained some experi-

mental results which point most positively to the cultural protozoa,

especially ameebe, acting as a check to the increase of bacter ‘al

numbers. | hope to publish an account of this work shortly. In

the present paper an account is given of a few forms of flagellates

and amcebe which were obtained culturally from some old soils

stored at Kothamsted Experimental Station, together with some

observations on their cytology and methods of division. The

protozoan fauna of these soils was a limited one when compared

with that of an ordinary garden or field-soil, and for this reason

presented a suitable field for wor king out the different or e@anisms

in detail.

In a recent number of ‘ The Annals of Applied Biology ’ I have

recorded the culture of amcebe and flagellates from soil bottled

so far back as 1865 and left untouched since then ; thus proving

the survival of protozoa, no doubt in an encysted condition, for a

period of 49 years. It was my intention at the outset of the work

met ely to obtain an idea of the character of the protozoan fauna

surviving in the different soils examined. In order to do this,

and to determine as nearly as possible the different species winoh

cropped up, it was necessary to make a number of permanent

stained preparations and to study these in considerable detail.

Asa result of thesé observations, | have obtained a number of

interesting facts on the cytology, mode of nuclear division, ete., 1n

several of the forms examined.

The samples of soil tested for protozoa were taken from bottles

of soil obtained originally from five of the fields under experi-

mental cultivation at Rothamsted. These were: Broadbalk soil

bottled in 1865, Geescroft soil bottled in 1865, Agdell soil bottled

in 1867, Hoosfield soil bottled in 1868, and Barnfield soil bottled

in 1870.

MeruHops.

As a culture medium, saline egg-albumen was used and found

very serviceable. A small quantity of soil was placed in this

medium, contained in a circular flat-bottomed glass dish furnished

with a close-fitting flat lid. This was then put into an incubator

at 22°C, or left at room-temperature. After a few days, micro-

scopic examination of the culture revealed active protozoa. These

were frequently found on the surface or at the bottom of the

** Russell, E. J., “ Soil Protozoa and Soil Bacteria,” Proc. Roy. Soc. B, vol. Ixxxix.

p. 76 (1915).

SOIL PROTOZOA. 311

liquid ; and in order to obtain these forms, coverslips were floated

on the surface and placed on the bottom. In other cases the vast

majority of the organisms occurred about midway in the depth of

the cuiture, and in order to obtain coverslip-preparations of these

I drew out small quantities of the culture where the protozoa were

thickest by means of a fine pipette, and then made smears with

the liquid. As a rule, three cultures were made from each soil,

in order to obtain a representative fauna, and the cultures were

examined for several days to note any succession of forms. Cover-

slip-preparations were fixed in Maier’s solution or in Bouin’s

fixative,and iron-hematoxylin was used as the stain throughout;

occasionally preparations were counterstained with lichtgriin-

picric.

I propose in the following pages to deal with the protozoa

encountered under the heading of the group to which they helong,

mentioning the particular soil or soils from which they were

taken.

A. FLAGELLATA.

i) PROWAZEKIA (Bono) sattans Ebrbg. (PI. L.)

In one of my cultures of Barnfield 1870 soil a very small

jumping flagellate occurred in abundance at the bottom of the

liquid. It appeared somewhat bean-shaped when seen under a

low power, and I at once concluded that it was Bodo saltans. A

coverslip- preparation was made, and on it I obtained many

dividing organisms, from a study of which I have been able to

work out fairly completely the process of nuclear division. J will

describe the structure of a normal organism, and then deal with

the question of identification and nomenclature.

(a) Structure.

The body is somewhat bean-shaped and is oval or round in

cross-section. Seen from the ventral aspect—z. e. the side on which

the flagella arise (fig. 1)—the anterior end appears flattened and

is turned towards the left, where it terminates in an almost

straight edge, This anterior portion of the organism is really an

extension of the dorsal region, and is separated on the ventral

surface from the main part of the body by a considerable depres-

sion, in which the mouth is situated. Fig. 2 shows a side-view

and the relations of the anterior end to the depression, ete.

The trophonucleus is generally found towards the left, side of

the body when the organisin is viewed from the ventral surface.

It consists of a central deeply staining karyosome, which is con-

nected with the nuclear membrane by means of strands which

stretch across the extra-karyosomic zone, and at their insertion

on the membrane produce slight thickenings.

The kinetonucleus is an irregular granular mass, often some-

what triangular in outline, and, on the whole, stains less intensely

91 :

33 2 DR. T. GOODEY ON

than the karyosome of the trophonucleus. It has no nuclear

membrane and is situated towards the ventral surface, close to

the upper end of the mouth-depression. Its position can readily

be made out in figs. 1 & 2

The two flagella arise close to the anterior surface of the

kinetonucleus from very indistinct blepharoplasts. The anterior

flagellum is the shorter of the two, the posterior one being two

or two anda half timesits length. ‘he organism ingests bacteria,

which no doubt serve as a source of food, for the protoplast is

often packed with cocci and other small forms of bacteria.

(b) Reproduction.

The first indication of approaching division which I have been

able to find is the doubling of the anterior flagellum (fig. 4). At

this stage no change is visible in the appearance of the nuclei. I

am unable to say how the flagella become duplicated, but, judging

from the fact that 1 have found no organisms showing protrusions

like flagellar buds, and also that when the flagella become doubled

the members of each pair are equal in length, I am inclined to

the view that the original flagella split longitudinally.

The posterior flagellum becomes doubled later than the anterior

one, and at this time the tr ophonucleus shows a marked change

in appearance. The karyosome becomes much reduced in volume

and divides into two equal parts, whilst at the same time the con-

necting strands between it and the nuclear membrane disappear.

The nucleus elongates a little and stains rather more deeply,

doubtless owing to the liberation of a chromatinic substance from

the karyosome (figs. 5 5&6). Irregular granules of chromatin now

appear at the periphery of the nucleus as the result of further

fragmentation of the karyosome, and become concentrated towards

the equatorial region, This particular stage is very difficult to

determine, and T cannot say whether an equatorial plate is pro-

duced. §o far as I can make out, there is merely an aggregation

of chromatin granules on the surface of the nucleus in this region.

These granules finally concentrate into four principal larger ones,

which are arranged in two pairs. The stage figured on fig. 9 shows

them apparently connected by two crossing strands. The nucleus

now elongates, each end being somewhat pointed, and each pair

of granules becomes drawn towards eg ends of the nucleus.

hese stages are shown in figs. 10, 11, & 12. Soon after this a

constriction appears in the middle of the caneleus, which now

becomes rather dumb-bell-shaped (fig. 15), At about the same

time, or even earlier, the four granules of chromatin begin to

show signs of breaking down, and also stain less intensely

(figs. 13-16). The constriction at the centre of the nucleus

becomes carried still further, until two triangular daughter-

nuclei are formed, each of which contains rather faintly staming

chromatin granules. I have found it impossible to trace the

later stages in the reorganisation of the daughter-nucle1, owing

SOIL PROTOZOA. 313

to the fact that the flagellates are almost always crowded with

deeply staining bacteria which obscure the nuclear elements.

The next stage of the trophonucleus which I have certainly made

out, is that in the daughter-organisms where the granules have

become concentrated again into a central karyosome separated

from the nuclear membrane by a clear zone (fig. 21). Whilst

the above changes are proceeding, the kinetonucleus undergoes

certain alterations. It increases in volume, and may either be

triangular or rhomboidal in outline. One pair of flagella moves

to either side of it, and at these points the kinetonucleus

becomes somewhat drawn out. Soon after the formation of

daughter-trophouuclei has taken place, the kinetonucleus elon-

gates considerably, so that the pairs of flagella are carried farther

apart. This elongation is carried on until a fairly long band of

kinetonuclear material is produced, which finally separates into

two portions—the daughter-kinetonuclei. [I have not found the

stages showing the constriction and division of the kinetonucleus,

but there can be no doubt, I think, that the process is simple and

direct.

Concurrently with the elongation of the kinetonucleus, the

body of the flagellate becomes oval and then grows laterally, So

that the longer axis of the body i is that running from side to side,

not antero- posteriorly. Division of the body is initiated by the

formation of a constriction on the now shorter axis of the body,

and becomes more and more pronounced until the two daughter-

organisms are connected only by a short narrow strand of proto-

plasm. This finally breaks, and the two small organisms are

produced. Division thus takes place along the antero-posterior

axis of the body, and is therefore longitudinal.

Because of the rapid spasmodic jumping motion exhibited by

this organism in life, the name sa/éans is eminently applicable to

Tlic Frc om its gener al shape also, and the presence of two flagella,

the posterior one being longer than the anterior, 1t easily fits into

the genus Bodo. The difficult point to determine, however, 1s

whether it should be classified as a Bodo or as a Prowazekia, for it

possesses a kinetonucleus.

Alexeieff (11 & 712) is of the opinion that all the species of

Bodo possessa kinetonucleus, and holds that the genus Prowazekia

isuntenable. According to hs author, my organism should go in

the genus Bodo. Iam a convinced, eweved that his assertion

concerning the presence of a kinetonucleus in Bodo is correct, for

T have Sicaimed a bimastigote form having the anterior flagellum.

shorter than the posterior one in which there is certainly no lemeto-

nucleus, and which undoubtedly belongs to the genus Lodo. i

therefore propose to place my organism in the genus Prowazekia.

At the same time, however, I incexk the name Bodo in brackets,

because I think this form is Ailewsieall with Bodo saltans. Alexeieft

‘

314 DR. T. GOODEY ON

(11) gives the dimensions of Lodo saltans as 6-10 p in length by

3-5 w in breadth. My organism is much smaller than this,

measuring from 5-6 p in length by 2°5-4 «in breadth. In this

respect it comes nearest to Bodo minimus Klebs, which is from

4-5 » in length and is considered to be one of the smallest

flagellates. The latter form, according to its original describer,

is changeable in shape and has a creeping movement. My

organism is very constant in shape, and always moves in rapid

jumps followed by intervals of rest. There can be no doubt, then,

that its specific name should he saltans.

Alexeieff (711, p.508) says that, without a doubt, Bodo saltans is

the same organism as Pr owazeleia parva descr ibed by Nagler (10).

The latter organism differs considerably from that described above

in several respects. Its protoplast is labile and takes on a great

variety of shapes, whereas my organism is constantly bean- shaped.

The method of division in both the tropho- and kinetonucleus is

quite different from that described above. There is no frag-

mentation of the karyosome of the trophonucleus with the

ultimate formation of four chromatin granules or* chromosomes,

but merely an equal division of the karyosome by promitosis, a

centriole and a centrodesmose taking part in the process. The

kinetonucleus divides in a similar manner. It is obvious, there-

fore, that Nigler’s organism is a species distinct from mine, and

his name Prowazekia parva should be allowed to remain.

Among the descriptions of members of the genus Prowazekia

by: Hartmann & Chagas (10), Niigler (11), Mathis & Léger (710),

Withmore (’11), Mart tin (13), aint Bela (14), the division of the

trophonucleus of Prowazekia asiatica by Withmore comes nearest

to that which I have given in the foregoing account. His figs. 18

and 19 show the presence of four principal chromosomes in the

dividing nucleus, which, however, differs considerably in its

earlier division stages from those observed in my organism.

(2) TErRAMITUS SPIRALIS, sp. n. (Pls. II., II., figs. 23-45.)

(a) Structure.

This interesting organism occurred in cultures from three

different soils, viz.: Agdell 1867, Broadbalk 1865, and Barn-

field 1870. I have been fortunate in obtaining it in large

numbers, and have been able to make out most of the details

of its structure and mode of division. JI have not, however,

observed it in the encysted condition, although I kept my

cultures for a long time and had the organisms under close

observation in hanging drops. I will first describe its structure

and movements, and then deal with the process of reproduction.

In the majority of cases the body is pyriform in shape, having

its extreme anterior end somewhat pointed. It may, however,

become much elongated, and then appears more cylindrical.

A groove runs spirally from the anterior to the posterior end

SOIL PROTOZOA. SS)

of the body. Seen from the ventral aspect—i. e., from the side

on which the flagella arise (text-fig. 1)—the groove proceeds from

right to left, and then curves round to the dorsal surface and

reaches the posterior end of the body. If the body is of normal

length there is only this one turn in the spiral, but if the

organism is elongated there may be two turns. The accom-

panying text-figure, drawn from a specimen immediately after

killing with osmic-acid vapour, shows the shape of the organism,

the position of the groove, and the disposition of the flagella.

The latter are arranged in two pairs—a shorter anterior pair and

a longer posterior pair. The anterior pair is direded forwards

during motion and the posterior pair is trailed backwards.

Text-figure 1.

Tetramitus spiralis.

Outline drawing as seen in ventral view, showing the relations of the groove (g.).

The members of each pair are frequently very closely applied,

and often appear as one thick flagellum. When in active

movement, which is caused by the lashing of the anterior pair

of flagella, the organism progresses very rapidly and rotates on

its long axis. The posterior pair of flagella appears to he

within the groove and extends beyond the posterior end of the

organism, which swings from side to side of the line of motion

owing to the rapidity of progression. The mouth is very

difficult to locate, being ill-defined, but in certain examples I

have made out its position a short distance from the anterior

end as a depression in the groove, Bacteria are ingested and no

Bs DR. T. GOODEY ON

doubt serve as a source of food. There does not appear to be a

contractile vacuole. The body measures from 8-12 y in length.

Fixed and stained material shows that the protoplasm is

alveolar in structure, and that the nucleus is situated at the

anterior end of the body, as in Trichomonas and Trichomastix and

similar forms. The nucleus is a vesicular structure of variable

size, but often of quite large dimensions. There is no central

karyosome, but the chromatin is disposed irregularly in two or

more masses. Very frequently there are two semilunar blocks

of chromatin situated on either side or on the anterior and

posterior borders of the nucleus. It will be seen from the

figures in what an irregular fashion the chromatin is arranged.

“The flagella arise from blepharoplasts placed just anter iorly to

the nucleus. They are four in number and, as stated above, are

disposed in two pairs. They take their origin in four blepharo-

plasts, which when seen in side view (fig. 25) appear as two large

granules in contact with each other, but when seen in face view

are easily recognisable as being a group of four distinct granules

in intimate contact (figs. 26 & 27). The posterior pair of granules

is connected with the nucleus by means of two rhizoplasts,

which appear as one short rod in fig. 25 but are well shown

in the ventral view obtained in fig. 26. JI made a very careful

examination of this region, in order to determine if rhizoplasts

were present connecting the anterior pair of blepharoplasts

with the nucleus, and I am satisfied that the pair connecting the

posterior blepharoplasts is the only one.

(b) Reproduction.

I will deal first with the multiplication of the flagella, because

this always occurs prier to the division of the nucleus. The new

flagella are produced by outgrowths from the body of the organism,

and not by splitting of the old flagella. In this it resembles Copro-

monas, Trichomonas, and many other flagellates. The process is

initiated by the growth in an anterior direction of each pair of

blepharoplasts : a point very difficult to make out in many of the

organisms, but well shown in other cases, one of which is repre-

sented in fig. 27. The flagellar buds arise as delicate hair-like

outgrowths from the developing buds of the blepharoplasts. Each

pair of flagella has thus a new pair of flagella produced imme-

diately anterior to it. The new ones do not stain so deeply as

the old flagella, as will be seen from the figures representing

different stages of the division of the nucleus. In this way the

original posterior pair acquires a new anterior pair, and the original

anterior pair grows longer and becomes the posterior pair of one of

the daughter-organisms, at the same time acquiring a new anterior

pair. The four pairs of flagella thus produced gradually separate

into two sets of two pairs, which finally come to take up positions

at either end of the anterior face of the nucleus; but this migra-

tion takes place at different periods during the progress of nuclear

SOIL PROVOZOA. SIL

division. For example, fig. 28 shows an organism in which the

flagella are widely separated, although the nucleus shows no sign

of approaching division. Iam unable to state the fate of the pair

of rhizoplasts.

In the earliest stages in the division of the nucleus the

chromatin seems to undergo some process of dissolution and re-

organisation whereby certain parts of it, which stain less intensely

than the rest, gradually come towards the centre of the nucleus.

These take the form of roundish or irregular granules which,

at the stage shown in fig. 31, appear to be arranged in a fairly

regular manner on a kind of reticulum or network of linin

threads. Whilst these changes are taking place, the remainder

of the chromatin, having deeply staining properties, becomes

arranged in the form of a ring round the periphery of the

nucleus. ‘This does not always happen in the very early stages,

however, as is shown in fig. 33, where the deeply staining

chromatin is still present as three blocks, whilst at the centre of

the nucleus there is a group of lighter granules. The changes

which occur in the lighter staiming granules are very difficult to

make out, but it seems as though they gradually concentrate

towards the centre of the nucleus, and there become arranged in

an irregular manner on a kind of plate. .In figs. 32 and 33 there

appear to be six principal granules disposed in two bands upon

what seems to be a spindle formation. I do not wish, however,

to lay stress on the presence of a spindle within the nucleus, for

I have failed to make it out with any degree of distinctness, and

even in those examples which present the spindle appearance,

there are always ivregularly-branching linin strands running in

various directions, as shown in figs. 35 and 36.

In the stages represented in figs. 34-36, four principal round

granules are present. These represent the nearest approach to

chromosome formation in the whole series of changes. It would

appear from these figures that the nucleus produces division

centres from within, and is not dependent on the migration

of the blepharoplasts to their antero-lateral positions for the

formation of its poles of division. J have not been able to trace

further the movements of the four internal chromosomes. In

the succeeding stages the nucleus elongates somewhat laterally,

and the peripheral ring of chromatin begins to break up and

travel towards the lateral poles, at the same time advancing on

to the dorsal and ventral surfaces of the nuclear membrane. In

fig. 38 the connections between the blepharoplasts and the

nucleus which ultimately become the rhizoplasts are fairly

clearly seen. The lateral elongation of the nucleus now becomes

more pronounced, and the chromatin, travelling along the linin

threads of the nuclear network, becomes arranged in small

granular masses towards the lateral poles. At this time the

threads stretching across the centre of the nucleus can be made

out fairly easily (figs. 39 & 40). These linin threads are doubt-

less absorbed, and two laterally situated daughter-nuclei are thus

318 DR. T. GOODEY ON

produced, The chromatin now becomes re-arranged in granules

of varving size and shape, as shown in figs. 41-44,

During the later stages of nuclear division, the anterior sur-

face of the body becomes much drawn out and flattened. A

depression now appears on this surface of the body and gradually

travels backwards, and at the same time, in some cases, the

protoplast extends laterally (fig. 44). In other cases the body

becomes triangular in outline, and large vacuoles appear towards

the centre of the body and, by rupturing, assist in the pro-

duction of the daughter-organisms (figs. 42 & 43). Division of

the body is thus longitudinal in direction. Fig. 45 shows two

newly-formed organisms which have recently separated, their

drawn-out tail-ends overlapping slightly.

The possession of four flagella places my organism undoubtedly

in the genus 7etramitus Perty, and though this to-day is a very

mixed assemblage of forms, comprising, as it does, the free-living

organisms described by Perty and by Klebs (92), and also the

parasitic forms Vetramitus (Macrostoma) mesnili (Wenyon, ’10 a)

and Tetramitus (Macrostoma) caulleryi (Alexeieff, 11 a), there is

no reason why I should create a fresh genus for its reception.

As, however, I have been unable to discover any description or

figures of any free-living member of the genus which fits my

organism, I have decided to make a new species of it, namely,

spiralis.

(3) SPIRONEMA MuULYICcILIATUM Klebs. (Pl. III. figs. 46-48.)

(a) Structure.

This highly interesting organism occurred in one culture made

from Broadbalk 1865 soil. It appeared both on the surface and

at the bottom of the culture. My attention was first attracted

to it by reason of its great length and its peculiar method of

locomotion. It moved slowly in a very hesitating jerky manner

for the most part, but would suddenly exhibit rapid and violent

spiral twists commencing at its anterior end and travelling down

the body, at which times it was propelled at a reasonably fast

pace. It was obvious that the organelle causing the slow jerky

motion were situated at or towards the anterior end, though

they could not be distinguished under a low power of the micro-

scope. ‘Towards the posterior end a contractile vacuole could be

seen in diastole and systole.

I was able to obtain film preparations which, when fixed and

stained, revealed the structure of the organism very clearly.

The body is extremely long in comparison with the width, and

is dorso-ventrally flattened. It measures anything from 20-50 pu

in length, and averages about 4 win width. The middle region

is generally the widest part of the body. The anterior end is

either rounded or has a lateral knob-like portion on either side.

SOIL PROTOZOA. 319

The posterior end is drawn out into a long and exceedingly fine

tapering tail, and the contractile vacuole occurs just where the

body begins to narrow down.

The flagella are numerous and comparatively short. They

vary in number from seven to eighteen, and the smaller the

organism the fewer the flagella. They are situated in most cases

in two lateral rows towards the anterior end of the body, one

row being dorsally and the other ventrally placed. I have care-

fully noted the disposition and number of the flagella, and find

that they are not equally distributed on either side, but exhibit

a considerable amount of variation in this respect. Klebs, on

his Pl. xvi. fig. 9¢, shows a row of flagella extending backwards

on one side as far as the beginning of the tail. JI have not

found anything like this in my organisms.

A few of the organisms were fixed just as they were twisting

spirally, and one of these is shown in fig. 48. It will be seen

from this that the edges of the body are curved, and that the

flagella have their origin close to the edges. Each flagellum

arises from a small basal granule or blepharoplast distinctly seen

in the stained material. J cannot say whether there is a mouth,

and although I watched the creatures in life for a long time, I

never saw them take in food. There are numerous large granular

bodies, however, in the cytoplasm in many of the forms which

appear to be ingested bacteria, and because of this, I am of

the opinion that a mouth is present. I believe it is situated

towards the anterior end, for I have made out, in some cases, a

somewhat lighter area here which might be considered as the

mouth. In the greater part of the body the cytoplasm is very

finely granular and evenly distributed, but towards the posterior

end, in the region of the contractile vacuole, it is frequently much

vacuolated.

The nucleus is a very interesting structure. It is, in most

cases, of considerable length, and is situated about half-way

down the body. It consists of a long narrow rod of granular

material, frequently one-quarter to one-third of the body in

length. Towards the middle of it is placed a circular karyosome

of deeply staining chromatin. The extra-karyosomic portion of

the nucleus appears to be very little different from the general

cytoplasm in staining reactions, and is separated from the latter

on all sides by a very narrow clear space. ‘There does not appear

to be any nuclear membrane. At all events, I have not made

out anything comparable with the nuclear membrane of other

flagellates and ameebe. From the appearance of the stained

examples, it seems that all the chromatin is concentrated in the

deeply staining karyosome, there being only small scattered

granules in the rest of the nucleus.

The nearest approach to this nuclear apparatus which I have

been able to find, is that which occurs in certain Huglenoidea,

for example, in Huglena viridis (Keuten, 95), in which there

is a fairly large nucleus consisting of a central karyosome

320 DR. T. GOODEY ON

surrounded by a granular portion, the bulk of the chromatin being

located in the karyosome, and the rest disposed in fairly large

granules in the extra-karyosomic part. At first I was inclined

to regard the extra-karyosomic portion of the nucleus as a

macronucleus, and the karyosome as a micronucleus, taking the

organism to be a ciliate. But the comparatively large size of the

karyosome, and the fact that it occurs embedded in the centre of

the rest of the nucleus, seems to rule out its micronuclear

homology. Unfortunately, none of my preparations shows the

organism dividing, so that I am unable to indicate the behaviour

of the nucleus during these most important phases.

(b) Systematic Position.

After studying Klebs’s (92, p. 350) description and figures

of the organism Spironema multiciliatum, there can he no doubt

that my organism belongs to the same genus. It agrees in

possessing about the same number of flagella, which are similarly

situated, a posteriorly placed contractile vacuole, and in general

appearance is the same. Klebs’s organisms measured 14-18 p in

length by 2-34 in width, whilst none of my organisms is less

than 20 w in length, and they are about the same as his in width.

This difference in length does not appear to me to be sufticiently

important to warrant the creation of a new species for the

reception of my organism. Klebs describes and figures two

lateral spiral grooves commencing at the anterior end of the

body and extending backwards as far as the beginning of the

tail, and says that the flagella are inserted on the edge of each

groove. These grooves correspond, I believe, to the dorsal and

ventral surfaces of my organism when exhibiting its spiral

twist, for there are really no true lateral grooves, the body being

so thin. He made out nothing of the nuclear apparatus in his

organisms, but from their appearance, and the number and dis-

position of the comparatively short flagella, he looked upon the

creatures as probably forming a connecting-link between the

Cihata and Flagellata, as the following quotation shows :—“ Ich

halte es fiir sehr wahrscheinlich, dass diese vielgeisseligen

Flagellaten einen Ubergang zu den Ciliaten bilden und m%chte

speciell die Aufmerksamkeit auf diese noch so wenig bekannten |

Formen lenken.”

From the appearance and structure of the nucleus, 1 think it

is best to include Spironema in the Flagellata, though there is

something to be said for Klebs’s suggestion of it being a connect-

ing-link between the Ciliata and Flagellata. The posterior

position of the contractile vacuole is a ciliate characteristic,

whilst the organelle at the anterior end might equally be re-

garded as long cilia or short fiagella. The forms which Klebs

examined were obtained from ditch-water, so that there is

nothing very remarkable in my obtaining the same organism in

cultures of soil.

SOIL PROTOZOA. Sek

B. Rurzopopa.

Each of the soils yielded small ameebe of the imax type, and

I have been fortunate in obtaining a number of stages in the

division of one or two of the forms.

(1) AmMa:BA LAWESIANA, sp. n. (Pls. III., IV., figs. 49-65.)

I propose this name * for a small ameceba which occurred in a

culture of Broadbalk 1865 soil. I put up the culture in the

hope of obtaining another kind of protozoon, but instead of

getting this particular organism, I obtained an almost pure

culture of the amceba in question. Unfortunately, I was unable

to devote much attention at the time to observing the living

organisms, and for this reason I am not able to state definitely

whether a contractile vacuole is present or not. The conditions

prevailing at the surface of the culture were very favourable to

active life, for my permanent preparations show that the amcebee

were ingesting large numbers of bacteria and dividing forms are

fairly abundant.

I have been fortunate in obtaining an almost complete series

of dividing organisms, and from the appearance presented by the

nucleus during these phases there can be no doubt that this

amoeba is very closely related to Amaba glebe, which Dobell

(14) has recently described in great detail. It is also similar in

its nuclear changes to dmaba lamellipodia (Gliiser, 12), and the

large ameceba from liver-abscesses, described by Liston and

Martin (11), and also to Ameba cucumis and Ameba gobanni-

ensis (Martin & Lewin, 714).

Nevertheless, it differs from all these in certain important

details, which are dealt with later on, and for this reason I

propose to create a fresh species for its reception.

It is rather smaller than dimwba glebe, and the following are

some of its principal measurements :—

Diameter of rounded forms ......... 12-15 p.

Diameter of nucleus .................. A)

Diameter of karyosome............... 2 pi.

Diameter of ripe cysts .............:. 10-11 p.

(a) Structure.

When in motion, the body becomes extended in the typical

limax shape and presents a blunt advancing pseudopodium. The

protoplast is composed of an almost hyaline ectoplasm and a much

vacuolated endoplasm. In fig. 49 the alveoli of the endoplasm

are very irregular in shape and distribution, but in the almost

spherical forms assumed during nuclear division the alveoli are

fairly regularly distributed throughout the endoplasm and are

more equal in size. The body is often crowded with ingested

* T have named this amoeba after Sir John Lawes, the founder of the Rothamsted

Experiments.

Bp DR. T. GOODEY ON

bacteria, and in those forms exhibiting the slug-like appearance

the posterior end is frequently covered by an adherent mass of

bacteria (fig. 49).

The nucleus consists of a large karyosome, which is separated

from the nuclear membrane by a clear zone and an outer ring of

faintly staining granules. The latter may apparently occur as

very small discrete particles, as in fig. 49, or as a single ring of

small blocks, as in fig. 50. I have not succeeded in making out

any connecting strands between the karyosome and the nuclear

membrane. It resembles the nuclei of Amwba glebe and Ameba

lomellipodia in possessing the ring of faintly staining granules.

(b) Reproduction.

The animal ceases to wander about and comes to rest, at

the same time becoming spherical. JI have not made out

pseudopodia in any of these globular dividing forms. The

earliest stage in the division of the nucleus which I have dis-

covered is shown in fig. 50, where the karyosome has broken

down into four principal masses. This fragmentation of the

karyosome is continued until the central part of the nucleus

originally occupied by the karyosome, or an area slightly larger

than this, becomes filled with a mass which appears to be made

up of very faintly staining particles, amongst which are lodged

the rather more deeply staining granules produced by the dis-

integration of the karyosome. I cannot say whether the ring of

faintly staining granules occurring in the “resting” nucleus

takes any part in the division or whether they disappear.

Dobell says that in Ameaba glebe they entirely disappear, and it

may be the same in my organism. The fine particles produced

by the fragmentation of the karyosome stain much less intensely

than the original karyosome. They gradually aggregate and

produce somewhat larger granules, which become connected up

into a sort of chain formation, which lies in an irregular manner

among the mass of linin particles. The nuclear membrane does

not disappear, and does not seem to become any less distinct than.

during the ‘“‘ resting” condition of the nucleus.

The chain of chromatin granules or chromosomes, as they may

perhaps be called, approaches the equatorial region of the nucleus,

where it ultimately becomes disposed in the form of a ring

(fig. 53), At this stage the first indications of a spindle make

their appearance, becoming elaborated out of the linin matrix in

which the ring of chromatin granules has been lying. The ends

of the spindle are at first broad and rather flattened, but later

on they become very sharply pointed. The plane in which the

long axis of the spindle lies is slightly oblique to the horizontal

plane of the nucleus. This is well seen in fig. 54, where the two

ends of the spindle extend beyond the limits of the nuclear

membrane which is represented in optical section, one end being

over and the other under the nuclear membrane.

SOIL PROLOZOA. 323

In the equatorial ring of chromatin granules I have not been

able to distinguish at all clearly the separate constituent chromo-

somes. ‘This may be due to the fact that they become very

closely packed together. They are most distinctly seen in

figs. 53 & 54. The equatorial ring becomes divided into two in

the plane at right angles to the axis of the spindle. I have not

discovered any organism showing the actual constriction of the

chromosomes, but have obtained a stage where the two daughter-

rings are very closely apposed (fig. 56). In the succeeding stages.

of division the two rings of chromatin gradually become sepa-

rated from each other by a wider interval, owing to the elonga-

tion of the spindle, the fibres of which become quite distinct:

across the centre of the animal.

The poles of the spindle remain sharply pointed until a late

stage in the separation of the new chromatin bands (figs. 59 & 60).

After the stage which is depicted in fig. 55, the word ** band ”

more accurately describes the appearance presented by the

daughter chromatin elements, for I have not been able to make

out any ring-like structure after carefully focussmg on these

parts. Neither have I been able to distinguish separate chromo-

somes, for each band appears to be composed of numerous fine

granules. The nuclear membrane appears to remain intact up

to the stage shown in fig. 56, after which, however, it is not dis-

tinguishable, and I suppose it disappears entirely.

The animal now elongates in the direction of the long axis of

the spindle and becomes ellipsoidal in outline (fig. 59). This

figure shows an interesting condition of the spindle-fibres be-

tween the chromatin bands, in that a twist in them seems to

have been produced as though one of the bands had rotated

through an angle of 180°. A constriction now appears round

the animal, and. the first stage in the process of fission is brought

about. Fig. 60 represents Phi stage, and it is easily seen that

the poles of the spindle are sharply pointed at this time.

The process of the re-formation of the daughter-nuclei now

begins. The pointed poles of the spindle disappear, and the

chromatin granules become scattered irregularly in a mass of

faintly staining linin particles which are apparently formed by

the break-up of the outer portion of the spindle-fibres. In

fic. 61 one daughter-nucleus is seen to consist of a crescentic

area of linin particles in which the small granules of chromatin

are scattered, whilst at the other end of the spindle the daughter-

nucleus consists of a small though well-developed central evanule,

no doubt formed by a fusion of smaller granules, surrounded by

a ving of linin particles, from which it is separated by a clear

zone, I think there can be no doubt that the crescentic daughter-

nucleus represents an earlier stage in the process of reorganisa-

tion than the round form in the other part of the constricted

amceba.

In fig. 62 the constriction of the parent ameba has been

carried a little further, and the spindle-fibres between the

324 DR. T. GOODEY ON

re-forming nuclei could be made out on focussing very carefully.

It can be seen from this figure that the reorganisation process

takes place earlier on the outer side of each nucleus than on the

inner side. JI have not been able to distinguish any reticulate

arrangement in the linin particles which are laid down as the

process of reorganisation commences. The fission of the body

is now carried a little further, and the two daughter-organisms

are produced. There does not appear to be any connecting

strand of protoplasm between the two products of fission, though

in all these stages this region is extremely difficult to make out,

owing to the presence of large masses of adherent bacteria,

inte! I have purposely omitted from the drawings.

The new karyosome now increases in size by the absorption of

the remaining fine granules of chromatin. It is no longer

possible to distinguish any spindle-fibres, and each nucleus

becomes rounded off. ‘The new nuclear membrane is apparently

formed from the zone of linin surrounding the new karyosomes,

and from this zone also the peripheral ring of feebly staining

granules is also produced. The only difference between the

nucleus of the stage represented in fig. 63 and that of a full-.

grown animal is merely one of size.

On the same preparations which showed dividing animals, I

obtained a few stages revealing the process of encystation. The

first indication of this is the production of intensely staining

small round granules in the endoplasm, as shown in fig. 64. In

this animal I could discover very few ingested bacteria, and it 1s

evident that the normal process of digestion becomes suspended

with the beginning of encystation. There is practically no

difference in the appearance of the nucleus during the process of

encystation, and even when the cyst-membrane has become well

defined, as in fig. 65, it was still possible to distinguish all the

principal structures of the nucleus. The karyosome in the

encysting animals is rather smaller than in normal active forms.

As encystation proceeds, there is a gradual contraction of the

endoplasm round the nucleus, so that the ectoplasm is left asa

distinct region free from granules. This is particularly well

shown in fig. 64, where the line of separation between the two

constituents of the protoplast is especially marked. The animal

diminishes somewhat in bulk, and the cyst-membrane is laid

down around it. This later on becomes much corrugated and

indented, as shown in fig. 65. It is quite well defined at this

stage, but becomes somewhat thicker at a later period; a point

which I have determined by the examination of empty cysts.

There does not appear to be an endocyst. In possessing deeply

stainable granules, the cysts differ from those of Ameba glebe,

in which Dobell describes non-stainable extremely refractile

granules. Ido not know what the real nature of the granules

SOIL PROTOZOA. B45)

produced in the endoplasm is, but they are of fairly common

occurrence in the cysts of other forms of limaxamebe. At all

events they are not particles of chromatin extruded from the

karyosome, for this does not diminish in bulk to any great

extent, and, moreover, there is a sufficient volume of granular

material produced in the endoplasm to make several karyosomes

if it were fused together. Probably they are of a reserve food

character. I cannot, however, throw any light on their presence

or absence in newly excysted organisms, for I did not make any

observations on the excystation of this amezba.

(d) Remarks.

Dobell has gone very thoroughly into the differences and

similarities between his Amwba glebe and its nearly related

forms, so that it is quite unnecessary for me to go into this

question in detail. I will merely point out, therefore, in what

respects my organism differs from or resembles dmeba gleba.

It is obvious, from a comparison of the figures illustrating this

account and that of Dobell, that the amcebe to which they refer

are very closely related in their method of nuclear division.

The type of division is the same in each, and it is merely in

details that differences are presented. The most important are

the following :—

1. Ameba lawesiana is a somewhat smaller organism than

Ameba glebe.

2. The nuclear membrane persists to a much later stage of

division in Ameba lawesiane than in Ameba glebe.

3. The spindle formed in the division of the nucleus is

sharply pointed at each end in Amceba lawestana and

is rounded or barrel-shaped in Amba glebe.

4, The resting-cyst of Ameba lawesiana is irregular in out-

line, whereas that of Ama@ba glebe is perfectly round

and has a smooth outer wall.

5. Within the endoplasm of the cyst of Ameba lawesiana

large numbers of deeply staining granules are produced,

whereas in the cyst of Amaba glebe highly refractive

granules occur.

(2) Ama@Ba AGRICOLA, sp.n. (PI. LV. figs. 66-74.)

I propose to describe under this specific name a small amceba

which occurred in one of the cultures made from Hoosfield 1868

soil. It exhibits some rather remarkable appearances during

the division of the nucleus, which seem to differ from any of the

already described nuclear divisions in amcebe ; and it is on the

strength of this fact that I propose the creation of a new species

for its reception. J made no special observations on the live

animals, so that, in this respect, what I have to say about them

is, unfortunately, incomplete. My notes merely record the

presence of numerous imax amcebe in this particular culture.

Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1916, No. XXII. 22

326 DR T. GOODEY ON

I made one or two film preparations, which, after fixation and

staining, showed the presence of large numbers of amebie,

together with the flagellate Cercomonas longicauda. In gowg

carefully over one of these preparations, | discovered a number

of interesting stages of dividing nuclei; and though I have not

obtained a very complete series of these, I have made out

sufficient to show that I am dealing with an organism hitherto

undescribed.

(a) Structure.

There is nothing remarkable in the appearance of the ordinary

individuals. The. body presents an endless variety of shapes,

and the pseudopodia are very irregular and lobose, whilst the

distinction between ectoplasm and ‘endoplasm i is not at all clear.

So far as I can ascertain, the endoplasm is not alveolate in

structure. At any rate, if alveoli are present they are not large

and distinct like those in Amwba lawesiana and Ameba glebe,

for in only one of the animals could I make out anything at all

approaching alveoli. I do not wish to emphasize this point, how-

ever, for the preparation was slightly over-difterentiated and the

cytoplasm in all the amcebee was only very faintly stained. On

the whole, the endoplasm appears very finely granular in

structure, with somewhat denser masses scattered about in it ;

and the figures which illustrate this account represent it fairly

accurately.

‘he resting nucleus consists of a central deeply staining

karyosome, separated by a clear zone from the nuclear mem-

brane, with which it appears to be connected by very feebly

staining strands stretching across the zone at various points.

if The not been able to "make out the presence of a ring of

granules just within the nuclear membrane as in Amaba

lawesianc. The principal measurements are as follows :—

Length of body 12-15 yw, though this measurement is not of

“much value because of the ver y regular shape of the

organism.

Diameter of nucleus, 2°75--3 pu.

Diameter of karyosome, 1°8-

It is thus rather smaller than Ameba lawesiana.

(b) Reproduction.

The body does not become globular during nuclear division

as in Ameba glebe and Amaba lawesiana, but retains its very

irregular appearance. The karyosome in the earliest stages of

division loses its rounded shape and increases in size. At the

same time it begins to break up into a number of ill-defined

granules, which appear to rest on a matrix which stains only

feebly. I have only encountered a few of these early stages, and

therefore cannot give much information concerning the changes

which go on at this period.

The final result of the break-up of the karyosome is the

SOIL PROTOZOA. 327

formation of irregular chromosomes, some of which appear rod-

like and others rather rounded. While these changes are taking

place the whole nucleus increases in size and becomes barrel-

shaped, attaining a length of 6-7 u. A few spindle-fibres make

their appearance within the nucleus, but no. definite spindle

comparable with that found in Amaba lawesiana is produced.

Moreover, the fibres seem to lie on the nuclear membrane rather

than within the cavity of the nucleus. The chromosomes now

become arranged on the fibres, but I have not discovered any

examples which show all the chromosomes arranged in an

equatorial ring or band. All the stages of this phase of division

show two principal groups of chromatin granules or chromosomes

at each end of the jong axis and other chromosomes irregularly

disposed in the equatorial region. In the latter region the

individual chromosomes are extremely difficult to distinguish,

and it is therefore practically impossible to count them. There

appear, however, to be about eight chromosomes or ehromatin

masses produced within each nucleus, four of which travel to

each end. A description of these stages of division is very

difficult to make owing to the fact that no two stages exactly

agree, as will be seen on referring to figs. 68-70. All of them

are, however, of the same general type, and a detailed description

of each is unnecessary. The chromosomes ultimately become

drawn to the two poles of the nucleus, a stage which is well.

shown in fig. 71.

Shortly after this, or even earlier, the chromosomes begin to

break up and lose their distinct outline. As a result of this,

a granular mass of chromatin, rather triangu'ar in outline, is

produced at each end of the nucleus (figs. 72 & 73). The nucleus

now begins to elongate, and the chromatin is reorganised into

daughter-nuclei, which thus gradually separate further and

further apart. Tn fig. 73 a stage is shown in which a dumb-bell

appearance is presented by the two rounded daughter-nuclei and

the nuclear membrane constricted between them. This is the

latest stage of division that I have obtained. I have failed to

discover any stages showing fission of the animal, and it seems

to be fairly evident that this occurs after nuclear division is

quite complete. In this connection it 1s interesting to note that

I have found a large number of bi-nucleate amcebze on the same

preparation. It is possible that these are forms in which fission

is retarded, or again they may be abnormal individuals, for I

have found one or two tri-nucleate forms as well.

The nuclear division in Ameba agricola differs from that which

occurs in any other amceba. It is obviously a modified mitosis,

but it is not easy to connect it up with any of the numerous

mitotic nuclear divisions which have been described and figured

in other ameebe.

29%

328 DR. T. GOODEY ON

LITERATURE.

Auexrrerr, A. (1911).—“ Notes sur les Flagellés.” Arch. Zool.

Gén. Expt. 8. 5, T. vi. p. 491.

—— (1911 a).—‘“Sur les Flagellés intestinaux des Poissons

marins.” Arch. Zool. Gén. Expt. 8. 5, T. vi. Notes et

Revue, p. 1.

—— (1912).—‘ Sur la revision du genre Bodo Ehrbg.” Arch.

f. Protist. Bd. xxvi. p. 413.

Brnar, K. (1914).—“ Bau und Vermehrung von Prowazekia

josephi, n. sp.” Arch. f. Protist. Bd. xxxv. p. 103.

Carron, EB. (1910).—“ Protozoaires parasites des branchies des

Labres. Ameba mucicola, ete.” Arch. Zool. Gén. Expt.

Ss), (No We joe Aah .

—— (1910 a).—* Essai sur la structure du noyau et la mitose

chez les Ameebiens. Faits et théories.” Arch. Zool.

Gén. Expt. S. 5, T. v. p. 267.

— (1912). ‘Sur quelques genres d’Amibes libres et parasites.

Synonymies, homonymie, impropriété.” Bull. Soc. Zool.

France, I’. xxxvul. No. 3, p. 109.

Dopett, C. C. (1908).—“The Structure and Life-history of

Copromonas subtilis, n. g. et n. sp.” Quart. Jour. Mic.

Sci. vol. li. p. 75.

— (1909).—* Researches on the intestinal ‘Protozoa of Frogs

and Toads.” Quart Jour. Mic. Sci. vol. li. p. 201.

—— (1914).—“ Cytological Studies on three species of Ameaba :—

A. lacerte Hartmann, A. glebe, n.sp., A. fluvialis, n. sp.”

Arch. f. Protist. Bd. xxxiv. p. 139.

Dorterm, F. (1907).—“‘ Studien zur Naturgeschichte der Proto-

zoen: V., Ambbenstudien.” Arch. f. Protist. Suppl.-Bd.

p. 250.

1911).—‘ Lehrbuch der Protozoenkunde.’ Jena.

Dusarpin, F. (1841).—‘ Histoire Naturelle des Zoophytes In-

fusoires.’ Paris.

Guiser, H. (1912).—“ Untersuchungen uber die Teilung einiger

Amoben.”.. Arch. f. Protist. Bd. xxv. p. 27.

—— (1912 a).—‘‘ Uber Kernteilung, Encystierung und Reifung

von Ameba mira, n. sp.” Arch. f. Protist. Bd. xxvii. -

Be IA.

Goopey, I. (1911).—‘* A Contribution to our Knowledge of the

Protozoa of the Soil.” Proce. Roy. Soc. B, vol. Ixxxiv.

p. 165.

—— (1914).—‘‘ A preliminary Communication on three new

Proteomyxan Rhizopods from Soil.” Arch. f. Protist.

IBals somays Jos 20.

—— (1915). A note on the Remarkable Retention of

Vitality by Protozoa from old stored Soils.” Annals

of Applied Biology, vol. i. Nos. 3 & 4, notes p. 395.

—— (1915).—‘‘ Investigations on Protozoa in relation to the

factor limiting Bacterial Activity in Soil.” Proc. Roy.

. Soe. B, vol. Ixxxvili. p. 437.

SOIL PROTOZOA. 329

Harrmann, M., & Cuaaas, C. (1910).—Flagellaten Studien. Mem.

Inst. Oswaldo Cruz, ii. p. 64.

Hickson, 8. J. (1909).—“ The Mastigophora.” <A Treatise on

Zoology, pt. 1. Fase. i. London.

Kent, W. Savitte (1880-1882)—‘ A Manual of Infusoria.’

London.

Keven, J. (1895).—“ Die Kerntheilung von Euglena viridis

Elrbg.” Zeitschr. f. Wiss. Zool. vol. lx. p. 215.

Kuess, G. (1892).—“ Flagellatenstudien I. and II.” Zeitschr. f.

Wiss. Zool. vol. lv. pp. 265, 353.

Kuczyysxi, M. H. (1914).— ‘Untersuchungen an _ Tricho-

monaden.” Arch. f. Protist. Bd. xxxiii. p. 119.

Liston, W. G., & Martin, C. H. (1911).—‘ Contributions to the

Study of Pathogenic Ameebe from Bombay.” Quart.

Jour. Mic. Sci. vol. lvii. p. 107.

Mackinnon, D. L. (1913).—“Studies on Parasitic Protozoa.

(1) The Flagellate Polymastix and its affinities with

the Trichonymphide.” Quart. Jour. Mic. Sci. vol. lix.

joe “Ue

“Studies on Parasitic Protozoa. (2) A. The En-

eystment of Rhizomastix gracellis Alexeieff. B. Vetra-

trichomastix parisit, n. suabgen. & n. sp.” Quart. Jour.

Mie. Sci. vol. lix. p. 459.

Martin, C. H. (1910).—“ Observations on Vrypanoplasina

congert. Pt. I. Division of Active form.” Quart.

Jour. Mic. Sei. vol. lv. p. 485.

—— (1911).—* A note on the early Stages of Nuclear Division

of the large Ameceba from Liver Abscesses.” Quart.

Jour. Mic. Sci. vol. lvii. p. 279.

—— (1912).—‘‘ A note on the Protozoa from Sick Soils; with

some account of the Life-cycle of a Hlagellate Monad.”

Proc. Roy. Soc. B, vol. Ixxxv. p. 393.

—— (1913).—* Some remarks on the behaviour of the Kineto-

nucleus in the division of Flagellates; with a note on

Prowazekia terricola, a new FElagellate from Sick Soil.”

Zool. Anz. Bd. xli. p. 452.

—— (1913 a).—“ Further observations on the Intestinal Try-

panoplasmas of Fishes, ete.” Quart. Jour. Mic. Sci.

vole alin yp) 17a).

—— & Lewin, K. R. (1914).—“ Some notes on Soil Protozoa.”

Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. B, vol. cev. p. 77.

——— & Ropserrson, M. (1909).—“ Preliminary note on Trypano-

soma eberthi (Kent), (Spirocheta eberthi Luhe), and

some other Parasitic forms from the Intestine of the

Fowl.” Pree. Roy. Soe. B, vol. 1xxxi. p. 385.

(1911).—* Further observations on the Cxecal Para-

sites of Fowls, etc.” Quart. Jour. Mie. Sci. vol. lvii.

D, OB

MATHIS, C. & Léger, M. (1910).—“ Sur un Flagellé Prowazekia

wetnbergi, n. sp., freqaemment observé dans les selles

de Vhomme.” Bull. Soc. med. chir. de ’ Indochine.

330 DR. T. GOODEY ON

Merciger, L. (1910).—‘ Contribution a l’étude de l’Amibe de la

Blatte (Entameba blatie Biitschli).” Arch. f. Protist.

Bd. xx. p.. 143.

Mincutn, H. A. (1912).—‘ An Introduction to the Study of

Protozoa.’ London.

Mororr, Tu. (1904).—“ Beitrag zur Kenntnis einiger Flagel-

laten.” Arch. f. Protist. Bd. ii. p. 143.

Nicter, K. (1909).—“ Entwicklungsgeschichtliche Studien iiber

Amében.” Arch. f. Protist. Bd. xv. p. 1.

—— (1911).—* Prowazekia parva, n. sp., eine weitere freile-

bende Binucleatenform.” Arch. f. Protist. Bd. xxi.

peels

—— (1911 q@).—“Studien iiber Protozoen aus einem Almt-

umpel. I. Ameba hartmanni, n. sp.” Arch. f. Protist.

id sex xis pL DG:

Pororr, M. (1911).—“ Entwicklungscyclus von Amada minuta,

n. sp.” Arch. f. Protist. Bd. xxii. p. 197.

Prowazex, 8, von. (1903).—“ Flagellatenstudien.” Arch. f.

Protist. Bd. ii. p. 195.

SENN, G. (1900).—“ Flagellata,” in Engler & Prantl’s ‘ Pflanzen-

familien.’ Leipzig.

VauixanerF, K.(1905).—‘“ Beitriige zur Biologie und Entwicklungs-

geschichte von Ameba limax, usw.” Axch. f. Protist.

Bde. paaloie

Wenyon, C. M. (1910).—“ Some observations on a Flagellate of

the genus Cercomonas.” Quart. Jour. Mic. Sci. vol. lv.

p. 241.

-—— (1910 a).—“ A new Flagellate (Macrostoma mesnili, n. sp.)

from the Human Intestine, ete.’ Parasitology, vol. iii.

Tos AL),

Wuerry, W. B. (1913).—‘Studies on the Biology of an Amceba

of the Limax group, Vahlkampfia sp. No. 1.” Arch. f.

Protist. Bd. xxxi. p, 77.

Wirnmore, E. R. (1911).—“ Prowazekia asiatica (syn. Bodo

asiaéicus Castellani & Chalmers).” Arch. f. Protist.

IBele sexs joy BIOs

—— (1911 @).—“‘ Studien itiber Kulturamében aug Manila.”

Arch, f. Protist. Bd. xxiii. p. 81.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

All the figures are camera lucida drawings, and were made with the aid of

Zeiss 2mm, apochromatie objective and compensating oculars 18 and 12, giving

approximate magnifications of 2786 and 1833 diameters respectively.

Prats TI.

All figures magnified 2786 diameters approximately.

Prowezekia (Bode) saltans,

. Organism seen from the ventral aspect.

. Side view.

. Dorsal view, a small blepharoplast at the base of each flagellum.

. Doubling of the auteyior flagellum.

Hm OS bo

SOIL PROTOZOA. 33a

Figs. 5-8. Early stages in nuclear division.

9-12. Four small chromosomes present in the nucleus.

13-16. Fragmentation of chromosomes and division of the nucleus.

17-20. Hiongation and division of kinetonucleus and constriction of the body

into two daughter-organisms. The new trophonucleiare unrecoguisable

in these stages.

Fig. 21. Two daughter-organisms nearly separated ; new trophonuclei visible.

22. Small recently separated daughter-form.

Prate II.

‘Owing to the exigencies of space in making up the Plate, the full extent of

the two pairs of flagella is shown only in figs. 23 & 26.

Tetramitus spiralis, sp.n. All figures X 2786.

Figs. 23 & 24. Two normal forms, showing the groove.

25 & 26. Showing the relations of flagella, blepharoplasts, rhizoplasts, and

nucleus.

Fig. 27. Showing new flagella arising from anteriorly enlarged blepkaroplasts.

28. The flagella have migrated before the nucleus shows signs of division.

Figs. 29-23. Successive stages in early phases of nuclear division.

31-36. Stages showing four principal chromatin masses within the dividing

nucleus.

37-41. Later stages in nuclear division.

PratE IIT.

Figs. 42-45. Tetramitus spiralis, sp.n. X 2786.

Figs. 42-44. Later stages of division, showing the formation of daughter-organisms.

In fig. 43 there appears to be a production of large vacuoles on the

longitudinal axis of the body.

Fig. 45. The two new organisms have just separated.

Figs. 46-48. Spironema multiciliatum. X 1833.

Fig. 46. A rather small form having § flagella and showing the contractile vacuole

at the beginning of the tail. ‘The extra-karyosomie part of the

nucleus has very small granules on its outer edge.

47. A longer form showing 18 flagella, rather irregularly disposed.

48. A long form showing spiral twist of the anterior part of the body and

contractile vacuole towards posterior end.

Figs. 49-55. Ameda lawesiana, sp.n. X 1833.

Fig. 49. Normal individual of typical limax form, showing feebly staining granules

just inside the nuclear membrane, and a mass of adherent bacteria”

: at posterior end.

Figs. 59-52. Early stages in nuclear division showing disintegration of the karyosome

and the production of a chain of chromatin granules or chromosomes.

Fig. 53. The formation of the spindle at first, having broad ends extending be-

yond the nuclear membrane The chromosomes are arranged in an

equatorial band.

Figs. 54 & 55. The spindle has become pointed at each pole and is placed obliquely

to the horizontal plane; ring of chromosomes.

Prater IV.

Figs. 56-65. Amcoba lawesiana. X 1833.

Fig. 56. Equatorial ring just divided.

Figs. 57 & 58. Elongation of the spindle and separation of the new chromatin

bands.

Fig. 59. Late stage of nuclear division, showing a twisting of the central portion

of the spindle. i

60. Commencement of constriction of the organism.

See ON SOIL PROTOZOA.

Figs. 61-63. Completion of fission and reorganisation of the daughter-nuclei.

64 & 65. Stages in encystation showing the production of deeply staining

granules within the endoplasm. In fig. 64 the endoplasm appears

sharply separated from the ectoplasm.

Figs. 66-74. Amoeba agricola, sp.n. X 2786.

Fig. 66. Normal form.

67. Granulation of the karyosome.

Figs. 68-70. Showing a variety of stages in the arrangement of the chromosomes on

the nuclear spindle. In each case there appear to be two principal

chromosomes at each pole and variously situated chromasomes in the

equatorial region.

Fig. 71. The chromosomes are drawn to each pole.

Figs. 72-74, Granulation of chromosomes and formation of daughter-nuclei.

NEVOMSUIN a SEIS IL I,

R.Gurney del. Huth sc.

IS IN| WMO) SAMSVA GAY JE Re IME (GIB, SIL OuIN,

ie Ag Sue Man GURU NE, SPL Ii,

R.Gurney del. E

DING AL MOLMHONS) Wis AIG VAS IIBUO) IME (C18), SZILQ)INI

Sa ee ge

Bee

2.5 1916, GURNEE erie

; l

VOY VEG | U

6 GU GB sy G MOE) Oa

nen? GO UY yyU O g &

Ne Cee.

Mpeg IS

SUU8 a

R. Gurney del. Huth sc.

ENTOMOSTRACA FROM CEYLON.

ON ENTOMOSTRACA FROM CEYLON. 333

9. On some Fresh-water Entomostraca from Ceylon.

By Rosert Gurnay, M.A., F.Z.S.

[Received February 8, 1916: Read April 4, 1916. ]

(Plates I.-III.* and Text-figure 1.)

INDEX.

GEOGRAPHICAL; Page

An African genus (Oncocypris) in Ceylon ......... 340

SYSTEMATIC :

Diapiomius Widusts; SP. We) aie. -eeeccesy sess eo eee eee RODS

Oncocypris pustulosa, SP. MM. ..cse-cccseeccaees eee -ceees 340

EY SOCY PLC TUOET.GUGs) SP Ms) a. y-)icees sso eeeeeeseeeen OAL

The fresh-water Entomostraca of which an account is given

here were collected by Mr. G. W. Smith during a visit to Ceylon

in September and October, 1907, on his return from Tasmania,

and I desire to express my thanks to him for his kindness in

handing them over to me for examination. The collections

were made in various waters at Colombo, Kandy, Peradeniya,

Mahintele, and Anuradhpura, but I have not thought it

necessary jn most cases to specify precisely in what spot a

particular species was found.

The most complete account that has been published of the

Entomostraca of Ceylon is that given by Daday in 1898; but

there have been several other contributions made to our know-

ledge of them, so that we now know of 94 species or well-marked

varieties inhabiting Ceylon. My. Smith’s collections contain

35 species, of which three are, as I believe, hitherto undescribed,

and several are additions to the list. It is rather remarkable

that, of the four species of Diaptomus here recorded, three have

not before been taken in Ceylon, and it is quite evident that the

fresh-water Entomostraca of Ceylon are very far from being

completely known.

i PAY ELOR@ DAG

CYCLESTHERIA HISLOPI Baird.

Nine specimens, some with developing young in the brood-

pouch, were taken in the Colombo water-supply.

II. CLADOCERA.

DIAPHANOSOMA EXCISUM Sars.

A considerable number of specimens of a species of Diaphano-

soma were found in a tank at Kandy by Lady Horton’s Drive and

also in Colombo Lake, while a few were taken at Anuradhpura.

* For explanation of the Plates see p. 343.

o04 MR. ROBERT GURNEY ON

All belong to the same species, and that, in my opinion, is

D. exsisum, since they agree in all essential respects with Sars’s

description, though somewhat smaller than the size given by him.

Tt is remarkable that the only species of Diaphanosoma recorded

from Ceylon is D. singalensis Daday, which was found by Apstein

to be common in the Colombo Lake from January to September.

All the specimens that I have examined have the ventral shell-

margin markedly reflexed, and cannot possibly be referred to

D. singalensis. It is possible that there is a seasonal alternation

of the two forms. ®

DaPHNIA LUMHOLTZI Sars.

A few young specimens were taken in a tank at Kandy.

CERIODAPHNIA RIGAUDI Richard.

Peradeniya pond; Colombo Lake; Mahintele; Anuradhpura ;

Kandy tank.

CERIODAPHNIA CORNUTA Sars.

Kandy, in a pond by Lady Horton’s Drive and in the tank.

Daday (1898) has expressed, and still maintains, the opinion

that C. cornuta and C. rigaudi ave merely extreme forms of

one species, and a careful examination of the specimens at my

disposal gives much support to such a view. The presence or

absence of a head-spine is, In my specimens, usually correlated

with the possession of a posterior shell-spine, which is slightly

bifurcated or simple respectively; but not only do both rigaudi

and cornuta forms occur together in the same collections, but

also individuals are found which it is almost impossible to assign

to one or the other. The head-spine may be so small as to be

detected with great difficulty, and the shell-spine may show but

the faintest trace of bifurcation. It appears to me that the

rigaudi form may occur alone, but that wherever (in Ceylon)

C. cornuta occurs, there also are found a small number of

individuals which, in the Jack of its distinctive characters,

approach C. rigaudi. One may conclude that the species may

be in fact distinct, but that C. cornuta is very variable and

may approach C. rigaudi in appearance. The cornuta form

described by Stingelin from Java, and having a double head-

spine, must be regarded as merely a variety of the species, since

Daday (1910) has found specimens with double head-spines

together with others of the typical form in Victoria Nyanza.

Mo1na busta Richard.

Kandy ; Mahintele; Anuradhpura. Common.

I take this opportunity of correcting an error in my figure of

this species recently published (1911, pl.u. fig. 1}. In this figure

the reticulations of the ephippium are shown strongly marked

over the egg-space, whereas, though a very faint reticulation can

sometimes be detected, the egg-space usually appears quite

ENTOMOSTRACA FROM CEYLON. 335

unmarked. These faint markings were shown in my drawing

and have become accentuated in the plate.

Macrorurix opiosa Gurney.

Peradeniya pond. Abundant in a plankton collection taken

at night, but much less common in plankton and in weeds during

the day. Also taken at Anuradhpura.

The species bears some resemblance to MV. singalensis, but

differs from it in the form of the upper lip, the arrangement

of cilia, and teeth on the antenna and on the post-abdomen.

While the adult differs considerably from M. triserialis in the

shape of the valves, the young closely resemble it, being of a

pointed pear-shaped form.

MACROTHRIX TRISERIALIS Brady.

Mahintele—Snake’s pool. ‘Two specimens only seen.

LEYDIGIA AUSTRALIS Sars.

Tn a tank at Anuradhpura great numbers of cast shells of a

species of Leydigia were taken, and among these there are two

or three post-abdomina, but none with the terminal claw

attached. However, the shape of the post-abdomen and the

arrangement of the spines, together with the fact that the shell-

valves are not striated, make it certain that the species is

LI. australis, The arrangement of the spines is distinctive

in this species; there is a regular series, decreasing in size

anteriorly, of groups containing one long spine and two very

short ones. and these groups are not replaced by groups of cilia

till the anal depression is reached.

At Mahintele a single specimen of a Leydigia was taken which

agrees most closely with ZL. australis var. ceylonica Daday. In

this specimen the spines of the post-abdomen are more slender

and partly arranged in fours (Pl. I. fig. 1), and the shape of the

post-abdomen recalls that of Z. propingua. My specimen, which

is much decayed, differs from Daday’s form in absence of sculpture

on the shell.

ALONA RECTANGULA Sars.

A few specimens of a small form of this species were taken in

Peradeniya pond. Some females are ephippial, but no males

were seen. In some specimens the upper hp has a minute tooth

on its anterior margin.

ALONA INTERMEDIA Sars.

Old tank at Anuradhpura.

ALONELLA DAvIDI Richard.

One specimen and a moulted shell were included in a collection

from the old tank at Anuradhpura. They agree exactly with

regard to form of post-abdomen and arrangement of spines and

336 MR. ROBERT GURNEY ON

cilia with the specimens described by Stingelin (1904) from Java

and Honolulu, except that here the claws have no cilia. But in

my specimens the shell is distinctly striated, but without reticu-

lations, thus approaching more nearly to Richard’s description.

I have already (1911) given reasons for regarding 4. davidi

and A. punctata Daday as varieties of A. diaphana King, but I

am inclined to think that, though I still believe the three species

to form a gradational series, yet it is perhaps more convenient

and less cumbrous to leave the three names to define the three

varieties.

ALONELLA KARUA King.

Peradeniya and Anuradhpura.

ALONELLA EXcIsA Fischer.

Peradeniya pond.

Cuyborus PARvus Daday. (PI. I. figs. 2, 3.)

Peradeniya pond and Priest’s Well; Kandy; Anuradhpura.

In 1898 Daday described, under the name of C. sphericus var.

pareus, a Chydorus from Colombo Lake, differing chiefly from

O. sphericus in the form of the upper lip (fig. 2), and I have

little hesitation in referring to this species a Chydorus which is

common in some of Mr. Smith’s collections. These specimens,

which vary from 28 to 35 mm. in length, are nearly globular in

shape and usually of an opaque golden-yellow colour. In the

form of the upper lip and of the post-abdomen (fig. 3) they agree

very closely with Daday’s deseription, but they differ in the fact

that I have been unable to detect with certainty any sculpture

on the shell, whereas Daday’s species shows strong reticulation.

Cuyporus BARrorsi Richard. (Pl. I. figs. 4, 5.)

Peradeniya pond ; Anuradhpura.

My specimens unite in a very perplexing way the characters

of C. barroisi and C. poppet Richard. All my specimens agree in

having the upper lip strongly serrated and in the arrangement

of spines on the post-abdomen (fig. 5), and nearly all have the

shell-valves smooth. The majority have also a tooth at the

posterior ventral angle of the shell (fig. 4) and an additional

minute spine at the base of the caudal claws, but I have also

seen specimens which lack the one or the other. In the structure

of the post-abdomen they agree much more closely with C. poppet

than with C. barroist. C. hybridus Daday unites in the same

way the characters of the two species, and it seems to me that

the three are not, in fact, spectfically distinguishable. O. poppet

has been recorded only from South America and from the

Southern United States, but C. barroisi occurs in Syria, Ceylon,

various parts of Malaysia, New Zealand, Hast Africa, and South

America. Stingelin (1913) also expresses the opinion that the

three above-named species should probably be united into one. -

ENTOMOSTRACA FROM CEYLON, Som

IIJ. COPEPODA.

Cyciops pistincrus Richard. (PI. I. fig. 6.).

In a collection from a’ pond by Lady Horton’s Drive at Kandy

a few specimens of a Cyclops were found, which I assign with

some hesitation to this species. The specimens included only a

single adult female, the rest being chiefly adult males.

My specimens differ in some important respects from typical

European specimens with which I have compared them :—

(1) In size. Length: 9, 144 mm.; 3, ‘95mm. Whereas

English specimens measure about 2 mm. ( 2 ).

(2) Furcal rami. Wheveas in typical C. distinctus the rami

are about 24 times longer than they are broad, in

specimens from Kandy they are less than twice the

breadth. Also in the latter the lateral seta is very

long—longer than the ramus. The proportional length

of the remaining sete is the same in both.

Since in other respects—as, for example, in the form of the

fourth pair of legs and their uniting lamella (fig. 6)—the agree-

ment is complete, I do not think the differences are sufficient to

constitute a distinct species.

CYCLoPs HYALINUS Rehberg.

Kandy ; Mahintele; Anuradhpura.

CYCLOPS LEUCKARTI Claus.

Peradeniya; Kandy ; Anuradhpura.

CYCLOPS VARICANS Sars.

Peradeniya; Kandy; Anuradhpura, Rare.

Cyciors varius Lillj., var. proximus Lill}.

A few specimens taken in the Priest’s Well at Peradeniya.

CycnLops PRASINUS Fischer.

Peradeniya—Priest’s Well; Kandy—Lady Horton’s Drive

pond.

CANTHOCAMPTUS GRANDIDIERI Guerne & Richard, var. (Pls. I.

& II. figs. 7-9.)

In collections from Peradeniya and from Anuradhpura a few

specimens of a species of Canthocamptus were found which I find

difticulty in identifying. In most respects they agree very closely

with descriptions given of C. grandidieri, bat with regard to the

furca and to certain details of the fifth pair of legs there are

differences which are constant and considerable. The fureal

rami are more or less quadrangular, bearing at their apex a short

slender seta on the inner angle and a single very long seta with

338 MR. ROBERT GURNEY ON

a rather swollen base (fig. 7); but in place of the usual external

long seta there is, in all adults, merely a small finger-like

outgrowth. On the other hand, in all immature specimens two

sete are present of the usual form. A further difference is that

the ramus is not, as 1s usual in C. grandidiert, distinctly produced

dorsally. There is indeed a slight overhang, but it is scarcely

noticeable (fig. 9). With regard to the fifth pair of legs the

agreement is closer, but here the innermost spine of the basal

joint is very much shorter than the others, and the second joint

is smooth on its inner face (fig. 8). In the proportional length

of the spines on this leg my specimens agree more nearly with

C. laciniatus Van Douwe, which itself seems to me only a variety

incomplete to make any satisfactory comparison possible.

Drapromus DorIArI Richard.

Anuradhpura. Rare.

DIAPTOMUS STRIGILIPES Gurney.

Anuradhpura—Baltring tank; Mahintele. Abundant.

Diapromus ANN Apstein. (PI. IT. fig. 10.)

Peradeniya pond; Kandy ; Colombo Lake.

Brehm has found that specimens from Kandy do not agree in

all respects with the description given by Apstein, the third joint

of the exopodite of ‘the fifth foot in the female being clearly

distinct, and argues that the separation or fusion of this joint

is therefore not of great systematic importance. In all my

specimens this joint is separate, and Apstein has found that

it is, in fact, distinct in his original specimens, The endopodite

of this leg in my specimens, as in Brehm/’s, is considerably shorter

than the first joint of the exopodite, and, in respect of length,

this joint seems to be very variable. I have seen one specimen

(fig. 10) in which this branch was clearly two-jointed, but this is

evidently an abnormality.

DIAProMUS VibDUUS, sp. n. (PI. II. figs. 11-14.) .

In a collection from the Snake’s pool at Mahintele, among

large numbers of D. strigilipes, a single male Diaptomus was

found which appears to belong to an undescribed species. In

spite of very careful search I have found only the single

specimen, but it seems to me so distinct that it is best to

describe and name it.

The body is slender and tapering anteriorly ; last segment of

the thorax with pronounced posterior angles bearing two small

spines on either side (fig. 11). Fourth abdominal segment

asymmetrical, being slightly swollen on the right side. Furcal

rami and sete of normal shape. The left antenna reaches, when

reflexed, to the end of the fourth abdominal segment. ‘The

ENTOMOSTRACA FROM CEYLON. 339

antepenultimate joint of the right antenna has a hyaline mem-

brane and a short outwardly-turned hook (fig. 12). The fifth

leg (fig. 13) on the right side has two small hyaline processes on

the second basal joint ; the endopodite is longer than the first

joint of the exopodite. The first joint of the exopodite is pro-

duced laterally into a pointed process and bears on its posterior

face a large hyaline process (fig. 14). The second joint of the

exopodite has the spine, which is usually lateral and distal in

position, inserted on the posterior face near the base of the joint.

Length 1:75 mm.

IV. OSTRACODA.

Noropromas ocunata Sars. (Pl. IIT. fig. 15.)

Tank by Lady Horton’s Drive.

This species differs very little from WV. entzi Daday, being

somewhat smaller and with different markings. In dorsal view

it is seen that V. enézi is much wider behind than in front,

whereas in JV. oculata the outline is an almost regular oval

(fig. 15).

STRANDESIA (CYPRIS) VITTATA Sars.

Common in Peradeniya pond.

My specimens agree in all respects with Sars’s description,

with the exception that they do not show the coloured bands

mentioned by him, the absence of which is possibly due to the

preservative. The curious “lop-sided” appearance in end view

is very characteristic. Previously recorded from Puching, China.

EvurycyPRIS SUBGLOBOSA Sowevby.

Colombo Lake. Rare.

SLENOCYPRIS MALCOLMSONI Brady.

Colombo Lake.

CYPRICERCUS RETICULATUS Daday ?

A considerable number of specimens of a species of Oypricercus

were taken in Peradeniya pond. Unfortunately all appear to be

immature, not exceeding -7 mm. in length and with the ovary

barely distinguishable. My specimens differ somewhat from

C. reticulatus in shape and also in the complete absence of any

shell-sculpture, but I cannot assign them to any other species

nor safely describe them as new.

Cypripopsis NEwront Brady & Robertson. (PI. IT. fig. 16.)

Syn. C. aldabre Miller.

Great quantities of this species were found in Colombo Lake

and a few specimens at Mahintele. Apstein has recorded Oando-

nella albida Vavra from Colombo Lake, but I have found no

340 ' MR. ROBERT GURNEY ON

specimens which can be referred to that species. On the other

hand, the shape of the shell (fig. 16) points unmistakably to the

closely allied species C. aldabre, with which my specimens agree

also in other respects. Unfortunately I have not been able to

find a single male, so that the comparison is incomplete.

ONCOCYPRIS PUSTULOSA, sp.n. (PI. IIT. figs. 17-21.)

Seen from above the animal is pear-shaped, very broad behind

and. tapering anteriorly, with a constriction in front of the eye

(fig. 17). In quite young individuals the shape is that of an

egg, with the greatest width just behind the middle and tapering

evenly in front and behind. Seen from the side the two valves

are alike, kidney-shaped, broader in front than behind (fig. 18).

The cuticular border is broad anteriorly, scarcely visible ventrally,

and narrow behind. Seen from inside, the structure of the shell

is distinctive. In the left valve the anterior cuticular border is

very broad and springs from the edge of the shell, its point of

origin being marked by the accompanying sete. Beyond this

point is the ‘“ pore-canal” zone, in which are seen a series of

strongly marked semicircular loops which appear to indicate

unbranched pore-canals, but their real nature is not at all clear

(fig. 19). Cutting across them is seen a conspicuous ridge. The

structure is much the same posteriorly and in the right shell.

The surface of the shell is thickly covered with little knobs,

but in very young specimens it is strongly reticulated and pitted.

The eyes are very large and united. The general colour, in

spirit, is golden yellow with a conspicuous greenish pigment-

spot on either side of the eye.

The maxilla has no respiratory plate, but in place of it there

is a single small seta. Mliiller gives the entire absence of setz as

an important character of the genus, and it is possible that the

specimen in which I have seen the seta is abnormal in this

respect. From the small number of specimens at my disposal

T am unable to go further into the matter. In the second

maxilla there are two strong spines on the third lobe, one of

which is toothed and the other smooth. In the first leg the

third and fourth joints are fused; the last joint bears a very

large curved spine and a single short seta (fig. 20). The second

leg has a well-developed terminal joint bearing a long curved

claw, a seta of about the same length, and a small hair (fig. 21).

The furea is a simple flagellum.

- Length -5—58 mm.; width 43-54 mm.; height :3--38 mm.

A very few female specimens of this species were taken ina

tank by Lady Horton's Drive at Kandy. The genus Oncocypris

was established by G. W. Miiller for a species, 0. vodtzkow?, from

Madagascar, which has since been found also in Abyssinia (Daday)

and South Africa (Brady). The only other species of the genus

is O. costata Daday from German Hast Africa. It is therefore of

considerable interest to find that a species of this African genus

occurs also in Ceylon.

ENTOMOSTRACA FROM CEYLON. 34]

PHYSOCYPRIA TUBERATA, Sp.n. (PI. III. fig. 22; text-fig. 1.)

Female. Seen laterally the shell is oval, the greatest height

equal to two-thirds the length and falling behind the middle

(text-fig. lw). The anterior end is much less broad than the

posterior end. The right and left shells are of the same shape,

the left shell slightly the larger and overlapping the right in

front. Both shells have a narrow hyaline border and are fringed

Text-figure 1.

Physocypria tuberata.

a. Female. Left valve, X 66.

6b. Male. Right valve from inside, X 126.

e. Female. Furcal ramus, X 274.

d. Male. Copulatory organ, X 274.

650 P35 Clasping organ of right side, X 274,

‘with long scattered sete. ‘The right shell differs from the left

in having a row of small knobs on the anterior and posterior

margins (text-fig. 1b). Seen from above the shell is much com-

pressed and narrower in front than behind (PI. III. fig. 22).

‘The;surface of the shell is smooth, but marked with small brown

Proc. Zoot. Sec.—1916, No. XXITI. 23

342, MR, ROBERT GURNEY ON

spots. In the second leg the penultimate joint is three and a

half times as long as the last joint and without cilia. The last.

joint bears two subequal claws and a recurved seta longer than

the last three joints of the leg. The furcal rami are slightly

curved and bear two short stout claws and a very short seta at

the apex. The dorsal seta is inserted about the middle, and is

nearly half as long as the furca and about the same length as

the longest claw (text-fig. 1c). Length -45—-5 mm.; height

‘27-28 mm.

Male. The male differs somewhat from the female, the dorsal

margin of the shell being more flattened and the two ends more

equally rounded. The tubercles of the right shell are conspicuous.

The palp of the right second maxilla is slender, broader at the

end, and with a triangular pointed process (text-fig. 1e); the last

joint is in the form of a curved blunt-ended claw. The palp of

the left side is more or less cylindrical, not dilated at the end,

and with a minute tooth in place of the triangular process of the

right side. The distal joint forms a curved sharp-pointed claw.

The copulatory apparatus consists of a large triangular lamella

with pointed recurved end, and a narrow pointed process hinged

to it (text-fig. 1d). The ejaculatory apparatus has six rings of

spines.

A few specimens only of this species were found in a collection

from Colombo Lake, and amongst them was a single male.

The species resembles Cypria crenulata Sars very closely, and,

indeed, may be but a variety of it, but it differs from it in having

knobs on both the anterior and posterior margins of the right

shell, and also in the presence of brown spots on the shell.

Sars gives no particulars of the structure of the male by which

a comparison could be made, but he says that the male is exactly

like the female in shape, and that is not quite the case with

regard to my own specimens.

Literature.

Apsretn, C.—‘‘ Das Plankton im Colombo-See auf Ceylon.”

Zool. Jahrb., Abt. Syst. xxv. 1907, pp. 201-244.

Apstrein, C.—‘* Das Plankton des Gregory-Sees auf Ceylon.”

Zool. Jahrb., Abt. Syst. xxix. 1910, pp. 661-680.

Brapy, G. 8.— Notes on Entomostraca collected by Mr. Haly in

Ceylon.” Journ. Linn. Soce., Zool. xix. 1886, p. 293.

Breumu, V.—‘‘ Ueber die Mikrofauna chinesischer und siidasiat-

ischer Siisswasserbecken.” Arch. f. Hydrobiol. u. Plank-

tonk. iv. 1909, pp. 207-224.

Dapay, E. von.—‘ Mikroskopische Siisswasserthiere aus Ceylon.”

Termés. Fuzetek, Anhangsheft zum xxi. Bd. 1898.

Danvay, E. von.—‘ Untersuchungen iiber die Sitisswasser-Mikro-

fauna Deutsch-Ost-Afrikas.” Zoologica, Bd. xxiii. Heft 59,

1910.

ENTOMOSTRACA FROM CEYLON, 343

GurNEy, R.—‘“ On Two new Entomostraca from Ceylon.”

Spolia Zeylanica, iv. 1907, pp. 126-134.

Gurney, R.—“ On some Fresh-water Entomostraca from Egypt

and the Soudan.” Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) vii. 1911,

p. 25.

Popper, 8. A., and Mrizex, A.—‘‘ Die von Herrn Dr. H. Driesch

auf Ceylon gesammelten Siisswasser - Entomostraken.”

Beih. zum Jahrb. d. Hamb. Wiss. Anst. xii. 1895.

StincELIN, TuH.—‘‘ Untersuchungen tiber der Cladoceren-fauna

von Hinterindien, Sumatra und Java.” Zool. Jahrb.,

Abt. Syst. xxi. 1904, pp. 327-370.

STINGELIN, TH.—‘‘ Voyage d’Exploration Scientifique en Colom-

bie.” Cladocera. Mém. Soc. Neuch. Se. nat. v. 1913.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

PrateE I.

Fig.1. Leydigia australis var. ceylonica. Post-abdomen. X 260.

2. Chydorus parvus. Upper lip. X 445.

3} a Fe Post-abdomen. > 1050.

4, 4 barroisi. Female. X 260.

5. 3 L Post-abdomen. XX 1050.

6. Cyclops distinctus. Uniting lamella of fourth pair of legs of male.

x 445.

7, Canthocamptus grandidieri. Furcal rami. X 445.

8. 53 z Fifth leg of female. XX 445,

Puate II.

Fig. 9. Canthocamptus grandidieri. Furcal ramus, side view. X 445. _

10. Diaptomus anne. Fifth leg of female showing (abnormal) 2-jomted

endopodite. X 445.

if, 5 viduus, sp.n. Male. X 58.

12. 34 5 FA Prehensile antenna. XX 120.

13. i 35 ES Fifth pair of legs. XX 120.

14. 3 - Ss Part of the right leg of the fifth pair.

X 320,

Prate III.

Fig. 15. Notodromas oculata. Dorsal view of female. X 98.

16. Cypridopsis newtoni. Right valve of female. 120.

17. Oncocypris pustulosa, sp. u. Dorsal view of moulted shell. X 150,

18. 3 45 3 Side view. XX 98.

19. 3 # Anterior end of left valve from inside.

< 260.

20. a 3 3 First leg. x 445.

21, Second leg. X 445.

b) 33 39

22. Physocypria tuberata, sp.n. Dorsal view of female. X 98.

unre wes Ovad

een ae seal witenPR eae ;

ast oh et men

eae we Atamde§

fies: pal Blk: Se ave (Ws

SAl mlwre snes i *. ceed tha i? 7 aesialapt ‘aly

te, ys di r 2 a ie Dhara Th bal

nt ‘i inatl? Saf » al ewer cus e 4 te

‘Seta hig BU hui by Sean yea Seek he

mill ap! bite x 4 iy Pe hi an

pcae™ 4 cael £9. wuttc angie

J ora NAP ab ie ae) ‘ the

MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE BOLTI. 345

10. On Specimens of the Perciform Fish Tilapia nilotica

with increased number of anal spines. By G. A.

Bovtencer, F.R.S., F.Z.8.*

[Received February 1, 1916: Read April 4, 1916.]

INDEX.

VARIATION ; Page

Variation in the number of anal spines in Tilapia

milotica and other Cichlide .......................:.. 845

Taxonomy:

On the value of the number of anal spines for the

division of the Cichlid into genera ............... 345

SYSTEMATIC:

Tilapia nilotica athiensis, var. u., E. Africa

In the Cichlide, as in most Perciform Acanthopterygians,

three is the most frequent number of spines in the anal fin, and

this number may be looked upon asa primitive character. It

has generally been the custom for systematists to attach generic

‘importance to an increase in the number of these spines, even

when unaccompanied by any other character. In this I have

differed, and refused to accept genera based on the number of

anal spines when everything else pointed to close relationship

with species showing the usual number, thus uniting Giinther’s

Oreochromis (4 anal spines) with Tilapia and Pellegrin’s Asta-

toreochromis (4 to 6 anal spines) with Haplochromis. I felt all

the more justified in doing so from the fact that occasionally, as

individual exceptions, the three spines may be increased to four,

as in Zilapia mossambica, variabilis, percivali, Haplochromis

desfontainesti. —There is also the perplexing case of Cyrtocara

moorit, of which only two examples are known, one with three

anal spines, the other with four. My reform in classification

has not met with the approval of Dr. Pellegrin, who has

protested against the suppression of his genus Astatoreochromis,

on the ground that the same character has been used for distin-

guishing American genera— with what regard to natural

affinities appears to me questionable. I think the following fact

disposes once for all of his objection. .

It is with the greatest surprise that, on recently receiving

from Mr.S. lL. Hinde a series of over 30 specimens of a fish

which I identified as the common Tilapia iilotica, a species with

which I am familiar from a study of hundreds of specimens, the

first I took up showed five anal spines, and the others either

four or five. A table showing the variation in 30 of these

specimens is here appended. This series was obtained in the

Makindu and Isavo Rivers, affluents of the Athi River in

British East Africa.

* Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.

MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON

346

“yore [ertpoueaq IOIIEyUe

FO JAvd TAMOT WO SOYVI-[PUD °LT

OUI] [B194Bl IOMOT “OT

‘auly [etoqet sodda °6

41 AT 9L AL

ST GL PL LT

13 G3 08 0

it it Ae At

fe #6 te t€

SE ZE OF ZE

i 6 Ol 6

aes ae ay,

ie OW OL ThE

iy 2 He Hi

6G GG Go 2g

*TLOATAT Ud V ou Jo syuUOn ye ‘STOATYT OACST pus Nnpuryeyy

‘QUI] [BIOYL] OY] MOA SOLIS OSIOASUBIZ UL SETVOG *G

‘QUIT [BLO] OY} OAOGK SOLOS 9SLOASUV.I} UL SeTVog *,

*SOl1OS [VULPNJISUOT UL Se[BVog *g

“‘sABI 4JoS [BUY “G

“saulds [RUY “PF

*sABI 4JOS [BSIOT *G

*(SOLJOUITT]IUL UI) YASusT [BIOy, °

it ie ite ie He Ge Be Ge Gi Mi Ge we He Le Bie Se Mi fe wie Ait

8 FL PL Gl Gl SL Sl Zl €L- el el Si WL ST WT GL yl WL ZU ESL

02 03 &G IZ 16 6L IG ZS 0G BG 1G 0G IG GI 1G GG G IG 16

9I 9T SL PL SI FL ST PL ST ST 91 ST PE ST ST FL ST FI FI PI

uo) Se Se fe eo fe ae fe 4e\ fe 46 te #8 46 48 46 te #6 6 16

re te ee) Te ee We Te TS 1S Te ie We WS We We 1s We ie is es

me @ O@ & GO 8 OO 6 6 Or OO GB Ol OF & G OI

oe @ @ p @ @ 7 @ 8 | O ip Pay YY 7 Pp eg fe

Or Oe ie Oe Oe We Be Oe Ole Oe Wee OL We Oe We Oe iat OL Ui

ar Ot Me oe Se Air Be Pe Ae Be whe Hie SL Me Ie Ale She Sik GIy TIL

eg gg 69 19 29 ZO Bo 69 $9 99 $9 GL GL GL SL GL 9L LL 18 801

THE BOLTI. 347

Having previously received, after writing the description of

Tilapia nilotica for the ‘Catalogue of African Fresh-water

Fishes,’ two young specimens from another affluent of the same

river, the Simba River, it occurred to me to examine them

carefully, as I should have done before, and I found four to be

the number of spines in both. In their physiognomy, in their

coloration and markings, and in all structural particulars, these

fishes are indistinguishable from Tilapia nilotica; and although,

in view of the constancy of the increased number of anal spines,

the Athi River specimens may be recognised as a new local form,

under the name of var. athiensis, I should not think of proposing

for them a new species.

A further remarkable fact is the presence of four anal spines

in another Tilapia very closely related to, though sufficiently

distinct from, 7’. nilotica, viz. T. (Oreochromis) nigra Gthr., also

from the Athi basin. Why in the Tilapia from this river-system

an increase should have taken place in the number of anal spines

is difficult of explanation, unless it be that an abnormal trans-

formation of a soft ray into a spine, as happens elsewhere, should

have been a peculiarity of the first settlers in that basin of the

widely distributed 7’. nilotica, and, becoming fixed, been passed

on to 7’. nigra, which may well be regarded as derived from that

species. Whatever this explanation be worth, the fact is clear

that, unless our classification of the Cichlide be made still more

artificial than it unfortunately is at present, the number of anal

spines must not be used, as a single character, for the division

into genera, and it affords the best justification that could be

wished for the course I have followed in the past.

2 ft Malian ea nk, :

eae Va ean ag5ify By bios bets iRaP ar

ee ae AEE sl Cenc ae ‘

am Ohl eine Ne oe

in fauoildia La Mera * ;

aed (neta, SeveeePandcned

eh Lomo nbiene

Pete ae she

53 siselagpiria ah sive Radiat ontet Silene a

a ee Hon el a8; he ene er te i: the

i hf anda he tot Yin Twa a he Molar

\ a ry a ataie trick moter oy He eehnREsogiy a 4

Be i bere cae <Pieitihe: ao vera Praia gg shotths rf

iD ‘ii eel abt Vins sh stiy7” Sue ag 7

i, . thelabs xi eee ti ets ae | ye

Ja "enone pie vihalbratikact wl ft botrieonc {oo t,

ae Fare Ye-rediong ole rite ne e sci Pow f.

ry Hombre wilh ay. ohidsares te boi wel doce etas

ad hires = ho pasMad| aoe ake te fra ef

a ine til 455 baeestians ar hel ee *arinees 4

* - = i fee Te ee w

n |

Any bole ;

oY a «ice. 5

ia el oe ~ 4

i rf

B ; . d

] e

aril ae Hee ete, nn’

f 4 P hie ¥ re

. Y ' ~

re a - i

ey hi ‘

ON THE EXTERNAL CHARACTERS OF MONGOOSES. 349°

11. On the External Characters of the Mongooses (Mun-

goudee): by ik, Te Pococw,. Hho. Pls. :Z.S.,

Curator of Mammals.

[Received February 22, 1916: Read April 18, 1916.1

(Text-figures 1-10.)

INDEX. Pace

The Har, Vibrisss and Rhinarium):..::........-----....= ool

A DNA VeN Bey oS recht neces Sh eh A SUR MD mati AIR Rae mA SNM (30 17/

MhetGlandulareAnal’Sac!= nero ceeeteerceee eee OO

JME HOM Ore we ZVOOILISE ..ascvo00se0 caesdsaokoe wuscusascco — BIS)

res xtennallGenibalicaeresecesseeee sceeese ee aeeeeeer ene OTe

Introduction.

The facts recorded in this paper are based mainly upon an

examination in the Society’s Prosectorium of examples of the

following genera and species, which have been exhibited during

the past ten years in the Zoological Gardens :—

Mungos mungo, the common Indian Mongoose; many spe-

cimens of both sexes.

- smithii ; one female example from Ceylon.

3 auropunctatus ; two examples from Nepal and Chitta-

gone.

i brachyurus; one example from the Malay Peninsula,

only superficially examined, without drawings being

made.

Myon Hm gracilis ; one unlocalised example of this African form.

5 Helogale undulata; two examples from British Hast Africa

very closely allied to this species, but with less yellow in the

fur.

Ichneumia albicauda ; one female from the White Nile.

Atilawx paludinosus ; one male from South Africa.

Cynictis penicillata ; one example from South Africa.

Ariela fusciata ; one female example from the Sudan, repre-

senting a local race of this species.

Crossarchus obscurus; two examples, male and female, from

West Africa.

Suricata suricatta; two examples, male and female, from

South Africa.

I have also seen, in addition to a few examples of some of the

species above enumerated, a female specimen of Ldeogale puisa,

ticketed Zanzibar (Sir J. Kirk), preserved in alcohol in the

British Museum.

Although. a study of the skulls and teeth has been no part of

my present purpose, I have made use of the characters they

350 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON THE

supply, in conjunction with the external features, in the attempt

to discover the probable affinities of the genera with reference to

a hypothetical archaic type of Mongoose. For this, the fine

series of skulls in the British Museum has been indispensable.

There does not appear to have been any general work on the

classification of Mongooses since the publication of Mr. Thomas’s

and Prof. Mivart’s papers in our ‘ Proceedings’ for 1882. The

classification proposed by Mr. Thomas, and the genera he pre-

served, have been adopted by subsequent authors. It must be

remembered, however, that his paper was written before the

introduction of the more refined and modern methods of distin-

guishing genera. Hence there is no doubt that he would now

agree in assigning generic rank to Jchnewmia, to which at the

time in question he gave subgeneric rank under Herpestes, now

known as JZungos. I am not aware, however, that there has

been published in any faunistic lists a proposal, either tacitly or

definitely expressed, to restore Atilaw and Ariela to the generic

status formerly given them respectively by Cuvier and Gray.

On the available material, Mr. Thomas made Atilaw a synonym of

Herpestes (= ungos) and Ariela a synonym of C' rossarchus. My

reasons for restoring these names to generic rank are given in the

sequel. About A lee there can, I think, be no doubt, assuming

the constancy of the features relied upon; and the only criticism,

it seems to me, that can be made against the severance of Ariela

from Crossarchus is the uncertainty, in the absence of fresh

material, as to the correct generic allocation of all the forms

that in recent years have been described as Crossarchus. This,

however, does not deprive of their force the characters by which

the type-species of Aviela can be distinguished from that of

Crossarchus.

As regards the generic names previously proposed, it must not

be forgotten that Gray and Hodgson divided what is now known

as Mungos into several genera—e. g., Urva, Teniogale, Galerella,

etc.,—the type-species of which were cited by Thomas in 1882.

Tt remains to be seen whether any of these genera will be restored

in the future or not*. I have not sufficient material upon which

to form an opinion of any value; but as at present constituted,

Mungos is the only genus of Viverroid Carnivores common to

the Oriental and Ethiopian Regions.

Two new generic names have been introduced since Thomas’s

paper, namely, Paracynictis for Cynictis selousi, and Galeriscus

based upon G. jacksoni, an alleged Musteline from British East

Africa, which proves to be a species of Bdeogale t.

* The small African Mongoose (Mungos gracilis), the type of Galerella Gray,

differs in several respects from Mongooses of the M. mungo and M. ichnewmon type,

notably in its larger ears, less webbed feet, and in the prominence of the anterior

chamber of the tympanic bulla. In all these respects it approaches the otherwise

very distinct genus Cynictis. Another small African species, IM. pulverulentus,

ye resemble I. gracilis tolerably closely, so far as can be judged from dried

materia

+ Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) xvii. pp. 176-179, 1916.

EXTERNAL CHARACTERS OF MONGOOSES. 351

The Ear, Vibrisse and Rhinariwm.

The Har.—The only description of the ear of Mongooses with

which I am acquainted is that of Boas (‘ Ohrknorpel und dusseres

Ohr der Siiugetiere,’ p. 140, pl. xxi. fig. 222, Kopenhagen, 1912),

who examined this organ in the common Indian species Herpestes

griseus (= Mungos mungo).

The ear differs in the following particulars from that of all the

genera of Viverride discussed in my previous papers :—(1) The

marginal bursa is absent ; (2) the supratragus or plica principalis

is converted into a large movable laminate flap; (3) above the

supratragus there is a similar but smaller flap; (4) the antero-

internal ridge curves abruptly backwards into the cavity of the

ear, its inferior prominence being set high up and fitting into a

hollow above the antitragus. By the disposition of these ridges

the cavity of the ear is capable of being very completely closed

when the ear is folded. The superior flap closes over the space

above the supratragus, the latter similarly shuts down upon the

antero-internal ridge, and the prominence of the latter fits into

the space above the antitragus, which is itself applied to the ridge

representing the tragus.

In nearly all the genera the ears are set well behind the eye,

are irregularly semicircular in shape, and small, so that the upper

margin hardly projects above the line of the occiput and of the nape

of the neck; but in Cynictis Hina are much larger, project well

above the head, and have the antero-superior rim rising only a

little behind a point above the posterior angle of the eye. In its

structural details the ear in this genus is of the same general

type as that seen in Mungos, Crossarchus, Bdeogale, and others,

with the exception that there is a small shallow pocket behind

the antitragus (text-fig. 3, A, C). I have not observed this in

any other genus, but it is no doubt the homologue of the similarly

situated depression in the Hyznas, which was regarded by Boas

as the representative of the marginal bursa in other Atluroid

Carnivores.

It is perhaps significant that this remnant of the bursa

persists in the genus which of all the Mongooses has the longest

and broadest ears and approaches, in that respect at least, nearest

to the Hyenas. Nevertheless, the ear of the Hyznas, except

for the abnormal position and structure of the bursa, resembles,

broadly speaking, that of other ~Ailuroidea*. Some species of

Mungos, e.g. M. gracilis (text-fig. 1, A), have much larger ears

than species like I. mungo and MW. smithtii. In Ichneumia albi-

cauda (text-fig. 1, D) they are also tolerably large; whereas in

Atilax paludinosus (text-fig. 1, C), Ariela fasciata and Cross-

archus obscurus (text-fig. 2, A, B) they are comparatively small

and rounded. Nevertheless, whatever their size may be, the

ears conform closely to the type described in Mungos nwungo and

M. smithii.

* See Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) xvii. p. 333, 1916.

352 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON THE

One genus, Suricata, stands quite apart from the others in the

structure of the ear (text-fig. 3, B, D). This organ is small,

Text-figure 1.

Mo NIA wy de 17,

veel

tf:

(iT

by eee >

aay SS _

HWE TIS SS

eat

A. Head of Mungos gracilis, from a spirit-specimen, with ear open.

B. 3 Helogale undulata, from a fresh specimen, ,, Ue

Cc. és Atiiax paludinosus, an 4 53 we

D. a Ichnewnia albicauda, a A 3

(All 3 natural size.)

EXTERNAL CHARACTERS OF MONGOOSES. 353

semicircular, and set well back and low down on the head, but it

is of a much simpler type than in other genera. There is no

lamina above the supratragus, and the latter isa simple thickened

ridge. In other respects the ear resembles that of the rest of the

genera of Mongooses, differing from the ear of all the Viverride

in the absence of the bursa and the high position of the pro-

minence of the antero-internal ridge above the antitragus.

Amongst the Viverride, the Galidictine* genera are those

which in the structure of the ear come nearest to Suricata.

Text-figure De

A. Head of Ariela fasciata, from a fresh specimen, with ear closed.

B. a Crossarchus obscurus, 4, ss os i

(Both 3 natural size.)

The ear of Suricata, in spite of the absence of the two movable

lamine, is capable of being closed as tightly as in other members

of this group, the supratragal ridge assuming an oblique direction

and being pressed against the antero-internal ridge when the ear

is folded. That being so, it is difficult to understand the reason

for the development of the two lamine in the typical Mongooses.

I think, however, it is probable that the close folding of the ear

is an adaptation to the known burrowing habits of this group,

* Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) xvi. p. 354, pl. xv. fig. 4, 1915.

354 MR, R. I, POCOCK ON THE.

since the Civets, Genets, and Palm Civets, with normal ears, are

either scansorial or terrestrial, but not fossorial *. In that case,

Text-figure 3.

A. Head of Cynictis penicillata, from a spirit-specimen, with ear open. X 3.

1B} » Suricata suricatta, 55 es 5 Fy be

C. Ear of Wungos smithii, open.

D. ,, Suricata suricatta, closed.

BR. ,, Cynictis penicillata, closed.

v., upper valvular lamina; s., supratragus (plica principalis), forming lower

valvular lamina; 6., bursa; a.é., antero-internal, a.e., antero-external,

p.e., postero-external ridges.

it seems to me possible that the method of closing the ear by

means of two lamine, as above described, may serve the purpose

* Not ascertained in the case of the Galidictinee.

EXTERNAL CHARACTERS OF MONGOOSES. 355.

of excluding dust and dirt without at the same time excluding

sound-vibrations to the same extent as does the arrangement for

folding seen in Swricata.

Facial Vibrisse.—In number and disposition the tufts of

vibrissee are quite normal and agree with those of the Viverride.

But they vary a good deal in development in different forms.

Broadly speaking, they are longer and more numerous in smaller

than in larger species, as may be seen by comparing J/wngos

gracilis with M. mungo or Ichneumia albicauda with Ariela

fasciata and Crossarchus obscurus. For instance, the upper

genal tuft consists of about three bristles in J, gracilis and

Ariela fasciata, and generally at all events of only one, which is

not always detectable, in J/. mungo and Ichnewmia.

An exception to this generalisation is seen in Atilax palu-

dinosus, one of the largest members of the group. The normal

vibrisse are long, and the anterior mystacials and the submentals

are unusually copious and long, giving to the muzzle a hirsute

appearance not seen in other species where these particular

bristles are comparatively poorly developed (text-figs. 1, 2, & 3).

Rhinarium.—This organ presents no features by which it can

be distinguished from that of all genera of Viverride. Within

the group of the Mongooses it is tolerably constant in form. Its

upper anterior margin, viewed from above, is evenly convex from

side to side and not mesially notched or sulcate; from the front

it is nearly straight or lightly convex, with rounded angles. On

the upper surface the narial slits converge slightly, or somewhat

markedly, as in Atilax, and are bordered externally by a narrow

rim of naked integument ; the posterior border is usually lightly

concave, but in Atilaw the hairs of the muzzle overgr it

to a greater extent, forming an angular excision in the naked

skin. The infranarial portion of the anterior surface is always

well developed, and generally transverse from side to side along

the lower margin; but in Atidlax paludinosus, in which the

whole rhinarium is broad, the infranarial portion is especially

deep and its edges diverge a little upwards and outwards from

the middle line. The median sulcus, with which the anterior

surface is marked in some forms, never apparently passes higher

than the upper edge of the nostrils.

As has been pointed out by Gray, Thomas, and others, the

inferior edge of the rhinarium may or may not be continued

down the middle line of the upper lip as a strip of naked skin.

This strip is present in the genera Wungos, Helogale, Ichneumia,

Atilax, Bdeogale, and Cynictis*, and absent in Rhynchogale +,

Ariela, Crossarchus, and Suricata, in which the skin of the

upper lip is continuously hairy across the middle line. When

this strip is present, it is always grooved, and in a great majority

* Tn the ‘fauna of South Africa, Mamm. i. p. 73, 1900, Mr. W. L. Sclater places

Cynictis, with Suricata and Crossarchus (=Ariela), in the category in which the.

lip is undivided. This is an error.

+ I have never seen a fresh or alcohol-preserved adult example of this genus.

lor)

MR. R. I. POCOCK ON THE

Text-figure 4.

WAU;

A>» Arh UY

NEST PON

Wie, Uf far oe PR

fii Mis S/N

Jiepebtens

Maa) ’

Mayr ris

OT fem

yal SSeS

a je we Ss

Vy, \\

LT PWN

Yo Ti SA

AY 0~ WS

rin Sie

ye sate °

WOGAISSR

MD ANA VX

WY Ys vy

4, \ |

A. Rhinarium and upper lip of Atilax paludinosus, from the front.

” 2” 29 ”? ” from above.

C. 3 A Me Tchneumia albicauda, from the front.

D. 0 5 66 5 2 from above.

E. 5 3 8 Mungos smithii, from the front.

F. ) » ” $3 PD from above.

aN u .

G. » » 5p oy 7 from the side.

H. a A 55 Suricata suricatta, from the front.

I. % » 5 Ariela fasciata, we

K. a % Crossarchus obscurus, i

(All natural size.)

EXTERNAL CHARACLERS OF MONGOOSES. 357

of cases the groove is continued upwards on to the rhinarium.

In Cynictis, however, the groove does not quite reach the

rhinarium and is confined to the upper lip, where it is nothing

but an impressed line, not a definite gutter, dividing the median

naked area of skin. Inthe other genera of Mongooses possessing

this feature, the median naked area forms a gutter capable of

expansion and contraction. When contracted, it closes up com-

pletely and is represented superficially by a linear groove, the

right and left hairy areas of the upper lip being in contact

in the middle line. In Cynictis, therefore, we have a condition

of the upper lip nearly intermediate between the condition seen

in Mungos, with the guttered upper lip, and Ariela, with the

undivided upper lip.

The depth, or height, of the upper lip beneath the rhinarium

varies. In most genera it is less than the depth of the rhinarium.

But in Jehnewmia albicauda the lip is deeper—as deep, indeed,.as

the rhinarium. ‘The same applies to Crossarchus obscurus ; but

in this animal the rhinarium is relatively much deeper than in

Ichneumia, owing to the unusual depth of the infranarial portion

in front. Hence the lip itself is also relatively deeper. It is

the combined depths of the rhinarium and lip which impart to

Crossarchus the very characteristic somewhat pig-like appearance

about the snout-——an appearance not noticeable in any other species

-of Mongoose except Swricata *

Normally in Mongooses, as in other Carnivores, the two portions

of the upper lip to the right and left of the groove are closely in

contact, the groove itself : appearing as a narrow vertical line. The

function of the groove is to help the separation of the two halves

of the hp when “yaised to clear the teeth. When the groove is

obliterated, the snout is raised, thus drawing the lip upwards away

from the teeth, a phenomenon very noticeable in such forms as

Procyon and Nasua. In all Carnivora it seems that elongation of

the snout does not take place without obliteration of the groove ;

but the condition of the snout in Ariela shows that it is not.

true to say that obliteration of the groove always accompanies

-elongation of the snout.

The Feet.

Setting aside the variations recorded below, the feet of Mon-

gooses have the following characters in common. The claws

ave moderately long or very long, curved to a comparatively

small extent, and incapable of being lifted high off the ground

by the retraction of their phalanx upon the outer surface of

the penultimate phalanx, and the tips of the digits at the base

of the claws are never. provided with lobes of skin or thickly-

crowing hair. The digital pads are small. The plantar pad is

* The name Rhinogale, and its’substitute Rhynchogale, suggest a similar modi-

fication of the snout in that genus. The adult of this rare animal is, however,

known to me only from dried skins, in which the real length of the snout cannot be

«determined.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1916, No. XXIV. 24

358 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON THE

well developed, cushion-like and trilobed, and the area between

it and the digital pads, whether webbed or not, is naked. The

hallux and pollex, when present, are shortish or very short and

set above the plantar pad; and the hallucal and pollical lobes of

Text-figure 5.

A. Left fore foot of Mungos smithii. XE

Bb. ,, hind foot 5 on »

C. ,, fore foot of Atilax paludinosus. ,,

D. » hind foot oy) 2? ”

the plantar pad are small or obsolete, and detached from the

plantar pad. A single or double carpal pad is always present,

and separated by a naked tract from the plantar pad.

EXTERNAL CHARACTERS OF MONGOOSES. 359

Judging from the analogy supplied by other Carnivores, the

ancestral foot of the Mongooses was pentadactyle and plantigrade,

and furnished with well-developed interdigital webs and naked

soles.

Text-figure 6.

A. Right fore foot of Bdeogale puisa. Xz

B. ,, hind foot op 3 3

Ce os a Ichneumia albicauda. ,,

DS ee torestoon % 453 BS

The feet of several of the genera conform to this type, and those

of Mungos may be taken as an illustration and as a standard

with which the feet of other genera may be compared.

24*

360 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON THE

In a specimen of Mungos smithii, a Ceylonese species, the fore

foot is entirely naked beneath as far back as the carpus. The

digits, when spread, are seen to be slightly asymmetrically

arranged. The four main digits are united by webbing which

extends proximally up to the inner or admedian portion of the

rather small digital pads. Nevertheless they are capable of

Text-figure 7.

A.t Right fore foot of Crossarchus obscurus. X 3.

B. - ., hind foot £6 3 »

C. Left fore foot of Ariela fasciata. -

D. ,, hind foot 2p » »

being more widely divaricated than is the case in the arboreal or

terrestrial genera of Viverrine and Paradoxurine. The claws

are longish. The pollex is quite short, does not project laterally

so far as the second digit, and is inserted higher up the foot

than the adjacent portion of the plantar pad; its claw is well

EXTERNAL CHARACTERS OF MONGOOSES. 361

developed, but smaller than that of the other digits. The plantar

pad is swollen, trilobed and asymmetrical, the external lateral

lobe being a little larger and extending higher up the foot than

the internal lateral lobe. The distal margin of the median lobe

Text-figure 8.

A. Right fore foot of Suricata suricatta. X 3.

B. ,, hind foot 5 A 53

C. ,, fore foot of Cynictis penicillata. ,,

DF an hind&toot FA 3 s

E. Left fore foot of Mungos gracilis. sf

F. ,, hind foot 3 *f 3

is broadly truncated, and extends obliquely backwards and out-

wards to the point where it meets the external lobe. There is a

small pollical lobe, but it is detached from and higher up than

the posterior extremity of the internal lateral lobe of the plantar

pad. ‘The larger carpal pad occupies a similar position with

362 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON THE

regard to the posterior end of the external lateral lobe. It is on

the outer side of the middle line of the foot, and between it and

the edging of hair there is a naked area of considerable size.

The hind foot agrees with the fore foot in all essential respects,

but the digits are more symmetrically disposed and the claws are

shorter. ‘There is a small detached hallucal lobe, and above the

latter and on the corresponding area on the outer side of the foot

there are feeble indications of right and left metatarsal ridges.

The whole of the metatarsus is naked, and the nakedness extends

to the tip of the calcaneum (text-fig. 5, A, B, p. 358).

Sketches of the feet of several examples identified as IMuwngos

mungo, the commonest of the Indian Mongooses, show a close

general resemblance to the feet of MU. smithii described above, -

except that the pollex and hallux are set a little higher and the

edges of the main interdigital webs are a little more emarginate ;

but without further examples of I. smithii, it would be unwise

to attach systematic importance to these differences.

An example of J. auropunctatus from Chittagong also has

feet of this type; but the interdigital webs are more emarginate

than in JZ, muwngo—that is to say, when the digits are separated

the edges of the webs project to a rather lesser extent beyond the

lobes of the plantar pad. In this species, moreover, the hallux

is much smaller than the pollex, a disparity in size not noticeable

in the examples of I/. smithit and MW. mungo examined.

The only representative of the African species of J/ungos

I have examined is a spirit-specimen of JZ. gracilis*. In this

individual the feet are much more delicately formed than in the

Indian species, being narrower, with smaller pads and with the

webs considerably shallower even than in J/. awropunctatus, and

both hallux and pollex are small and set high up the foot ; but

the claws of all the digits are short. Except for the shortness of

the claws and the retention of the hallux, the feet of IW. gracilis

are nearly intermediate in structure between those of J. mungo

and Cynictis (text-fig. 8, E, F, p. 361).

Although the number of species and specimens of this genus

examined is small, a certain amount of variation in the depth of

the interdigital webs is noticeable. This feature will probably be

found useful for distinguishing species when investigated in forms

hitherto unexamined.

One other character is known to be variable, as Thomas has

shown for the African and Blanford for the Indian species,

namely, the extent to which the heel is covered with hair.

This feature may vary within the limits of a single species,

e. g. M. ichnewmon; and in MW. urva the upper part of the

metatarsus as well as the tarsus is hairy.

In Helogale the feet recall those of the Indian species of

Mungos, but, if anything, are more robust, with the webs

* Peters figured the soles of the feet of this species under the name JZ. ornatus

(‘Reise nach Mossambique,’ Siug. pl. xxvi., 1852). The shallowness of the webs

as shown, but details of the plantar pads are not indicated.

EXTERNAL CHARACTERS OF MONGOOSES. 363

more deeply emarginate. The hair on the carpus reaches the

carpal pad, which has a supplementary lobe at the base on

the inner (pollical) side. In the hind foot the hallux is small,

smaller than the pollex, as in Mungos awropunctatus, and the

heel is hairy, when the hairs are not worn off.

Peters’ figures of the feet of typical H. undulata from

Mozambique differ in some respects from those of the examples

of this genus I have seen (‘ Reise nach Mossambique,’ Siiug.

pl. xxv., a, 6). In the fore foot the hair does not reach the

carpal pad, which is small and single, and the pollex is set higher

up thefoot. In the hind foot a larger extent of the underside is

overgrown with hair. But the complete absence of detail in the

outline of the plantar pads does not attest care in the execution

of these figures *.

The feet of an example of Atilax paludinosus from South

Africa differ from those of JZungovs in one or two particulars,

notably in the complete suppression of the interdigital webs,

the digits being separated right down to the plantar pad. Both

pollex and hallux are long. The plantar pad is elongated and

distally narrowed, the apex of the median lobe being less

truncated than in Wwngos, and the two lateral lobes are set

relatively a little farther back. Small pollical and_hallucal

lobes are retained, but are detached from the posterior angle

of the internal lateral lobe of the plantar pads. In the fore foot,

the carpal pad is elongated and set on the external side of

the middle line of the naked carpal area. The hind foot shows

no distinct traces of metatarsal pads, and in the example

examined the whole of the metatarsus was naked beneath, and

a naked strip of skin extended along the underside of the heel

to its tip, but, as Thomas has shown, the degree of hairiness of

the tarso-metatarsus varies considerably within the species, this

area sometimes being naked as in the specimen described above,

sometimes the heel alone being hairy, and sometimes the hair

extending nearly as low as the plantar pad. Jam not aware

whether geographical races have been studied from the standpoint

of this character, or not.

The absence of the interdigital webs in this Mongoose

constitute, in my opinion, a valid reason for resuscitating the

genus Atilax (text-fig. 5, C, D).

In an example of Ichnewnia albicauda from Dutfile (White

Nile) the feet are slender and longish, with decidedly emarginate

webs, recalling in these respects those of Mungos gracilis rather

than of I. mungo or M. smithii. The hallux and pollex, about

equal in size, are set well above the plantar pad. The carpal

pad is semielliptical, of moderate size and higher than the

* In systematic works, Helogale is*merely distinguished from Mangos by the

suppression of the diastema between the canine and pm.? of the upper jaw,

pm.! being absent, as sometimes occurs in Mungos. As living animals, Helogale

and Mangos are very different in appearance, the former being a squat little

creature with a comparatively short tail and a broad head with short, pointed

muzzle.

364 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON THE

pollex, with only a narrow strip of naked skin above it. In

the hind limb the hairs, as recorded by others, extend all over

the back of the metatarsus practically down to the hallux.

Judging from dried skins, there does not appear to be any

marked variation within the species in the hairiness of the

metatarsus (text-fig. 6, C, D, p. 359).

This Mongoose is more digitigrade and stands higher on its.

legs than any member of the group of which I have seen living

specimens, not excepting even perhaps Atilax paludinosus.

In Ariela fasciata the fore foot closely resembles that of

Mungos except that the digits and the naked area behind the

plantar pad are relatively a little shorter, the claws longer, and

the interdigital webs somewhat shallower. The hind foot is.

rather narrower than in dMZungos, the lateral interdigital webs.

are much more deeply emarginate, whereas the median web

between the third and fourth digits is about as deep as in

Mungos but ties the toes a little closer together. The hallux is

as large as the pollex. The sole of the foot is naked back to the

tip of the caleaneum, and a little behind the plantar pad there

are traces of suppressed metatarsal pads (text-fig. 7, C, D, p. 360).

The fore foot of Crossarchus obscurus does not differ from that

of Ariela fasciata except that the carpal pad is larger and has a

small supplementary lobe on its inner or pollieal side, as in

Helogale, but detached from the main part of the pad. The

hind foot is relatively shorter than in Ariela fasciata, owing to

the shortness of the third and fourth digits. In the specimens

examined, the heel, when unworn, is hairy *, the naked area of

the metatarsus corresponding exactly with that of Helogale.

This area exhibits a pair of low elongated metatarsal pads, of

which the external projects farther forwards than the internal

(text-fig. 7, A, B).

In Cynictis penicillata the hind foot, as has been often stated,

is hairy below down to the plantar pad, and differs from that of

the genera hitherto recorded in the total suppression of the

hallux. The whole foot is comparatively long and narrow, and

the webs are very shallow, those between the second and third

and the fourth and fifth digits extending only slightly beyond

the plantar pad on each side, and although the web between the-

third and fourth digits is a little deeper, it only passes about half-

way up the admedian margin towards the digital pads, which,

like the digits themselves, are narrow. The claws are long. The

three lobes of the plantar pad form a tolerably evenly cordate

mass narrower than in Mungos and Crossarchus. The fore foot.

closely resembles the hind foot, but the claws are longer, the

interdigital webs are a little deeper, and the pollex, carrying

a long claw and set high above the plantar pad, is retained,

although short. The area between the plantar pad and the small

submedian carpal pad is quite naked (text-fig. 8, C, D, p. 361).

* Perhaps a variable character, since Thomas (P. Z. S. 1882, p. 86) mentioned:

the nakedness of the hind soles amongst the generic characters of Crossarchus.

EXTERNAL CHARACTERS OF MONGUOSES. 365

The genus Paracynictis *, recently established for the species

described by de Winton as Cynictis selousi, seems to resemble

Cynictis in the structure of the feet except that the pollex is

suppressed, as well as the hallux. In this respect the feet

resemble those of Swricata and Bdeogale.

The feet of two species of Bdeogale, namely, B. puisa and

B. crassicauda, have been figured by Peterst. Although the

details of the plantar pads are not very clearly shown, the

drawings are tolerably accurate, judging from a spirit-preserved

example of B. puisa, ticketed “ Zanzibar (Sir J. Kirk),” in the

British Museum. In this example the feet are, on the whole,

very symmetrical with respect to the plantar pads and the digits.

The latter are shorter and a little thicker than in Mungos, but

are webbed approximately to the same extent. There is no

trace externally of hallux or pollex. The carpal pad is large and

submedian in position, but with a slight external inclination.

Behind it there is a small triangular area of naked skin, and in

front of it a broad naked area separates it from the plantar pad.

All trace of the pollical lobe has disappeared with the pollex.

In the hind foot there is a semicircular area of naked skin

behind the plantar pad. Apart from this, the entire posterior

surface of the metatarsus is covered with hair; and judging from

dried skins, the hair in some species extends right down to the

plantar pad. In other respects the structure of the feet in this

genus is apparently tolerably uniform (text-fig. 6, A, B).

The last of the tetradactyl Mongooses is Suricata. In length

and narrowness the feet resemble those of Cynictis. The claws

are perhaps a little longer, and the webs are deeper, but they are

not so deep as in Mungos, being developed to approximately the

same extent as in Ariela. On both the fore and the hind foot

the web between the third and fourth digits is deeper than the

others, and on the hind foot the web between the third and fourth

is deeper than that between the fourth and fifth digits. The

digits are less symmetrical than in Oynictis, and markedly

asymmetrical as compared with those of Bdeogale. The carpal

and plantar pads are normal in development, and the external

lobe of the plantar pad of the hind foot is larger, sometimes

much larger than the internal lobe. ‘The area above the plantar

pad on the hind foot is naked to the tip of the heel, and towards.

the heel this area rises into a wide, low, laterally expanded pad-

like eminence which gives a sinuous outline to the naked tarso-

metatarsal area t (text-fig. 8, A, B).

* Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) xvii. p.177,1916. An examination of dried skins

suggests that the area between the carpal and plantar pads may be overgrown with

hair, thus contradicting the generalisatiofi (p. 358) as to the nakedness of this area

in Mongooses.

{ Accounts of the metatarsal area vary. ‘Thomas and, following him, W. L.

Sclater correctly described this area as naked. But Mivart and, following him,

Flower and Lydekker wrongly described it as covered with hair. Its naked condi-

tion does not seem to be subject to variation.

366 MR, R. I. POCOCK ON THE

From the accounts above given, it is clear that the feet of

Mongooses exhibit a wide range of variation in such characters

as the numbers of the digits, the hairiness of the tarso-metatarsal

area, and the presence and extent of the interdigital webs. These

characters are either invariable or subject to much less variation

in other groups of corresponding rank amongst the Adluroidea.

There is only one group of the suborder, however, which possesses

feet structurally recalling those of the Mongooses, namely, the

Galidictine, the feet of which I have recently described and

figured *. -Between the feet of Galidictis and one of the penta-

dactyle, semiplantigrade Mongooses, like Mangos, there appear

to be only two differences which call for notice. In. Galidictis

(and in Galidia) the pollex and the hallux are set lower on the

foot and project therefrom on a level with the internal lateral

lobe of the plantar pad, and the pollical and hallucal lobes of this

pad are better developed and in contact with the internal lateral

lobe. Hence the plantar pad is quadrilobate, whereas in J/wngos

and all other genera of Mongooses the plantar pad is trilobate.

It may also be added that the metatarsal and carpal pads in

Galidia and Galidictis are better developed than in the Mongooses

and are double.

These differences are interesting because they show that the

feet of the Galadictines are of a more primitive type and, on the

whole, more Viverrine than are those of the Mongooses. Never-

theless it cannot be claimed either that the feet of M/wngos differ

more from those of Galidictis than they differ from the feet of

Bdeogale, Atilax, or Suricata, or that the feet of Galidictis differ

more from those of Mungos than they differ from the feet of the

Paradoxurine genera or of Hupleres.

The Glandular Anal Sac.

The presence of a glandular anal sac in Mongooses has long

been known ; but its invariable occurrence within the group has

been disputed. I have found it without exception in all the

specimens I have examined, even in those belonging to species

in which its existence has been denied. Cuvier, for example,

said that the Marsh-Mongoose, which he named Atilax vansire *,

is without it. It happens, on the contrary, to be rather ex-

ceptionally well developed in that form (text-fig. 9, B, C). It is

also present, though small, in Mungos auropunctatus, despite

Mivart’s statement { that in a living example he examined “ the

anus opened most distinctly on the surface of the body, and not

into a saccular depression.” Since Mivart was probably the

authority for Blanford’s declaration § that “this character is

* Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) xvi. pp. 351-356, pls. xiv., xv., 1915.

+ St. Hilaire & Cuvier, Hist. Nat. Mamm. ii. pt. 54, pl. 198, 1826.

~£ Proc. Zool. Soc. 1882, p. 178.

§ ‘Fauna of Brit. India’: Mammalia, p.119, 1888. It isa pity Blanford did not

particularise the species, and say whether his information was based upon his own

observations or not. It may here be recalled that Murie and others entirely failed

to find the large anal sac in a living Spotted Hyzna.

EXTERNAL CHARACTERS OF MONGOOSES. 367

ill-marked "or absent in some of the common Indian species”

[of Mungos], it may be explained at once that Mivart evidently

Text-figure 9.

Oe ) yy <\)

“A. Longitudinalfsection{of anal area of Atilaa paludinosus, 8. p., aval pouch ;

gl., cutaneous glands of pouch; o., orifice of anal gland ; a., anus ; 7., rectum ;

sce., scrotum with testis.

B. Anal area of the same. Lettering as in A, with p., penis.

C. Anal pouch of the same, closed.

D. Anal pouch of Ichneumia albicauda, 2. Lettering as in A, with v., vulva.

E. The same of Cynictis penicillata (young g). Lettering as in B.

F. The same of Bdeogale puisa, 9. Lettering as in D.

G. Glans penis of Crossarchus, from below.

HH. The same of Suricata.

I. The same of Cynictis.

K. The same of Mungos mungo.

368 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON THE

did not distinguish between the orifice of the sac and that of

the rectum which lies within it. That this would be a difficult,

task in a living animal is quite credible. Indeed, in such a form

as M. auropunctatus, it is easy at first sight to believe that the

sac itself is merely an enlarged anus, that its thickened rim is

the anal sphincter, and that the small rectal orifice within the

sac arises from constriction of the gut just within the anus;

and this view would be strengthened by the discovery of the

apertures of the anal glands well outside the inner orifice and not

within it, where, by the analogy of other carnivores, they should

be situated if the orifice in question were the anus. There are

reasons which make me judge that conclusion to be wrong.

In the first place, the external orifice of the sac is not shut by

the constriction of a circular sphincter muscle as the anus is ;

but when closed it forms a transverse, sometimes crescentically

upeurled, rima by the juxtaposition of its upper and lower

margins (text-figs. 9,C, and 10,A). In the sécond place, the

walls of the sac, sometimes at all events, show short hairs

projecting from the cutaneous follicles, suggesting its origin from

the involution of hairy circumanal integument. Finally, the

inner orifice itself is provided with a sphincter muscle. The

external position of the apertures of the anal glands, although

unusual, is not without parallel in the Carnivora, as is attested

by the condition seen in Hyena and Proteles.

In the Mongooses the position of these apertures varies.

Usually they are set one on each side of the anus, and tolerably

close to it (ungos mungo) or removed to some distance from it.

(Ariela, Suricata). In other cases they are placed somewhat

(Ichnewmia) or considerably (Cynictis) higher up in the anal

sac (text-fig. 9, D, E).

The secretion of these glands is always liquid and foul-smelling

and often copious. But, in addition, the free wall of the sae is

provided with well-developed cutaneous glands of the ordinary

kind, sometimes fairly uniformly distributed (Aédaa), sometimes

especially active and large in a half circle above the anus

(Mungos), sometimes located in definite paired areas of the sac.

Three of the genera, however, call for more detailed notice,

since the published descriptions of their glands do not agree in

all particulars with my observations.

When claiming for the first time the close and congeneric

affiliation between Crossarchus obscurus and Ariela fasciata,

Thomas added the following paragraph (P. Z. 8. 1882, p. 86,

note) :—“ Since the above was written, Prof. Mivart has pointed

out to me that the researches of Chatin into the structure of the

anal glands of the Carnivora (Ann. Sci. Nat. (5) xix. p. 89, 1874)

fully confirm the opinion here expressed as to the generic re-

lationship of the Striped Mongoose (C. fasciatus) with C. obscurus.”

Chatin does not, however, mention C. obscurus in the paper

referred to; and that Thomas was misled by Mivart is clearly

shown by the remarks of the latter on the subject in question

Qk >

i a

EXTERNAL CHARACTERS OF MONGOOSES,. 369

Text-figure 10.

. Closed anal sac of Helogale undulata, 2. v., vulva.

. Anal sac of the same, partially distended.

. Anal sac of Helogale undulata, g, on a larger scale, fully distended, and

showing glandular pouches or depressions. a., anus; 0., orifice of anal

gland; se., scrotum.

. The same of Ariela fasciata, 2. lettering as in preceding figures.

. The same, dissected and seen trom within, showing the single pair of normal

anal glands (a.g.), that of the left side opened to show oritice (0.) into sac;

7., rectum turned aside.

_ Anal sac of Crossarchus obscurus, 2, cut from below and spread. open.

r., rectum, cut open; «., fine cutaneous ridges extending*from upper margin

of sac to anus; other lettering as above.

_ The same anal sac shown partially distended when the tail is raised.

_ Anal sac of Suricata suricatta, 2, distended to show the glandular depressions,

with the scrotum-like swelling between the vulva and the lower rim of the

sac.

370 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON THE

(P. Z. 8. 1882, p. 183) :—‘*The anus opens into the middle of a

very large and deep fossa, into which several pairs of anal glands.

also open. The structure of these parts is described by M. Chatin

as they exist in both species. The condition found in C. obscurus

is described by himin....C. R. Assoc. frangaise, i. p. 557, 1872.

The parts of C. fasciatus are described and figured by him (under

the name of Herpestes fasciatus) in the Ann. des Se. Nat. vol. xix.

(5th series) 1874, p. 89, figs. 29-33 & 38. No less than five

pairs of glands are arranged about the anus, and pour their

secretion into the capacious and naked anal pouch.”

Reference to these two papers shows that the second is merely

an amplified edition of the first. C. obsewrus is not mentioned

in either. It is C. fasciatus that is described in both, and Chatin

does not even quote the first publication in the second. He was

clearly unacquainted with C. obscwrus, at all events so far as the

organs under discussion are concerned. Hence Mivart’s above

quoted summary of Chatin’s description of the anal sac and

glands in Crossarchus applies solely to C. fasciatus, and Thomas’s

claim of aftinity between the two species derived from Mivart’s

information falls to the ground.

In a maleand a female example of Crossarchus obscurus (text-fig.

10, F, G), I find the anal sac and glands resemble in a general way

those of typical Mongooses of the genera Mungos (= Herpestes),

Bdeogale, and Helogale. The anus is sunk ina central subcircular

depression surrounded by an upstanding thickened rim which is

about equal in thickness to the transverse diameter of the

depression. The skin of the superior or caudal area of this

thickened rim is furnished with a number of fine longitudinal

laminze which pass into the central depression above the anus,

where they break up into wrinkles set for the most part trans-

versely between the anus and the two orifices of the anal glands.

These orifices are quite conspicuous, open in the ordinary position,

and lead into glandular reservoirs of average size.

Thus the anal glands and anal sac in both sexes of Crossarchus

obscurus differ very considerably from those of the male Ariela

fasciata described by Chatin.

A female of Ariela fasciata, or of a closely-allied form brought

by Mr. G. Blaine, F.Z.S., from the Sudan (text-fig. 10, D, E),

has a very large anal sac as compared with that of most species

of Mongooses. Its surface is marked with three pairs of integu-

mental folds or depressions—two pairs above and one pair at the

sides of the anus. The depressions of the upper of the supra-

anal pairs are situated close together immediately beneath the

upper rim of the anal sac, and are sunk in a common fold of the

skin. Those of the lower of the supra-anal pairs are beneath

them, but more widely separated and nearer the anus. Those of

the lateral pair are placed far out towards the lateral rim of the

anal sac. They are much longer than the others, and approxi-

mately follow the curvature of the rim of the sac, but come to an

EXTERNAL CHARACTERS OF MONGOOSES. SHE

end on each side before reaching the middle line beneath the

anus.

Hach of the depressions or folds above described contains a

small glandular pit with several secreting pores, and the glands

beneath these pores appear to be simple enlargements of the

ordinary sebaceous or follicular glands of the skin. It is quite

clear that none of them represents the true anal glands of other

Carnivores. The orifices of these are situated on each side of

the anal sac close to the inner margin of the lateral folds. The

glands themselves are a pair of large muscular sacs filled with

dark-coloured, strongly smelling, oily fluid which escapes to the

exterior through the orifices above described. These glands

are quite different from the smaller glands of the anal sac

in their size, their saccular character, and the nature of their

secretion.

The character of the anal glands in this Sudanese female

example of Ariela fasciata explains much that was puzzling in

Chatin’s description of the glands in a male of the species from

South Africa. As has been already stated, Chatin assigned to

that species five pairs of anal glands opening by as many orifices

in folds upon the surface of the anal scent-pouch. These glands

he named the anterior, the lateral, the intermediate, the lateral

posterior, and the median posterior. It is not easy to homologize

all of these precisely with the glands I have described in the

female. But judging from their position and size, the lateral

glands appear to be the true anal glands, the median posterior

are evidently those that I have called the upper supra-anal,

while the intermediate and anterior probably correspond respect-

ively to the lower supra-anal and the lateral, the lateral portions

being undifferentiated in the female.

The principal difference, however, between the glands of the

two animals consists in this:—In the female the secondarily

specialised glands appear to be ordinary sebaceous or follicular

glands but little modified and quite distinct from the true anal

glands, whereas in the male they have been modified so as to

resemble approximately the true anal glands—that is to say, each

consists of a wall of secreting cells surrounding a sac or hollow for

storing the secretion, which is similar in nature to that of the

anal glands in being brown in colour and feetid in odour. This

secondarily acquired similarity—an exceedingly interesting fact—

seems to have misled Mivart into thinking that the two normal

anal glands present in all Afluroid Carnivores had become broken

up, as it were, in the male Ariela fasciata into the five pairs of

glands described by Chatin (Ann. Sci. Nat. (5) xix. pp. 89-93,

pl. iv. figs. 29- 30, 1874).

The existence of a pair of saccular anal glands in Suricata was,

as Mivart states, recorded by Daubenton. To this Mivart adds :—

“¢ The anus opens into the middle of a very deep fossa, deeper than

that of Bdeogale and like that of Crossarchus. ...I1 strongly

372 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON THE

suspect, from the form of the anal pouch, that there are here, as

in Orossarchus *, several pairs of anal glands.”

This is not the case in the examples of Suricata suricatta

I have examined.

Ina male the anal sac resembles that of Mungos mungo in a

general way, but is relatively larger. It is marked on each side

of the anus by a transversely oblique slit-like depression, and not

with several depressions as in Aviela fasciata. Its surface is

pitted with comparatively large and quite conspicuous hair-

follicles, and from most of these, perhaps all normally, a single

hair or a little tuft of hairs arises. Under pressure liquid

secretion can be squeezed from the pores of these follicles, which

are particularly numerous in the oblique depression above

described. When expanded, the depression is seen to curve

downwards towards the lateral margin of the anal pouch, and

the orifice of the anal gland is situated just below its deepest

portion, but is concealed within it when the depression is un-

expanded. ‘There is a single moderate-sized gland on each side,

as Daubenton said; and I can find no evidence for the multi-

plication of similar glands such as Chatin described in the male

Ariela fasciata. On the contrary, sections of the highly glandular

hair-follicles show them simply imbedded in the thickened skin

of the anal pouch without coalescing to form composite glands

with reservoirs for the storage of secretion. In its glandular

character the anal pouch recalls that of the female Ariela fasciata,

with the exception that the hair-follicles are more irregularly

scattered and not aggregated in so many definite integumental

depressions.

Tn a female (text-fig. 10, H) the gland is similar to that of the

male, and apparently as well developed. The two orifices of

the anal glands perforate the walls of the sac nearly midway

between its lateral border and the anus. The integument of the

sae round about them is pitted with large hair-follicles. These

also extend to the middle line of the sac both above and below

the anus, and there is an aggregation of larger pores lodged in a

depression just above the orifice of the gland on each side. As

in the male, this depression lies in the crease of skin formed

when the superior part of the sac closes over the inferior pait

when the tail is lowered. There appears to be no definite

storage-sac beneath this cluster of follicles, and, as in the female

Ariela fasciata, the only reservoirs for secretion are those of the

pair of anal glands proper.

The only other genus which requires particular mention in

this connection is Helogale. In the male and the female of the

species identified as Helogale undulata (text-fig. 10, A, B, C)

the anal sac is well developed and provided with supplementary

pouches. The anus itself lies in the centre of a slight depression

defined above by a fine but distinct cutaneous ridge. On each

* By Crossarchus Mivart meant the species referred in this paper to Crossarchus

obscurus, which he erroneously believed to have multiple anal glands, and Ariela

fasciata, iv which many anal glands had been described by Chatin.

EXTERNAL CHARACTERS OF MONGOOSES. 373

side of the depression there is a small supplementary pouch a

little higher up than the anus. In the middle line of the sac,

nearly midway between the anus and the root of the tail, there

is a moderately large unpaired supplementary pouch, and on each

side of this, but a little lower down and about half-way between

the anus and the margin of the sac, there is another moderately

large pouch. The orifices of the anal glands open just below

these in a line with the anus, but outside the central depression

in which the anus lies, Thus the anal sac of Helogale approaches

that of Suricata, and differs from the sac of any species of

Mungos 1 have examined.

Function of the Anal Sac.

On the material at my disposal I was unable to substantiate a

higher grade of development of the anal sac and its associated

glands in the male than in the female, or vice versa. On the

evidence, therefore, this composite glandular structure cannot be

included in the category of sexual organs except on the plea that

the secretions may help the sexes to find each other.

Captive Mongooses have the habit, also observed in Genets

and Civets, of rubbing the glandular surface against the walls or

projecting angles in their cage or against the legs of chairs and

tables in a dwelling-room. Hence it may be inferred that one

of the functions of the secretion is to make the animal’s sur-

roundings smell of itself, and the scent so applied serves, I

believe, the purpose of familiarising the Mongoose with every

square yard of its environment, so that, independently of vision,

if need be, it can find its way with precision over any road it has

once travelled *.

Several of the Mongooses, too, like Cynictis, Swricata, Ariela,

and Helogale are gregarious tT; and of one species of Helogale at

least the habit of hunting in packs has been recorded. One of

the larger Indian species of Mongoose (J. vitticollis) has been

seen combining in pairs in pursuit of prey. And since specialised

cutaneous glands very often attain exceptional development in

gregarious animals for the purpose, presumably, of helping indi-

viduals to keep together, it is not improbable that the secretion

of the glandular anal sac has a functional significance in that

respect in some of the Mongooses.

Finally, Hodgson’s record $ that the secretion of the paired

anal glands in Mungos urva is ‘‘ aqueous, horribly fcetid, and

projectile to a great distance by the living animal,” suggests that

* Tt is well known that most mammals have the habit of keeping to definite

beaten tracks. ‘The advantage of this to species like rats and rabbits is very evident.

TI have frequently seen rats escape from dogs by knowing exactly the position of a

pipe or of a hole in a wire-net fence. They make a bee-line for the spot at full

speed, and, apparently without ever seeing the hole, go straight through it, knowing

the precise direction to take by complete familiarity with the track, owing, I believe,

to the scent it holds. ;

+ See W. L. Sclater, ‘ Fauna of 8. Africa’: Mammalia, vol. i. p. 69, 1900.

< Quoted by Blanford, ‘ Fauna of Brit. India’: Mammaha, p. 129.

§ Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, vi. pt. 1. p. 563, 1837; also my paper in Ann. Mag.

Nat. Hist. (8) vill. p. 756, 1911.

Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1916, No. XXV. 25

374 ON THE EXTERNAL CHARACTERS OF MONGOOSES.

this species at least makes use of the secretion in the same way

as the Skunk. I have never seen this species alive, and have

never noticed any Mongoose practise the habit ; but I have seen

the secretion of a dead Marsh-Mongoose (A. paludinosus) issue,

under pressure of the gland, in a narrow jet as if propelled by a

squirt; and since Mr. W. L. Sclater states that this animal is

able to diffuse a strong odour described as ‘“‘ sweet-sickening”

from its anal glands, I suspect it is endowed with the same

power as J. urva. ‘To me the scent of the secretion in 4. palu-

dinosus is very nauseous.

The External Genitalia.

In the male the glans penis is always short and smooth, and

emerges close in front of the scrotum as in the Felide and

Nandinia. he orifice of the urethra is apparently always a

large and elongated slit opening in the middle of the underside

of the glans and not at its tip. The glans is laterally compressed,

usually much longer than wide, attenuated towards the apex, and

carries a bone or “ baculum” which reaches the tip. In Suricata,

however, it is markedly piriform and considerably expanded

proximally, so that its width nearly equals its length (text-fig. 9,

Ces bee Pel .@

The vulva is only a short distance below, or in front of, the

inferior edge of the anal sac. The naked area is sometimes

broadly continuous with that of the sac, as in Bdeogale puisa

(text-fig. 9, F), sometimes connected with it by a narrow naked

tract, as in Ariela fasciata and Crossarchus obscurus (text-fig. 10,

G), or separated therefrom by a narrow tract of hair, as in

Helogale wndulata (text-fig. 10, A).

In the female of Surieata Mivart drew attention to the

presence of a perineal swelling just below the anal sac, and

compared it to a small scrotum (text-fig. 10, H). A somewhat

similar swelling is present in the female of Mungos smithit

T examined. This swelling occupies the position of the perfume-

gland of the Civets and Genets. Since Mivart did not dissect

the swelling in Suwricata, it may be recorded that it appears to

consist of fatty and not of glandular tissue. It is, in my opinion,

exactly comparable to the scrotum-like excrescence so often

noticed in female Hyzenas and to the apparently similar structure

observed by Lénnberg * in a female Cryptoprocta. Since the

Mongooses resemble the Hyzenas and Cryptoprocta in possessing

a large anal sac, and have been compared with them in other

respects, the remarkable differences in the structure of the penis

in the three groups must be borne in mind. In the Hyenas

(and Proteles) this organ is very long, fleshy, pendulous, and the

glans is short and boneless. In Cryptoprocta the glans is ex-

ceedingly long, copiously armed with strong spicules, provided

with a long bone, and emerges a long way in front of the

scrotum,

* Bih. Svensk. Vet.-Akad. Handl. xxviii. Afd. iv. no. 8, 1902.

ON THE SITATUNGA OF THE SESSE ISLANDS. BS

12. Notes on the Sitatunga or Marsh Antelope of the

Sesse Islands, Lake Victoria Nyanza. By Major

R. MEINERTZHAGEN, F.Z.S.

[Received January 14, 1916: Read April 4, 1916.]

(Text-figures 1 & 2.)

INDEX.

SYSTEMATIC: Page

Limnotragus spekei sylvestris, subsp. n. ............ 380

SHITE O10 G vauen: Nae eee R ey ete aT Bots ea sta goauneiees seeent aches, O795. 580

BuUGALLA ISLAND.

The southern end of Bugalla, the main island of the Sesse

‘Group, was visited on the 21st, 22nd, and 23rd October, 1915.

In all seven mature buck were examined in the flesh, whilst

twenty-two mature buck and over fifty other buck, females and

young, were observed, some at very close quarters. The animals

were found to be so plentiful at one spot, that as many as twelve

warrantable buck, nine females, and five young were seen from

one anthill.

Colour, etc.—Old males appear typical of mainland specimens ;

a few white flecks and occasionally an obsolete stripe can be

observed on the flank. Skin black and inclined to be hairless

between the horns. Hair very thin on the under parts, long and

coarse on the back.

Adult females were seen to be both dark brown and red, the

latter colour predominating in the proportion of seven to one.

Red females invariably had red young. Brown females were

never seen with young, and they may be old ones past bearing.

All young seen were red, with white spots and flecks on the

flanks and hind quarters. Solitary young were often observed

lying in the open and away from their mothers. This is pro-

bably accounted for by the complete absence of any natural

enemies on the island.

Skin very greasy. On placing a freshly shot buck in the water,

a film of oil floated to the surface.

Skull and horns.—The amount of white at the tips of the

horns depends on the age of theanimal. It seems that the horns

of very old buck tend to lose altogether the white tips, which

are invariably present in younger individuals. Old buck wear

their horns to a considerable degree by rubbing them on trees

and anthills. This exposes the yellow under surface of the horn

and adds considerably to its beauty.

The shape of the horns (text-fig. 1) is different from the usual

25*

Text-figure 1.

376 MAJOR R. MEINERTZHAGEN ON THE

mainland type, having a wider splay. In specimens from the

mainland the horns do not usually diverge to any great extent,

the tips, however, nearly always showing a tendency to splay

out considerably, whereas in the Bugalla type the tips splay out

pee sin eet rater eee OTe SOE =e Sees cesar sess ala eT

but slightly. Whether this type is constant or not on Bugalla

Island, I cannot say, but I never saw a ‘ mainland” or ‘“‘ Nkose”

type on Bugalla Island, neither did I see a “mainland” or

“ Bugalla ” type on Nkose Island.

Photograph of the skull and horns of (A) Nkose, (B) Entebbe, an exaggerated type, (C) Bugalla Sitatunga.

SITATUNGA OF THE SESSE ISLANDS.

377

The skull, horn, and body measurements (in inches) of Bugalla

and Nkose Sitatunga are as follows :—

Horns.

No. |Locality.| Sex. ]

Length | Girth

of curve. at base.

A. | Bugalla.| g¢ | 24/s 7/8

B. | Bugalla.| ¢ | 22/6 7»

C. | Bugalla.| g | 23°’s 73/4

D. | Bugalla.| g | 24 Te

E. | Bugalla.| ¢ | 23

F. | Nkose...| ¢@ | 22%/4 79/5

G. | Nkose...| ¢ | 231/4 7°/8

Tip to

tip.

Skull

1625/)5| 111/,

114/s

14°/s

|173/g

| Op

| 62/4

| 115/e

11"/2

11"/4

114/16

| 117/s

length. |

Bopy.

nan

Height. | eneth | rail, | Weight.

35> | 5912 | 84/> | 204 Ibs.

3 | @l 9 | 175

35. | 6s | 81s 196

san iiliies 83/, | 200

_ 84l/y | 62 Gia 180

39 65 91/, | 296

a7. | 6 | 9 | 219

male shot at Entebbe, which measured 10°52 inches.

Norr.—The only mainland skull I have been able to measure is that of an adult

Feet.—An indiarubber-like pad stretches for 23 inches from

the heel of the main hoof, with a small patch of short bristly

hairs 1} inches from the heel (text-fig. 2 A.).

The feet splay considerably, and the hoofs can easily be moved

up and down in a freshly killed specimen, so that they form an

50°. The late Captain R. B. Woosnam told me

he suspected that when walking in swamps, they catch hold of

stalks of weeds and papyrus to assist in progression, and this

appears quite possible.

angle of about

The feet measurements (in inches) are as follows :—

| |

Hoofs, | Width

Specimen.| Sex. Locality. |Fore and! a-p*, | 4-8, C-E, |C-D,on|} atE

Hind. | straight.) straight.| straight.) curve. | across

| | base.

fh F. | 61/6 1's 1:41 3 1°75

GAS Os g || Bugalla. { Be ee [carte a hesie cu eee ol eee

ii pity I Oe Aca 1:39 | 8 173

J Beepeanees 3 Bugalla. ?) H. 6 Wy 1 WAG 1:27 3 1:59

4, EL |: 63/4 1 | wens 1:78

Cnt! o | eae jee | Re ale | aes |) ein, | ae

‘ a Oy Pa aE 175

Date: é Bugalla. ; H. 63/5 1/s 1:27 31/3 1:62

‘ Ira F. | 63/g Wig | eee ere ee

FENG Rea 3 Bugalla. ; H. 6 Vg 7 hg 1:28 3 I/g 1°63

ioe (ins Genk 61/4 1 1°68 27/5 2°32

1D eoemate 3 Nkose. | d H. 6 V5 1 1:62 9 lb/6 9:09

ak FB. 61/5 1 171 27/s 2°34

Ga eet: 3 | Nkose. ; E. 61/5 Tale 1:63 27 /g O17

* For explanation of these letters see text-fig. 2 A.

378

MAJOR Rh. MEINERTZHAGEN ON THE

Text-figure 2.

Aieesga

i f

if main Hoe

ES i f

Lediarubber-like Pad i

Short bristly Heel E

hairs

ge ey

AAT

A. Diagram of foot of the Bugalla Sitatunga, for use with tables of

measurements on pp. 377, 381.

B. Hoof and false hoof of the Nkose Sitatunga, one-half natural size.

C. Hoof and false hoof of the Bugalla Sitatunga, one-half natural size..

SITATUNGA OF THE SESSE ISLANDS. 379

Habits —These Sitatunga appear to have developed the habits

of Waterbuck, living in the forest in the heat of the day and

coming boldly into open grass-land at other times. At about

5.30 p.m. they come out and walk straight away from the forest,

not hanging about the edge as Bushbuck do, Most animals

return to the forest about 8.30 a.m., though some were seen still

feeding on the open grass at 10.30 a.m. In the forest they lie

up in the densest thickets, but once in the open they appear to

be almost fearless. The firing of a rifle within 200 yards of

grazing animals did not always induce them to seek cover.

Though the human smell was always noted with suspicion, it was

not always treated with alarm.

The majority of the animals seen were on the edge of the

forest which grows along the shores of the island, but several

were observed among the reeds on the lake edge, and among bush

on the very tops of the grass-covered hills.

These Sitatunga are both browsers and grazers. ‘hey are

particularly fond of feeding along the edge of the forest, and on

two occasions buck were seen on their hind legs like goats,

browsing off forest shrubs. The stomachs of three buck examined

contained grass, leaves, and a little bark.

When alarmed the noise is a deep grunt, and I was unable to

distinguish between that made by the two sexes.

A slow stately walk seems to be the usual mode of progression.

I never saw one trot. When they make off they go clumsily,

dragging their hind legs with the slightest suggestion of a

kangaroo’s gait. Their action when running or walking is very

high. They are very averse to facing a hill, either up or down,

and one buck, which I compelled to gallop down a steep hill,

tripped over himself twice and completed the journey most

clumsily, but much to his own alarm, for not content with barking

and grunting at every bump he took on his downward journey,

he continued loudly to advertise his concern for nearly half an

hour later.

It will probably be found that this Bugalla type of Sitatunga

is entitled to subspecific rank, but not having had the oppor-

tunity of examining mainland specimens, no further remarks will

be made on this point.

Nose I[suAND.

Nkose Island, the southernmost of the Sesse Group, was visited

on the afternoon of the 23rd October, 1915. It is about

2000 yards long and 300 broad. Throughout its entire length

it is covered with dense forest, which overhangs the water’s edge.

There is practically no undergrowth, but the tangled mass of

roots, creepers, and fallen trees makes progression difficult and

affords dense cover for the Sitatunga, which appear to lie up in

the thickest parts during the daytime. At the southern ex-

tremity of the island there is about an acre of short grass.

380 MAJOR R. MEINERTZHAGEN ON THE

In all I saw twelve warrantable buck and numberless females

and immature specimens. I killed one buck, and the rest of the

party Killed an adult buck, an immature buck, and captured

a female and young, about a month old. I had exceptional

opportunities for close observation, for sitting by a game-

path I actually stroked several beasts as they walked slowly

past me.

These Sitatunga differ remarkably from the Bugalla type.

Their colour, length of skull, type of horn, greater size and

weight, and different shape of feet appear to entitle them to sub-

specific rank, and I propose the name of Limmnotragus speket

sylvestris for this island form.

Colour, etc.—The adult male is of a uniform dull mouse-colour,

and not a dark brown. ‘The legs have no sign of reddish marks.

There is no light mark on either the throat or under side of the

neck. The hair is thicker than in Bugalla specimens, and the

skin can seldom be seen through it, except on the under parts.

All females seen were red, no brown ones being observed. All

young were bright red, the one captured being well marked with

white flecks and spots on the flanks and hind quarters.

Skull and horns.—The shape of the horns is well exemplified

by the photograph (text-fig. 1). The horns of all I saw were of

this “ bushbuck ” type.

The animal is larger and heavier than the Bugalla type, as

will be seen by referring to the table of measurements on p. 377 ;

the smallest Nkose skull is 3 inch longer than the largest Bugalla

skull.

Feet.—The hoofs are, perhaps, the most distinguishing feature,

and this is well exemplified by text-fig.2. The length of the

hoofs differs but slightly from that of Bugalla specimens, but they

are much stouter and stronger. The difference in shape of the

false hoofs in the two forms is shown in text-fig. 2, B, C.

Neither of the three specimens shot had the small hair-patch on

the pad of indiarubber-like skin behind the hoof, whereas all the

Bugalla specimens had such a small hair-patch. The feet of the

young one captured were not abnormally long, in fact, no longer

than one would expect to find in a young Bushbuck of his

age.

AMeererients of the feet are given in the table on p. 377.

Habits.—They are of necessity entirely browsers and eat a lot

of bark. They live in dense dry forest, seldom seeing the light

of the sun, for the small patch of open grass at the southern

end of the island was particularly devoid of tracks. It is un-

doubtedly these peculiar surroundings which have produced such

a peculiar form. Whether such a form exists or not on other

such small afforested islands of the Sesse Group is not yet known.

On Nkose Island there must be at least 200 individuals.

SITATUNGA OF THE SESSE ISLANDS. 381

Appirionatu Note.—Since writing the above I have been able

to examine three adult males shot on Nkose Island in November

1915. The skulls, horns, feet, and colour bear out what is said

above, the measurements (in inches) being given below :—

| |

f so 3 Horns.

| ae} es | i)

Hoof, | 2 | S| lee

: 3 oS on tet) =| Ss

Speci- : Wore |) SF | 9 || a oS |e ah eels Skull

| Sex./Locality. 2 | 8 | 2 a |®a2/ ao |e 5

men. and e/< Be Bi Se le al S length.

; BS m aay) a esl a

Hind.| * Ellie 5 Bl ae esi es

A A <3) A wae] 25 |-FAQ eae

| Hoe Bas

5) 8 | 229

69) 2155] 221, 7

3 | Nkose. ‘tf He

I...) g | Nkose. if 6/4 Li A Bis | zal) 201/4| 74/4) 61/.| 12

(F 16

3 UH 16

(=)

—

6 61/4) 11/4) 31/4 2°32

. | 61/5) 13/g

. | 63/5) 11/4)

*69| 31/4 | 2°36) |

64 ae a19| 21/4) 71/4 11s 12%s

| Nkose.

* For explanation of these letters see text-fig. 2 A, p. 378.

ON PATTERNS CONSPICUOUS IN NATURE. 383.

13. An Experimental Determination of the Factors which

cause Patterns to appear Conspicuous in Nature. By

J.C. Morrram, M.B. (Lond.)*.

[Received March 4, 1916: Read May 9, 1916.]

(Text-figures 1-20.)

INDEX.

MorpPHoLoey : Pages

Experimental Analysis of Patterns ..................655 383-410

Conspicuous Patterns among Indian Lepidoptera... 410-418

ETHOLOGY :

Revealing power of Patterns... .............cseeeeeeuenes 383-418

INTRODUCTION.

It is an undisputed fact that patterns often render animals

inconspicuous in Nature. These patterns have definite cha-

racters on which their inconspicuousness depends, and in a

previous paper (P. Z.S. 1915, p. 679) some of these characters

were defined. Just as against any single background, or against

any series of backgrounds, patterns can be placed which will

appear inconspicuous, so other patterns can be placed which

will appear relatively conspicuous. Experiments were carried

out to determine the characters which render patterns con-

spicuous, and these are dealt with in Part I. of this paper.

Having defined the factors for conspicuousness, the Indian

Diurnal Lepidoptera were examined to see whether any of

these insects presented patterns which must render them con-

spicuous. Part II. deals with this consideration.

Part I.

‘SCHEME OF DESCRIPTION.

Experiments were carried out with artificial patterns,

against artificial backgrounds. These are described under four

headings ;—

(A) The consideration of plain objects against plain back-

grounds.

(B) The consideration of patterned objects against plain back-

grounds.

(D) The consideration of patterned objects against patterned

backgrounds.

The experimental conditions are shown in text-fig. 1; standard

* Communicated by the SECRETARY.

384 DR. J. C. MOLTRAM ON

candles were used. In order to obtain a series. of backgrounds

ranging from dark to light tone, the object was fixed on a

glass plate and was illumined separately from the background,

as shown in text-fig. 1, B;.by moving the background near to

or away from its illumination, and by using backgrounds of

different tones, it was possible to obtain every grade of tone,

from black to white.

In these experiments tone is alone considered; colour was

kept constant by using only black, white, and neutral greys.

(A) Plain Objects against Plain Backgrounds.

Plain objects may enter into consideration of pattern, because

they are in reality objects covered by a very small pattern.

The visibility of plain objects was found to be affected by the

following factors :—the human eye, the lighting, the atmosphere,

the background, and the object.

The human eye, even when it does not present some gross

defect, nevertheless is found to vary from individual to indi-

vidual; so that the readings made by one person cannot be

directly compared with those of others. Working with the

same eye, several factors affect visibility ; if the eye be allowed

to become fatigued, the greatest distance at which objects can be

seen is much reduced. Experiments showed that from thirty to

forty observations could be made during two hours without

encountering fatigue effects.

Some time must be allowed for the eye to become accommodated

to a sudden change in illumination: for a change from daylight

to almost complete darkness, twenty minutes is necessary ;

working with two standard candles, it was found that fifteen

minutes must be allowed.

The eye was also found to vary somewhat from day to day:

health and general fatigue are probably the cause of these

variations. Owing to this, one cannot directly compare the

reading of one day with that of another. The accuracy with

which measurement can be made is indicated in experiment

moa:

The effect of the opacity of the air on visibility does not enter

into these experiments, as no measurements beyond eighty feet

were made, and observations were not made during fogs.

The Effect of Lighting —Experiments showed that the greater

the illumination the greater the distance at which objects can be

seen, all other factors remaining constant.

The Effect of the Background.—A plain object is visible at a

great or small distance according as to whether the difference in

the amount of light coming from the object and the background

is great or small. A white object is more visible against a black

background than against a grey one, and more visible against

a dark-grey than against a light-grey one. Experiments were

not carried out to define this relation more accurately ; but the

PATTERNS CONSPICUOUS IN NATURE. 385

Text-figure l.

1 foot.

Ground plan of apparatus used for measuring visibility of objects and blending

distance of patterns. A = when object and background are illuminated by the

same light. B= when illuminated by different light.

c=standard candles, F=screens, E=eye, B=background, o=object,

G=glass plate.

EXPERIMENT No. 1.

A. Candles 1 ft. apart : conditions as in text-fig. 1: candles distant 1 ft. from glass

plate on which object was placed: background of grey paper 2 ft. from glass

plate. Object of black ueedle-paper, 36 sq.mm. The following ten readings

(in feet) of the greatest distance at which the object could be seen, were made at

intervals of five minutes :—72, 72:8, 72°9, 72°8, 74°4, 73°4, 74:1, 73°5, 72°7, 72°9.

B. Candles 1 ft. apart: patterns 2 ft. 1 in. from candles: pattern consists of

alternate black and white squares, 25 sq. mm.: pattern covered, 16 sq. cm.

The following ten readings (in feet) of the distance at which the pattern

blended into an even grey tone, were made at intervals of five minutes :—

31, 33, 33°6, 34°f, 34, 33°9, 34°5, 33°7, 33°8, 343, 34.

following experiment (no. 2) was made as it has a bearing on

the relative visibility of patterns, as will appear later. It shows

386 DR. J. C. MOTTRAM ON

that a constant-in-tone contrast between object and background

does not result in a constant visibility.

Text-figure 2.

OC OF OF Og

'222f OY

7 gz 3 & 5 fet,

Relative visibility of objects.

Ordinates = distance at which object is visible.

Abscissee = distance of candles from object.

X = white object against black background.

EXPERIMENT No. 2.

Experimental conditions as in text-fig. 1. Candles 1 ft. apart.

Materials:—Backgrounds: white, of white Bristol board 100 sq. em.; black, of

black needle-paper 100 sq. cm. Objects :—White, of white Bristol board

45 sq. cm.; black, of black needle-paper 4°5 sq. em.

Results (mean of three observations).

When distance from white square was black square was

candles to object visible against black visible against white

was background at background at

1 foot 66°5 feet 41°6 feet

2 feet 504, 344 ,,

3 oP) 44-1 ” 32°2 22

Te 40°9 ,, 3

5 ep BA 30°77 ,,

This experiment shows that a white object on a black back-

PATTERNS CONSPICUOUS IN NATURE. 387

ground is more visible than a black object on a white ground.

It can be seen (text-fig. 2) that the higher the illumination the

greater the difference ; at low illuminations the curves of visibility

approach one another (they would meet at complete darkness).

The same was found to be the case when object and background

were of different shades of grey, instead of black and white. The

light-grey object against the dark-grey background is more visible

than the dark-grey object against the light background.

It was thought that the lower visibility of the black object on

the white ground might be due to the dazzling effect of the

large area of white. It was found that reduction in the area of

the white background by means of black diaphragms produced

the opposite effect, and, further, that the nearer the diaphragm

was brought to the object the less visible the object became. It

was further found that when the white square on the black

background was similarly surrounded by white diaphragms, the

same effect resulted (see experiment no. 3).

EXPERIMENT No. 3.

Experimental conditions as in text-fig. 1. Candles 1 ft. 6 ins. apart;

distance of candles from object, 2 ft.

Materials :—Backgrounds of white Bristol board and black needle-paper, 100 sq. cm.

Objects of same materials, 4°5 sq.cm. Black and white square diaphragms,

total size 100 sq. cm., with a central square hole : -

No. 1. Size of central hole was 64 sq. cm.

3” 2. 29 29 39

bP) 3. 39 29 16 39

32 4. ” 9 4, 33

5 1

bP) o, 9 33 33

3) 6. eb} 2 0 16 29

White object on black background was visible at 45°5 feet.

When surmounted by No.1 white diaphragm, at 40°7

29 »” 2 ) ” 37°6 29

oy) 2) 3 oy) ” 348 ”

23 22 4 29 » 29°5 »

) 3 5 2 2 24°0 2:

) oD) 6 2 ” 13°4 9

Black object on white background was visible at 38°4 feet.

When surmounted by No. 1 black diaphragm, at 32°2

bb)

29 22 2 bb) 39 30° 39

29 29 3 39 39 30 33

b) 29 4 22 33 29°6 39

39 23 5 ” 39 21:7 3)

39 ey} 6 39 39 15°5 39

(Above readings are the mean of three observations.)

It would thus appear that light tone on dark is more visible

than dark on light. This has been considered to be due to the

eye recognising the object, in one case by a_ positive image,

in the other by the absence of stimulation. This fact is of

considerable importance in regard to the visibility of animals

in Nature: those exhibiting large areas of light tone must

388 DR. J. GC. MOTTRAM ON

be considered to be, other things being equal, much more

conspicuous than those which do not. For instance, a light-

coloured butterfly flying across a meadow, or down a hedgerow,

is visible at a much greater distance than a dark one.

This greater visibility of light-toned objects in Nature can

easily be demonstrated by comparing the visibility of black

and white discs against a great number of natural backgrounds :

only against snow and certain parts of the sky is the white

the less visible; against the vast majority of backgrounds the

white is very much more visible.

Text-figure 3.

4 1GAR. 859 3S G . 15 ub Lh. | OIG

Visibility of objects:‘in proportion to size.

Ordinates = distance (in feet) at which object is visible.

Abscissee = size of object, in square millimetres.

ExprEriment No. 4.

Experimental conditions as in text-fig. 1. Candles 1 ft. apart and 2 ft. from object.

Materials :—Black and white backgrounds of Bristol board and black needle-paper.

Objects :—Black needle-paper of the following sizes: 2°5, 3°7, 4°8, 72, and

8:8 sq. mm.; and white paper of the following sizes: 1, 1°6, 19, 28, and

3°5 sq. mm. :

The above diagram shows the distance at which the black objects were visible

against the white background (X) and at which the white objects were visible

An even more convincing way of demonstrating this fact is to

take a series of artificial backgrounds, from white, through grey,

PATTERNS CONSPICUOUS IN NATURE.

389

to black: find the background against which black and white

are equally visible under some natural condition of lighting—

for instance, in a wood; now compare this background ith

Sty Ge WT

Text-figure 4.

/ P

Ye /

J i

/ i/

Seam mais /

44 eee /

_X- /

2-9

<- DS ds RZ.

Diagram showing the correspondence between the visibility of objects of different

shapes (circle, square, isosceles triangle, and rectangles) and the concentration

of their areas.

Candles 1 ft.

EXPERIMENT No. 5.

apart; objects distant from candles 1 ft. 6 ins.

Objects of black needle-paper, area 16 sq. mm.; background of white Bristol board.

Objects. Distance at which Inverse figures.

visible, in feet.

Circle sae iaantsaeeeee 59 170

Square.......... te 58 173

Isosceles gsomella oe 90° . 53 190

Baan, O92 sccoe cc cde. 51 198

Rectangle, 16X11 ...........: 38 263

(Mean of five readings to nearest whole number.)

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1916, No. XX VI.

390 DR. J. C. MOTTRAM ON

Circumference

Area

Circle QV mx _.3'56

a ae

é Ax 4.

NSO AUIS RG) memebpadtiodacoatod besesade " ==

wv Xv

(2427 2)x 4:83

ane ara a)da

Tsosceles triangle of 90°...... een ee,

bx 5

JR@C NENA, ASK oc coosoonons0 2 Paar

8 dx 85

Rectanele; 4 <2 3. cce eee 5 —

a? x

In text-fig. 4. the inverse visibility figures (X) are conventionally plotted with the

curve closely follows the concentration of area curve.

the surrounding natural backgrounds: it will be found that it

is very much lighter in tone than the lightest natural back-

ground which can be found in the wood.

On referring to the diagram (text-fig. 2, p. 886) it can be

seen that the difference in visibility between white and black

is greater at high illumination than at low. It follows that

at night white is, in Nature, not nearly so conspicuous with

regard to black as it is during daylight.

Diurnal animals pr esenting a large area of white or light tone

must therefore be considered to be. much more conspicuous than

nocturnal animals similarly patterned.

The Effect of the Object’s Characters on Visibility—The cha-

racters, size, and shape will affect the visibility of an object

when all other factors are kept constant. When the contrast

in tone between object and background is great (the object

being light in tone and the background dark), the human eye

is able to define an object subtending an angle of approximately

one minute. Distinction must be made between the ability to

define or focus, and that to see: the eye cannot define a star,

although it may be able to see it.

Keeping the shape of the object. constant, experiments show

that visibility is directly proportional to size: the larger the

object, the greater the distance at which it is visible.

WV hether the relation between size and visibility is the same

for all shapes has not been determined; though during the

course of this and other investigations a large number of

shapes have been examined, no exceptions have been noted.

The visibility of objects is dependent upon their shape. Circles,

squares, triangles, and rectangles of the same area are not

equally visible. Experiments show that the more concentrated

the area the greater the visibility.

In the following experiments concentration is measured by

the ratio of circumference over area, and it can be seen that the

distance at which the object is visible is inversely propertiongue

to this ratio (see experiment no. 9).

PATTERNS CONSPICUOUS IN NATURE, 391

As a circle is the most concentrated form that an object can

have, therefore it is the most visible form. The ratio ‘cir-

cumference over area only gives the concentration for simple

figures. Objects can be made of the same area and of the

same circumference but of different concentration. In these

cases concentration must be represented by the moment of area

round the centre of area.

Text-figure 5.

TAS k.

z. 4.

Four figures of the same area and of the same circumference but which are not

equally visible. The concentration of their areas is estimated by the length of

the cord joining the centre of area of the two triangles.

EXPERIMENT No. 6.

Candles 1 ft. apart. Objects distant from candles 2 ft. 1 in.

Objects of black needle-paper, of the same area and having the same circumference,

composed of two triangles as shown in the figure; the longest side measured

1'1 cm., the shortest “5 cm., and the angle opposite the longest side was a right

angle. Background of white paper.

Distance

Object. at which visible.

NOs secede Yo secreence 51 feet.

bb) 2 50 33

gE Nd i» BS rh ee

ye 45°5 ,,

(Mean of six observations.)

The figure shows the lengths of the cords joining the centres of areas of the two

triangles; it can be seen that when the cord is short and the area therefore con-

centrated, then the visibility is great, and vice versa.

392 DR. J. C. MOTTRAM ON

In experiment no. 6 mathematical expressions are avoided

by presenting the concentration as the length of a cord. Areas

of the same size and circumference, but of different concentration,

are dealt with in this experiment; and the same conclusion is

arrived at, namely, that the more concentrated the area of the

object the greater its-visibility.

‘This completes the consideration of plain objects against plain

backgrounds. The following facts have been observed :—

1. The greater the difference in the amount of light coming

from an object and background, the greater the distance

at which the object is visible.

2. A constant contrast in tone between object and back-

ground does not ensure a constant visibility. Dark

objects against light backgrounds are less visible than

light objects against dark backgrounds. ‘This difference

is greater at high illuminations than at low ones.

3. The larger the size of the object, and the greater the

concentration of its area, the greater the distance at

which it is visible.

It follows that a plain object will appear conspicuous against a

plain background when the contrast in tone between object and

background is great, and when the object is lighter rather than

darker in tone than the background, and when its size is great

and area concentrated.

(B) Patterned Objects against a Plan Background.

As long as the pattern of an object against a plain background

is visible, the object must be visible. It follows that visibility

will to some extent depend upon the blending distance of the

pattern.

The following factors were found to affect the blending distance

of patterns: lighting, contrast in tone between the components

of the pattern, size of the components and shape of the com-

ponents, and the relative size of the components.

1. Lighting.—Experiments showed that the better the illu-

mination the greater the distance at which the pattern was

visible. A pattern which by day appears conspicuous, on account

of the long distance at which it can be seen, at night may be

difficult to see (e. g., the Zebra).

2. Contrast in Tone between the Components.—The greater the

contrast, the greater the blending distance of the pattern. A

chequered pattern of black and white is visible at a greater

distance than one composed of two shades of grey.

3. Size of Components.—The larger the components the greater

the blending distance, all other factors remaining constant, as was

shown in my previous paper (Joc. cit.). If there be components

of more than one size, then the smaller will blend first and the

larger at a greater distance.

PATTERNS CONSPICUOUS IN NATURE. 393

4. Relative Size of the Components.—For any given pattern

there is a particular proportion of the components which gives

the greatest blending distance.

Text-figure 6.

6 77.”

272M.

47 IN.

A specimen of the patterns used in Experiment No. 7.

ExprertMent No. 7.

Candles 1 ft. 6 ins. apart. Objects 2 ft. 2 ins. from candles.

Background grey. Objects square, 9 sq. em. in size, divided horizontally into five

black and white stripes of 6 mm. (see text-fig. 6).

Pattern blends at

In No. 1 there is 2/8 black and 6 8 white ..... 24 feet 2 inches.

5. : Sei a Ne Tie ae aa ae

Sb eS 5 4/8 5 Ae Oia ak PAB on HI gg

er eee Gees See | ee 26) Tuan”

ase ee COP... | Ge nee Sle ole

A striped pattern is dealt with in the above summary; it shows

that where the amount of black to white, or white to black, is

very small, the blending distance is smaller than when there are

about equal amounts of the two components.

Referring also to experiment no. 9 (p. 397), it can be seen that

for the types of patterns here dealt with there is similarly a

particular proportion of black to white which gives the greatest

blending distance under the experimental conditions.

5. Shape of the Components.——It has been shown that the

visibility of plain objects depends upon the concentrations of

their areas. Experiments show that, similarly, the blending

distance of patterns is proportional to the concentration of the

components of the patterns: the more concentrated the com-

ponents, the greater is the blending distance, as is seen in the

following experiment.

EXPERIMENT No. 8.

The blending distance of black and white patterns, of which the components are of

the same size but of different shape. Experimental conditions: Candles 11 ins.

apart, and 2 ft. from glass plate on which patterns were fixed. ‘

Background behind glass plate. of grey paper, at such a distance that it is of th

394

same tone as the patterns after they have blended.

patterns used.

gure (.

Text-fi

Pattern.

No.

> OE o9 bo

DR. J. C. MOTTRAM ON

Length of cireumference

of component.

28°3 mm.

30)

3255) 1,;

SERB) op

A275 ,

AO on

(Mean of six observations.)

; Text-fig. 7 shows the

The following table gives the length of the circumference of

the component and the blending distance :—

Blending distance.

These were uscd in Experiment No. 8.

Patterns whose components are of the sane size but of different shape.

The experiment shows that the smaller the cireumference of the component, and

therefore the greater its concentration, the greater the blending distance of the

pattern,

PATTERNS CONSPICUOUS IN NATURE. 395

With plain objects the circle is the most visible shape which

they can have; so with patterns, the circle gives rise to the

greatest blending distance.

Patterns composed of only two components require special

consideration, as they have an important bearing on the subject

of conspicuous patterns, as will appear later. It has been seen

that the larger the pattern the greater the blending distance; 1t

follows that, in order to give an object a pattern which will

blend at the greatest distance, only two components must be

used, thus making it as large as possible. To further increase

the blending distance the relative tones of the two components

must be as far removed as possible, and at least one of the

components must have as concentrated an area as possible.

Text-figure 8.

1-6. Patterns in which one component has the most concentrated shape, namely a

circle, and is surrounded by the other component. 7-9. Patterns in which

neither component has the most concentrated shape.

If the object be a triangle, a square, or a circle, then these

conditions would be fulfilled in figs. 7-6 of text-fig. 8. These

patterns would blend at a greater distance than would those

shown in figs. 7-9.

It has been seen that a third factor affects the blending

distance, namely, the relative proportion of the components.

Tf a series of circular objects be made, as in text-fig. 9, and be

396 DR. J. C. MOTTRAM ON

examined against a number of differently-toned backgrounds, it

will be found that the blending distances are not the same for

different backgrounds. If, for instance, they be examined

against a white background, then in the case of nos. 7-7 no

pattern-blending occurs: the objects appear as black spots. If,

instead, the background be light grey, then the white blends

Text-figure 9.

A series of eye-spot patterns used in the experiment*described on p. 401, and set out

in Table I. The uppermost disc is white, the lowest black. The others contain

from above down 4, & 8, 4, 2, 2, and 3th of white, either concentrated in the

centre, or in a ring round the periphery.

with the background and leaves the central black area visible

after the white has ceased to be distinguishable from the back-

ground, This difficulty can be overcome by joining up a number of

two-component patterns, and then finding the blending distance;

this has been done in the following experiment.

PATTERNS CONSPICUOUS IN NATURE, 397

Text-figure 10.

Portion of a series of spotted patterns used in Experiment No. 9.

EXPERIMENT No. 9.

The blending distance of black and white spotted patterns, as shown in above

figure. The percentage of white to black varied from 10 to 60 per cent.

Experimental conditions: Candles 1 ft. 6 ins. apart and 2 ft. 6 ins. distant

from the pattern, which was placed on a glass plate with a grey background

behind, as in experiment no, 8.

398 DR. J. C. MOTTRAM ON

The following diagram (text-fig. 11) shows the blending distance in feet, plotted

against the percentage of the spots to the whole pattern ; the X shows the white-

spot pattern, and the O the black centre. It can be seen that the white spot shows

the greatest blending distance, which occurs when the white is approximately

20 per cent. of the whole.

Text-figure 11

*yaf uy gounzsip Suipusige

“

Percentage of central area.

lo zy) 30 Lo 59 60

Ordinates=blending distance of the patterns in fect. Abscisse=percentage of the

central components of the pattern. @-=the readings obtained when a black

centre pattern was used (text-fig. 10, upper series). X=when a white centre

pattern was used (text-fig. 10, lower series).

It can be seen that the greatest blending distance is produced

by a white-centre pattern ‘containing 20 per cent. of white, and

it is shown also that the white- centre pattern blends at a

greater distance than the black centre. It appears, therefore,

that the blending distance of patterns is affected in the following

ways :—

(1) By contrast in tone between the components: the greater

the contrast, the greater the blending distance.

(2) By size of components : the larger the size, the greater the

blending distance.

(3) By shape of components: the more concentrated the area

of the components, the greater the blending distance.

In order, therefore, to cover an object with a pattern which

will blend at the greatest distance: (1) make the tone of the

components a great contrast, black and white; (2) make the

size of the components as large as possible, by reducing their

number to two; (3) make the shape of the components as con-

centrated as possible, by making one of them a circle.

PATTERNS CONSPICUOUS IN NATURE. 399

The consideration of the visibility of patterned objects against

plain backgrounds can now be resumed. As before mentioned,

a patterned object is visible as long as its pattern is visible; it

follows that objects whose patterns blend at a great distance are

more conspicuous than taose whose patterns blend at a short

distance. :

There remains to be considered patterned objects which are

visible against plain backgrounds after the pattern has blended

at distance. pike

In a previous paper it was shown that, as regards visibility (as

measured by the greatest distance at which the object is visible),

patterned objects against plain backgrounds are neither more nor

less visible than plain ones. It was also shown that, where the

pattern interrupts the margin, the outline of the object appears

blurred and difficult to define after the pattern has blended at

. Text-figure 12.

AAR

1-3. Patterns which do not interrupt the margins of the object. 4-6. Patterns

which interrupt two sides, three sides, and one side of the object.

distance. It follows that a further condition must be fulfilled in

order that a patterned object may be as conspicuous as possible

against a plain background: the pattern must present an un-

interrupted margin, for example, as shown in text-fig. 12, 1-6.

If these patterns be viewed from beyond their blending distance,

they will appear more defined than nos. 4, 5, and 6, in which the

pattern interrupts the margin. Apart from this, the visibility of

patterned objects beyond the blending distance and against plain

backgrounds is similar to that of plain objects against plain

backgrounds. A patterned object can be made more conspicuous

_ against a series of plain backgrounds than can a plain object,

because, though a plain object can be made very visible against a

single plain background by a strong contrast in tone with the

400 DR. J. C. MOTTRAM ON

background, nevertheless, when a series of backgrounds are used,

then the object will appear inconspicuous against those similar, in

tone. On the other hand, with a patterned object, when the

background is similar in tone to one of the components, then the

other will make a strong contrast and cause the object to be

easily visible.

It has been seen that the greatest blending distance which a

pattern can have is one in which the white or lighter component

is concentrated in the form of a circle, and that an object is most

conspicuous against a wide series of backgrounds when it presents

a pattern of only two components. Experiments were therefore

made to discover which of two component patterns, the light-

centre one or the dark, is the more conspicuous against a wide

series of backgrounds. A series of discs were made, as shown in

text-fig. 9, and examined against a series of backgrounds in the

following manner :—-

Text-fig. 1, B (p. 385) gives a ground-plan of the experimental

conditions ; it can be seen that the backgrounds are illuminated

separately from the discs, which are fixed to a glass plate. By

moving the backgrounds towards or away from the light, a

continuous and wide range of tone in the background can be

obtained. First, the background of white paper was moved so

as to exactly match in tone that of the white in the discs.

Under these conditions the all-white dise was invisible; of the

rest, the dise with a white centre, 7/8 of the whole, was found to

be the least visible, and next the dise with 6/8 white centre.

The most visible dise was the all black.

The discs were examined in a similar manner over a wide

series, and in each case the three least visible discs and the most

visible were noted ; the following table gives the results.

It can be seen that, except against backgrounds lighter than

the white in the dises, the black-centre eye-spots are less visible

than the white, and the appearances of the discs as seen from a

distance show that the white-centre discs are the more visible.

The greater visibility of the white-centre eye-spots is especially

marked when the backgrounds approach the dark end of the

series; and as, as already shown, the backgrounds in Nature are,

for the most part, of dark tone, it follows that white-centre eye-

spot patterns of two components must be more conspicuous than

black-centre patterns. Similarly, the white-centre pattern must

be more visible than any other combination of black and white,

because in this pattern the white is most concentrated, and there-

fore has the greatest visibility and the longest blending distance.

Tt follows that against a series of plain backgrounds, and especially

a series of relatively dark tone, the white-centre eye-spot pattern

is the most visible one that an object can have.

401

PATTERNS CONSPICUOUS IN NATURE.

“sostp 9113 Jo HorIq

“OSEP O4IT] AA | “soeyq 8/9 “HOVRIG 8/L “YOVIG oy} UBYy UOJ UI JoyIep puNorsyovq v saA1d ‘suLg “439 ye reded AdID

| *SOSIp JO

“OSIP OFT AA “youyq 8/9 ‘YoRIq G/L ‘HOLT You|qg 8E 9U0} aUIeS a} JO puNnoASHoRG w Saars ‘sul g “yy G=ye Aodud £e1K

OPM S/L “youlq 8/9 ‘yorlq “yoelq g/L see Or CA ca ae aa a a deo gai coke a a gh "yy G ye. 1oded Ka.

“OPM 8/9 ‘Oy 3/Z ‘yor]q S/L yoe]q 8/9 ben cee een vee cee tee ree concurs toreescneess ces eee cee see nee ses aceare "sul 9 “43 @ 98 qwoded Kau

“OU S/L ‘oq S/T “yovyq 8/P ‘yor|q g/g wee eee Pe ee eee eee eee eee eee tee ene eee ee rep eee sence steers rrr aee "SUL 9 “AJ G48 joded Kay

*punolsyovq pouoj-aures

“OJIEM Q/) “aqM 8/Z “YOvlG 8/F “FOV 8/¢ | oy Sutras “sur TT 3F T 9e toded Aas v 10 “surg 44g ye toded apy MA

| ‘arqista Ajpenba ere

“SOSTP OPIITM PUB yorTg “OPIN 9/Z “PORT B/G “AOeLG 8/p | ofPM puL HOBlG OIA JsuIeSe punorsyovq w sears “47 Ee ye aoded aqry A

“OUI S/T | “oq M 8/F “yor[q ge “yov]q 8/6 wen eee pete e eee res es eee wee eee eee rte eee eee ree ree eee eens “esl G }E G qe loaded O71 AA.

“OGM 8/6 “ATM B/G “HOV 8/G ORG S/T fcc cess gosty ayy pulled “sul g “yy g ye 1eded ary Ay

*SOSIP JO a9ITLM

OUT M BT “OVUM “OPE Q/P “YORTQ B/T | uvyy AexIVp aI] B PUNOASYONG wv soATd “sul gE “WF Z ye taded aq AA

: "SOSLP dt]} JO 9714 M ayy SB eU0

“yoRle] “avi 9/9 OVI 8/Z “BY AA | ous oY} Jo punorSyovq v SOAIS sostp oy pulyeaq “yy g steded ayy A

: *SOSIP JO AJIT

“OSIP YORTT ‘OULM 9/9 OPM Q/Z ‘OWL AA =| _ LBYY 19x48] punorzsyorq v SOAIS sosIp ot} punted “sur g “yz T teded apy AA

“SOSIP JO 94IYA UBY 10}, 31]

‘OSTIP YORIG ‘ay Q/9 ONYM Q’Z ‘OMY AA | A[qutaptsuod punossyoRQ B SAAS SosIp oY} puryaq “suI g “yy T taded ogrT] AY

‘OSIP O[QISIA JSOUL OUT, | “SOSIP O[QISIA JSBIT 9OIT]Z OUT, “spuno1syoeg ;

‘| VIavVy,

402 ' DR, J. GC. MOTTRAM ON.

The most conspicuous pattern that an object can have against

a series of plain backgrounds may now be defined :—

(1) The pattern must consist of wo components.

(2) The components must differ widely in tone (black and

white).

(3) The lighter component (white) must be concentrated at

the centre in the form of a circle.

(4) The darker component must surround the white so that

nowhere is there an interrupted margin.

(5) If the series of backgrounds be of low tone (as they are in

Nature) then there must ue more white than black in the

pattern.

(1) If the object is visible after the pattern has blended at

distance, then the factors which control its visibility are the

same as those of plain objects against plain backgrounds. The

outline of the object will, however, appear blurred just as when

a patterned object, whose pattern is interrupted at the margin,

appears blurred when viewed against a plain background. The

conclusions are similar, the only difference being, that in one

case the object is plain and the background patterned, whereas

in the other the object is patterned and the background plain.

(2) If the object becomes invisible before the pattern of the

background blends at distance, then the object may be seen

against one component of the background; in which case the

factors controlling visibility will be similar as are those of plain

objects against plain backgrounds, except that the near presence

of an area of different tone will affect the visibility of the object.

A black square on the white component of a checkered back-

ground will be less visible than on a plain white background

(see experiments, nos. 2 & 3). With this exception, the factors

controlling visibility are similar to those of a plain object against

a plain background. The object may be visible against two or

more components of the background. If the object is of the

same tone as one of the background components, then the object

will appear as a projection from the margin of one component.

Experiments were carried out to discover whether the factors

controlling visibility were different from those of a black object

against a white background, and it was found that, except for

the decrease in visibility due. to the presence of an area of black

(in this case touching the object), the visibility was similar to

that of a plain object on a plain background, except that the

effect of shape of the object was rather different from its effect

when dealing with plain objects against plain backgrounds, as

seen in the following experiment *.

* This consideration has an important bearing on concealment b, indented or

scalloped margins; a series of experiments has been carried out from this point of

view which, however, are only of present interest in so far as they show that an even

margin is a "factor for conspicuousness.

PATTERNS CONSPICUOUS IN NATURE. 403

Text-figure 15

Objects of the same size but of different shape lying at the junction of a black and

white background as used in Experiment No. 10.

ExpreriImMent No. 10.

The visibility of black objects projecting from the margin of a large black mass.

The objects are all of the same size but of different shape, as shown in the text-

figure.

Experimental conditions: Candles 1 ft. 3 ins. apart and 3 ft. 6 ins. from objects.

Object no. 1 visible at 57 feet.

be) oP) 2 99 54 rh}

2 7° 8 2” 49° ,,

A 3 32s

39 bb)

-Compare with Experiment No. 5.

The object may be visible against two or more components of

a patterned background, and may be different in tone from

either component.

Text-figure 14.

/ Ld J

1. A grey disc placed over the junction of a black and white background. If the

dise approaches in tone more nearly the white of the background than the black

then from a distance it will be seen as in no. 2; if more nearly the black, then

as 1n no. 3.

If a grey disc be placed over a black and white junction, as in

text-fig. 14, and be viewed from gradually increasing distances,

404 DR. J. C. MOTTRAM ON

a point will be reached at which one half of the disc is blended

with one component of the background, whilst the other half is

seen as projecting into the other component. If the grey disc

more nearly approaches the black in tone than the white, then

at a distance it will appear as in text-fig. 14, 3; if it more

nearly approach the white, then as no. 2.

The following experiment illustrates this appearance :—

ExPERIMEnT No. 11.

Candles 1 ft. apart and 2 ft. distant from background.

Background half black and half white (7 X 5 ins.).

Objects circular, 20°4 sq. mm., eight in number and ranging in tone from black to

white. Objects placed exactly over the junction of the black and white of the

background.

Visibility distance.

: Blackman. a feet. isuerien Visible as a dark

asp we arg : projection into the white of

a ERY oon one eye Be the background.

o 5B) Ey OG Sa0 bad

5 5 shige 18), 5. 5, Visibl cI

eas a light

3 Light grey oy ” 3 2 projection into the black of

8. White 2 SRO ics the background.

ADODBOOaS oy) oy)

An object was prepared of such a grey tone that it was neither seen as a white

nor as a black projection into the background’s components. This object was the

least visible disc and visible at 16 ft. 4 ins.

Some similar experiments were carried out with backgrounds

composed of different tones of grey instead of black and white,

and it was found that the objects likewise appeared as projectors

into one or other of the components, according as to whether

the object more nearly approached in tone one or other of the

components.

If, for instance, the background was made of two dark grey

tones, then only the darkest objects appeared as black projectors

against the lighter of the two components.

As in Nature backgrounds are:dark in tone rather than light,

it follows that light grey or white discs will be more visible

under these conditions, 7.¢., when seen against two or more

components of a patterned background, than dark discs.

As mentioned ‘in the last experiment, there is one tone of grey

against which black and white are equally visible, and when the

object is of this particular tone it never appears as a projective

from one component on to the other. Against backgrounds

composed of tones other than black and white, there is similarly

one grey tone which the object may have which will cause it to

give a similar appearance.

An experiment was carried out with discs of this tone to

discover whether the effect of size of the object was similar or

not to that found when dealing with plain objects against plain

backgrounds. As seen in the following experiment, the effect is

similar :—

PATTERNS CONSPICUOUS IN NATURE. 405

EXPERIMENT No. 12.

Candles 1 ft. apart and distant 2 ft. from background.

Background as in Experiment No. 11.

Objects of various sizes were made of grey discs of such a tone that they were seen

neither as black nor as white projections into the components of the background.

These objects were placed over the junction of the black and white components

of the background. The following table gives the visibility of the discs :—

Size of Distance at which

grey disc. visible.

419 sq. mm. 27 feet 5 inches.

302 =, Bi iis Obes

20°4 ” 19) 33. 5 2s)

6-1 2 9 22 1 ”

The effect of shape was found to be different, as in the case

of objects of the same tone as one of the components of the

background, (See experiment no. 10.)

Text-figure 15.

3 by

Objects placed on more than two components.

A few observations were made with objects placed in front of

more than two components, as in text-fig. 15, 7 & 4, but no special

difference was noted from those when only two components were

covered by the object.

Another arrangement of an object against a patterned back-

ground remains to be mentioned. The object may more or legs

resemble, both in tone, in shape, and in position, one of the

components of the background; in this case, though it may

appear to be invisible on account of this similarity and thus

to come under a separate category, nevertheless this is not so,

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1916, No. XX VII. aT

406 DR. J. C. MOTTRAM ON

as it will fall naturally under one of the conditions already

considered, For instance, a very light grey object may resemble

the light square of the checkered background, both in shape, size,

and position, as in text-fig. 15, 2; but it can also be considered

under the heading ‘“ Objects falling on one component of the

background.” If it falls as in text-fig. 15, 3, then on two com-

ponents of background ; if as in no. 4, then as an object visible

after the pattern has blended at distance.

It appears, therefore, that a direct resemblance does not

necessitate a separate consideration.

Conclusions.—The factors which make for the conspicuousness

of plain objects against patterned backgrounds appear to be

similar to those when plain backgrounds are used. If the

pattern of the background interrupts the object’s margin, then

outline blurring occurs. The near presence, or contact with

the object, of an area of tone similar to the object makes it less

visible.

(D) Patterned Objects against Patterned Backgrounds.

If a patterned object be viewed against a patterned background

from gradually increasing distances, several different appearances

may be seen.

(1) The pattern of the object may blend before the pattern of

the background, in which case it will appear as a plain object

against a patterned background.

(2) The pattern of the background may blend before the

pattern of the object. The object will then appear as a

patterned one against a plain background.

(3) The patterns of object and background may both blend

and yet the object may still be visible against the background,

in which case the object will appear plain against a plain

background.

These three conditions have already been dealt with.

(4) A fourth appearance may occur. The object may not be

visible, although neither its pattern nor the pattern of the

background have blended.

Before dealing with this appearance the first three must be

briefly considered. It has already been shown in my previous

paper (loc. cit.) that though a patterned object is not less visible

than a plain one, nevertheless, if the pattern interrupts the

margin, then its outline after pattern-blending appears blurred

and indistinct, as compared with a plain object of the same tone

as the patterned one after blending.

It has also been mentioned (p. 402) that outline blurring

gimilarly occurs when the object is plain and the background

patterned. It might therefore be concluded that against

patterned backgrounds the outline of a plain object would appear

just as blurred as that of a patterned one beyond the blending

distance of the background’s pattern; but when both the object’s

PATTERNS CONSPICUOUS IN NATURE, 407

pattern and the background’s pattern are blended, and provided

that both interrupt the junction of object and background, then

the blurring effect of these two interruptions are added, and

‘eause the junction of object and background to appear much

more indistinct than when only one pattern interrupts.

In text-fig. 16, if in each case the insects remain visible after

‘the patterns are blended, then the outline of the patterned one

will be the more indistinct when the tone of the patterned insect

after pattern-blending is the same as that of the plain insect.

Text-figure 16.

Visibility of insects on different backgrounds.

It follows that animals with a pattern which interrupts the

margin will be less visible than plain animals against a patterned

background as well as against a plain one; and further, that

against a patterned background an uninterrupted margin will be

as necessary for conspicuousness as against plain backgrounds ;

an fact, experiments appeared to show that it was more necessary,

because the blurring effect of the background pattern required to

‘be counteracted.

In Nature, a pattern which interrupts the margin must be a

great aid to concealment against patterned backgrounds, because

the backgrounds are irregular and the animal must often be seen

with one or more of its margins against a single component of

the background, as shown in text-fig. 16.

The conclusions as regards conspicuousness which have al-

ready been made must thus apply to patterned Queer against

408 DR. J. C. MOTTRAM ON

patterned backgrounds. There remains to be examined only

the fourth condition, in which the object cannot be seen though

both the object’s and the background’s patterns remain visible..

This invisibility is due to a great similarity between the patterns.

of object and background in size, shape, and relative tone of the

components. It is obvious that the most conspicuous pattern

will be inconspicuous against a background made of a similar,

or closely similar, pattern. For this reason, under these special

conditions, it is not possible to define a pattern which will be

especially conspicuous, unless the pattern of the background is

also defined.

It may be concluded, therefore, that the pattern which has

been called the, white centre eye-spot pattern is a most con-

Spicuous one against every background with the exception of

backgrounds themselves composed of eye-spot patterns. It follows.

that in Nature the white eye-spot pattern must be very con-

spicuous, provided that this type of pattern is not continuously

found as a background.

White centre eye-spot patterns in Nature.—Natural backgrounds.

were examined in order to discover whether this type of ‘pattern

was to be found and to what extent, and it was at once noticed

that they were very uncommon; a morning’s foray amongst

woods, fields, hedgerows, and broken country resulted in only

a few examples. It is not difficult to make such patterns.

artificially out of doors; for instance, by laying round white

stones on circular patches of dark moss, by placing shining leaves.

over dark rough ones, by viewing pierced leaves against the light,

and in many other ways. Natural eye-spot patterns may be

conveniently described under the following headings :—

1. On bare ground.—(a) Due to irregularities of the surface.

Working with plasticene the pattern can be produced by

shallow conical pit with a flat bottom, by a truncated cone lying

on its base, or by a cylinder standing in the middle of a cylindrical

depression ; in each case top lighting 1s necessary. Viewed from

above, a light centre dark-margin circular pattern is seen; the

pattern. does not perfectly reproduce the one desired, because

the centre instead of being lighter in tone than the background

is either of the same tone or somewhat darker. It is evident

that by artificial methods this pattern can only be reproduced

with ditfticulty, and thus its occurrence in Nature must be very

rare. By prolonged search isolated examples are to be seen.

(b) Due to the surface being of broken tones; a light stone

or one reflecting the light from the sky when lying on a circular

dark patch will give rise to the pattern. Examples of this

nature are not difficult to find, but they are never numerous

avd always isolated.

On grass and other short vegetation.—Except for flowers,

rina are considered elsewhere, the eye-spot pattern is very

rarely seen ; occasionally light reflected from a shiny leaf supplies

an example.

PATTERNS CONSPICUOUS. IN NATURE. 409

3. Rank vegetation—Light from a shiny leaf, or a leaf in

strong light against shadow, occasionally forms the pattern.

4. Scrub, hedgerows, and wood margins.—Circular leaves in

very strong light against dark shadows often give rise to a

pattern which is somewhat like a white centre eye-spot one,

but distinction must be made between a pattern consisting of

light spots on a dark background and the pattern under con-

sideration. The first is common in Nature ; the second requires

a light centre, a dull margin, and a background of a different

tone. Occasionally this arrangement is to be seen among

vegetation, but only isolated examples are to be found.

5. Light woods. — Here are sometimes to be seen patterns

similar to those described under the previous heading. Where

sunlight penetrates through foliage and falls on dark ground

or foliage beneath, white spots of light result, and when these

happen to fall on dark objects they produce the white centre eye-

spot pattern. According to the frequency with which they happen

to fall on dark objects is the prevalence of the pattern. When

the ground beneath the trees is much broken in tone, several

may be seen from a single station. Several conditions are,

however, necessary for their production—an uncovered more or

less vertical sun, a not completely dense canopy of foliage, and a

broken ground beneath.

6. Heavy woods.—lf the fohage be not too dense the pattern

may be produced as described in no. 5.

7. Sky.—On looking up at the sky through foliage, white

spots are to be seen in the intervals between the leaves and

where there are holes in them. If a white spot happens to be

surrounded by a dark shadow or a deep-toned leaf, then a white-

centre dark-margin eye-spot results. A small number of these

are always to be-seen. It may be pointed out that though man

is not accustomed to view foliage in this way, many animals of

low stature and whose eyes are set looking upwards as well as

forwards must frequently take this view.

8. Water—Very small pools of water when they reflect the

sky and when, as is often the case, they are surrounded by a

ring of moist and therefore dark-toned ground, have the appear-

ance of the eye-spot pattern. Foliage overhanging water or

floating upon it also rarely gives rise to the same pattern, the

sky reflected from the water forming the white centre and the

foliage the dark ving. Drops of water and dew’ under some

conditions of lighting give rise to an abundance of the pattern

of a transitory nature.

9. Flowers.—By far the most common examples in Nature

of the eye-spot pattern are to be found in flowers. A dark

centre eye-spot is as common as a light centre. There can

hardly be a doubt that flowers are purposely conspicuous ; it is

therefore noteworthy that their patterns conform to the rules

which experiments have decided must be followed in order that

a pattern may be conspicuous in Nature.

410 DR. J. GC. MOTTRAM ON

Flowers are, as arule, circular ; their patterns consist of seldom

more than two components, one being concentrated in the middle-

in the form of a cirele, and there is usually a strong contrast in

tone (and colour) between the two components.

It might be thought that these arrangements of pattern in

flowers were due to convenience of growth; but the eccentric

shapes and patterns assumed where special animals are sought

for the purpose of fertilisation indicate that flowers are not

forced by growth to assume the circular shape and eye-spot.

pattern.

In conclusion it may be said that, except in the case of flowers,

white-centre dark-margin eye-spot patter ns are rarely to be seen

in Nature and are almost always isolated. Sunlight penetrating

through foliage on to broken ground and sky views through

foliage are the two most common causes. As regards flowers,.

eye-spot patterns are very common, but the centre is as often

darker than the margin as vice versa.

It follows that animals presenting this type of pattern must.

be considered to be conspicuous in Nature.

Part II.

Having by experimental methods defined the types of pattern

which render an object conspicuous, attention was turned to the:

animal kingdom to discover whether examples of these types.

could be found and, if present, what was their distribution.

Search was made among the Lepidoptera because their wings offer-

a plain, flat patterned surface, and thus the complicating factor |

of solidity is avoided. Rather than search through a large

amount of material, it was decided to deal thoroughly with a

definite amount, viz., the Indian Lepidoptera. Moore’s ‘ Lepi-

doptera Indica’ was the work chosen, because of its good coloured

illustrations of each species. On glancing through these plates.

several types of pattern were found which previous consideration

showed would render these insects conspicuous. The first type:

to be dealt with is shown in text-fig. 17. It can be seen that

the pattern consists of a central white, or light yellow, area

surrounded by a black margin, so that the four wings combined

present an irregular, white-centred, black-mar eined pattern.

The margin of the Wings is, except in two cases (nos. f and 4),

not scalloped. The black marginal band is sometimes broken

by onal spots or bands of light tone, but only in the case of

no. 2 is the margin interrupted by patter n.

This type of pattern presents, therefore, those characters which

previous consideration has shown must render the insect con-

spicuous in Nature: the table on p. 412 gives its distribution

among genera of the Indian Lepidoptera

Salatura (text-fig. 17, 7) and Acidalia (no. 2) do not conform

to the type in several respects. In Salatwra the centre white

PATTERNS CONSPICUOUS IN NATURE. 411

area is broken up by dark bands, and in Acidalia by black spots,

besides which there is a half-tone area at the centre of the wings.

They are introduced for several reasons, as will appear later.

Certain butterflies are presumed to be protected from the attack

of enemies by ill-flavour ; further, it has been noted that these

insects are conspicuous in Nature (and it has been suggested that

they are conspicuous in order to warn enemies) ; and lastly, it has

been noted that the pattern and coloration of these insects are

Text-figure 17.

Types of all the genera illustrated in ‘ Lepidoptera Indica’ which present patterns

of the first type under consideration.

1. Cethosia. 2. Acidalia. 3. Catopsilia. 4. Elymnias. 5. Apatura. 6. Appias

& Huphina. 7. Salatura. 8. Pareha. 9. Catophaga. 10. Limnas. 11.

Eurymus. 12. Kibreeta, Nirmula, & Terias. 13. Ivias. 14, Hyposcritia.

15. Anapheis. 16. Telchinia. 17. Chrysophanus. 18. Stiboges. 19. Daimio.

20. Callosune.

mimicked by insects which are not thus protected by ill-flavour,

in order that they may gain protection by means of a false

cloak. The pros and cons of this contention cannot be discussed

here, but it is remarkable that many of the insects presenting

the type of pattern under consideration belong to what are con-

sidered to be protected genera, or to what are considered to he

412

DR. J. C. MOTTRAM ON

TaBLeE IJ, .

| ls Meg

| |B a

| a o-5

Family. Subfamily. Genus. | 2 || ai : | ae

| [S|] 2) e\s8

oO x =! me ost Ibs Be

| c= fi |S iios | 2 be 8)

s 3) iS) = Rsv PUES

Ba B/A/e |e 4 |

Nymphalide. | Eupleine. Limnas ........... «S| Xx |

Salatura .........| ood x || X

Elymniine. Elymnias .........| Dai pene lies 5X

Nymphaline. Apatura .......-.. x x

— Sy ——s | —— ||.

Argynnine. Cethosia ......... ees

Acidalia x Socal | X

Acreinee. TEHRAWE proton bno..oe | x | x

Telchinia ........ | xX || X

Riodinide. Nemeobiine. Stiboges ......... | x | acelPos

Pieride. Pierinz. | Anapheis seg aueee | x || x

ZY DIGS sosroccomooe | X | | | X

Huphina ......... | | X || | | x

Hyposcritia ...... | Se os | meee bee Sor

Catophaga ...... x || | x

Coliine. Kibreeta ......... Pe S< iil xx

INO EPOMG ~ ono noncne esses line | Xx

Terias Aigte| Mell cee | | x

Catopsilia ...... | x | Sool | xX

ELE UGS enone hese x | gon || cca |] 2S

Callosume ......... a SG ill cco ison |] 2S

| Hurymus ......... x | | xX |

Lycenide. Lyczenopsine. | Castalius ......... | x | x |

—— \ sn lkie ae

Chrysophanine. | Chrysophanus .... X | | x |

Hesperiide. Celeenorrhinee. IDO seooedeeaooal| one | xX | x |

5 iB 24 18) | se) |. Ne a6 |

unprotected insects mimicking protected.

or mimicking.

Tt can be seen that

out of 24 genera forming Table IT., 5 are described by Moore as

protected and 3 as exhibiting mimicry ; whereas out of all the

600 genera described only 41 are mentioned as either protected

No reason can be given why the other 16 genera

(for the most part belonging to the Pieride) presenta conspicuous

pattern *.

It is, however, noteworthy that the sexes are alike,

with the exception of Hurymus and Chrysophanus, where the

pattern is confined to the male.

Several of the genera are

amongst the commonest of butterflies, and at certain times collect

* The Pierine and Coliinz are considered by some observers to be “ protected ”

insects.

PATTERNS CONSPICUOUS IN NATURE. 413

together and migrate in immense swarms. Salatura was intro-

duced into this table because it shows a considerable resemblance

to the next type to be considered. ‘ithe bands of dark tone

crowning the central light area have been drawn too boldly and

of too dark a tone, which makes the resemblance closer than it

really is.

Text-figure 18.

"Types of all the genera illustrated in ‘ Lepidoptera Indica’ which present patterns

of the second type under consideration.

1. Parhestina. 2. Parantica. 3. Orinoma. 4. Caduga. 5. Penthema. 6. Par-

anticopsis. 7. Delias. 8. Calinaga. 9. Cadugoides. 10. Caduga. 11.

Neurosigma. 12. Metaporia. 13. Hestina. 14. Radena. 15. Prioneris.

16. Bahora.

Examples of the second type of pattern which must render

the insect conspicuous in Nature are shown in text-fig. 18. It

can be seen that the insects present an uninterrupted margin,

the pattern nowhere reaching the margin, and that at the

margins there is an area of dark tone, whilst the centre of the

wings is much lighter in tone. As before, there is no scalloping

or irregularity of the margin. It follows that this pattern

414. DR. J. C. MOLLTRAM ON

conforms to the factors which have been considered to make for

conspicuousness. ‘Table III. shows the distribution of this second

type of pattern. At a short distance the central patterned area

will become blended and give rise to a light grey tone, and the

insect then has an appearance similar to the type first considered.

As before, it can be seen that out of 18 genera, 7 are protected

and 7 mimic: in this case, therefore, the conspicuous pattern

is accounted for in the case of 14 out of the 18 genera; 4 remain

unaccounted for. It is noteworthy that in all cases the sexes are

alike.

Tasxe IIT.

| | } |

® .

use

| | | | Ec

~ 6 5 | | | te, 5 =

Family. Subfamily. Genus. fe hu ney ae ems

| | Be reas) ese ay t=

| litres oS a | Sos Ish

| Penis) 2 ae sel

| [=e A RB ae

Nymphalidz. | EKupleine. TEOMEDG 00 cha 008 800 ests ee eXeotl |

Tirwmala ......... Wecoliane eso

| IETORE teonan acopoe OX xX

Parantica......... XG 2X |

Caduga ... 1.021... oe 2S |) on |

Satyrine. | Orinoma ......... | xX] | xX

Elymniine. | Melynias ......... | x x

Nymphaline. | Hestina............ “98: jf ono] 2S" x

Parhestina ...... Bis lattes os | xX |

Neurosigma ...... | xX || | 38

Penthema ......... | | Xx jf x

Calinagine. | Calinaga ......... | &< |

Papilionide. Papilionine. | Cadugoides Are | X || ex |

Paranticopsis ... x | x

Pieridee. Pierine. | Metaporia ...... sos gta eR [Poa |

DY ATER eiseaearate Penton ll ace Ito als

Prioneris ......... mies |X FER OOM

Eroniine. Pareronia ...... | | x Gilt same ils ons

SS || oe eos | fe |

3 | 8 | 18 Farolan tape coat) retiree lla

| \ |

Conspicuous pattern combined with an absence of secondary

sexual dimorphism is so frequently associated with a protected

species, that-attention must be drawn to the fact that some of

the unaccounted-for genera in both tables may be protected

genera, although not mentioned as such in the work consulted.

Finally, all the insects which are mentioned by Moore as being

either protected by ill-flavour or mimicked by other species, are

briefly considered in order to see whether or not they present

PATTERNS CONSPICUOUS IN NATURE. 415:

patterns which experimcnts have shown must be conspicuous in

Nature *,

Text-fig. 19 shows their patterns. No. 3 is like Salatura, a

stage between the first and second types. There is, however, an

absence of a defined dark margin to the hind wings, the margins.

are not scalloped, and the pattern does not interrupt the margin,

though it approaches near to it; it thus presents some of the

characters making for conspicuousness.

Text-figure 19. _

“se

Types of all the genera mentioned in ‘ Lepidoptera Indica’ as being “ protected”

beyond those already given in text-figs. 17 & 18.

1. Hestia. 2. Menama. 8. Piecarda. 4. Bimbisara. 5. Calliplea. 6. Con-

dochates & Neptis. 7. Euplea & Pademna. 8. Stictoploea. 9. Penoa &

Crastia. 10. Cynitia. 11. Danisepa (the dark tone of this imsect should

be darker). 12. Isamia. 18. Stabrobates. 14. Libythea (? protected). 165.

Hrgolis.

Nos. 2, 5, 7, 8, 9, and 12 are conspicuous in so far as they

present a large, dark, unpatterned area; their margins are not

scalloped or interrupted by pattern ; the marginal spots, when

* Mimicry within the Papilionine is only referred to once in an indefinite

manner.

416 DR. J. C. MOLTRAM ON

present, would, however, tend to mask the outline. As to whether

or not these insects are conspicuous in Nature must depend upon

the tone of the backgrounds against which they are commonly to

be seen; if the backgrounds be light in tone they would be

conspicuous insects, but if the insects lived in dark forests, for

instance, they would not be especially conspicuous.

No. 17 is similar to the last except that both wings present a

large white patch which must make the insect more conspicuous.

The patch on the fore wing interrupts the anterior margin and

must therefore have the opposite effect.

No. 10 presents a black-centre white-margin pattern which, as

has been seen, is almost as conspicuous as the white-centre black-

margin pattern.

Nos. 4, 6, 13, & 14 present patterns which do not interrupt

the margin but, instead, follow it; there are three central bands

or rows of spots which are srmomadal by black, and the margins

of the wings are not scalloped, thus several factors making for

conspicuousness are present.

In no. 7 the pattern everywhere interrupts the margin, and the

margin of the wing is not scalloped. The pattern is not therefore

a conspicuous one, * the general tone of the insect is light and the

wing-expanse large ; thus, i in spite of an inconspicuous pattern,

the insect might be conspicuous if its natural environment were

of dark tone—if, for instance, 1t were a forest insect. It may be

noted that another species of the same genus (see text-fig. 20, 4)

presents a typical conspicuous pattern.

No. 15 presents no character making for conspicuousness; the

margin is somewhat scalloped, the pattern interrupts the margins,

the insect, as drawn, is coloured a middle brown with a darker

line pattern, and is mimicked by Rohana parisatis. With the

exception of this genus and Hestia, the patterns of these pro-

tected or mimicked insects all show one or more characters

which make for conspicuousness, and present patterns much less

perfectly conspicuous than the two types first dealt with. The

first type conforms very closely to the pattern which experimental

consideration indicates must be the most conspicuous. Even the

larger proportion of black to white tone in the pattern conforms ;

as the backgrounds in Nature are for the most part dark rather

than light in tone, so there should be a greater proportion of

white to black in the pattern. It is not possible to show why

less perfect types are to be found; perhaps they present a stage

in the evolution of the conspicuous patterns, or that for some

reason a more perfect pattern is not required by these insects.

‘On referring to text-figs. 17 and 18 it can be seen that the

mimicking species present patterns which are not so perfect as

the models. Acidalia, for instance, could with justice be removed

from the first series.

As a contrast to these patterns four inconspicuous patterns are

shown in text-fig. 20, q, 2, 3,5; it can be seen that in three the

margin is scalloped; in nos. 7 and 3 the pattern interrupts the

PATTERNS CONSPICUOUS IN NATURE. 417

anterior and lateral margins; in no. 9 it interrupts the anterior

margin. In no. 2 the pattern of eye-spots and irregular bands

is confined to the outer margins of the wings, whereas the rest

of the wings is of an even dull tone (brown); in nos. 7, 3, and 5

the pattern is likewise more or less confined to the margins,

leaving the centre of the wings plain; in no. / the outer margin

is fringed by outstanding scales which cause the margin to.

appear indistinct. Unprotected butterflies show, as a rule, one

or other of these and other characters which cause their outlines

to blend into their surroundings, the pattern is confined to the

wing margins and it interrupts the margin, and the margin is.

Text-figure 20.

Insects with inconspicuous patterns.

1. Pontia daplidice Q. 2. Anadebis himachala 6. 3. Lethe neelgheriensis 2.

4. Hestia hadenii 2. 5. Pazala sikkima 2. 6. Hestia malabarica 2.

scalloped. On the other hand, those insects which have been

considered to present conspicuous patterns show none of these

characters: their outlines are not scalloped, their patterns are

not especially confined to the margin and do not interrupt the

margin.

Finally, it may be said that whilst the inconspicuous pattern

of insects conceals their outline, the silhouette of an insect

against its surroundings (the patterns may or may not mimic the

backgrounds), the conspicuous pattern accentuates the margin.

418 DR. J. C. MOTTRAM ON

CoNcLUDING REMARKS.

Many experiments and observations have shown that the

patterns and coloration of animals are related to their environ-

ment; such terms as Protective Resemblance, Obliterative

Shading, etc., indicate the lines of research along which know-

ledge has been acquired, and which is conveniently condensed in

the following table by Prof. Poulton. The basis of this classifi-

cation is a resemblance, or otherwise, of the animal’s coloration

to its natural background. Further differentiation is achieved

TABLE LV.

A. Apatetic colours = colours resembling some part of environment.

(1) Cryptic (a) procryptic = protective resemblance.

(6) anticryptic = aggressive resemblance.

(2) Pseudo-sematic = false signalling.

(a) pseudo-sematic = protective mimicry.

(6) pseudo-episematic = aggressive mimicry or alluring.

B. Sematic colours = signalling colours.

(1) Aposematic = warning.

(2) Episematic = recognition marks.

by division according to the utility or function which this re-

semblance, or the reverse, has. These functions have to do with

the escape from enemies, the procuring of food, and recognition

by members of the same and other species. It follows that the

patterns of animals must be closely related to the visual percep-

tion of their enemies, their prey, and their friends. A classifica-

tion from this point of view would seem, therefore, to be the

most natural, and the following table was therefore prepared.

TABLE V.

pees ie for the absorption of Light Rays:

| ai ene f for the absorption of Heat Rays:

eBence Duro nS, Excretory products ete.

| other animals :

| to the eyes of _ * 5 NO.

| enemies = protective coloration.

Inconspicuous | PRs ae Teer ae Io tee ae

| to other 0 nhereyes of = aggressive coloration.

| c : prey —

| animals : A

| totheeyesof _ 5

Colour | laa a friends fae

and 1€ ee (1 ann =i eit ae

| perception o : cain 3 3

Pattern. Bikes aaa to the eyes of _ attr acting and repelling.

enemies and warning coloration.

| Conspicuous | tothe eyes of _ to allure prey as in

| boreune: rey - Mantid

| animals : prey : S

to the eves of _ social signals,

| friends ~ sexual signals.

PATTERNS CONSPICUOUS IN NATURE. 419

If the consideration of pattern from this aspect be of value, then

an experimental analysis carried out with artificial patterns and

the human eye must be a sound foundation for the study of the

subject, at any rate, as regards the visual perception of mammals,

provided the human eye is not widely different from that of

mammals as a whole. The results of this line of investigation

show that patterns of animals will bear such an intense study,

and indicate that many details of pattern may be of value

although they have, up to the present, and on negative evidence,

been considered to be unrelated to the visual perception of their

own and other species. ,

In view of the fact that sight is a most valuable organ of

perception, and therefore a most powerful weapon in the struggle

for existence, it follows that a study of pattern from this point

of view is likely to throw light on some of the important problems

of Nature.

Bake. stench: ne tad kine os

; i r. Ihe io ct

: € 4

| nile Os

eke A fet ; ) woh ey Ee Ag

489 ei By Mirah NAR ve

yh ; F

ae MepW He Nap ti fi FLEE

altar: Ral Goitaile

EPL Ta Bieta!

MISS DOROTHEA BATE ON FOSSIL VERTEBRATES. 42]

14. Ona small Collection of Vertebrate Remains from the

Har Dalam Cavern, Malta; with Note on a new

species of the genus Cygnus. By Dorotuma M. A.

Batt, Hon.M.B.0.U.*

[Received April 14,1916: Read May 9, 1916. ]

(Text-figures 1 & 2.)

INDEX.

Systematic : Page

OMG DES CHOWBUTD, 30s Ts sein ococedoahoos seneda oodsannoobboonsssccossooee LA

The researches of Spratt and Leith Adams, and later those of

Dr. Cooke and Mr. Tagliaferro, on the extinct fauna of the

Pleistocene cave-deposits and fissures of Malta have already

yielded a rich harvest. The excavations of the two former

extended over a long period. Dr. Leith Adams, for instancef

spent six years in the island, a great part of this time being

devoted to investigating its cave and fissure depositst. That

there is still scope for yet further research is shown by a col-

lection lately sent for examination to the British Museum

(Nat. Hist.) by the Curator of the Malta Museum. This task

was very kindly entrusted to the present writer by Dr. A.

Smith Woodward, F.R.S.

The literature dealing with the subject is very scattered, and

the records extend over a great number of years. Therefore,

before making a few observations suggested by a study of this

collection, it has been thought useful to workers on the paleeon-

tology of the Mediterranean Region to give as complete a list as

possible of the vertebrates of which remains have been obtained

from the Pleistocene of Malta. Leith Adams published a similar

list in 18774, but this contains a record of only twenty-one

species, although Hlephas falconert and Myoxus cartei are in-

eluded. It is gratifying to find that this number has since been

nearly doubled, although no extensive systematic excavations

have been carried on.

List oF SPECIES.

MAMMALIA.

1. Ursus arctos (¢) Linn.

2. Vulpes sp.

3. Canis sp. (size of C. lupus).

4. Leithia melitensis Leith Adams sp.

* Communicated by Dr. A. SmitH WoopwarpD, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S.

+ Nat. Hist. & Archzol. of Nile Valley and Maltese Islands, Edinburgh, 1870.

+ Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxxiii. 1877, pp. ee —“On gigantic land-

tortoises’. _ trom the Ossiferous Caverns of Malta . . together with a list of their

fossil fauna.”

Proc. Zan, Soc.—1916, No. XXVIII, 28

422, MISS DOROTHEA BATE ON

5. Hliomys sp.

6. Arvicola amphibius Linn.

he » pratensis Baillon.

8. Hqwus sp.

9. Cervus dama (¢) Linn.

10 ., elaphus var. barbarus Bennet.

11. Hippopotamus pentlandi Meyer.

12. % melitensis Forsyth Major.

13. Hlephas mnaidriensis Leith Adams.

14, » melitensis Falconer.

AVES.

15. Strix melitensis Lydekker.*

16. Hutolmaétus fasciatus Vieiil. sp.

17. Gyps melitensis Lydekker.t

18. Anser sp.

19. Branta leucopsis Bechst. sp.

? 20. », bernicla Linn. sp.

21. Cygnus faleonert Parker.

22. >» musicus Bechst.

23. » equitwm, sp. n.

24, t, MRSD:

25. Anas sp.

26. Marmaronetta angustirostris Ménétr. sp.

27. Columba melitensis Lydekker.*

28. Grus melitensis Lydekker. f

29. Otis tarda Linn. sp.

30. Tetrax sp.

REPTILIA AND BATRACHTIA.

31. Testudo robusta Leith Adams.

a2. » spratti Leith Adams.

Sion » robustissima 'Tagliaferro.

34. Lutremys europea Gray.

35. Lacerta sp. .

36. Batrachia undetermined.

Besides the above, remains of several domesticated species have

been recorded by Dr. Smith Woodward from the Har Dalam

Cavern, from which rude pottery has also been obtained in soine

quantity =.

I have omitted from my list both Hlephas falconert of Busk

and Myoxus carter of Leith Adams. The specimens described

under the former name seem hardly sufficiently distinct to be

separated from H. melitensis, to which species they were re-

ferred by Lydekker. The same author also pointed out that

* Cat. Foss. Birds in Brit. Mus. 1891, pp. 13, 124.

+ Proc. Zool. Soc. 1890, pp. 404, 408.

{ See Ashby, Zammit & Despott in ‘Man,’ Jan. & Feb. 1916, vol. xvi. Nos. 1 & 2.

FOSSIL VERTEBRATES. 423

MM. cartei was evidently a synonym of Leithia melitensis; he

further showed that the mandibular ramus figured by Leith

Adams as that of a young specimen of Leithia is undoubtedly

that of an Hliomys.

The occurrence of Arvicola amphibius and A. pratensis is given

‘on the authority of Leith Adams, and I do not know if any

specimens have been preserved. It ought to be mentioned that

Dr. Caruana reported having found a portion of a lower jaw of a

Hyeena in the island of Gozo.

So far as I am aware no thorough investigation has been made

of the present-day mammalian fauna of the island, but it would

seem to be but poorly represented in species, for Sir John Murray

enumerates the indigenous mammalia as follows :—‘ The rabbit,

weasel, hedgehog, Norway rat, species of mice, and bats” *.

T should like to take this opportunity of recording my grateful

thanks to Dr. A. Smith Woodward, F.R.S., to Dr. C. W. Andrews,

F.R.S., and to Mr. W. P. Pycraft, for kind help and for giving

me every facility for studying the remains of fossil and recent

birds in the National Collection.

The Remains from the Har Dalam Cavern.

The small collection under notice was obtained from the

Har Dalam Cavern, and the adherent matrix shows that the

‘Specimens were embedded in a layer of red eave-earth. They

are rather fragmentary, but a comparatively large number of

Species are represented and range from a small Hlephas to the

extinct rodent Leithia. Most numerous of all are the avian

remains, which include those of a hitherto undescribed swan and

several other species not previously recorded as occurring in a

fossil condition an the island. It will be remembered that

Dr. Cooke had already carried out some investigations in this

cave, the chief results of which have been described by him and

Dr. Smith Woodward 7.

MAMMALIA.

Of mammals, there are examples of four species only, two of

which call for no special notice here, for Hlephas melitensis is

represented by a scaphoid onty, and Cervus elephus barbarus by a

metatarsus and a phalanx. The remaining two are Leithia

melitensis and a small species of Hqguwus, the specimens of which

each show some points of interest.

Leithia.—A small number of rather fragmentary remains

of Leithia are included in the collection. A few of these

agree in size with the larger corresponding specimens in the

British Museum Collection, but the others are so very much

larger that they almost suggest the existence of a second species,

though it behoves one to be careful with regard to size alone

* Scottish Geog. Mag. vol. vi. 1890, p. 453.

+ Proc. Roy. Soc. vol. liv. 1893, pp. 274-288.

28*

A494 MISS DOROLHEA BATE ON.

as a character, more especially when dealing with island forms,

if island form this be.

One specimen shows very distinctly the distal joining of the

tibia and fibula which, according to Weber *, is an important.

character distinguishing the Myomorpha from the Sciuro-

morpha in which these two bones are only joined proximally.

Lydekker 7, on the other hand, attached little weight to this

point, although admitting that a distal union is unknown among

living Sciuromorphs. Unfortunately, there is not yet sufficient.

material available to settle definitely the question of the syste-

matic position of the genus, though the latter author was

probably correct in suggesting that Leithia constituted a separate

family, Leithiidee. This view is strengthened by the fact that.

two further species of Zetthia, not yet described, have been

discovered by the writer in the cave-deposits of the Balearic

Islands. This greatly extends the known range of the genus,

which is, no doubt, another representative of the ‘‘ Tyrrhenian ”

fauna preserved in the Pleistocene deposits of the islands of the

western Mediterranean region.

Through the courtesy of Mr. J. Wilfrid Jackson I have been

able to examine an imperfect left mandibular ramus of a small

species of fox from the Pleistocene of Malta, belonging to the

collection of the Manchester Museum. So far as I am aware, no

fox is found in the island at the present day, and still further

interest is given to this specimen in that this occurrence of a

small carnivore for which Lezthia would appear to be a suitable

prey, suggests that the abundance and tendency towards an

increase in size in the rodent can only be explained by the theory

that it was at any rate more or less arboreal in habit. That it

was not highly specialised for a fossorial mode of life is shown

by the shape of the skull and the curvature of the incisors f.

Equus.—Finds of Equus-remains in the Pleistocene cave and

fissure deposits of Malta have been very few up to the present,

and, so far as I am aware, none has been recorded from the other

islands of the Mediterranean, though their occurrence in the

Genista Cave, Gibraltar, has been noted by Dr. Hugh Falconer

in his list of species from that locality §. Further work in this

region will probably yield other finds of a similar kind.

The present collection includes a left upper pm. 2, which is

believed to be that of a small horse, for its crown pattern shows

the small enamel-fold described as fold 5 (“ pli caballin)” by Prof.

H. F. Osborn, who considers its presence a means of distinguishing

molars of Z. caballus from those of #. asinus ||. It imdicates an

animal of about the size of a New Forest pony. The greatest.

* “Die Saugethiere,’ Jena, 1904, p. 489.

+ Proc. Zool. Soc. 1895, p. 862, footnote.

+ I am indebted to Mr. M. A. C. Hinton for information kindly given me on

this point. :

§ Pal. Mem. vol. ii. p. 555, London 1868.

|| Osborn, H. F., “The continuous origin of certain unit characters as observed

by a Palwontologist,” Harvey Lectures, Ser. 1911-12, pp. 200-1, fig. 8.

FOSSIL VERTEBRATES. 425

height of the specimen is 63 mm., the antero-posterior width

30 mm., and the thickness 21 mm. Perhaps its chief interest

les in its association with remains of one of the small elephants

and those of a large chelonian, thus showing definitely for

the first time the contemporaneity of the Hqwuws-remains

with the rest of the extinct Pleistocene fauna of the island.

For Leith Adams wrote that he had no evidence of such a

contemporaneity ; and, further, an imperfect metacarpus, pre-

viously obtained from the Har Dalam Cavern, was found in a

superficial layer, and included with remains of man, domestic

animals, and rude pottery*. This last example, now in the

British Museum Collection, consists of the proximal half only of

the metacarpus, the greatest diameter of the articular surface

being 38 mm.; it is a somewhat stouter bone than one in the

collection of the Manchester Museum. Mr. J. Wilfrid Jackson

has made some interesting notes on this last specimen which he

very kindly placed at my disposal, and which I feel I cannot do

better than quote in full :—

“The Manchester Museum possesses a short and extremely

slender adult metacarpal bone of an Equine which was found

many years ago in one of the Malta caves associated with

remains of Cervus barbarus, fox and tortoise. In length the

bone measures 160 mm., whilst the width at the middle of

the shaft is only 20°7 mm. (index 7°72). The width of the

distal end = 29 mm.

“The slenderness of the bone is very remarkable. According

to Prof. J. C. Ewart (Proc. Roy. Soc. Edin. xxx. pt. 4, 1910,

p. 291), the cannon bones in fossil and recent Asiatic wild asses

are long and slender, the length of the metacarpal being at least

eight times the width at the middle of the shaft. The index of

the Malta bone is 7°72, and therefore suggestive of ass rather

than horse, as in the latter the index is never more than 7°5.

‘“‘ However, assuming it to belong to horse, it would indicate

an animal of about 10 hands in height (according to Ewart,

op. cit. p. 297, footnote), z.e. slightly higher than a typical

Shetland pony. In a specimen of the latter with a height of

36:5 ins. the metacarpals measured 143 x 25 mm. (jide Ewart).

““T believe the British Museum possesses a metacarpal from

Auvergne (? Pleistocene) which measures 173 x 24 mm. (index

7°20), which would indicate a slender-limbed animal under

11 hands at the withers.

“ Prof. Ewart writes me that he has also a record of a

156 x 25 mm. metacarpal from Seine Inférieure, which means

‘a horse about 9:2 hands.”

AYES.

Owing to its geographical position Malta receives many visitors

on migration, which accounts for the large number of recent

* Proc. Royal Soc. vol. liv. 1893, p. 281.

426 MISS DOROTHEA BATE ON

species recorded from the island, which nowadays has only a very

small indigenous avifauna. Numerous lists of these have been

published ; the latest and most complete is one which appeared

only last year (1915), and was compiled for the Malta University

Museuin of Natural History by M. Giuseppe Despott, Curator

of that Institution. This brings the record down to December

1914, and contains about 50 species not included ia previous lists,

while the total comes to over 300.

As might be expected, avian remains from Malta are far less:

plentiful than those of associated mammals, and an exact deter-

mination is often further hampered by the fragmentary condition.

of many of the specimens, and occasionally by lack of recent

material for comparison. It seems most probable that the birds.

whose remains occur in the cavern deposits were; at least par-.

tially, resident in the island. It is not surprising to find species

represented that nowadays only occur accidentally or on migra-

tion, for the whole character of the extinct Pleistocene fauna of

the island shows that the climate, vegetation, and probably the

extent of the land surface, were very different from those obtaining

at the present day. The fact that anserine birds, including

several extinct species, are so largely represented leads one to-

suppose that they flourished when there were considerable tracts

of low-lying and marsh lands, probably before the final submer-

gence of the land (part of which is now known as the Medina

Bank) which connected Malta with Sicily and formed a northern

extension of the present Tripolitan coast-line.

The present collection includes the distal half of a humerts

believed to be that of the Brent Goose (Granta bernicla), for it

only differs from recent specimens with which it has ‘been com-

pared in being very slightly larger. Other limb-bones appear to-

be those of the Barnacle Goose (B. lewcopsis). The former species

has already been somewhat doubtfully recorded from Malta,

while the writer has obtained remains of the latter from a

Pleistocene fissure in Menorca; at the present day these geese

occur very sparingly in the Mediterranean, and probably then

only on migration.

Remains of several species of Swans have already been obtained

from the Maltese cave-deposits, including the very large extinct

form, Cygnus falconeri, described by Parker *. Of this bird he

wrote (p. 123) that it “was rather generalized in character,

being somewhat of a goose, possessing as he did longer legs and

shorter toes than the typical swans. It would appear, however,

that ...... this bird had its wings of the full relative size: the

immense ulna shows this.” Later, he suggests that ‘“ perhaps he

was altogether more terrestrial,” but I think this was meant as

opposed to swimming habits and did not refer to any loss of

power of flight. The same author (loc. cit.) also described and

figured some specimens believed to represent C. musicus, at the

* Trans. Zool. Soe. vol. vi. pp. 119-124, pl. xxx.

FOSSIL VERTEBRATES. 427

same time suggesting the possibility of there having been remains

of more than these two species of swan in the Zebbug Cave.

A few specimens in the British Museum Collection are said

by Lydekker* to ‘“‘indicate a swan of considerably smaller size

than C. musicus.” None of the remains in the present collection

agrees with these last, and only one phalanx is somewhat doubt-

fully referred to C. falconeri. A left femur wanting the inner

condyle agrees very closely in size and form with the corre-

sponding bone of C. musicus (Brit. Mus. 449 d), and there seems

little doubt that it ought to be referred to this species, which has

already been recorded from Malta both in a fossil state and as an

accidental visitor during severe winters.

The present collection from the Har Dalam Cavern includes a

few remains of an anserine bird, believed to be a small swan,

which it has been impossible to identify with the corresponding

bones of any of the species with which I have been able to com-

pare them, either from Malta or among the recent skeletons in

the osteological collection of the British Museum. With the

small amount of material available it cannot be said definitely

that these specimens all represent a single species, but it is

believed that this is so at any rate in the case of a proximal

portion of a left humerus, a right coracoid, and a right

metacarpus. Besides these, the proximal portions of two ulne

and perhaps a radius might also be included. It is suggested

that this species be known as

CYGNUS EQUITUM, sp. Nn.

Right metacarpus (text-fig. 1).—It is proposed to take this

specimen as the type. It is in a good state of preservation,

but has the distal extremity abraded and the central portion of

the third metacarpal is absent. It is peculiarly interesting on

account of its being relatively very much shorter and stouter

than the corresponding bone of any recent species of swan or

goose with which I have been able to compare it. This character

seems to indicate without much doubt that it belonged to a bird

in which the power of flight was already considerably reduced.

The following measurements, given in millimetres, will show

the comparative size of this bone in the Maltese bird, in two

recent species of swan, and in Tachyeres.

| C. equitum. | C. musicus. C. olor. | Tachyeres.

| |

Greatest length of meta- | |

CATPUS Hence sala Sea | 90 139 137 61

Greatest diameter of shaft of | | ,

second metacarpal ........ ... 8 10% | 10 6

Greatest thickness of proximal :

EVIO MENTO aoa acadce anaccy vos 11 13 Hil 8

* Cat. Foss. Birds in Brit. Mus. 1891, p. 110.

428 MISS DOROTHEA BATE ON

It will be seen from the above that the relative proportions

of this bone in C. eqguitwm and Tachyeres are not very different,

which suggests that, as in the latter, C. eguitwm might have

Text-figure 1.

A. Right metacarpus of Cygnus equitum.

B. Right metacarpus of C. musicus.

Both natural size.

FOSSIL VERTEBRATES. 429

lost its power of flight only when the bird attained its full size

and weight. In Zuchyeres the young are said to be able to fly *

In the large extinct Cnremiornis calcitrans it is not only this

bone which had been enormously reduced but likewise the other

bones of the wing, while the keel of the sternum had almost

completely disappeared ; whereas in Tachyeres, although there is

already some reduction in the size of the ulna and radius, the

sternum appears to be normal.

Text-figure 2

A. Proximal portion of left humerus of Cygnus equitum.

B. Right coracoid of C. equitum.

Both natural size.

Compared with that of C. olor, the metacarpus from Malta is

relatively a very much shorter and stouter bone; also the third

metacarpal is separated from the second for a comparatively

much shorter distance, causing the articular ends to be more

massive. ‘The first metacarpal is in keeping with the rest of

the bone, being large and stout. The proximal articular surface

is much flatter than in either C. olor or C. musicus owing to the

pre-axial border being less raised. ‘lhe comparative proportions

of this bone perhaps approach, on the whole, more nearly to

those of C. musicus, which, judging from the skeletons which

* Owen, “On Cnemiornis,’ Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. ix. 1875, p. 266.

430 "MISS DOROTHEA BATE ON FOSSIL VERTEBRATES.

I have examined, appears to be a stouter-limbed bird than

C. olor.

Humerus (text-fig. 2.).—The proximal portion of a left

humerus believed to belong to the same species as the above

metacarpus shows a similar characteristic stoutness of build, and

is unlike any specimen with which it has been compared. It is.

actually very much smaller, but in comparative proportions agrees

fairly closely with the corresponding povtion of the humerus of

C. musicus, except that the general outline is squarer and the

head and trochanter are stouter, while the subtrochanteric fossa

is more definitely defined and much deeper, and the groove

separating the head and the trochanter is more deeply excavated.

Coracoid (text-fig. 2B).—A right coracoid is also believed to.

be that of C. equitwm, being of corresponding size and showing

the same general characteristics as the two bones described above.

This specimen is in a good state of preservation, only wanting

the outer portion of its sternal border and the point of the sub-

clavicular process. In comparative proportions it is not unlike

the corresponding bone of C. mwsicus, although its ventral aspect

is rather different owing to the wider base from which the sub-

clavicular process springs and the greater thickness of the ridge

between the head and the main body of the bone. The surfaces

of contact with the sternum are wide and shallow.

Ulna.—The collection includes the proximal portions of a

right and left ulna, which I have been unable to identify with

any recent specimens to which I have had access. They appear

to agree in size and robustness with the limb-bones described

above and are provisionally ascribed to the same species. Their

dorsal aspects show no roughened surfaces for the attachment of

the flight-feathers.

Radius.—The distal portion of a radius with about two-thirds

of the shaft is more doubtfully assigned to this species, as it is

perhaps comparatively rather larger than the two ulne.

Two species of Bustards are represented in the collection by a

few fragmentary remains. Both these species occasionally occur:

as stragglers to the island at the present day, but neither has

been previously recorded in a fossil state.

The distal portion of a right tibio-tarsus and the proximal

portion of a left scapula are referred to Tetrax campestris, while

the distal extremities of two tarso-metatarsi are ascribed to.

Otis tarda, one being that of a male and the other that of a

female bird.

TEMP.-MAJOR H. M. EVANS ON THE STING-RAY. 431i

15. The Poison-Organ of the Sting-Ray (Trygon pastinaca).

By Tempy.-Major H. Murr Evans, M.D. (Lond.),

Ihidelghil(O-(U0e).”

[ Received March 3, 1916: Read April 18, 1916.]

(Text-figures ]-7.)

Part I. HistortcaAL SUMMARY.

The question of the presence of true poison-organs in fish is:

one which has exercised the minds of observers ‘for centuries.

From Aristotle down to the end of the nineteenth century the

presence or absence of a poison-gland in the Sting-Ray has

remained an unrevealed secret, although many observers have

felt convinced that something besides the laceration by its

serrated spines was necessary to cause the pain and inflammation

that resulted from injuries produced by it. Even Bottard, to:

whom I am indebted for most of the early historical literature,

denied the presence of a poison apparatus; and the ‘ Cambridge

Natural History’ merely states (p. 177) that ‘“‘among Hlasmo-

branchs the Hagle-Rays (4 é¢obatis) and Sting-Rays (Zrygon) have

barbed or serrated spines on the tail, which inflict wounds far

more severe than those caused by mere mechanical laceration ;

but, except the mucus secreted by the gland cells of the skin,

which may possess venomous properties, no special poison-forming

glands in connection with the spines are at present known.”

Dr. Antonio Porta contributed a paper on venomous fish to:

the * Anatomischer Anzeiger’ of March 1,1905. “It can be

seen,” he says (p. 235), ‘by what I have quoted above, that until

now it was not known that a poison apparatus existed in the

Trygonide and Mylhiobatide. The barb of the Trygon is almost.

sinilar to that of the Myliobatides, but it is longer and narrower.

The said sting shows the lateral margins deceitfully serrated

with the points turned from the back to the front. According

to Moreau, in a fish of a medium size, the dart is very nearly

-. one quarter of the length of the back, but there is nothing exact.

in its proportion. In nine specimens (7. violacea and [. pasti-

naca) of medium size that I examined, I found that the length

of the dart varied from 8-7 to 12°6 cm. It is renewed every

year of the life of the fish, and since sometimes the new one

sprouts before the old one falls off, we find individual fish armed

with two or, more rarely, three or four stings. If we isolate a

sting and examine it, we observe on the ventral aspect two

grooves on either side of a ridge which become shallow in width

and depth towards the base. In these two grooves the poison-

organs are situated, which penetrate to the deepest part of the

groove and there continue laterally and above into two small

* Communicated by the SECRETARY.

432 TEMP.-MAJOR H. M. EVANS ON

tubes which converge at the base, providing a passage for the

blood capillaries, which supply the connective tissue surrounding

the gland.”

‘“‘On making transverse sections of the sting and putting them

under the microscope, we see that the ventral furrows are

occupied by a glandular mass of a more or less triangular shape

with the corners rounded off. It is composed of a great many -

cells of various sizes and shapes (°2—"4 mm. x 510), often joined

to one another to form true glandular follicles, which measure

“7-15 mm. x 510; the connecting and surrounding tissues are

rich in blood-vessels and communicate with the sheath of the

sting. Towards the apex the gland gets smaller, the cells

become less numerous and smaller and are surrounded by much

connective tissue, with which they gradually merge.”

“This gland is similar to that which is observed in the genus

Scorpena and in the greater number of other poisonous fish. It

should be considered as a cutaneous gland. The dart is merely

an arm of defence. It is united to the tail by strong ligaments

and muscles, which only, however, permit a small lateral move-

ment. The emission of the poison takes place in a very simple

manner. The sting introducing itself into the wound, the sheath

is drawn back towards the base and presses on the gland which

thus emits a poisonous liquid, which flowing towards the narrow

apical groove thus inoculates the wound.”

Part IJ. OBSERVATIONS ON SERIAL SECTIONS.

I am in agreement with Dr. Porta as to the position and

general triangular outline of the gland. I have not personally

examined ie! polson-organ of Sear, pena, but the elongated com-

pressed cells pictured by Bottard in the grooves of the spine of

Scorpena are of the same type as the gland-cells of both

Trachinus draco and vipera, and according to that authority the

poison-gland of Scorpena is a less developed type of the gland

found in the Weevers. Having myself made many sections of

the glands of both the Great and Lesser Weevers, I can state

with assurance that the glandular structure found in Trygon is

of a totally different type: in fact, there are many points in its °

structure of a unique character, and the arrangement of the cells

requires careful examination. The gland consists, for the most

part, of a fine mesh, within the interstices of which are groups of

small cells with a vacuolated protoplasm. ‘These cells are grouped

together in regular follicles.

These follicles in other parts are entirely filled with secretion,

so that you have a cystic appearance, a distended cavity, lined by

a layer of flattened cells. The external margin of this glandular

mass shows a well-marked layer of pigment-cells, and external to

this are several layers of rounded epithelial cells, which, however,

are frequently detached in the sections, as shown in text- fig. 2.

If we could understand the origin and ‘relations to other parts

THE STING-RAY. 433.

of the tissues which occupy the lateral grooves, which for con-

venience and brevity I propose in future to speak of as the

glandular triangle (Porta speaks of it having a triangular shape

in section with the angles rounded off), we must study sections

at the root of the spine or dart, before it separates from the whip-

like tail. With the naked eye one can see a special dark pig-

mented patch on the tail where it opposes the spine, on the

surface of which appears some soft whitish epidermis. More-

over, if we view the spine at this point in profile, we notice that.

Text-figure 1.

sos

Ce)

SSS SN AG

SE <>

: SRS SSS

See S S>

I4 Se

SOS

ESOS SES Se SS SS

0.p.S.

Trygon pastinaca.

Part of gland in groove.

c.c.g. Central canal of groove. e¢.¢. connective tissue. e.g. epithelium of groove.

fg. follicles of gland. o.p.s. osseous part of spine. p./. pigment-layer.

v.a.g. ventral aspect of groove.

the dorsum of the spine becomes free of the epidermis which

has been covering it sooner than the ventral aspect, so that the

dorsum of the spine in this respect is somewhat similar to the

nail on a man’s finger. The epidermis ends rather abruptly on

the dorsum, while, on the other hand, the dentate margin and

the lateral grooves between it and the ventral ridge separate:

gradually from the tail, the last part to become free being the

ventral ridge. On either side there is a gradual invagination

of ectoderm between the tail and the glandular triangle, this.

434 TEMP.-MAJOR H. M. EVANS ON

invagination becoming deeper as one traces it posteriorly.

Microscopically, one can observe that this invagination is carried

out by a specialised portion of epithelium. Where the spine

begins to separate, the flattened epidermal layer and mucous

-cells covering the tail are replaced by a layer of columnar cells

Text-figure 2.

Trygon pastinaca.

Portion of gland of groove, showing follicles full of secreting cells,

and central canal empty.

e.c. Central canal or duct (empty). c¢.¢. connective tissue. d.g. ducts of gland.

Fg. follicles of gland. m.f. muscle-fibres. 2.c.c. nipple of central canal.

0.p.s. Osseous portion of spine.

with superimposed layers of rounded cells, resting on a basement-

membrane in which is a layer of large deeply pigmented cells.

This peculiar layer of epithelial tissue gradually grows inwards,

i.e., towards the middle line on either side, and inserts itself

-between the tissues occupying the grooves and the tail.

THE. STING-RAY. 435

Text-figure a

Trygon pastinaca.

Lateral view of spine, with diagrammatic sections at A, B.

e. Canals. d. tooth. g. glandular tissue. 7.s.e. invagination of specialised

epithelium. m.v.7. median ventral ridge... pigment-layer.

Text-figure 4,

Trygon pastinaca.

Half-section of spine separating from tail, showing invagination of specialised

epithelium and pigment-layer.

ec. Cartilage. d.m.s. dentate margin of spine. e.¢. ordinary epithelium of tail,

m.f.t. muscle-fibres of tail. 0.p.s. osseous portion of spine. — s.e.z, special

epithelium of invagination. ¢.g. tissue of groove. #.¢. tendon of tail.

436 TEMP.-MAJOR H. M. EVANS ON

The tissue of the triangle at this stage consists of the fibrous

tissue which precedes the formation of bone ; the pigmented layer

and the round cells in this way extend over the tissue of the

groove, and the actual separation of the spine from the tail is

accomplished by a division of the round-celled epithelium, so that

when the separation is complete there is a pigment-layer covering

the glandular triangle covered with several layers of epithelium,

and a similar pigment-layer with epithelial covering facing it on

the dorsal surface of the tail.

Text-figure 5.

Trygon pastinaca.

A. Transverse section of spine near base.

B. Lateral canal and nipple. Canal full.

Cees bs s Canal emptying.

e.c. Central canal. d.m. dentate margin. fig. follicles of gland. g.¢. glandular tissue.

1.6. lacune of bone. l.c. lateral canal. m.r. median ridge. 1.l.c. nipple of

lateral canal. s. secretion.

The pigment-layer may also be observed to dip into the trian-

gular area, and carries with it these rounded cells.

If we now examine more carefully the secreting tissue of the

glandular triangle, we notice throughout the length of the

groove, but more markedly near its base, two definite rounded

THE STING-RAY. 437

cavities, occupied by a mass of homogeneous yellow material

staining yellow by Van Giesen’s method. These cavities tend

throughout the whole series of sections to arrange themselves

into two ducts or canals, one lying near the centre of the gland or

towards the ridge, and the other lying towards the lateral

margin in the direction of the teeth. The follicles seem to

empty themselves either into one canal or the other. As each

duct or canal becomes filled with secretion it bulges the pigment-

layer so as to make it protrude externally. On the peripheral

margin of the lateral canal this bulge is surmounted by a curious

nipple-shaped projection which appears throughout the whole

series of sections, at times distended, at times empty and flattened.

Some of the sections show the nipple discharging a fluid from its

Text- figure 6.

Trygon pastinaca.

A-C. Series of sections progressively diminishing towards tip.

em. Elongated nipple. e.n.2. the same enlarged (note bulbous tip containing

secretion). J.c. lateral canal. m.c. canal of median ridge (r.). _ s.f. secreting

filaments. s.f.l. the same enlarged.

tip, and one feels convinced that these sections actually show

the secretion from the lateral canal being discharged externally.

Towards the tip of the spine, where the groove is smaller, the

nipple is prolonged into a filamentous tube.

By counting the sections in series and observing the presence

or absence of a nipple-like projection from the lateral canal, one

is able to estimate approximately the size of these projections.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1916, No. XXIX. 29

438 TEMP.-MAJOR H. M. EVANS ON

A nipple will extend for °3—4 mm., and there is then a gap of

about °2 mm. until the next nipple appears on the lateral canal.

In this way the dentate margin is moistened with secretion, and

as the teeth lacerate the tissue of the victim the poison becomes

inoculated in the wound. Towards the tip of the spine there is

little glandular tissue: the central canal divides into two or more

channels, and the secretion is discharged by means of a canal, of

which there are two on either side, a laterai canal near the base

of the teeth, and a canal resting on the margin of the median

ridge where it looks towards the lateral groove.

Text-figure 7.

[Looe

7 (2S SS

é ee Ss 4 p

KC OR S_

= —————— — UBD Paawo > aS:

—$—$<$__—_—_—__— =

2 lb EO

SFL. Da

Zhe ==SRES

Trygon pastinaca.

Diagram of portion of spine to show scheme of canals and relations of

nipples and filaments.

e.c. Central canal. 7. canal of ridge. f.g. follicles of gland. J.c. lateral canal.

mr. median ridge. ./.c. nipples of lateral canal. s.f. secreting filaments.

é. tooth pointing forwards.

It is here that these lateral canals give off the hollow filamentous

tubes, which project towards each other and are of such length

that the two make a bridge across the lateral groove. They

THE STING-RAY. 439

terminate by an orifice which is curiously pigmented, and some

sections show the secretion issuing from the tip.

The number of these secreting filaments varies, and apparently

they are provided in order to carry the poison to the tip of the

dart, where the glandular tissue no longer is present. The

width of a filament is from 2 to 5 mm.

It should be mentioned that in one spine of the three of

which I have sections, there is a well-marked nipple projecting

from the central canal near the base (see text-fig. 2), and the

canal can be seen surrounded by a layer of muscular fibres.

A diagram of this arrangement of glandular tissue, central and

lateral Gals, nipples ancl secreting filaments, is given in text-

fig. 7; it is purely diagrammatic, and does not give Sconul any pre-

tence of accuracy the actual relative size of the nipples compared

with the teeth of the dentate margin.

In concluding this account of the microscopic anatomy of the

spine, I must mention with gratitude the help I have received

from Dy. Stuart McDonald, of the University of Durham, whose

laboratory assistant, Mr. Perey Landreth, took the micro-

photographs from which several of the illustrations have been

prepared, and who gave me much technical help.

I must also mention the kindness of Mr. C. Tate Regan, of the

British Museum (Natural History), in looking at my sections, in

giving me references to the literature on the subject, and making g

suggestions as to the form this paper should take.

IT must also thank those members of the Board of Agriculture

and Fisheries, including Mr. Borley, for the help they have given

me in obtaining specimens.

In conclusion, I would add that my investigations began in

1911, and were undertaken in ignorance of the work of Dr. Porta,

who, so far as I can ascertain, was the first to describe the gland

of the groove in the spine of 7rygon.

Summary of the evidence that the gland is really a poison-

organ :—

i. That the nature of the wounds produced are not such as

would happen after a simple laceration ;

ii. that the symptoms of acute pain and inflammation are

similar to the symptoms produced by the stings of the

other venomous fish, particularly the weever ;

il. that the staining reactions of the secretion are similar to

the staining reactions of the poison of Trachinus draco ;

iv. the observations of Dr. Lo Bianco quoted by Dr. Porta.

The observations of Dr. Lo Bianco are very interesting. He

himself saw a young man become extremely pale and fall down

almost senseless for a few minutes, from having received only a

very small puncture while he was in the act of passing a Zrygon

weighing 3 kg. from one person to another. Besides which he

also relates the following most interesting fact. In the month of

29*

440) TEMP.-MAJOR H. M. EVANS ON THE STING-RAY.

September there were in the great tank of the Aquarium of the

Zoological Station of Naples four Zrygon violacea and three

Thalassochelys caretta. One of the Trygons died, and on examin-

ing it he found that the sting was broken and entirely gone.

After a few days one of the 7alassochelys would not eat any

more, unlike the others who ate with great appetite, and re-

mained in a corner of the tank: it lived thus for four days and

died on the fifth. On examining it he found the sting of the

Trygon buried quite 6 cm. under its right fin, piercing only the

skin and muscles; in the part where the sting was buried the

tissue was of a violet colour. The wound was about 3 to 4 em.

in length and breadth, and contained a putrid liquid with a most

offensive smell.

The results of this investigation show :—

1. The origin of the gland from a special layer of epithelium

starting at the root of the spine.

. That the secreting tissue consists of regular follicles with

ducts and central and lateral canals.

i. That the secretion is discharged by means of nipples or

filaments projecting from the canals.

iv. That there is a layer of muscular tissue surrounding the

central canal.

Works consulted.

1. Borrarn’s “‘ Les Poissons venimeux,” 1889.

2. Kopert’s ‘ Giftfische und Fischgifte,” 1902.

3. Porra’s paper in the “ Anatomischer Anzeiger,” xxvi.

1905.

4. Catmertr’s ‘‘ Les Venins,” 1907.

5. Cambridge Natural History, Fishes, 1904.

There are full bibliographies in Bottard’s work and in Porta’s

paper.

MR. E. T. NEWLON ON A BLACK HARE, 44]

HXHIBITIONS AND NOTICES.

March 2ist, 1916.

Dr. 5S. F. Harmer, M.A., F.R.S., Vice-President,

in the Chair.

The Secrerary read the following report on the Additions

to the Society's Menagerie during the month of February,

1916 :—

The number of registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie

during the month of February was 36. Of these 30 were

acquired by presentation, 5 were received on deposit, and 1

by purchase.

The number of departures during the same period, by death

and removals, was 145,

Amongst the additions special attention may be directed

WO) ==

1 Preuss’s Cercopitheque (Cercopithecus preussi), from the

Cameroons, presented by Major Sir George Noble, Bart., F.Z.8.,

on February 21st.

1 Korin Gazelle (Gazella rufifrons), from the Soudan, presented

by Capt. William Dyer, on February 24th.

Mr. EK. T. Newton, F.R.S., F.Z.S., exhibited the pelt and bones

of a Black Hare, for which he was under obligation to Mr. G. F.

Brooke of Leadenhall Market, who had received it with a large

consignment of Brown Hares from Siberia; but, unfortunately,

the locality was not known. This hare is of small size and with

short rabbit-hke ears.- The head and back are black excepting

only a small white spot on the forehead ; and towards the sides

there are numerous long hairs with white tips. Lower down

upon the sides the fur becomes tawny and passes into white

underneath. All the feet, but especially the hinder ones, have

light brown hair up the upper parts.

The skull and limb bones show characters agreeing with those

of the hare; but in size the animal was intermediate between

our common hare and the rabbit.

Mr. D. M.S. Watson, F.Z.8., gave an account of some obser-

vations he had made on the habits and life-history of Platypus

and Hehidna.

449 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON THE

The Alisphenoid Canal in Civets and Hycnas.

Mr. R. I. Pocock, F.R.S., F.L.S., F.Z.S., Curator of Mammals,

gave an exhibition, illustrated by lantern-slides, to show some

points connected with the alisphenoid canal in the Viverride *

and Hyznide, and remarked :—

“Asis well known, the alisphenoid canal is always absent in

the Felide (text-fig. 1, A). In the Viverride, on the contrary,

it is nearly always present, although it is never found in the

Masearene genera Galidia, Galidictis, and Salanoia (text-fig. 1, B),

forming the subfamily Galidictine, and may be present or absent

in Cynogale (Cynogaline) and Hupleres (Kuplerine), two aberrant

genera of Viverride. By Mivart, Flower, and authors inspired

by them, it is also stated to be variable in its occurrence in

Viverri aie a genus closely related to Viverra and Genetta, in

which it is always present.

“ Hxamination of the skulls of Cynogale and Hupleres shows

conclusively that the absence of this canal, when it is absent, is

due to suppression, complete or partial, of its external bony wall.

Nevertheless, when this wall is unossified in these forms, the

channel marking the course of the external carotid artery is very

apparent. This bony wall is also so short in some Mongooses,

e. g. Crossarchus, that a comparatively slight defect in ossification

would convert the canal into an open channel, such as is seen some-

times in Cynogale and Hupleres. In Crossarchus (text-fig. 1, C, D),

Cynogale, and Hupleres, moreover, the foramen rotundum opens

alongside the anterior orifice of the alisphenoid canal into the

posterior part of the temporal fossa close to the sphenoidal fissure

(foramen lacerum anticwm). In the Galidictine the foramen

rotundwum oecupies precisely the same position with regard to

the sphenoidal fissure. This part of the skull in Galidictis, for

example, bears a close resemblance to that of Crossarchus, except

that there is no trace whatever of the alisphenoid canal. Never-

theless, the general likeness alluded to suggests that the absence

of the canal in Galidictis may be due to the complete suppression

of its outer wall (text-fig. 1, B).

‘This interpretation seems to be the one that is currently

accepted ; and since no alternative has, so far as I am aware,

been sugcested, it may be assumed that the same explanation

has been “tacitly extended to those specimens of Viverricula in

which the canal has been described as absent (text-fig.1, KE). The

statement, however, that the canal is absent in that genus is not

true. It is in reality present, its apparent absence being due to

the closure of its posterior orifice and not to the imperfection of

its outer wall.

“ Justification for this view rests upon the following facts :—

“The orifice, lying alongside the sphenoidal fase in .Viver-

ricula, which Flower would doubtless have called the foramen

rotundum, is 1m reality the anterior end of the alisphenoid canal,

which, when complete, opens posteriorly by a small aperture just

™* The term Viverride is here used, without prejudice, in the sense in which

Flower and Miyart and their successors employed it.

ALISPHENOID CANAL IN CIVETS AND: HYZNAS. 443

Text-figure 1.

_ Left cranial foramina of Felis with zygoma cut away. 1. optic foramen ;

2. sphenoidal fissure (foramen lacerum anticum) ; 3. foramen rotundum

4. foramen ovale; A.J. auditory meatus.

. The same of Galidictis.

“Phe same of Crossarchus. al.’ anterior, and al.2 posterior orifice of alisphe-

noid canal with bristle passed through it.

_ The same with outer wall of alisphenoid canal (a/s.) cut away.

_ The same of Viverricula with posterior orifice of canal closed.

- The same with outer wall of canal cut away to show foramen yotundum (8)

opening into posterior end of canal.

_ The same of Genefta, showing the complete alisphenoid canal concealing the

foramen yotundum.

The same with the outer wall of the canal cut away, exposing the foramen

rotundum opening into it.

444 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON THE

in front of the foramen ovale. When this aperture is absent, the

presence of the canal may be demonstrated by cutting away its

outer wall backwards from its anterior orifice. The true foramen

rotundwm will then be revealed perforating the cranial floor at

the posterior end of the canal a little in advance of the foramen

ovale on the admedian side (text-fig. 1, F). Hence in Viverricula

the OP amen rotundun opens into the alisphenoid canal, or, if the

term ‘canal’ be inadmissible for a tube closed at one end, into

the alisphenoid tube representing the canal.

“Tt may be added that this region of the skull in Viverricula

is alike in all specimens, apart from the presence or absence of

the posterior orifice of the canal, which may be represented by a

hole only large enough to insert a needle. Whereas if the

alleged absence of the canal were due to the suppression of its

outer wall, the canal would be represented by a groove, as in

Cynogale and Eupleres, which is not the case, and the foramen

rotundum in Viverricula would have to be described ag a long

tube, to which no parallel can be found in the Aluroidea.

“That the mterpretation above given is correct may be further

shown by comparing Viverricula with Genetta (text-fig. 1, G, H),

Cwwettictis, and other genera where the for amen ora piercing

the skull, may be seen within the alisphenoid canal by looking

through its posterior orifice, the aperture in the skull close to the

sphenoidal fissure being the anterior orifice of the canal and not

the foramen rotundum of the Felide.

* The alisphenoid canal is also stated in current literature to be

absent in the Hyzenide ; and this opinion seems to date from

Turner’s rejection in 1848 (P.Z.5. 1848, p. 81) of Cuvier’s

statement in 1837 that it is present in these animals. Cuvier’s

words are:—‘ Dans Vhyene .... le trou optique, le sphéno-

orbitaire, le rond, le vidien [alisphenoid canal] .et Vovale différent

peu du chien. Jai un individu ou il ya ue canal vidien d’un

cété et pas de l'autre’ (Anat. Comp. ed. 2, ii. p. 471). This

assertion, suggesting that the canal is generally present and

exceptionally absent, is not altogether ‘correct ; nevertheless,

Turner, Flower, and Mivart were wrong in citing the absence of

the canal as characteristic of the family Hyenide. It is usually

absent but sometimes present, at all events in Crocuta (text-fig. 2).

Tt is much shorter than in Viverricula. Nevertheless, its apparent

absence is due to the same process as in that genus, namely the

obliteration of its posterior orifice. There is sometimes no trace

of this orifice ; but quite commonly it is represented by a small

aperture a little in front of the foramen ovale. This aperture

may lead into a very short blindly ending tube, whence a small

hole, also to be seen at the posterior end of the canal an Canis,

penetrates the sphenoid bone (text-fig. 2, B). In other and rarer

cases where this aperture is larger, a bristle passed into it

emerges at a tolerably large foramen. lying beneath the hinder

end of the sphenoidal fissure in the temporal fossa. This foramen

is the anterior end of the canal and not the foramen rotundum

which perforates the base of the skull within the canal behind

ALISPHENOID CANAL IN CIVETS AND HYENAS. 445

that orifice as in Viverricula, as may be shown by cutting away

the wall of the canal.

“The arrangement above described is, so far as my observations

go, much more obvious in the Spotted Hyzena (Crocuta) than in

the Striped Hyzna (Hyena). In both genera there may be no

trace of the posterior orifice, but in Hyena this orifice, when

present, is apparently always quite small and never completes the

eanal. The foramen rotundwm, moreover, is set more forwards,

so that to all intents and purposes it opens direct into the

temporal fossa as in the Felide.”

Text-figure 2.

oy A.M.

STW yy

by ps tton -

“ae:

= We =

A. Left cranial foramina of Orocuta (Spotted Hyena) with zygoma cut away.

1. optic foramen ; 2. sphenoidal fissure (foramen lacerwm anticum) ; 4. fora-

men ovale; A.M. auditory meatus ; a7.’ anterior orifice of alisphenoid canal ;

al, partially obliterated posterior orifice of the canal.

B. The same with the outer wall of the alisphenoid canal (a/s.) cut away, exposing

the foramen rotundum (3) opening into it and showing the posterior orifice

of the canal a/.? with its minute foramen, shut off by bone trom the main

portion of the canal, When this bone is absent, the canal is complete from

end to end.

446 MR. D..SETH-SMITH ON ‘6 INTENSIVE”? POULTRY-HOUSES.

April 4th, 1916.

Dr. A. Smira Woopwarp, F.R.S., Vice-President,,

in the Chair.

Mr. J. T. Cunntnenam, M.A., F.Z.S., exhibited a number of

skins of fowls produced in the course of six generations descended

from a cross between a male Gallus bankiva and a female’ Silky

fowl. 'The cross was made at the Society’s Gardens in 1910, and

Mr. Cunningham’s specimens were bred from a pair of the F 1’s

given to him in 1911.

The chief points ilustrated were :—

(1) The production of a recessive pile, instead of pure white

recessives; in the pile the female had reddish brown on the

breast and abdomen, the male had no colour on the abdomen,

but yellow on the back and loins. In the first mature plumage

both sexes had reddish brown on the breast.

(2) The production of two types in the coloured dominants, as

well as individual variations. One type was dark, the other

hght: in the former there was an excess of the black colour,

especially about the head, in the latter the head was yellow.

The difference was more conspicuous in the females than in the

males.

Individual differences were shown in comparing a hen with

vinous-red colour over a considerable part of the body, especially

the breast and wings, and another in which there was no vinous

colour, but a neutral drab. These facts seem to indicate that

segregation occurs between colour and white in Mendelian

fashion, but that the segregation 1s not complete, that the colour

is not a permanent unit, but undergoes subdivision.

Mr. D. Sera-Suirn, F.Z.S., Curator of Birds, exhibited lantern-

slide photographs of “intensive” poultry-houses, and remarked

that the Council had decided to hold an exhibition of laying

hens, kept on the intensive system, with a view to educating the

public to the possibility and importance of keeping poultry for

ege-production, even though their accommodation was limited

to a suburban garden or even a back-yard. The system was

explained, and stress laid upon the importance of correct feeding

and. sufhcient exercise, the latter being provided by the birds

beng compelled to scratch for their grain, which must be buried

under deep litter.

The Exhibitor stated that the houses were of three sizes, to

accommodate from six to thirty birds, and had been lent. to the

Society by Mr. Randolph Meech, who was the pioneer of the

system in this country. The exhibition would be open to

the public on April 8th, and some two hundred birds would be

on view.

THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 447

Prof. J. P. Hin, D.Se., F.R.S., F.Z.S., exhibited living speci-

mens of the Crecilian, Siphonops annulatus, collected by the Percy

Sladen Expedition at Theresopolis, Serra dos Orgaos, Brazil, in

October 1913. He also exhibited a series of photographs of

embryos of the same, obtained from eggs laid at University

College.

Mr. G. A. Boutencsr, F.R.S., F.Z.S., read a paper “ On.the

Lizards allied to Lacerta muralis, with an Account of Lacerta

agilis and L. parva.”

This paper wili be published in the ‘ Transactions.’

April 18th, 1916.

Dr. S. F. Harmer, M.A., F.R.S., Vice-President,

in the Chair.

The Secrerary read the following Report on the Additions

to the Society’s Menagerie during the mouth of Mar chiy 1Saice

The number of registered additions to the Society's Menagerie

during the month ‘of March. was 176. Of these 116. were

acquired by presentation, 5 were received on deposit, 50 by

purchase, and 5 were born in the Gardens.

The number of departures during the same period, by death

and removals, was 158.

Aimonegst the additions special attention may be directed

WO Ba

2 Drills (Papio lewcopheus), from W. Africa, purchased March

16th.

1 Bay Duiker (Cephalophus dorsalis), from 'Togoland, presented

by O. H. Bohner, on March 23rd.

_ 2 Thar (Hemitragus jemlaicus), from Chamba, presented by

the Government of the Punjaub, on March 20th.

2 Axis Deer (Axis avis), from India, and 3 Bennett's Wallabies

(Macropus bennett), from Tasmania, presented by Sir Edmund

G. Loder, Bart., V.P/Z.8., on March 21st.

The Secrerary read a letter he had received from Lt.-Col.

R. T. Leiper, D.Sc., E.Z.8., R.A.M.C., on the subject of his

recent investigations in reference to Bilharziosis, the life-history

of the parasite and prophylactic measures.

Mr. C. Tare Reean, M.A., F.Z.8., gave an exhibition of

lantern-slides iusimeiine how certain Genes protect their eges

by carrying them about, either in the mouth (drius, some

Cichlidee), on the occiput (Kurtws), on the abdomen (Aspredo),

or in a special brood-pouch (Syngnathide).

448 MR. R. H. BURNE ON TELEOSTEAN FISHES.

May 9th, 1916.

Dr. S. F. Harmer, M.A., F.R.S., Vice-President,

in the Chair,

The Srcretary read the following report on the Additions to

the Society's Menagerie during the month of April, 1916 :—

The number of registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie

during the month of April was 90. Of these 36 were acquired

by presentation, 23 were received on deposit, 30 by purchase,

and 1 was born in the Gardens. .

The number of departures during the same period, by death

and removals, was 117.

Amongst the additions special attention may be directed to :—

2 Capybaras (Hydrocherus hydrocherus), from South America,

presented by Sir Edmund G. Loder, Bart., V.P.Z.S., on April 18th.

1 Long-haired Armadillo (Huphractus vellerosus pannosus),

from Cordova, presented by Wilfred A. Smithers, C.M.Z.S., on

April 10th.

2 Australian Barn-Owls (Sérix delicatula), from Kalgoorlie,

Western Australia, presented by Dr. J. Vere Arkle, on April 3rd.

3 South-American Cecilians (Siphonops annulatus), from

Brazil, presented by Prof. J. P. Hill, F.R.S., F.Z.S., on April 4th.

Mr. R. H. Burne, M.A., F.Z.8., exhibited preparations from

the Royal College of Surgeons Museum of various Teleostean

Fishes *, showing connections of different kinds between the

swim-bladder and the ear. The fishes belonged to several

distinct families. In some (Berycide, Gadide, Hyodontide,

Notopteride) the connection was shown to be by direct contact

between a process of the swim-bladder and a fenestra in the

periotic capsule, or even (Clupeide) between the swim-bladder

and part of the internal ear; while in others (Ostariophysi) it is

indirect and the swim-bladder is connected with the perilymph

spaces that surround the ear by a chain of ossicles (Weberian

ossicles).

It was suggested that the above connections are probably an

aid in the perception of sound, and, in furtherance of this view,

specimens were shown of the ‘elastie spring” mechanism in

several Siluroids, by which the walls and contained gases of the

swim-bladder can be made to give rise to sonorous vibrations.

* Presented to the College by Col. C. E. Shepherd.

CORRECTION.

On p. 109 of Prof. Poulton’s paper on Moths from Somaliland

“Genus Pachycoa” should read: ‘ Genus Pachycoa, nov.”

NiO: 1555

ABSTRACT OF THE PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.*

April 4th, 1916.

Dr. A. Smita Woopwarp, F.R.S., Vice-President,

in the Chair.

The Minutes of the last Scientific Meeting were confirmed.

Mr. J. T. CunntnenAm, M.A., F.Z.S., exhibited a number of

skins of fowls produced in the course of six generations descended

from a cross between a male Gallus bankiva and a female Silky

fowl. The cross was made at the Society’s Gardens in 1910, and

Mr. Cunningham’s specimens were bred from a pair of the F 1’s

given to him in 1911.

The chief points illustrated were :—

(1) The production of a recessive pile, instead of pure white

recessives; in the pile the female had reddish brown on the

breast and abdomen, the male had no colour on the abdomen,

but yellow on the back and loins. In the first mature plumage

both sexes had reddish brown on the breast.

(2) The production of two types in the coloured dominants, as

well as individual variations. One type was dark, the other

light: in the former there was an excess of the black colour,

especially about the head, in the latter the head was yellow.

The difference was more conspicuous in the females than in the

males.

Individual differences were shown in comparing a hen with

* This Abstract is published by the Society at its offices, Zoological Gardens,

Regent's Park, N.W., on the Tuesday following the date of Meeting to which

it refers. It will be issued, along with the ‘ Proceedings,’ free of extra charge,

to all Fellows who subscribe to the Publications ; but it may be obtained on the

day of publication at the price of Sixpence, or, if desired, sent post-free for

the sum of Stix Shidlings per annum, payable in advance.

vinous-red colour over a considerable part of the body, especially

the breast and wings, and another in which there was no vinous

colour, but a neutral drab. These facts seem to indicate that

segregation occurs between colour and white in Mendelian

fashion, but that the segregation is not complete, that the colour

is not a permanent unit, but undergoes subdivision.

Mr. D. Sera-Suirn, F.Z.8., Curator of Birds, exhibited lantern-

slide photographs of “intensive” poultry-houses, and remarked

that the Council had decided to hold an exhibition of laying

hens, kept on the intensive system, with a view to educating the

public to the possibility and importance of keeping poultry for

ege-production, even though their accommodation was limited

to a suburban garden or even a back yard. The system was

explained, and stress laid upon the importance of correct feeding

and sufficient exercise, the latter being provided by the birds

being compelled to scratch for their grain, which must be buried

under deep litter.

The Exhibitor stated that the houses were of three sizes, to

accommodate from six to thirty birds, and had been lent to the

Society by Mr. Randolph Meech, who was the pioneer of the

system in this country. The exhibition would be open to

the public on April 8th, and some two hundred birds would be

on view.

Prof. J. P. Hitn, DSc., F.R.S., F.Z.8., exhibited living speci-

mens of the Cecilian, Siphonops annulatus, collected by the Percy

Sladen Expedition at Theresopolis, Serra dos Orgaos, Brazil, in

October 1913. He also exhibited a series of photographs of

embryos of the same, obtained from eggs laid at University

College.

Mr. G. A. Boutencer, F.R.S., F.Z.8., read a paper “On the

Lizards allied to Lacerta muralis, with an Account of Lacerta

agilis and L. parva.”

This paper is the third and last instalment of a revision of the

Wall-Lizards, of which the first two parts were published in the

‘ Transactions’ in 1905 and 1913.

The author has endeavoured to depart from the empirical

method usually followed in the arrangement of species, by tracing

back the various forms of this difficult group to a hypothetical

ancestor of which Lacerta agilis appears to be the nearest living

representative. The characters of lepidosis and coloration on

which his views are based are discussed, and detailed descriptions

are given of £, agilis and its ally Z. parva, the latter being

regarded as the connecting-link between the first and fourth of

the six sections into which it is proposed to divide the genus

Lacerta. All the species of the fourth section, of which the

type, L. muralis, has been dealt with in the previous contri-

butions, are described with comments on their mutual relation-

ships. ‘Che author’s views on the evolution of markings agree

with Eimer’s well-known theory, but the original pattern is

carried back to a type more primitive than any postulated by

Kimer, in which a light vertebral streak is present. The lines

of evolution are held to be the reverse of those advocated more

recently by Prof. von Méhely.

This paper will be published in the ‘ Transactions.’

Mr. BouLencer also read a short paper containing an account

of some specimens of the Perciform Fish, Tilapia nilotica, with

increased number of anal spines.

Mr. Rosert Gurney, M.A., F.Z.8., communicated a paper on

a collection of Freshwater Entomostraca made by Mr. G. W.

Smith in Ceylon in 1907. The collection contained examples of

39 species, and one species of Copepoda and two of Ostracoda

were described as new, one of the latter belonging to the typically

African genus Oncocypris.

A paper was received from Major R. Mernerrznacen, F.Z.8.,

on the Sitatungas (Limnotragus) of the Sesse Islands. The

author found that the Bugalla Island antelopes of this genus

seem to be of the same race as the mainland form, Lamnotragus

spekei, but that the Nkose Island form, which he proposed as a

new subspecies, diflered in the shortness of its hoofs and other

characters.

The next Meeting of the Society for Scientific Business will be

held on Tuesday, April 18th, 1916, at half-past Five o’clock P.M.,

when the following communications will be made :—

EXHIBITIONS AND NOTICES.

Sips raat ue eee Ede

R. I. Pocock, F.R.S., F.L.S., F.Z.8.

On the External Characters of the Mongooses (Mungotide),

Major H. Muir Evans, M.D., R.A.M.C.

The Poison-Organ of the Sting-Ray (Zrygon pastinaca).

The following Paper has been received :—

Dr. J. C. Morrram.

An Experimental Determination of the Factors which cause

Patterns to appear conspicuous in Nature.

The Publication Committee desire to call the attention of

those who propose to offer Papers to the Society, to the great

increase in the cost of paper and printing. This will render it

necessary for the present that papers should be condensed, and

be limited so far as possible to the description of new results.

Communications intended for the Scientific Meetings should

be addressed to

P. CHALMERS MITCHELL,

Secretary.

ZOOLOGICAL Society oF Lonpon,

Recent’s Park, Lonpon, N.W.

April 11th, 1916.

No. 156.

ABSTRACT OF THE PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.*

April 18th, 1916.

Dr. S. F. Harmer, M.A., F.R.S., Vice-President,

in the Chair.

The Minutes of the last Scientific Meeting were confirmed.

The Secretary read a Report on the Additions to the Society’s

Menagerie during the month of March 1916.

The Secrerary read a letter he had received from Lt.-Col.

R. T. Leiper, D.Se., F.Z.S., R-A.M.C., on the subject of his

recent investigations in reference to Bilharziosis, the life-history

of the parasite and prophylactic measures.

Mr. C. Tare Reean, M.A., F.Z.S., gave an exhibition of

lantern-slides illustrating how certain fishes protect their eggs

by carrying them about, either in the mouth (Arius, some

Cichlid), on the occiput (Kurtus), on the abdomen (Aspredo),

or in a special brood-pouch (Syngnathide).

Major H. M. Evans, M.D., R.A.M.C., read a paper “On the

Poison Organ of the Sting-Ray (Z'rygon pastinaca).”

It has been observed for centuries that the wounds produced

by the serrated spine growing from the base of the whip-like tail

of the Sting-Ray produced very severe injuries and pain and

* This Abstract is published by the Society at its offices, Zoological Gardens,

Regent’s Park, N.W., on the Tuesday following the date of Meeting to which

it refers. It will be issued, along with the ‘ Proceedings,’ free of extra charge,

to all Fellows who subscribe to the Publications ; but it may be obtained on the

day of publication at the price of Sixpence, or, if desired, sent post-free for

the sum of Six Shillings per annum, payable in adyance,

inflammation, which could not be accounted for by the laceration

of the wounds alone.

Dr. Antonio Porta in 1905 described a gland in the groove

lying medially to the rows of teeth on either side, which he stated

is similar to the gland found in Scorpena.

Major Evans’s researches do not confirm Porta’s description in

all particulars. The examination of a series of sections shows a

gland of a different type from that found in the Weeyvers,

Scorpena, etc. The points emphasized are :—

(i.) The origin of the gland from a special epithelial structure

at the base of the spine.

(ii.) The arrangement of follicles discharging their secretion

by ducts or canals, communicating with the exterior by means of

nipples or filaments.

(iii.) The arrangement of these nipples at the base of the

teeth.

(iv.) The presence of muscular fibres surrounding the main

canals which are instrumental in discharging the venom.

Mr. R. I. Pococr, F.R.S8., F.Z.S8., Curator of Mammals, read

a paper, illustrated by lantern-slides, “ On the External Charac-

ters of the Mongooses (Mungotide),” dealing principally with

the ears, feet, and anal sac. Reasons were given for restoring

the generic names Ariela for Crossarchus fasciatus and Atilax

for Mungos paludinosus. It was also shown that the Mongooses

differ from other Viverride in the structure of the ears, and that

the type of ear in Suricata is different from that of all other

genera of the family.

The next Meeting of the Society for Scientific Business will be

held ‘on Tuesday, May 9th, 1916, at half-past Five o’clock P.M.,

when the following communications will be made :—

EXHIBITIONS AND NOTICES.

aE EE

Miss Dorornea M. A. Bats, Hon.M.B.0.U.

On a Small Collection of Vertebrate Remains from the

Har Dalam Cavern, Malta, with Note on a new Species of

the Genus Cygnus.

Dr. J. C. Mortram.

An Experimental Determination of the Factors which cause

Patterns to appear conspicuous in Nature.

The following Papers have been received :—

Miss Ontve C. Lopes.

Some Enquiries into the Question of Baits and Poisons for

Flies; being the Report on Experimental Work carried out

during 1915 for the Zoological Society of London.

Miss Wintrrep H. SAUNDERS.

1. Report on Investigations into Stable Manure to check

the Breeding of House-Flies, made during the Year 1915,

for the Zoological Society of London.

2. Report on Trials for catching, repelling, and extermi-

nating Flies in Houses, made during the Year 1915 for the

Zoological Society of London.

3. Report on some Observations on the Life-History of

the Blow-Fly and of the House-Fly, made from August to

September 1915, for the Zoological Society of London,

The Publication Committee desire to call the attention of

those who propose to offer Papers to the Society, to the great

increase in the cost of paper and printing. This will render it

necessary for the present that papers should be condensed, aud

be limited so far as possible to the description of new results.

Communications intended for the Scientific Meetings should

be addressed to

P. CHALMERS MITCHELL,

Secretary.

ZOOLOGICAL Society oF Lonpon,

-Recent’s Park, Lonpon, N.W.

April 25th, 1916.

No. 157.

ABSTRACT OF THE PROCEEDINGS

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.*

May 9th, 1916.

Dr. 8. F. Harmer, M.A., F.R.S., Vice-President,

in the Chair.

The Minutes of the last Scientific Meeting were confirmed.

The SEcrEerary read a Report on the Additions to the Society’s

Menagerie during the month of April 1916.

Mr. R. H. Burne, M.A., F.Z.8., exhibited preparations from

the Royal College of Surgeons Museum of various Teleostean

Fishes ?, showing connections of different kinds between the

swim-bladder and the ear. The fishes belonged to several

distinct families. In some (Berycide, Gadide, Hyodontide,

Notopteridze) the connection was shown to be by direct contact

between a process of the swim-bladder and a fenestra in the

periotic capsule, or even (Clupeidee) between the swim-bladder

and part of the internal ear; while in others (Ostariophysi) it is

indirect and the swim-bladder is connected with the perilymph

spaces that surround the ear by a chain of ossicles (Weberian

ossicles).

It was suggested that the above connections are probably an

aid in the perception of sound, and, in furtherance of this view,

specimens were shown of the “elastic spring” mechanism in

several Siluroids, by which the walls and contained gases of the

swim-bladder can be made to give rise to sonorous vibrations.

* This Abstract is published by the Society at its offices, Zovlogical Gardens,

Regent's Park, N.W., on the Tuesday following the date of Meeting to which

it refers. It will be issued, along with the ‘Proceedings,’ free of extra charge,

to all Fellows who subseribe to the Publications; but it may be obtained on the

day of publication at the price of Stxpence, or, if desired, sent post-free for

- the sum of Six Shillings per annum, payable in advance.

t Presented to the College by Col. C. H. Shepherd.

Miss Dorornea M. A. Bars contributed a paper dealing with

a collection of vertebrate remains from the Har Dalam Cavern,

Malta. Birds are most numerously represented therein, and

include some bones of an Anserine bird showing a reduction in

its powers of flight. It is believed to be a hitherto-undescribed

species, and is referred to the genus Cygnus. A list is given of

all the species of vertebrates recorded from the Pleistocene cave

and fissure deposits of the island.

Dr. J. C. Morrram read a paper entitled “ An Experimental

Determination of the Factors which cause Patterns to appear

conspicuous in Nature.”

A series of experiments was carried out with artificial patterns

and backgrounds under controlled conditions of lighting, and a

large number of determining factors were discovered, both as

regards plain and patterned objects and backgrounds. Finally,

the experiments showed that the most conspicuous shape and

pattern which an object can have, when viewed against a series

of plain and patterned backgrounds, was presented by a circular

dise of black, with a central circular area of white. Having

arrived at this conclusion, the Indian diurnal Lepidoptera were

completely examined, in order to discover whether any species

presented patterns approaching this ideal conspicuous pattern.

It was found that a considerable number presented patterns

hardly removed from this ideal, and that a large proportion of

these insects are considered to be “ protécted ” species presenting

“‘ warning coloration.” :

The next Meeting of the Society for Scientific Business will be

held on Tuesday, May 23rd, 1916, at half-past Five o'clock p.m.,

when the following communications will be made :—

K. G. Boutenesr, F.Z.8.

Exhibition of living specimens of the African Lungfish

(Protopterus annectens) and of their Cocoons.

Lieut. R. Broom, M.D.,'C.M.Z.S., R.A.M.C.

On the Structure of the Skull in Chrysochloris.

Pal

Dr. C. W. AnpreEws, F.R.S., F.Z.S.

Note on the Sternum of a Bird from the Eocene of

Nigeria.

Dr. A. Smira Woopwarp, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S8.

On a Mammalian Mandible from the Cretaceous of Alberta,

Canada.

V. LutsHnix.

1. List of Carabide (Coleoptera) collected in . Chopersk

District, South Russia.

2. A new Species of the Genus Platysma (Coleoptera) from

China.

3. Notes on Species of the Genus Platysma from Australia.

The Publication Committee desire to call the attention of

those who propose to offer Papers to the Society, to the great

increase in the cost of paper and printing. This will render it

necessary for the present that papers should be condensed, and

be limited so far as possible to the description of new results.

Communications intended for the Scientific Meetings should

be addressed to

P. CHALMERS MITCHELL,

Secretary.

ZOOLOGICAL Society oF LoNpDon,

ReEcEnt’s Park, Lonpon, N.W.

May 16th, 1916.

No. 158.

ABSTRACT OF THE PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.”

May 23rd, 1916.

Dr. Henry Woopwarp, F.R.S., Vice-President,

in the Chair.

The Minutes of the last Scientific Meeting were confirmed.

Mr. C. Tate Reaan, M.A., F.Z.S., exhibited a specimen of the

rare fish, Centrolophus britannicus Giiuth., the fourth known

example of this species.

Mr. Regan also exhibited a Silver Ling (Molva elongata), nearly

600 mm. long, taken from the stomach of a very large Sun-fish

(Mola mola) that had been caught in a trawl, landed at Milford,

and sent to Mr. W. Howlett of Billingsgate Market, who pre-

sented it to the Natural History Museum. The Sun-fish appears

generally to swim near the surface and to eat small invertebrates,

larval fishes, ete. It is interesting to note that it may descend

to considerable depths (Jf. elongata is usually found at 100 to

300 fathoms) and that it may capture fairly large and active fish.

Mr. E. G. Bovutencer, F.Z.S., Curator of Reptiles, exhibited

living specimens of the African Lungfish (Protupterus annectens).

The Rev. H. N. Hutcuinson, M.A., F.Z.S., exhibited the

plaster cast of a model, four feet long, which he had constructed,

of the Dinosaur, Diplodocus carnegiet.

Lieut. R. Broom, M.D., C.M.Z.8., R.A.M.C., read a paper on

the structure of the skull in Chrysochloris.

Two stages in the development of the skull have been studied.

* This Abstract is published by the Society at its offices, Zoological Gardens,

Regent's Park, N.W., on the Tuesday following the date of Meeting to which

it refers. It will be issued, along with the ‘ Proceedings,’ free of extra charge,

to all Fellows who subscribe to the Publications; but it may be obtained on the

day of publication at the price of Siawpence, or, if desired, sent post-free four

the sum of Six Shillings per annum, payable in advance.

The earlier is that of a newly born Chrysochloris hottentota, whose

skull has been cut into microscopic sections and reconstructed,

and a somewhat later stage of Chrysochloris asiatica, whose skull

has been prepared for the study of the membrane-bones. The

following are the most interesting features discovered :-—

' External to the exoccipitals on each side is a large membrane-

bone which partly covers the petrosal or periotic. This is believed

to be the homologue of the bone which occurs in Therapsid and

most primitive reptiles, and usually referred to as the tabular.

The sections prove that it is no part of the auditory capsule.

Along the inner side of the prearticular or “ goniale ”—the

little membrane-bone which supports the underside of the upper

end of Meckel’s cartilage—is a second membrane-bone, which, it

is believed, has not been previously recognised in the mammal

skull. This may be the homologue of the reptilian surangular.

Under the back part of the nasal capsule, and situated between

the capsule above and the alisphenoid and pterygoid below, is a

large membrane-bone of doubtful significance. It is probably

the homologue of the “ postero-lateral vomer” of Parker.

The skull is held to be in some respects highly specialised and

in others degenerate, although also retaining a number of very

primitive characters.

Dr. C. W. Anprews, F.B.S., F.Z.S8., described an incomplete

sternum of a gigantic carinate bird from the (?) Hocene of

Nigeria. Comparison with the sterna of several groups of birds

leads to the conclusion that this specimen, though differing

considerably from the sternum of any living member of the

group, belonged to a very large representative of the Tubinares.

It has about twice the linear dimensions of the sternum of

an Albatross, of which the spread of wing (in the flesh) was

10 ft. 8in. Itis proposed to refer this species to a new genus

Gigantornis, the specific name being G. eaglesomei after its

discoverer.

Dr. A. SmirH Woopwarb, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S., read a paper on a

mammalian mandibular ramus from an Upper Cretaceous for-

mation in Alberta, Canada. The specimen represented an

opossum-like marsupial, and he referred it to a new species of

Cimolestes named C. cuélert in honour of its discoverer, Mr.

William E. Cutler. The close dental series behind the canine

measured 30.mm. in length, and the molars differed from those

of the two known species of the genus in their relatively less

elevated trigonid. The fourth premolar was a large, tumid,

laterally compressed cone, with one well-separated posterior cusp.

Mr. V. LursHnrK communicated the following three short

Coleoptera papers :—(1) A List of Carabidee collected in Chopersk

District, South Russia, (2) On a new Species of the Genus Platysma

from China, and (3) Notes on Species of Platysma from Australia.

Mr. E. G. Bounencer, F.Z.8., Curator of Reptiles, described

a new Lizard of the genus Phrynosoma, recently received

among a small collection of reptiles presented to the Society by

Dr. H. G. F. Spurrell, F.Z.8.

Dr. R. W. Suuretpt, C.M.Z.8., communicated some notes on

cases of albinism seen in American animals.

The next Meeting of the Society for Scientific Business, closing

the Session 1915-1916, will be held on Tuesday, June 6th, 1916,

at half-past Five o'clock P.m., when a Discussicn will take place

on the Results published in the ‘ Biologia-Centrali-Americana,’

with special reference to the zoo-geographical relations between

America and Africa.

The Discussion will be opened by Dr. F. DuCane Godman,

F.R.S., F.Z.8., and, amongst others, the following will take

part :—Dr. A. Smith Woodward, F.R.S., Dr. H. Gadow, F.R.8.,

Mr, C. Tate Regan, Mr. R. I. Pocock, F.R.S., and Dr. C. W.

Andrews, F.R.S,

The following Papers have been received :—

James F, Gemuint, M.A., M.D, D.Sc, F.ZS.

Notes on the Development of the Starfishes Asterias glacialis

O. F. M., Cribrella oculata (Linck) Forbes, Solaster endeca

(Retzius) Forbes, Stichaster roseus (O. F. M.) Sars.

S. Maurin, B.A. (Cantab.), FHS.

OnCryptostome Beetles in the Cambridge University Museum

of Zoology.

Sir Joun A.S . Bucky ILL, I M. A., E 5 , FF. ZL. 8.

Notes on the Lepidoptera of Cypr us.

The Publication Committee desire to call the attention of

those who propose to offer Papers to the Society, to the great

increase in the cost of paper and printing. This will render it

necessary for the present that papers should be condensed, and

be limited so far as possible to the description of new results.

Communications intended for the Scientific Meetings should

be addressed to

P. CHALMERS MITCHELL,

Secretary.

ZooLoGicaL Socrery or Lonpoy,

Recent’s Park, Lonpon, N.W.

May 30th, 1916.

No. 159.

ABSTRACT OF THE PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.*

June 6th, 1916.

Prof. E, W. MacBrinz, D.Sc., F.R.S., Vice-President,

in the Chair.

The Minutes of the last Scientific Meeting were confirmed.

An informal discussion on the results published in the

‘ Biologia-Centrali-Americana, with special reference to the zoo-

geographical relations between America and Africa, was opened

by Dr. F. DuCanz Gopman, F.RB.S8., followed by Dr. H. Gapow,

F.R.S, Dr. A. Surira Woopwarp, F.R.S., Mr. C. Tare Reean,

Mr. R. I. Pococn, F.R.S., Dr. O. W. Anprews, F.R.S., Lord

Roruscuitp, D.Sc., E.RS., Prof. J, PS Hin, Se, ERS,

Mr. W. L. Scrarer, Dr. R. BROOM, and the CHAIRMAN.

This Meeting closes the Session 1915-1916, The next Meeting

of the Society for Scientific Business will be held on Tuesday,

October 24th, 1916, at half-past Five o’clock P.M.

* This Abstract is published by the Society at its offices, Zoological Gardens,

Regent’s Park, N.W., on the Tuesday following the date of Meeting to which

it refers. It will be issued, along with the ‘ Proceedings,’ free of extra charge,

to all Fellows who subscribe to the Publications ; but it may be obtained on

the day of publication at the price of Stxpence, or, if desired, sent post-free

for the sum of Six Shillings per annum, payable in advange,

The following Papers have been received :—

JAMES F’. Gemuiut, M.A., M.D., D.Sc., F.Z.8.

Notes on the Development of the Starfishes A sterias glacialis

O. F. M., Oribrella oculata (Linck) Forbes, Solaster endeca

(Retzius) Forbes, Stichaster roseus (O. F. M.) Sars.

S. Mavuir, B.A. (Cantab.), F.E.S.

On Cryptostome Beetles in the Cambridge University Museum

of Zoology.

H. G. Newt, A.R.C.S., F.Z.S.

The Karly Development of Cuewmarta: Preliminary Ac-

count.

R. BE. Turner, F.Z.8., F.E.S.

Notes on the Wasps of the Genus Pison and some allied

Genera. :

F. E. Bepparp, M.A., D.Sc., FLR.S., F.Z.8.

On Two new Species of Cestodes belonging respectively to

the Genera Linstowia and Cotugiia.

The Publication Committee desire to call the attention of

those who propose to offer Papers to the Society, to the great

increase in the cost of paper and printing. ‘This will render it

necessary for the present that papers should be condensed, and

be limited so far as possible to the description of new results.

Communications intended for the Scientific Meetings should

be addressed to

P. CHALMERS MITCHELL,

Secretary.

ZOOLOGICAL Society oF Lonpon,

Recent’s Park, Lonpon, N.W.

June 13th, 1916.

PAPERS.

Page

8. Observations on the Cytology of Flagellates and Amcebe obtained from old Stored

Soil. By T. Goopnny, D.Sc., Protozoologist, Research Laboratory in Agricultural

Zoology, University of Birmingham. (Plates I.-IV., and Text-figure 1.).......... 309

9. On some Fresh-water Entomostraca from Ceylon. By Rozserr Gurney, M.A., F.Z.S. °

UBinites el he andeTextatienrant.\iiss saber lens cers ses ae AGRO COOGAN CONG DOL » 000

10. On Specimens of the Perciform Fish Tilapia nilotica with inereased number of anal

APICES a YACHT AG bOULENGHR Hui. He Zc Sica cy se weie siecle ania sales mol ataheer therefore. GA

11. On the External Characters of the Mongooses(Mungotidz). By R.I. Pococs, F.RB.S.,

E.L.S., F.Z.8., Curator of Mammals. (Text-figures 1-10.).........002....20+--. 849

12. Notes on the Sitatunga or Marsh Antelope of the Sesse Islands, Lake Victoria Nyanza.

By Major R. Meinerrauacen, F.Z.8. (Text-figures 1 & 2.) ....2..0....00ss0022 O10

13. An Ixperimental Determination of the Factors which cause Patterns to appear

Conspicuous in Nature. By J.C. Morrram, M.B.(Lond.), (Text-figures 1-20,) .. 883

14. On a small Collection of Vertebrate Remains from the Har Dalam Cavern, Malta;

with Note on a new species of the genus Cygnus. By Dorornna M. A. Barz,

Hon.M.B.0.U. (Text-figures 1 & 2.)..... Rexel ere slo ears Pre UII ON afar iosern genes wee AQE

15. The Poison-Organ of the Sting-Ray (Trygon pastinaca). By Tempy.-Major H. Murr

Eyans, M.D.(Lond.), R.A.M.C.(0.). (Text-figures 17) ae ies 451

Vitlepage ......-.. Sees oR I eo aH Sate aonb Bee SEO OROriGwanOn C poveis i

Inston Council andsOmcersis a «cas «ects eit os ae oor SSO ERE ODL Cote e etdpecsyetees il

Sto ta@ OMperts ere ch raster nyaoherctete hale ints ROL SE a AD OOo Gh Spe Eee OOO FO Mee meas iii

Alphabetical List of Contributors ........ FORA Ar ac bike BED G0 Ucn EN AOC Minis mana lh!

Index Pere ee ee tee eer sneseentese vt eese ee eese se xii